System Lays Betting Systems Compilationv6 PDF

www.SystemLays.co.uk - t: Twitter.
com/Systemlays
admin@systemlays.co.uk - f: Facebook.com/Systemlays
SYSTEM LAYS - BETTING

SYSTEMS
COMPILATION
www.SystemLays.co.uk
www.SystemLays.co.uk - t: Twitter.com/Systemlays
Make sure to read all the way to the end for your guide to claiming
over $50,000 in Bonuses and Free Bets
Yankee Gold
The Yankee Gold is a very simple plan but it can win a lot of money from horse
racing. A notebook and your normal daily paper are required. Make a note of the
trainer that wins each race (when using the system for the first time it is best to start
on Monday). When you find a trainer that has two winners in one day or two
winners in two days (days must be consecutive i.e. Monday/Tuesday or
Wednesday/Thursday etc) that is the system trainer and you back his next three
runners only. Providing they comply with the following conditions.
1. Must have won a race in the current season.
2. If in a handicap there must not be more than 12 runners.
3. If in a non-handicap there must not be more than 15 runnners.
4. Do not bet in Selling races.
5. Do not bet in any race with less than 4 runners and don't bet if the system
selection is quoted at odds-on in your paper. In handicaps don't bet on horses
carrying a penalty larger than 3lbs.
NOTE: System Banker Bets are horses that comply with the above rules and that
were either 1st or 2nd last time out and are quoted favourite in your paper's betting
forecast.
STAKE: Level stakes, or back the three horses using 1,2,3 points stop-at-a-winner.
3
Back each horse to win you a fixed sum plus previous losing stake.
4
ALL WEATHER BANKER
Rules of system -
1 - For All Weather racing only.
2 - Handicaps only.
3 - Horse must be in first three of betting forecast (preferably using the Racing
Post).
4 - Horse must have been placed on at least one of its last two runs.
5 - Horse must be amongst top three weights.
6 - Must be a course and distance winner.
5
Amazing Secret System
The system is quite simple. As you glance through your paper looking for any horses
with the form figures 111 or 1 and 2 in their last three races make a note of any race
with two qualifiers only.
You then back both horses in that race at level stakes. Thats the system pure and
simple. Believe me you get some nice priced winners. For example at Cheltenham
1994 there were three races that qualified and they produced two winners at 16/1
and 4/1. Stakes 60 points, returns 220 points. Not bad.
I suggest that where the shortest priced qualifier is quoted less than 2/1 you place
the full stake on the other qualifier, it will almost certainly increase your returns.
10 points on each qualifier, if one less than 2/1 in betting place full 20 points on
other qualifier
6
Channel 4 Yankee Dandy
This system is what the name of it suggests. It can be operated any day that Channel
4 covers four races on the television.
The reason we use only days when Channel 4 covers four races on the television is
that the object of the system is to have a Lucky 15.
We therefore have 4 singles, 6 doubles, 4 trebles and 1 accumulator on the television
races.
You will know from previous days that the television races are the hardest races to
pick the winner. I agree with you, so this system relies on a gentleman who is paid a
lot of money to just tip a horse in each of the television races.
So to find the four horses for your Lucky 15, you use the horses that the tipster in
your daily newspaper expects to win.
I think I can hear you laughing at this system, that is up to you. All I can say is that
you will be amazed at how many times he selects the winner in three of the four
races, giving you a fantastic profit to your Lucky 15.
Because of the sort of racing now covered by television, just two winners will give a
profit.
7
Claiming Stakes Plan
As the title of the plan suggests, we are backing horses runing in claiming stakes
only.
The newspaper required to operate this system is the Daily Mirror.
Any system horse will be found in seconds and should be backed to win. To find if
we have a system horse just follow these very simple rules:-
1. Look for all the Claiming Stakes races
2. Look at the forecast favourite horse
3. Look to see if this horse is either Strongly Fancied (SF) of Fancied (F)
4. No bet if forecast odds-on
5. Fancied (F) horses must be forecast shorter than 3/1
If a horse fits these 5 rules then it is a system horse.
Yes, it is incredibly simple, but the beauty of it is that it works.
Any system worth following must produce a good level stake profit over a period of
time and this certainly does.
For the last 21 months it has given 16 winning months and 5 losing - a level stake
profit of +77
IMPORTANT NOTE: Do not back in maiden Claiming races with the words
"Claiming Stakes" in the title.
8
This is an exceptionally simple plan, but very, very effective.
9
COLIN DAVEY METHOD

In an effort to save gullible people a lot of money here is the Colin Davey Method
for which he charges £96 per month and gives the tips out on a premium rate phone
number (that's when there is a tip). This information was originally posted by Bob
on the Sham Tipster board on 26.9.00 and I reproduce it word for word.
The "Method" is summarised in twelve "rules" as follows:
10 runners or less;
top trainer and jockey;
first 5 in betting;
class C and above races only;
ability (on VDW basis) 40+ and 20 points clear;
must have won most valuable race from among those in race under consideration;
must be among three horses in race whose last races were the highest class ratings
(again VDW basis);
selection must be distance winner or have run over distance on last run;
selection must not carry more than 10lb above weight carried last run;
selection should not have been beaten by more than 5l on last run;
selection should be running within 28 days of last run;
1
0
all selections identified by the above 11 to be backed.
1
1
The "Method" comprises nine pages in addition to the summarry, which give
(mainly) useful guidance on what each of the rules means. Useful for those
unfamiliar with the VDW approach, but otherwise the rules are clear even as
summarised above.
So thats it folks the fantastic system that allegedly produces 80% strike rate at
average odds of 5/2 (if you believe that then you will believe anything). For those of
you unfamiliar with VDW see the information on this site under the Van Der Wheil
Method on the home page.
FACTOR 4 AMENDED
Must be top rated by Postmark, Must be forecast favourite in the Racing Post, Must
be running within 4 days of last race, Must have been 1st 2nd or 3rd in that race
COURSE AND DISTANCE

Not 2 year olds, Maidens, or Handicaps any sole Course and Distance winner in
races of less than 10K and in first four in the Racing Post
1
2
Cracking The Placepot
INTRODUCTION
The Placepot is without doubt the best value bet in gambling. Just a £1.00 bet can
return dividends in excess of several hundred pounds! To win the placepot you have
to select a horse to be placed in each of the first six races at a meeting. As well as
being great value it is an excellent "fun" bet as it gives you an interest in a large
number of races for just a small investment. Placepots are run by the Tote, but most
high street bookmakers will now accept placepot bets. Whether you bet most days
or just on Saturdays, a Placepot bet is a smart investment to make!
Obviously finding a horse to place in six consecutive races is not easy. However this
publication "Cracking The Placepot" with a new, updated version is a real winner.
It really works! Using it will help you to win the Placepot dividends with great
regularity, you are virtually guarantted a win every week. Not all placepot are in the
£500+ region (although from time to time returns can be in four figures!), but
compared with other tyes of race betting the "level-stakes" returns on a week to
week basis are huge.
THE METHOD
Firstly, we must decide which meeting to use each day. It is best to stick to just one
meeting per day. If there is a choice of meetings then it is usually best not to use the
main meeting as this quite often contains races with big, competitive fields, and it
makes our job of finding horses to place more difficult. Conversely, the lowest grade
10
meeting of the day, particularly in the flat season, also has its problems. The horses
here are often ridden by the poorest standard of jockeys which makes analysis hard.
So when presented with a choice of meetings pick the second biggest meeting of the
day to work on. If you are uncertain which one this is, then add together the prize
values of each race at each meeting. The one with the second highest total will be the
one to use.
Having selected our meeting, we now need to make our selections.
To capture the Placepot we are going to use a Placepot perm. This allows us to pick
more than one horse in each race. Most bookmakers now supply Placepot perm slips
which make entering easier.
To win the pot we need to select a placed horse in each race. Obviously if we had
covered say, three horses in every race then our chances are greatly improved.
Unfortunately it's not that easy! The more horses we cover in each race, the more
costly our bet. To cover three in each of the six races would need 729 bets, ie. 729
times our stake. Too much.
The perm we use in this plan uses 36 lines, at 25p unit stake the bet costs just £9.00.
It consists of a single selection in two of the races, two selections in another two
races, and three selections in the remaining two races. 1x1x2x2x3x3=36 bets.
Now to make our selections for the perm. If you are an experienced student of form
you can add your own knowledge to the selection process, but here we are going to
base our selections on S.P. forecasts. Using the morning betting forecasts is a very
reliable selection method to use with this plan. Here's what to do:
1. Look at the s.p. forecasts for the six races concerned. Look for the two races
with the shortest priced favourites. These will be (hopefully) the most reliable
11
favourites of the day, and even if they don't win, they should place. These act as our
"single" entries in the perm.
2. Select the two races with the biggest fields, they are usually big handicap
races, and are always the hardest to select winners in. Take the first three horses in
the betting forecast in each of these races, they will be our "three" selections in the
perm.
3. Obviously in the remaining two races, we use the first two in the betting
forecast as our "two" selection elements in the perm.
We now have all the elements for our perm. Don't be fooled into thinking that
because the selection method is quick and easy, it is ineffective. If you use it daily
you should scoop the Placepot at least once a week.
One last note about which paper to use. I recommend using one of the specialist
racing papers as their S.P. forecasts tend to be more accurate, but whichever you
use, keep to the same one each day.
12
Dynamite Doubles
1. Select any race from the days meeting where the betting forecast points to a clear two
horse race, i.e.. the first two in the betting must be at least two points clear of the third
favourite. The favourite might be around 6/4 and the second favourite 2/1. The next horse
in the betting might be around 4/1 or better.In essence we are looking for a race where the
likely winner will be either of two horses with the remainder much less likely.
Avoid using odds on horses. We need two short priced horses, but not so short as to
reduce the return. Should more than one race look a likely prospect, use the one with
fewest runners. This obviously reduces the danger of an outsider winning.
These horses we will call Horse A and Horse B.
2. The next step is a little easier. Locate the race with the fewest runners where the
favourite is 9/4 or better. Most days you will find a race with between six and nine
runners suitable. We will use the first three in the betting forecast for our bet. These may
be priced at,say, 9/4, 3/1 and 7/2.
These we will call Horse C, Horse D and Horse E
3. We now combine our selections in six doubles, with an equal stake on each. The
doubles are: AC, AD, AE, BC, BD, BE
To win, we obviously need one of our first two to win AND one of the other three.
Remember that we have picked the most fancied horses (as defined by the true experts -
the bookies) so we should see a winning bet most days.
13
How to write your bet
3.10 York Horse A

Horse B
4.25 Kempton Horse C

Horse D
Horse E
2 x 3 = 6 Doubles at £1.00 = £6.00

Stake £6.00
Staked
Tax £0.54
Total £6.54
14
FOOTBALL SYSTEM À`
Rules of system –
1 - Operate system no less than six weeks into season.

2 - Use only the teams in the top six of the league.
3- Take the top three teams in the league that are playing at home and perm the
results as follows.
Team A to win 1-0 2-0 or 2-1
Team B to win 1-0 2-0 or 2-1
Team C to win 1-0 2-0 or 2-1
Perm as Cross Trebles = 27 Bets.
To £1 Stakes the Bet costs £27 and if successful pays about £340.
At one bet a week you only need one payout every three months to be in profit.
15
GREYHOUND SUPER SYSTEM
Rules of system
1- Dog must have the fastest recent time.

2 - Dog must be running in a grade equal to last run.
3 - All other runners must have run in an equal or lower grade to the current race.
4- Dog must be running from trap one or six.
16
HANDICAP BANKERS SYSTEM
Handicap of 12 runners or less.

First or Second last time out.
Top 3 in Weights.
Same distance as last time out.
C or D winner
Top 3 in Forecast (Which Forecast ?)
17
Outstanding Outsiders
This formula is designed to locate the best value betting proposition of any racing
day, ie. a long priced horse with a realistic chance of winning. Clearly, handicaps
are the races in which a plan based on outsiders is most likely to succeed. They are
more open than other kinds of races and winners and placed horses start at good
odds. The difficulty of course is to locate viable bets at long prices when the basis of
any good system must be form. Well it is my belief that a combination of factors -
one statistical and one form related, can in fact be used to pick out an outsider with
a real chance each day. As far as statistics are concerned, a survey over a three year
period demonstrated beyond all doubt that in flat handicaps horses near the top of
the weights hold the best chance of success. Class tells in racing, so they say and this
is borne out by results in handicaps just as much as in other types of event. Here are
the figures which underline the point:
48% of the winners of all flat handicaps are one of the top four in the weights.
62% of all winners come from the top six in the weights.
These percentages point to trends in the overall pattern of results that are just too
pronounced to ignore. Whilst runners can and do come from lower down in the
handicap, statistically they are most likely to stem from the group which heads the
weights. As for form without which no system can hope to succeed, even one based
on outsiders, it is a fact that many horses with sound win and placed form in recent
runs do perform well, even though the market gives them only a slender chance of
success. For example any horse good enough to reach the first four in each of it's
18
last three races must have some chance of reaching a place again and may even win,
despite whatever odds are fixed by the betting ring. The fundamental idea behing
the OUTSTANDING OUTSIDERS formula is to combine these high-weight and
form factors in order to pick out a horse at long odds that at the very least has a
definite chance of running into a place.
THE SYSTEM
In the first instance it is necessary to analyse each handicap on the days cards from
the point of view of weight. This is done by applying a sliding scale based on the
number of runners in a race. It is logical that in a really big field we should examine
a wider range of high weighted horses in a race with fewer runners. Handicaps of
ten or less contestants are ignored because starting prices are unlikely to be long
enough for system purposes. The scale is as follows:
More than 15 runners - consider the first six in the weights
13 or 14 runners - consider the first five in the weights
11 or 12 runners - consider the first four in the weights
Using this scale for every handicap race on any given day, list any horse which ran
first, second, third or fourth in each of its last three public meetings and which
figures in the specified weight range for the number of runners in it's race (as
above). Any horse which fulfils the criteria is an OUTSTANDING OUTSIDER.
Most days you will have more than one possibility. If you prefer to just back one
horse each day then select the Outstanding Outsider with the biggest forecast odds.
19
P=MCR Greyhound System
1) Watch the first race at any given meeting.

2) Subtract the smaller Trap No from the Larger: I.E.: 1 beats 3, 3-1 =2.
3) Back the resultant trap No in the next race.
4) If lose, repeat : I.E: 5 beat 4, 5 - 4 = 1, back the 1 dog next
race, double your initial stake.
5) Sounds so simple, I challenge you to find ANY meeting on the Dogs
where the system loses in any 12 race run.
A good little system for backing in a race where you have no idea as to
the form, etc.
SYSTEM A
1-4 runners - No bet
5,6, runners & 8 - 10 runners - Bet as follows :-
For horses who are carrying a 7lb penalty & have won in the past fourteen days
over same distance (10% leeway on distance)
Each way - 1,2 in 5,6 runner events

Each way 1 -3 in 8 - 10 events
20
SIMILAR II -THE '7G' SYSTEM

The ‘7G’ in the system title comes from the seven golden rules detailed below.
1. Always choose the principal meeting.
2. Choose the non-handicap races from the meeting.
3. From the races you have left, choose the forecast favourite with the shortest price.
4. If there are two or more at this price, select the race with the smallest number of
runners.
5. If still tied, take the horse with the most recent win.
6. If still tied, select the horse owned by the leading owner in terms of prize money.
7. If still joint, take the earliest race.
Staking is in the sequence 10, 20, 40, 50, 50, 50, 50, etc. returning to 10 after a
winner. Bank required is 100 points.
SIMILAR II -THE 500/1 PLAN
The theory behind this system is to achieve a four race accumulator to pay out odds
of over
500/1. This is aided by using multiple selections in some of the legs of the bet.
The bet entails 7 selections involving six points staked in an accumulator.
Staking is 1*1*2*3 = 6 bets
First leg - 1 selection
Second Leg - 1 selection
Third leg - 2 selections
Fourth leg - 3 selections
Aids to selection
21
1. Use meetings of reasonable quality to ensure runners are making a genuine effort
to win.
2. All runners in the race should have at least two runs this season.
3. Look for favourites that are at least 1.5 to 2 points clear of the next horse in
the betting.
4. Try to avoid amateur, ladies or apprentice races, maidens and claimers and
sellers.
5. In the third element where two selections are required, we are looking for odds of
about 5/1. One way of picking these is to find races where the favourite is forecast at
4/1 or better. The horses in the first three or four in the betting forecast should be
examined to see if they are running in a lower class (race value) this time. This is a
fairly selective and effective selection method.
6. For the fourth element, use handicaps with 8-12 runners, and where the forecast
favourite is 4/1 or more. Use the fav. plus two more in the top half of the betting
forecast.
7. At the end of the day the choice is yours, but the above may direct you along the
way
22
Precision Racing Systems - PJ1
Introduction - Precision Racing Systems - PJ1 is based on one of the more well
known winner finding factors, that of beaten favourites. This may not at first sight
seem an original idea, and you would think that it was unlikely to gain any sort of
edge. However, by selecting only certain types of races, and applying a few simple
qualifying measures to these races, vastly improves the `value` nature of the
selections. This system comprises of slightly different rules for chase and hurdle
races, although both types of races are utilized in the overall operation of PJ1.
Beaten Favourites - In utilizing beaten favourites last time out the system
immediately focuses on horses which were either considered to be the `form` horse
in its previous race, or had been made favourite by the weight of money placed (or
obviously both.) A horse that won its last race as favourite also meets this criteria,
but is generally well backed and starts at considerably lesser odds than a beaten
favourite. In the case of hurdlers, the finishing positions in the qualifying last run
does not seem to have any great effect on results. i.e.2nd, 3rd, 4th or unplaced. If the
horse was favourite in its last race and the trainer runs him within 14 days, he
obviously believes he is capable of going well again. Due to the competitive nature of
the type of race used, value is obtainable about selections despite their previous
finishing position. In chase races, a marked value advantage was identified in
selecting only horses that had finished 4th or worse in its last race. During testing, a
similar percentage of winners were identified whether the finishing position as
favourite in its last race was in the first three, or 4th or worse (26% winners in both
23
cases.) However, betting beaten favourites placed in the first three last time made a
small loss, whereas the horses beaten into 4th place or worse realized a tidy profit
when backed next time out. These animals are not so attractive to the average
punter, and start at better odds. The difference between the two types of horses,
their finishing positions, and the pattern of winners and starting prices is not one
that is easily explained. All I will say is that the pattern has been noted over the past
two seasons and should not be ignored.
Within 14 days - By limiting qualifiers to those who were beaten favourites in the
last 14 days, the selection has good recent form. As we will be concentrating on
handicap chases and hurdles, getting a quick run in before the a horse is re-
handicapped is obviously a factor.
Handicaps Only - Initial tests were carried out on all types of races. Using beaten
favourites running within 14 day, non handicaps for chasers produced 23% winners
and a loss of more than £37 to £1 level stakes. Using handicap chases only, the
percentage was less at 18%, but a profit in excess of £10 to the same stakes was
realized. A similar picture was found in the case of hurdlers. The only restriction is
to avoid conditional jockeys races. It is hard enough to select a suitable horse, that
will jump well, without worrying about the quality of the jockey.
Size of Field - Testing backed up the theory that handicap races with 12 runners or
less were more predictable as a betting medium. The number of fallers and errors
made increases in proportion to the number of runners in a field.
24
System Rules
• System operates from 1st November to 30 April.
• From your daily or racing paper, identify all handicap chases and hurdles
with 12 or less declared runners. (Ignore conditional jockeys races)
• For hurdle races, identify those runners that were beaten favourites last time
out (BF), and that had run within the last 14 days. Finishing position is any,
including fell, pulled up etc.
• For chase races, the same rules apply, apart from the fact that the horse must
have finished outside the first three on its last run, i.e. 4th, unplaced, fell etc.
• Where there is more than one qualifier in a race, both or all selections are
backed.
Don`t be deceived by the simplicity of the above. I added various clauses such as
distance, going and class in the previous race, and no difference was made to either
the percentage of winners, or the profit made. As the phrase goes, Ìf it isn`t broke,
don`t fix it!`
Staking - It is recommended that level stakes betting is utilized for the operation of
PJ1. Having tried numerous staking methods the differences to profits were
minimal, and certainly not sufficient to warrant abandoning the safety of level
stakes.........
25
RACEMASTER
Racemaster is a successful yet simple plan, which is based on sound principles and
produces excellent results. All previous years results can be compiled from the
RACEFORM FORM BOOK (Annual Part.) Selections for this year can be compiled
from the RACEFORM UPDATE or the SPORTING LIFE WEEKENDER. When a
horse has won two handicaps, he is obviously a very useful horse, probably still
improving and likely to finish the season as a multiple winner. For the Racemaster
system, we watch first for a horse to win its second handicap of the season. (Any two
handicaps will do, and theses need not necessarily be in succession.) Next, we look at
the horse that finished second to him. If the horse which finished second is giving
weight, (at least 1 lb) to the winner and is not beaten by more than two lengths, we
list this horse for three chances to win. As soon as it wins, and this need not
necessarily be in a handicap, it is eliminated. Racemaster, which is the most brilliant
system ever devised for producing long priced winners, was first introduced to the
sporting public over 40 years ago. The principle behind Racemaster is that the
runner up in these races has produced a useful piece of form in giving weight and
getting close to an animal on the upgrade. Also, having been beaten, he will pick up
no penalty and at the worst, will only suffer a slight rise in the handicap. The
winners under this system are at surprisingly high average prices, illustrating
successfully the advantage of betting in handicaps, if you have an efficient method of
dealing with them. All selections indicated by Racemaster are backed on a level
stakes basis and no staking plan is involved.
26
THE 10K SYSTEM
The purpose of this system is to take a starting "bank" of money and steadily
increase it on a week to week basis, using a very clever and somewhat unusual
method of staking.
This system is not based on any in-depth study and record keeping. It is very simple
to use. It is based on a sound staking strategy. In fact you don't need to produce a
high strike rate of winners for this plan to work, a hit rate of one in six is good
enough!
Now although the system is based on clever staking, we still need to select horses to
bet on. As you will see further on, the horses we select to bet on have to be within
certain prices ranges. One day we will need to find a 2/1 shot, another we may need
a 4/1 chance etc. (You will understand why when you have finished studying the
system)
Obviously we appreciate that finding winners at any price is never easy and trying
to find a winner at particular odds is exceptionally difficult.. However remember
that as this system requires such a low level of winners, all we really need to locate
each day for the bets, are horses at approximately the correct prices, which are in
with a reasonable chance of winning. So long as now and again one returns as a
winner, the system will work, without the worry of having to hit a high strike-rate.
If you are not confident about picking horses yourself, here's what we suggest;
Follow the advises of one or two reliable tipsters out of your daily paper. If the
27
system requires a 4/1 shot for that days bet, find a horse from the tipsters daily lists
which is approximately around the price desired.
Now that we have explained the selection requirements, lets turn to the crux of the
system, the betting plan.
In most staking plans the backer is required to increase stakes after each loser. It is
usually hoped that the eventual winner will return enough to pay off the loses to
date and still yeild a profit. This idea is full of problems. Continually increasing
stakes during a losing run will soon see you needing to bet very, very high stakes to
return even a small profit. However with the 10K system, stakes gradually diminish
as each week goes by whilst the odds of horses backed increase! In this way we
overcome the fundamental deficiencies of the usual type of staking system.
The staking plan works like this:
On Monday and Tuesday of each betting week, you look to back a 2/1 shot. On the
Wednesday and Thursday you back 4/1 shots and on Friday and Saturday of each
week you stake on 6/1 shots. The price requirements for each particular day applies
regardless of the number of winners and losers you back.
At the start of each week divide your betting bank up into 20 equal parts. Each part
is one unit. Now you stake on the horses each day as follows.
MONDAY ODDS=2/1 STAKE=3 UNITS
TUESDAY ODDS=2/1 STAKE=3 UNITS
WEDNESDAY ODDS=4/1 STAKE=1 1/2 UNITS
THURSDAY ODDS=4/1 STAKE=1 1/2 UNITS
FRIDAY ODDS=6/1 STAKE=1 UNIT
SATURDAY ODDS=6/1 STAKE=1 UNIT
28
Remember at the end of each , total up your bank and then divide up the total by
twenty to give you your new "unit" for the following week.
With this system, if you only get one winner on the week, the most you can lose is up
to three units, however if just two horses go in, depending to some extent which ones
win, you will see a profit on the week of between three and seven units.
Two winners out of six in not too much to expect, some weeks you will hit three or
four winners! So it should average out at around five units each week, will see your
bank increase by around 25% each week. That will turn a starting bank of £5000
into more than £10,000 in just fifteen betting weeks. Just stick to the plan, and leave
any winnings in the bank until the fifteen weeks are up, then you can spend the
profits.
29
THE 500/1 PLAN
INTRODUCTION
The purpose of this plan is to consistently locate winning fourfold accumulators.

The underlying aim is to locate winning fourfolds with odds in excess of 500/1 -
hence the name THE 500/1 PLAN. The accumulators this plan produces are not
always quite as profitable as 500/1, but if you use the plan correctly, the minimum
returns will be at least 250/1. This plan really is that profitable!
You cannot expect the 500/1 plan to be always winning, but at the kind of adds
you'll get on winning days, you need only the occasional success to stay well and
truly in profit. Having said this, if you apply the principles of the plan with care, you
may be surprised at just how consistent it can be.
You will not need a large bank of money to bet with to operate this plan, you will
only be placing comparatively small stakes each day you decide to bet. Neither will
you need to use any expensive staking plans, (increasing stakes after losing days
etc.). You can decide initially what unit stake you can afford and stick to that unit
stake until your winnings allow you to increase it. One word of caution, don't be too
ambitious when deciding what unit to use at the beginning. Make sure you can
afford to suffer a few losing days before you start getting the big returns. There is
nothing to say that one of your first fourfolds wont win and in such a case you will
be off to a flying start and you should then always have sufficient funds to finance
your betting, but "sods law" dictates that if you budget your funds to allow you to
30
withstand an initial losing run of ten days, then the first successful accumulator you
select will be on the eleventh!
For the purposes of this booklet, I have used a unit stake of £1.00. This would entail
having to bet £6.00 plus tax per day - you'll understand why later. Obviously you
can adjust the unit stake to suit your own circumstances.
One final point, although there is no reason why this plan can't be used on any
racing day, it is best to limit it to days when there are plenty of races to choose from,
Fridays, Saturdays, Bank Holidays etc.
THE 500/1 PLAN
A fourfold accumulator usually entails selecting one horse to win in each of four
separate races. All four horses chosen have to win, if not then the bet is lost.
The odds on correctly selecting four winners from four races are huge. Even the
most knowledgeable racing enthusiast would find it impossible to select four straight
winners with any regularity. Even if you just picked four odds-on favourites, it
would be a rare day that all four came home in front - only about 50-60% of odds-
on actually win!
Using reasonable selection methods, most gamblers should be able to pick two or
even three winners from four races from time to time, but it is getting a fourth
winner that is the problem. How many times have you said "just one horse let me
down"?
Each element of an accumulator bet increases the risk of that bet losing greatly, but
this risk can be significantly reduced if we select more than one runner in each
element of the bet.
31
Imagine if instead of just one horse in each race you selected two or three. If in each
element of your accumulator any one of three horses you selected could win, then
even if you made your selections by sticking a pin in the race card and thus
produced three runners in each of four races, you would have a reasonable chance
of winning.
Unfortunately, as you have no doubt realised, it is more than a little impractical to
actually bet on any one of three horses winning in each part of a fourfold. The
number of bets needed to cover all the possible winning combinations would be
much too great to make this a viable possibility (81 bets actually), but I am sure you
can see the principle of how increasing your selections in each element of a
combination, greatly reduces the risks of your bet losing.
Although we may not be able to make multiple selections in every part of an
accumulator, we can make more than one choice in at least some of the elements.
Good selection methods will help us to reduce the need for too many selections. The
principle of the plan is that we combine thoughtful, informed selections with some
multiple options, working together this will greatly increase our chances of winning.
There are a great many different combinations of bets we can use, eg. two selections
in each of the four races, this would require a total of 16 different bets (still a little
too many), or maybe just selecting just one runner in each of the first three races
combined with five options in the last race, this would only need 5 different bets to
be placed, but it isn't the most reasoned way of doing things.
The format I suggest requires placing just 6 different bets, but I feel that this format
provides the right balance between intelligent selection methods and the use of
multiple options.
32
This is what I propose doing:

In two of the races we make just one selection. In the third race we pick two horses
and in the remaining race we pick three runners. This requires just six different
bets. We will need to be careful with our selecting, especially in the first two
elements where we have no margin for error, but I feel this is the right combination
to use all things considered.
One of the main advantages of using this combination is the scope it gives us for
increasing the accumulated odds of the bet. To explain further, although we need to
stick to short priced certainties" in the two elements of the bet where we can only
make one selection, the luxury of being able to pick two and more so three horses in
a field allows us to more adventurous with our selections. For the "three horse race"
we can choose a wide open race and select three runners at longer prices. This really
helps to multiply the returns.
HORSE SELECTION
As we have said, even though this plan does give us something of a margin of error,
we still have to be very careful when making our selections. Methods of selecting
horses are many and varied. In all my time of studying racing, I have yet to see a
method of selecting winners that was 100% consistent. I know some very good
methods of increasing your chances, but it is impossible for me to say to you do x, y
and z and you are guaranteed winners.
What I can do is pass on to you a few guidelines that I use when looking for winners.
The first pieces of advice are particularly aimed at locating the single horses for
elements 1 and 2, after which I have a couple of suggestions to help you when
looking for the two and three horse combinations.
33
1. Use a race at a meeting of reasonable quality. You do not necessarily have to

use the major meeting of the day, but the prize value of the race you use should be
sufficient to ensure that the horses entered are there to make a genuine effort to win,
(£3,000 upwards minimum).
2. Ensure that all the runners in the race you use have a reasonable amount of
form behind them. They should have had at least two races in the present season.
3. Look for favourites that are between 1.5 and 2 points clear of the next horse in
the betting, eg. if the favourite is 6/4, then the next horse in the betting should be at
least 3/1, preferably around 7/2.
4. Don't put too much faith in tipsters unless you know from your own
experience which tipsters to trust. Having said this, if the horse you are considering
is hardly being tipped by any of the tipsters, there is probably a good reason.
5. Try to avoid races which are any of the following; specifically for amateurs,
lady jockeys or apprentices, Claimers or Sellers, maiden races. Personally, I am still
cautious about using races at all-weather meetings. Form gained on turf does not
seem to have too much bearing on a horse's form on these tracks, and subsequently
a little too many outsiders seem to win for my liking. However, this is just my own
opinion, and all-weather races can sometimes supply the right kind of races for use
as element 3 or 4 where we have the luxury of picking two or three contenders, but
where we need better prices.
6. Locating the race to use for the third element of our bet can be awkward.
Although it may seem an easier job to find a winner when we are picking two horses
in the same race, the problem we have is that we realistically need to find horses
around 5/2 or 6/1 if we want to get the really good returns. To help you find a supply
34
of winners around these prices here is probably one of the best selection hints I've
ever given. Look for a horse in a race that is forecast to be about the correct odds
we're looking for, its form will quite often be fair to indifferent, (plenty of thirds,
fourths etc but few firsts), look at this horse's racing history notes, you will only find
these in proper racing papers, I use the Sporting Life. If the horse's prior results
were gained better classes of races than the one it is about to run in, ie. if its last few
races had prize values of £4,000 or £5,000 etc. and it is now running in a race for
£2,000 then this horse's chances might well be better than its odds suggest. Find a
horse like this and cover it along with a shorter priced horse in that race, this will
act as something of an insurance policy. You will be surprised at just how often a
horse dropping in class comes home at a good price!
7. When looking for a race for the fourth element where we pick three horses,
what I tend to do is look for a handicap with between 8 and 12 runners in the field
and where the betting forecast suggests that the race is quite open. The forecast
favourite should be about 4/1+. Pick the favourite plus two others from the top half
of the forecast to use. In a handicap race like this it is a bit of a lottery selecting the
winner, but by covering three runners in the way we are doing the odds will be in
your favour.
35
The Association Method

Form Races refer to all the past races given in detail by the Racing Post. Placed refers to
1st, 2nd or 3rd NOT 4th or anything lower. You can use level stakes or a staking plan. Only
consider races run in Great Britain. Do not consider the courses Lingfield and Southwell.
Do not consider any meetings held on all weather courses. Consider most races except
selling races, conditional, amateur or those with lady jockeys. Out of the remaining races
consider those with between four and sixteen runners. Don't consider races where less
than half or only half of the runners have a topspeed rating. Narrow down the runners in
the selected races by picking the horses which coincide with being in the topspeed's top
2-4 and topspeed's last time out top 2-4. This varies from race to race depending on the
number. For a race with 4-6 runners the horse must be in the top 2. For a race with 7-11
runners in the top 3. For a race with 12-16 runners in the top 4. So for an eight horse race
for example, we are interested in the top three of each rating.
HORSE & RATING

MASTER RATING
FROM LAST RUN
A(86) 104
B(95) 101
C(51) 94
D(41) 94
E(91) 91
36
F(40) 84
G(72) 72
H(39) 52
Here the top three are horses A,B and C. The last time out the top three (the figures in
brackets) were B, E and A. The two coinciding horses A and B qualify for further
consideration, the rest are neglected. The horses must have been placed in at least half of
their races this season. If they haven't run this season then you can rule them out. The
trainer must be one of the top 20 trainers (in the most recent list given in the Racing
Post). If on a day a list greater than 20 is given then the trainers who produce more than
30% winners qualify also (but only on the day they appear in the table). In the form races
the horses must have been placed in a race of greater or within 25% of the value of todays
race (this is achieved by multiplying the value of todays race by 0.75 or three quarters
and then comparing.
These are the rules specific to National Hunt Racing:-
Rule out the following:-

Horses which haven't run within 35 days
Horses aged 12 or over
Horses which are odds on in the betting forecast Ignore horses carrying 11-7 and above.
Only consider horses carrying 11-3 and above if they have been placed carrying within
2lbs of todays weight.
A horse must be able to handle the distance therefore it must be either a distance winner
37
(indicated by a (D)), or placed 4 lengths behind in a race within 1 furlong of todays

distance or won a race within 2 furlongs. (Remember there are 8 furlongs in a mile).
If more than one horse remains then rule out the race. If 1 horse remains then that is the
selection.
These are the specific rules for Flat Racing:-
Rule out the following:-

Horses that haven't run within 28 days.
Horses aged 8 or over.
Horses which are odds in the betting forecast.
Ignore horses carrying 9-7 and above.
Only consider horses carrying 9-3 and above if they have been placed carrying within 2
lbs of todays weight.
A horse must be able to handle the distance therefore it must be either a distance winner
(indicated by a (D) ) or placed 2 lengths behind in a race within ½ furlong of todays
distance or won a race within 1 furlong.
If more than 1 horse remains then rule out the race. If 1 horse remains then that is your
selection.
38
The Australian Dream Horse Racing System
The aim of this system is to indicate winners using proven form principles. Form is
without doubt, the only accurate method of establishing the true merits of individual
racehorses. Without this method it would mean betting blind and the sport would be
reduced to the level of bingo, where intelligent assessment counts for nothing.
However form can be a very misleading guide, especially if it is not properly
understood, or used correctly. Indeed the biggest problem facing most backers is
knowing which form is best.
This is where THE AUSTRALIAN DREAM comes to your aid. Thousands of races
have been examined to find a statistical answer to this problem. This massive survey
revealed how much importance should be attached to the various factors involved.
You now have in your hands, the most reliable forecasting process ever devised.
The system was originally devised for Australian racing, so naturally a few changes
had to be made to meet our different conditions. These were only minor alterations,
the essential part still remains the same.
Although good results can be obtained when the system is operated on virtually any
race you like, records prove that races with the highest prize money are more
suitable than others. These provide a rock solid base, and make the system even
more lucrative.
39
SELECTION PROCESS
The papers we recommend are the Racing Post, Sporting Life, or any newspaper
which give details of a horses last race. Keep to the same paper daily for the best
results.
SELECTION PROCESS A
Check each system race. Look for a horse which won last time out (current season
only). If there is only one horse, THIS IS THE SELECTION of the system. No
further considerations need to be taken. Remember only present season form is used
at this stage.
If a system race has been split into two, or more parts, use only the first division. If
there are NO horses which won last time out, or if there are two or more last time
out winners, apply the following rules to find the selection.
SELECTION PROCESS B
In this section horses are awarded points when they qualify under different
circumstances. The horse with the highest total becomes the selection.
Statistics prove that a horse's most recent run is a sound indication of it's ability,
and the system is based around this fact. Here we award points according to the
position of the horse in it's last race. However a horse winning on a group 1 course,
would usually be far superior to a group 4 winner. Therefore a class factor has been
included and points are awarded as follows:
40
GROUP 1 COURSE:
WINNER RECEIVES 15 POINTS
SECOND RECEIVES 12 POINTS
THIRD RECEIVES 9 POINTS
FOURTH RECEIVES 7 POINTS
GROUP 2 COURSE: WINNER RECEIVES 12 POINTS SECOND RECEIVES 9
POINTS THIRD RECEIVES 7 POINTS FOURTH RECEIVES 5 POINTS
Remember only a horse's latest race is taken, but it does not matter if its during the
current season or not. A horse which was unplaced, fell or pulled up fails to gain
any points here. A table of the racecourse groupings is given further on. A horse
running again very soon after it's last race means it is fit and well, and therefore
capable of running it's best form. The system takes advantage of this by awarding
points as follows:
WINNER RUNNING AGAIN WITHIN 7 DAYS RECEIVES 5 POINTS

SECOND RUNNING AGAIN WITHIN 7 DAYS RECEIVES 3 POINTS
THIRD RUNNING AGAIN WITHIN 7 DAYS RECEIVES 2 POINTS
41
So a horse running say on Monday and running again on or before the following
Monday would qualify. Additional points are awarded if a horse is now carrying
less/same weight than his previous race.
LESS WEIGHT THAN PREVIOUS RACE RECEIVES 3 POINTS

SAME WEIGHT THAN PREVIOUS RACE RECEIVES 1 POINT
Some horses run better at certain courses and over particular distances. So points
are awarded when as follows:
PREVIOUS DISTANCE WINNER RECEIVES 3 POINTS

PREVIOUS COURSE WINNER RECEIVES 2 POINTS
It is a fact that more horses win at lower odds than those with big starting prices.
the table below reflects this difference.
EVENS AND ODDS-ON RECEIVES 15 POINTS

BETWEEN 11/10 - 6/4 RECEIVES 8 POINTS
OVER 10/1 RECEIVES 0 POINTS
42
Ideally it would be best if you could use the actual betting market just before the off.
Unfortunately most people will find this inconvenient, so the alternative is to use the
betting forecast from the newspaper. It is important to use the same paper each day.
Once the procedure has been completed on every horse in the system race just add
up all the points to find the horse which has the highest total. This is then the
selection of the AUSTRALIAN DREAM. If two or more horses tie at the top, do not
bet. So a horse who came 2nd last time out on a group 3 course and is running again
within 7 days with less weight and is both a previous course and distance winner.
Forecasted at 2/1 in the paper, he will receive points as follows.
7+3+3+3+2+5
RACECOURSE GROUPING JUMPS
GROUP1 Ascot, Ayr, Cheltenham, Doncaster, Haydock, Kempton, Liverpool,
Newbury, Newcastle, Sandown
GROUP 2 Chepstow, Fontwell, Lingfield, Newton Abbot, Wetherby
GROUP 3 Catterick, Folkestone, Huntingdon, Leicester, Market Rasen,
Nottingham, Plumpton, Stratford, Uttoxeter, Warwick, Wincanton,
Wolverhampton, Worcester
GROUP 4 Bangor-on-Dee, Carlisle, Cartmel, Devon and Exeter, Fakenham,
Hereford, Hexham, Kelso, Ludlow, Perth, Sedgefield, Southwell, Taunton,
Towcester
Remember if a race has been split in two or more parts, always use the first division
only.
43
The Bookie Basher
1. Newspaper required is the Racing Post.

2. Look at Forecast Favourites with odds in the range 8/11 - 9/4 inclusive.
3. The 2nd favourite must be at least 4/1.
4. The horse must have been placed in the first 3 last time out.
5. It must have run within the last 28 days.
6. It must be top-rated by POSTMARK - not joint top-rated.
7. Minimum of 5 runners - maximum of 14.
8. Must be ridden by a professional or top apprentice claiming 3 or 5lbs.
9. Must be able to handle the going:-
1. If 3 or more runs in its lifetime it must have won or placed (beaten a
maximum of 3 lengths) on going similar to the reported going.
2. 3-Y-O and older horses with less than 3 runs - no going qualification needed.
3. 2-Y-O with less than 3 runs must handle the going by either having won or
placed (beaten max 3 lengths) on the EXACT going as shown is Racing Post.
10. Eliminate all selling races, amateur races, juvenile hurdles, novice handicap
hurdles, maiden chases, and all national hunt races in August.
44
The Brown Jack
1. Results are optained by use of the Daily Mail newspaper.

2. To obtain the one named horse for the day, proceed as follows:-
(a) Below each race the Daily Mail gives where the favourite finished in previous
years (normally 7 years results). Go through each card and find the race that the
favourite won most times. (b) Repeat the procedure and find the race where the
favourite finished second most times.
3. The race for the day will be that with the highest figure ie. The race with the
most wins for the favourite or the race with the most seconds. In the event of a race
having an equal number of wins and seconds then discard that race. In the event of
there being two races with an equal number of wins and seconds then give
preference to the race with favourite wins.
4. The one named bet will be as follows:- If the selected race is that in which the
favourite has won most times, then back the Named Forecast Favourite, if joint
favourites then ignore that race and go on to the next qualifier.
If the selected race is that in which the favourite finished second most times then
back the horse quoted as Clear Second Favourite, again if Joint Second Favourite
then ignore that race. The reason for this bet is that in a good race for backers the
most likely horse to beat the favourite is the second favourite and over the years the
Daily Mail betting forecast has proved to be the most accurate.
5. The following exceptions must be adhered to:-
(a) No bet if less than 3 years results.
45
(b) No bet if less than 2 wins or 2 seconds.

(c) No bet if the horses has never run before.
(d) No bet if quoted at odds-on.
6. In the event of a tie, give preference to:-
(a) Non Handicap race over a Handicap race.
(b) The race with the lowest added prize money.
(c) The smallest field.
(d) The shortest price
Note, if you have discarded any race related to rule 5, then automatically go on to
the next best race. Rule 2 should have a 'rider', in the event of a race having been
split, then count each division as half a race, in other words if the favourite results
were 0011101.0 the last race was split and so the total wins would be 3.1/2, this
happens seldom and is easily picked out in the Daily Mail as when a race has missed
a year they put a dash and when it is split they put a dot.
Addition to Rules
In the event of a selected race being run in two or more divisions then take the
shortest priced horse provided it qualifies i.e. has run before. Should it not have run
before then ignore all divisions of that particular race and go on to the next best
race
46
The Chevy Chase
This system is based solely on HANDICAP CHASES.

It concentrates on races with 8 to 12 runners.
The selection must be carrying 11st-7lbs or less to qualify.
The horse must have been out, and must have the best recent form of the horses
which qualify.
In the event of there being several horses with comparable form, choose the one
ridden by the best jockey, (preferably the jockey with the best record at the course).
If the favourite for the race is odds on - no bet.
Staking one point to win. If the selction is 8-1 or above, 1 point each way.
The sytem requires patience, but it is very profitable.
GOOD LUCK.
47
THE CURTIS RATING SYSTEM
THE CURTIS RATING SYSTEM offers you the chance to assess each horses form
and to produce your own simple, but accurate ratings. You do not need one of the
specialist Racing papers to operate this system successfully. Any ordinary Daily
newspaper with a Horse racing section will be more than adequate for our needs.
The basis for THE CURTIS RATING SYSTEM originates from a method that was
devised over 70 years ago by one of the first truly professional backers, and as far as
I am aware the original method has been in constant use, by a few fortunate people,
since it’s introduction all those years ago, and so, therefore, I believe that we can
safely assume that this has more than stood the test of time! It was only ever passed
on by word of mouth, in fact any interested parties were invited, and then only at
the sole discretion of the Originator of the plan, along to a series of presentations,
paying a fee for each session. They were, by all accounts, very successful, and those
fortunate enough to attend doubtless went on their way armed with their new found
knowledge and plagued the Bookmakers for many years. THE CURTIS RATING
SYSTEM is a greatly enhanced version of this earlier system and has, over the past
twenty or so years that it has been in use, provided the user with consistent profits
every season.
SELECTION METHOD. THE CURTIS RATING SYSTEM can be used with equal
success during both the Flat and National Hunt seasons. All meetings are
considered, but eliminate the following types of races: Selling: Apprentice: Ladies:
National Hunt Flat: All other types of races now qualify for consideration. Once we
48
have our short list of races to concentrate on, take each race in turn and award
FORM POINTS for the last THREE runnings of each horse. The FORM POINTS
are as follows: RUN LAST OUTING LAST BUT ONE LAST BUT TWO
WIN 9 6 3
SECOND 6 4 2
THIRD 3 2 1
EXAMPLE.
Horse A 012 FORMRATINGS 0+6+6=12
Horse B 113 FORMRATINGS 3+6+3=12
Horse C 001 FORMRATINGS 0+0+9= 9
Horse D 113 FORMRATINGS 3+6+3=12
Horse E 212 FORMRATINGS 2±6+6=14
Horse F 001 FORMRATINGS 0+0+9= 9
As you can see Horse E is clear top rated with 14 FORM POINTS. On the
occassions when more than one horse is rated the same, take the horse with the
shortest price in the betting forecast as your selection. Repeat the above procedure
for all the qualifying races.
STAKING ADVICE. It has always been recommended that level stakes be used
with THE CURTIS RATING SYSTEM. Excellent profits are indeed attained by
level stakes, but do feel at liberty to use you own staking system if you so wish.
49
The Dream Racing System
While gaming at casinos is always -- ultimately -- a function of luck, the Sport of Kings
is elevated far above games of mere chance. Regardless of the elegance of the roulette
wheel or the intensity of the blackjack table, neither can approach racing for its subtlety,
complexity, and beauty. The terms of casino games are always set. The odds might just as
well be written in stone. Not so with this great sport. Flesh and blood come into play. The
interplay of horse and rider. The conditions of the track. The field. Timing.
In order to bet successfully in this great sport, you must bring to bear your skill and
judgment. In no other betting environment do you have so much control over your fate.
Your greatest advantage over the bookmakers is one of choice. Whereas you can choose
your races -- and bets -- the bookmaker is obligated to participate in virtually every race
conducted for 52 weeks a year. You can avoid a bet in a race that is not to your
advantage. The bookmaker enjoys no such freedom.
Yes, choice is your greatest ally. Yet for too many, it is their greatest enemy as well.
Without mincing words, the simple truth is that the average bettor frequently makes the
wrong choice. In doing so, he concedes the edge he has over the bookmaker and virtually
guarantees that he will remain a loser over time.
Common wisdom dictates that you should familiarize yourself with the individual
characteristics of the horses, the field, the track and the form book. Needless to say, such
an endeavor demands a huge commitment -- in time and effort. Indeed, it is virtually a
50
full-time job. Those who master this knowledge will always be best placed to beat the
book. They deserve the profits they earn.
But you are not such a person. You already have a job and you cannot invest the time or
energy to compete with these professionals. What are you to do? By being disciplined,
intelligent and sticking to a system that works, you can increase your odds of success.
Bookmakers love the bettor who places bets on whim, on the name of a horse, on the
colour eyes of the jockey -- on anything but a system. You need a system if you are to
win! The worst possible system you could use is no system at all!
You must focus on the most dependable horses if you are to correctly pick the day's best
bet. Favourites will almost always be the ones you will look at. With good reason. They
are favourites for a reason. By simply selecting any favourite at random you will have a
30% - 40% chance of picking a winner.
The question is, how to improve those chances!
The most reliable favourites on any given day inevitably are those who occupy the lower
end of the price range. You must remember that because of all the variables involved in
horse racing, the actual favourite cannot possibly be determined until right before the
race. Obviously, you will have to consult with one of the printed betting forecasts such as
the national dailies or The Sporting Life.
Study each race to be run that day and write down the names of the five favourites with
the lowest odds. In the event that there is a tie, include all such runners for further
consideration. From this short list, you will be determining the day's single horse
selection.
Do not fear low odds. Short odds should not be rejected due to a cursory examination.
Even money often translates into an outstanding value if its true price should be 4-7.
51
There are those who reject the favourite on the grounds that they can get better "value"
elsewhere. We call these people fools. What is the "value" of backing a horse at 5-1 if, in
reality, there is only a one in ten chance that your bet will succeed? There is only one
person who will profit from a "system" like that -- the bookmaker.
The real key to successful betting is not being greedy. Do not look for a small stake to
garner you thousands of pounds. Rather, use a system which will consistently make you a
winner. Financially -- and psychologically -- winning small but often is a smart approach
to any kind of wager.
Okay, so now you have your five favourites. What next?
Your next gambit is to establish a system to evaluate these five contenders. By following
this point system, you will take the guess work out of your evaluation.
Forecast Odds Points Given
1-2 67
8-15 65
4-7 63
8-13 62
4-6 60
8-11 58
4-5 55
5-6 54
10-11 52
52
Evens 50
11-10 48
6-5 45
5-4 44
11-8 42
6-4 40
13-8 37
7-4 36
15-8 35
2-1 33
9-4 31
5-2 28
11-4 27
3-1 25
10-3 23
7-2 22
4-1 20
Further, it is possible to evaluate a horse based on its last outing. This makes sense. After
all, winning begets winning. For this reason, we can begin to quantify this aspect of our
evaluation.
53
If a horse placed 1st in its last race, award 45 points.

If a horse placed 2nd in its last race, award 40 points.
If a horse placed 3rd in its last race, award 40 points.
For all other finishes, award 35 points. Also, horses that have yet to race in the current
season receive 35 points irrespective of their final finish of the previous season.
Another consideration in quantifying your decision is the value of your horse's last race.
If the winner's prize money of the previous race was worth at least 20% more than the
current prize money, award the horse 50 points. All others should follow this criteria:
Last race prize same as current race, award 40 points.
Last race prize 20% less than current race, award 30 points.
You should also bear in mind that favourites win more regularly in non-handicap events.
For this reason, it makes more sense to award more points to contenders in these events.
Therefore, award 40 points to a contender running in a non-handicap race and 30 points
for running in handicap or nursery races.
Another consideration in evaluating your contender is the size of the field. After careful
review of the long history of racing, we have concluded that favourites succeed less often
in events containing a large field. Therefore, we reject the "folk wisdom" that a bigger
field means a "bigger" certainty and suggest the following awards:
45 points in those races with 10 or fewer runners.
40 points in those races with 11 - 16 runners.
30 points in those races with 16 or more runners.
Market leaders often have a poorer record in competitive races. Consider the following
point award:
45 points if there are no rivals which won the last time out.
54
45 points if there is one rival which won last time out.

35 points if there are two rivals which won the last time out.
If three or more rivals won their last time out, award 30 points.
Finally, if a horse has demonstrated success on the day's course then this must be factored
into your calculations. Award your horse 10 points if it has previously won on the course
and 10 points if it has previously won over the day's distance.
Once you have factored in all these considerations, tally the points you have awarded to
each of your five contenders. The horse with the greatest total is your best qualifier for
the day's bet. It's that simple. No "feelings in the belly". No emotion. No getting caught
up in the thrill of the race. Just smart calculation.
Even so, you should never forget that both horse and rider are living creatures bound to
have better and worse days. This is a variable which you cannot often calculate and
which makes betting exciting. Remember, it is the uncertainty which makes it wonderful.
Never give up. Follow these calculations and you will win -- if not today then certainly
tomorrow.
55
The Fast Form Finder
This method of selecting horses is extremely easy to use and will take up only one or
two minutes of your time each day. The method eliminates all races of a highly
competitive nature and selects only those horses that have good recent form and the
ability to repeat it. There will be an average of 3-4 bets each week and you can
expect 50-60% winners all at odds against both on the flat and over the jumps. The
method uses "The Sporting Life" although you needn't buy the paper if you don't
want to because all the relevant information is on the pages placed on the walls of all
betting shops. Here then, is the method:
1. Select all non-handicap races with fields of up to and including 12 declared
runners.
2. Eliminate Amateur, Apprentice and Ladies races.
3. Check any horse that won last time out to see if it is tipped by "Form" of
"The Sporting Life" and if it is, then that a selection provided it is forecast at odds
against in the betting forecast not odds on or evens.
You will find Form's tips for each race in the box at the top of the page near the
race card.
When placing your bet write, "Odds on or evens, no bet" on your slip and this will
automatically eliminate odds on and evens bets and ensure all your selections are
priced at odds against.
The method may also be used with ordinary newspapers. I advise you to use either
the "Daily Mirror" or the "Daily Express". The same rules apply except instead of
56
using "Form" of the Life, the black spot form horse is used instead. Both these
papers have a spot form rating and both have proved to be profitable with the
method.
N.B. All selections must be current season last time out winners.
57
The Feelgood System
The system has been devised by using the country's most successful and consistent
trainers and combining these with the best of current form.
The basis of this system is a MASTER LIST of TRAINERS and the current Season's list
of Trainers is as follows:
TRAINER POINTS
Martin Pipe 20
David Nicholson 19
Paul Nicholls 18
Mary Reveley 17
Miss Venetia Williams 16
Nick Henderson 15
Nigel Twiston Davies 14
Kim Bailey 13
P. Hobbs 12
G. Richards 11
Mrs S.J. Smith 10
J.Old 9
Henrietta Knight 8
58
O. Sherwood 7
L. Lungo 6
M. Hammond 5
J.J. O`Neill 4
P. Bowen 3
R.H. Alner 2
Mrs J. Pitman 1
You will see that each Trainer is allocated a certain number of `points` - these play an
important part in deciding which horses we back.
Before telling you how to decide which horse to back, we now come to the meeting to
chose. Obviously, if only one meeting takes place that is the meeting for the day but if
more than one takes place you back the day's PRINCIPLE MEETING. If this meeting is
abandoned or if your particular Newspaper does not designate the PRINCIPLE
MEETING then simply use the meeting with the highest total prize money on offer.
** PLEASE NOTE ** Whilst we state that you use just the one meeting per
day many purchasers do actually operate the System on ALL the meetings
that take place on the day; this is left to your own personal preference.
At the stipulated meeting examine each race and give appropriate points to horses trained
by handlers in the master list above. For example, any horse trained by the Trainer at the
59
top of the list receives 20 points whilst any runner trained by the Trainer at the bottom of
the list will receive 1 point.
Add additional points to those horses which finished in the first four places on their most
recent run PROVIDED IT TOOK PLACE THIS SEASON.
Allot 10 points to any runner which won last time out.
Allot 7 points to any runner which finished second last time out.
Allot 6 points to any runner who finished third last time out.
Allot 3 points to any runner which finished fourth last time out.
REMEMBER - ONLY PRESENT SEASON'S FORM !!!
The system horse is the one with the highest rating in each race.
If no horse in a race is trained by one of the Trainers in the MASTER LIST still allocate
points for placings.
You then have your selections for the day.
You then back these on a staking plan of 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32 points but stopping
immediately you have a winner,
If you do not have a winner on any particular day simply revert back to 1 point the
following day.
IMPORTANT: Any horse which is top rated and quoted odds on are
discarded; simply omit that race.
60
The Festival Method

You must only use the Racing Post for this method. No other paper will do. If you
follow the rules closely you will end up with one selection sometimes two. Mark
down all the horses that are running who have consistent form, horses that have
finished in the first three in each of their last three races. The horses in question
must have these form figures to qualify. Next you have to eliminate horses to get
down to one horse. Eliminate all horses that are not rated in the topspeed ratings.
These can be found underneath each race. There is usually a maximum of three.
Next you eliminate all horses that are not forecast favourite by the Racing Post. If
you are left with one horse then this is the days selection. If you are left with one
horse then this is the days selection. If you are left with more than one horse then
the selection should be the horse quoted at the shortest price in the Racing Post
forecast. If two horses or more are quoted at the same price then all horses are to be
backed. If, when you have eliminated all the horses that are not forecast favourite,
you end up with no horses left, you move on to the next rule. Obviously with not
having a selection from the first rule then this rule must be brought into operation.
All the horses that qualified through topspeed ratings will requalify. Next eliminate
all horses who are not quoted second favourite in the Racing Post forecast. Once
again if you are left with one horse then this is the selection. If you are left with two
or more selections then there is no bet for that day. If no horse qualifies under both
rules then there is no bet for that day. What you are backing is a horse who has
shown consistent form and returned good times. So the horse when running against
others must have a first rate chance.
61
The Fineform Rating Formula
"The formula is both swift & effective in rating runners on the flat & over the
jumps. The combination of two positive potential winning factors – good recent
form & proven ability - is utilised in the ratings.
Points are awarded as listed below for each of the runners' previous TWO
OUTINGS OF THE CURRENT SEASON ONLY.:-
1st 5 points
2nd 3 points
3rd 2 points
4th 1 point
D (disqualified from 1st place) 5 points
Course & Distance (C&D)
C&D 3 points
C.D 3 points
D 2 points
C 1 point
All runners in the race are awarded points according to their previous
achievements, and the runner that is rated the highest TOTAL number of points is
the selection. The maximum total rating that can be achieved is 13 points. If joint
Top Rated an extra 1 point for a distance winner. If still even the horse nearest the
top/bottom of the card is the selection." You can use the second(third) rated horse
for forecasts.
62
If you are selective and factor in the selections ability to go on the going, and its
proven fitness with a recent run you should be in with a chance at the finish. Clive
Holt supports his formula with numerous statistics. I find it is a good base to finalise
selections., and it often throws up decent price winners.
The Fineform Maximum Selection i.e. 13 points choices. By just backing these
selections only over the season, everything I have read indicates you will come out
on top. I have also seen this selection criteria method known as the "Financial
Security for Life Formula," amongst others.
With regards to your betting strategy I would suggest you just do single bets,
although I am sure you have some very good days. Why? Because professional
gamblers only normally bet in singles (I assume they must know something), and
bookmakers are always encouraging multi-bets (I assume they must know
something). E.g. In a Yankee out of 11 bets , if your first horse loses you lose out on
7 bets, leaving you only with 4 bets left for your last 3 selections.
For staking I look at the amount I want to win and adjust my stake accordingly. E.g.
I want to win £20 - on a 4/1 chance I bet £5 & on a 2/1 chance I bet £10. I always
respect the market so if a horse is a 5/1 – its chance of winning should be around
that, likewise an even money horse should be 50/50. But then that's where we all
look for value!
63
THE GEORGE WRIGHT HANDICAP SYSTEM
Why is there, I wonder, so much trepidation attached to Handicap races? Can it be

because fewer favourites win Handicaps than so-called normal races. Perhaps that
may have something to do with it. But by utilising THE GEORGE WRIGHT
HANDICAP SYSTEM wisely it will make handicaps much more of an attractive
proposition for you by providing many regular, decent priced winners.
To successfully operate this system you will need one of the specialist Racing papers,
either the Sporting Life or The Racing Post, the betting forecast in an ordinary
Daily newspaper will not be accurate enough for our needs. All examples, trials and
statistics studied have been obtained by using the above named papers.
SELECTION METHOD.
We are having a serious attempt at making Handicap races pay here, and pay for
US, not the Bookmaker. So the first thing that we must do is eliminate all those
really big fields, you know the sort I mean, those with 20+ runners where it looks
like The Charge Of The Light Brigade coming down the hill. I admit, it is a terrific
sight, but our primary aim here is to WIN, so don’t bet on those races, just sit back
and enjoy watching the spectacle.
The next thing that we must now do is eliminate nearly all of the other Handicap
races as well!
In fact any Handicap race with more than SIX runners we are definitely not
interested in! Nor are we interested in fields of LESS than six runners, but for a
different reason.
64
With less than six runners in a race you simply will not get any value for money.
The purpose of THE GEORGE WRIGHT HANDICAP SYSTEM, apart from
providing plenty of winners of course, is to find decent priced winners as well. So, go
through the race card each day and look for any SIX RUNNER HANDICAP
RACES - these, and only these, are the races that we are going to use.
If there are not any that day, then quite simply there is no bet. If there is more than
one qualifying race, use the selection procedure and back them both if the race is
run at different times. If, by some unfortunate coincidence, the races are at the same
time, select the race with the highest prize money.
The majority of six runner handicap races are won by the first second or third horse
in the betting forecast. This is a statistically proven fact, we know that the winner
will, with incredible regularity, come from one of these three.
But which one?
You are probably thinking to yourself right now: "With my luck, even by
narrowing it down like this, I am still bound to pick the wrong one! ".
Well, simply by following a logical line of reasoning THE GEORGE WRIGHT
HANDICAP SYSTEM takes all the guess work out of it for you.
Remember, we are after value, so we select the THIRD favourite in the betting
forecast -
EVERYTIME.
WHY?
Because he is the better Price
Statistically it has just as much chance of winning as the first and second forecast
favourites, precisely the same, no more no less, so by selecting the third forecast
65
favourite we are consistently going to get the best price and so, over a sustained
period of time, it is CERTAIN to pay off.
In fact, you can expect an average price of 7-2 for the third forecast favourite. You
will average out at 33% winners using this system, and at an average price of 7-2
this is beginning to sound very attractive. However, this system gives you one other
bonus as well that really makes it pay big for you.
Over a three year study for THE GEORGE WRIGHT HANDICAP SYSTEM the
longest losing run was only eight consecutive losers. So if we could develop an
effective staking plan to go with this, we could have a very worthwhile proposition
indeed.
STAKING ADVICE.
It is mentioned above that there was a run of eight consecutive losses, it should be
stressed though that this was not, by any means, the norm, in fact it was such a rare
occurrence that it is perfectly possible to show a healthy profit simply by using level
stakes. However, if you wish to maximise your potential return with THE GEORGE
WRIGHT HANDICAP SYSTEM it is suggested that you use the following staking
method: 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5, reverting back to one point stakes after a winner.
You will see from the staking method that we allow for a run of ten losses, even
though the maximum ever reached was eight, this is merely a precautionary
measure, it is doubtful it will ever be needed.
THE GEORGE WRIGHT HANDICAP SYSTEM
(continued)
However, if it is, simply return to 1 point stakes and progress again, you will soon
recover your losses.
66
EXAMPLE 1 (Pre-tax)
RACE 1
3RD FORECAST FAVOURITE - 1PT STAKED - LOSE - 1PT LOSS.
RACE 2
3RD FORECAST FAVOURITE - 1PT STAKED - LOSE - 1PT LOSS. (MINUS
2PTS)
RACE 3
3RD FORECAST FAVOURITE - 2PTS STAKED - WIN 4-1 - (8PTS - 2PTS) =
6PTS PROFIT. RETURN TO IPT STAKE.
Note.
To demonstrate just how effectively this staking method is with THE GEORGE
WRIGHT HANDICAP SYSTEM, there now follows an example of what a fairly
typical poor run will look like, and how, by having decent priced winners virtually
guaranteed, any possibility of incurring heavy losses is practically eliminated.
EXAMPLE 2 (POOR RUN COMING UP)
RACE 1
3RD FORECAST FAVOURITE - 1PT STAKED - LOSE - 1PT LOSS.
RACE 2
3RD FORECAST FAVOURITE - 1PT STAKED RACE 2 LOSE - IPT LOSS
(MINUS 2PTS)
RACE 3
3RD FORECAST FAVOURITE - 2PTS STAKED - LOSE - 2PTS LOSS (MINUS
4PTS)
RACE 4.
67
3RD FORECAST FAVOURITE - 2PTS STAKED - LOSS - 2PTS LOSS (MINUS

6PTS)
RACE 5
3RD FORECAST FAVOURITE - 3PTS STAKED - WIN 7-2 - (10.5 PTS - 6PTS) =
4.5PTS
PROFIT. RETURN TO 1PT STAKE.
IMPORTANT NOTE.
All you need to operate THE GEORGE WRIGHT HANDICAP SYSTEM
successfully is to learn to exercise a little bit of patience when selecting your races.
Do not be tempted to gamble on more, or less, than six runner Handicaps just
because you cannot find a qualifying race for a few days. This system is tried and
tested on six runner Handicaps, if you stick to the guidelines you will make
consistent long term profits, and surely that is what you desire, isn’t it?
68
The Henderson Handicap System
The Henderson Handicap System concentrates solely on Handicap races. It will operate
just as successfully for the National Hunt season as the Flat season, so you can now enjoy
making profits right throughout the year. You do not need a specialist Racing paper to
operate it, an ordinary Daily newspaper with a Horse racing section will be adequate for
your needs. The Henderson Handicap System seeks to search out the quality horse in a
Handicap race. As far as Handicaps are concerned, it is general knowledge that the better
a horse has been performing, the the more weight it has to carry. So therefore the better
horses in a Handicap should be those with the most weight to carry. But statistics prove
that simply by blindly backing the top weight in Handicap races will not provide you
with profits over a long period of time. The Henderson Handicap System will,
however, show you just how to separate the top weights that are the genuine class
animals, from the top weights that are just one of the bunch. It is a fact, and one maybe
not everyone is aware of, that there are some horses that run in Handicaps that are so far
ahead of the rest of the animals in the race that even by being saddled with a thundering
great weight, it will not stop them from winning. In other words - THEY ARE JUST
TOO GOOD! It is these horses that we are seeking, and The Henderson Handicap
System will provide them for you.
Selection Method
69
Go through the racecard of each meeting for that day, make a note of every
1.
Handicap race.
2. Make a note of the weight that the TOP WEIGHT is carrying.
3. Make a note of the weight that the SECOND TOP WEIGHT is carrying.
Subtract the second top weight from the top weight and make a note of the
4.
DIFFERENCE.
5. Repeat this procedure for every Handicap race of the day.
The system selection is the TOP WEIGHT that is set to carry the biggest margin of
weight over its nearest (second top weight) rival. In the unlikely event of two races
producing the same result, select the race with the closest to 8 runners. If there is still a
tie, select the race with the most prize money. This horse then is the system selection and
is the one bet of the day.
STAKING ADVICE - Place your bet to win unless the price is better than 5/1, in
which case, providing of course that there are sufficient runners, back your selection
EACH WAY. You will get some tremendous value animals running for you by
using The Henderson Handicap System.
SUMMARY - Remember, the horse that the system selects for you is the class
animal in the race, otherwise they would not be carrying top weight. By restricting
our selections to those with the biggest weight difference, we are surely putting our
money on the horse which is that much more superior to even its nearest rival.
70
THE JAMESON SYSTEM
THE JAMESON SYSTEM is specifically designed for use with Handicap Races,
and as such it is not a system which will provide you with a bet every day, or
perhaps not even every week for long periods of time for that matter, but it is
certainly worth keeping to hand because when it does provide you with a selection
then you will have a very good chance indeed of collecting.
It works for both Flat and National Hunt Racing so if you exercise just a little bit of
patience it will soon be second nature for you to operate it throughout the year.
If you are a regular punter the chances are that you watch many races, either on
track, at home on TV or on SIS at the bookmakers. How many times have you been
watching the finish of a race and said to yourself: "Ah! Old so-and-so is finishing
strongly, it looks like he is ready to win a race, P11 back him next time out."
However, next time out old "so-and-so" is entered in one of the big handicaps,
cannot quite handle the better class animals and duly fails to win, at this point we
forget all about him and continue our never ending quest for winners, quite
unaware that we have probably eliminated just what we are looking for from our
thoughts.
Let me elaborate a little......
Horses cannot, no matter what "class" of animal they are, be 100% fit ALL of the
time, this is especially the case when they are frequently running in handicap
company. So when you see a horse like old "so-and-so" running on strongly at the
finish, it is, as you correctly assume, a good indication that he is running into form
71
and is worth keeping a very close eye on. But we must do this for more than just one
race. Remember, anything can happen in a horse race, no matter how meticulously
an animal is prepared to land a race, that horse can be badly drawn, it can be going
for a gap when it closes and effectively ends it's challenge, thejockey can simply fall
offi Anything can, and frequently does, happen to prevent a well prepared horse
from winning its target race. However, if you continue to follow that horse, for a
limited period of course, it will land its desired win and you will be handsomely
rewarded for your faith.
It is worthwhile remembering also that time and time again, a badly hampered
horse will, somehow, manage to battle it’s way through to a place. So, keep your
eyes open when watching handicap races and if you see a horse like "so-and-so"
finishing strongly, follow him and back him EACH-WAY in his next THREE races.
It is virtually certain that you will at the very least recoup your stake if he only
manages a place, but he will almost certainly win one of those three races AND at an
attractive price which will show you a very healthy profit overall.
REMEMBER - Make a note of any improving horses in Handicap races. Once noted
back them EACH-WAY for their next THREE races, but do not forget to STOP AT
A WIN.
IMPORTANT NOTE. - DO NOT stop at a PLACE, only STOP AT A WIN. - You
must always remember that these horses are being prepared to win a specific target
race or to land a pre-planned gamble, and if everything goes to plan and they do
manage to win first or second time out, then the chances are that they are going to
be eased off until preparations are ready for them to go and attempt to win their
next target race.
72
THE JEFFERSON SYSTEM
THE JEFFERSON SYSTEM will not give you a bet every single day, and it
certainly does require a little bit of effort to operate successfully, but the results will
make it more than worthwhile.
This system is for use only during the Flat season. But, operated properly, it will
provide you with a very high percentage of winners for NON-HANDICAP races
throughout the season.
You do not need one of the specialist Racing papers to successfully operate THE
JEFFERSON SYSTEM, any ordinary Daily newspaper with a Horse-Racing section
will suffice.
SELECTION METHOD.
You are going to have to produce, and maintain, two tables.
Table 1 will contain all horses which win any non-handicap races - with the
exception of
Selling, Apprentice and Ladies races - by a minimum of three lengths.
Once a horse has qualified for Table 1, you patiently wait for his next outing.
If his next race is a HANDICAP you must delete this horse from Table 1.
If his next race is a NON-HANDICAP you do not bet on him, but you note how he
finishes.
If he WINS you must also delete him from Table 1.
However, if he finishes more than two lengths behind the winner you enter the
winner of that
73
race in Table 2, also note the date.

IMPORTANT NOTE.
If the horse finishing second is within half a length of the winner, and is receiving
any weight from the winner, you would add the horse finishing second to Table 2
INSTEAD OF THE WINNER again not forgetting to include the date.
In races like this it is normally safe to assume that the horse finishing second is the
better animal.
You do not have to actually see the race to discover these facts, simply examine the
race report and look for the distances separating the first three past the post.
The horses that we place in Table 2 are the ones that we are interested in backing.
You must back them in any race that they run in but for NO MORE than ONE
MONTH from the date that they were first included in Table 2.
STAKING ADVICE.
In the normal course of events, back each horse to win, but on the occassions when
the odds do appear to be generous, i.e. 5-1 or better, then halve your stake and have
an each-way wager, assuming of course that there are eight or more runners in the
field.
SUMMARY
What this system manages to accomplish, is to provide us with a constant supply of
horses that are FIT and READY to win a race.
By keeping Table 2 continually up to date THE JEFFERSON SYSTEM will provide
you with a steady profit generator.
74
THE "LAY AND GO" SYSTEM
THE "LAY AND GO" SYSTEM is specially designed for those punters who wish to
place their whole day’s bets in one go, or if they are having a day out at the races it
will give them a simple method of finding winners.
Many punters like to follow their favourite jockey, but even a cursory glance at the
jockey’s table shows that very, very few jockeys show a level stake profit on their
mounts. So clearly, in order to succeed, a system backing a jockey needs to be linked
with some other sound basis of selection, the most obvious being the form of the
horses that the jockey will be riding.
SELECTION METHOD.
This will only work at one meeting at a time so, if you are not actually at the track, it
is suggested that you concentrate on the day’s Principle meeting.
Go through the entire race programme and note the jockey who is riding the most
horses which were winners last time out. This is the jockey that you will be following
today.
In the event of more than one jockey tying for selection, you will select the jockey
who is currently the highest in the jockeys championship table at the present time.
You may place a bet at the Bookmakers on each of the jockeys mounts as per the
following example.
75
Example.
2.00 L Dettori’s mount £1.00 win
4.00 L.Dettori’ s mount £4.00 win
4.30 L.Dettori’s mount £5.00 win
STOP AT A WINNER
The staking method that is used in the above example is a simple, but effective one
whereby the stake is increased by just 1 point after a loss.
IMPORTANT NOTE.
You must put your selected jockey down for ALL the races on the programme, even
if he is not down to ride in one or more races. If he does not ride then there is no
loss, but if, for example, he was not down to ride in the 4.00 but managed to pick up
a spare ride which duly trotted in at big odds, then I do not imagine you would be
too happy. So play safe and put your jockey down for each race.
Of course, if you are at the track, or even in the Bookmakers, then you could
perhaps be a little bit more adventurous with your staking system, although the one
used in the example is perfectly adequate and has proved to be very successful over
the years.
76
The Mensa Systems
System 1 - The sure Fire Betting System
Type of racing : National Hunt only. Turf Only. Type of races Handicap hurdles
only, do NOT use novice or selling handicaps. Paper Needed Daily Mirror. System
Source Check the days handicap hurdles, basic bets are spotform top rated
(indicated by black spot) and last time out winners (current season only), best bets
are Strongly Fancied (indicated by SF). Recommended stakes, minimum 1 point,
maximum 4 points as follows; add one point for each of the following tipsters;
Newsboy, Bouverie, Northern Correspondant and Strongly Fancied. Staking Basic
bets and best bets to level stakes OR recommended stakes. Recommended Odds
Evens or better.
System 2 - The `Seller` Betting System
Type of racing Flat Racing only. Turf only. Type of races All non handicap sellers,
do NOT use handicaps. (Selling races indicated by (S)) Paper Needed Daily Mirror.
System Source Check the days non handicap sellers, bet on any horse that has a
spotform TOP rating (indicated by a black spot) of 32 or higher. Staking Level
stakes Recommended Odds 4-6 or better
77
System 3 - The Ìnside Info` Betting System
Type of racing Flat Racing only. Turf only. Type of races All races containing two
year olds Paper Needed Daily Mirror. System Source Check all 2yo`s, bet on any
2yo that is Strongly Fancied (indicated by SF), American bred (indicated by USA)
and making its debut (first run in public). For extra selections use Fancied
(indicated by F) as well as Strongly Fancied. Staking Level stakes Recommended
Odds Evens or better.
System 4 - The `Fit And Fancied` Betting System
Type of racing Flat and National Hunt. Turf and All Weather Type of races Flat; all
handicaps except sellers. National Hunt; all handicaps except sellers. Paper Needed
Daily Mirror. System Source Check the days handicaps, bet on any horse that is
Strongly Fancied (indicated by SF), a winner last time out and is carrying a penalty
(indicated by 3lb ex, 5lb ex etc.). Staking Level stakes Recommended Odds Evens or
better.
System 5 - The Òn The Mark` Betting System
Type of racing Flat and National Hunt. Turf and All Weather Type of races Flat
and National Hunt; all handicaps. Paper Needed Racing Post (use your bookmakers
copy) System Source Check `Postmarks` daily NAP selection, bet on `Postmarks
78
NAP only if it is a winner last time out and carrying a penalty (indicated by 3lb ex,
5lb ex etc.). Staking Level stakes Recommended Odds Evens or better.
System 6 - The `Bottom Of The Class` Betting System
Type of racing : National Hunt only. Turf Only. Type of races Handicap hurdle and
Handicap Chases, do not use novice handicaps or selling handicaps. Paper Needed
Daily Mirror. System Source Check the days handicaps, bet on any horse that has a
spotform TOP rating (indicated by black spot) of 41 or higher and is carrying only
TEN STONE (10-00), also bet on any horse that has a SECOND rating (one away
from top rating) of 40 or higher and is carrying only TEN STONE (10-00). Staking
Level stakes Recommended Odds 4/6 or better.
System 7 - The `Spot-On` Betting System
Type of races Flat racing only. All Weather only. Type of races All handicaps except
sellers. Paper Needed Daily Mirror. System Source Check the days handicaps, bet
on any horse that is spotform TOP rated (indicated by black spot) and last time out
winners (current season only) and is a course and distance winner (indicated by
CD). Staking Level stakes Recommended Odds Evens or better.
79
System 8 - The `Speedform One` Betting System
non handicaps. National hunt; all non handicaps. Do NOT use handicaps. Paper
Needed Daily Mirror. System Source Check the daily `Speedhorse` selection, bet on
the `Speedhorse` only if it is spotform Top rated (indicated by black spot) in a non
handicap. Staking Level stakes Recommended Odds 4/6 or better.
System 9 - The `Speedform Two` Betting System
non handicaps. National hunt; all non handicaps. Do NOT use handicaps. Paper
Needed Racing Post (use your bookmakers copy) System Source Check Topspeeds
daily NAP selection, bet on Topspeeds NAP only is also TOP rated (or joint top) by
Postmark in a non handicap. Staking Level stakes Recommended Odds 4/6 or
better.
System 10 - The Òn The Spot` Betting System
Type of racing Flat and National Hunt. Turf and All Weather Type of races Flat
and National Hunt; all handicaps. Paper Needed Daily Mirror System Source Check
the daily `Topspot` selection, bet on Topspot only if it is a last time out winner and
carrying a penalty (indicated by 3lb ex, 5lb ex etc.). Staking Level stakes
Recommended Odds Evens or better.
80
THE MIRAGE SYSTEM
RULES: 1) Note all NON-HANDICAP races both for Flat racing and Jumps
including the 'All Weather' courses. Races must consist of between 5 and 12 runners
inclusive. (No amateur jockeys or apprentices claiming the full 7 lbs) 2) Note the
price quoted for the favourite and the 2nd favourite in the betting forecast of your
daily newspaper. 3) There must be a minimum of 4 points clear difference between
the two, eg:-
FAV Evens - 2nd FAV 4/1 or more
FAV 5/4 - 2nd FAV 9/2 or more
ETC., ETC.,
* The BEST BETS for the purpose of the system are those with the highest points
difference between the 1st and 2nd favourite. In all cases you back the favourite.
On many days there may be NO BET, others ONE bet or perhaps TWO. When 2
bets are indicated back as a double.
Selections can be found very quickly once familiar with the rules.
Any daily newspaper may be used but the most reliable betting forecast is to be
found in the daily "Sporting Life". For the purpose of records all bets are,
therefore, taken from this forecast.
81
The Most Successful Horse Racing System Ever
This is a straightforward system which will throw up good priced winners. The
main attribute of this system is that it is quick and simple to find qualifiers.
Choose all races with between 6 and 12 runners. It does not matter whether these
races are Handicap or Non Handicap; you back in ALL Races of 6 to 12 runners.
To be a selection a horse must have been placed (first, second, third or fourth) at
least four times in it's last six outings and on at least one of these occasions it must
have won.
It must have run a minimum of twice in the present season and must have been
placed in one of those two races.
It must be either a course or a distance winner or both.
It must be trained by one of the leading ten trainers at the course.
When all rules are satisfied you have a selection from THE MOST SUCCESSFUL
HORSE RACING SYSTEM EVER.
82
The Multiple Hit
Perms are commonplace in pools and fixed odds betting on football, less so in racing.
The nearest everyday approach in racing is the Yankee - 11 bets covering 4 horses, or the
Canadian - 26 bets covering 5 horses.
For the same outlay as the Yankee covering 4 horses, this method covers 6 horses for the
same stake (11 bets) and 15 stakes less than the Canadian covering only 5 horses.
Laids out in football-type format the "Multiplan" looks like this:
1X XXX XXSUNTAN
2 XX XXXTRISTAR
3 XX XX XINHERIT
4 XX XX XBEAKER
ALCAZAS
5 XXX XX
A
6 X XXXXXSIRK
Bookmakers are always suspicious of this type of reduced entry and the big bookmakers
insist that all bets are made out on their own entry forms. Write the bet out in full. Using
the example six selections as above your bets will look like this:
5 doubles (5 bets win or each way)
Suntan and Tristar

Tristar and Inherit
Inherit and Beaker
83
Beaker and Alcazasa

Alcazasa and Sirk
4 Trebles (4 bets win or each way)
Suntan, Inherit and Alcazasa
Suntan, Inherit and Sirk
Suntan, Beaker and Sirk
Tristar, Beaker and Sirk
4 Horse Accumulator (1 bet win or each way)
Suntan, Tristar, Alcazasa and Sirk
6 Horse Accumulator (1 bet win or each way)
Suntan, Tristar, Inherit, Beaker, Alcazasa and Sirk
84
The Nets Profit Racing Plan
This system can be relied upon to produce regular winners at reasonable prices.
Choose one race a day. It doesn't actually matter which race.
There are two different systems depending upon whether the race is a handicap or
non handicap. If the race is a non handicap the bet is as follows:-
One point to win on the unnamed favourite and one point on the named favourite. It
will sometimes occur that in reality you are placing both stakes on the same horse,
more often than not in non handicap races this will not be the case, however either
way stick to the bets as explained here as this will give a good safety margin when
betting on the specific race each day.
If the race is a handicap race the bet is slightly different as follows:-
One point to win on the forecast second favourite and one point to win on the
forecast third favourite.
As you can see the bet each day be it on a handicap or non handicap race uses two
points from your betting bank.
As an extra measure to increase profits you may wish to use two separate betting
banks and utilise two different races each day.
Either way it is entirely up to you which race you use and for the more adventurous
punters who wish to increase profits this plan is so consistent that any reasonable
staking plan can be used.
85
THE NOMAD
This ingenious system takes full advantage of one very valuable piece of
information, to be found only in the Racing Post.
At the bottom of each race meeting there is a section called TRAVELLERS
CHECK. This shows which trainers have travelled the farthest distance from their
home base to the meeting in question. The number of miles travelled is clearly
indicated, and we are going to concentrate on those trainers who have travelled 250
miles or more with just one horse. Here then is the simple procedure.
STEP ONE: Make a shortlist of those races where a trainer has travelled at least
250 miles with just one horse - these can be seen at a glance. Eliminate from the
shortlist any race where two or more trainers featured in Travellers Check with
only one horse are entered in the same races. Occasionally, two trainers will travel a
similar distance with the idea of winning the same race. Although we could, I
suppose, split our stakes and back both, I prefer not to. We usually have several
shortlisted races, so we can afford to be more selective.
STEP TWO: Our next task is to list our shortlisted races in order of priority,
according to the amount of prize money on offer to the winner of individual races.
Please note that the distance travelled has no further bearing on our final selection.
That's to say, a trainer who has travelled 300 miles with one horse receives no
priority over a trainer travelling "only" 250 miles. Therefore our days "Best Bet"
can be defined as follows: The race where one trainer has travelled at least 250 miles
with just one horse for the least prize money.
86
Trainers travelling 200-249 miles: Some days there will be no trainers who have
travelled as far as 250 miles, in which case we will need to lower our sights., but the
following ruling is to be used only in the event of there being nothing suitable at 250
miles or more.
First we make a shortlist exactly as stated earlier, but in this case the trainer must
have travelled at least 200 miles with just one horse and the most precise way to
work out the days "Best Bet" is with the aid of a cheap pocket calculator.
Let's suppose we have a shortlist of two trainers, each having travelled over 200
miles with just one horse. Trainer A is entered in a race worth £2,782 to the winner
and has travelled a total of 223 miles. Trainer B has travelled 214 miles for a prize
of £2,506. Taking our calculator we divide the prize money of each trainer by the
miles travelled to find out how much each trainer stands to gain PER MILE
TRAVELLED. Like so:
TRAINER A £2,782 divided by 223 = £12.47 per mile
TRAINER B £2,506 divided by 214 = £11.71 per mile
We can see that trainer B, with £11.71 for each mile travelled, stands to gain THE
LEAST and is therefore the "Best Bet". On most days the "Best Bet" will stand out
from the rest without the aid of a calculator.
But generally speaking - the lower the prize money, the more ludicrous the
suggestion that the trainer will have gone to all the time, trouble and expense
involved for nothing.
I've known trainers travel well over 300 miles with only one horse for less than £700
prize money - it wouldn't pay the bus fare! Obviously, the only way the trainer can
87
make it pay is to have a substantial wager on his own horse, which brings me to
another very important point:
Not all of our selections will actually trying to win the race. We must bear in mind
that the majority of our selection are coup horses, running at big starting prices.
Many will have deliberately lost their last three or four races in order to "bump up"
the odds. Suppose a coup horse is quoted at 12/1. If the trainer was to bet say,
£10,000 EACH WAY on his own horse he would make £20,000 clear profit if the
horse finished only third - perhaps ten times more than the prize money he would
have received for winning! Therefore, some days our "Best Bet" will be each way,
on other days straight win, and where one draws the line between each way and
straight win is really a matter of personal preference.
Unlike many of my contemporaries, I have always believed that any selection priced
at 9/2 or more is worth backing each way. There are those who would never
consider an each way bet at such "low" odds, but I have always found this both
logical and profitable. For example, £20 straight win at 9/2 would bring returns of
£110. £10 each way on a 9/2 winner would bring returns of £75, equivalent to £20
win at 11/4, which is quite a respectable return on the day. Plus there is a great
advantage of breaking even on the day, should our selection only manage to squeeze
in the frame. It also ensures that there are no long-losing runs.
STAKES: I recommend that you commence with enough stake money for 12 bets, or
one racing fortnight. We require no real staking system as such, as level stake
profits are assured, but below I have included a staking table, which allows us to
manage our level stakes to best effect:
88
The essential thing to remember is that after choosing the appropriate Staking Line
we stick with it. Suppose you wish to start with a total fortnightly bank of £25. This
will put you on Line 1. Your £25 is enough for 12 days betting at either £1 each way
or £2 straight win, depending on the days S.P. As soon as you have made £25 profit,
you are able to graduate to Line 2 stakes. Let's suppose that it took you two average
weeks to earn the £25 needed to graduate from Line 1 to Line 2. It would then only
take one average week to obtain the £25 to graduate from Line 2 to Line 3, because
now you have twice the stake money to do it with! To put it another way, to get from
Line 1 to Line 2 we need to double our total bank. To get from Line 8 to Line 9 we
need to add only about one tenth to our total bank. Once the bank has reached £250
it is back to Line 1, just adding a nought to all the figures on the chart, ie. £10 each
way or £20 win.
After each loser we stay on the same stake. After each winner we add our total
returns to the remainder of the bank and compare the amount to the figures in the
right hand column to see if we have enough to graduate to another line. You are of
course, free to add stakes or withdraw spending money after each winner as you
choose.
SUMMARY
Each and every racing day, week in and week out, horses win comfortably at big
starting prices. Few of these win by accident and such winners are seldom a shock to
their owners and trainers. I have yet to find a system capable of detecting all such
horses, but this system will, at least detect some of them, and let's face it, one good
"coup" a day is all we need.
89
I have divulged to you some very sound principles, which will earn you consistent
profits and which will last you a lifetime, but what I cannot give you is the "feel" or
"gut instinct" for racing that can only come from experience.
If you are conscientious you will keep a brief record of all betting transactions. This
will include the name of each horse, trainer, jockey and race meeting. Also the
distance travelled, amount of prize money and of course, the result.
In this way, you cannot fail to notice discernible patterns emerging. You will come
to realise that there are a few rather foolish trainers around, who would indeed
travel to the ends of the earth with just one horse, with no realistic chance of ever
being placed, and other shrewd trainers, who would never do so unless they could
come up with the goods 90% of the time. Weed out the bad, concentrate on the
good.
Although "form" plays no active part in our assessment, it is a good idea to list each
horse's form on your record sheet. I think you will be truly amazed to discover just
how many horses lose three races, win one, lose three, then win another, with
absolute consistency.
In other words, once the individual trainer's "coup pattern" has been discovered, it
is possible to spot a "coup" even when a horse is not a longest traveller!
Of course, each individual trainer has his own unique method of pulling-off such
strikes, and listing each horse's form is the surest, and simplest way of spotting such
coups.
Follow my instructions blindly and you will still make very good profits, but the key
to being a successful professional always lies in observation, never complacency.
90
The Perfect Racing System

SYSTEM RULES:
1)You must use the Racing Post.
2)Only races of 4 to 18 runners inclusive qualify.
3)Exclude any of the following:
All Weather Racing
Amateur Jockey Races or any horse ridden by an amateur Jockey.
All flat races after October 31st.
Any race where the forecast favourite is odds-on.
Any race where more than half of the runners do not have a Postmark Rating.
4)Of the races which are left, we are looking for a horse which came 1st 2nd 3rd 4th
on its last run.
5)The horse must have raced within the last 28 days.
6)The horse must be tipped by both Postmark, and Topspeed in the tipsters
selection box.
7)The horse must be clear toprated by Postmark, ie the only horse within a BLACK
CIRCLE next to the horses names on the racecard. If a horse is joint top rated it
does not qualify.
8)The horse must be toprated by Topspeed, on its last run. You will find this
information in the Postdata/Topspeed Statistics box(the one with lots of ticks and
crosses in it).
91
9)The horse must have won, or been beaten 2 lengths or less over todays distance. If
a horse has not won(or been beaten 2 lengths or less) over todays distance, its can
still qualify, but it must comply to the following rules:
In a flat race, allow half a furlong leaway either side, ie if it is over say 1m 2.5f, the
horse qualifies if it has won(or been beaten 2 lengths or less) over 1m2f or 1m3f in
any previous race.
In a jumps race(hurdles or chases), same as above, but allow 1 furlong leaway either
side.
10)The horse must be in the first 5 in the betting in the Racing Post, but not at a
bigger price then the number of runners in todays race, minus one. For example, if
it is say, a 12 runner race, it must be in the first 5 in the betting forecast, at 11/1 or
less. If say an 8 runner race, it must be in the first five in the betting at 7/1 or less
and so on.
11)Apply the same rule to the price of the horse in its last race. Do not back horse
that were priced 10/1 or over in their last race!
12)The horse must be proven on the going. Applying the same rules step 9 above,
make sure the horse will handle the going. Obviously on many occasions this will be
straightforward, is when the horse has won on soft, and todays ground is soft, but if
you are unsure, use the following as a guide:
Soft/Heavy in places....Proven on Soft or Heavy
Good to Soft....Proven on Good, Soft or Good to Soft
Good to Firm....Good, Firm, or Good to Firm
And vice-versa....
13)The horse must have a positive running comment on its last run:
92
Ran On, Driven Out, Shaken Up, Driven Clear, Easily, Comfortably, Eased Flat,
Unchallenged, Ridden Out, Readily, Stayed On Strongly, Kept On Gamely...
Do not back horses with comments such Stayed On, Kept On, Weakened, Pushed
Out, etc...
Please Note: That although we exclude any horse that is forecast odds on, some of
the selections will open and start odds on, when the market opens. These still qualify
as bets, and are indeed a handsome source of profit. The reason we exclude horses
which are forecast odds, is to minimise the odds on bets, and back more selections at
slightly larger odds.
INTHEKNOW Revised Method.
1.Use the Racing Post.
2.Use the turf meeting with the handicap offering the highest prize money.
3. All Weather meetings do not qualify.
4. Must be at least two turf meetings on the day.
5. Less than 3 handicaps on the card no bet.
6. Take the Postmark horse in handicap races only. (First 3 handicaps on card if
more than 3)
7. Stake 1 point, 2 points, 4 points stop at a winner.
INTHEKNOW SYSTEM ORIGINAL
1.Use the Racing Post.
2.Use the Principal meeting only (meeting in bold type in the Racing Post Index)
3. Take the Postmark horse in handicap races only.(First 3 handicaps on card if
more than 3)
4.Stake 1 point, 2 points, 4 points stop at a winner.
93
The Professional System
This method relies on a staking plan and its success depends upon following the
instructions exactly! Your aim will be for target profit, T, of 5 points per race. I use a
bank of £200 and give each 'point' a 50p or £1 value. Once you have decided the amount
you wish to nominate for each 'point', this should never be altered during a racing
sequence. It is only a matter of time before you have a win even if you know nothing
about racing. The reason you have to settle for a relatively low cash value for each point
is that this amount multiplies on each loser. Lets imagine you had ten losers in a row, if
you had given each point a value of £1 per point then your stake for the 11th bet would be
to recover £55. If you had given each point a value of 25p then you would be aiming to
recover £10.25. Consider the risks you are taking and compare this with the profit you
wish to make! This system has been used for many years by those who do not believe in
gambling. They believe in racing as a business. Now the secrets of the methods are
yours!
T =Points target for race
T+L = Target + Loss (if losing)
OR Target - Gain (if winning)
S = Stake
R = Result
W = Points won that race
L = Points lost that race
AWS + Running total of accumulated WINS and LOSSES
94
Target profit reached, start sequence again
RACE T T+L S R W L AWL
1 05 05 2 L - 2 -01
2 10 12 4 L - 4 -06
3 15 21 7 L - 7 -13
4 20 33 11 2-1 22 - +09
5 25 16 5 L - 5 +04
6 30 26 9 1-1 09 - +13
7 35 22 7 L - 7 +06
8 40 34 11 4-1 44 - +50
9 0 05 2 L - 2 -2
As you can see, in race 8, the target profit of 40 points was reached and exceeded. At this
point all the profit is withdrawn and the sequence started again with 5 points as the target.
To calculate the race stake, divide by T+L by 3 to the nearest whole number. Then to win
at 3-1 or over will clear ALL outstanding losses AND give the expected profit.
Many professionals advise against using odds-on prices or anything below evens, and I
would say that if you follow the instructions you should not need to bet on anything less
than evens.
95
You could, if you wish, pay the betting tax on each race by adding it to the target for the
next race. In this way the method would pay your tax as well.
You do not need to bet on each race however many Professionals bet on every race at any
given meeting every day. For example there may be 6 races at a meeting and six days
racing, therefore a total of 36 bets in a week.
My advice is select your races carefully or better still subscribe to an advice service.
Beware of newspaper tips and naps. One 'expert' gave over thirty losers on the trot.
Although this is rare, it can happen, and if the target is too high, this run can be
uncomfortable.
Alternate your bets with three or four bookmakers as no bookmaker will absorb winning
bets over a lengthy period.
Whatever stake you use remember that a single win of 3-1 or over will clear ALL
outstanding losses AND give the EXPECTED PROFIT!
96
The Revelation System
Working from the Racing Post go through each meeting marking off all races with
13 or more runners. Ignore any non runners on the day, so long as there are 13+
runners listed theses are the races to concentrate on. Mark all horses that ran 5th
last time out. Then apply the following rules:
1. All selections must have run within the last 60 days.

2. All starting prices MUST fall within the range 9/1 and 14/1 (inclusive)
3. Where 2 or more horses qualify within the same race the stakes are still kept the
same i.e. if you are betting in £20 units, £20 is bet on each horse.
4. Looking back at the last race (i.e. when the horse ran 5th) make a note of the
starting price. The previous SP can move up or down by four points only. For
example, a horse whose previous SP was 16/1 can move down a maximum of 4
points, thus anything below 12/1 in the coming race is no bet. If it moved down 2
points it would be 14/1 and qualify as it is within the 9/1 - 14/1 range. Similarly, if
the horse was 7/1 last time out it could move to a maximum of 11/1 so effectively you
would bet if the SP was 9/1, 10/1 or 11/1. So in practise any horse whose previous
price was below 5/1 is ignored and any horse above 16/1. All you have to remember
is that for a bet to be on is that the previous price can move up or down by four
point and so long as it falls within the given 9-14/1 range. As we stated the system is
selective and some days there will be no bets, but as you can see from the enclosed
results it is very effective. If a losing run does occur do NOT panic, as with most
97
systems clusters of results easily take care of these, especially if you are betting on
high priced horses. If you are unable to see `live` prices simply mark your betting
slip with a proviso as follows.
If SP under 9/1 no bet. If SP above (then whatever price has been calculated, but
never above 14/1) no bet.
As there are rarely more than two bets a day, this is not a problem as most bookies
are happy with this. Try to use more than one bookmaker.
98
THE SCHWEPPES
Any newspaper may be used that gives the details of the last three outings of horses
and includes a rating method of some type. RULE ONE:
WIN - 10 points
2ND - 5 points
3RD - 1 points
Add one further point for:
SF - Strongly fancied
C - Course runner
D - Distance runner
If in race runner is denoted as "top rated" for race, add a further 10 points. In each
race, the horse with the greatest number of points is the one to use. TO REDUCE:
To reduce to one per meeting, select only from non-handicap races. Use the horse
with the most points from the races selected.
Check the tipsters and if two experts have also gone for one horse than that is the
selection. If still unable to reduce to one, use the horse with the highest rating in the
race with lowest number of runners.
STAKING METHODS:
Use staking sequence 11223345566 to reduce losses and increase winnings.
NOTE: To reduce to just one selection per day, use the horse in the race with the
lowest number of runners from all non-handicap races.
99
THE SPECIFIC STRATEGY
The strategy is based on high value, each-way bets. We are looking to back horses
which are between 6/1 and 10/1. Using the guidelines below around 80-90% of the
chosen horses should at least place, which at fifth of the odds will show small profits.
However experience has taught us that approximately 1 in 5 of these horses will
actually win, it is these win bets, (at prices up to 10/1), that will see our profits
spiral. Effectively, using this method you will be backing on a week to week basis
confident in the knowledge that most of the time your money will be returned, plus a
small profit for your trouble, patiently waiting for the big price winners we all hope
for. The Specific Strategy does not incur any long losing runs. Here is how the plan
operates.
Firstly, we confine our betting to certain types of races, these being non-handicap
races with eight, or sometimes nine runners. During the jumps season, chases are
preferable to hurdles, but don't exclude hurdles altogether as the plan is still
profitable with these types of races. During the flat season do not ever use two-year-
old races or sprints (5-6 furlongs). This may seem to leave us very little to play with,
but there will still be quite a few races of interest to us each week.
The next thing we look at in the suitable races, is the betting. You can use the
morning forecasts in the papers, or wait for the markets to open proper. Look for
races which the bookmakers rate as a "two horse race", ie. the first two in the
100
betting should be very shortly priced, usually one will be odds-on and the second
horse around 7/4 to 2/1.
Find a race that fulfils all the criteria above and you have a bet!
The horse to back each-way will be the third one in the betting. This will usually be
6/1 or better in races with a two-horse book. This will be the horse that the form
experts rate as the third best in the race. Because the odds set by the bookmakers
represent each horses chances of winning (not placing), backing the third best horse
each-way is the finest value bet you can get in racing. It really is a loophole in the
bookmakers way of working. So much so that in races of the kind the strategy is
concerned with, the on-course bookmakers are unlikely to accept each-way bets like
these. They realise the danger of such bets. The off-course bookmaking chains have
to have a general policy and cannot adjust their betting practises for specific races.
Now two notes of caution:
Firstly, when you are selecting the "third" horse to back in races with a two-horse
book, always stick to using the third horse in the betting. Don't be tempted to try to
pick a bet from the remaining runners. A hard and fast selection method that does
not allow room for emotions, hunches or personal judgement will always prove most
profitable in the long run.
Secondly, in eight runner races be careful that there are no withdrawals. In eight
runner races a place counts as first, second or third, but if there is a withdrawal and
less than eight horses start, then only first and second will count as places. This is
something to avoid. Good luck.
101
THE TERMINATOR
Consider 6 Runner or less Handicap races only.
1st Rule Must be Top 3 most consistent horse.

2nd Rule Top 3 Official Rating
3rd Rule Top 3 on Postmark
4th Rule Top 3 on Topspeed Adjusted Or Latest.
5th Rule runner must have had a recent run
Only bet when 1 horse fits all above criteria.
Also if you only back 1st/2nd last time out then you will get more winners, from the
small amount that were analysed also horses with recent win or 2nd form are more
likely to win than a horse that has finished 6th lto for example.
The reasons why I think that you have the odds in your favour are the fact that in a
six runner or less field you have only got to beat five or less other horses. Someone
ran an example of purely betting favourites and in six or less runner field and the
percentage win ratio was about 50%, hardly suprising given the small amount of
runners.
102
The fact that you are only considering horses that are consitent is a good thing, by
consistent I mean simply add up last three form figures, ie 121=4 051=11 222=6.
Replace 0 with 5, ignore F on jumps but count P/R/U as 5. And pick three horses
with lowest figure.
Top 3 on PostMark in Racing Post means that you are betting horses that are the
best handicapped horses in the race.
Top 3 TopSpeed ensures you are concentrating on the best three horses on the clock.
Top 3 OR means you are looking at the best three horses in the handicap.
So there you have it you are concentrating on small field, looking at the best 50%
handicapped horses, the fastest 50% of horses, the 50% most consistent horses and
50% of the best horses according to the Official Handicapper, who very rarely
makes a mistake as they spend sometimes a day deliberating what mark to allocate a
horse.
Of course you can slacken the rules to get more bets, you can tighten the rules to get
fewer bets, for example only concentrating on the top 2 rated in each will give fewer
bets but probably more winners, the choice is yours.
103
The Weekly Wage System
The Weekly Wage System is specifically designed to produce a regular weekly

income for punters who wish to place their whole day's bets in one go each morning,
but who still wish to achieve a second income from their betting.
Many punters like to follow their favourite jockey, but even a cursory glance at the
jockey's table shows that very, very few jockeys show a level stake profit on their
mounts. So clearly, in order to succeed, a system backing a jockey needs to be linked
with some other sound basis of selection, the most obvious being the form of the
horses that the jockey will be riding.
SELECTION METHOD:
This will only work at one meeting at a time so, if you are not actually at the track, it
is suggested that you concentrate on the day's principal meeting.
Go through the entire race programme and note the jockey who is riding the most
horses which were winners last time out. This is the jockey that you will be following
today.
In the event of more than one jockey tying for selection, you will select the jockey
who is currently the highest in the jockeys championship table at the present time.
You may place a bet at the Bookmakers on each of the jockeys mounts as per the
following example.
104
Example:
2.00 L. Dettori's mount £1.00 win
STOP AT A WINNER
The staking method that is used in the above example is a simple, but effective one
whereby the stake is increased by just 1 point after a loss.
IMPORTANT NOTE:
You must put your selected jockey down for ALL the races on the programme, even
if he is not down to ride in one or more races. If he does not ride then there is no
loss, but if, for example, he was not down to ride in the 4.00 but manages to pick up
a spare ride which duly trotted in at big odds, then I do not imagine you would be
too happy. So play safe and put your jockey down for each race.
Of course, if you are at the track, or even in the Bookmakers, then you could
perhaps be a little bit more adventurous with your staking system, although the one
used in the example is perfectly adequate and has proved to be very successful over
the years.
105
TIC-TAC SECRET SYSTEM V.2
12th October 2000 4.45pm Newmarket

Racing Post Betting Forecast:
5 Seren Hill,13-2 Flossy,7 Helen's Day,
Kuster,8 Sharp Stepper,Mardani,14 Bar...
First of all you mark the races which have

4 or more horses which have won at least
once in their last 3 races.Then you use
the first 4 in the betting forecast which
have won at least once in their last 3 runs
So for the above we have:
1.Seren Hill 891

2.Flossy 331
3.Helens Day 101
4.Sharp Stepper 214
I have followed the horses name by the

horses last three races placing.Now we
need to rate them on 11 different factors
using the Racing Post or the Betting Boards
106
which are the same.These are the 11 factors:
1.Postmark Ratings
2.Weight(+/-) since last win.
3.Wins in last 3 races.
4.Last win number of lengths from 2nd.
5.Prize Money last win.
6.Class of race latest win.
7.Ground on latest win.
8.No. of runners latest win.
9.Jockey Position in the tables(All Venues)
10.C&D perfomance
11.No. of days since last run.
So I will be giveing the factors on the

horses respectively.
1.Seren Hill 2.Flossy 3.Helen's Day

4.Sharp Stepper.
1(Postmark Ratings)
1.(118) 2.(114) 3.(110) 4.(108)
107
2(Weight +/- since latest win)
1. (-4) 2. (+5) 3. (+2) 4. (-2)
3(Wins in last 3 races)
1.(1) 2.(1) 3.(2) 4.(1)
4(Last win no. of lengths from 2nd)
1.(2 1/2) 2.(1/2) 3.(2 1/2) 4.(1/2)
5(Prize Money of latest race win)
1.(£7105) 2.(£9626) 3.(£6661) 4.(£18525)
6(Class of latest win)
1.(C) 2.(B) 3.(C) 4.(C)
7(Ground on latest win)
1.(Soft) 2.(Good/Soft) 3.(Soft) 4.Good
108
8(No. of runners latest win)
1.(14) 2.(18) 3.(9) 4.(12)
9(Jockey position in tables)
1.(1st) 2.(11th) 3.(10th) 4.(27th)
10(C&D perfomance)
1.(D) 2.(C&D) 3.(D) 4.(D)
11(No. of days since last run)
1.(7) 2.(16) 3.(26) 4.(16)
Now we have our 11 factors we need to put

them in 11 ranking tables from 1st to fourth.
(Postmark Ratings)
1st Seren Hill
j2nd Flossy
j2nd Helens Day
4th Sharp Stepper
109
(Weight)
1st Seren Hill
2nd Sharp Stepper
3rd Helens Day
4th Flossy
(Recent Winning Ability)

1st Helen's Day
j2nd Flossy
j2nd Seren Hill
j2nd Sharp Stepper
(No. of lengths)
j1st Seren Hill
j1st Helen's Day
j3rd Flossy
j3rd Sharp Stepper
(Prize Money latest win)

1st Sharp Stepper
2nd Flossy
3rd Seren Hill
4th Helen's Day
110
(Class of latest win)

1st Flossy
j2nd Seren Hill
j2nd Helen's Day
j2nd Sharp Stepper
(Ground Latest Win)

j1st Seren Hill
j1st Helen's Day
3rd Flossy
4th Sharp Stepper
(No. of runners latest win)

1st Flossy
2nd Seren Hill
3rd Sharp Stepper
4th Helen's Day
(Jockey Performance)
1st Seren Hill
2nd Helen's Day
3rd Flossy
4th Sharp Stepper
111
(C&D Ability)
1st Flossy
j2nd Seren Hill
j2nd Sharp Stepper
j2nd Helen's Day
(No of days since last run)

1st Seren Hill
j2nd Flossy
j2nd Sharp Stepper
4th Helen's Day
Now we have the tables we need to find

the average place of all 4 horses in all
the ranking tables.This is done by writing
out the places and adding them and divideing
by 11.Here are the placings in respective
order from the tables:
1. Seren Hill 1 1 2 1 3 2 1 2 1 2 1
2. Flossy 2 4 2 3 2 1 3 1 3 1 2
112
3. Helen's Day 2 3 1 1 4 2 1 4 2 2 4
4. Sharp Stepper 4 2 2 3 1 2 4 3 4 2 2
Now we can find the figure averages;
Seren Hill=(1+1+2+1+3+2+1+2+1+2+1)/11
= 17/11 = 1.54
Flossy=(2+4+2+3+2+1+3+1+3+1+2)/11
= 24/11 = 2.18
Helen's Day=(2+3+1+1+4+2+1+4+2+2+4)
= 26/11 = 2.36
Sharp Stepper=(4+2+2+3+1+2+4+3+4+2+2)
= 29/11 = 2.63
Now we can put the figure averages in a

table 1st(lowest figure) to 4th (largest
figure).
(FIGURE AVERAGE TABLE)

113
1st Seren Hill(1.54)

2nd Flossy(2.18)
3rd Helen's Day(2.36)
4th Sharp Stepper(2.63)
So Seren Hill is the top rated with Flossy

2nd, Helen's Day 3rd and Sharp Stepper 4th.
Now to be a secret system bet it needs

to be:
1.1st in the figure average table.
2.Be 1st in five or more of the 11 factor

ranking tables.
Seren Hill was a system bet as it was top

in the figure average table and 1st in 6
of the 11 factor
114
W.M.T.T.L. Method
The Daily Mirror is required to operate this system.

Look for any Non-Handicap race of up to seven runners, where neither the (SF) or
(F) horse is quoted at over 10/1 and where the (SF) and (F) horse are NOT first and
second in the betting forecast.
If this leaves you with more than one race, reduce to one as follows.
Always take a Flat race in preference to a National Hunt race. If still more than one
race, take the one with the fewest runners. If still more than one, then take the one
with the highest prize money. If still equal, take the race with the highest priced
forecast favourites.
The selection is the (SF) horse.
115
1-3-2-6 System - the system of a positive progression
1-3-2-6 System is a positive progression system similar to the Paroli System. The
main premise of this system is that you may win four times in a row. In the first step
you bet 1 unit, in the second - 3 units, in the third - 2 units and finally in the fourth
step - 6 units of money. If you lose at any step you start all over again at 1 unit (then
3 units and so on). The odds should be close to 2 and the winning chance of a single
event should be close to 50%.
Example:
The odds of every event are equal 2.
You bet 1 USD. You win 2 USD.

You bet 3 USD (you have to add 1 USD extra). You win 6 USD.
You bet 2 USD (you take down 4 USD from the betting amount). You win 4 USD.
You bet 6 USD (you have to add 2 USD extra).
It is clear that if you lose the first bet you will lose 1 USD. If you lose your second
bet you will lose 2 USD (1 from the first bet and 1 from the second bet). If you lose
your third bet you will win 2 USD. If you lose your fourth bet you will be breaking
even on the whole.
116
Value bets system is a special system which you should know about. It is quite
simple - after choosing the event and the bet details you choose the right bookmaker
to make a bet at. You know that bookmakers offers different odds on the same event
- the value bets system consists in the choosing the bookmaker which offers the
highest stake on the chosen event.
If you decided to bet on the Dallas Mavericks playing versus New Orleans Hornets
and you noticed that Bwin offers 1.60 and Expekt offers 1.70 on Dalas it is not worth
to place the bet at Bwin.
The value bets system may be easy combined with many other betting systems.
117
Betting System "1-6 nil"
This system is very simple and efficient as the most genious things are. How many
times have you came across a match between hot favourite and an outsider?
Because of low odds on the favourite you weren`t tempted into betting but there is a
small trick that makes it possible to bet on the favourite with odds between @1,80
and @2,0.
Instead of betting on the straight favourite win we will place a series of correct score
bets (assuming the favourite will win) which are:
1-0, 2-0, 3-0, 4-0, 5-0, 6-0.
The odds that we will get for our correct scores will usually be:
result 1-0 2-0 3-0 4-0 5-0 6-0
odds @8,0 @7,0 @9,0 @12 @20 @50
Our bets will be (in correct score order): 13 units, 14 units, 11 units, 8 units, 4 units
and 2 units. We have rounded the stakes a little because the approximate stakes
amount is enough. No matter which of our covered correct score results will happen
we will get around 100 units for a 52 units stake. This means that we placed a bet on
the favourite with odds @2,0 instead @1,20.
118
We will lose our bets if outsider scores a goal or if the favourite scores more than six
goals but our advantage is that 70% of such games end with a favourite win, the
outsider does not score and the favourite does not score more than six times.
119
Betting System "Correct Score"
Most of the football homewins end with result 1-0, 2-0 or 2-1 which is a statistical
fact. Bookmakers usually offer following odds for this correct scores: around @7,0
for correct score 1-0, around @8,0 for correct score 2-0 and around @9,0 for
correct score 2-1. We will pick 2 games with this system where we expect a homewin
for the hosts that should be slight favourites.
Barcelona - Real Madrid 1-0, 2-0, 2-1
Chelsea - Arsenal 1-0, 2-0, 2-1
We can place 6 single bets with 11 units staked on each and 9 double bets with 2
units staked on each. Our total stake is 84 units and our return can be: with one
correct score between 77 and 99 units and with two correct scores between 252 and
360 units.
120
Betting System "Double Chance"
You have probably stumbled across betting option called "Double Chance" where
you can bet on two outcomes in the same game. The problem with double chance
betting is that the odds are very low especially if we bet that the favourite won`t lose.
This betting system will help us get higher odds and avoid low odds set up by
bookmakers. With better odds and two results covered our chances to succeed
increase.
This system is prepared in such a way that we have to pick two or three games and
cover two outcomes (1X, X2, 12). Example: we will pick two games and cover the X2
outcomes (draw or away win).
1. Valencia - Getafe @1,85 @3,40 @4,0 (X2)
2. Newcastle - Everton @2,30 @3,20 @3,0 (X2)
We will have to write four betting coupons:

coupon 1 coupon 2 coupon 3 coupon 4
X and X 2 and 2 X and 2 2 and X
121
We will have to stake 10 units on each betting coupon and if our selections win our
return for 40 units stake is:
coupon 1 coupon 2 coupon 3 coupon 4
109 units 120 units 102 units 128 units
There is of course only one winning coupon but it does bring a solid profit. This
system does especially well if the favourite slips up because we have covered other
outcomes and with good odds too.
122
Betting System "Halftime/Fulltime"
With this betting system we will use match statistics and some football match facts.
Half of the football games are drawn at halftime and half of the football matches
end with a homewin.
We will be betiing on Halftime/Fulltime or HT/FT (9 possible outcomes) where our

bet "draw/homewin" or HT/FT X/1 with approximate odds @5,0 presents a
profitable option.
How does the system work?
Let`s pick 4 games with homewin odds between @1,50 and @2,0. If we permutate
our HT/FT bets we get:
4 single bets with 20 units staked on each, 6 doubles with 15 units staked on each, 4
trebles with 10 units staked on each and a 4-fold with a 5 unit stake.
Our total stake is therefore 215 units and our return will be: with one correct bet a
little less than half of our stake, with two correct bets 575 units, with three correct
bets 2675 units and if we get all four right we will get massive 10775 units.
123
You will be surprised how many times you will get two or three correct bets. Pick
the games carefully, be disciplined and you shall have a great success.
124
CORNER PROFIT
Don’t ask me how this works… .just believe me, I’ve been reliably informed by good
sources. The person in question made 10k from the Euro 2004 championships,
laying and backing the amount of corners in a match.
If a favourite team is playing with 2 very attacking midfielders (like wingers), it is
giving them 4 points of attack and a lot of crosses will be coming into the box.
Which will result in over 10 corners during the match. Therefore you Lay the under
11.0 market at around 3.5. IT does work because I’ve tried it with Chelsea and it
made me good money. IT won’t work every match , but it will in a matter of
matches.
125
Current form
The "Current form" system is basically based on appropriate event choices basing
on the team's form analysis in former rounds. How does the Current Form system
work?
At first, we pick an event which we want to bet on and analyze current sport form of
both teams. We take into consideration 5 last home matches of a home team and 5
last away visitor's matches.
For a win at home we give 3 points, draw - 1 point, for away win - 4 points and a
draw - 2 points. We give no points for a defeat. To make the current team form
more visible we give wages to every played match. The last match played by the
team shall have 5, the one before last - 4 etc. Let's see how it works on an example.
Let's presume W means a win, D is a draw and L is a loss in the given fixture.
Firstly we take into consideration 5 home matches of the given team.

The result of the played matches: WDLWW.
Next we count overall number of points according to the earlier guidelines
Form at home = (3x1)+(1x2)+(0x3)+(3x4)+(3x5) = 32
Next we take into consideration 5 last visitor's matches.
126
The result of the played matches: DDWLD.

Then we count overall number of points according to the earlier guidelines
Away form = (2x1)+(2x2)+(4x3)+(0x4)+(2x5) = 28
The difference in points is 32 - 28 = 4. Thanks to this calculation we get the result
which shows that the home team has bigger chances of winning. Obviously this
system doesn't take into consideration injuries and cards.
Additionally we can add another assumption analyzing point differences, if the

difference is between -3 and 3 we bet on a draw, if the difference is bigger than 3 we
bet on a win of a home team and when the difference is below -3 we bet on visitor's
win.
127
D'Alembert system
D'Alembert system is called after a 18th century French physician Jean le Rond
d'Alembert. This system is based on the basic belief that in the long run two events
of approximately equal probability will happen roughly the same number of times.
You must add or subtract the established basic unit to the stake depending on the
result of previous event. The stake should be decreasing after the winning bet and
increasing after the loosing one.
The difference between D'Alembert and Martingale system is that you do not have
to double your betting money in the case of lose - so your stakes do not grow so
rapidly.
Example:
* You bet 1 USD and you win (the stake remains the same)
* You bet 1 USD and you lose (the stake increases)
* You bet 4 USD and you win (the stake decreases)
and so on.
128
Parlay system - the system of a positive progression

Parlay System is a positive progression system similar to the Paroli System. It is also
known as the "Let It Ride" system. It is one of the oldest and the simplest betting
systems. It is based on pyramiding your profit. You use your original stake and your
winning profit (or some part of it) to place then next bet with (of course only in the
case of winning the first bet).
Example:
And so on...
129
Doc's Unit System
Doc's Unit System - A Proven Winning Sports Betting System
Please note that our Unit System is used by each one of the handicapping services
that's listed in our "Advisory Board" section on the left navigation bar. The 1-8 unit
rating is used for all sports that we provide picks and predictions for. Below is some
information as well as frequently asked questions about our unit system.
The plain, hard fact is most sports gamblers lose money. And the reason for this is
simple: a lack of discipline and money management. This is why Doc's Sports was
the first to develop a unit system for betting sports over 39 years ago. Many services
now use a system similar to ours. We know from shopping our competition that
none of them have had the success that we've had over the years. As with many
things in life, experience plays a big part. It doesn't matter if you're a doctor, auto
mechanic, investment advisor or a sports handicapper; the longer you do something
the more you learn and the fewer mistakes you make. Doc (Morey Moseman) is the
founder and has been the sole owner of Doc's Sports since it opened in 1971 and has
had more experience than anyone in our industry.
Sports gambling is not that much different than investing in the stock market. At
Doc's Sports we model our picks after similar "high risk" investments available
130
from a stockbroker. And while there is risk in sports gambling, if you were to follow
a few simple guidelines the returns far outweigh the risks involved.
How it Works:
During a typical football weekend, or with the daily picks associated with
basketball, baseball, or hockey, each one of the handicapping experts on our Web
site releases and posts their picks in the member area. Using our unit system, you
will decide what your unit is worth. For accounting purposes we use $100 per unit
as an example. Our handicappers release and rate their picks based on a 1 - 8 unit
rating. The stronger they feel about a game, the higher the unit value they assign to
that game.
So if you are betting $100 per unit you would bet $200 (or $220 to win $200) on a 2-
Unit Play. You would bet $400 (or $440 to win $400) on a 4-Unit Play, $600 (or $660
to win 600 on a 6-Unit Play, etc, etc…..
The majority of the games released will be 1,2,3 or 4 unit games. A 5-unit game is a
top game of the week type situation and you may get one or two of these each week
for each sport. These games have been huge moneymakers over the last 36 years
and you can expect to win at least 70% of these plays over the course of the season.
You will also receive 6-unit games during the season, which are like a game of the
month type situation. (You may get one or two of these a month per sport) These are
131
exceptionally strong plays, where exclusive information will come into play. Seven
and Eight unit plays are game of the year type situations. For instance Doc's Sports
7-unit game is Docs "Top College Game of the Season." This game has been a very
high percentage winner over the last 36 years, and is a must for the serious player.
In football, Doc's Sports 8-unit game is Doc's "Big Ten Game of the Year." This is
the most sought after game in the country year after year. This is the game that
made Doc's Sports famous - the game that won and covered 19 years in a row - the
game in which Doc and his customers would move the Las Vegas line up to 6 points
- DON'T MISS THIS GAME. The other handicapping services on our Web site use
the same type of rating system for the same situations.
Unit Betting System equals Success:
This "unit" sports betting system is the key to your success - but you must stay
disciplined. Discipline is critical in sports betting because wins and losses often
occur in streaks. The problem is that many bettors get too aggressive during a hot
streak and become too panicked during a cold streak. Streaks do not last forever, so
stay consistent with your bankroll and NEVER chase your losses. Use our plan and
stick to it. If you stay disciplined you will enjoy success with Doc's.
Does this sound too good to be true? We understand if this sounds too easy. Over
the years, this industry has been filled with rip-off artists who make extravagant
claims of 70, 80 and 90% winners. While this can be done during any given week or
month it's simply not possible to win at this rate over the long haul of a season. If
you want to make money gambling on sports and would like professional help from
132
a sport handicapping service that has a consistent winning record and has stood the
test of time then Doc's Sports is your service. Our sports betting system works, it's
that simple. If you would like to speak to someone personally about our service
without any call backs or high pressure sales tactics that you may have run into with
other services then give us a call by viewing our Contact Us Page - Click Here
Doc's Sports is a family run business that's been recognized as one of the leaders
and most trusted names in sports handicapping information for over 36 years. We
hope our open and honest approach will get you in the door. We know our winning
picks, exclusive information and excellent customer service will keep you coming
back.
133
Draw progression
A system "Draw progression", as it is called, is based on the progressive Martingale

system. The main idea is that with an increasing number of draws in the league you
can earn more money, so before starting playing you should consider the league
with the biggest number of draws. You should pick a team which is about in the
middle of a table (doesn't struggle for championship nor avoiding relegation) or a
team with high percentage of draws in the recent or former season.
How Draw progression works?
It is widely known that rates for draws are hardly ever below 3.0. We then look for
a league or a team with statistically high amount of draws.
We choose a starting stake which will be progressively increased in case of a lack of
draws of a particular team. You should adjust the stake according to the whole
amount of money you have available for the game. It can't be too high or else with a
short series of failures you lose most of your money. If our team doesn't draw a
game, in the next round we bet on the draw again but we multiply the stake by 3 till
our team draws again. Then we come back to our starting stake.
To illustrate this system I will use an example similar to the one used in Martingale.
We choose the starting stake, e.g. 3€.
1. We bet 3€, if the team draws bet another 3€ till the team don't draw, then we
double our stake to 6€.
2. If drew at 6€ we come back to the starting point and bet 3€, in case of a lack of a
draw we bet 12€.
134
3. If drew at 20€ we come back to the starting point and again bet 3€, in case of a
lack of a draw we bet 24€.
Etc...
In any time when the given team draws we make up for the loss from former bets
plus we gain a pretty big profit, which
depicts the following comparison:

1. 3€ loss -> whole contribution 3€, win 6€
2. 3€ loss 6€ win -> whole contribution 9€, win 12€
3. 3€ loss 6€ loss 12€ win -> whole contribution 21€, win 24€
Etc...
Level Stake Odds Expense Profit

1 1 3 1 2
2 2 3 3 3
3 4 3 7 5
4 8 3 15 9
5 16 3 31 17
6 32 3 63 33
7 64 3 127 65
8 128 3 255 129
135
9 256 3 511 257

1 1 3,2 1 2,2
2 2 3,2 3 3,4
3 4 3,2 7 5,8
4 8 3,2 15 10,6
5 16 3,2 31 20,2
6 32 3,2 63 39,4
7 64 3,2 127 77,8
8 128 3,2 255 154,6
9 256 3,2 511 308,2
136
Fibonacci sequence progression
The system " Fibonacci sequence progression", as it is called, is based on

progressing a starting bet in case of a loss. However, there are some differences
between this and martingale system.
How does Fibonacci sequence progression work?
At the beginning we take the numbers from Fibonacci sequence and we multiply our
starting stake according to them.
The first numbers of the sequence are following: 0,1,1,2,3,5,8,13,21,34. Every
consecutive number in the sequence is a result of adding its two predecessors. In the
system we start multiplying from 1, although the first number in the sequence is 0.
The Guidelines of Fibonacci sequence progression
At first we pick our starting stake depending on the amount of money dedicated for
the game e.g. 5€.
Now we look for events which rates are about 3.0 or higher. In Fibonacci sequence
progression you can very well bet on draws in football (it is safer and needs less
money in case of a long series of losses) and in ice-hockey (where draw stakes are
very high). Next, in case of a loss we bet again but now we multiply the stake by the
next number in the Fibonacci sequence. In case of a win we bet with a starting stake
again.
To illustrate this system I will use an example.

We choose the starting stake, e.g. 5€.
137
1. We bet 5€, if we win bet another 5€ till we loose, then we multiply our stake by the
next Fibonacci number (1) and bet again 5€.
2. If we win at 5€ we come back to the starting point and bet 5€, in case of a loss we
again multiply our starting stake by the next Fibonacci number (1) and bet 5€ again.
3. If we win at 5€ we come back to the starting point and again bet 5€, in case of a
loss we again multiply our starting stake by the next Fibonacci number (1) and bet
10€.
Etc...
In any time when the given team draws we make up for the loss from former bets
plus we gain a pretty big profit.
1. 5€ loss -> whole contribution 5€, win 15€
2. 5€ loss 5€ win -> whole contribution 10€, win 15€
3. 5€ loss 5€ loss 10€ win -> whole contribution 20€, win 30€
As you can see, the longer series of losses, the bigger income.

1 1 3,2 1 2,2
2 1 3,2 2 1,2
3 2 3,2 4 2,4
4 3 3,2 7 2,6
5 5 3,2 12 4
6 8 3,2 20 5,6
7 13 3,2 33 8,6
8 21 3,2 54 13,2
138
9 34 3,2 88 20,8
10 55 3,2 143 33
11 89 3,2 232 52,8
12 144 3,2 376 84,8

1 1 4 1 3
2 1 4 2 2
3 2 4 4 4
4 3 4 7 5
5 5 4 12 8
6 8 4 20 12
7 13 4 33 19
8 21 4 54 30
9 34 4 88 48
10 55 4 143 77
11 89 4 232 124
12 144 4 376 200
139
Follow the Trend
This system is again brilliant and it works a treat. It involves predicting correct
scores in Live matches.
How does it work?

I split my week up into 3 sections.
Section 1: Live Matches on Saturday
Section 2: Live Matches on Sunday
Section 3: Live Matches midweek.
This means you have 3 intervals in the week where you WILL make profit. In this
bet you can double up your stake if you lose in the 1st match or you bet on Even
stakes each time and my stats still indicate a profit. However doubling up will give
you even more of a profit. Let’s take Sunday 22nd January as an example:
On the morning of matchday I get a piece of paper and I go through all the LIVE
MATCHES that I can view on Sky TV. These include matches on Sky Sports,
Eurosport, ITV, BBC1, 2, Channel 5, Bravo, Setanta Sport and anywhere else that
is showing Live football.
ON this given day the matches were on as follows;

2.00pm Chelsea Vs Charlton
140
4.00pm Man Utd Vs Liverpool

6.00pm South Africa Vs Guinea (African Nations Cup)
8.00 pm Fiorentina Vs Messina
It is very important that if matches that start at the same time, that you choose the
match where the favourite is close to 1.60 in backing odds. This can happen in
Champions League nights when their can be up to 8 matches on at once. If this is
the case, I look for 1 match that sees the favourite as close to 1.60 as possible.
Based on statistics, at least one of these matches should finish 1-0, 2-0 or 2-1 to the
favourite. This is where we make our money. Our 1st Bet involves Chelsea who are
odds on favourites to win. I go to correct scores and I back them at £10.00 to win 1-
0, £10.00 to win 2-0 and £10.00 to win 2-1. If they do win by either of these scorelines
then I would make minimum profit £30.00 from initial £30.00 outlay. Which is quite
impressive.
Chelsea dominate the match but Charlton equalise and with Carvalho being sent off
the game finishes 1-1. I don’t panic , I have lost £30.00 but the stats are still on my
side.
I double up my next stake and place 20.00 on Man Utd who are favourites to beat
Liverpool 1-0, 2-0, 2-1. Maximum outlay £60.00. The bet comes up and I win
£125.00. –my £60 stake and £30 previous stake I have made £35.00 profit. AT that
point I have made my profit for that interval section and I wait.
If you are not successful at the end of an interval, I definitely would not recommend
you chasing it… ..as the stakes will increase. Over the course of the season you will
make profit using this brilliant little strategy.
141
It’s simple, you can start of with a £2.00 stake on each score and build your bank
balance from there. Remember though , don’t get greedy, paper bet this strategy
and you’ll see your self it is simply amazing.
I have analysed this system since September and I would have been successful at
every interval. The maximum I would have had to go without without a win would
have been 4 matches.
My recommendation is to start off low stakes for this strategy. If a match runs into
another match don’t back it on our strategy.
142
HALF TIME/ FULL TIME
This is a slow earner, but it does work and can make you excellent money. You
watch every match on Sky TV and before every match you back the home team (no
matter what the odds) to be losing at half time but come back and win. Usually at
around odds of 48.0 –60.0. Even if they are outsiders still do this. For the 1st 10
matches of the season you back at odds of £2.00, then the next 10 , £4.00, then £6.00,
then £8.00. Don’t worry this happens at least 3-4 times a season and you’ll make
brilliant money. The ones that spring to mind while I write are Luton Vs Liverpool
in the cup and Leicester Vs Spurs in the cup. It does work. Look out for it and be
amazed.
143
Intermittent Progression
Probably every player knows everything about standard progressive systems.

However, we took it to a whole new level and improved the existing system so that
now it's even easier to achieve profit with limited risks. Traditional progression
bases on betting on, let's say, the draws of a chosen team and increasing the stake
every time your bet loses (so that winning the next bet would yield you net profit).
But such betting is very risky, since a series of matches can last for a very long time
and you can end up having no more funds for your next bet. In our modified
progression stakes increase more rapidly with every lost bet. The main principle of
Intermittent Progression System is to stop betting after certain amount of lost bets
(e.g. 6 matches without a draw) and go back into play after there is a draw (in our
case at level 7). Of course it's completely up to you (and your ability to cope with
stress and high risk) to fix a border-point, after which you stop betting.
There is one particular case of this system called „the draw after the draw”.
How to use Intermittent Progression System („the draw after the draw”)?
a) You select teams that drew their last match (it's best to limit the number of
teams to 4, so that you have enough capital to end the progression)
b) In the next match you bet on the same teams to draw once more
c) If there's a draw, you win (progression ends on level 1 and you start over, i.e.
you wait for the chosen team to draw again); if there's other score than draw, you
lose and you wait for your team to draw again to be able to bet again
144
You can freely modify the system, e.g. prolong the progression for another 2 or 3
matches after the draw.
Then it looks as follows:
1. Draw, you start betting

2. You bet on the next 2-3 matches; if there's no draw, you stop betting and wait
3. Draw, you start betting
4. You bet on the next 2-3 matches (4-6 in total); if there's no draw, you stop
betting and wait
5. …and so on
Of course a draw at any level yields you profit; you end the progression.
Before you start betting on draws it is good to choose teams with high draw rate –
you can find accurate statistics in many web databases. Proper team selection is the
key to success! Please share your opinions and experiences in comments below!
145
Labouchere System
Labouchere System relies on odds of 2.0 or more – it means that you need just as
much as 50% effectiveness to be profitable (or at least to break even). Apart from
picking >2.0 odds you have to write down a sequence of numbers: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10, where the sum of the first and the last number is always your stake. If you win,
you move on to the next number and if you lose, you write down the mentioned sum
at the end of your sequence (1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 → 11).
Example:
* First pick, stake: 1+10 = 11 / you win, you cross out 1 and 11, the sequence is
now: 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10.
* Second pick, stake: 2+9 = 11 / you lose, you write down the stake (11) at the end,
the sequence is now: 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
* Third pick, stake: 2 +11 = 13 / you win, you cross out 2 and 11, the sequence is
now: 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
* And so on...
146
* If there are only two middle numbers left, e.g. 5+6, it means that you have
finished the cycle and you can either start over or try to finish the sequence (there is
a perspective of higher profit, but at risk of the sequence getting longer and longer –
if you don't win that bet).
You have to adjust you stakes to your overall bankroll. Labouchere System if very
interesting, and even though it might seem senseless at first, it really is effective!
Why don't you check it out yourself?
147
Lay the Draw Back 1-1
This is another massive advantage of using Betting Exchanges and it works an

absolute treat… .providing you remain patient. A PROFIT IS GUARANTEED
It again works on the Law of averages based on my studying of stats. My findings
and many clever statisticians have found that if a team draws one week, or even the
2nd weed, they are unlikely to draw in their next match based solely on the Laws of
averages. Let’s face it not every team are going to draw every match they play in all
season.
This is where we make our money.
You go to www.xscores.com and you look carefully through all English and Scottish
scores for the last 3 matches. You are looking for a team that has drawn their last 3
league/ cup games.
When you find a team, you lay that team not to draw at usually around 3.2.
Meaning if I stake £100 at 3.2 I’m risking £220. However you must remember that
the laws of averages are in your favour.
To cover the bet even more I take one third of my lay stake and back the 1-1 draw
at odds of around 6.8. This will not give me all of my money back if the score does
end 1-1 but it will give me a sizable proportion. Remember that you must be aware
that the most popular result for a draw is 1-1 ( around 59% of draws in the English
League in season 2004/05 ended in 1-1). Interesting but true.
148
If the team fails to draw I make around £65 profit which is brilliant and this will
happen most weekends. If you lose don’t panic simply treble your stakes and back
the 1-1 correct score with half of your stake.
e.g. bet 1 –stake was lay £100 –back 1-1 draw £33
bet 2 - stake will be lay £300 –back 1-1 draw at £150.
I have never lost more than 2 weeks in a row, so you have little risk… so don’t
panic.
Again paper bet this and you’ll be totally amazed by the results.
149
LAY THE FAVOURITE GOALSCORER
If the favourite to score 1st, did score 1st every match then bookmakers would be
rich. It is a fact that the favourite to score 1st only scores 1st in less than 20% of live
matches played. Therefore begin a strategy that lets you Lay the favourite to score
and keep going. You’ll be successful in no time.
150
Martingale system explanation
Martingale system is a betting system of negative progression and consists in

doubling the stake in case of the loss. If you stake 1 USD and you will win you can
stake another 1 USD on another event. If you stake 1 USD and you will lose you
should stake 2 USD on another event. If you will lose again you bet 4 USD and so
over - until you will have finally won. Then you are returning to your basic stake - 1
USD.
The Martingale system seems to be a really good one but it has wrong assumptions.
You must have unlimited money and the stakes must be unlimited too. It is obvious
that it can not be fulfilled. In simple words if you are using the Martingale system
you will be often winning small amounts of money but when you lose one time - you
will lose a great amount.
I think that the Martingale system would be interesting combined with some other
systems (like finding a value bets). The income from winning these bets is higher so
the whole system may be working better. The Martingale system may be
appropriate for those players who have a small initial bankroll. Remember however
that this strategy is not expected to give you an income in a long run. If you are
looking for a more reliable betting system - take a look at the Betting Arbitrage
system.
151
Martingale system example
Let's assume that the chance of winning every event is 50% and the bookmaker's
odds is 2.00 and you will win after 6 rounds (it is quite a bad luck - the probability
of not winning in five rounds equals 1/32 = 0.03125. But remember - it still
happens!). It means that you had to bet 1 + 2 + 4 + 8 + 16 + 32 USD = 63 USD. Your
last stake (the winning one) was 32 USD. The odds is 2.00 so you win 64 USD (one
dollar more than you had to stake). Looks great? Imagine however what would be if
you lost six times in a row and you no longer have money. You will be very
dissatisfied with Martingale system.
152
NBA BETTING SYSTEM
HERE’S THE NBA BETTING SYSTEM IN DETAIL. AS LONG AS YOU

STRICTLY FOLLOW MY BETTING GUIDELINES BELOW , YOU WILL BE
WINNING ALMOST ALL OF YOUR NBA BETS!
IN A NUTSHELL, YOU WILL BE BETTING THAT ONE TEAM IS
GOING TO WIN AT LEAST ONE GAME IN AN ON-THE-ROAD SERIES
VERSUS AN OPPOSING TEAM THAT IS INA DIFFERENT CONFERENCE.
THIS IS A BET THAT YOU WILL WIN MORE THAN 97% OF THE TIME.
I HAVE ALSO FOUND THAT ONLY TWO SPORTSBOOKS WORK FOR
THIS BETTING METHOD AND THE LINKS TO SIGN UP WITH THEM ARE
BELOW. I WON’T GET INTO THE DETAILS WHY I HAVE FOUND ONLY
THESE 2 SPORTSBOOKS TO WORK BUT THERE ARE MANY
SPORTSBOOKS THIS BETTING SYSTEM WILL NOT WORK WITH SO
PLEASE USE THESE LINKS BELOW TO SIGN UP FOR AN ACCOUNT WITH
A SPORTSBOOK THAT WILL WORK. CLICKING ON ONE OF THESE LINKS
WILL REDIRECT YOU TO THE MOST CURRENT SIGNUP PAGE FOR THAT
SPORTSBOOK AND THEIR LATEST DEPOSIT BONUS OFFERS AS WELL.
BEFORE I GO INTO DETAIL ON HOW TO MAKE THE BETS, I WILL
GO OVER THE MONEY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM. THERE ARE ONLY
THREE BET VALUES YOU SHOULD STICK TO: BET A, BET B, BET C.
153
BET A = YOUR BEGINNING BET. YOU CAN, FOR EXAMPLE, SET

YOUR BEGINNING BET TO WIN $100 (OR WHATEVER YOUR BUDGET
WILL ALLOW) WHEN YOU FIRST START OUT.
BET B = IN CASE BET A FAILS, YOU MAKE BET B TO MAKE UP FOR
ANY LOSS YOU’VE SUFFERED FROM BET A, PLUS ANY PROFIT YOU
WOULD HAVE ACHIEVED FROM BET A. SO, IF YOUR BET A WAS FOR
$170 (TO WIN $100 AT -170 ODDS), YOUR BET B WILL BE TO WIN THE $170
YOU LOST ON BET A PLUS ANOTHER $100 TO MAKE A PROFIT.
THEREFORE YOUR BET AMOUNT WOULD NEED TO BE AS SUCH TO WIN
$270 ($170 + $100).
BET C = IN CASE BET B FAILS, YOU MAKE BET C TO MAKE UP FOR
ANY LOSS YOU’VE SUFFERED FROM BET A + BET B + PROFIT YOU
WOULD HAVE ACHIEVED FROM THE ORIGINAL BET, BET A. SO, IF
YOUR BET A + BET B LOSSES ARE $500, YOUR BET C NEEDS TO BE TO
WIN $500 (PREVIOUSLY LOST) PLUS $100 PROFIT. THEREFORE YOU
WOULD NEED TO PLACE BET C SUCH AS TO WIN $600.
THERE IS NO BET D,E, F OR ANYTHING THEREAFTER. IF YOU LOSE
BET C, YOU LOSE THE BET. HOWEVER, DO NOT BE CONCERNED
BECAUSE LOSING A BET C IS SOMETHING THAT WILL ALMOST NEVER
HAPPEN. I’LL TALK MORE ABOUT THAT LATER. HERE’S THE BETTING
SYSTEM:
1 CHECK THE NBA SCHEDULE AND MARK DOWN ANY SERIES
WHERE ONE TEAM WILL BE PLAYING AT LEAST 3 CONSECUTIVE
GAMES ON THE ROAD VERSUS A TEAM IN A DIFFERENT CONFERENCE.
154
2 FOR THE TEAM THAT WILL BE PLAYING 3 OR MORE

CONSECUTIVE GAMES ON THE ROAD AGAINST A DIFFERENT
CONFERENCE, MAKE A BET A FOR THE TEAM ON THE ROAD ON IT’S
FIRST GAME AND BUY 3 POINTS ON THE BET.
3 IF YOU LOSE BET A, MAKE BET B ON THE NEXT GAME FOR
THE SAME TEAM
4 IF YOU LOSE BET B, MAKE BET C ON THE NEXT GAME FOR
THE SAME TEAM
GO TO NBA.COM TO CHECK SCHEDULES AND SEE WHAT

CONFERENCE EACH TEAM IS IN. THE TEAMS THAT HAVE 3
CONSECUTIVE AWAY GAMES IN A ROW VERSUS TEAMS OF THE
OPPOSITE CONFERENCE ARE THE ONES YOU WILL BET ON.
ONE OTHER THING OF NOTE IS THAT IF A TEAM IS PLAYING 6
GAMES IN A ROW ON THE ROAD ALL VERSUS OPPONENTS OF THE
OPPOSITE CONFERENCE, YOU CAN SPLIT THAT UP INTO 2 DIFFERENT
BETTING SERIES, ONE BEGINNING WITH THE 1ST GAME AND ONE
BEGINNING WITH THE 4TH GAME.
FROM HERE JUST CLICK ON NBA

ON THE NEXT PAGE IS WHERE YOU SELECT YOUR TEAM. FOR
EXAMPLE, LET’S SAY YOU WANT TO BUY 3 POINTS FOR THE HOUSTON
ROCKETS IN THEIR GAME VERSUS THE DALLAS MAVERICKS YOU
WOULD NEED TO DO AS FOLLOWS.
155
JUST CLICK IN THAT CIRCLE AND ON THE NEXT PAGE IS WHERE

YOU BUY POINTS AND SET YOUR WAGER AMOUNT. JUST FOLLOW THE
INSTRUCTIONS IN THE SCREENSHOT BELOW.
IF YOU DO NOT UNDERSTAND BUYING POINTS , LET ME EXPLAIN.
EACH GAME YOU WAGER ON WILL HAVE A POINT SPREAD. FOR
EXAMPLE, IN THE HOUSTON vs DALLAS GAME THAT YOU SEE ON THE
SCREENSHOT ABOVE, THE SPREAD IS +5 FOR HOUSTON AND -5 FOR
DALLAS. IF YOU BET ON HOUSTON +5 IT MEANS THAT IF HOUSTON
LOSE THE GAME TO DALLAS BY 4 POINTS OR LESS YOU STILL WIN THE
BET IF YOU CHOOSE HOUSTON +5. IF YOU BET ON DALLAS -5 IT MEANS
THAT DALLAS MUST WIN BY 6 POINTS OR MORE FOR YOU TO WIN THE
BET IF YOU BET ON DALLAS -5. NOW, IF YOU BUY 3 POINTS FOR
HOUSTON THAT WOULD BRING THE SPREAD TO +8 INSTEAD OF +5. THIS
MEANS THAT NOW YOU CAN STILL WIN THE BET IF HOUSTON LOSES
BY 7 POINTS OR LESS. SIMILARLY, IF YOU BUY 3 POINTS FOR DALLAS
TO -2 IT MEANS THAT NOW DALLAS CAN WIN BY ONLY 3 POINTS AND
YOU WIN THE BET. IF ANY BET FALLS ON THE EXACT SPREAD NUMBER
SUCH AS HOUSTON LOSING TO DALLAS BY 8 AND YOU HAD HOUSTON
+8 THE BET IS A PUSH AND IS REFUNDED.
ONE FINAL IMPORTANT NOTE ON THIS BETTING SERIES IS THAT
YOU STOP THE SERIES AFTER A WIN. FOR EXAMPLE, IF YOU LOSE BET
A AND GO ONTO WIN BET B YOU THEN STOP THAT SERIES OF BETS
(A,B,C) AND WAIT FOR THE NEXT SERIES TO COME ALONG.
156
YOU MUST ALSO BE WONDERING ABOUT WIN PERCENTAGES FOR

THIS SYSTEM. IN AN ENTIRE NBA SEASON, IF YOU FOLLOW THE
GUIDELINES, YOUR CHANCES OF LOSING A BET B ARE AROUND 14%
AND LOSING A BET C IS CLOSE TO 1% !!
A FINAL NOTE IS TO BE SURE YOU HAVE ENOUGH MONEY IN
YOUR BETTING ACCOUNT TO COVER ALL THE WAY THROUGH BET C
SHOULD IT OCCUR AND ADJUST YOUR STARTING BET ACCORDINGLY
AS TO BE ABLE TO DO THIS.
ENJOY! AND DON’T FORGET TO USE ONE OF THE FOLLOWING
SPORTSBOOKS TO BE SURE YOU CAN FULLY IMPLEMENT THIS SYTEM.
THANKS AND ENJOY!!
157
No Draw
Let's look for 4 fixtures, which may not end with a draw. Rates for all three events
in the match have to be over
2.00.
Check it out on the example. We pick 4 fixtures:

A Wisła Kraków - Polonia 2.50 2.55 2.80
B Chelsea - Arsenal 2.50 3.30 2.55
C Real - Barcelona 2.30 3.20 3.00
D Milan - Roma 2.35 3.90 2.45
Then we analyze all possibilities excluding draws.

A-1 B-1 C-1 D-1
A-2 B-1 C-1 D-1
A-2 B-2 C-1 D-1
A-2 B-2 C-2 D-1
A-2 B-2 C-2 D-2
A-1 B-2 C-2 D-2
A-1 B-1 C-2 D-2
A-1 B-1 C-1 D-2
A-1 B-2 C-1 D-2
A-2 B-1 C-2 D-1
158
A-2 B-1 C-2 D-2

A-2 B-2 C-1 D-2
A-2 B-1 C-1 D-2
A-1 B-2 C-2 D-1
A-1 B-2 C-1 D-1
A-1 B-1 C-2 D-1
If we bet 16 times i.e. all possibilities without draws, for 1 € for each we gain 17.80€
in the worst case and 36.50€
if we are lucky. As you can see the system can bring profits, but only if there is no
draw in a single match.
159
Norwegian System
Norwegian System is very simple and effective one. It is meant rather for players
that tend to bet on several events (at low odds) on one coupon, however if you like,
you can also use it for single bets. You bet only on football (although it is possible to
test this system in other disciplines). Before you start, you have to make a careful
selection:
a) you choose the strongest teams in given league (places 1-4 in the table); it's
even better if they have been top teams for more than 2 past seasons
b) after you've made your selection you wait for „your” team to lose point (loss or
a draw)
c) when it loses points, you bet on it in the next match (only if it is a home match)
This system bases on an assumption that top teams are not likely to lose points in 2
consecutive matches. Of course there are exceptions to this rule, but for that very
reason you have to watch several leagues. Let's have a look at the mathematical side
of all this:
a) you observe 10 leagues (3 teams in each league) which gives you 30 teams in
total
160
b) 10 out of selected 30 teams have lost points in their previous game and play
their next match at home (let's assume that the odds for their victory are between
1.3 and 1.6, depending on a league and an opponent)
c) you have your 10 matches which you can now use to create coupons (we don't
recommend putting them all together on one coupon); the right choice of, let's say, 3
matches can yield you nice and sure profit
Norwegian System requires some time to look throught databases and select teams
properly. You should sum up your profits at the end of the season, because this
system is meant to be used in long term only.
161
Other Betting Systems
Betting systems have existed for as long as gambling has. A betting system is either
bogus or clever depending upon whether it is based on a sufficiently deep
understanding of the given game so that there is some method to the madness.
Gambling systems, even bogus ones, are always interesting to hear about, because
they say something about how people perceive (or misperceive) probability. My
favorite bogus systems include:
* Doubling up in Casino Gambling - Consider the following strategy for gambling
in roulette. Walk into the casino and bet a dollar on black. If it wins, boldly pocket
your earnings. If not, bet $1 again on black. If it wins, your are back to where you
started. If it loses, bet $2 on black to recoup your losses. After each loss, keep
doubling up. Inevitably, you are going to win sometime, and at that point you are all
caught up. Now you can start again from the beginning. You can't ever lose money
with this scheme, can you?
What's the problem? Nothing really, so long as you have an infinitely deep
pocket and are playing on a table without a betting limit. If your table has a betting
limit or you are not able to print money, you will eventually reach a point where the
house will not let you bet as much as you need in order to play by this system. At
this point you have been completely wiped out.
This doubling or Martingale system offers you a high probability of small
returns in exchange for a small possibility of becoming homeless. Casinos are more
162
than happy to let you take this chance. After all, Donald Trump has a much deeper
pocket than either you or I have.
* The O'Hare Straddle - An alternate doubling scheme is as follows. Borrow a
large amount of cash on a short term basis. Set aside enough money for a ticket on
the next plane to South America. Bet the rest on one spin of the roulette wheel at
even money. If you win, return the principal and retire on the rest. Otherwise, use
the plane ticket.
Mathematically, the key to making this work is being bold enough to wager all
the money on a single bet, rather than making multiple smaller bets. The casino
extracts a tax on each èven-money' wager via the 0 and 00 slots on the wheel. You
pay more tax each time you re-bet the winnings, thus lowering your chances of a big
killing. However, the most likely result of playing the O'Hare straddle will be a
sudden need to increase your fluency in Spanish.
* Collecting Statistics on Lottery Numbers - Some people carefully chart the
frequency with which lottery numbers have come in recently, and then play the
numbers that are either ``due'' or ``hot''. Unfortunately, the notion of a number
``being due'' or ``being hot'' violates all laws of probability, technically the
assumption that the numbers arise from independent Bernoulli trials. Lottery
numbers are selected by drawing numbered balls from a jar, or some equivalent
method. Provided that the balls have been thoroughly mixed up, there is no way a
ball can know that it has not been selected for a while, and hence is due. Similarly,
the notion of a number ``being hot'' makes sense only when the numbers have been
drawn according to a non-uniform random number generator.
163
As we will see, poor random number generators certainly exist; I will talk more
about this in Chapter 4. There is also historical precedent for poorly mixed-up balls.
During the Vietnam War, the United States military draft selected soldiers by
lottery according to birthday. Each of the 365 birthdays for the year were stamped
on a ball and tossed into a jar, and unlucky 19 year olds mustered into the army if
their birth date was selected. In 1970, several newspapers observed that December's
children had a startlingly high chance of being drafted, and indeed, the lottery
selection procedure turned out to be flawed. It was fixed for the next year,
presumably small consolation to those left marching in the rice paddies.
Although each lottery combination is just as likely to come in as any other, there
is one formally justifiable criterion you can use in picking lottery numbers. It makes
a great deal of sense to try to pick a set of numbers which nobody else has selected,
since if your ticket is a winner you won't have to share the prize with anybody else
who is a winner. For this reason, playing any ticket with a simple pattern of
numbers is likely a mistake, since someone else might stumble across the same
simple pattern. I would avoid such patterns as 2-4-6-8-10-12, and even such
numerical sequences as the primes 2-3-5-7-11-13 and the Fibonacci numbers 1-2-3-
5-8-13, because there are just too many mathematicians out there for you to keep
the prize to yourself.
There are probably too many of whatever-you-are-interested-in as well, so stick
to truly random sequences of numbers unless you like to share. Indeed, my favorite
idea for a movie would be to have one of the very simple and popular patterns of
lottery numbers come up a winner; say, the numbers resulting from filling in the
entire top row on the ticket form. As a result, several hundred people will honestly
164
think they won the big prize, only later to learn it is not really so big (say only $5,000
or so). This will not be enough to get members of the star-studded, ensemble cast out
of the trouble they got into the instant they thought they became millionaires.
On the other hand, there are well-founded betting systems available for certain
games, if you know what your are doing:
* Card counting in Blackjack - Blackjack is unique among casino games in that a
sufficiently clever player can indeed have an advantage over the house. In
blackjack, each player starts with two cards, and the goal is to collect a set of cards
whose total points are as close to 21 as possible without going over. The key decision
for any player is whether to accept an additional, unknown card from the house.
This card will increase your point total, which is good, unless it takes you over 21,
which is bad. You win money if your total is closer to 21 than the dealer's, who must
play according to a well-defined strategy.
If you know nothing about the cards which you are to be dealt, then the dealer's
strategy is sufficient to guarantee the house a nice advantage. However, a
sufficiently clever player does know something about the hand which she will be
dealt. Why? Suppose in the previous hand she saw that all four aces had been dealt
out. If the cards have not been reshuffled, all of those aces are now sitting in the
discard pile. Assuming that only one deck of cards is being dealt from, there is no
possibility of seeing an ace in the next hand, and a clever player can bet accordingly.
By keeping track of what she has seen (card counting) and properly interpreting the
results, she knows the true odds of each possible card showing up and thus adjusts
her strategy accordingly. Card counters theoretically have a inherent advantage of
up to 1.5% against the casino, depending upon which system they use.
165
Edward Thorp's book Beat the Dealer started the card-counting craze in 1962.
Equipped with computer-generated counting charts and a fair amount of chutzpah,
Thorp took on the casinos. Once it became clear (1) that he was winning, and (2) it
wasn't just luck, the casinos became quite unfriendly. Most states permit casinos to
expel any player they want, and it is usually fairly easy for a casino to detect and
expel a successful card counter. Even without expulsion, casinos have made things
more difficult for card counters by increasing the number of decks in play at one
time. If there are ten decks in play, seeing four aces means that there are still 36 aces
to go, greatly decreasing the potential advantage of counting.
For these reasons, the most successful card counters are the ones who write
books which less successful players buy. Thorp himself was driven out of casino
gambling in Wall Street, where he was reduced to running a hedge fund worth
hundreds of millions of dollars. Still almost every mathematically-oriented gambler
has been intrigued by card counting at one point or another. Gene Stark, a
colleague of mine who you'll read more about later, devised his own card counting
system, and used it successfully a few times in Atlantic City. However, he discovered
that making significant money off a 1.5% advantage over the house requires a large
investment of either time or money. It isn't any more fun making $5.50 an hour
counting cards than it is tending a cash register.
* The Eudaemonic Pie - Physicists tend to be good at mathematics. A few years
ago, the American Physical Society had its annual convention in Las Vegas, during
which the conference hotel/casino took a serious financial hit. The hotel rented out
rooms to the conference at below cost, planning to make the difference back and
166
more from the gambling losses of conference goers. However, the physicists just
would not gamble. They knew that the only way to win was not to play the game.
But another group of physicists did once develop a sound way to beat the game
of roulette. A roulette wheel consists of two parts, a moving inner-wheel and a
stationary outer-wheel. To determine the next ``random'' number, the inner wheel
is set spinning, and then the ball sent rolling along the rim of the outer wheel.
Things rattle around for several seconds before the ball drops down into its slot, and
people are allowed to bet over this interval. However, in theory, the winning number
is preordained from the speed of the ball, the speed of the wheel, and the starting
position of each. All you have to do is measure these quantities to sufficient accuracy
and work through the physics.
As reported in Thomas Bass's entertaining book The Eudaemonic Pie, this team
built a computer small enough to fit in the heel of a shoe, and programmed in the
necessary equations. Finger or toe presses at reference points on the wheel were
used to enter the observed speed of the ball. It was necessary to carefully conceal
this computer because otherwise casinos would be certain to ban the players to
moment they started winning.
Did it work? Yes, although they never quite made the big score in roulette. Like
Thorp, the principals behind this scheme were eventually driven to Wall Street,
building systems to bet on stocks and commodities instead of following the bouncing
ball. Their latter adventures are reported in the sequel, The Predictors.
* Flooding Large Lottery Pools - Lotteries in the United States keep getting
bigger. The bigger a jackpot, the more people that want to play. Many states have
switched to systems of accumulated pools, where if no grand prize winner emerges
167
in a given week, the money rolls over to supplement next week's prize. The pool
grows very large whenever a few weeks goes by without a winner. Whenever the
pool gets large enough (say $100 million), it starts a betting frenzy which draws
national attention.
The interesting aspect of large pools is that any wager, no matter how small the
probability of success, can yield positive expected returns given a sufficiently high
payoff. Most state lotteries are obligated to pay some fraction (say 50%) of all
betting receipts back to the bettors. If nobody guesses right for a sufficiently long
time, the potential payoff for a winning ticket can overcome the vanishingly small
odds of winning. For any lottery, there exists a pool size sufficient to ensure a
positive expected return assuming a given number of tickets sold.
But once it pays to buy one lottery ticket, then it pays to buy all of them. This
has not escaped the attention of large syndicates which place bets totaling millions of
dollars on all possible combinations, thus ensuring themselves of a winning ticket.
State lottery agents frown on such betting syndicates, not because they lose
money (the cost of the large pool has been paid by the lack of winners over the
previous few week) but because printing millions of tickets ties up agents
throughout the state and discourages the rest of the betting public. Still, these
syndicates like a discouraged public. The only danger they face are other bettors
who also pick the winning numbers, since the pool must be shared with these other
parties. Given an estimate of how many tickets will be bought by the public, this risk
can be accurately measured by the syndicate to determine whether to go for it.
Syndicate betting has also occurred in jai-alai, in a big way. Palm Beach Jai-Alai
ran an accumulated Pick-6 pool, which paid off only if a bettor correctly picked the
168
winners of six designated matches. This was quite a challenge, since each two dollar
bet was a 86 = 262,144-to-one shot for the jackpot.
On March 1, 1983, the pool stood at $551,332, after accumulating over 147
nights. This amount was more than it would cost to buy one of every possible ticket.
That day an anonymous syndicate invested an additional $524,288 to guarantee
itself a large profit, but only if it didn't have to share. Only $21,956 was wagered on
Pick 6 that night by other bettors, giving the syndicate an almost 96% chance of
keeping the entire pot to itself, terrific odds in its favor. Indeed, only the syndicate
held the winning combo of 4-7-7-6-2-1, a ticket worth $790,662.20.
169
Paroli system explanation
The Paroli system is a system of a positive progression. It is considered to be the

opposite of the Martingale strategy and it is called sometimes the Anti-Martingale
System. It is based on increasing the stake only in the case of the win.
If you are going to use the Paroli strategy you should think about your overall
betting plan. You need to decide exactly how many times you want to win in a row
until you start over with your initial bet. It depends on the odds but three winning in
a row seems to be a good choice. So - in case of three winnings in a row or the first
lose you should restart your betting.
The Paroli Betting Strategy is designed to take advantage of winning streaks. If you
are lucky enough you can win more money than in case of flat betting. The Paroli
strategy may be appropriate for those players who have a small initial bankroll but -
like every betting system - it is not expected to make you a winner in a long run. If
you are looking for a betting strategy which is really reliable - have a look at Betting
Arbitrage system (also called Sure Bets).
Paroli system example
* You bet 1 USD and you won.

170

* You bet 2 USD and you lost.
* You bet 1 USD... and so on.
171
Progression
Progression is a system that is based on incresing the stake with every consecutive
bet until you correctly predict the score. You use stakes that, after the progression is
finished, guarantee you profit – regardless on which level it is finished. You can use
progressive staking system in many ways – you can bet on draws, underdogs or
number of goals (i.e. over/under). It works with any sport discipline, the only thing
you need to start winning is a proper analysis of teams you will bet on as well as
calculating your stakes correctly (so that you can afford to play certain number of
progression levels).
When you play over / under bets you have to be aware that odds above 2.0 are
pretty rare here. This means that in order to be profitable you will have to adjust
your stakes wisely. On the other hand you will win more often.
How to pick teams for progression?
The best way to do this is to analyze historic data (optimally from 3-5 previous
seasons) for certain teams. You look at the exact number of over / under scores.
Additionally you have to consider home and away matches separately. After
thorough analysis is complete you pick your teams and way of betting, e.g. having
analyzed the MLB you came to a conclusion that San Francisco Giants achieves
more „under” scores in home matches, so you decided to bet on under every time
172
SFG play at home. If you lose, you raise the stake depending on odds for the next
match. If, on the other hand, you win, you go back to the first level of your
progression. Football is a perfect discipline for it (under/over 2.5 goals bets).
When to start using progression?
This question shows up over and over again. The answer is simple – the perfect
moment doesn't exist. Some players claim that if a team has played, for instance, 5
„over” matches, their next game has to be „under”. You might agree with that, but
history shows it doesn't have to be that obvious. Let's just say you can start using
progression at any given moment during a season, as long as you possess
appropriate capital. You can bet on every single match as well as just wait for a long
streak. It is up to you, every player has their favourite method. What are yours?
Share your thoughts in a comment below!
173
REALITY TV SHOWS
Reality TV shows have proved to be a brilliant little earner, and I reckon there is
actually inside info leaking out that means a massive surge in backing 1 hour before
the end. I have never lost a single penny using this method. You’ll see yourself.
When the lines close (you have 10 minutes before an announcement is made.
Basically this is your time to back the favourite. By this time the favourite has been
established. 2 incidents that I can recall was Big Brother Celebrity. George
Galloway was 1.02 after the lines closed. An absolute cert. I placed 1k on him to be
evicted and made £20. IN the next eviction Dennis Rodman was 1.26 at the close of
lines. I put £300 and made £78 profit. Yes it’s that simple. This works.
174
TEAM NEWS STRATEGY
This is a good little strategy that I have used before to my advantage. Basically it is
brilliant for Carling Cup matches when the unpredictability of team selection makes
it a punters paradise. Check the club team news on the internet in the morning of
the match (it would amaze you how many people want to back someone , who isn’t
even playing) to score 1st. As soon as they back it, you Lay it. I’ve used this in the
past to net small pieces of profit. Do your homework , reap the rewards.
175
Tennis Betting Secrets
There will be other bookmakers that you might have to sign-up to but that will be
discussed in a later chapter. Well you are now done the first step……. Let’s get
another step closer to your money…..
Set Your Starting Bank

Your starting bank can be any amount you like! But for this example, I highly
recommend that you have at least $100 or units so you can make your winning
significant and spread them among the main betting accounts I have identified
above.
Spread your starting bank

The system calls to bet 30% of the starting bank on each wager so I recommend you
spread your starting bank among a few bookmarkers or have the money readably
available to add into the account.
The System
Details
Bet on what?
• Only bet on woman’s Tennis
176
The reason why I say only woman’s tennis is because women are more predictable
and was proven in my back testing. I have tried it with men but the results aren’t as
great.
• Bet on the Favorites
Only place bets when the odds are <= 1.4
When to bet?
• Bet when you find and odd that is >5% from the total average bookmarker odds
For Example: if the average odds of many bookmarkers for one particular tennis
match is 1.3, you multiply it by 5% or 1.05 (1.3x1.05) and you will come up with
1.365…… only place a bet if you have at least 1.365 available to back (the more
higher the better)
Extras - • Double your bets when you double your starting bank amount
177
The Awesome Price Finder Racing System
(Designed To Take Advantage of the Betting Exchanges and Their Superior

Backing Prices)
The Rules
1. Using The Daily Mail newspapers only find the daytime meetings (Disregard
twilight and evening cards). Look to the five year record above each meeting (This is
displayed just under the tipsters’ choices). Disregard any meeting that does not have
at least 3 top jockeys named in this record. (Sometimes the Daily Mail only shows 1
top trainer and 1 top jockey and if this is the case then disregard the meeting
altogether) Remember, we need to know who the 3 best jockeys over the last 5 years
at any particular meeting are. If the 3rd and 4th named jockeys have the same
numbers of winners then include this 4th jockey also. *Finally, be aware of any
jockey changes, as this will affect which horses are potential bets.
2. Working in chronological order, look to see if any of the top 3 jockeys have a ride
in the first applicable race of the day. The horses that these jockeys ride are the only
ones we will ever be interested in. This rule applies throughout. Consider all days
except Sundays.
3. Consider all race types except NH Flat (Bumper) races. Disregard these races
completely. Apart from this all race types on all codes should be considered.
178
4. If there is only 1 top jockey in the race then this will be our sole bet just so long as
the price falls between 7/2 and 66/1. Basically disregard any selections that are
under 7/2 and over 66/1.
5. If there are 2 top jockeys in the race then you must be aware of their prices close
to the off. If both selections are under 12/1 then preference is given to the shorter
priced horse. If both selections are within 1 point of each other then you would back
them both equally. For example, 5/1 and 11/2 would mean that you back them both;
5/1 and 13/2 would result in a single bet on the shorter 5/1 horse only. If the
selections are both 12/1 or over then preference is given to the higher priced horse.
If however, the other selection is within 4 points then again both selections would be
backed; 16/1 and 12/1 or 14/1 and 12/1 would mean all must be bet on, whereas 12/1
and 18/1 or 14/1 and 20/1 would require a single bet on the 18/1 and 20/1 horses
only. Incidentally, if the prices were 11/1 and 14/1 (both close to the border) then we
would give preference to the 11/1 shot as it is within the 12/1 and under category. An
easier example might be 25/1 and 33/1 or 8/1 and 33/1; here just the 33/1 shot would
be covered on both occasions. If 1 selection is under 12/1 and 1 is over then
preference is always given to the higher priced horse.
6. If there are 3 top jockeys with rides in the race then the rules are quite similar to
the above. If all 3 horses are 12/1 or under then preference is given to the shortest
priced horse. Again, if any of the other 2 are within 1 point of the shortest then they
are also backed. An example might be 4/1, 5/1 and 9/1; both the 4/1 and 5/1 horses
would be backed and the 9/1 would be rejected. Another might be 11/2, 7/1 and 7/1;
only the 11/2 horse would be backed. If 2 or more selections are 12/1 and over then
the rules are the same as in No.5 above. The highest priced horse is automatically
179
backed and any other horse that falls within 4 points is also backed; 14/1, 16/1 and
20/1 would require 2 single bets on the 20/1 and 16/1 horses. If the prices were 20/1,
33/1 and 33/1 then both the 33/1 horses would be backed and the 20/1 horse
rejected. Again, if 1 horse is under 12/1 and 2 are above then preference is given to
the outsider of the 2 above 12/1 (Both backed if within 4 points)
7. All races with more than 17 runners should be discarded outright.
8. A final note is in relation to the top 3 jockeys and the amount of winners that they
have had over the last 5 years. If the 2nd and 3rd named jockeys have less than 5
winners then you should discard the meeting as clearly there is not much previous
form from which to get too excited about. This scenario is quite rare though. In fact
we have only discarded 3 meetings because of this.
180
The Labouchere system
The Labouchere system: (Money management betting systems, gambling systems.)

Negative progression system, also called the 'Cancellation System'.
(See also "The Labouchere System in Reverse" below)
This system is also called the 'Cancellation' system. There are many variations. In
its simplest form, you write down a series or a set of numbers; say, 1 2 3 4 5 6. The
series can be short or long and not necessarily sequential such as 1 1 1 3 3 5 7. The
choice of a particular series depends on the type of game you want to apply it to and
the odds of the bet.
Each number represents the amount in units or chips to bet. You bet the first and
last of these numbers. In this example 1 and 6, which totals 7 units.
If you win, you cross out the two numbers and bet the next two 'ends' (the outside
numbers). In this instance 2 and 5. If you win again you bet on the next two
remaining numbers 3 and 4, and if you win that too, you would have made a 'coup'
or completed one game. Then you start all over again.
If you lose, then you add that one number to the end of the series. Say you lost your
first bet of 7 units (1+ 6). Then you add number 7 to the end of the series to look like
this: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 and your next bet would be 8 units (1+ 7). If you won the first bet
but lost the second 2 and 5, then the series of numbers would look like this: 2 3 4 5 7.
181
If you work it out, you will see that when the series is completed or when you make
a 'coup', there is always a profit. The negative side of this system is that you could
end up betting large sums of money even if your initial bet is small.
The Labouchere System in Reverse:
Add winnings to the sequence instead of losses. If you win, add one number (the
winning units) to the end of the series. If you lose, delete two outside numbers. Put
an appropriate target of, say, 20 units profit for 'even money' bets (less for higher
odds), and when reached begin another sequence. Sequence commencement is
1,2,3,4 so you risk only 10 units per sequence.
The Labouchere System in Reverse is a positive progression betting system.
The Winner's Edge System - A variant of the Labouchere System in Reverse:
(Note: The description of the system is reproduced below the exact way it was
submitted, word for word. The idea behind this system seems to make a lot of sense.
However, the betting procedure and the amounts involved are not clear. If anyone
can help in clarifying this, it will be greatly appreciated.)
"This is one invited by a Canadian many years ago. It is like the Cancellation
System above with this variation: When winning, ( add the first and last number in
the sequence ), the first time, and then 3 numbers until you lose. If you lose, add that
to the end of the sequence and bet only the first(only one) number not crossed off. If
you lose again, go to betting the unit bet, to preserve capital. I have found one needs
about 40 times the first number in the sequence when starting as a bankroll , with
the initial numbers being about 40-20-20-20 % (ie $50. sequence would be written:
$20-10-10-10.)Your bankroll taken to the table will be $1000.00.This means, I've
found that you only have to win 30% of the time to be successful! I have used this
182
very successfully in the casinos, to the point that I was asked to leave the table
several times, as the casinos dont want consistent winners. It scares them. This
system requires nerve, fearlessness and an appropriate bank roll. WHen playing
Baccarrat, I was winning $4000. an hour , but again, don't back off pushing the
money out, or you will lose. The system really forces one to bet large when winning
and small when losing, which is exactly the opposite of what most people do- and
what the casino expects.YOu also need high enough table limits . It can be used
playing blackjack, baccarrat or roulette, but is best for blackjack. Make sure you
get their OK to write the bets down before you start, and tell them you are not
counting cards."
* Negative progression betting systems: You increase the bet when you lose. Require
more capital and usually employed to force a winning outcome following a losing
streak. (Nerve-wracking, very painful when you lose. Avoid these systems if you
can.)
183
The Parlay system
The Parlay system: (Money management betting systems, gambling systems.)

Positive progression system, similar to the Paroli System.
This system is similar to the Paroli system and has the effect of 'pyramiding' your
profit. Pyramiding is a parlay wager whereby the original wager plus its winnings
are played on successive wagers.
It is commonly used in horse racing betting. Basically you make a bet and if you win
you re-invest the winnings on the next bet. You 'let it ride'.
This method of play is by no means risk free, but it offers the least amount of risk of
all wagers since the player is only concerned with either a win, place or show
selection or a combination of the three.
It is one of the oldest methods of wagering and was originally derived from the same
premise that banking systems use to compound interest.
* Positive progression betting systems: You increase the bet when you win. Kind of
'let-it-ride'. Require less capital and usually employed to take advantage of winning
streaks. (No sweat, easy ride. My favorite.)
184
WIMBLEDON DAY 1
At the beginning of Wimbledon take the top 3 women seeds and put them in order
that they are going to be playing on Day 1. One of them will win (happened every
year for past 20 years) 2-0 in sets. Back with odds of around 1.50 to 1.60. It happens
and is guaranteed, due to the gulf in class. If you lose treble your stake and back the
same for next match. You will win, trust me.
185
Beat the Book - An Application of Mathematics
Here is a mathematical technique to help you convert any race into a profitable scenario
by writing off the chances of the contenders which, in your opinion, cannot win.
At first, the technique will work best in early price races because you will have the time
to make your calculations without fear of prices changing in midstream.
First of all, study a race and delete all the runners that you are convinced cannot win.
Next, you will need to carry out the following calculations on the prices of the live
contenders you have selected - I have tabulated an example to make the explanation
easier.
The example shows a list of selected 'live contenders' in a race, together with the best
early prices available for each:
*Expressed in Stake required to

Early Price Calculation % Chance
terms of chance return £100
15/8 8 in 23 8/23 x 100 34.78 £34.78
7/2 2 in 9 2/9 x 100 22.22 £22.22
6/1 1 in 7 1/7 x 100 14.29 £14.29
15/2 2 in 17 2/17 x 100 11.76 £11.76
186
20/1 1 in 21 1/21 x 100 4.76 £4.76
Total stake required to return £100 provided any of the
£87.81
selections win
*To express in terms of chance, use the second half of the odds fraction and the total of
the odds fraction.
E.g. 15/8 would be 8 chances in 23 (15+8)
We can see that, by staking the calculated amounts to win on each of our live contenders
at the best early prices we can find, we are certain of securing a £12.19 profit (13.88%
ROI) regardless of which contender wins. We are confident of the outcome because we
consider the runners we have eliminated to have no chance of winning.
Obviously you cannot use the technique if the sum of your percentages is more than 100.
However, should you decide to eliminate a well-fancied favourite from your calculations,
or your list of live contenders is very short, the potential profit can be significant.
The technique can be used in a live betting market once you become so familiar with the
calculations that you are able to make them very quickly.
187
BEATEN FAV – FLAT TRAINERS
Horse must have been a beaten Fav last time out, SP must be no bigger than 11/1, Horse
must be trained by one of the following Trainers:
B J Meehan
P J Makin
K R Burke
B Ellison
J L Dunlop
R A Fahey
P W D’Arcy
P W Harris
G Wragg B
W Hills M
A Jarvis E
J Alston P
W Hiatt
188
Beaten Favourites With Sights Lowered
Rules: Bet any horse that is competing for less prize money than on its previous run,
provided that it was a favourite or joint-favourite on that previous outing. Lower prize
money takes into account prize money for the winner only. Ignore any race in which
there is more than one qualifier. System applies to both Flat and NH races. System
applies to UK races only.
Staking: 5pts to win on each selection.
Logic: Lower prize money normally indicates a lower graded or lesser quality race. If a
horse attracted enough support to warrant favouritism in a better event, then it should
have strong claims against lesser opposition. This set of circumstances often indicates a
retrieval mission, with connections attempting to recoup previous losses. An easier task is
often chosen for the horse when this is the case.
Beaten Favourites With Sights Lowered

Retn Bal
Bet Date Selection Result SP
(pts) (pts)
1 6 Nov Bollywood 6th/13 9/2 0.00 -5.00
2 6 Nov Milk And Sultana 4th/13 7/1 0.00 -10.00
3 6 Nov Corrib Lad 2nd/6 3/1 0.00 -15.00
189
4 6 Nov Osolomio 1st/12 13/8 13.13 -6.87

5 7 Nov Double Dizzy 1st/10 13/8 13.13 +1.26
6 7 Nov Dan's Man PU/11 9/2 0.00 -3.74
7 7 Nov What Do'In PU/7 11/2 0.00 -8.74
8 7 Nov Panic Stations 1st/13 5/2 17.50 +3.76
9 8 Nov Copper Bay 3rd/9 15/2 0.00 -1.24
10 8 Nov Syncopated Rhythm 8th/16 4/1 0.00 -6.24
11 8 Nov Bob Bob Bobbin 1st/13 9/1 50.00 +38.76
12 8 Nov Monashee Grey 4th/10 4/1 0.00 +33.76
13 8 Nov Wee Anthony 2nd/10 11/8 0.00 +28.76
14 8 Nov Augustus John 6th/12 12/1 0.00 +23.76
15 8 Nov Free Angel 14th/14 6/1 0.00 +18.76
16 9 Nov Pilca 1st/13 8/11 8.64 +22.40
17 9 Nov Scotch Pancake 5th/12 9/2 0.00 +17.40
18 9 Nov Dubai On 1st/10 5/2 17.50 +29.90
19 9 Nov Barclay Boy 8th/11 7/4 0.00 +24.90
20 9 Nov Alpine Reel 1st/12 2/1 15.00 +34.90
21 10 Nov Touch Of Ivory 5th/10 5/1 0.00 +29.90
22 10 Nov Desert Leader 2nd/10 12/1 0.00 +24.90
23 10 Nov Neutron 2nd/14 11/1 0.00 +19.90
24 10 Nov Oodachee 3rd/7 9/2 0.00 +14.90
25 11 Nov Sincerely 1st/13 5/1 30.00 +39.90
190
26 11 Nov Weet A Head 8th/10 11/4 0.00 +34.90

27 11 Nov Hotchpotch 3rd/13 6/1 0.00 +29.90
28 11 Nov Monsieur 1st/12 15/2 42.50 +67.40
29 11 Nov Hammer Of The Gods 2nd/9 5/1 0.00 +62.40
30 11 Nov Ashwell Lad 2nd/16 13/2 0.00 +57.40
31 11 Nov Heavens Walk 2nd/12 15/8 0.00 +52.40
32 12 Nov Once A Brownie 1st/13 Evs 10.00 +57.40
33 12 Nov Royal Rosa 2nd/9 13/8 0.00 +52.40
34 13 Nov Cesc 1st/7 2/1 15.00 +62.40
35 14 Nov Pietersen 5th/9 9/2 0.00 +57.40
36 14 Nov Golden Sprite 8th/14 16/1 0.00 +52.40
37 14 Nov Parkview Love 8th/9 17/2 0.00 +47.40
38 14 Nov Charles Parnell 4th/12 5/2 0.00 +42.40
39 15 Nov Bally's Boo PU/18 6/4 0.00 +37.40
40 15 Nov Wild Cane Ridge 2nd/9 9/1 0.00 +32.40
41 15 Nov Caribou 2nd/4 6/5 0.00 +27.40
42 15 Nov At The Money 2nd/8 5/2 0.00 +22.40
43 15 Nov Bronze Star 2nd/14 12/1 0.00 +17.40
44 16 Nov Oenologue PU/9 Evs 0.00 +12.40
45 16 Nov Papillon De Iena 1st/8 9/2 27.50 +34.90
46 16 Nov Snoopy Loopy 3rd/6 10/3 0.00 +29.90
47 16 Nov Iron Man 1st/8 10/1 55.00 +79.90
191
48 16 Nov Tashkandi 1st/9 7/4 13.75 +88.65

49 17 Nov Minella Tipperary 1st/14 8/13 8.08 +91.73
50 17 Nov Dream Alliance 1st/10 4/6 8.33 +95.06
51 17 Nov Time Marches On 5th/16 6/1 0.00 +90.06
52 17 Nov Tarlac 1st/7 4/5 9.00 +94.06
53 17 Nov Fabine 4th/10 4/6 0.00 +89.06
54 18 Nov Viewforth 5th/12 9/1 0.00 +84.06
55 18 Nov Ardea Brave 3rd/8 4/1 0.00 +79.06
56 18 Nov Beck 7th/10 5/1 0.00 +74.06
57 18 Nov Sir Don 1st/12 8/1 45.00 +114.06
58 18 Nov Peregrine Falcon 1st/13 15/8 14.38 +123.44
59 18 Nov Speagle 1st/11 5/1 30.00 +148.44
60 19 Nov Harrihawkan 4th/8 3/1 0.00 +143.44
61 19 Nov Pouvoir 2nd/5 10/3 0.00 +138.44
62 19 Nov Geeveem 1st/7 4/5 9.00 +142.44
63 19 Nov Hakim Fell/20 7/1 0.00 +137.44
64 19 Nov Rosita Bay 1st/12 11/2 32.50 +164.94
65 19 Nov Levitski 2nd/8 5/2 0.00 +159.94
66 20 Nov Im Ova Ere Dad 4th/14 11/4 0.00 +154.94
67 20 Nov Paso Doble 2nd/13 8/1 0.00 +149.94
68 20 Nov Show Me The River PU/5 7/2 0.00 +144.94
69 20 Nov Montillia 12th/12 9/1 0.00 +139.94
192
70 20 Nov Cree 2nd/13 10/3 0.00 +134.94

71 20 Nov Classi Maureen PU/16 3/1 0.00 +129.94
72 20 Nov Wood Fern 3rd/13 3/1 0.00 +124.94
73 20 Nov Tartan Special 3rd/12 9/2 0.00 +119.94
74 21 Nov Dunquaire Lady 3rd/10 28/1 0.00 +114.94
75 21 Nov Chickado 3rd/14 6/1 0.00 +109.94
76 21 Nov Pirate Flagship 2nd/4 11/8 0.00 +104.94
77 21 Nov Romil Star 3rd/13 6/1 0.00 +99.94
78 21 Nov Persian Point 4th/10 7/2 0.00 +94.94
79 21 Nov Franky'n'jonny 11th/14 7/1 0.00 +89.94
80 21 Nov The Luder 1st/8 4/6 8.33 +93.27
81 21 Nov Glory Be 3rd/14 11/1 0.00 +88.27
82 21 Nov Randwick Roar 5th/8 8/1 0.00 +83.27
84 21 Nov Cimyla 1st/7 6/4 12.50 +90.77
85 22 Nov Fisherman Jack 5th/10 16/1 0.00 +85.77
86 22 Nov My Way De Solzen 1st/7 4/11 6.82 +87.59
87 22 Nov Alfasonic PU/8 6/1 0.00 +82.59
88 22 Nov Mr Loire 1st/9 6/4 12.50 +90.09
89 22 Nov Prime Contender 1st/11 5/1 30.00 +115.09
90 23 Nov Travolta 3rd/10 7/2 0.00 +110.09
91 23 Nov Hoh Viss 4th/12 9/4 0.00 +105.09
92 23 Nov Ile De Paris 4th/10 11/1 0.00 +100.09
193
Bet on a Single Jockey
Remember: these systems are offered with no guarantees. Test them yourself by 'paper
trading' without real stakes before risking any money.
Backing one jockey may seem a bit of a long shot but good profits can be made by
supporting a single jockey in the hope that one day they will ride a number of winners at
any one meeting. Frankie Dettori famously rode seven winners in one unforgettable
afternoon at Ascot. Bookies across the country had their largest single afternoon’s losses.
The cumulative odds for the seven winners amounted to over 25,000/1, a long shot
maybe but proven possible.
It is not uncommon for one jockey to ride a well-priced set of winners in one meeting.
Many punters try the one jockey system but give up after just a few attempts. Like every
other system you have to stick with it.
This system needs to be used during the turf flat horse-racing season. In a typical season
there will be about 33 Saturdays from March to beginning of November and you would
use the system on each Saturday. You have got to decide on your level of stake and only
bet what you can comfortably afford to lose. Multiply your level of stake by the number
of times you want to try this system out and put aside this sum as your betting bank.
Accepting that you may lose should take some of the pressure off operating this system.
One big pay out would comfortably put your plan into profit.
Each day look at the two main horse racing meetings of the day and select the top jockey
riding there. Then take each of their first six mounts or however many they have and
194
back them in a series of trebles, four, five and six timer accumulators. If the jockey has
six mounts this will involve 42 bets. It sounds a lot but on small stakes the total outlay is
not that large. If you used 25pence as your base stake the bet will have cost you £10.50 in
total. Two meetings are being used so the amount laid out on any one day will be £21.00
If you multiply that by the number of Saturdays in the season (in this case 33) you have
an outlay of £693 for that season. This sounds a lot but even on days where your chosen
jockey manages a treble your returns should cover a large portion of your bet and will
hopefully exceed it!
Top jockeys are selected because they usually have the best rides. Betting needn’t be
restricted to Saturdays but what must remain the same is using spare cash and using the
system on a consistent basis. There is no doubt that top jockeys often ride a few winners
on the same day. Before you try using the system check the horse racing results for a few
weeks and you will see the one jockey system can and does work!
195
CD WINNERS
Back CD winners who are top weight in Claimers and Sellers at 10f or more.
The reason for this is that punters under estimate the chances of CD top weights in these
races. Most of the contenders are serial sand winners and punters refuse to bet on them
because they think that the Horse has won enough races, the horse is running in a
seller/claimer so the connections can’t fancy it if they risk it being bought.
This is wrong!
The serial winner in these races keeps on winning and beating the lower weighted
runners.
The provision of 10f+ is to ensure that the “CD” has more meaning. The longer the race,
the more advantage of having won over the course and the distance.
Initial Strike rates for this method shows 47%, with a 30% profit.
The Selection Criteria Explained
All Select Racing systems have a number of criteria which are used to select the horses
from the field each day. We recommend using the Racing Post newspaper or their
website as this gives a thorough analysis of each horse and race every day. Alternatively
the Mirror also uses the same information as The Racing Post.
There are a lot of attributes that decide if a horse is a selection or not in a race. We have
listed all of the attributes we use when developing our systems here but not all of them
apply to each system.
Selection criteria used by Select Racing:
Racing Post ratings – How is the horse rated by the Racing Post for factors such as speed.
196
Race type – Handicap, Sprint, Hurdles, Chase, All weather etc…

Horses age – Pretty self explanatory. 2YO, 5YO etc….
Selected courses – Some systems should only be used on selected courses.
Days since last run – How many days have past since its last race.
Number of runners in the race – Some systems require over or under a certain number of
runners in a field.
Is it Favourite? – Yes or No!!!!
Race distance – 5f sprint or 3 mile chase etc…
Position last time out – Where the horse finished the last time it raced.
The horses starting price – The SP of the horse is sometimes required to be within a
certain range to be a selection.
The class of the race – G1 races are run in a very different way to class D races or Listed
races. This criteria is quite important.
Weight the horse is carrying – A few systems will need a horses weight to be taken into
account.
All of these factors can play a big part in selecting winning horses so all are taken into
consideration. Each system we produce uses all or some of these criteria to generate its
selections and we explain where to find them on a race card on the next page for you.
How to Make Selections Using the Criteria
We suggest you start by picking the race type first of all as this will narrow the number of
races you need to look through each day. The illustration below shows you where to find
the information on the Racing Post website.
197
A = Racing Post ratings B = Race type + The class of the race C = Horses age
D = Selected courses E = Days since last run F = Number of runners in the race
G = Is it Favourite? + The horses starting price H = Race distance
I = Position last time out J = Weight the horse is carrying
198
About the 2 Year Old System
There are a lot of people that shy away from 2 year old horses as they can be
unpredictable beasts and are probably equivalent to a teenage child! Anyone with
children will know what we mean.
There are a few trends however that seem to run in the 2 year old horse and consistently
allow it to win.
We have studied a number of races and have tweaked our system over the years to
consistently pick winning 2 year old horses.
Here are our statistics for 2005 using this system.
Number of Selections 274
Number of Winners 75
Strike Rate 27.37%
% of horses placed 1st, 2nd 59%
or 3rd
Longest Run of Winners 8
Longest Run of Losers 18
Return to £10 level stakes £730.88
Points Profit to Level Stakes 73.88
199
Claiming Stakes Plan
As the title of the plan suggests, we are backing horses running in claiming stakes only.
The newspaper required to operate this system is the Daily Mirror.
Any system horse will be found in seconds and should be backed to win. To find if we
have a system horse just follow these very simple rules:-
1. Look for all the Claiming Stakes races

2. Look at the forecast favourite horse
3. Look to see if this horse is either Strongly Fancied (SF) of Fancied
(F)
4. No bet if forecast odds-on
5. Fancied (F) horses must be forecast shorter than 3/1
If a horse fits these 5 rules then it is a system horse.
Yes, it is incredibly simple, but the beauty of it is that it works.
Any system worth following must produce a good level stake profit over a period
of time and this certainly does.
200
For the last 21 months it has given 16 winning months and 5 losing - a level stake
profit of +77
IMPORTANT NOTE: Do not back in maiden Claiming races with the words
"Claiming Stakes" in the title.
This is an exceptionally simple plan, but very, very effective.
201
CREAM SYSTEM
In my circle of racing friends, this system is referred to as the “CREAM SYSTEM”.

This is alluding to the fact that the cream always rises to the top, and that in this instance;
the CREAM of the racehorses will always beat the average racehorse.
So, the system relies entirely on CLASS horses.
So , let us get on quickly with the system to earn you a nice income.
1. Log on to the internet and browse to http://www.sportinglife.com
2. Click on Racing
3. Click on Race cards
4 This will bring up a list of the following weeks race meetings
5. Look at today’s meetings and click on Summary on any meeting
6. This will bring up a list of the individual races for that meeting
Now we are going to set up a THREE WAY FILTER to zone in more closely.
1. Filter out any race with 10 runners or more
2. Filter out any race with a class factor lower than ( Class D )
3. Filter out any handicap race
Let me explain briefly why we filter the above.
1. Filter out any race with 10 runners or more
Single figure races should in theory prove less troublesome over say races with 30
runners, simply because the more horses, the harder it is to win.
Also, if you have a wall of 9 horses in front of you with a furlong to go, there is not much
hope.
202
So, a small group of horses should be easier for the jockey to get his horse past those in
front of him.
2. Filter out any race with a class factor lower than ( Class D )
As we said earlier, the class factor is what this system depends on.
Group races 1.2.3. Listed Races. Grade Races. Class A. B. C. are all top notch races
that attract all the best horses.
Class D,E,F,G,H races are for the lower ability animals, and also unreliable horses, which
obviously, you do not want your money on.
Also, and this is vital. The higher the Grade of race, the more the prize money.
The more the prize money, the more likely that the owner, trainer, connections, etc,
WANT THE HORSE TO WIN.
I’m sure no one is naïve enough these days to think that all horses turning up at every
meeting are all trying to win. They will only win when the connections want them to
win.
So, filter 2 is very important. We only want to bet on the decent prize money races.
3. Filter out any handicap race
Keeping on the cream theme, we want to back the best horses against horses of lower
ability, simple enough.
If it is a handicap, then the professional handicapper, who knows his job inside out, will
try to make all the horses finish in a straight line, by adding weight to the jockeys saddle.
This is absolutely no use to us whatsoever, so no handicap races. We want the cream to
rise to the top, with our money on it.
Now we have filtered the race card, and we can see that only ONE race fits our criteria
for betting selection
203
2.45 Kempton Betfair Novices Hurdle ( Class B ) 7 Runners.
Click on the Time of the Race i.e 2.45 and the Full Race with Horses, Jockeys, Price
Forecasts will come up.
Click on the first horse in the race, in blue, after it’s number. This will bring up the
horses individual form.
Scroll down to “ Most Recent Races Run” then look across to where is says
“Performance”. You will see here a list of where the horse finished on its previous races,
but more importantly, you will see WHAT CLASS OF RACE IT HAS BEEN
RUNNING IN. This is what we are most interested in.
Now we know that the race today is a Class B race, so we are looking for:
Whether the horse has had previous runs in a Class B race or Higher.
Whether the horse has finished creditably in this company. I.e. 1st, 2nd 3rd, 4th.
Whether the horse has finished creditably in this company recently, in it’s last two starts.
Never back a horse that is out of form.
Whether the horse has winning form, but of a lower class race. Ie Class E.
Go down each of the runners in the race, noting or writing down the above. A clear
picture will often emerge. Let us say that Horse Number 1 has ran in Class B on it’s last
two outings, finishing 4th and 2nd. Horse Number 2 has won it’s last three outings, all
Class E. Horse Number 3 has been unplaced in it’s last four outings, in Class A, B, B, C.
Horse number 1 would be the clear selection. He has performed creditably in the Grade,
4th and 2nd. Horse number 2 , although winning it’s last three races, has to leap 3 grades
to win this, and that would be a difficult task. Horse number 3 is up to the Grade, but is
out of form, and best watched until regaining some decent form.
204
Now, press your back button on your browser until you get back to the individual race in
question, and scroll down to the price forecast at the bottom of the page. Horse number 1
should be the favourite, ie the shortest price, and THIS IS OUR SELECTION. However,
should Horse number 2 be the favourite, or second favourite, then we will be thinking
about LAYING this horse on the exchanges, in other words, we will be backing it to
LOSE. If the horse is an outsider, ie 10/1 to 33/1, leave alone. The market realises it is
unlikely to win
Repeat this process, starting again with the filter process, for all of the race meetings for
the day.
You will then be left with a number of selections for the day. Now, because this is a class
system, often, selections will be only on a Saturday, or on a major meeting like Ascot,
Cheltenham, Chester etc, during the week. Often, Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday,
Thursday, Friday will show no selections because of the lack of Class C or higher races.
No worry, you may get 3 or 4 selections on a Saturday.
Finally, let us now see what we are going to do with our findings for the day. We have 3
camps here:
A) THE BACKERS
B) THE LAYERS
C) THE DISCRIMINATIVE PUNTER
Looking at the example above, we have:
Horse Number 1 , which we could punt on to win. This is Camp A) The Backers.
Horse Number 2 , which we could lay on to lose. This is Camp B) The Layers.
205
Selectively doing one or the other above, or both, according to vibes, conditions of the
race, weather, jockey , trainer in form, etc.This is Camp C) The discriminative punter.
We will analyse each Camp in turn, starting with the highest risk, hence highest return;
THE BACKERS.
The backers have only one chance. Their horse must win: It must beat the other 6
horses. The layers have 6 chances out of 7 to win. The backer has only 1 out of 7. So it
is inevitable that only a percentage of your selections will win.
It is therefore imperative that you have a sensible staking plan for the inevitable ups and
downs of the backers life.
If only 50% of your selections win, you will make a fortune!!
This is the staking plan which I have used successfully over the years. There are others,
but I have only tested this one.
THE STAKING PLAN
DATE HORSE STAKE WIN / BANK
LOSE
15/01/04 A £20 W 2/1 £240
16/01/04 B £20 W 1/1 £260
16/01/04 C £20 W 4/1 £340
16/01/04 D £20 L £320
17/01/04 E £20 W 9/4 £365
18/01/04 F £20 L £345
21/01/04 G £20 W 3/1 £405
24/01/04 H £40 W 4/6 £418
206
25/01/04 I £40 L £378
26/01/04 J £20 W 1/1 £398
We start with a bank of say, £200.

Keep this separate from everything else, this is your BETTING ONLY BANK.
Each selection you make, you bet 10% of this bank. If you would rather be more careful,
conservative, make this 5%
When the bank doubles , you double your stake. So, in the above example, £20 per
selection was staked until the bank doubled ( went past £400 ) on the 21/01/04. Then the
stakes went to £40, ( 10% of the bank ) until the loss on 25/01/04 brought us back under
£400, so the stake reverted to £20.
Keep careful daily records.
That’s it. Now, years down the line, you are going to want to place £480 per selection or
more, so your local bookie is not going to want your custom. I have added a section on
online bookmakers with this CD.
What I have done, personally, is to use 3 or 4 online bookmakers until they ban me, or
more usual , restrict my amounts to some silly figure like £10 maximum per bet. Then
close the account, draw out the money, and open another with a different bookmaker.
There are new online bookmakers opening weekly, so you should not run out of them.
THE LAYERS.
This is a new phenonomen of recent times. You actually take on the role of the
bookmaker through what is known as betting exchanges. So, in the example above, we
are looking to LAY Horse Number 2 to LOSE If there are seven runners, we have a 6 out
207
of 7 chance of winning. The bookmaker is taken out of the equation, although
bookmakers do use these betting exchanges.
Now because we have 6 out of 7 chances of winning, we have to give decent odds to
people to entice them to bet with us and not the bookmaker. So the prices on betting
exchanges tend to be 20% better than the bookmaker.
For example. If Horse No’2 is 2/1 favourite on the Sporting Life site, you may want to
offer 5/2 to entice backers to back with you. So to win £20, you have to be prepared to
lose £50
That’s it, as long as Horse no’2 does not win, exchange will adjust your account with an
extra £20, less approx 5% for their commission. If Horse No’2 does win, your account
will be debited £50.
Now, with laying horses, you can follow the same pattern as the backers above, keeping
careful records like thus;
Or, you could you a slight variation for laying, which is altering your stake to coincide
with 10% ( or 5% ) of your stake. Example Below. Remember, we want the horse to
lose here:
DATE HORSE STAKE WIN / BANK
LOSE
15/01/04 A £20 L £220
16/01/04 B £22 L £242
16/01/04 C £24 L £266
16/01/04 D £26 L £292
208
17/01/04 E £29 W 9/4 £226

18/01/04 F £22 L £248
21/01/04 G £24 L £272
24/01/04 H £27 L £304
25/01/04 I £30 L £334
26/01/04 J £33 W 1/1 £301
THE DISCRIMINATIVE PUNTER.

Like all things in life, the more you try your hand at new things, the more knowledge you
gain, and the more discrimination you learn.
After a year or two, or less, you may find that certain things work for you, certain things
don’t, and you can move on to more and more profit situations, and less loss situations.
An example may be:

A certain trainer is on a roll at the moment: nearly everything coming out of the stable is
trotting up. If this occurs, and this is one of your lays, it might be prudent to let this one
go for today. Or:
A freak downpour makes the going heavy at Sandown, and you notice that one of your
selections runs all his best races on firm going. Let this one go. Keep your money in
your pocket.
The more knowledge you have, combined with the “Cream System”, can make the
difference between moderate success, and the extraordinary success of the few.
209
DAILY DOUBLE SYSTEM
 Use only the daily mirror. It uses the same starting prices forecast as the Racing
Post while only costing about a fifth the price and has the specialist information
required to operate the system.
To get the information we require, first look at the horse's name, and then look at the
abbreviations in brackets after the jockey's name. The abbreviations that we require
are:
i) SF =Strongly Fancied to win
ii) F =Fancied to win
iii) EW =Each way Fancied to be placed 1st, 2nd, 3rd
 Only use races of 8, 9, or 10 runners maximum.
 Starting from races of 8 runner's look at the strongly fancied marked horses and
pick out those with a starting price forecast of 6/1 or better.
 Should there be no 8 runner races with SF horses at 6/1 then move on to 9 runner
races and so on.
 Should this still not produce any selections then start again at 8 runner races taking
only the Fancied horses working your way up, move on to the Each Way horses if this
fails to produce horses with an SP of 6/1 and over.
 Do this until you get a maximum of two runners. We back these daily half a point
each way each i.e. 50p each way/£5 each way (depending on your spending power and
are able to afford the possible loss). Cover with a small each way double if you wish.
210
 If you only find one horse then back it each way. Obviously in such circumstances
we will not have a double bet. If no horses are found then no bet. It is very important
that the rules are adhered to
If you find more than two then the following rules should be observed.
Flat races: Horses running over a longer distance are preferred therefore a horse
running over 1m would be better suited to one running over 5f
National Hunt: horses running over hurdles make better selections than horses
running over fences. Distances should be disregarded as a consideration.
If you have two identical types of races and you need to dispose of one, it is actually best
to pick the horse with the lowest SP, as this ought to have a more realistic chance of
winning. For example if you have two 8 runner flat races run over 1m both with an SF
horse, if one has an SP of 8/1 and one has an SP of 16/1, the horse with the SP of 8/1 is
the preferred selections.
And that is all there is to it. It is actually very easy to operate the system and selections
should be found in a few minutes.
This system is safe because it only picks horses in small fields at what ought to turn out
to be generous odds. If we only used pure guesswork we would have a 30% chance of
picking a horse at random finishing in the first three. But because our selections should at
least be able to get a place or better then anyone can see that the odds are tipped in our
favour. The essence of this system is to steadily put the odds on your side, so it is
important to implement the rules thoroughly and not cut corners. If you do this you will
see that your betting bank will at worst be breaking even but I am convinced that in the
long term your bank will grow and grow.
Remember the golden rule of gambling is never to bet with money you cannot
comfortable to lose. A tiresome warning told by many, but ignore it at your peril!
211
FACTOR 4
The 4 FACTORS which indicate a winning selection. The beauty of the FACTOR 4
system is that it is essentially very simple.When a horse meets the FOUR selection
criteria on which FACTOR 4 is based,quite simply it represents a very good bet.
I make no apology if FACTOR 4 looks too simple.(Simplicity is usually a benefit!
There are those who blieve that a betting system must be complicated in order to produce
results.In fact,certain tipsters deliberately make their systems appear complicated and
difficult to understand in order to give the false impression that their system is more
scientific than it actually is).
But why make a betting system more complicated than it needs to be? If you really
want it,I will be quite happy to devise a personal system for you which will involve you
in 2 days work before you know which horse you should be backing. Just follow the four
selection criteria of FACTOR 4 and you will achieve equal or better results without the
need to invest hours of your valuable time before placing your bet.
HERE ARE THE 4 SELECTION CRITERIA FOR FACTOR 4
1 The horse must be rated 78 or above in the Daily Mail
2 It must have won,or been placed 2nd or 3rd last time out
3 It must be running within 4 days of its last run.
4 It must be favourite.
FOLLOW THOSE 4 SIMPLE RULES FOR WINNER SELECTION AND YOU ARE
BOUND TO SECURE WINNERS AT LEAST 50%OF THE TIME. And if you are
212
doing that consistently,you will end the season well ahead.There is no reason why
starting with a £1000 bank and betting 10% on each selection with your winnings rolled
forward-you cannot make £20000 to £50000 per annum as a TAX FREE second income
from your betting activity. SIMPLICITY IS THE KEY Lets face it, if you know what
youre about and have devoted your life to doing it,it is not at all difficult to devise a
winning horse racing system. But the usual problem is that deploying successful backing
systems is a full-time occupation.And most people do not have the time available to
spend time analysing several months previous results in order to reach a conclusion about
the likely winner in a particular race. FACTOR 4 renders such a time commitment
unnecessary,because all of the work has been done for you.Just deploy the four simple
selection criteria and start making your TAX FREE second Income.
What you need to use FACTOR 4 As I have already indicated,FATOR 4 was designed
with the"amateur" punter in mind-the person who knows little or nothing about horses or
horse racing
Here are the 4 key items of information you will be using:
They are:
1 Result last time out 3 The rating of the horse
2 Number of days since last race 4 Is it the favourite?
213
First-time Blinkers for Handicap Debut
Rules:
Bet any horse that is wearing blinkers for the first time in its career when the race also
happens to be its handicap debut. For the purpose of this method, handicap debut is taken
to mean the horse's first run in a handicap of the type in which it is entered today (either
flat, chase or hurdles). System doesn't apply to any other form of headgear. Ignore races
in which there is more than one qualifier. System applies to both flat and NH racing.
System applies to UK races only.
Staking:
5pts win on each selection.
Logic:
It is common practice for some trainers to run horses under less than optimum conditions
in races which qualify them for a handicap mark. Having achieved a competitive rating
for the horse the trainer is then faced with the task of taking advantage of it. He will
attempt to do that by selecting the ideal conditions for his runner, in terms of track type,
distance and ground.
214
It is a fact that blinkers, more often than not, work better on subsequent applications than
they do the first time. However, on the occasions that they do enhance a performance on
their first application the results can be spectacular. A generous rating for a handicap
debut and an ideal set of conditions can further enhance the effect of first-time blinkers
on the occasions that they do provide this spectacular improvement.
215
Handicap races
We will look at Handicap races which are more open than other kinds of races and where
winners and placed horses tend to start at bigger odds. the difficulty is to locate viable
bets at longer prices when the basis of a good system must be form used in one way or
another.
Class counts
A survey over a three-year period demonstrated that class counts in racing and that in flat
handicaps horses near the top of the handicap hold the best chance of winning.
The survey showed that 48% of the winners of all flat handicaps are one of the top tour in
the weights and over 60% come from the top 6 in the handicap so whilst runners can and
do come from lower down in the handicap, statistically they are most likely to stem from
the group which heads the weights
Form
As for form without which no system can hope to succeed many horses with sound form
in recent runs do perform well even though the market might give them only a slender
chance of success. Any horse good enough to reach the first four in each of its last three
races must have some chance of reaching a place again and may even win, despite what
chance the odds compilers or the Bookmakers give them.
216
Picking the selections

First of all it is necessary to analyse each handicap on the days cards from the point of
view of weight. This is done by applying a sliding scale based on the number of runners
in a race.
Handicaps of ten or less runners are ignored as are races of 17 or over

15 or more runners consider the first six in the weights
13 or 14 runners consider the first 5 in the weights
11 or 12 runners -consider the first four in the weights
Then pick out any horses that have run third or fourth in each of their last three outings,
which figured in the above specified weight range and they are your selections.
Some days you will have more than one possibility and if you prefer to just back one
horse each day then select the one with the biggest forecast odds preferably from The
Racing Post. or the opening shows.
217
NAPSTA SYSTEM
Introduction:
This system is based on a very rational criterion, it produces quite a few selections and a
good strike rate.
You will need a copy of the Racing Post or visit their website at www.racingpost.co.uk
This system relies on the fact that certain professional form readers are quite good at their
jobs. When they are all in agreement on the chances of a horse winning it stands to reason
that the horse has a pretty good chance.
With a few filters to remove any unwanted “strokes of poor luck” this system has been
fine tuned to provide good quality horses at reasonable prices that win often enough to
provide a good turnover and return on investment. Paper trade for a while and see how
you get on with it.
The System:
Eliminate any Chases.

No All weather meetings
Use on FLAT ONLY after the Grand National to the end of Oct
Use on NH ONLY from November to the Grand National
Locate the Racing Post Selection Box (this is the matrix where there is a roundup of the
days tips by all the press tipsters)
Look for Topspeed, Postdata, Spotlight and Postmark.
218
If ALL 4 of these are in agreement then you have a noted possible.

You now need to check the training centres.
If at least ONE of the following also tips your noted possible then you have a
SELECTION.
Newmarket
Lambourne
The South
The North
West Country
Back your selection to win
219
OUT IN FRONT (F2)
System
Once 10 games have been played, bet a 1 unit Accumulator on each of the leaders of the
four Divisions.
Logic
The Logic behind this is that once 10 games have been played, the form has usually
settled down, and the stronger teams are usually near the top if not top. You also tend to
find that in lower divisions, one or two teams run away with things. This means that they
are obviously going to win a lot of games, and you are simply combining them with the
other divisions ‘leaders to maximise the odds.
220
Play The Tote Scoop6 - Not The Lottery
The Tote Scoop6 is far better value than the National Lottery, it's for serious punters who
want a chance of winning a huge return on a tiny stake.
The Tote Scoop6 is like the National Lottery for the more discerning. It offers potentially
huge dividends for a very modest investment.
The differences are equally obvious - the National Lottery is strictly for mug punters
only. Unfortunately for Lottery owners Camelot, they seem to be in short supply in this
country now, as the public has turned up its nose at the Lotto.
By contrast, 100,000 players every week are investing in the Tote Scoop6, in the belief
that they are in control of their destiny regarding the wager. To an extent, they are
correct, and they certainly have far more control than is the case in the National Lottery.
Odds of more than 14 million to one govern the Lotto, whereas Tote Scoop6 punters can
reduce their odds dramatically, by making their own decisions regarding the horses that
they nominate to carry their cash.
Sorry to labour the point, but the Lottery is an example of everything that is wrong in
today's society - a quick fix, characterless contest. It's almost distasteful to compare the
moronic pursuit of the plastic balls to the Sport of Kings. When investing in the Tote
Scoop6, punters know that months of endeavour have helped to produce each of the six
races that make up the Tote Scoop card each week.
Just viewing a jockey, weighing less than 8st, trying to control half a ton of thoroughbred
should be enough to convince you of the Scoop6's supremacy. After all, your cash is
221
surely far better spent supporting an industry that employs hundreds of thousands of
people, than on the corporate, tacky Lottery.
Anyone with even a fleeting interest in the sport will tell you how they were affected by
the loss of Persian Punch in April, and how racing can produce extreme emotions, both
good and bad for different reasons. I haven't seen a weekly or monthly magazine for
'Lotto' supporters, or television programmes that attempt to educate punters about which
balls might come out in any particular sequence!
Scoop6 Tactics
The Tote Scoop6, then, is for the more skilful client. They can select short-priced
favourites, or opt for more speculative runners, if they're trying to win the swag for
themselves, not wishing to share the dividend with anybody else.
Informed clients can insure against losing, if for example they have selected the first four
winners, by laying horses on the internet.
The Tote placepot part of the wager also offers investors the chance to win plenty of cash
without actually selecting a winner at all!
The potential rewards of Tote Scoop6 are considerable. First of all, the Place Fund is a
useful consolation if you don't land the big win, but all your selections are placed. The
average dividend pays £572, which is similar to the average placepot return. Of course
the dividend can vary dramatically, but as most of the races feature competitive TV
racing with good size fields, there is always the potential for a four-figure return.
As recently as Lincoln Handicap day on 4 March this year, the Place Fund returned a
222
dividend of £6,336, on the back of some good competitive racing from Doncaster and
Newbury. The other benefit of the Place consolation is that it can prolong your enjoyment
of the TV racing if your win selections have gone down.
Should you win the Win Fund by picking all six winners, you'll be looking at an average
payment to date of around £93,000. Again, the dividend will vary depending upon the
size of the rollover pool and the number of winners. However, it's worth pointing out that
the Win Fund return for Tote Scoop6 regularly beats the equivalent SP accumulator bet.
What's more, if you're a single winner there's the chance of an absolutely monstrous win.
Ron Nicholson is the best example of this in recent times. Ron landed a huge win of
£878,939 for a £4 bet in April this year. That beats most bookmakers' traditional limits on
payouts.
On top of the Win Fund, there's always the chance of the Bonus the following week. The
Bonus is difficult to win, so rollovers build up fast. The average Bonus return to date
stands at just under £200,000, with the record payout being £853,245, landed by a
syndicate at Newmarket in August 2003 - not a bad return on top of the Win and Place
winnings the previous week!
85% of Scoop6 investments come via individual players, with syndicates making up the
rest of the pool. Syndicates are available to anyone who wishes to team up with family,
friends or work colleagues, who can pool their resources and enter permutations that give
such clients a more realistic chance of scooping the pool.
Many heads are better than one
One tactic employed by syndicates is to select two runners in what appear to be the four
hardest races to judge, and bank on just one horse in the other two events. The total stake
223
for such a wager would be £32, via a 2 x 2 x 2 x 2 x 1 x 1 entry, which equals sixteen bets
(at £2 per line).
Dropping back to basics, just ask yourself what is the realistic price of selecting the first
ball that drops out of the 'Lotto' machine. The answer of course is 48/1, whilst (before
form is analysed) the price of any horse to win a ten-runner event (as an example) is 9/1.
Cynics would suggest that 'Lotto' players have six chances (via the number of selections),
which reduce those 48/1 odds. The realist in me suggests however, that the further you
get into the 'competition', the harder it is to win.
After the fifth ball is known, for example, the realistic odds for a chosen number to
emerge are 43/1. Compare that to the sixth and final leg of the Placepot, and you will
quickly determine that the further you go in the Tote Scoop6, the easier it is to ensure that
you do not lose on your original stake. That's a scenario that is impossible to organise
within the lottery format.
Lottery players could argue that the 'bonus ball' enters the equation after the sixth ball is
drawn, but Tote Scoop6 investors would react by suggesting that the 'place fund' is still
running for them, if their first five selections had been successful.
Finally, I should endorse the cynic's view that good causes have seen only a small
percentage of the National Lottery money, which was promised all those years ago,
unlike the fat cats, who have been lapping up the cream for the last ten years.
By contrast, all the profits that emerge from the Tote Scoop6 go back into the horse
racing industry, and I refer you back to the earlier paragraphs of this article if you wish to
know why that can only be a good thing.
In short, brainless balls are for losers - hail the Tote Scoop6!
224
Professional Soccer Gamblers “Betting Exchange” Secrets
In recent years we have seen a new betting opportunity arise through a new breed of web
site called “betting exchanges.” These sites allow for “person to person” betting without
a bookmaker being involved. Quite simply, you are able to accept bets on offer from
other visitors who are either offering bets available to “back” to win or “lay” to lose. As
a visitor to the Betting Exchange, you also have the power to offer your own bets at the
stakes and prices of your choice.
Other visitors then have the option to “take” the bet that you offered or they might ask for
their own bet.
Some visitors will want to bet that a certain outcome will happen, whilst another visitor
will want to bet that it won’t. When these visitors get together their wager is “matched”
and the betting exchange will hold on to both visitors stake money until the outcome is
decided, then pay the winner from the losers account less a small commission of between
2 and 5 percent.
With the advent of the bookmaker, we now see visitors competing between each other to
offer attractive bets for visitors resulting in one thing: Great value opportunities with
prices available being so much better than regular bookmakers that its hard to see where
their place will be in the future.
225
Remember, a regular bookmaker will have high overheads and they must always offer
bets on all of the possible outcomes of an event. The individual however has the luxury
of accepting and offering just the bets that they want, usually as a result of their own
research or through the research of their preferred Soccer Tipster.
Just on the most basic level, you’ll find that if you wanted to back a certain team to win,
you’ll get better odds at the betting exchange than you would at the bookmakers hence
every time you win, you’ll now win more.
However, this report was created to show how the professionals are using the Betting
Exchange sites to make profits that are virtually guaranteed and in some cases they are
definitely guaranteed!
After you have visited these sites, you’ll be able to pick out your favourite and have the
choice to simply stay with one or use a combination of betting exchanges to effectively
work between them for extra profit opportunities.
Betting Exchange Facilities

If you visit one of the betting exchanges mentioned, you’ll see that you can click on a
variety of events and tournaments. With each Soccer Team you’ll find prices available to
back the team in question or to lay it and the same goes for the draw options.
226
At this stage it’s probably best if you visit the sites yourself to get a feel for their layout
and where their Soccer Teams are positioned plus their online tutorials for using the sites
as they all come with easy user guides.
The power that you now have is the ability to bet that something won’t happen (lay)
which until recently was the luxury of the bookmaker only.
All figures are written in the decimal format so if you are new to decimalised odds you
can use the tables within this manual to convert between fractional and decimal.
Taking Advantage of Extra Value

By now you’ll be aware of the extra value that the betting exchanges give us and the vast
majority of users visit the betting exchanges just to “back” the Soccer team that they will
feel will win at better odds than they could possibly hope for at their regular bookmaker.
If you are used to only using your local bookmaker for bets, now’s a good time to benefit
from the better prices available. For example, you might want to back a team to win and
the best odds available at your local bookie might be say around the 5/1 / 11/2 mark.
Checking the betting exchange websites you’ll more than likely find the same bet
available at 8 or 8.5. That’s 7/1 and 15/2 marking substantial better value.
Betting On The Draw

Going back to the Bookie Beating Soccer Course, you’ve seen how the professionals
monitor results to develop a points system to show which teams are most likely to win
227
lose or draw. Using the points system, you can see which teams have the same number
of points and are, on paper, evenly matched. These are the teams that statistically, are
most likely to draw.
Now, lets say that you’ve identified that Liverpool and Chelsea are two teams that are
evenly matched and want to bet on a 1-1 draw. Traditionally the majority of punters
would use a bookmaker to place this wager and settle for the odds given. At best they
might shop around a few bookmakers before placing their wager.
The professionals however now take full advantage of what’s available through placing a
selection of bets at the Betting Exchanges so that:
If you are correct and the match results in a 1-1 score, you win more than if you’d placed
the wager at a bookmakers and:
You cover all other likely draws so that whichever draw finally occurs, you make a
profit. Here’s how:
Betting On The Draw
Lets say you’ve checked with your bookmaker and they are offering a Liverpool /
Chelsea draw at 11/2 which is 6.5 decimalised. However, you check with an exchange
and find that the same bet is available at 15/2 or 8.5 decimalised. At the same time you
see that all the draw options are available as follows:
0-0 16.5
8.5
228
2-2 20.00
70.00
By recognising the extra value available, you can cover all likely draw outcomes as
follows to make a profit on all draws and a massive profit if you are correct with your 1-1
prediction as follows:
Stake Odds 0-0 1-1 2-2 3-3

£118
£8 16.5 +124 £-8 £-8 £-8
£100 8.5 £-100 £+750 £-100 £-100
£8 20.00 £-8 £-8 £+152 £-8
£2 70.00 £-2 £-2 £-2 £+138
Profit £+14 £+732 £+42 £+22
So, for a £118 stake you profit by £732 if your 1-1 prediction is correct which is still
better than any bookmaker odds available. At the same time by placing smaller wagers
on the other draws, you can make a profit on the other draws as well. I staked a little
more on the 2-2 outcome as this is the next most likely draw but you might want to stake
a little less.
Remember, you will be using statistically the teams most evenly matched and hence this
bet provides you with the power that you didn’t have prior to the betting exchanges
229
arriving without paying over the odds for it. Try it next time you want to bet on a draw.
With a little practise you can create the exact bets that you want.
Football Betting Without The Risk

An old favourite system of many experienced Soccer gamblers is to wait for the season to
start and settle down before placing a series of wagers (to win the league) on the five or
so teams dominating the league.
Lets say that you are certain that you can pick out the top five teams in the league where
you feel that one is almost certain to end as the league winner.
Football Betting Without The Risk Continued

Lets say you have the following odds available on these top teams:
Team 1) 9/1 at bookie A

Team 2) 8/1 at bookie B
Team 5) 5/1 at bookie B
If you convert the odds for each team into percentages (which also gives you your stake)
you get the following stakes and profits when teams 1,2,3,4 or 5 win the league.
Team 1 at 9/1 = 10% so stake = 100 Returns 1000 Profit £363.90

230
Team 2 at 8/1 = 11.11% stake = 111.10 Returns 1000 Profit £363.90
Total staked £636.10 Return 1000 Profit £363.90
Trading For Risk Free Soccer Bets

The above staking shows an old way to cover all likely outcomes and is used by many
professional Soccer Gamblers to make annual profits on the eventual league winners.
We can now go one step further. Here’s how:
With the introduction of the betting exchanges, we now have the ability to trade by
betting for and against the same outcome of an event. If our calculations are correct we
can guarantee a profit by trading during the duration of the bet.
For example, let’s say that the Premier league or another division has turned into a two
horse race. It could be that you’ve seen that Arsenal and Chelsea are pulling away from
the rest of the table in one season and that Arsenal are leading the way.
When you check the odds on Arsenal to win at a betting exchange, you might see quite
short odds of around 1.57 (4/7) and Chelsea at more tempting odds of around 3.25 (9/4).
231
At the same time, you notice that from the fixtures, Arsenal have a difficult month ahead
of them whilst in contrast Chelsea have some relatively easy matches. So what do you
do?
The answer is to back Chelsea whilst their odds are high. What we want is for Chelsea to
then pull off the expected wins and hence their odds will shorten whilst Arsenals odds
grow as they struggle during their tougher matches. It’s not unusual for two dominating
teams to even switch odds completely during such times.
Look at how this transfers into profit:
August 1st back Chelsea £100 at 3.25 To Win

Sep 1st back Arsenal £100 3.25 To Win
Result: Winning bet = £225 minus the losing bet of £100 = £125 profit (less £6.25
commission) leaves us with a nice risk free profit.
At this point you might be thinking that such bets are possible with regular bookmakers.
Well this is true but the bookmakers over round and odds compilers make it so that
creating a guaranteed profit situation for your self is an extremely difficult task. You can
end up taking risks you shouldn’t.
With Betting Exchange websites you’ll find that the value in the odds allows for you to
use your knowledge to trade in and out profitable bets like in the example above. You
232
can also “ask” for the odds of your choice to see if another visitor will accept making
“bookie to exchange” arbs very popular as you can always ask for a bet and the worst that
can happen is that it does not get matched costing you nothing.
With the ratings systems and statistical advice given in the Bookie Beating Soccer
Handbook, you’ll have the tools to make more powerful and informed decisions.
The Singles Bet Money Maker

Occasionally we see bookmaker’s singles bets that stand out a little as being good value.
This is due to bookmakers having to compile their odds early in the week so that they
offer set prices on the Thursday when the coupons come out ready for Saturday’s
matches. Another example of a better value bet might come from what we call
“concessions” where the bookmakers offer a nice value bet with the aim of hooking in
more regular users of their service.
We can’t bet the doubles or trebles at the exchanges but professionals are using a singles
method (on good value bets) to guarantee a profit.
Now, when we see a singles bet that stands out with a good price you should try to “lay”
the bet to lose at the exchange at a price below that of the bookmakers. If your bet is
matched you can either back your bet at the bookmaker for a guaranteed profit or wait to
see if you can reverse out of the bet at the exchange when the market settles down. The
other option is to accept other people’s bets if the price is right although it’s more likely
that you will need to offer your own.
233
To get in on these types of profits you need to get hold of and check your coupons as
early as possible so that you can create your bets before the market falls in line.
Get in on the live action for guaranteed profits

Betting “live” is a term used for placing wagers or asking for bets whilst the event is
actually taking place.
Live action betting is exciting but it does however offers much more to the professional
Soccer gambler as it provides another opportunity to bet risk free or take a guaranteed
profit. Here’s how:
Lets say that you’ve used the information in this handbook (or a tipster) and your
research shows that you’ve identified that you should place a wager on a home team win
for team x at odds of 3.0
This is your wager and if you follow a successful tipster or do your homework you
should find that over time you’ll make a profit and your winning bets will pay for your
losing bets and leave you with a profit. In this respect, you are placing your wager and
letting it run its course.
However, with in action betting, if you know what you are doing you can place another
wager at the betting exchange “in action” to take the risk away by laying the same team x
to lose during live action.
234
If you back £50 on team x to win at 2/1 (3.0) you would be looking at winning £100. If
you’ve done your research, during the match you should see your team go ahead and be
winning at some point. Maybe it’s towards the end of the match and your team scores
and is leading 1-0 and looking sure to win. It’s at this time when you can look to the
betting exchange to see what you can “lay” the same team at to lose.
If you find that at this time you now have the option to lay at 1.05, you can place a tiny
£2.50 “lay” bet that would protect your £50 original bet because laying at 1.05 is the
same as backing at 21.0 so £2.50 multiplied by 21 = £52.50 less your £2.50 stake returns
you your £50. So for just £2.50 out of your £100 winnings you will have “edged” your
initial wager during live action and things can’t go wrong for you if team “y” suddenly
scores a last minute equaliser.
Not only this if you take it further and increase your “lay” stake you’ll see that you now
have a guaranteed win bet regardless of the outcome. Try it out on paper now and see.
How you use this information is up to you. Some professionals make a habit of taking a
guaranteed smaller profit as soon as one is available whilst others will let their bets run to
their conclusion safe in the knowledge that their research will make them bigger gains in
the long term rather than cutting them short by securing an arb.
I would say that if you have the chance to take a guaranteed reasonable profit, to take it
as long as you are not selling yourself too short. On the bets that you don’t have the
chance to trade out of for a risk free profit, these are the bets that sometimes you win and
235
sometimes you lose. If you and/or your tipster have done your homework though, you
should increase your profits further over time through covering your losing bets with
your winning bets plus leaving you with increasing profits.
Knowing The Market and its behaviour

As you can see from the above example, knowing how a match is most likely to pan out
is key to making guaranteed risk free “trades” whether it be through placing one bet on
one day and another a month later to level it out or whether you place a bet with a
bookmaker on one day and then go to trade out of it the next day at the exchange.
This is where your research comes in which goes back to the statistics monitoring you
have learned in the bookie beating soccer course. The more you do the more likely it is
that you can become an experienced trader. Trying to trade without experience or
knowledge is too risky and if keeping records and playing with your calculator isn’t your
thing, it’s probably best that you steer clear of live trading and stick with the other
methods of professional soccer betting.
Backing and Laying

We have seen how backing teams at the betting exchanges offer great value and you’ll
see this when you compare the prices to your regular bookmaker. However we also have
the ability to lay which means that we can bet on an outcome not happening.
What this means is that lets say you think a team is playing at home but you think that it
won’t win. Before to bet on this you’d have to place one bet on the away team and one
236
bet on the draw. Doing these two bets at the bookmaker would result in you paying the
bookmakers over round twice which would wipe out any statistical advantage that you
had. Over the long term, you’d lose. However, if the above example happens to you
now, you can bet against the home team winning on an exchange without being penalised
through an over round.
If you are backing, you want to back at the highest possible price whilst when you are
laying you want to lay at the lowest possible price.
To quickly see the “back” and “lay” prices, we’ve placed a table below showing the back
price on the left and its equivalent lay price on the right.
Back and Lay Price Equivalents in Decimals as seen at Betting Exchanges
Back Price Lay Price

100 1.010
98 1.010
96 1.011
94 1.011
92 1.011
90 1.011
88 1.011
86 1.012
84 1.012
82 1.012
80 1.012
78 1.013
76 1.013
74 1.014
72 1.014
70 1.014
68 1.015
66 1.015
64 1.016
62 1.016
60 1.017
58 1.018
237
56 1.018
54 1.019
52 1.020
50 1.020
48 1.021
46 1.022
44 1.023
42 1.024
40 1.026
38 1.027
36 1.029
34 1.030
32 1.032
30 1.034
29 1.036
28 1.037
27 1.038
26 1.040
25 1.042
24 1.043
23 1.045
22 1.048
21 1.050
20 1.053
19.5 1.054
19 1.056
18.5 1.057
18 1.059
1.061
17 1.063
1.065
16 1.067
1.069
15 1.071
1.074
14 1.077
1.080
13 1.083
1.087
12 1.091
1.095
11 1.100
10.5 1.105
10 1.111
1.114
1.116
1.119
1.122
9 1.125
238
1.128
1.132
1.135
1.139
8 1.143
7.8 1.147
7.6 1.152
7.4 1.156
7.2 1.161
7 1.167
6.8 1.172
6.6 1.179
1.185
1.192
6 1.200
1.204
1.208
1.213
5.6 1.217
5.5 1.222
5.4 1.227
1.233
1.238
1.244
5 1.250
4.9 1.256
4.8 1.263
4.6 1.278
1.286
1.294
4.3 1.303
1.313
4.1 1.323
4 1.333
3.95 1.339
3.9 1.345
3.85 1.351
3.8 1.357
3.75 1.354
3.7 1.370
3.65 1.377
3.6 1.385
3.55 1.392
3.5 1.400
3.45 1.408
1.417
3.35 1.426
3.3 1.435
3.25 1.444
239
3.2 1.455
3.15 1.465
3.1 1.476
3 1.500
2.98 1.505
2.96 1.510
2.94 1.515
2.92 1.521
2.9 1.526
2.88 1.532
2.86 1.538
2.84 1.543
2.82 1.549
2.8 1.556
2.78 1.562
2.76 1.568
2.74 1.575
2.72 1.581
2.7 1.588
2.68 1.595
2.66 1.602
2.64 1.610
2.62 1.617
2.6 1.625
2.58 1.633
2.56 1.641
2.54 1.649
2.52 1.658
2.5 1.667
2.48 1.676
2.46 1.685
2.44 1.694
1.70
2.4 1.71
2.38 1.72
2.36 1.74
2.34 1.75
2.32 1.76
2.3 1.77
2.28 1.78
2.26 1.79
2.24 1.81
2.22 1.82
2.2 1.83
2.18 1.85
2.16 1.86
2.14 1.88
2.12 1.89
2.1 1.91
240
2.08 1.93
2.06 1.94
2.04 1.96
2.02 1.98
2 2.00
1.99 2.01
1.98 2.02
1.97 2.03
1.96 2.04
1.95 2.05
1.94 2.06
1.93 2.08
1.92 2.09
1.91 2.10
1.9 2.11
1.89 2.12
1.88 2.14
1.87 2.15
1.86 2.16
1.85 2.18
1.84 2.19
1.83 2.20
1.82 2.22
1.81 2.23
1.8 2.25
1.79 2.27
1.78 2.28
1.77 2.30
1.76 2.32
1.75 2.33
1.74 2.35
2.37
1.72 2.39
1.71 2.41
1.7 2.43
1.69 2.45
1.68 2.47
1.67 2.49
1.66 2.52
1.65 2.54
1.64 2.56
1.63 2.59
1.62 2.61
1.61 2.64
1.6 2.67
1.59 2.69
1.58 2.72
1.57 2.75
1.56 2.79
241
1.55 2.82
1.54 2.85
1.53 2.89
1.52 2.92
1.51 2.96
1.5 3.00
1.49 3.04
1.48 3.08
1.47 3.13
1.46 3.17
1.45 3.22
1.44 3.27
1.43 3.33
1.42 3.38
1.41 3.44
1.4 3.50
1.39 3.56
1.38 3.63
1.37 3.70
1.36 3.78
1.35 3.86
1.34 3.94
1.33 4.03
1.32 4.13
1.31 4.23
1.3 4.33
1.29 4.45
1.28 4.57
1.27 4.70
1.26 4.85
5.00
1.24 5.17
1.23 5.35
1.22 5.55
1.21 5.76
1.2 6.00
1.19 6.26
1.18 5.56
1.17 6.88
1.16 7.25
1.15 7.67
1.14 8.14
1.13 8.69
1.12 9.33
1.11 10.09
1.1 11.00
1.09 12.11
1.08 13.50
1.07 15.29
242
1.06 17.67
1.05 21.00
1.04 26.00
1.03 34.33
1.02 51.00
1.01 101.00
243
Profit Points System
This one has 'mixed reviews' to say the least and I haven't tested it. See what you think.
In this system you are not promised a winner in every race but it is designed to keep you
ahead of the game over long periods of time. This system even lets you know when not
to part with your cash.
Betting points are allocated for each race then the bets are placed according to the
principal race meeting as printed in the Daily Mail. The reason the Daily Mail is used is
because when the system was being tried the Mail’s racing information was accurate and
consistent and presented in such a way that this system was easy to execute. The amount
of cash you bet is up to you with the possibility of each point being worth as little as £1.
Calculating in points really only makes the system much easier to understand and makes
working out your profits much easier!
For the best results the Profit Points system must be followed exactly and used over a
period of time for it to be profitable. Long term gambling profits are only possible if you
follow a system to the letter and not place a bet on any horse that takes your fancy. Like
any system you may have the odd bad month and this is to be expected, however the
system prevents against continuous losses and with patience your winning streak will
return and you will be back in profit.
So, to make the system work you must first purchase a copy of the Daily Mail daily and
look at the principal race meeting and note down only races with 8 or 9 runners. The
principal meeting is the one with the highest prize money on offer. Other meetings can
244
be used but statistics have shown that this is the best meeting to choose. If there are no
principal meetings in any day then pick the one with the most prize money.
Always select the second named horse (second favourite). If there are joint favourites
still only select the second named horse.
Now bet 1 point on your selected second favourite horse. Remember your point can be
worth as much or as little as you like.
Should you lose in the first race then increase your stakes by 1 point. Keep increasing
your stakes until you have a winning race. If you have 6 consecutive losses then stop
betting, this limits losses to 21 points in any one sequence and also safeguards against a
long losing run. If a winner doesn’t arrive when you reach 6 consecutive losses then you
must wait for 2 consecutive losing days as before and recommence with 1 point.
When you have your selected winner restart with a reduced stake. To restart you subtract
the starting price from the number of points on your winning bet. The starting price will
need to be rounded up to the nearest whole figure.
Starting Price of 2/1 = 2 points, 10/1 = 10 points, evens 1/1 = 1 point.
Starting Price of 6/4 = 1.5 points which is rounded up to 2 points, 5/4 is approximately
equal to 1 point.
245
QUICK RETURNERS FLAT TRAINERS
RULES
Horse must be returning to the track within 7 days of latest run.
Sp must be no bigger than 11/1
Horse must be trained by one of the following trainers:
P J Makin
J R Boyle
W G M Turner
R Charlton
Sir Mark Prescott
B W Hills
B Ellison
E J Alston
P W D’Arcy
J R Fanshawe
M S Saunders
G L Moore
Miss Gay Kelleway
P Howling
H Morrison
246
Reverse Horse Profit Plan
Welcome
Welcome to the Reverse Horse Profit Plan, a completely unique and fresh approach to
accumulating wealth through Internet Horse Racing. Unlike any horse racing system or
strategy of old, this system shows how it’s possible for anyone to make a healthy income
betting on horses to lose.
We say “fresh” approach because our historical aim has always been to monitor and
create betting systems and strategies that pick out winning horses with the aim of
profiting over time. Many horse racing systems are effective over time if followed
correctly, but selecting winners is never an easy task which is why we can certainly
recommend the approach that we shall teach you today.
The year of 2002 has brought about a new betting opportunity through the rise of a breed
of web sites called “betting exchanges.” These sites allow for “person to person” betting
without a bookmaker being involved. Quite simply, you are able to “offer” a bet at your
desired stake and price on a horse within a race to other visitors to the site.
Other visitors then have the option to “take” the bet that you offered. If you are correct
and your selected horse losses, you keep the other persons stake money. If you are
wrong, and your selected horse wins, you pay out at the odds that you decided. Money is
then either debited or credited from your account that you must open before you lay out
your bets for others to take.
Quite simply, our aim is to provide the betting exchange sites with offers of horses that
we feel will lose and hence keep other peoples stake money when we are right. As we
have all the odds in our favour, we will always be successful over time.
After you have visited these sites, you’ll be able to pick out your favourite and have the
choice to simply stay with one or use a combination of betting exchanges to effectively
lay more bets.
247
Clients from the US may wish to explore some of the many other Betting exchange sites
that cater for more US Horse Racing Events.
Why is “Reverse Horse” Betting So Successful?

The reason why this kind of reverse betting approach is so successful is because we now
have so many factors in our favour. Here are just a few:
Firstly, when we lay a horse to lose we have every other horse racing for us. Even
professional gamblers will know that this is a huge factor in our favour. How many times
have you studied a race only to see a horse that you thought had no chance, come through
to win? The point that I am making here is that racing can often be a very inaccurate
science and by turning the tables to simply have every horse but one racing for us we will
always profit over time with the Reverse Horse Profit Plan.
Whilst we can enjoy the benefits of being a bookmaker, we don’t have to take their risks.
We only offer horses that we think will lose and at the stakes that we decide. This is
another huge factor because it means that we don’t have to “balance” our “book” like a
bookmaker does. We are free to offer tempting odds on horses that we feel will lose
which means that the thousands of visitors to the betting exchange sites will readily take
us up on our offers.
The availability of statistics and free help for us is incredible. We have everything
readily available online to help us pick out the exact horses we need to select for our
system. I’ll go into full details about this later but needless to say, every statistic that we
need to identify if a horse is likely to lose is readily available.
Which Horses Do We Select and Why?

The horses that we select for this system are always the “favourite” which is the horse
with the shortest price or smallest odds in the betting forecast. Only 30% of favourites
win so we shall be concentrating on identifying the 70% of losing favourites and then
selecting those with short prices.
Our system selects the favourites for two reasons. Firstly, these horses have the shortest
prices so when we are wrong we pay out little compared to if we had offered prices on
the other horses. Secondly, visitors to the betting exchanges will always take our bets as
248
they will feel that the horse has an excellent chance of winning because it is the favourite.
If we were to select horses priced at 25-1, of course they might probably lose but it’s also
probable that no one would take the bet that you offered. There is also the chance that
the big priced horse will win leaving you with a big loss to cover.
By being able to identify favourites likely to lose, we have the makings of a sound
profit plan. With so many factors in our favour, we can now be confident of accumulating
wealth over time.
Understanding Odds and Percentages

Before we go into the system of how we select favourites that are likely to lose it’s
important that we understand how odds and prices are written across the world. This is
because the betting exchange sites that we use write odds and prices down in the
European format instead of the USA or UK style.
The quickest way to learn is to simply have a comparison table with lots of prices
compared between the three styles as follows:
USA UK EUR % USA UK EUR %
-3.50 2/7 1.29 77.8 2.75 11/4 3.75 26.7
-3.30 3/10 1.30 76.7 2.80 14/5 3.80 26.3
-3.00 1/3 1.33 75.0 3.00 3/1 4.00 25.0
-2.75 4/11 1.36 73.3 3.33 10/3 4.33 23.1
-2.50 2/5 1.40 71.4 3.50 7/2 4.50 22.2
-2.25 4/9 1.44 69.2 4.00 4/1 5.00 20.0
-2.00 1/2 1.50 66.7 4.50 9/2 5.50 18.2
-1.90 8/15 1.53 65.5 5.00 5/1 6.00 16.7
-1.75 4/7 1.57 63.6 5.50 11/2 6.50 15.4
-1.61 8/13 1.65 61.9 6.00 6/1 7.00 14.3
-1.50 4/6 1.67 60.0 6.50 13/2 7.50 13.3
-1.37 8/11 1.73 57.9 7.00 7/1 8.00 12.5
-1.25 4/5 1.80 55.6 7.50 15/2 8.50 11.8
-1.20 5/6 1.83 54.6 8.00 8/1 9.00 11.1
-1.11 9/10 1.90 52.6 8.50 17/2 9.50 10.5
-1.10 10/11 1.91 52.4 9.00 9/1 10.0 10.0
1.00 1/1 2.00 50.0 10.0 10/1 11.0 9.09
1.05 21/20 2.05 48.8 11.0 11/1 12.0 8.33
1.10 11/10 2.10 47.6 12.0 12/1 13.0 7.69
1.11 10/9 2.11 47.4 14.0 14/1 15.0 6.67
1.20 6/5 2.20 45.4 16.0 16/1 17.0 5.88
1.25 5/4 2.25 44.4 18.0 18/1 19.0 5.26
1.30 13/10 2.30 43.5 20.0 20/1 21.0 4.76
1.35 27/20 2.35 42.6 22.0 22/1 23.0 4.35
249
1.37 11/8 2.37 42.1 25.0 25/1 26.0 3.85
1.40 7/5 2.40 41.7 28.0 28/1 29.0 3.45
1.50 6/4 2.50 40.0 33.0 33/1 34.0 2.94
1.60 8/5 2.60 38.5 40.0 40/1 41.0 2.44
1.62 13/8 2.62 38.1 50.0 50/1 51.0 1.96
1.70 17/10 2.70 37.0 66.00 66/1 67.0 1.49
1.75 7/4 2.75 36.4 80.00 80/1 81.0 1.23
1.80 9/5 2.80 35.7
1.87 15/8 2.87 34.8
1.90 19/10 2.90 34.5
2.00 2/1 3.00 33.3
2.10 21/10 3.10 32.3
2.20 11/5 3.20 31.2
2.25 9/4 3.25 30.8
2.30 23/10 3.30 30.3
2.40 12/5 3.40 29.4
2.50 5/2 3.50 28.6
2.60 13/5 3.60 27.8
2.70 27/10 3.70 27.03
Understanding Odds and Percentages

Now, if we look at the chart we can see that “evens” is 1.00 in the USA and 1/1 in the
UK. If you were to offer a horse at evens on the betting exchange sites you would
therefore type in 2.00.
To understand the European style better, lets look at how it’s worked out.
Taking the evens price again, we see it as 1.00 in the US and 1/1 in the UK. Taking the
UK fraction, 1 divided by 1 = 1 plus your stake of 1 = 2.00.
-2.50 in the US is seen as 2/5 in the UK and 1.40 in Europe because 2 divided by 5 =
0.40 plus your stake of 1 = 1.40.
So, taking our examples if we lay a horse to lose with a stake of $10 at evens (and our bet
is taken) and our selected horse loses, we win the other persons $10 stake money. If we
are wrong and our selected horse wins, we lose $10 because a $10 bet at evens wins $10
and this amount would then be deducted from our betting account.
Offering a $10 stake on a horse at –2.50 US (2/5 UK) again gives us a win of $10 if our
selected horse loses. If we are wrong and our selected horse wins we lose just $4 because
250
a $10 stake at –2.50 (2/5 UK) (1.40 EUR) would mean that $4 would be deducted from
our betting exchange account.
When you start to work through the short priced figures, it will become clear why we
select short priced favourites for this system. Payouts can be low compared to our stake
whilst still having an excellent chance of our selected horse losing.
Clients from the US will notice that after evens, the figures in the Euro style are the same
as in the US but plus 1. This is simply because the Euro style includes the original stake
when you work it through whilst the US style does not. For example if you placed a
normal bet of $10 at 1.11 you win $11.10 because $10 multiplied by 1.11 equals $11.10.
But if you look at the table you’ll see 1.11 written as 2.11 in the Euro style. A normal
$10 bet at 2.11 again wins $11.10 but if you work it through you’ll see that $10
multiplied by 2.11 equals $21.10 but this includes your original stake that you must
deduct to give you your winnings of $11.10. It won’t make any difference if you are
betting in UK pounds as there are 100 pence to the pound like there are 100 cents to the
dollar.
Clients from the UK will notice that 10/9 is written as 2.11 in the Euro style. This time,
both ways of writing these prices includes your stake when you work them through. £10
bet at 10/9 wins £11.10. Taking the 10/9, 10 plus 9 equals 19. Multiply this by your
stake of £10 equals 190. Then divide 190 by the second fraction figure of 9 to give 21.1.
Then deduct your original stake of £10 to give you your winnings of £11.11.
Now, work through some examples until you are happy with understanding the European
way of writing down prices. The amount that you lay on each horse to lose will depend
on your betting bank to be covered next.
Your Betting Bank

Your betting bank is the amount of money that you wish to put aside for the Reverse
Horse Profit Plan. As a rule we recommend that you start laying stakes at one twentieth
of the bank that you have available. So, if you wish to start with say UK £200, one
twentieth would mean that you would lay £10 on each horse that you feel will lose.
251
The reason we must always used a defined bank is to be able to confidently cover any
losses that we incur over time whilst moving towards consistent long-term profitability.
Once your bank reaches £400, you might then want to double the stake that you offer to
£20 and so on.
Remember, your betting bank needs to be made up of money that you can comfortably
afford to lose. Whilst the odds will be in your favour, you are still gambling so never use
money that you need to pay for everyday essentials like bills and food etc.
Strategies for laying horses to lose

There are two strategies for laying horses to lose. The first is the “standard
approach” where we select a single horse in a race that is the favourite but we believe it
will lose.
The second strategy is the “advanced strategy” where we can choose to lay a combination
of horses in the same race to lose or lay a horse “not to be placed.”
“Not to be placed” means that we lay a horse to lose which we feel will not place in the
first three or first two if there are seven or fewer runners.
The standard approach for laying horses to lose

When first starting out in this kind of betting, we recommend following a standard
approach to begin with. That is to use our race selection criteria (discussed later) to
identify the right races and to lay a single horse to lose in each race that you select. Then
as you gain confidence in your ability to spot losing favourites you’ll be able to gauge
whether or not it’s worth offering a bet on a favourite not to be placed. We shall discuss
advanced strategy in detail later as it can be very rewarding as the prices that we offer
will be tiny.
When we are correct, we keep the other persons stake money completely as usual. If we
are wrong, we pay out peanuts. Of course it’s more difficult to pick out favourites that
won’t place but by the time you’ve read this system, you’ll be able to.
The standard approach for laying horses to lose

Now, lets say that you’ve read this system and understand the prices in the Euro style and
have used our methods (discussed later) to pick out the right favourites from the right
252
races to back to lose. You will have opened an account with one of the betting exchange
web sites and deposited some money. The amount of money that you deposit must be
enough to cover the bets that you intend to lay.
For example, if you deposit £100 into a betting exchange site, you could lay one £10
stake on a horse and set the price at 10/1. (US 10.00) Of course you would type this into
the betting exchange as 11.00. You would not be able to lay any further bets as you
would not have the funds in your account to cover any further horses if you lost on the
horse at 11.00. As we shall be laying much shorter priced horses, you will be able to lay
many more for your money. For example, you could lay ten horses priced at evens for
your £100 with £10 stakes as this would be enough to cover yourself if all of your
selected horses won and you lost.
Now, lets say that we are ready to lay a horse at our chosen betting exchange. We would
log on to the site, navigate to our chosen race and type in our decided stake and price next
to the horse that we chose. (More on betting exchanges later) You might see that other
people have already started to offer prices on your horse too so bear this in mind when
deciding on your final price. You won’t want to offer too big a price if you don’t need to.
On the other hand if someone has already put a price down on the horse that you’ve also
selected, you might want to beat it by a tiny amount to look more tempting to other
visitors to the betting exchange.
Once we have typed in our details and offered a price and stake on our selected horse, we
are now taking the part of the bookmaker and will wait for a visitor to the betting
exchange to see our offer and “match” our bet. Once matched, if we are correct and our
selected horse loses, we gain the other persons stake money and their account is debited
by that amount whilst your account will be credited.
How to select the right horse from the right race

A few years back, we carried out some research into favourites whilst developing racing
systems based around identifying the 30% of winning favourites that we see. In the UK
we found that whilst 30% was the average from all races in the UK for favourites to win,
this figure nearly increases to 50% for the “Hunter chase” races during the season
running between February and June.
253
Our point is that we are able to throw our research into reverse and now point out the
types of races that are much less predictable, harder to select the winner and hence giving
us a greater chance of selecting those favourites highly likely to lose.
Based on past research, the races that we shall select for this system are:
Maiden Races
Conditions Races
Listed Races
Group Races
(Novice Hurdles)
(Novice Chases)
Firstly, lets look at why we have chosen Maiden Races as one of our main types of races
to consider.
Maiden races are for horses that have not yet won a race before making these type of
races ideal for us due to the following reasons:
Maiden races for 2 year olds on the flat make for a race full of inexperienced horses.
There is no accurate way to judge if an animal will win clearly but the bookmakers will
have to put one up as the favourite.
As these horses have not won a race before, it’s difficult to know which animal will turn
out to be the most dominant. Basically, the form is just harder to read which is good news
for us.
At this stage in a horse’s career there is always lots of trainer, owner and bookmaker
“hype” simply due to maybe a reputable trainer or how well a horse has been doing in
training. The truth is we don’t know how it’s going to perform until its put to the test.
We are now able to use all of our normal criteria to identify potential losing favourites
but on top of that, we have all of these natural factors to put the odds in our favour
further.
254
Identifying favourites likely to lose

Firstly, our aim is not to spend hours trying to analyse each and every race we come
across. We shall be looking to spend around 30 minutes on the mornings that you wish to
find horses to lay to lose.
The tool that we always use to identify our selections is the Racing Post website which
holds all of the information that we need for forthcoming European horse races.
Navigating around the Racingpost.co.uk

To get a feel for navigating around the racing post web site, I recommend that you print
off this document and then visit the site if you are not already familiar with using it.
What we are going to do is quickly click around the site, identifying the pages that are
most helpful in what we are trying to achieve.
Once you are at www.RacingPost.co.uk click around using the guide to follow:
We are going to start by getting you used to navigating around the Racing Post website
and make sure that you understand the basics before we go into the strategies for
identifying potential losing favourites.
Firstly, as you land on the racing posts home page, down the left hand side, fifth button
down, you’ll see “today’s racing.” Click through and you’ll see one meeting for the day
and the complete list of all available meetings down the right side of the page at the top
under “other meetings.” This is our starting point and we shall first look at the meeting
on screen for any qualifying races then click through, one at a time, the other meetings
available.
For each meeting that you click, you’ll see the races available and the times at the left
side of the screen. Remember, we are looking for “maiden races” “conditions races”
“listed races” “group races” “novice hurdles” and “novice chases.” You’ll see lots of
different sponsors for each race but the words “maiden” “conditions” and “novice” etc
will also be found in the race names.
255
As you are clicking through all of the races available, note down which races qualify for
our system. After you have clicked through all of the available races and noted down
several potential races, we will now be able to look at each individually to see if it looks
like the favourite might be beaten by any of the others in the race.
Navigating around the Racing Post Web Site

Now, lets say that you’ve identified several potential races and you want to look at them
in a little more detail. You can click on the name of the race itself on screen to take you
to the race details. Once you click on the race name, you’ll see a pop-up box appear by
“smart bet” showing an odds comparison chart. Close this box and you’ll see the runners
in the race and details.
Under the list of runners you’ll see the “betting forecast” and the first horse with the
shortest odds is the “forecast favourite.” We shall now be trying to identify whether or
not we feel that this favourite will be beaten. Before we go into the analysis, we’ll cover
a few basics for those new to betting.
As you look at the race and it’s runners you’ll see that under the “time” is the number of
runners in the race. To the right of the time, you’ll see the name of the race its class and
far right, the distance of the race. Next to the number of runners is the prize money to the
winner.
Under the winner prize money, from left to right you’ll see “No.” for the horse number.
“Form” for each horse showing where it placed in its last three race outings. “Horse” the
name of the horse and directly next to the horses name you’ll see a number. This is the
number of days since its last outing. “Trainer” is the name of the horse’s trainer. “Wgt”
is the weight that the horse is due to carry in stones and pounds. So if the weight is 8-7
this means 8 stone 7 pounds. (There are 14 pounds in a stone) “Jockey” is the horse’s
jockey/rider for the day.
To the right of the screen under “Analysis” you’ll see “Spotlights” which, when clicked
will show you the Racing Posts opinion of each horse in the race. “Selection box” which
holds the views of every expert from many daily newspapers as to which horse they feel
will win. Under that we have the three tools of “postmark” “top speed” and “official
ratings” which are advanced tools.
256
If you scroll down a little, you will also see on the right, buttons for “top trainers” and
“top jockeys.” When clicked, it will show you the performance of the trainers and
jockeys contesting your race.
To the left is the “Spot light Verdict” and below that a table made up of ticks, question
marks and crosses to help give an indication of each horses chances in brief. Ticks are
good. Crosses are bad and question marks show as unknown. The more ticks under
“ability” and “recent form” give a horse a better chance of winning according to the table.
We shall now move on to the actual strategies we use to pick out favourites likely to lose.
Keep with the Racing Post web site as we shall be navigating in some new areas.
Strategies used to determine favourites likely to lose

On the morning that you wish to lay some horses to lose, logon to the Racing Post web
site and identify several races using the guide above. Once you have your list of races,
it’s time to start looking at the favourite as well as the other horses in the race.
Remember, we are ideally looking for short priced favourites around 11/8 or even
shorter (US 1.37) that’s 2.37 in the European style. Our maximum odd is 4.0 (3-1) after
which we recommend that you don’t lay. The potential loss is not worth the risk and
there will always be more to choose from.
Now, lets say that you’ve identified a number of races and want to know whether or not
to lay the favourite at a betting exchange to lose. Start by clicking through to the race
details like before so that you can see every horse in the race.
Your starting point can be to click on to “selection box.” This will give you the views of
twelve experts from the daily newspapers and 4 criteria from the racing post website all
giving you their verdict on which horse will win. For example, lets say that your first
selected race for the day is at 3.00pm in Nottingham and the forecast favourite is a horse
called Jalousie. You might click on to “selection box” and see the following:
Spotlight Jalousie
Postmark Cool Kat
257
Topspeed Cool Kat

Postdata Jalousie
Lambourn Castle King
The North Jalousie
Sporting Life Jalousie
The Times River God
Telegraph Cool Kat
The Guardian Jalousie
Independent Castle King
Daily Mail Jalousie
The Express River God
Daily MirrorJalousie
The Sun Cool Kat
The Star River God
Now, looking at the panel of experts we can see that their opinion is split between four
horses. Jalousie has the most votes but there are three other horses that have received
votes also. It’s always reassuring when you see the panel split like this and we can
proceed with more confidence.

On some occasions, you won’t see the panel so split. If you clicked onto “selection box”
to see:
Spotlight Jalousie
Postmark Jalousie
Topspeed Jalousie
Postdata Jalousie
Lambourn Jalousie
The North Jalousie
Sporting Life Jalousie
The Times Jalousie
Telegraph Jalousie
The Guardian Jalousie
Independent Jalousie
258
Daily Mail Jalousie

The Express Jalousie
Daily MirrorJalousie
The Sun Jalousie
The Star Jalousie
An overwhelming majority decision by a range of experts towards Jalousie is enough to

make us stop right here. It looks highly likely that Jalousie will go on to win so we
would avoid laying it.
Remember, the “selection box” is just a quick starting point to deciding whether or not to
carry on with our selection strategies. If the panel is split, it just means that we continue
with our analysis, it does not mean that we have a horse to lay yet. Only when every
expert agrees on the same favourite to win do we ignore that race.

Now, lets say that we’ve selected a number of races to look at and the first is a “maiden”
stakes race over 1m 1½ furlong. We’ve checked the selection box and not every expert is
picking the forecast favourite to win so we continue with our analysis.

When we look at maiden races, we look at:
What races the forecast favourite has already run. We also look at what races the other
horses have run. We take a mental note of what races they were and how well they did.
(This just takes around two minutes and I’ll show you how in a second.)
We want to know if the favourite has not come across the ground, surface or distance in
its previous races. (If a horse has yet to experience the ground on your race, it could
prove vulnerable)
We want to know if the favourite is making its debut. It’s possible that the horse has
never run a proper race before and is the favourite simply because of its trainer or
bookmaker hype. (If a horse is making its debut and is only the favourite for the reasons
259
above, again it could prove vulnerable.) We always ignore any trainer or bookmaker
hype and just stick with the figures.

Now that you know what we are looking for, here’s how to look:
As you look at the race itself, you’ll see all of the runners down the screen in bold black
print. When you position your mouse over each horses name, you’ll see it highlight red.
When you click on it you’ll be taken through to the results of every race that that horse
has run, where it placed and also be able to look at the type of horses that it has run
against.
What we are going to do is click through to this page for each horse in the race. It will
soon become apparent if we have a number of potential threats to the favourite. What we
want to see is one or more horse that has the potential to beat the favourite based on the
figures.

Now click onto the favourite of a selected race and I’ll go through what you will see and
how to interpret it.
After clicking through, you’ll see from left to right:
The Date Date of its previous races

The Surface (Gd = Good GS = Good/Soft etc)
The Race Class (A-G)
The Race Type IE, “Mdn” stands for Maiden.
Race Outcome IE, 4/16 means that the horse placed 4th out off 16 runners. Under the
Outcome you’ll see the winner of the race and how many lengths our favourite was
behind.
Now, when you are looking at this page, there are a number of key points you must
take a mental note of.
260
Firstly, look at the horses last few races. Where did it place, against how many runners
and at what grade. The race class of A – G is vital. A grade is the highest quality of race
with G being the lowest of the classes. Horses are “stepping up” and “stepping down” in
grade all of the time and it’s vital for us to find this out.
If our favourite has been racing in class E’s and is stepping up to class D for the first
time, it is unproven at this quality and could be potentially vulnerable depending on the
quality of the other horses which we shall find out as we click through them one at a
time.
Also, are there any horses used to running in higher classes stepping down in class today
to make a potential challenge to the favourite?
Take a mental note of the prize money that each horse has run for and at which prize
money level the horse has had its success. Compare this with the prise money of the race
you are looking at to see if any horses have a good chance of causing an upset for the
favourite.
Have any of the other horses won races of the same quality as the favourite?
If the whole quality of the runners is poor, look to see if any of the other horses have
placed in similar positions in the same class of race as the favourite.
For races other than maidens, look to see if the favourite has ever won a race. It might be
that the favourite is the favourite due to trainer/jockey combination etc or that it’s
dropping in class, or all three. A horse could prove vulnerable if it’s never won a race
simply due to horse behaviour. (More on this later)

As you continue to click through to look at each horses previous race results it will soon
become clear that some horses have very little chance of winning based on the figures
whilst some have a very good chance. All that we need to see is one or a number of
potential challenges to the favourite for us to decide to lay it on the betting exchange.
That way, we know that we have a good chance of a potential upset to the favourite from
the horses that we have identified as dangerous. On top of this we have every other horse
261
running for us. This is a big factor as some horses often come through to win out of
nowhere to help us out even more.
If the favourite is the favourite because it won its last race, click through to see what
horses it beat. You can do this by first clicking on the name of your favourite to go
through to its results, then clicking on the horses name under the “race outcome” heading.
This will be the name of the horse that finished second and also by how much it was
beaten.
When you click through to look at the previous race of the favourite, take a look at the
quality of the field. How far did the favourite win by? Whom did it beat? If the second
placed horse was priced at 20-1 in a generally weak looking field, it could mean that our
favourite today didn’t have to do very much to win it’s last race at all.
Is the favourite running on unfamiliar ground? You can check this by looking at the
surface of its last races and then comparing it to that of your current race. If it’s unproven
on unfamiliar ground then its just another point in our favour.
Incidentally, it’s also worth looking at the jockeys of the favourite and the jockeys of the
horses that you feel might pose a threat. If the favourite won a race with a top jockey and
it’s the same jockey on the horse today, the favourite becomes that bit more dangerous
because of the confidence between the jockey and the horse as a team.
Horse Behaviour
Another factor worth mentioning is horse behaviour. Professional gamblers will already
know what I mean by this and its very relevant to the reverse horse method. Some
favourites might be the favourite because of their position in better classes of races or the
trainer/jockey combination. However, if its never won a race it has a better chance of
being beaten today even by an inferior horse. This is a bold statement I know, and won’t
always prove correct but people who work and train horses will know what I mean here.
Basically, horses naturally prefer to follow and have to be trained to lead and to be a
winner. This is where horse behaviour comes in. A horse with a powerful presence can
mentally overpower even a horse of better ability, especially if they met on a previous
occasion and the better horse lost.
262
The simple point that I am making here is that if a horse has proved itself to be a winner,
bear this in mind. If it’s never won a race, bear this in mind also.
To summarise, after checking the selection box and going through each horses history
whilst checking the prize money, ground, grades of races, horses stepping up and down
and the jockeys, you’ll soon build a mental picture of the race and whether or not we
have a number of threats to the favourite. If we do then this will be one horse to lay for
today. As you become more experienced, this whole process will become much quicker
and also very instinctive. It’s a great feeling when you just know that the favourite for a
race has a huge chance of being badly beaten.
Races to Avoid
Some races we feel are best avoided are:
Handicaps
Sellers
Claimers
Remember, we also never lay the favourite if every selection box expert picks it. We also
never lay the favourite of a maiden race if its been trained by D. R Loder.
Choosing Prices To Offer

After you have selected the horses that you plan to lay at the betting exchanges, you’ll
need to decide on what prices to offer. Obviously, what you will be trying to do is make
the price as short as possible so that if we are wrong we stand to lose a fairly small
amount. For instance, lets say that we have found a short priced favourite by the name of
“Jalousie” whom we feel has a good chance of being beaten. We could lay this with a
£20 stake at odds of 4/5. This is –1.25 in the US but remember, you will need to type the
European figure into the betting exchange as 1.80.
Now, if Jalousie losses as long as our bet has been matched, we win £20. If Jalousie
went on to win, we would lose £16 because £20 multiplied by 1.80 equals £36 less the
stake of £20 equals a £16 loss.
263
You might find that you decide on a price and visit your race at the betting exchange,
only to find that someone has already offered a bet at that same price at the exact stake
that you wanted to lay. You would then have the option to beat that stake by a small
amount if you wished to make your bet look the most tempting to any visitors to the
exchange. However, you might find that someone has offered a slightly better price than
you wanted to lay but their stake has been set much higher. You could then stick with
your original price as many visitors to the exchange might only be planning to bet in your
stake range. Also, don’t increase your asking odds to get matched. If you need to
increase to get matched only increase by the bare minimum to get noticed.
Finding the right prices to offer
When you click onto a race at the Racing Post site and see every runner available, at the
bottom of the runners you will see a “betting forecast.” This is only a guide and will no
doubt change so the best way to proceed when beginning is to make a note of the
forecasted short price of the horse that you want to lay, then offer a price realistically
lower than this. After a bit of time, you’ll begin to see what sort of prices get taken by
users of the exchange and what gets passed by. It will become instinctive over time as
you find the right balance between offering the shortest price possible and having the
price that you offer matched by visitors to the exchanges.
To view the odds and prices being offered by online bookmakers, you can check sites like
Oddschecker.com who compare the odds of several online bookmakers.
Methods of Laying Horses to Lose

There are three methods of laying horses to lose. The first is the straight single horse lay.
That is we have identified a favourite in a race, then visit our betting exchange to lay it to
lose at the stake and price that we decide.
The second method is to lay two horses in the same race to lose. Of course, you might be
thinking that when you lay two horses to lose, you have a greater chance of losing. Well,
you are correct but by manipulating the odds on two horses in the same race we have the
chance to win far more than we lose. Again, if we are fairly accurate with our selections,
we can only profit over time.
Here is an example of when you might want to lay two horses in the same race to lose:
264
Lets say that we are looking at a race and have found that there are a number of horses
that look like they are potential winners but that the first two horses in the betting forecast
are Thumper at 4/5 favourite (US-1.25) and Pedro Down at second favourite priced at
2/1. (US 2.00) Both of these animals have short prices taking up a big percentage of the
market.
This is where the percentage figure on our chart earlier comes into play. If you look at
the chart from earlier, you’ll see that we have price comparisons for between US, UK and
Europe and next to that the total percentage that each price represents.
Using the percentages is how bookmakers try to guarantee a profit for every race.
Bookmakers compile the odds on every horse in the race and assign each one an initial
percentage of the total race. The odds that are assigned are to guarantee a profit
regardless of the eventual outcome. One way to look at it is if bookmakers assigned
prices to every horse and the percentage of every horses price totalled 100, the
bookmaker would break even. In real life bookmakers “books” always total over 100 as
each horse has a bigger chance of losing than the odds might suggest.
Advanced Methods of Laying Horses to Lose

Now, going back to our example, because Thumper and Pedro Down have such short
prices, they are taking up a big percentage of the market as determined by the
bookmaker. If you take a look at the chart, you’ll see that 4/5 (US –1.25) is written as
1.80 in the Euro style and equals a percentage of 56%. (Rounded up)
Pedro Down has odds of 2/1 (US 2.00) that is written as 3.00 in the Euro style and takes
up 33% of the market.
Taking the two horses together and adding up the percentages, you’ll see that together
they total 89%.
If you were wondering how we arrive at the percentages, if you take a look at the chart at
(US –1.25) (UK 4/5) (Eur 1.80) 100 divided by 1.80 equals 55.56% and so on.
Now, with both horses totalling 89% of the market, we can manipulate the odds to always
win far more than we lose. Here’s how:
265
If we take the percentage of each horse and place a corresponding stake in pounds, here is
what we gain:
Thumper is worth 56% so lets say we offer a £56 stake on Thumper at 1.80.
Pedro Down is worth 33% so lets say we offer a stake of £33 on Pedro Down at 3.00.
Now, if any other horse comes through to win and both our targets lose, we win £89.
But, if either of our selected horses win, we would lose just under £12.
Here’s how:
If Thumper won, we would lose £44.80 on Thumper but gain our stake money on Pedro
Down of £33 so our loss would be just £11.80. (£56 x 1.80 = £100.80 less the original
stake of £56 equals £44.80)
If Pedro Down won, we would lose just £10 as we lose £66 on Pedro Down but gain our
stake money on Thumper of £56 (£33 x 3.00 = £99 less the original stake of £33 equals a
£66 loss but a £56 gain)
Now, it’s clear to see that we have lots more to gain than to lose. We can win £89 but at
worse lose just over £10. Over time and as you gain in experience in finding short priced
losers, you can only profit.
Advanced Methods of Laying Horses to Lose

Now that we’ve looked at the standard approach and the double approach, it’s time to
look at the third and final advanced method of laying a horse to lose.
The final approach is to lay a horse not to be placed. By that we mean that you lay a
horse not to place 1st 2nd or 3rd in a race with eight or more runners or not to place 1st or
2nd in a race with less than eight runners. The betting exchanges allow us to lay these
type of bets and they can be very rewarding.
266
Here’s how,
Lets say that we’ve a race where we feel the favourite to be weak or that there are a
number of horses capable of doing better.
Going back to our earlier example, lets say that “Thumper” priced at 1.80 (US –1.25)
(UK 4/5) looks like it could be beaten by a number of horses in the race.
We could lay Thumper not to be placed at much shorter odds, because our risk of losing
the bet is much greater. As a general rule, you may lay horses not to be placed at “one
fifth” of the original odds.
So, if we take the original price of 1.80 and divide it by five (0.80 x 0.20 = 0.16 plus the
1 to give us our Euro style price = 1.16) we get odds of 1.16 to lay on Thumper not being
placed.
Now, lets see how much we have to gain when we are right:
We could try to win a much larger amount of money than normal as our payout would be
so low. If we lay a £100 stake on Thumper not to be placed and were correct, we would
win £100.
If we were incorrect and Thumper went on to win, we would just lose £16 because £100
multiplied by 1.16 = £116 less the original stake of £100 = £16.
As you can see, we have far more to win than to lose and of course we can wait, pick and
chose our races as we please. In fact, you could place six of these bets and only need to
win one to break even. Plus, when we have less than eight runners in our race, “lay not to
be placed” only refers to the first two runners past the post.
Applying All Strategies

When starting out, you might want to start by laying single horses to lose. It’s the best
and most cost effective way to start. As you become more confident though at selecting
favourites likely to lose I would recommend you also look towards the advanced
strategies. It can be a fantastic way to boost your income further.
267
Betting Exchanges
One of the biggest and most user friendly betting exchanges is BetFair.com who cover a
huge range of sporting events including UK and US and European Horse Racing.
You may now visit the site and register as a user. I’ll talk you through the process so that
you can be ready to start when you feel.
When you visit the site, you’ll notice about two thirds across to your right you will see a
few words in white and blue saying “New User.” Click onto this to be taken to a quick
form to sign up.
You will first need to give yourself a username and password. Simply make something
up for both then duplicate your password again to be taken to the next stage.
You will now be asked to fill out the personal details form that asks a few questions
about yourself. Half way down you will be able to decide which currency you wish to
bet in and have the choice of US Dollars, UK Sterling, and the Euro etc.
Once you have completed this form, click through to answer a couple of general interest
questions. Click through again and you will have the choice to deposit some funds if you
wish or go back to the hope page. From here on, you are registered as a user and you will
now see your user name “logged in” to the site.
When you are back at the home page, take a look at the table on the left that shows the
events of the day that you are able to bet on. You will be able to see that UK and US
horse racing is available. Clients in the US can obviously use the information in this
report to apply to US racing but remember that the RacingPost.co.uk only provides us
with information about European races. You will need to use a reliable source for US
horse racing statistics first.
Navigating The Screens to Lay your bets

Now, using the table on the left of the home page, click through to horse racing and take
a look at a race on screen.
268
You should now see the race name in the top left and in the top right it should say
“Displaying selections” and the total number of runners for the race.
The runners will be down the left side of the page and you can scroll down to see every
one.
Across the top of the race, you will see that the screen is split into two with “Available to
back” on the left side and “Available to lay” on the right.
Navigating The Screens to Lay your bets
“Available to back” shows that another visitor to the site has laid a horse at their selected
price and stake and is waiting for someone to accept their offer.
“Available to Lay” shows that a visitor to the site is requesting an opportunity to bet a
certain amount at their decided price and is waiting for someone to offer to accept their
proposed bet.
At the base of the screen you will see four buttons:
Place Multiple Bets

View Matched Bets
View P&L
View/Edit/Cancel Unmatched Bets
Place multiple bets allows you to bet two or more horses in the chosen race.
View Matched Bets allows you to check if your bet has been accepted.
View/Edit/Cancel Unmatched Bets allows you to go back into your bet and change the
price, the stake or cancel the bet altogether.
For us to apply our system to lay a horse to lose, we find our race and our horse then
click on the “Lay” button to input our bet.
You will be taken to a simple box where you then “enter odds” (Remember, we are using
the digital Euro price style) and then your desired stake. If you are happy, you can then
click on “Place Bet” to place your bet. The next box will then confirm your bet and show
269
you how much you will win and how much you stand to lose if you are incorrect and
your chosen horse wins.
We are charged 5% on our net wins when we are successful. We are not charged
anything extra if we lose our bet.
Once you have placed your bet, you’ll be given a reference number and also be able to
see your “available to bet balance” in the top right. You are able to lay further horses as
long as your “available to bet balance” is big enough to cover any losses.
The betting exchanges are designed to be user friendly and have extensive help available
if needed.
How to Win Big with Zero Risk

It’s also possible to organise your bets so that you can make a substantial gain at best or
at worse break even. Here’s how:
As you will see, prices can get bigger or shorter depending on which way the market is
going. It’s quite possible that a horse may look like the favourite and start off with a
short price but eventually end up with a much bigger price as bookmakers see money
going down on other horses in the race.
Therefore, if we lay a horse at an exchange at say evens 1/1 or written as 2.00 at the
exchange and this bet is matched early we then have the luxury of being able to watch
what happens at the bookmakers to see if we can take a Zero Risk bet.
The way that it works is that we lay a bet at short odds at the betting exchange first. If
it’s matched we then look to see if online bookmakers are offering a bigger price later in
the day and back the same horse to win at our online bookmaker.
Here’s what can happen:
Lets say that we have successfully lay a bet at evens (2.00 Euro) for a £100 stake.
270
We then notice later that a bookmaker online is offering the same horse at odds of 3.00
Euro.
We then bet £100 through our online bookmaker on the same horse to win at 3.00.
If our selected horse wins, we win £200 at our online bookmakers and lose £100 at our
betting exchange giving us a profit of £100 with no risk taken.
If our selected horse losses, we simply lose our £100 stake with the online bookmaker but
gain £100 from our betting exchange and hence break even.
271
SAFE SYSTEM
This easy to use system will enable you to pinpoint a high percentage of winners in just a
few minutes per day.This method has been applied only to turf racing,but may be suitable
for use on all weather racing.For turf racing it has been applied to both handicap and non
handicap racing but I feel this method will do better in non handicap races.
The Rules
1 Use the Racing Post Newspaper.
2 For each meeting in the Racing Post there is a selection box indicating the
selections of 16 racing tipsters.Only consider horses that have been selected by at least 10
of these tipsters.
3 Of these horses selected by the tipsters only consider horses that are rated top on
Topspeed Ratings and on Postmark Ratings.They must be top rated for both of these
rather than one or the other.NoteYou may get a situation where either Topspeed or
Postmark make 2 or more horses joint top rated.You only consider the joint top rated that
are selected by Topspeed or Postmark-When looking at the actual ratings for each horse
you may find that some of them are joint top rated.You can easily decide which of the
joint top rated are selected by Topspeed or Postmark by looking at the selection box
where the main selection for Topspeed or Postmark is given(even when the ratings
indicate a joint top rated).
4 From the remaining selections you now only consider those horses that finished 1st
2nd 3rd in its last race which must have taken within the current season.
272
5 Any horse that remains is a Safe System selection.

Note-Both Topspeed and Postmark are listed in the selection box in the Racing
Post.These are taken into account when counting the number of tipsters who have
selected a horse.For instance if a horse is selected by 10 tipsters and 2 of these 10 are
Topspeed and Postmark that is ok.If a horse is selected by 11 tipsters but not by neither
Topspeed or Postmark then it does not Qualify as a bet.Firstly make sure that ten tipsters
have gone for a horse before checking to see if Topspeed or Postmark have selected it.
Additional Selections-You may find a horse that qualifies under the above rules,but its
last race was from the previous year.Generally speaking these are not Safe System bets
however you can make an exception if the horse has run within the last 30 days under a
different code.For instance if a horse qualifies under all the rules but it has not had a
current season run over fences but within the last 30 days it has run on the flat then this
would be a system bet,providing it finished 1st 2nd or 3rd.
Recap-Horses must be selected by at least 10 of the tipsters listed in the selection box of
the Racing Post.It must have finished 1st 2nd or 3rd in its last race which must have taken
place within the current season.
273
SIMILAR 2 THE 7G SYSTEM
The ‘7G’ in the system title comes from the seven golden rules detailed below.
1. Always choose the principal meeting.
2. Choose the non-handicap races from the meeting.
3. From the races you have left, choose the forecast favourite with the shortest price.
4. If there are two or more at this price, select the race with the smallest number of
runners.
5. If still tied, take the horse with the most recent win.
6. If still tied, select the horse owned by the leading owner in terms of prize money.
7. If still joint, take the earliest race.
Staking is in the sequence 10, 20, 40, 50, 50, 50, 50, etc. returning to 10 after a winner.
Bank required is 100 points.
274
SINKING FAST (F4)
System
Once 10 games have been played, Every week look for the bottom placed team with the
least points in any of the 4 divisions. Then bet a 1 unit single on who ever is playing
them.
Logic
settled down, and the teams at the bottom of the leagues at this point, can usually be
expected to stay there or thereabouts for the rest of the season. It is not expected that they
will win many games, and you are simply betting on their weakness as opposed to any
strength their opponents may have.
You could actually do this for the bottom team in each of the 4 divisions if you wish.
275
SOCCER STAR SYSTEM
This method involves trading before a goal is scored. Now you may think that is a risky,
but there are various ways to minimize this risk.
Firstly, you need to locate the under/over 2.5 goals market on any given match.
The first rule of this system is to make sure that the “Under 2.5 Goals” selection is over
1.90 on Betfair.
Now why 1.90? This is because it means that its obviously going to be a tight game so
there is not a large number of goals expected. Maybe 1-0, 1-1. 1-2 either way.
This method works as follows. Prior to kick off you place a LAY bet on the OVER 2.5
goals.
The aim is to trade off every 5 minutes. The prices will continuously be rising, providing
there is no goal.
Within the first 5 minutes, the price should rise to at least 1.95.
Say we placed our lay bet of £100 at odds of 1.93.
Calculations would be as follows:
£100 x 1.93 = £93 liability
We wait 5 minutes after kick off. The price has now risen to 1.99. We now want to
BACK
the selection to trade it off for a guaranteed profit.
The calculations would be as follows.
£100 x 1.99 = £99 profit.
Trade = Profit – Liability which would give us a guaranteed profit of £6.
276
Now this doesn’t seem like much, but if you constantly repeat this method throughout a
game you could profit heavily.
The best plan is to use the following structure for this method to maximize profit.
1. Complete this trade twice.
2. Wait for a goal.
3. Complete the trade twice once more.
I recommend doing it in that order. This has been tried and tested on various matches and
the best plan to stick to is the one above.
So to review the rules of the system, they are as follows.
1. Make sure you select the Over/Under 2.5 goals.
2. The odds of “Over 2.5 goals” must be 1.90 or more.
3. Follow the system structure.
277
Some Tricks of the Trade
1) Happy Birthday
What do you think the result would be if a child of say 7 years old were to run a 100
metre race against a 15 year old? I think the older child would win, don't you? Well
although horses have a shorter life span, just a few months difference in age can make a
big difference to strength and ability when they start racing.
Now in our part of the world every racehorse is considered to have its birthday on the
first of January, regardless of when it was actually foaled. So a horse born on 30th Jan is
considered to be a two year old at the same time as one born on May 1st. That three
month difference in real age 'though can make a big difference in strength and ability.
So, when you look at two year old races early in the season it pays to check the month in
which the contestants were actually foaled. You can generally find this information in
the Racing Post and Sporting Life.
Now generally breeders aim to get their foals all born around the same time, but
sometimes you will find races where some runners are three or four months older than
their competitors. By itself that doesn't guarantee a win but add the info to your selection
method and the extra age and strength can make a significant difference, expecially when
the going is extra soft or heavy.
278
2) Horses for Courses

Why do you think that phrase is in the common language? It's simply because it's well
know in the racing fraternity that certain racehorses just love certain courses. No one
quite knows why a horse may feel at home more on a particular track but it happens
frequently. The more unusual tracks, e.g. Brighton, particularly tend to have their
specialists. When a horse runs at its favourite track it often takes on a second life.
If you take the time to familiarise yourself with the horses that love one track rather than
another, the rewards are there for the taking.
3. Tendencies of the Draw

This is only a consideration for flat racing because there are no stalls used with the
jumps.
It is proven to be possible to get an edge by studying the tendency that particular starting
stalls may have on the winner at individual race tracks. Just because there is a particular
bias at one course doesn't mean it will be repeated elsewhere. You have to make your
own statistics. However such study can bear fruit.
For example, in the late eighties shrewd punters noticed that at Thirsk, in sprint races of
five or six furlongs on soft going, when the stalls were placed on the stands side it was
only the horses drawn with the very highest numbers that would be competing at the
finishing post.
Maybe that was a very specific set of circumstances but, when they occurred, those in the
know took full advantage. One guy in particular managed to twice win over £200,000 by
forecasting the first three horses home in the correct order when these conditions arose.
279
He did it by betting on a range of permutations of the highest drawn horses, then sat back
and let fate deliver the goods.
Put in the work to check your results and find the patterns before everyone else does.
4. The form of the Trainer

Once a trainer stable has really 'got into its stride' it can often start to turn out winner after
winner.
Again there is no point in waiting until a stable's success rate is common knowledge.
You have to spot the emerging trend early and hook into it from the start. That may not
sound easy, but here's a strategy to give you a good chance:
Write out a list of the top 20 or 30 trainers that you'll find from the Racing Post, then
award them points for each winner, second third or fourth they run on a daily basis.
Total up the results each day and you'll soon be able to spot emerging trends from
individual trainers.
280
Ten golden rules of successful betting
1) Never bet more than you can afford to lose.

That should be blindingly obvious - but sadly too many amateur punters just take a risk,
hoping that this one will be the big win they need. The only way to stand a chance of
winning over the long term is to have a consistent plan and to use a dedicated betting
bank that contains no more money than you would be prepared to lose entirely in the
worst of circumstances. Once you start staking amounts you can't afford to lose your
judgement will inevitably be affected. Also, there's no thrill in putting your financeal
future, or even your family's financial future on the line. Decide on the maximum wager
you feel comfortable with. It doesn't mean you have to be happy to lose it. Just that you
can afford to lose it if the worst should happen. Otherwise your betting will go nowhere.
2) Remember there are no certainties.
If you study probability you will learn that absolutely NOTHING is impossible. No
matter how big a cert something looks, never bet your last penny on it. Scientists only
talk in probabilities. It is regarded as highly unlikely that the moon will crash into the
earth tomorrow - but it is not impossible. The odds of winning the UK national lottery
are 14,000,000 to one - but almost every week someone wins it. However much you may
feel you are on to "a good thing", only ever commit a small proportion of your available
funds to it. When things go wrong - as sometimes they WILL then you will live to fight
another day.
3) Be flexible in your approach
281
There is more than one way to win in betting. An approach that works for one punter
may not work for another. Experiment to find the approaches that work for your betting
and then spend enough time with them to let them work over time. At the same time,
however, do not close you mind to other possibilities. There are many approaches you
can study to back, lay, trade, arbitrage, bet in running, use software to enhance trading or
staking. Among the free systems we'll send you from freehorseracingsystems.com you
may well find two or more methods that, when combined together, give you the magic
edge.
4) Keep a record of your bets
Keeping records is ESSENTIAL. You can start to build up a picture of the bets that work
for you and those that don't. Without keeping records you are shooting in the dark. Of
course it's tough to have to write down those painful losing bets when you'd prefer to
forget them, but if you want to make a long-term success of betting you need a record of
your failures as well as your successes. If you can use a spreadsheet such as Microsoft
Excel or similar then that can help you to easily analyse profitable statistics. If not then
at the very least a dedicated paper notebook should be there to do the job.
5) Don't bet on emotion
Betting on situations when you have an emotional envolvement is to be avoided at all
costs. It should be obvious, but never bet on your favourite soccer team just because you
are desperate to see them win. Your bets should be guided by the VALUE that you can
get from a win. Not just what you think is the likelihood of a win. The most successful
punters have no emotional involvement in the outcome of a sport. If you want to watch a
race or a match for the enjoyment of the game then do that without betting on it. It also
282
means you won't have the possibility of a double disappointment if your favourite team
loses and you also lose a bet.
6. Bet only in situations where you think you have an edge.
If everyone else knows what you know then you can be sure the prices for your "sure bet"
will be at their lowest. You may make a modest profit this time but betting this way over
the longer period will never bring you a consistent profit. Look for horse races or other
bets where you think the odds on offer are more than they should be for the true
likelihood of winning - call these "Value Horses" - and you'll have profits to be proud of
over the longer term.
7. Don't let strange results throw you.
As I said in part 1, there is no such thing as a certainty. So you need to make sure you are
not thrown by turnarounds you were not expecting. If you are following a really good
race horse that gives you great expectations and he meets an unexpected defeat, don't let
that one event put you off backing him in the future. Week in week out, favourites that
have been beaten last time out come home on their next outing. It infuriates punters, but
they only have themselves to blame. Take time to analyse an unexpected defeat and you
may well see that a good opportunity is still just around the corner whilst the less wise
majority have given up on him.
8. Look for situations where others are betting emotionally.
I said in part one that you shouldn't bet with emotion. However, there are opportunities
when you can see that others are doing exactly that. In times when everyone is looking
for instant gratification there are plenty of times where punters are too easily deceived by
a single good performance. Often the press will start writing up the chances of a two year
old racehorse for the following year's Derby or Guineas after only one or two good
283
performances. So punters will then start backing ante-post on emotion only. On race day
however, you may well find better value with other runners. On soccer, London teams are
often at shorter prices than the should be simply because so many of the country's fans
live in the capital and will emotionally back their home sides. You can profit from the
folly of others.
9. Plot a strategy
Get a strategy and stick to it. Don't bet on whims. That doesn't mean you should be
inflexible but do bet in a structured way. If you place small bets for fun on weekdays then
at least try to take your weekend bets as a serious business with heavier wagers. Better
still 'though, cut out the "fun" bets altogether. Ultimately there's far more fun in
consistently winning than haphazardly losing.
10. Enjoy your betting
To put it another way - just know when to STOP. Keep a check on yourself and always
try to be honest if you ever feel that betting is running away with you. A long losing run
tells you you should change your system. If you've followed the other rules 'though you
won't gave got into a situation where you are painfully losing money. Be prepared to
stop and take stock. Betting should be a pleasure - but not an adrenaline rush. If you
ever feel you need help to get back in control, take it sooner or later.
284
THE ASSASSIN METHOD
Use 'The Sporting Life' for this process.

1. Note all races with less than 12 runners that have 'stopwatch' ratings.
2. All horses must have a rating, ignore races where a quarter or more horses do not have
a rating.
3. Make a note of the horse with the highest rating in each race, ignore races with more
than 1 top rated.
Now you have a list of potential bets.
4. Ignore horses where 3 or more of its rivals have no form behind them.
5. Ignore horses making a seasonal debut, or returning from a long break.
6. Ignore horses that have not been placed in at least TWO of their last THREE outings.
7. Ignore horses that have not won a race at the same distance it is now racing in.
If any, Back the remaining horse or horses in each of their races.
285
THE CHASE SYSTEM
This system is for horse racing Handicap Chases.

Go through the days National Hunt cards for races with 8 to12 runners inclusive
Eliminate all horses carrying 11st-8Ibs or more.
Pick out of the remainder those that have been out at least twice during the current
campaign and have been placed in the first four in both those races.
From those qualifying so far eliminate those not in the first four in the Racing Post
betting forecast.
Then choose the ones ridden by the jockeys with the best record at the course
Do not bet if the favourite for the race is odds on.
286
THE DIFFERENCE
For horse racing, non-handicap races, flat, jumps and All Weather. Remember: these
systems are offered with no guarantees. Test them yourself by 'paper trading' without
real stakes before risking any money. 1) Note all NON-HANDICAP races both for Flat
racing and Jumps including the' All Weather' courses. Races must consist of between 5
and 12 runners inclusive. (No amateur jockeys or apprentices claiming the full 7lbs)
2) Note the price quoted for the favourite and the 2nd favourite in the betting forecast of
your daily news paper .selecting those favourites with a minimum of 4 points clear
difference between the two, e.g.: -
FAV 4/6 -2nd FAV 7/2 or more
FAV Evens -2nd FAV 4/1 or more
The BEST BETS for the purpose of the system are those with the highest points
difference between the 1st and 2nd favourite, In all cases you back the favourite.
Selections can be found very quickly once familiar with the rules.
Any daily newspaper may be used but the most reliable betting forecast is to be found in
the daily "Racing Post"
287
THE DOUBLE TOP SYSTEM
Here is quite an old yet remarkably effective system that shows a level stakes profit most
months. Prices vary from odds-on to 4/1 and the longest losing run since April 2001 has
been just 6 on one occassion.
Paper: Racing Post
Examine the 'selection box' of tipsters for each in the Racing Post. For a selection to
qualify it must be tipped by the first four tipsters in the 'selection box'. That is, it must be
the selection of Postmark, Postdata, Topspeed and Spotlight.
No bet in handicap races, nurseries, claimers, sellers, amateur or apprentice races.
Starting with a £1,000 bank in April 2001, you would now have a bank of over £10,000
using this system and the 'stepper' staking plan. Level stakes bets of £100 would have
returned a profit of over £3,300
288
THE FAST HANDICAP RATER SYSTEM
This simple, but very effective, system operates for both Flat and National Hunt Racing.
An added bonus is that any Daily newspaper which has a racing section can be used - you
do not need to purchase one of the specialist racing papers.
SELECTION PROCEDURE.
1. Delete all Non-Handicap races and any Handicap races with less than EIGHT runners.
2. In any remaining Handicap races, make a note of any horse in the following weight
range:- FLAT 8-7 to 7-8 NATIONAL HUNT 10-8 or LESS But ONLY if they are 5-1
or more in the betting forecast.
3. Only using the form figures for the current season make a. note, next to any selection
arrived at by using the rules above, of the last TWO runs of each selection. If there is
more than one selection, use the table below as an eliminator, with the figures at number
one being the best, number two the next best and so on.
FORM TABLE.
1. 1 46. 4 4
2. 2 47. 4 2
3. 2 08. 4 3
4. 3 09. 2 2
5. 4 0 10. 7 3
If after this there is still more than one selection, take the lowest in the betting forecast, if
they still cannot be separated take the one with the lowest Weight (including penalties).
289
IMPORTANT NOTE.
Some papers give extended form figures, (5,6, 7, etc.) but for this system only use 1,2, 3
and
4, anything else should count as 0.
In National Hunt racing you will also see letters in the form figures, e.g P, B, S, U, F,
these
also should count as 0.
BETTING ADVICE.
Your aim, on any given day, is to find four selections from four races. If there are more
than four, choose the four highest rated using the FORM TABLE on the previous page.
Once you have found your four races back them in an EACH-WAY YANKEE.
A Yankee is a special bet comprising of 6 doubles, 4 trebles and 1 fourfold, giving a total
of 11 bets.
Suggested stake is lOp per bet, which means an outlay of £2.20 and remember to pay tax
on your bet. Your total outlay for this bet will therefore be a meagre £2.42 while the
returns can be quite phenominal.
SPECIAL ADVICE.
If any of your selections are the favourite in the betting forecast have an extra bet to WIN
on that selection.
290
The Flynn Points Method
This method uses tables of "points" to quickly asses and compare the winning chances of
horses in different races. It is not so much a complete system in itself but offers a very
useful quick check when you are comparing chances of two or more candidates thrown
up by other horse racing systems and selection methods.
It is common knowledge that favourites win a higher percentage of non-handicaps than

handicaps. Also winners last time out win a higher percentage of races than those who
finished second or third, etc..
Taking these facts as our basis the following tables can be used in different kinds of horse
races for a quick assessment.
Flat Handicap Races
Position Last Time Out
Betting Won 2nd 3rd 4th Other
Favourite 10 8 7 6 5
2nd Favourite 9 7 6 5 4
291
3rd Favourite 8 6 5 4 3
4th Favourite 7 5 4 3 2
In this example, a horse in a Handicap race which is fourth in the betting and ran second
last time out would get five points.
Flat Non Handicap Races
Position Last Time Out
Betting Won 2nd 3rd 4th Other
Favourite 10 8 7 6 5
2nd Favourite 8 6 5 4 3
3rd Favourite 6 4 3 2 1
Here, a horse in a non-handicap race which is favourite and ran third last time out would
get seven points.
292
THE GOLD NUGGET SYSTEM
THE GOLD NUGGET SYSTEM operates on an occasional, rather than everyday basis,
but if you operate it wisely it will give you an extraordinarily high proportion of winners.
Any Daily newspaper with a Horse-Racing section will suffice, you do not need one of
the specialist Racing papers to successfully operate this system. You can pinpoint the
most likely races that you will be interested in quite quickly by looking through the
betting forecast in the racing pages. Make a note of any forecast favourite in the 2-1 to 5-
4 region. These, and only these, are the horses that we are interested in. To maximise it's
potential you need to take notice of the betting as each of these races comes up, which
means either being on-course, in a Bookmakers or, if you prefer, you are able to operate
it just as successfully from home with a telephone, television with teletext facility and a
credit/debit account. When the market opens on our chosen race, watch how the favourite
reacts, if it "drifts" out to 5-2 or more immediately eliminate that race. We are no longer
interested in having a bet. However, if the price of our horse, the forecast favourite,
begins to "harden", then keep a very close eye on it because, if all the following rules are
met to our satisfaction, we could decide to have a bet on it
BETTING ADVICE
1. Wait as long as possible before placing your bet.

2. If the price drifts out, ignore it for betting purposes. Just watch and see what
happens, the chances are it will lose.
293
3. If the price hardens to a MINIMUM of 4-6, then this is the one to be on, this is why
you must hold back from placing your bet for as long as possible.
3. If the price hardens to less than 4-6, DO NOT BET.
4. There is no such thing as a certainty in Horse-Racing arid very short priced losers
HURT.
5. With THE GOLD NUGGET SYSTEM you have got a very good indicator of when
a horse is well fancied to win, and if you are cautious about the price you act upon, you
will show a good profit.
But you must be patient and only bet when the circumstances, and therefore the price, is
acceptable for you to do so. Better than evens on a horse when it is as strongly fancied as
this represents excellent value, even as low as 4-6 can give a healthy return because you
will have a very high percentage of winners. However, lower than 4-6 offers appalling
value for money under any circumstances, so exercise discretion and wait for another
race when ALL the signals are in your favour and you can get the value you want.
Statistics show that you can fully expect 75% of winners from THE GOLD NUGGET
SYSTEM.
294
THE MAGICIANS SIX IN A ROW SYSTEM
You do not need one of the specialist Racing papers to operate THE MAGICIANS SIX
IN A ROW SYSTEM, any newspaper which has a Horse-Racing section will be perfectly
adequate. RACE SELECTION. Check through the days racing and note the first six Non-
handicap races that are being run where the forecast favourite is priced between 1-2 and
5-1. I.e. You are after a SEQUENCE of six races in order to capitalise to the fullest the
potential that THE MAGICIANS SIX IN A ROW SYSTEM offers you.
EXAMPLE. Newmarket 2.00 , Folkestone 2.15 , Newmarket 3.30 , Newmarket 4.30 ,
Folkestone 4.45 , Folkestone 5.15 BETTING STRATEGY. This example uses £5.00
stakes, but may be converted to suit your own pocket by following the recommended
betting strategy:- 1 point, 1 point, 2 points, 2 points, 3 points, 6 points and then, if
necessary, repeat from the beginning.
Newmarket 2.00 Favourite £5.00 to win

Folkestone 2,15 Favourite £5.00 to win
Folkestone 4.45 Favourite £15.00 to win
Folkestone 5.15 Favourite £30.00 to win
STOP AT A WINNER. If, for example, you should win on the 3rd race, then the next
three races would become the first three races of our next "Sequence of Six" races. If
295
there are no more races that day then continue over on to the next days race cards. If by
any chance, and this is highly unlikely, you should go six races without a winner, then
stop, and start again with your original bank. By adopting this policy you are strictly
limiting any losses that you may incur while at the same time maximising any potential
profits that will come your way.
THE MAGICIANS SIX IN A ROW SYSTEM not only gives you some very decently
priced winners it also keeps you supplied with regular winners. All you need is a strike
rate of just l-in-6, at a fairly decent price, to provide you with a nice healthy profit.
Follow the guidelines detailed here and you will have a regular, constant supply of
winners.
BETTING ADVICE. When completing your betting slip it is perfectly acceptable of

course, for you to simply write FAVOURITE down. But I would advise you that,
wherever possible, to write the name of the horse down. All bookmakers hate regular
winners, and more than anything els'e they hate regular winners that operate a successful
system. If they see someone (YOU !) regularly collecting winnings on "unnamed
favourite" bets they will quickly catch on that something is going on, so do operate with
caution. As an added safeguard, try not to use one bookmaker all the time, move around a
bit and make it more difficult for the bookie to spot you. By following these simple
precautions you will be able to operate this system successfully for many years without
being noticed.
296
The Market System
Although the draw, the going, the jockey and many other points have all to be taken into
the reckoning when making those all important selections, the movement of money In the
ring at the racecourse is the single most Important matter to take into account when
having a bet.
Cuts in the odds of a 50/1 chance to 40/1 are not significant as it does not take a great
deal of money to change those kind of odds, but a point off a 3 - 1 chance is a different
proposition and signals that somebody, somewhere, is having a decent bet, especially in
certain kinds of races.
Going through the cards, pick out the selling races and if there is National Hunt racing
pick the novice hurdle races as well.
Watching the market moves in these races, back any horse that contracts from its opening
show by the number of points shown on the right of the table below.
To take advantage of these market moves, you need to be either in the betting shop or
watching Teletext with your phone handy.
That way you will have all the shows from all the meetings at your fingertips, it is not so
easy at the Racecourse.
297
You won't have a lot of bets but you could have a high strike rate.
Opening Show Points
4-1 and Under 1 point

5-1 2 points
6-1 2 points
7-1 3 points
8-1 3 points
9-1 4 points
10-1 4 points
11-1 up to 14-1 6 points
298
THE NH FORCE
Introduction:
This system is based on a very radical criterion, it produces selections with a good strike
rate and high returns. You will need a copy of the Daily Mirror to operate this system.
This System relies on the fact that certain professional race readers are quite good at their
jobs. This time we are relying on the skills of the Daily Mirror’s race reader(s) who
predict if a horse is fancied (Indicated by an F next to a horse’s name) or a strongly
fancied (Indicated by an SF next to a horse’s name). With a few filters to remove any
unwanted “strokes of poor luck” this system has been fine tuned to provide good quality
horses at high prices that win or are placed often enough to provide a good turnover and
return on investment. Paper trade for a while and see how you get on with it. We think
you will be surprised!
The System:
Select only National Hunt flat Races, Highlight the horses that are indicated as F or SF in
the above races. Are either or both of these horses unexposed? This means that there are
no form figures at all next to the horses names. If there are no form figures then that
horse is a selection. If both horses in one race qualify then back both. Back your
selection(s) to win if less than 5/1 or E/W if 5/1 or above.
299
THE PLATINUM PLAN
Any daily newspaper can be used, but the daily Mirror is recommended Since it has one
of the finest betting forecasts available.
Do not bet when the going is described as Heavy, Soft to Heavy, Soft Or Firm. Do not
bet on all-weather surfaces. Do not bet on Sundays Or Bank Holidays.
Strike out all handicap races, nursery races and selling races and races which are to be
run over less than seven furlongs (7f).
Strike out any race where the prize money on offer is over £10,000.
Strike out any race with more than eight runners.
Strike out any race where the first in the betting forecast has
Forecast odds of less than 6/4 or more than 3/1.
Strike out any race where the difference between the second and Third favourites in
the betting forecast is less than one clear point. For example, If the 2nd Fav is forecast at
5/2 and the 3rd Fav is forecast at 3/1, this race does not qualify. If, however, the 3rd Fav
was forecast at 7/2 or greater, the race would qualify.
Any races you now have left after this rigorous deletion process qualify for a bet .
(NOTE-If there are no such races, you may opt to bring a few back in by including 6f and
5f races which meet the other criteria outlined above. This is your choice.) The Platinum
Plan calls for you to make a level stake outlay of 3 points on every race. The three points
should be distributed as follows:
2 points to win on the FAVOURITE
1 point to win on the 2ND FAVOURITE
300
Whilst you are free to use the named horses which are forecast first and second favourite
in the betting forecast of your newspaper, I have found that simply betting 2 points on the
"FAVOURITE" and 1 point on the "2ND FAVOURITE"generates better long- term
profits. This is most certainly due to the obvious deviation of the actual betting market
from the forecast betting market.
Your total outlay for every race selected by the Platinum Plan is therefore 3 points This
outlay remains level from race to race.
A betting bank of no less than 30 points is recommended. This is sufficient for ten bets.
For the ultimate in comfort, a betting bank of 60 points would prove sufficient for twenty
bets. As you can see, The Platinum Plan is incredibly simple to operate, but the strike rate
and profit it generates are second to none.
301
THE PROFESSIONAL INVESTMENT PLAN
STEP 01 Begin with a betting bank of 60 points, which is sufficient for twenty
Platinum Plan bets.
STEP 02 AT the beginning of each month, calculate your points as being 1/60th of
your bank. Initially with a (say) £600 bank, your points would be worth £10 each. Your
outlay on each race would therefore be £30 (£20 on the FAVOURITE and £10 on the
2ND FAVOURITE).
STEP 03 At the end of each month, if you wish, take 10 points out of the bank and
put it to one side for your own use. You may ignore this step if you want your betting
bank to grow faster.
STEP 04 Now recalculate your stakes as described in step 2 and continue from
that point.
As I said, this is a very simple investment programme, but it can work wonders in helping
a modest bank soar to great heights.
Consider the following:
You begin with a betting bank of £600. Your total outlay on each Platinum Plan race at
this stage is £30 . Your bank can therefore fund twenty Platinum Plan races with ease.
I have said that, on average, The Platinum Plan generates between 5 and 20 points per
week. You will soon discover this for yourself. But what would happen over a twelve
month period if the Platinum Plan generated only 20 points PER MONTH and you used
The Professional Investment Programme without taking out the optional ten points per
month for your own use? Let's take a look….
302
MONTH RACE STAKE PROFIT NEW BANK NEW POINT NEW STAKE
1 30 200 800 13 39
2 39 260 1060 17 51
3 51 340 1400 23 69
4 69 460 1860 31 93
5 93 620 2480 41 123
6 123 820 3300 55 165
7 165 1100 4400 73 219
8 219 1460 5860 97 291
9 291 1940 7800 130 390
10 390 2600 10400 173 519
11 519 3460 13860 231 693
12 693 4620 18480 308 924
303
The Professors One A Day Betting Formula
For Flat And National Hunt Racing

Rules
From the 1st of April to the end of October each year, all National Hunt meetings are
excluded (unless no Flat Meetings are scheduled for a particular day). Otherwise only
consider Flat events, either turf or all weather, during this period. From 1st November to
the end of March annually, both flat and national hunt are open for consideration. The
objective of this formula is to isolate just one solitary race from each days entire racing
programme. Once located no other contest need be sought, as the eventual selection will
always be derived from this source. Any daily paper which publishes details of all
meetings may be utilised to good effect, however those seeking optimum results are
advised to consult the sports specialist paper-Racing Post. Gaining free access to the Post
is usually a straight forward matter since it is displayed in every betting office throughout
the land. It is also available on the internet at www.racingpost.co.uk.
To establish the formulas sole qualifying for any day is simplicity itself. Refer to the
newspaper of your choice and in turn examine the betting forecast of every single race
taking place on that day-excluding national hunt races from 1st April to end of October
and all foreign events. The purpose of this action is to determine which race contains the
days shortest priced forecast favourite. Should it transpire that two or more races contain
a favourite with the same equal forecast favourite,always give preference to the contest
where the favourite achieved a better finishing position in its last race during the current
season. If this still leaves two or more races ,choose the event containing the favourite
304
that has run the most recent. Select the race with the fewest entries if you still have more
than one left at this stage. To recap, consult all races and use your papers betting forecast
to locate the race containing favourite with the lowest odds for that particular day. Once
this sole qualifying race has been established, the days other events have no further
relevance to us.
Now that the qualifying race has been found, make a note of the racecourse staging the
event. Also make a note of how many days it has been since the favourite last raced. This
data will ultimately determine which horse is backed. With these two pieces of
information at hand refer to the racecourse key table where courses are listed in
alphabetical order. Note that not every track is included. Under a courses name various
listings appear. A typical listing might read Fav 15 days-Qual 26 Days. These figures
need to be consulted on a daily basis, althogh you are only required to refer to the listings
that appear under the name of the meeting staging the formulas qualifying race. Example
for a race at Ascot you would only need to look at the listing under Ascots name.
Once you have discovered the Racecourse staging the qualifying race, check to see how
many days ago since the favourite last raced. Now refer to the appropriate listings in the
Key table to see if an exact match can be found for the number of days since the favourite
last appeared.
For ease of clarity lets say the qualifying race was at Ascot, and the forecast favourite last
ran precisely 15 days ago. After refering to Ascot in the Key Table we come across this
entry Fav 15 days Qual 26 Days. Since the first part of the listing Fav 15 days tells us that
we are looking for a favourite which last ran 15 days ago, then on this occasion we do
have a match (If no match can be found then this becomes the days sole bet).
305
However because in this example the days since the favourite last ran corresponds
identically with the relevant listing, the second part of the listing Qual 26 days now
comes into play. Whats required now is to look at all other runners in our qualifying race
to see if any one of them ran exactly 26 days ago.
Should it be the case, this horse automatically becomes the days sole bet. If two or more
horses last raced 26 days ago, then the one with the best form place last time out(current
season)would be selected. However, if there happened to be no other horse who last
appeared 26 days ago, then the forecast favourite in our qualifying race becomes the
formulas selection for that day.
REAL LIFE EXAMPLE
On 21st aug 1999, the days qualifying shortest price favourite was trouble mountain 8/13,
running at Chester. Consulting the Racecourse Key Table for Chester revealed this listing
Fav 23 days – Qual 8 Days. Since the favourite Trouble Mountain had actually raced 23
days ago, an exact with the first part of the listing is made-thus the required procedure is
to check for any horse which has run 8 days ago. A competitor in this event named
Glenrock did indeed race 8 days ago, hence he became the days sole qualifying bet and
duly obliged at the rewarding odds of 8/1. Of course there will be days when referring to
the Racecourse Key Table selections do not materialise as in this example. In these cases
always select instead the forecast favourite from the qualifying race.This means there will
be a bet every day (barring non-runners and abandonments).
306
RACECOURSE KEY TABLE

AYR FAV 34 DAYS QUAL 18 DAYS
CARLISLE FAV 17 DAYS QUAL 21DAYS
CATTERICK FAV 45 DAYS QUAL 77 DAYS
CHELTENHAM FAV 19 DAYS QUAL 55 DAYS
DONCASTER FAV 17 DAYS QUAL 16 DAYS
FONTWELL FAV 4 DAYS QUAL 16 DAYS
HAYDOCK FAV 64 DAYS QUAL 12 DAYS
KELSO FAV 36 DAYS QUAL 9 DAYS
LEICESTER FAV 26 DAYS QUAL 7 DAYS
LUDLOW FAV 11 DAYS QUAL 88 DAYS
NEWTON FAV 12 DAYS QUAL 12 DAYS
ABBOT
PERTH FAV 27 DAYS QUAL 13 DAYS
SANDOWN FAV 8 DAYS QUAL 69 DAYS
SEDGEFIELD FAV 67 DAYS QUAL 14 DAYS
STRATFORD FAV 12 DAYS QUAL 43 DAYS
TOWCESTER FAV 18 DAYS QUAL 34 DAYS
UTTOXETER FAV 14 DAYS QUAL 16 DAYS
WETHERBY FAV 27 DAYS QUAL 17 DAYS
WORCESTER FAV 15 DAYS QUAL 88 DAYS
ASCOT FAV 10 DAYS QUAL 20 DAYS
307
AYR FAV 16 DAYS QUAL 12 DAYS

BATH FAV 15 DAYS QUAL 34 DAYS
BEVERLEY FAV 11 DAYS QUAL 340 DAYS
BRIGHTON FAV 5 DAYS QUAL 47 DAYS
CHEPSTOW FAV 15 DAYS QUAL 11 DAYS
CHESTER FAV 23 DAYS QUAL 8 DAYS
EPSOM FAV 18 DAYS QUAL 29 DAYS
FOLKESTONE FAV 10 DAYS QUAL 12 DAYS
HAMILTON FAV 14 DAYS QUAL 13 DAYS
LEICESTER FAV 9 DAYS QUAL 48 DAYS
NEWBURY FAV 16 DAYS QUAL 30 DAYS
NEWMARKET FAV 20 DAYS QUAL 19 DAYS
NOTTINGHAM FAV 16 DAYS QUAL 29 DAYS
PONTEFRACT FAV 9 DAYS QUAL 160 DAYS
REDCAR FAV 17 DAYS QUAL 17 DAYS
SALISBURY FAV 24 DAYS QUAL 9 DAYS
THIRSK FAV 42 DAYS QUAL 10 DAYS
WARWICK FAV 26 DAYS QUAL 18 DAYS
YARMOUTH FAV 15 DAYS QUAL 19 DAYS
YORK FAV 158 DAYS QUAL 36 DAYS
308
THE RAPID PROFIT PLAN
THE RULES
1.All selections must be taken from the Daily Express.Some newspapers differ when
giving betting forecasts for a race.All my research has been done using the Daily
Express.If your paper gives exactly the same forecasts as the Daily Express then this is
fine.
2. The only races the plan uses are Handicaps for any age and any sex.The plan does not
use Handicaps with any of the following words in the title of the
race;Selling,Maiden,2YO,3YO,Fillies,Amateur riders or apprentices.These races are
unreliable when using the plan.Only use races with between 8-14 runners.
EXAMPLE: 3.45 THE RAPID PROFIT HANDICAP
9 (7) 410 HORSE NAME (13) TRAINER 5 8 0……….JOCKEY
FORECAST:3/1 HORSE A,5/1 HORSE B,11/2 HORSE C,7/1 HORSE D,8/1 HORSE
E,10/1 HORSE F,G(*USE 6 IF JOINT PRICE)
PART ONE
Mark down each horse that is in the first five named in the betting forecast.All horses on
the same price as the fifth named are also marked down.In the example,horses A,B,C,D,E
and F are selected.These are the only horses that are used.,from now on ignore every
other horse in the race.
309
PART TWO
From the horses selected in part one,note the number of days since each horse last
ran.This is the number thirteen in brackets in the example.The three lowest numbers are
noted.Every horse that has one of these numbers is given a second mark.All horses
having run 22 days ago or more are ignored.This will leave anything from one horse
(very rare)to all the horses from part one.This is the short list.
FINAL QUALIFIER
Using only the horses on the short list,note the position each horse came in its last
race.This is shown on the race card as the number to the left of the HORSE NAME.In the
example this is 0,meaning the horse was unplaced.All positions 7,8,9 count as 0.Now for
the selection.
If any horse came fifth last time out,then this is the selection.If none,any horse that
came sixth last time out.If none,any horse that was unplaced last time out but won the
previous race,as in the example.If none,any horse that came fourth last time out.If
none,any horse that came third last time out.If none,any horse that came second last time
out.If still no qualifiers then there is no bet.No horse which won its last race is a bet
If two horses tie on the same number,the one that run most recently is the selection.
On the All Weather,1.Start the qualifier with fourth last time out,then fifth etc…,not
fifth then sixth etc… 2.If the selection carries 8 0,stones and pounds,as in the example,or
less,then this is no bet.Select next best.
The plan is based on common winning factors which are often repeated.Firstly,the five or
so in the betting are the experts choice of which horses have the best chance of winning a
race. Not many horses win at above10/1,which is about where we limit our
310
selections.Secondly,horses that have had a recent run,within three weeks,are still race
fit.All trainers get their horses fit for a race,but there is nothing like a real race to tone a
horse up.Finally horses that have come fifth,sixth or fourth in their last race,are getting
close to winning but without any penalty for winning or getting placed. Also backing
horses with lesser form generally gives value in the betting market.
I hope you enjoy using THE RAPID PROFIT PLAN.Use it exactly as directed above.If
you try to adjust it it wont work:If you have a couple of losers,please stick with it!The
next winner is just round the corner>At the very least rate each possible race for a month
without betting any real money.During the turf season Ignore All Weather racing.
Every horse that is 3/1 or less in the forecast,is backed to win.Every horse above this
price is backed each way.
311
THE RICHARD EVANS FORM GUIDE
The selection procedure for this system utilises two key factors to determine which horse,
and in which race we should bet on it, by noting the improved running of a horse and
determining if that horse is trained by one of our selected trainers. To successfully
operate THE RICHARD EVANS FORM GUIDE you will need one of the specialist
Racing papers, either the Sporting Life or The Racing Post, the betting forecast in an
ordinary Daily newspaper will not be accurate enough for our needs. All examples, trials
and statistics studied have been obtained by using the above named papers.
Most trainers are under constant pressure from their owners to tell them when their
charge is going to "deliver the goods". They have to be accurate because an owner, as
you can well imagine, would be none too pleased if given the "nod" by the trainer, then
puts a sizeable wager on his horse, only for it to get beaten! Now, I am quite sure that
most trainers are thoroughly decent people, but charities they are not and so we cannot
expect them to let us into their little secrets, can we? So we have to attempt to devise a
way whereby we can discover for ourselves just when a trainer is getting one of his
horses ready to win.
Frequently, the key pointer to when a horse is ready to win, is when it runs into a place.
By utilising the tables on the following pages you will have to hand vital information
which will help you to recognise the signs to enable you to back the right horse in the
right race.
312
SELECTION METHOD.
1. Eliminate all of the following races: Claiming –Auction – Sellers - Amateur – Ladies -
Apprentice races and ANY races run on All-weather tracks.
2. Look through the race card, and make a shortlist of any runners that a trainer from
Table One has running.
3. Using Table Two and Table Three eliminate any race that is not listed.
Example.
i) JHM Gosden has a runner in a 2-y-o Handicap at Newmarket. Does this horse merit
consideration?
JHM Gosden is on our list of Trainers, and 2-y-o Handicaps at Newmarket are a "YES"
on our list. So this horse is shortlisted.
ii) BW Hills has a runner in a 3-y-o Non-handicap at Chester. Does this horse merit our
consideration?
BW Hills is on our list of Trainers, but 3-y-o Non-handicaps at Chester are a "NO" on our
list. So this horse is eliminated.
iii) JR Fanshawe has a runner in an All-age Handicap at Nottingham. Does this horse
merit our consideration?
JR Fanshawe is not on our list of Trainers, and All-age Handicaps at Nottingham are not
on our list either. So this horse is eliminated.
After a little practise this will not take you long to do each day, as the list of Trainers and
Courses does not contain every one available. We have only used the most successful
313
one’s that have proved to be the most rewarding to follow by using statistics compiled
over many past seasons. If you stay within the guidelines of THE RICHARD EVANS
FORM GUIDE you too will find it very rewarding indeed. Once you have your day’s
shortlist of possible horses to consider, the selection procedure continues:
4. Look at the horse’s last run, if it was 1st, 2nd or 3rd then keep this horse on your
shortlist.
5. If the horse was 4th, unplaced or, in the case of National Hunt racing, fell or failed to
finish for whatever reason - that horse is eliminated.
What you are now left with is a shortlist of horses that are ready to win. They have been
prepared by an acceptable Trainer, they are running in an acceptable race AND on an
acceptable course.
In short, we can be reasonably sure that at least the horse will be TRYING to win.
The only race that you are interested in is the day’s most valuable race from your
shortlist. If you are left with more than one horse in that race use the following
elimination procedure:
FINAL ELIMINATION PROCEDURE.

1. Look at the betting forecast for your selected race and note the forecast starting price
of the shortlisted animals. The one that will become your final selection is the horse that
has "come in’ most in the betting as soon as the 2nd show is available. The reason we
have to wait until now is because by this time those in the know will have been given the
final "nod" from the trainer and the money that they are placing will be starting to be
314
reflected in the price. Unfortunately, this is the only way that we can accurately discover
what their real plans are for the animal. No stable money = No confidence.
Stable money being placed on a horse that we know to be ready = 99% confidence.
SUMMARY.
Use THE RICHARD EVANS FORM GUIDE wisely, it does need a certain amount of
effort (from the user) to work properly, but if used as a tool, it will turn you into
something of a craftsman in the art of winner finding.
TABLE ONE TRAINERS TO USE

AKEHURST R
ARMSTRONG RW
BAILEY A
BALDING IA
BARRON TD
BELL M
BENSTEAD CJ
BERRY J
BRITTAIN CE
CAMACHO MJ
CECIL HRA
CECIL Mrs J
CHANNON MR
CHAPPLE-HYAM
CHARLTON R
315
COLE PFT
CUMANI LM
CYZER CA
DOW S
DUNLOP JL
EASTERBY MH
EASTERBY MW
ELS WORTH DRC
GOSDEN JHM
HALL Miss SE
HANBURY B
HARWOOD G
HASLAM PC
HERN WR
HERRIES LADY
HILLS BW
HODGES RJ
HOLLINSHEAD R
HUNTINGDON LORD
JARVIS W
JOHNSON M
JONES BOB
KELLA WAY Miss G
LEWIS G
316
LODER DR
McCORMACK M
McMAHON BA
MORLEY D
MUIR WR
NORTON SG
PAYNE JW
PEARCE J
PRESCOTT Sir M
PRITCHARD-GORDON GA
RAMSDEN Mrs JR
REVELEY Mrs M
RYAN MJ
SMITH D
STOUTE MR
THOMPSON-JONES H
THOMPSON-JONES T
TINKLER N
TOMPKINS MH
WALWYN P
WATTS JW
WHITAKER RM
WHITE J
WILLIAMS RJR
317
WILSON DA
WRAGG
TABLE THREE
COURSES AND RACES TO USE
NON-HANDICAPS
COURSE 2-y-o 3-v-o All ages
ASCOT YES NO NO
AYR YES NO NO
BATH YES YES YES
BRIGHTON YES NO NO
CATTERICK YES NO NO
CHESTER YES NO NO
DONCASTER YES YES YES
EPSOM NO YES NO
FOLKESTONE YES NO NO
GOODWOOD YES YES YES
HAYDOCK YES YES NO
KEMPTON YES YES YES
LINGFIELD YES YES NO
NEWBURY YES YES YES
NEWMARKET YES YES NO
REDCAR YES NO NO
SALISBURY YES YES YES
318
SANDOWN YES YES YES

WNDSOR YES YES YES
YORK YES YES YES
THE RICHARD EVANS FORM GUIDE

(continued)
TABLE TWO
COURSES AND RACES TO USE HANDICAPS
COURSE 2-y-o 3-y-o All ages
ASCOT NO YES YES
AYR NO NO YES
BATH NO YES YES
BRIGHTON NO YES YES
CATTERICK YES NO YES
CHESTER YES YES YES
DONCASTER YES YES YES
EPSOM NO YES YES
FOLKESTONE YES YES YES
GOODWOOD YES YES YES
HAYDOCK YES YES YES
KEMPTON YES YES YES
LINGFIELD YES NO NO
NEWBURY YES YES YES
NEWMARKET YES YES YES
319
REDCAR YES YES YES

SALISBURY YES YES YES
SANDOWN YES YES YES
WINDSOR YES YES YES
YORK YES YES YES
320
The Selection Criteria Explained

All Select Racing systems have a number of criteria which are used to select the horses
from the field each day. We recommend using the Racing Post newspaper or their
website as this gives a thorough analysis of each horse and race every day. Alternatively
the Mirror also uses the same information as The Racing Post.
There are a lot of attributes that decide if a horse is a selection or not in a race. We have
listed all of the attributes we use when developing our systems here but not all of them
apply to each system. Selection criteria used by Select Racing: Racing Post ratings –
How is the horse rated by the Racing Post for factors such as speed. Race type –
Handicap, Sprint, Hurdles, Chase, All weather etc… Horses age – Pretty self explanatory.
2YO, 5YO etc…. Selected courses – Some systems should only be used on selected
courses. Days since last run – How many days have past since its last race. Number of
runners in the race – Some systems require over or under a certain number of runners in a
field. Is it Favourite? – Yes or No!!!! Race distance – 5f sprint or 3 mile chase etc…
Position last time out – Where the horse finished the last time it raced. The horses
starting price – The SP of the horse is sometimes required to be within a certain range to
be a selection. The class of the race – G1 races are run in a very different way to class D
races or Listed races. This criteria is quite important. Weight the horse is carrying – A
few systems will need a horses weight to be taken into account. All of these factors can
play a big part in selecting winning horses so all are taken into consideration. Each
system we produce uses all or some of these criteria to generate its selections and we
explain where to find them on a race card on the next page for you. How to Make
Selections Using the Criteria? We suggest you start by picking the race type first of all as
this will narrow the number of races you need to look through each day. The illustration
below shows you where to find the information on the Racing Post website.
321
A = Racing Post ratings B = Race type + The class of the race C = Horses age
D = Selected courses E = Days since last run F = Number of runners in the race
G = Is it Favourite? + The horses starting price H = Race distance
I = Position last time out J = Weight the horse is carrying
322
About the 2 Year Old System
There are a lot of people that shy away from 2 year old horses as they can be
unpredictable beasts and are probably equivalent to a teenage child! Anyone with
children will know what we mean.
There are a few trends however that seem to run in the 2 year old horse and consistently
allow it to win.
We have studied a number of races and have tweaked our system over the years to
consistently pick winning 2 year old horses.
Here are our statistics for 2005 using this system.
Number of Selections 274

Number of Winners 75
Strike Rate 27.37%
% of horses placed 1st, 2nd 59%
or 3rd
Longest Run of Winners 8
Longest Run of Losers 18
Return to £10 level stakes £730.88
Points Profit to Level Stakes 73.88
**BONUS SYSTEM**
The Select Racing 2 Year Old Golden Oldie
As a little bonus we’ll let you in on a little secret we’ve noticed in our years of studying
racing. To be honest it isn’t really a secret or a system but more of an observation that
seems to happen more often than not. In 2YO only races take a look at the field and keep
your eyes peeled for any horses that have only ever had one run in their life and came
second in that race. These horses more often than not will be the favourite on their second
run and be up against a novice field or horses that didn’t do too well in their first race.
Usually these 2YO horses will have odds at around even money or 2/1 in some cases.
They rarely lose their second race and if you back each one you find to level stakes you’ll
323
come out laughing well over 50% of the time. These little gems don’t come up very often
but when they do get on them!!!!!!
The 2YO System
Important Rules:
To be a selection the horse MUST MEET ALL CRITERIA IN RED stated below. If it
does not meet EVERY criteria it should not be bet on as a selection by this system.
Racing Post ratings – Speed Figures = Must be in the top 3 rated horses.
Race type – Any
Horses age – 2 year olds only.
Selected courses – Any
Days since last run – Any
Number of runners in the race – Any
Is it Favourite? – Doesn’t matter
Race distance – 5 – 6 Furlong sprint races only.
Position last time out – 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, 6th only.
The horses starting price – Must be Even money or higher. No odds on horses.
The class of the race – G3, Listed, B, C, D, E only.
Weight the horse is carrying – Any
Note: We do not use this system to select horses for any of the Select Racing tips services
because the strike rate is below our required 40%. This system does however generate an
excellent profit figure even with a relatively low strike rate which is why we give it out as
a free system to our new members.
324
THE SIMPLE SYSTEM
Here is a simple system that was printed 15years ago and it does throw up its fair share of
winners.
You have to stick to the rules though.

Do not bet Sellers or Claimer Races.
Do not bet Amateurs or Ladies Races.
Do not bet N H flat or Hunter Chases.
Do not bet Apprentice or Condition races.
Do not bet Novice Hurdles or Chases.
Do not bet TYO Nurseries or Handicap.
Do not bet Races with less than 5 runners.
Do not bet Races with more than 12 runners.
Do not bet any horse that is not in the First 3 of the betting forecast.
Do not bet any horse quoted 10/1 or more.
Do not bet any horse that has not run within 18 Days NH & 24 days Flat.
Do not bet any horse that has not had at least 2 Outings.
Do not bet any horse not placed in first 3 in both its Races.
Do not bet any horse that is not a Distance Winner.
Do not bet any horse that is not Top Rated by a Form Expert.
If left with 2 Horses then No Bet.
325
End
As you can see this system really narrows the field down to Class Form And Distance
horses. If used with Timeform it turns out a lot of winners but you have to wait on the
runners. Remember, you must stick to the rules and don't be tempted to break them.
GOOD LUCK
326
THE WINNING OUTSIDER SYSTEM
THE WINNING OUTSIDER SYSTEM can be operated either from the Bookmakers or,
if you prefer, just as well from the comfort of your own armchair. All that you will need
is a television, with Teletext facility, a telephone and a credit/debit account at one of the
major bookmakers. The strategy that we are going to adopt with this method is to choose
Handicap races, both Flat & National Hunt Chases are acceptable - but NOT National
Hunt Hurdles. Each qualifying race must be limited to between 4 to 8 runners. If you are
operating at the bookies simply watch the board for the latest prices. If you are at home
call up page 380 on BBC Ceefax or 570 on C4 Teletext for the Horse Racing Index and
then call up the page of the latest show for your selected race. Once you have the latest
prices on show our selection will be the outsider, yes that's quite right, the outsider! There
is, you will be pleased to hear, a logical reason behind this, which I will now explain....
In small fields, no matter what the quality of the field is, regardless of whether or not it is
a Flat race or "over the sticks", you will, with alarming frequency, get a falsely run race,
with the end result being a three mile chase turns out to be a five furlong sprint! And you
can get some amazingly priced animals "trotting up".
Well, you now have the means to be on them ! I have checked back over many years and
THE WINNING OUTSIDER SYSTEM works equally well on the Flat as it does over
fences, with the exception being Hurdles races, the reason for this is a peculiarity which
is unique to hurdles. Very few Handicap Hurdle races have less than 9 runners! Those
that are less than 9 usually turn out to have just 4 or 5 runners and the prices are all pretty
low, there rarely is a true "outsider" in these races and so they are best left completely
327
alone. The statistics that I have based this system on certainly do not warrant the
inclusion of Handicap Hurdle races, and anyway, it works perfectly well without them.
STAKING ADVICE. - Because of the odds that we can expect with a winner from this
system, you need only raise your bet occasionally when the circumstances dictate, and
then simply as a means to cover your losses.
Example 1 (This is allowing for a longish losing sequence)
Odds £5 per point
10-1 L Stake 1 point £5.00
Increase stake to 2 points to cover our losses. 6-1 W Stake 2 points £10.00. Win £60,00 -
£30.00 = £30.00 profit.
It will work perfectly adequately using this staking method, but do feel at liberty to
implement your own favourite staking plan. The advantage of using this one though is
that it is safe, you will not drain your betting bank as you would if, for example, you
simply doubled the stake after each bet. But before you entertain such an idea ask
yourself whether or not you would be capable of putting £400 on the 20-1 outsider of six.
The chances are that you wouad bottle out, and then imagine how sick you would feel
when it bolted in - this would happen at some stage, unless, that is, you have nerves of
steel. The above staking plan is simple, but it is very, very effective. I do urge you to use
328
it until you have proved to yourself just how incredibly successful THE WINNING
OUTSIDER SYSTEM is.
FURTHER ADVICE. - If you are at the point where you are about to increase your stake
in order to cover your losses, delay placing your bet until the last possible moment,
because the price of the outsider does tend to drift out just before the off. You may have
the situation where the outsider is 12-1 and you are in the position where you are going to
have to increase the stake to cover your losses, if you wait a little while you may find that
the horse drifts out to 20-1, thereby eliminating the need to increase your stake.
The key point is:- WATCH THE PRICES AT ALL TIMES.
When there are two horses tied as outsiders, then back them both, the odds will permit
this. If there are more than 2 tied as outsider, which is very uncommon, so uncommon in
fact that it is hardly worth mentioning, but I do attempt to cover every eventuality, in
such an event NO BET.
25-1 or over, halve your stake.
33-1 or over, NO BET. 33-1 winners in small fields are as rare as hen's teeth.
That is all there is to it, I have been using this system on a regular basis for ten years and
yet it never fails to amaze me how consistent it is in providing me with big priced
winners.
329
TOP STRIKER DOUBLE (F1)
System
Every Week that Both Arsenal and Manchester United are playing, place 1 unit Double
on both Thierry Henry and Ruud Van Nistelrooy to score first goal. (Obviously if they
play each other, there is no bet)
Logic
The Logic behind this is that since the Premiership began, these 2 teams have been the
dominant force in the Premiership. It’s also fact that over the past 2/3 seasons, Both
Henry and Van Nistelrooy have been at the very top of the goalscoring charts with
between 25 and 30 league goals each. It therefore stands to reason that due to the sheer
number of chances created by both Man United and Arsenal, their strikers will score a lot
of goals. It is therefore assumed that a lot of the time, these two will score the first goal in
a game, simply due to the chances that come their way.
As the average odds for each of these to score first is around 5/2, it means the double
pays out around 12/1.
Adaptations
Check the top goalscoring list regularly. Try top goalscorers from other leagues. A lucky
15 including the Top goalscorer from each of the leagues would pay out well and by
using certain Bookmakers would be paid at triple the odds if only one scored.
330
Top Ten Betting Mistakes
The first step to formulating a solution is to define the problem.
The following points are areas of betting where many punters often get it wrong. My
views arise from long personal experience and years of communication with succesful
and unsuccesful punters alike. My aim here is to highlight these common areas of failure
in the hope that I can speed up your learning curve towards succesful betting. Read the
following thoughts and you may be able to side step many of the pot holes others have
fallen into in the past.
1) Failure to Use Betting Banks

Most gamblers fail to understand that the best method of achieving a healthy and
sustained long term profit from racing is to set aside a sum of money away from your
main finances, solely for the betting of horses. Whatever method or system you are using,
whoever you are following or subscribing to or however your own bets are calculated,
you are better off with a "Betting Bank" that has built -in advantages that can help you. It
needs to be independent from your own personal finances and needs to be protected from
factors that can threaten it. This can take a lot of emotion out of the decision making
process. Emotion is a factor that threatens all punters. The size of your betting bank will
of course be dependant upon your own individual circumstances and free capital
available. An analogy to the world of shares perhaps may be that no financial advisor
worth his salt would advise you throw all your capital into the stock market alone.
331
The vast majority of punters fail to use any form of set aside bank. They bet randomly
with what ever money they have in their pocket at the end of the week or go in too deep
with stakes far in excess of their personal safety levels. A punter with a professional
attitude will set aside what he can comfortably afford to invest and then determine the
best use he can make of that fixed sum of capital. With a fixed sum of capital available
you now move on to the next reason for failure.
2) Failure to Stake Correctly

It is vital that you consider your betting bank as capped in amount. You do not have an
endless pool of resources to dip into. Betting by its nature carries inherent risks. These
risks include periods of low strike rates and long losing runs. Your betting bank and
staking should be adapted for the method you use. You must in advance, prepare yourself
for the possibility of a worse than average sequence of losers through adoption of a
sufficient number of units in your betting bank. Correct methodical staking in addition to
the mathematical advantage, can also help overcome the risk of emotional reaction to a
sequence of unusually positive or negative results. Take the Pricewise column in the
racing post as an example. Long term if you could get on at the advised prices, it would
have returned a decent profit overall. During this time however followers would have to
have endured runs of up to 40 losers in a row! Despite the overall long term profit I
suspect the vast majority of Pricewise followers would have been terminated either by a
failure to set aside a sufficient amount of points or through failure to cope with the
emotion of the losing run. We have long since established here a strike rate of about 35%
on our Best Bet selections and at an average S.P. of over 5/2 for each winning bet. We
feel able to protect clients banks as long losing runs haven't happened and the strike rate
332
and odds have been more than enough to ensure long steady and safe growth for your
betting profits. That is in essence the key to winning money. Manage your accounts in a
way that protects them as far as possible from the element of risk that the game presents
you.
3) Chasing Losses
Chasing losses at first sight may appear to be an easy way to guarantee an eventual profit
but the true story is it is a game for fools and statistically will not work unless you
generate an overall level stakes profit. Chasing losses is a game for the illinformed who
do not want to make the effort to seek value in their bets. Bookmakers have to price up
every race. Punters don't have to play in every race, they can pick the races they want to
bet in ,and that is the main edge that people fail to understand. If you have had a losing
day, by attempting to chasing your losses you give up that advantage and bet in the races
that you should not be betting in. You are therefore betting the way bookmakers want you
to and not in the way to win. Many punters will alter their stakes in the last race either to
"chase" losses or "play up" winnings. Its no coincidence that the bookmakers have
ensured that the last race on each day is often a handicap or one of the hardest races that
day . There will be more racing the next day and the day after that. The secret is waiting
for opportunities and only betting when you know you havecircumstances which favour
you and not the bookmakers. You must never change your approach, or deviate from
sensible staking as there is no such things as "The Last Race".
4) Lack of Value Appreciation
333
Appreciation of "value" in a bet is core to long term success. To profit over a long series
of bets you must be betting at odds greater than the true chance of winning your selection
have. To do this however over the long term, you need to concentrate on each race
individually and seek the value bet in that race. There is value to be had in every race.
The key to it is understanding where that value is. Many times a punter will screw up a
losing betting slip and say "At least I had some value". There is absolutely NO
relationship between value and prices. A 33/1 chance may be diabolical value yet a very
short priced favorite may be supreme value. It does not follow that the bigger the price
you take the better "value" you have . The value is sometimes clear but more often well
hidden and it takes a trained eye to see that. Everyone has this "Foresight" on occasions,
it is a game about opinions after all and nobody is always right or wrong. Value can be
the most expensive word in racing if you can't bet winner. The old cliche is that value is
about betting a horse whose true chance is better than its price reflects. That's only a
small part of it. You also have to make sure that you bet in the right way and in the right
races as that is the only way you can keep strike rates high and protect a betting bank.
You should continually strive to increase value in your bets. Once you have a selection
you feel is value do not just take the first acceptable price that comes along. Seek to
improve it by shopping around the various bookmakers or try and top the best
bookmakers price by looking to the betting exchanges. Marginal improvements on odds
on each bet you make can have a dramatic effect on long term profits.
5) Greed For Instant Wealth

Many punters seek the thrill of a life changing bet that will produce huge gains of instant
wealth for a small outlay. Bookmakers play on your natural desire and go out of their
334
way to encourage you to bet exotic multiple selection bets that can in one hit, turn a small
stake into a large sum. Professionals however rarely bet in multiples. Most professionals
bet singles and steer away from the multiple bets. Bookmakers relentlessly promote a
host of multiple bets with exotic names such as Yankee, Lucky 15, andGoliath. The
reason they are heavily touted is the profit margin in the bookmaker's favour increases
the more selections you add to your multiple bet. Say you select any random 5/1
selection. If you bet this as a single the bookmaker may have a theoretical edge in his
favor of 15%. Taking two such selections however and betting them in a win double, the
bookmakers profit margin rises to about 30% ! Yes your win double can produce a much
bigger win from the same stake however over the long term the bookmaker is eating
away at your capital at a much faster rate. It is a waste of time debating which type of
multiple bet is 'best'. Unless your prediction skills are supernatural or you are incredibly
lucky, then betting in singles is more often the best option. You may say that many
"Pros," do bet in multiples in bets like The Scoop 6 or the Jackpot, but that's only because
they know there is plenty of "Dead" money in any given Pool and they are betting against
people who don't understand the dynamics of those types of bet. There are times you
should bet in multiples but in truth they are few and far between. You can't approach this
as a "Get Rich Quick " scheme. It is a long slow process of serious and sustained profit
and not a game for Get Rich Quick schemers. If you go Into any Betting shop, have a
look at all the posters on the wall offering "special offers", "enhanced terms " and "bonus
offers". You will see they are all multiple bets. Bookmakers want you betting in multiples
and it is easy to see why. They carve most profit from them. You never see a
Bookmakers promotion offering extra's on a win or each way single. Ask yourself why.
335
6) Lack of Discipline
Lack of Discipline is the big hurdle for punters trying to turn a losing hobby into a
winning one. Bookmakers know that. That's why in every betting office you can bet on
numbers, lotteries, ball games, racing from all over the globe with horses nobody has
heard of before and even now computer animated, or as they call it, virtual racing.
Bookmakers just believe that its a case of punters sitting all day betting on what ever is
put in front of them and sadly they are right in many cases .They are simply thrill seeking
and don't care what they bet on, as long as they can bet. There is no methodology at all
and many betting office regulars are simply a bunch of headless chickens prepared to pay
long term for the warming buzz of the occasional win. Even more experienced regular
gamblers who are savvy enough to turn down bets that they know are stupid always let
themselves down by continually bleeding their profits with a fun tenner here and a fun
tenner there. It takes great discipline to NOT bet at times. It takes discipline to walk away
from a horse when the price isn't right. It takes discipline to say no to that small fun bet. It
takes discipline to keep your money in your pocket and deny yourself the emotional buzz
of watching your runner. Punters come in all shapes and sizes. Even the shrewder punters
who could win at the game, fall into the trap of lack of discipline of study. After a
winning period they forget that what made them winners in the first place, was the effort
they put in. They fall victim to over confidence, laziness and indiscipline. Being a long
term successful punter is like swimming against the tide. It takes an effort to stay still,
even greater effort to move ahead and as soon as you relax or slack off you start to go
backwards.
336
7) Emotion
Betting is a lonely game. Its also a highly skilled game. Emotion undermines success in
many ways . There is comfort in knowing that as a sheep when you are wrong it is not
your fault as you were simply doing what everyone else was doing. With betting, the
laws of market supply and demand, dictate that long term, the sheep will get fleeced.
Emotion neutralises discipline and long proven successful practices. The result of any
isolated race has little or no relation to races just before that or just after that . Races
should be viewed in isolation from each other. We are all emotional in betting but the
players at the top of the tree have this down to a fine art and can control those emotions.
Other punters have long since been conditioned by bookmakers to EXPECT to lose rather
than win. They have an in built psychological factor that makes them feel like losers and
they have been conditioned to losing by years of doing so. Over 95% of punters are
flawed emotionally. Examples of emotive gambling include punters following a horse
,trainer or a jockey blind . The "Hype" horses are cannon fodder for emotional punters.
They may also follow tipsters blind as they "hate" the thought of missing out on a winner.
They pay no attention to the changing conditions of a race that may follow non runners or
the ground changing. They missunderstand confidence and can't cope with a lack of
confidence. Emotion also prevents people from advanced betting subjects such laying ,
hedging and arbitrages. Emotion forces some punters to bet horses with certain names
that remind them of loved ones. Names such as "Long Tall Sally " and "Susan's Pride "
attract many to them just for a name that's relevant to them . Most punters have a grudge
against their own money and winning and being successful is alien to them. Emotional
punters lose their heads in barren times and fail to capitalise on winning runs. They mess
337
about with systems and staking plans that make no sense. The more emotion you can rule
out of your betting , the more successful you will become . You have to view everyone in
the game as your enemy and as people trying to take your hard earned money away from
you in the same way as you would a pickpocket . Once you can master your emotions
you have made the first big step to betting profitably .
8) The Grass is Greener

The grass is rarely Greener on the Other Side. The truth is that the grass that isn't working
for you has not been grown, cultivated or looked after properly. Many punters change
approaches and methods so quickly that they don't give any method a true test . If they
find a system that works they don't continue after a few bad results . It is the same as
gamblers who write down every bet they have . Once they have a few losers they often
lose the heart to do this and stop doing so and move on to another area . They are like
children with new toys at Christmas . They never stay with any method long enough to
prosper . They always feel the" Grass is Greener" , when in truth the "Grass" they are
using has been abused and left to deteriorate. They want the next Big "new idea " or
"method " and that doesn't work either as the fault lies not in the Grass, but the Gardener .
They have no long term consistency in their betting and are constantly tinkering with
what wasn't broke or moving on in search of the holy grail before a full evaluation of
what they are currently examining has been completed. A competition to win best garden
will be won by the person who can spend most time in the garden and master its
challenges, the gardener who is prepared to care about his garden and invest in the tools
that will help his garden grow and keep the weeds at bay. It's the same with betting. You
338
will do far better long term if you can make a concentrated effort of learning and research
in one key area rather than flitting from this to that.
9) Laziness
Most punters are LAZY! They have religiously followed a doctrine of poor planning and
lack of research. They refuse to study and spend hours looking at how they can win at
betting. They refuse to invest in the game and invest in their own learning . You cant
refuse to spend money, just look at the racing for 30 minutes and expect to win long term.
You simply can't get away with that in the hardest trade of all , Winning Money at
Beting. If it was that easy , then millions would do it .You must either invest in your
betting , or pay someone to do just that. Natural human tendency is to try and get away
with the least amount of effort. Lazy punters are cannon fodder for the bookmakers. They
make little or no effort in their selection process nor make an effort to extract maximum
returns from their bets. Those who put the most work in are the more likely to succeed.
My philosophy is simple. I believe that if a bookmaker, journalist or odds compiler
spends 3 hours on a race then I'll spend 6 hours on that race to gain the edge. The famous
golfer Gary Player once said "The Harder I Work the Luckier I Get". That is true about
both golf and betting .Most people can't spend 12 hours a day studying betting as they
have families, jobs, commitments and lead their own lives. That is what you pay us for.
We do that study for you and re-invest money in our betting so that we can find every
edge possible to Help You Win.
10) Stupidity!
339
Amazingly most punters fail to learn from their mistakes. They continue for years making
the same basic errors time and time again. Pure stupidity. Strive to improve your betting
performance by continually learning from the mistakes and weakness is your game. Your
bookmaker may have been laughing at you for years. You have it in your power however
to improve your betting and hopefully wipe that smile from his face for good.
340
TOP THREE (F3)
System
Once 10 games have been played, bet a 1 unit Treble on each of the top 3 teams in the
premiership.
Logic
settled down, and the stronger teams are usually near the top (In the case of the
Premiership, you know the same teams are going to be up there season on season, with
maybe one or two exceptions) Again, in order to stay up there, the teams will need to
keep winning games. You are simply combining them to do it at the same time.
You could actually do this for each of the divisions if you so desired, as you may find
that there is less strength in depth the further down you go
341
TRAVELLING FLAT TRAINERS
RULES
Horse must have travelled at least 150 miles

SP must be no bigger than 11/1
Horse must be trained by one of the following trainers:
P A Blockley
Ian Williams
L M Cumani
M H Tompkins
P W Harris
J M P Eustace
H Candy
342
10 Mini-Systems For The Week-End Punter
Here are 10 mini horse racing systems that are perfect for the weekend warrior.
1. Look for horses that finished in the money, that is first, second or third at their last four
starts in their current campaign.
2. Play any non-placed run if it finished its most recent race within two lengths of the
winner.
3. Try a horse whose last run was on the same track as today unless it is shipped from a
major track (Belmont, Churchill, Santa Anita) to a minor track (Penn National, Turf
Paradise, Mountaineer). This little method will give you a few good horses to check out
and regularly comes up with some good winners.
4. If a horse was a favourite or low odds (3-1 or less) in its last race and today is over 10-
1 in the same type race or lesser, take a shot! This method can return some big longshots.
5. Don't bet on a horse that won at longshot odds its last race and is running at
favouritism or low odds today. If you weren't there for the wedding why go to the
funeral? If this is the case, look instead for a horse with a low morning lines (3-1 or less)
and is going to post over 3-1 odds.
6. Look for a horse that is a proven a winner at either the track or distance. Or box the top
3 money-earners at either the track or distance. This is a powerful handicapping tool
that's simple to use when betting horses.
7. If a horse is a heavy favourite due to a big class drop or favourable distance change,
look for another horse that is doing the same exact thing only being ignored at higher
odds - this little gem can really make your day at the race track.
343
8. Never play more than 2 race tracks at a time. It's so tempting with Satellite simulating
but unless you want to blow through your money in about 30 minutes, don't do it.
9. Have a goal in mind. If you go to the track and say, I'd like to win £50 today, that's a
goal. But if you say, I only want to lose £50 that's a goal too. And your mind will make
sure you achieve it. So what's better to have as a goal, reasonable winnings or tolerable
losses? It's up to you.
10. Look for threes. Anytime a horse is doing something for a third time, that can be a
very good thing. 3rd time blinkers, 3rd race off a layoff, 3rd race in a new class - for
whatever reason this is a horse racing miracle number. Keep your eye on it.
Those should have you cashing many tickets and buying many of your buddies a beer or
two.
344
Betting Insurance Systems
How to get back your stake when your horse doesn't win. Picking just one winner in a
race can be a nightmare. You can do everything right, you can find the best horse in the
field and you just know it should cross the line first. Then something goes wrong. The
horse falls, it gets bunched in on the rails, it just wasn't feeling right on the day - or the
dark horse, 20-1 outsider comes though and pips it at the post. Among our methods I like
to consider ways to insure my bets. It may mean I don't always pick up so much on the
outright winners, but I certainly never lose as often as I would without these kind of
insurances. In this simple method, I use "saver" bets to cover my chosen winner. In
future methods I'll show you some more sophisticated ideas, but this one is effective and
easy to apply with just a little extra calculation.
Here's how it works. Let's say from one or more of my selection methods I've come up
with a likely winner and a good value horse at 2/1. However, there are 10 other runners
and behind him there are just two that I think could be some competition. The first of
these is priced at 7/2 and the other at 5/1. The rest of the field I believe to be no
competition for these top three. So, although I still think the favourite will win at 2/1, I'm
going to take out some "insurance" on the other two and I'll put bets on them that will
return all of my stake money if either of them should win. Here's the calculation:
Let's assume my TOTAL stake is £10.00
For the first contender at 7/2, I'll convert his price to European digital odds. To do this,
divide the first figure by the second and add 1.
So 7 divided by 2 = 3.5, plus 1 = 4.5
345
Now, I'll divide this figure into my total stake - 10 / 4.5 = £2.22
The is the amount I'll stake on this horse. At odds of 7/2, if it should win, then I'll get
back the full £10.00 of my stake money.
Perform the same calculation on the second horse and you get:
5 / 1 = 5 + 1 = 6.00
Divide this into £10 and you get: £1.66
This is my stake on the second horse and will guaratee my full returned stake if it should
win.
So if I now subtract these two extra stakes from my total stake of £10.00 I get -
£10.00 - £2.22 - £1.66 = £6.18
This final figure of £6.18 is what I have left to stake on the favourite that I really believe
will win.
So, if my champion wins I get £12.36 profit, plus my £6.18 returned, but I lose the £3.88
of the other two bets - so my actual profit on the bet is £8.48.
However, if either of the others should win I get back the full amount of my stake and no
loss. If you are averse to losing then this is a great but simple way to keep your money
safe.
346
Betting Insurance Systems 2
The Double Bet

An ingenious way to bet on two horses for a fine return.
Although not widely known, this is an excellent and devious way to exploit a betting
loophole to come closer to guaranteeing your profit.
Here we are betting on two horses in different races. How you choose the two horses is
up to you and should be based on some reasonably reliable system or form study. The
secret is in how your bet is written out for the bookmaker.
Filling out your betting slip
You will need to place your bets with TWO different bookmakers for this to work.
Imagine, for this example, you have chosen "Classified" to win in the Three O'Clock at
Newmarket and "Lakota Brave" to win in the Three Thirty.
At the first bookmaker you should fill out your slip as follows:
£1 Win, Classified, 3.00 Newmarket

£2 Win, Lakota Brave, 3.30 Newmarket
Stop at a Winner
(Of course you can use higher stakes, but the two bets should be in the same proportion
as the example above).
So the total staked in this example is £3.00
At the second Bookmaker you should write your bet as follows:
347
£1 Win, Lakota Brave, 3.30 Newmarket

£2 Win, Classified, 3.00 Newmarket
Stop at a Winner
Remember to add that final line "Stop at a Winner". This means that if you first selection
wins then your stake on the second horse is returned to you along with your winnings on
the first - so you don't lose money on the second bet.
What you have done is to reverse the stakes on the horses in the second bet. Also, notice
the timing of the races on the second bet is in reverse order. Now you may find that some
betting shops will not accept your bet unless the races are in chronological order.
However, competition between bookies and betting exchanges is now so intense that
many bookies will be pleased to accept your bet whatever.
So, what happens if either of your selections should win?
Let's say Classified loses but Lakota Brave wins at 3/1.
At the first bookmaker's you will lose the £1 on the first half of the bet but will receive £8
(including the return of your stake) for Lakota Brave's win.
At the second betting shop you will receive £4 return for Lakota Brave and, because you
instructed to "stop at a winner" you will also get back your stake for Classified even
though it lost a half hour before.
For your total investment of £6 you get £9 in winnings plus your £2 stake at the second
shop on Classified. A total profit of £8.00.
You've guaranteed a profit from at least one horse winning whilst ensuring you hardly
lose anything for the other losing. All at a lot less cost than placing a perm bet with a
similar guarantee.
348
What if BOTH horses win?

Actually this method is more profitable if only one horse wins than if they both win.
Imagine both horses won at 3/1. You would win £3 (plus your £1 stake returned) from
the first half of the bet at both betting shops and the bet would stop before the second race
in each case. Your profit then is just £6.00. Still nothing to complain about 'though.
What's so great about this system?
There are four possible outcomes in this bet. Horse A wins, Hose B wins, they Both win
or they Both lose. In three of these four outcomes you make a profit and if you have
selected wisely you have a high chance of at least one horse winning. Single bets are
very risky and perm bets on two or more horses are much more expensive than this.
Actual winnings with this method will vary according to which horse wins and at what
odds. So you should calculate beforehand if the odds available will pay off for you with
this kind of staking.
This kind of bet is quite legal and there is no need to tell the second bookmaker about
your bet with the first.
349
Contest 4
With Cheltenham fast approaching I thought this might be the right time to give you the
following idea for the Festival that might help point us in the profitable direction. It's not
my own idea but comes from the renowned Russell Clarke, B.Sc Hons (as he always
rightly describes himself), and from all the evidence it seems to be rather a good plan. It
might work all the time at all meetings, but Clarke suggested it especially for Cheltenham
and also for Aintree following on. Just one thing, though. It's not going to pinpoint actual
winners; rather it will narrow the field down in each race to a few possibles from which
each punter can make his own choice. The basic Clarke concept is to identify progressive
horses as being the most likely Festival winners, and his method for doing so is extremely
simple. Using the Racing Post he looks at the Topspeed figures and the Postmark ratings
for every runner. If, in either case, Topspeed or Postmark, the latest figure is the highest
figure, then that indicates a progressive runner and is one to include in your list for
consideration. It's certainly simple, but let's look at some examples. The results I have to
hand come from the Festival Meetings of 1996 and 1997. In '96, of the 19 races there
were 17 won by progressive horses. And the following year, 13 out of 19 were won by
these progressives. But before we get over-excited it has to be said that in over half of the
races, 21 of the 38 to be exact, more than half of the horses were progressive. Ignoring
these for having too many to consider, we'll concentrate on the other 17. Here are some
of the results. In '96 - a race with 5 of the 12 being progressive we had the 1st and 2nd at
7/1 and 4/1. Another had only 2 progressive and they finished 1st and 2nd at 10/1 and
13/8. In another with 5 of the 13 runners progressive, one of them was the 20/1 winner.
There were others too, but perhaps the best was the race with 15 of the 30 being
progressive and supplying 1st and 2nd at 25/1 and 16/1. And from the following year
there was a winner at 20/1 from 8 progressives in a 16 runner field, and more amazingly,
5 progressives in a field of 17 gave the winner and second at 20/1 and 25/1. The very
next race, believe it or not, gave 1st and 2nd at 20/1 and 33/1 from 7 progressive horses
out of the 15 runners. Maybe there is something in the idea to give us food for thought at
Cheltenham in a month's time. Away from racing, here is a true story that greatly amused
me recently. Mr and Mrs Highlander had gone away for a week-end break to a semi-posh
hotel on the shores of Loch Lomond, where, of an evening after dinner, the hotel
management saw fit to provide entertainment for their guests - as if drinking wasn't
enough! There was a singer, a comedian - and then a quiz. That's where the story starts.
350
We were issued with our answer sheets, and then the questions started. The first twenty
were on general knowledge and the Highlanders were doing rather well. Indeed, I was
beginning to eye up the prize bottle of champagne with a proprietorial air. "Now,"
announced the quizmaster, "the final five questions of the quiz are all cryptic clues with
the answers being the names of sweets or confectionery. Here's the first one - where
mothers might gather for a drink." I looked around and not many people were writing.
But Highlander had it. I wrote down Mars Bar, and waited for the next. "Got that one?"
asked the quizmaster, surveying the lounge. A few shouts of "No" answered him. "Right
then, our next clue is - every girl-friend would like to have this." The complete silence
told the quizmaster that nobody had the answer, so he tried to help out by giving an extra
clue. "And," he said, "her boy-friend would like her to have this too." Still puzzlement
everywhere, except at a table not far from us. The genius there shouted out in his
excitement, "I've got it. A Gobstopper!" Appropriate though it was, I knew it couldn't be
the right answer, but I'd have awarded him the champagne for it there and then. After all
the laughter had died down any further interest in the quiz had all but disappeared.
Highlander was laughing so much he didn't even hand in his answer sheet; but for anyone
who may still be wondering what the correct answer was - and this comes as a real anti-
climax (I use these words very advisedly!) - apparently there is a sweet on the market
called Cherry Lips. Just a few comments about this month's classic system, Contest 4. It
is for use with N.H. racing as befits this season of the year, and is, as its name suggests,
the fourth in a series of which number 1 is in the Surewin catalogue of systems. I believe
I could uncover numbers 2 and 3 from my own collection. The vendor is a Philip Ryder
from an address in London, and it was from his father or uncle (the latter, I think) that I
bought my very first system many years earlier, and his address was in Great Portland
Street, London, as far as I can recall. To bring the family history up to date, I have a
feeling that Bill Clarke, who currently operates his racing service from a farmhouse in
Dorset, is part of the illustrious Ryder system dynasty. Anyway, let Contest number 4
begin. This is for N.H. racing. For many years Trainers4Courses has been a winning
formula on the Flat and over the sticks. Contest 4 concentrates on the fact that certain
trainers have a distinct liking for a particular course and this is taken into account by
concentrating on a short list of trainers for each race meeting. You can see a list of
leading trainers for each N.H. course in the Daily Mail and Daily Mirror, both of which
give the number of winners for each trainer over the past few years, with runners on a
particular day. You can back all the Contest 4 Plan qualifiers in singles, doubles or you
can if you wish Stop at a Winner.
351
1. From the list of leading trainers ignore any that have more than two runners at a single
meeting, unless there are 7 races, in which case they can have a maximum of three
runners, but do not include N.H. Flat races.
2. Start with the trainer with the most wins. If he has 1 or 2 runners at a single meeting
then these are the Contest 4 advices, providing that if there is a single runner it must be in
the first three in the paper's betting forecast and that it has been placed in the first three in
its last race. If there are two system runners, then at least one of them must be in the first
three in the betting and have been placed on its last outing. If there are three, due to a 7
race card, then again at least one must have been placed in its last outing and be in the
first three in the betting. Therefore you can have a single Contest 4 selection, 2 selections
and on rare occasions three.
3. Continue down the list of leading trainers for the course until you have a qualifier, i.e.
a trainer that meets the requirements of Rule 2. If a trainer has more than one runner in a
race ignore the race. You are looking for a leading trainer starting from the top who has
1, 2 or on rare occasions 3 runners with the qualifications as in Rule 2. At least one of the
horses must be in the first three in the betting and have been placed on its last outing; in
other words, the horse in the first race may be at a big price and have no form, but you
still support it as long as the other horse meets the betting and placing rules. A single
horse must meet the betting and placing rules. No bets in races of less than 4 runners, and
if both races (in the event of 2 qualifiers) are Novice events, no bet. Go on to the next
trainer on the list.
4. If the second or third selection is quoted at 6/4 or less, then delete that trainer and
continue down the leading trainers' list until you have 1, 2 or on rare occasions 3 Contest
4 Plan advices.
352
Deciding if a bet is worth the risk
Do the maths make sense before you place your horse racing bet?
This is one of the first questions you should ask yourself before considering putting down
your stake money. Does the bet provide VALUE? What we mean by this is - the odds
offered by a bookmaker are never the "true" odds or probabilities of a horse winning.
Who knows exactly what those figures should be? The figures in the odds are more
indicative of what the market as a whole (all the punters in the country and beyond)
believe is a horse's chance of winning. The figures are driven by market forces. If more
people want to back a horse because they think it will win then the bookmakers odds will
shorten (reduce). This is as true in the bookmakers' shop as it is on the betting
exchanges. However, one factor you can be sure of is that whatever the odds offered
about a particular horse, the bookmaker will "balance" his total book so that, over all, he
is guaranteed a small profit from the race - or at least from the many races he takes bets
on that day. All professional gambling bodies do this. Bookmakers, casinos, bingo halls,
the National Lottery, etc. will all stack the odds AGAINST the punter so that even if
individuals win individual bets - the "house" wins over all. Bookmakers call this inbuilt
advantage their "over round". It means instead of all the odds in a race adding up to
100% they will generally add up to something like 117% - and that extra 17% is in the
bookmaker's favour. This is his expected profit margin. So, as your objective should be
to try to consistently tip the odds further in your favour, you should be looking out for
bets where in the race as a whole the over round is on the low side, i.e. below that typical
17%.
353
Here's how you do it:

Firstly, express all the odds of the race in European 'digital' format. So for example
"evens" is 2.0, "Two to One" is 3.0, etc. (To transform fractional odds to digital, divide
the first figure by the second and add one - so 6 - 4 becomes 1.5+1 = 2.5).
Then divide each digital odds price into 100 to give you the percentage figure for each
horse. So, for example, with a three horse race with odds:
Horse 1 1.8 = 55.55 %
Horse 2 3.3 = 30.30 %
Horse 3 4.0 = 25.00 %
-------
110.85 %
Here, with the total book adding up to about 111 % this shows a lower than average over
round. If you find, by using a good selection method, a horse in this race with a good
chance of winning then you are more likely to get good value from this bet than in the
typical bookmaker race.
The lower the total percentage odds of the race the more the book is in your favour.
354
DOWNGRADED HURDLERS SYSTEM

This system involves certain hurdlers which have been dropped in class. It has perhaps more rules than I
care for a system to have, but all of them are logical and the result is a set of rules that has produced a
level stakes profit for each of the last eleven seasons. Firstly we’ll look at the stats for all hurdlers which
have been dropped in class over the last four seasons…..
YEAR WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP% VSP%

2000 436 4208 10.36 -1233.89 -29.32 -13.52
2001 530 5098 10.40 -1529.77 -30.01 -10.72
2002 549 4985 11.01 -1424.30 -28.57 -9.27
2003 564 5028 11.22 -1074.07 -21.36 -10.16
2079 19319 10.76 -5262.03 -27.24 -10.76
Now, if we look closely at the stats broken down by SP, we can see that as you would expect, the longer
the SP the lower the strike rate.
CATEGORY WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP% VSP%

< 1/2 103 143 72.03 -8.25 -5.77 -7.02
1/2 - 20/21 195 369 52.85 -37.13 -10.06 -9.12
1/1 - 11/8 128 276 46.38 6.20 2.25 1.34
6/4 - 15/8 129 383 33.68 -37.76 -9.86 -9.61
2/1 - 7/2 480 1953 24.58 -134.09 -6.87 -6.31
4/1 - 15/2 577 3882 14.86 -189.00 -4.87 -4.48
8/1 - 15/1 331 4752 6.97 -928.00 -19.53 -19.19
16/1 - 31/1 104 3660 2.84 -1506.00 -41.15 -41.17
32/1 - 63/1 25 2589 0.97 -1633.00 -63.07 -61.45
64/1+ 7 1312 0.53 -795.00 -60.59 -55.99
As can be seen, The LSP% is quite acceptable until we go past the 4/1 – 15/2 range, then the losses are
considerable. The runners that are sent off with an SP between 33/1 and 50/1 have a less than 1% strike
rate, which means their true odds is over 100/1. Clearly the SP group to concentrate on is those sent off
at shorter than 8/1. Splitting these results into handicap and non-handicap categories, we can clearly see
that the non-handicaps is the more profitable area, so this is the group we shall concentrate on…..
handicap races 368 2598 14.16 -219.50 -8.45 -8.38
non-handicap races 209 1284 16.28 30.50 2.38 3.24
The next area we’ll look at is the gender of the qualifiers. It’s amazing how a system can often be
greatly improved by concentrating solely on one sex, and in this instance it’s the males who outperform
their fairer counterparts……
355

mare 46 393 11.70 -96.00 -24.43 -24.22
filly 31 282 10.99 -85.00 -30.14 -29.11
colt 20 86 23.26 49.50 57.56 50.12
horse 36 252 14.29 -28.50 -11.31 -8.99
gelding 444 2868 15.48 -28.00 -0.98 -0.56
It goes without saying that the female runners should be ignored here. Finally, we look more closely at
the actual weight change of the qualifiers from their last outing…..

down > 14 lbs 7 16 43.75 2.78 17.38 13.05
down 9 - 14 lbs 30 110 27.27 -12.36 -11.24 -7.49
down 5 - 8 lbs 75 228 32.89 19.24 8.44 15.32
down 1 - 4 lbs 159 583 27.27 -32.73 -5.61 -10.53
no change 113 432 26.16 -48.10 -11.13 -6.23
up 1 - 4 lbs 177 619 28.59 0.36 0.06 -0.20 up
5 - 8 lbs 116 353 32.86 6.09 1.73 -12.63 up 9
- 14 lbs 60 191 31.41 15.97 8.36 -2.66 up 15
- 20 lbs 36 73 49.32 68.43 93.74 50.61 up
21+ lbs 5 25 20.00 -8.33 -33.32 -52.24
Those runners who were allotted more weight than on their last run performed better than the other
runners, suggesting that in this case class overrides the weight element. The most profitable area is
clearly a weight rise of between 15 and 20 lbs.
So the rules are…..
1) Non-handicap hurdles only
2) SP must be less than 8/1
3) Horse must be down in class
4) Male horses only
5) Horse must be carrying between 15 and 20 lbs more than on their last outing

2000 12 15 80.00 38.92 259.47 149.34
2001 7 23 30.43 1.58 6.87 8.42
2002 8 16 50.00 11.97 74.81 29.57
2003 9 19 47.37 15.96 84.00 49.37
36 73 49.32 68.43 93.74 50.61
Date Cse RcTyp Horse Position SP

16/07/00 STR H46VS PETUNTSE 1 2
17/07/00 WOL H4+I TORY BOY 5 2.75
356
05/08/00 WOR H4+S GEE BEE BOY 1 5.5

12/08/00 STR H4+I ALPINE PANTHER 2 4
26/08/00 WOR H4+M BERING GIFTS 1 2.5
17/10/00 DEV H4+BV TORDUFF EXPRESS 1 5
17/10/00 DEV H4+BV FLAKED OATS 3 5
17/10/00 DEV H4+V REIZIGER 1 1.88
11/11/00 AYR H3V SPIRIT OF PARK 1 0.33
27/11/00 KEL H4+BM EBINZAYD 1 1.63
06/01/01 UTT H4+S BULLENS BAY 1 2.75
08/01/01 FAK H4+V SPUNKIE 1 3.33
24/02/01 HAY H5+ BRING SWEETS 1 7.5
31/03/01 HAY H4+V TYNEANDTHYNEAGAIN 1 4.5
21/05/01 HUN H4+ BERING GIFTS 1 5
29/07/01 NWT H4+(0 DIVORCE ACTION 3 0.8
06/08/01 NWT H4+I PATELEY 7 2.25
06/08/01 NWT H4+V MAJOR LANDO 1 0.33
11/08/01 STR H4+I TAM O'SHANTER 2 5.5
24/08/01 FON H4+S ARCTIC BURNER 5 5.5
01/12/01 HAY H4+I SUPERIOR RISK 1 4
18/12/01 HER H4+OS DRAKESTONE 2 5.5
19/12/01 NBY H4+ ROB LEACH 2 3.33
14/01/02 PLU H4+V HAWADETH 1 4
11/03/02 PLU H5+V HURRICANE PETE 2 4
26/03/02 KEL H4+V BAHAMAS 12 1.75
30/03/02 PLU H4+(0 SMOOTH SAILING 1 3
01/04/02 MAR H5+V TEE-JAY 8 1.75
02/04/02 WAR H4+V BONUS BRIDGE 4 3
08/04/02 KEL H4+V MYTIMIE 17 2
16/04/02 NCL H4+VI RAW SILK 1 3
19/04/02 AYR H5+V MARAGUN 4 3.33
20/04/02 BAN H4+V BEAVER LODGE 1 1.75
25/04/02 PER H5+V SURPRISING 1 1.5
26/04/02 SAN H4+ INTERSKY FALCON 2 3
27/04/02 SAN H4+ SUDDEN SHOCK 2 5.5
27/04/02 SED H4+OV BROOKLYN'S GOLD 2 6
03/05/02 SED H4+M FROM LITTLE ACORNS 3 3.5
30/06/02 UTT H4+M MR FLUFFY 1 0.5
04/08/02 MAR H4+V SUN KING 2 0.73
26/08/02 SOU H4+I HAPPY HUSSAR 2 4.5
26/08/02 FON H4+I OCEAN LINE 1 1.88
29/01/03 LEI H4+VI KINGSTON BILL 5 7
01/02/03 UTT H4+VS ROMAN KING 1 2.25
08/02/03 NBY H5+V JABOUNE 3 2.75
06/03/03 CAR H4+OI HUGO DE PERRO 1 0.67
15/03/03 UTT H4+V TAILLEFER 3 4
357
17/03/03 WET H4+V FLORRIES SON 1 0.67

24/03/03 TAU H4V FAST MIX 2 0.57
01/04/03 NCL H4+VI MISTER CHISUM 1 6
16/04/03 CHL H4+V GRAVE DOUBTS 10 5
01/05/03 HER H4+M CLEVER THYNE 1 6.5
21/05/03 KEL H4+ TRAMANTANO 2 3.5
22/05/03 KEL H4+ LAOUEN 1 1.5
03/08/03 MAR H4+V DON'T SIOUX ME 1 1.38
25/08/03 FON H4+I BRADY BOYS 2 5.5
03/09/03 NWT H47S LINUS 1 6.5
13/09/03 WOR H4+M KAIKOVRA 2 5.5
23/10/03 HAY H47V ATTICUS FINCH 2 2.25
28/10/03 CHL H4+M ORACLE DES MOTTES 2 2
22/11/03 CAT H3VI MAUNBY ROCKER 1 5
28/11/03 AYR H4+OI BIRKDALE 3 2.75
20/12/03 WAR H4+V TOM'S PRIZE 2 0.91
07/01/04 HER H4+(0 SOUTHERNDOWN 2 7
26/01/04 WET H5+BV QUAINTON HILLS 7 6.5
12/02/04 HUN H4+I SHARPATEN 4 4
23/02/04 CAR H4+V JOES EDGE 1 1.25
04/03/04 LUD H4+V KING SOLOMON 2 1.75
13/03/04 SAN H4+V DISTANT THUNDER 1 3
19/03/04 WAR H4+I OULTON BROAD 1 4.5
10/04/04 CAR H4+V MOONLIT HARBOUR 1 2
13/04/04 CHP H4+M ILABON 1 0.33
01/05/04 SOU H4+S NORDIC PRINCE 1 2
358
Experience Counts
It’s logical to presume that a horse with previous racecourse experience will hold an advantage
over any rival newcomers which have yet to take part in any public race, as racecourse
debutants often ruin their chance by running ‘green’ and becoming overawed by the occasion.
But what advantage, if any, is gained by experience in terms of the number of outings a horse
has had? Here we are going to examine the statistics for two year old favourites, competing in
maiden races, and having raced more times than the average for the field. If a horse is made
favourite for a maiden event, then it must be presumed that the horse has shown (or is
expected to be able to show) the ability to win a race of this type. First we’ll look at the overall
stats for all favourites in 2yo maiden races over the last four seasons….

2001 232 568 40.85 -24.79 -4.36 -2.52
2002 250 591 42.30 27.84 4.71 0.23
2003 275 638 43.10 12.90 2.02 0.27
2004 253 701 36.09 -22.21 -3.17 -8.69
1010 2498 40.43 -6.26 -0.25 -2.57
Only a tiny loss of 0.25% from a sample of almost two and a half thousand runners bodes well
for this exercise. Favourites in these types of races clearly perform well in comparison to other
race types, as the average strike rate for all 2yo favourites is around 37% - significantly lower
than the 40.43% strike rate enjoyed by this group of market leaders. What we will now look at
is the performance of this group of favourites in relation to the experience they have in terms of
races run, in comparison to their rival’s experience. To find a horse’s ‘exposure’, you simply
divide the number previous runs it has had by the average number of previous outings of the
entire field. So if the favourite has raced 2 times previously, and the average number of
previous runs for the whole field is 3.4, then the favourite’s exposure is 59% (2 / 3.4).
CATEGORY WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP%

rce of debutants 15 44 34.09 -9.87 -22.43
< 10% 143 409 34.96 -28.18 -6.89
10 - 29% 2 9 22.22 -2.50 -27.78
30 - 44% 23 58 39.66 -3.02 -5.21
45 - 59% 43 95 45.26 5.35 5.63
60 - 69% 32 84 38.10 -8.06 -9.60
70 - 79% 39 101 38.61 -16.95 -16.78
80 - 89% 38 108 35.19 -25.74 -23.83
90 - 100% 72 186 38.71 -10.95 -5.89
101 - 124% 89 211 42.18 3.59 1.70
125+% 514 1193 43.08 90.07 7.55
359
The profitable percentage group 45-59% is almost certainly a statistical aberration, no doubt
due to the small sample size, as this is completely out of line with the rest of the percentage
groups. Other than that group, it’s only when the exposure percentage sails past 100% (ie the
favourite has had more previous runs than the field average) that a profitable edge appears.
The fact that almost half (48%) of the runners examined fell into this group strongly suggests
that these results are reliable. Concentrating solely on those favourites which had an exposure
percentage of greater than 100%, we can see how a profit can be made simply by backing
them blindly….

2001 133 304 43.75 10.71 3.52 -0.17
2002 159 341 46.63 52.72 15.46 10.12
2003 167 359 46.52 38.16 10.63 6.85
2004 144 400 36.00 -7.93 -1.98 -7.23
603 1404 42.95 93.66 6.67 2.63
The results can be further improved upon by looking closely at the time of the year these
favourites raced in…..

Jan-Mar (days 1-89) 2 5 40.00 -0.08 -1.60
April (days 90-119) 24 56 42.86 1.70 3.04
May (days 120-150) 50 130 38.46 0.66 0.51
June (days 151-180) 79 199 39.70 -23.92 -12.02
July (days 181-211) 105 233 45.06 25.25 10.84
August (days 212-242) 112 237 47.26 30.44 12.84
September (days 243-272) 108 215 50.23 40.19 18.69
October (days 273-303) 70 175 40.00 13.52 7.73
November (days 304-333) 36 114 31.58 -0.18 -0.16
December (days 334-365/6) 17 40 42.50 6.08 15.20
As can be seen, the first five months of the year produced a profit so small it would not have
been worth the trouble placing the bets, and then June showed a heavy loss. It is only when
we move into July onwards that the real profits appear. This is fairly logical, as 2yo racehorses
strengthen up dramatically as the season progresses, and horses with proven form then hold
the aces over lightly raced types and newcomers. By November, the turf season has all but
finished and the profits dry up once more as the low-quality all-weather meetings take over.
If we concentrate solely on the runners between the start of July through to the end of October,
we get the following impressive results…

2001 88 187 47.06 14.55 7.78 3.54
360
2002 102 207 49.28 43.65 21.09 10.51

2003 111 221 50.23 36.62 16.57 9.78
2004 94 245 38.37 14.58 5.95 -0.72
395 860 45.93 109.40 12.72 6.14
Rules:
a) 2yo maiden races only
b) Horse must be favourite
c) Horse must have an exposure percentage of 101+
d) July, August, September, October only

30/06/04 LIA 2MU FORZEEN 3 1.38
30/06/04 CAT 2M AL GARHOUD BRIDGE 1 2.75
30/06/04 CAT 2MF BIBURY FLYER 2 1.5
01/07/04 EPS 2M EMERALD PENANG 1 4.5
01/07/04 NBY 2M GRAND MARQUE 1 4.5
02/07/04 SAN 2M MELROSE AVENUE 1 2.75
02/07/04 BEV 2M WONDERFUL MIND 1 1.1
02/07/04 HAY 2MU HARVEST WARRIOR 1 3.33
02/07/04 HAY 2MU BOUNTY QUEST 4 3.33
03/07/04 NOT 2M KOMAC 6 1.63
04/07/04 BRI 2MU SAFENDONSEABISCUIT 4 1.88
05/07/04 EDI 2M ALPAGA LE JOMAGE 1 1
05/07/04 RIP 2MUF CASTELLETTO 1 0.53
07/07/04 KEM 2MF PARK LAW 1 1
08/07/04 EPS 2MU ENCANTO 2 1.75
09/07/04 YOR 2M SEYAADI 2 2
09/07/04 ASC 2MF GENNIE BOND 3 4
09/07/04 ASC 2MF THEAS DANCE 8 4
10/07/04 YOR 2M CLARET AND AMBER 5 3
10/07/04 YOR 2M COUP D'ETAT 2 2.25
10/07/04 CHE 2MU BOLD MINSTREL 1 1.88
10/07/04 SAL 2M TRANSGRESS 8 3.33
11/07/04 BAT 2MF VALUE PLUS 11 2.75
12/07/04 WSR 2M GALEOTA 1 3.5
12/07/04 WSR 2M LOADERFUN 2 3.5
13/07/04 BEV 2MU BIG HASSLE 1 0.57
13/07/04 BRI 2M CAMPEON 4 1.38
15/07/04 HAM 2MU MONASH LAD 3 0.62
15/07/04 EPS 2M IN THE FAN 1 0.73
16/07/04 NBY 2MF SWAN NEBULA 5 1.25
16/07/04 CAR 2MU LORNA DUNE 6 3.33
16/07/04 PON 2MU HIDDEN STAR 6 2
361
17/07/04 HAY 2M MOZAFIN 4 2.25

19/07/04 AYR 2M TOM FOREST 5 2
19/07/04 BRI 2M MISS CASSIA 3 2.25
19/07/04 WSR 2MF ANGEL SPRINTS 1 3.5
20/07/04 AYR 2M LOVE ANGEL 3 1.5
21/07/04 LIA 2M SEYAADI 5 2.5
21/07/04 CAT 2M GOLDEN LEGACY 1 0.44
21/07/04 SAN 2M EMBOSSED 1 3.5
21/07/04 LEI 2MU SCARLET INVADER 8 1.88
22/07/04 FOL 2MF VELVETEEN RABBIT 3 2.5
23/07/04 THI 2MF CONSIDER THIS 3 2.5
23/07/04 ASC 2MF DANCE FLOWER 3 2.75
23/07/04 ASC 2M CAPABLE GUEST 2 0.5
24/07/04 NCL 2MU BEE STINGER 2 0.8
24/07/04 NCL 2MU SPINNAKERS GIRL 2 2.5
24/07/04 YOR 2MU LITTLE DALHAM 1 0.8
24/07/04 LIN 2MU GIFTED GAMBLE 1 0.8
24/07/04 SAL 2M MARCHING SONG 2 1.25
25/07/04 PON 2M WITCHRY 1 0.25
25/07/04 NMJ 2M KHARISH 3 1.5
25/07/04 NMJ 2M DISGUISE 2 0.8
26/07/04 SOA 2M SAFSOOF 1 0.1
26/07/04 WSR 2M PERSIAN ROCK 1 1.75
27/07/04 BEV 2MUF WITHERING LADY 1 0.44
28/07/04 EDI 2MF DUCAL DIVA 2 2.5
28/07/04 KEM 2MF GREAT OPINIONS 10 2.25
28/07/04 LEI 2M ARMY OF ANGELS 1 0.15
29/07/04 GOO 2MF MISS L'AUGEVAL 1 3.33
29/07/04 CAR 2MU MERCHANT 2 1.63
29/07/04 EPS 2M WASALAT 9 4
29/07/04 EDI 2MU COLEORTON DANE 1 1.63
30/07/04 GOO 2M GROUND RULES 9 2.75
30/07/04 NMJ 2M FRITH 3 0.91
30/07/04 NMJ 2M DANIEL THOMAS 2 0.83
31/07/04 DON 2M EQDAAM 3 2
31/07/04 NMJ 2MF ROAD RAGE 1 0.73
31/07/04 THI 2M TURNAROUND 1 0.57
31/07/04 LIA 2M SIGN WRITER 4 1.25
31/07/04 LIN 2M FLAG POINT 7 2.25
01/08/04 NBY 2MF DANCE FLOWER 5 2.25
03/08/04 CAT 2M MOZAFIN 3 2
04/08/04 NCL 2M TAGULA SUNRISE 3 3
05/08/04 CHP 2M AGENT KENSINGTON 4 1.5
05/08/04 YAR 2MU ARABIAN DANCER 3 0.91
05/08/04 FOL 2M QUERIDO 1 0.33
362
05/08/04 FOL 2M MARCHING SONG 1 1.1

06/08/04 NMJ 2M WINDSOR KNOT(I) 1 0.8
06/08/04 HAY 2M COUNTDOWN 1 0.44
07/08/04 LIA 2M RUSSIAN CONSORT 1 2.5
08/08/04 LEI 2M CAPABLE GUEST 1 1.25
08/08/04 WSR 2MU BLAISE HOLLOW 1 2.75
09/08/04 LIA 2M WEDDING PARTY 1 1.1
09/08/04 WSR 2M PRINCE SAMOS 7 3
09/08/04 THI 2MU ABLE CHARLIE 6 2.25
09/08/04 THI 2M CHISELLED 4 0.44
10/08/04 BAT 2MUF SHOSOLOSA 3 1.63
11/08/04 BEV 2M GONE FISHING 3 2.5
11/08/04 YAR 2M JUANTORENA 3 0.36
11/08/04 SAL 2M AFRICAN STORM 7 2.5
11/08/04 SAN 2M PIPER'S ASH 1 0.83
12/08/04 SAL 2MU SIR MONTY 6 3.33
12/08/04 SAN 2M KHARISH 2 2.75
13/08/04 FOL 2MU GRAND PLACE 1 0.83
13/08/04 NMJ 2M MUTAMAASEK 7 2.5
13/08/04 NMJ 2M COUP D'ETAT 6 2.75
14/08/04 NMJ 2MF CASSYDORA 1 3.5
14/08/04 NMJ 2MF COUNTY CLARE 3 3.5
14/08/04 RIP 2MU ALONG THE NILE 6 4.5
14/08/04 RIP 2MU ARTIC FOX 13 4.5
14/08/04 GOO 2M GOODWOOD SPIRIT 3 2
15/08/04 PON 2M HANSEATIC LEAGUE 6 0.73
15/08/04 BAT 2MU EDGE FUND 9 2
16/08/04 NOT 2MU BREAKING SHADOW 3 3
16/08/04 BRI 2M ASIAN TIGER 1 1.88
16/08/04 WSR 2M SANT JORDI 1 3
16/08/04 WSR 2M COOL PANIC 5 3
17/08/04 HAM 2M PROFIT'S REALITY 3 1.5
18/08/04 YOR 2M RAJWA 2 1.5
18/08/04 NOT 2MF SINGHALESE 3 5.5
18/08/04 NOT 2MF AUTHENTICATE 6 5.5
19/08/04 CHP 2M ARABIAN DANCER 5 3.33
20/08/04 SOA 2M KOMAC 1 2
22/08/04 FOL 2MU GROUP CAPTAIN 2 2.75
23/08/04 WSR 2M JUANTORENA 4 1.5
24/08/04 YAR 2M PIANOFORTE 4 0.83
25/08/04 BRI 2MU PHLAUNT 3 1.25
26/08/04 LIA 2M TOFFEE VODKA 1 3
26/08/04 LIA 2M TREMAR 1 1.25
27/08/04 NMJ 2MCG JACK THE GIANT 9 3
27/08/04 NMJ 2MF SINGHALESE 3 3
363
27/08/04 NMJ 2MF PLAYFUL ACT 1 0.53

27/08/04 NMJ 2MCG THE DUKE OF DIXIE 3 1.25
27/08/04 THI 2MU NORTHERN SECRET 7 2.25
27/08/04 THI 2M STRETFORD END 4 0.67
27/08/04 THI 2MU SECRET HISTORY 1 2
28/08/04 NMJ 2M WISE OWL 4 3
28/08/04 GOO 2MF JE SUIS BELLE 2 1.1
28/08/04 RED 2M TSAROXY 1 2.25
29/08/04 YAR 2M SIGN WRITER 3 1.88
30/08/04 WAR 2MU BRIANNSTA 1 4.5
30/08/04 WAR 2MU POLAR DAWN 1 3.5
30/08/04 EPS 2M MISTER GENEPI 3 2.75
30/08/04 NCL 2M MOZAFIN 8 0.36
30/08/04 CHP 2MF RESISTANCE HEROINE 7 2.75
31/08/04 RIP 2MU OCEANICO DOT COM 1 2.75
01/09/04 YOR 2M BANCHIERI 3 1.75
02/09/04 SAL 2MF DONYANA 1 4
02/09/04 SAL 2MF BAHJA 3 2.5
02/09/04 SAL 2MF PROUD SCHOLAR 6 2.5
02/09/04 RED 2MU TAGULA SUNRISE 2 0.4
02/09/04 CAR 2MU CHISELLED 2 3
03/09/04 KEM 2M KHARISH 1 2.25
03/09/04 KEM 2MF CODE ORANGE 2 0.67
03/09/04 HAY 2M JUANTORENA 2 1.63
04/09/04 THI 2MU MCELDOWNEY 7 2.25
05/09/04 YOR 2MU RIDDER 1 2.5
06/09/04 BAT 2MUF ARABIAN DANCER 1 3.5
06/09/04 BAT 2MUF AGENT KENSINGTON 9 3.5
06/09/04 WAR 2MU THE PHEASANT FLYER 1 1.75
07/09/04 LIA 2MF GONE FISHING 3 0.91
07/09/04 CAT 2MU RINGAROOMA 2 1.5
08/09/04 DON 2M SHANNON SPRINGS 2 1.25
08/09/04 EPS 2M CORDAGE 4 1.88
09/09/04 CHP 2M MOKARABA 2 1.75
09/09/04 EPS 2M GOODWOOD SPIRIT 1 0.73
10/09/04 SAN 2M UNREAL 1 3
11/09/04 CAR 2M SECRET PACT 1 3
11/09/04 GOO 2M TAMATAVE 4 2.5
13/09/04 RED 2MF MAY MORNING 2 2.5
13/09/04 RED 2M CHINESE PUZZLE 3 2.75
13/09/04 EDI 2MU BOB'S FLYER 4 1.5
13/09/04 BAT 2M DISGUISE 4 1.38
13/09/04 BAT 2M SILVER HIGHLIGHT 2 1
14/09/04 SAL 2M PALATINATE 1 2.25
14/09/04 SAL 2M LOADERFUN 1 2
364
14/09/04 THI 2M TARAS TREASURE 1 2.5

14/09/04 THI 2M ABLE CHARLIE 7 2.5
14/09/04 THI 2M HADRIAN 1 2.25
15/09/04 BEV 2M RUSSIAN RIO 5 3
15/09/04 BEV 2M JUANTORENA 1 0.91
15/09/04 BEV 2MU KING'S ACCOUNT 1 1
15/09/04 YAR 2MF DESERT IMP 3 1.63
15/09/04 YAR 2M HOME AFFAIRS 1 0.62
16/09/04 YAR 2M OLIGARCH 3 0.83
17/09/04 NBY 2M NEWSROUND 1 0.4
18/09/04 LIA 2MU ELRAFA MUJAHID 1 4
18/09/04 LIA 2MU BOLD COUNSEL 6 4
18/09/04 NBY 2M MUSEEB 2 3
18/09/04 WAR 2M RED AFFLECK 1 0.67
19/09/04 HAM 2M LOVE PALACE 1 0.62
20/09/04 KEM 2MF QUICKFIRE 1 0.62
20/09/04 KEM 2M AMEEQ 9 1
20/09/04 CHP 2M DUROOB 3 1.75
21/09/04 NMR 2M FORWARD MOVE(I) 1 2
21/09/04 NMR 2MF TITIAN TIME 1 2.75
21/09/04 NMR 2MCG GROSVENOR SQUARE 1 2
21/09/04 NMR 2M KING MARJU 1 0.91
22/09/04 LIA 2MU WATCHMYEYES 2 1.1
22/09/04 LIA 2MU POLLITO 3 1.75
23/09/04 PON 2M WISE OWL 1 0.53
23/09/04 PON 2M LITTLE MISS GRACIE 1 1.38
24/09/04 HAY 2MF MOLLY MARIE 2 1.5
24/09/04 HAY 2MCG LORD MAYFAIR 6 3.5
24/09/04 ASC 2M DAVID JUNIOR 1 1
25/09/04 RIP 2MUF LADY DAN 16 3
25/09/04 HAY 2MCG MOZAFIN 1 1.1
27/09/04 WSR 2M SPEIGHTSTOWN 1 1.25
27/09/04 WSR 2M EVA SONEVA SO FAST 1 1.25
28/09/04 NOT 2MF SHARAIJI BLOSSOM 1 1.38
28/09/04 NOT 2MF ENTERTAINING 2 2.75
28/09/04 NOT 2MF INDIENA 3 1
29/09/04 NCL 2M GOLDEN FURY 3 1.5
29/09/04 NOT 2M DISGUISE 2 2.75
29/09/04 SAL 2M SUBYAN DREAMS 5 2.25
30/09/04 GOO 2MF LOVE THIRTY 1 0.83
04/10/04 WSR 2M HANSEATIC LEAGUE 1 3
05/10/04 CAT 2M BEN CASEY 5 1.5
06/10/04 LIA 2M QADAR 1 0.91
07/10/04 WOA 2MU WATCHMYEYES 1 1.75
365
08/10/04 YOR 2M PIVOTAL'S PRINCESS 2 2.5

09/10/04 WAR 2M MOON FOREST 1 0.73
09/10/04 YOR 2M MISTER GENEPI 1 0.62
09/10/04 YOR 2M NOBLE DUTY 3 0.62
11/10/04 WSR 2M HOLLY SPRINGS 2 0.83
12/10/04 LEI 2M LUIS MELENDEZ 1 2.5
12/10/04 LEI 2M CAVE OF THE GIANT 9 4
13/10/04 LIA 2M KING'S KAMA 3 1.63
13/10/04 LIA 2M KING'S MAJESTY 2 1.1
14/10/04 NMR 2M RIVER ROYALE 3 3.5
15/10/04 RED 2M WILLIAM TELL(I) 2 1.75
15/10/04 BRI 2M OLIGARCH 1 1.1
16/10/04 CAT 2M FINE LADY 2 2
16/10/04 WOA 2M PLANET 2 3
16/10/04 WOA 2M SPECTAIT 3 3
18/10/04 PON 2MU TURKS WOOD 8 3
19/10/04 WOA 2MU BELLY DANCER 2 1.25
19/10/04 WOA 2M RAINBOW IRIS 8 2.5
19/10/04 BAT 2M GIMASHA 12 1.88
19/10/04 BAT 2M WOTCHALIKE 1 0.5
19/10/04 BAT 2M TAMATAVE 4 2
20/10/04 NOT 2M ROYAL JET 5 0.91
21/10/04 BRI 2M COUP D'ETAT 3 1.1
22/10/04 DON 2M ROYAL MOUGINS 5 4
22/10/04 DON 2M DANIEL THOMAS 2 1.88
23/10/04 WOA 2MU IL PRANZO 1 2.75
23/10/04 NBY 2M SPEAR THISTLE 1 2.75
27/10/04 YAR 2M BUREAUCRAT 6 2.25
28/10/04 LIA 2MF ROYAL JELLY 1 3.5
28/10/04 LIA 2MF ARCHEOLOGY 2 3.5
28/10/04 LIA 2MF CELTIQUE 2 2
28/10/04 LIA 2MCG DANIEL THOMAS 1 0.67
28/10/04 LIA 2MCG KING'S MAJESTY 1 1.63
29/10/04 NMR 2M ORANMORE CASTLE 6 1.5
366
Favform
He sidled up to me in the betting shop and whispered, "I've got a great system for you."
Now, I should explain that this was not some suspicious stranger, nor a good friend who
knew of my interest in systematic betting, but an ordinary fellow-punter that I would see
in the shop occasionally and exchange greetings of the kind - "How's your luck?" "All
bad." "Picking any winners?" "No, I couldn't pick my nose." I should also explain that
this encounter took place about the middle of July this year; that’s important. He turned
to his Racing Post, had a quick look through it and then announced, "No, there's not a bet
today. But anyway, here's what to do."
367
I'm a sucker for such approaches and listened attentively to what he had to say. When he
had finished I felt an absolute sense of anti-climax and disappointment, and yet I knew
that what he was saying was completely true - every winner was genuine and the huge
prices were well documented. So, what was his wonderful system? Simply, back all the
selections of Pricewise in the Racing Post. I like to think of myself as a reasonably
switched-on punter and I've been well aware of Pricewise since its earliest days. As I
recall, Mark Coton was one of the first writers of the column, and since then many who
have followed him have gone on to fortune, if not fame, as successful telephone tipsters.
Mel Collier comes to mind as a recent example, and I'd be happy to punt a quid that Tom
Segal, the present incumbent, will be following that profitable money trail before too
long. So, if I know all this, why was I not cashing in on it like my fellow-punter in the
betting shop? A good question. I was fully aware of Pricewise's great run of winners, but
because I had not got in on it at the start and because, unless you are very quick you miss
out on the value of the early odds on offer, I had not felt inclined to back one of
Pricewise's great winners. As I write these notes around mid August, it would seem that
the golden run of Pricewise has perhaps come to an end for the moment. And I can't help
but remember hearing John McCririck on Morning Line some time ago sounding off
about how Pricewise had just suffered a losing run of quite alarming proportions; and
what can happen once can easily happen again. These are just a few of the thoughts that
crossed my mind that day as my punter pal revealed to me his wonderful system.
I know that some of you out there are keen golfers, so here's something for you - a
golfing joke. Husband and wife were out together having a game when the wife was
stung rather painfully by a wasp. The husband rushed her to a doctor, who was himself a
368
golfing enthusiast, and explained the problem. "And whereabouts were you stung?" asked
the doctor.
"Between the first and second hole,” replied the lady.
"My goodness,” said the doctor with some interest, "you must have a really wide stance!"
That was too short; we’d better have another one. This is a true story concerning a friend
of mine who really is a bit of a comedian. We were having a game this day and he hadn't
been playing at all well. Then to make matters worse, as he was walking out of a bunker
he trod on the bunker rake that was lying there, and it came up and hit him a painful blow
in a delicate area. When he'd recovered he said, "Ooh, that was sore! But it's the best two
balls I've hit all day." Favform is the name of our system for this month, and the name
more-or-less sums it up. You'll be backing carefully selected favourites with a special
kind of form and it's not, perhaps, the kind of form you might be expecting. It dates from
the time of the Sporting Life, so when it mentions using the betting forecast of that paper,
then, as usual, I'd suggest the forecast of the Racing Post to replace it. I've just had a look
at the results it gives and they cover a period, Flat and N.H., of over six months. If we can
believe them, the strike rate is an incredible 74%, including a winning run of 14 and a
losing one of only 3. The points profit works out at just under 30, which is more than the
total number of selections for the period. If that kind of form can be maintained, it would
certainly be a favourite with me.
Favform
This method involves looking for horses that despite a poor previous outing are
considered well clear favourite over the rest of the field, by having a forecast S.P.
(Sporting Life) well apart from the second favourite forecast. So, whereas many methods
369
are simply rating formulae, this method highlights a more 'intuitive' selection. This
approach is extremely successful as the results show.
Selections are made as follows for all races, N.H. or Flat, shown in the Sporting Life.
1. Consider only horses that are clear favourite in the S.P. betting forecast shown in the
Sporting Life for that day.
2. Note the S.P. forecast in the Sporting Life for these horses (this must be between 11/10
and 5/2 inclusive) and also the 2nd favourite forecast S.P. (which must be greater than or
equal to 11/4). These two forecasts must fall into one of the following combinations.
Forecast S.P. of Favourite Forecast S.P. of 2nd Favourite
11/10 Greater than or equal to 11/4
3. Eliminate horses which are racing for the first time in the season, unless they have
never raced before in races shown in the Sporting Life.
4. If the horse has raced that season, the result as shown in the Sporting Life must be '0'
for its previous outing, i.e. it finished the race, but out of the first four places.
370
5. In the betting market the horse must be clear favourite just before the 'off', and its price
must be greater than evens but less than or equal to 3/1. Note, this means that odds-on
selections are not backed.
When conditions 1 to 5 are satisfied, the horse is backed to win only.
Festival
Strange things can happen in the betting shop. One day a few years ago now I was busy
studying form when a stranger came up and engaged me in conversation. I'm always
naturally suspicious in these situations and when he proceeded to tell me that he was the
driver of a horse-box that had come up to the Perth meeting that day with a couple of
runners from a well known Lambourn yard, I had a good idea of what was coming next;
especially when he added that both were expected to win later that afternoon, and at good
prices. I hastily ended the conversation and drifted away to study my Racing Post to see
if I could uncover a noted Lambourn trainer that had two runners at Perth later in the
afternoon.
371
It didn't take too much study to reveal the answer. Kim Bailey at that time was training in
Lambourn and sure enough he had two runners at Perth later that day, and they were at
decent prices. He was the only trainer that fitted the bill. The fact that he had a good
record at Perth was a bonus. I congratulated myself on my cunning and went ahead and
backed both of them - just in singles, as I afterwards regretted, and not in a double. They
both won. The prices were good, I collected my considerable winnings and was making
my way out of the shop when I saw again the horsebox driver. I was thinking about
bunging him a few quid from my winnings, just out of generosity, when I saw a good
friend that I hadn't seen for a few months, so went to speak to him instead. I pointed out
to him the Kim Bailey driver and related my story, expecting him to be impressed by my
craftiness. Instead, he laughed for about two minutes. When he managed to stop he told
me that my Kim Bailey driver lived along the street from him, and was a noted chancer of
the highest calibre who hadn't worked a day in his life. So, although his life was one of
total make-believe, my winnings were real enough. I think I had the last laugh.
That was a true story and so is this, brought to mind by the mention of the Perth race
meeting in the previous anecdote. Mrs Highlander and myself were in Perth for the day,
she to do some scientific testing of the power of plastic, or what I would call extreme
shopping, while I had to kick my heels in a variety of pubs to pass the hours. At times it's
a hard life. I found myself eventually in a pub called The Last Drop. I thought it was a
great name for a hostelry and so stayed there sampling quite a few drops of malt,
especially that of Highland Park which comes from the most northerly distillery in the
U.K. After a while I was feeling in expansive, and probably expensive, mood and
addressed the owner to the effect that I considered The Last Drop a most appropriate
name for a drinking place where you could enjoy your dram to the very last sensation. He
quickly put me right. He explained that it was nothing to do with that at all. It was all
about the site of the pub, because it was exactly located on the place where the last
gallows in Perth did its grisly business. It was indeed for many the last drop. I felt a
sudden chill in the bar and quickly finished my malt before going out into the warm
sunshine.
Thinking of horses' names the other day I suddenly remembered a name from the past -
or rather a family of names, all including the word KYBO. It came from an acronym for a
piece of matronly advice given to the owner when he was a public schoolboy. Keep Your
Bowels Open. The matron's advice continued into history.
Before going on to our system for this month, how about this thought that must have
occurred to most of us at some point in our pursuit of a winner? A racehorse is the only
372
animal that can take several thousand people for a ride at the same time. Yes, and I've
been aboard many times.
Now, for the system. It's called Festival and I've been tempted to introduce it many times
in the past because it's a fairly well known one and is frequently referred to in discussions
of the best performing systems over the years. I would just like to clarify one or two
points. The three form figures should all come from the current season. And secondly,
when it talks about the Topspeed ratings under each race, that is no longer how they are
recorded. There is now a separate chart for each meeting, race by race, so you will have
to look there to see if the selection is placed in the first three. After all that, let's hope that
the Festival is a cause for celebration for all of us.
Festival
You must only use the Racing Post for this method. No other paper will do. If you follow
the rules carefully you will end up with one selection, sometimes two.
1. Mark down all the horses that are running who have consistent form, i.e. horses who
have finished in the first three on all of their last three runs. Next, you have to eliminate
horses to get down to one horse. Eliminate all horses that are not rated in the Topspeed
ratings. These can be found underneath each race. There is usually a maximum of three.
Next you eliminate all horses that are not forecast favourite in the Racing Post betting
forecast. If you are left with one horse then this is the day's selection. If you are left with
more than one horse then the horse to be selected is the one at the shortest price in the
Racing Post forecast. If two horses or more are quoted at the same price, then all horses
are to be backed. If when you have eliminated all the horses that are not forecast
favourite you end up with no horses left, you move onto the next rule. Obviously, with
not having a selection from the first rule then this rule must be brought into operation.
All the horses that qualified through Topspeed ratings will re-qualify. Next, eliminate all
horses who are not quoted second favourite in the Racing Post forecast. Once again, if
you are left with one horse then this is the selection. If you are left with two or more
selections then there is no bet for that day. If no horse qualifies under both rules, then
obviously there is no bet for that day.
What you are backing is a horse who has shown consistent form and returned good times.
So the horse when running against others must have a first rate chance.
373
Follow The Money
Follow The Money is a very simple method with one major surprise - it’s uncanny ability
to select winners. The objective of this system is to follow the clever money. Betting
takes place as near to the off as is possible and the current rules for selection are below,
however, further research is ongoing and as always commonsense needs applying.
1. Buy a daily newspaper, we recommend the Daily Express as it’s morning odds are
more complete than some other newspapers. We also use the Racing Post. When looking
for the morning paper odds on a horse take the highest figure from the two papers. You
will find that by using just one or the other some selections will be missed. This is due to
the difference in the odds displayed in the respective papers. (see note later}
2. Sit by your television on BBC 1 Ceefax and wait for the first show in the first race.
Have your bookmakers account telephone numbers ready.
374
3. When the first show appears examine all horses quoted at 12/1 or less and compare
their price with the early morning price in the Daily Express or Racing Post. Using the
chart below, any horse that is 12/1 or less and with a morning price of 20/1 or more is a
bet if it holds it’s price or reduces to just before the off. Likewise a horse quoted as 16/1
in the morning needs to come into 9/1 and so on. For practical reasons it is dangerous to
wait until they go behind before betting as they may be off by the time you are talking to
your bookie. We recommend you place your bet about 2 minutes before the race.
Internet: I am sure that this method can be used over the internet but we have not really
experimented with this as there has been no need to. You would obviously use an odds
checker service instead of BB1 ceefax and possibly Betfair or an on-line bookmaker to
place your bets.
Cautions. Be careful not to take these too literally, apply commonsense.
1. Avoid races where more than one horse qualifies. Break this rule if you wish, Byron’s
Bay on Friday 6th of May came in from 66/1 (Express) to 10/1 and went on to win, even
though there was another selection in the race this seemed a value bet.
2. Beware races with lots of non-runners. For example, if the first and second favourites
drop out prices on the remaining horses will shorten for the wrong reasons.
3. Avoid races with an obvious odds-on favourite unless it is a selection.
.While every little rule that is determined by commonsense cannot be written in stone the
winners are there to be found and many people are using the system profitably in their
own way.
Odds in the morning Coming in to just

paper before the off
20/1 or more 12/1 or less
Coming in to just
Odds in the morning before the off
375
paper

FOOTBALL TREBLE SYSTEM
Please note before you start to use this system please make sure you understand how the
system works, you could always do a few dummy runs before actually placing your own
cash on it.
This system works by choosing three teams, the first team must be at home and must be
expected to win, as this team is the “banker” in our system you are allowed to have odds
376
of around 4/9, 1/2, 8/15. You should check the stats to see the away teams record if the
away team has a good away record choose a different home banker.
A good example would be
Dumbarton to beat Elgin City Saturday 4th August 2007
Dumbarton are 4/9 with Williamhill
This is where the skill comes in, you now have to choose two teams that offer good value
for money, odds of between 4/5, 10/11, evens, 11/8, 6/4, 6/5 are the sort of odds that I
always take. When choosing these teams try to choose teams that do note lose often as
our system covers the draws on the 2nd and 3rd teams in our system.
My personal preference is to go for a home team at even money and a away team at
around 6/4, 7/5. As an example for this guide I will use the following teams:
Morton versus Clyde, 4th August 2007, Morton are 19/20 to win at home.
Stenhousemuir versus Arbroath 4th august 2007, Arbroath to win away 11/8
Now we have chosen our three teams, I will show you how the system works.
You start with ten pounds, you can use higher stakes if you wish.
First bet = Dumbarton Win 4/9, Morton Win 19/20, Arbroath Win 11/8
7 pounds on = 46.83 back, profit = 36.83
Second bet = Dumbarton Win 4/9, Morton Win 19/20, Arbroath draw 11/8
1 pounds on = 9.86 back, loss = 0.14p
third bet = Dumbarton Win 4/9, Morton draw 5/2, Arbroath Win 11/8
Fourth bet = Dumbarton Win 4/9, Morton draw 5/2, Arbroath draw 5/2
377
As you can see as long as the banker wins and the other two do not lose you will get your
stake money back, you have to use a little bit of common sense, this system works very
well at weekends using English and Scottish football, Scottish division three is especially
good for the value for money bets. I recommend experimenting with the two value teams,
I like choosing one even money home and a good away chance, but you might find more
luck with just choosing away teams. I hope this guide has been some use.
GUARANTEED PROFIT SYSTEM
The Guaranteed profit system is based on the main PRICEWISE selection every Saturday
in the Racing Post. It is Guaranteed because we are able to back the selection to win at
one price in the early morning and then lay it to lose at a shorter price nearer to the start
of the race. So, whether the selection wins or loses, you have a guaranteed profit.
378
Here’s how it works

In the racing post every Saturday find the Pricewise feature and look for his main
selection of the day. Because Pricewise is so popular, the price on offer in the early
morning is almost certain to get shorter – Particularly if the selection is featured on
Channel 4’s “Morning Line”.
Let’s say that the main Pricewise selection is available at 14/1 in the early morning.
Back the selection to win with, say, £100 stake at 14/1.
Closer to the off the selection may well be , let’s say, 9/1.
Lay it to lose on the exchanges with a stake of £150.
Scenario 1
The Selection wins…
You win your win bet and collect £1,400 (£100 x 14/1)
You lose your lay bet which costs you £1,350 (£150 x 9/1)
Profit = £50
Scenario 2
The Selection Loses…
You win your lay bet and collect £150
You lose your £100 stake on the win bet
Profit = £50
Whatever happens you make a profit!
Here are some useful tips and pointers about operating the system…
You need to ensure that you can get your bets on at the right level of staking to guarantee
a profit. Probably the best-known and most used Betting Exchange is Betfair. They will
379
take a small commission from your winnings but you are guaranteed to make a profit if
you follow the system.
In order to get the biggest price possible for your win bet you will need to find out the
information required as early as possible. This means acquiring a copy of the racing post
bright and early on Saturday morning or you can go onto the Racing Post website to
access the information that may be available on Friday evening to give you a head start.
The earlier you place your win bet the bigger the price you will obtain which makes
laying it off at a shorter price easier.
If the main selection is a shorter single figure price bear in mind that it may not drift in
that much and your potential profit may not be too large. In this case you may not wish to
play on that particular day, although a guaranteed profit is still a profit!
The Best horses to back and then lay are obviously those that open up at a big price. This
especially the case if they are featured on Channel 4’s “Morning Line” at 8am on
Saturday mornings. The interest generated by Channel 4 will virtually guarantee the price
of the Pricewise selection will shorten dramatically.
PRICEWISE selections are, of course, also available on some weekdays for the big
festival meetings. You could also operate the system on these weekdays but Saturday is
normally the biggest betting day so the price of the selections are more likely to tumble
throughout the morning to give you the best laying opportunities.
It is recommended that you ‘paper trade’ this system for a few weeks to start with, to get
the feel of how it works before betting. Start with small stakes to begin with until you feel
confident about how the betting exchanges work. You will soon see for yourself that a
guaranteed profit is possible every week.
380
Handicap to Handicap System

Here we are going to examine the statistics for horses which finish first, second or third
in handicap races, to see how they perform on their subsequent runs.
To try and concentrate on races with reliable form we’ll only include handicaps with at
least 14 runners – this eliminates small field events which are often run at a false pace
creating form which is often not repeated. We’ll also apply this rule to the subsequent
races as quite often handicap form doesn’t carry through to non-handicaps, just as big
field form doesn’t translate well to races with a small amount of runners.
381
The table below shows the results of all next-time-out runs from horses which finished
first, second or third in a handicap with 14 or more runners, as long as they reappeared in
another handicap with at least 14 runners…
YEAR WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP%

2001 198 1671 11.85 -177.71 -10.63
2002 173 1570 11.02 -288.44 -18.37
2003 152 1361 11.17 -348.57 -25.61
2004 142 1215 11.69 -168.02 -13.83
2005 128 1117 11.46 -152.33 -13.64
If we break down these results into starting price bands, we can see that blindly backing
all of the qualifiers which were sent off as SP fav on their next run would return a loss of
just 1.18 LSP% from a total of 1569 bets…
SP WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP%

Fav 347 1569 22.12 -18.57 -1.18
2nd fav 150 1147 13.08 -167.00 -14.56
3nd fav 87 935 9.30 -248.00 -26.52
4th fav 81 785 10.32 -30.00 -3.82
5th fav 32 563 5.68 -193.50 -34.37
6th fav 28 451 6.21 -125.00 -27.72
7th fav 23 368 6.25 -59.00 -16.03
8th fav+ 45 1116 4.03 -294.00 -26.61
To lose just 1.18% of total stakes from 1569 bets is a solid base to build on, so next we’ll
examine the stats of the price bands of these favourites in their qualifying races….

<7/2 68 264 25.76 -5.28 -2.00
4/1 to 15/2 111 553 20.07 -82.04 -14.84
8/1 to 15/1 111 515 21.55 +19.54 +3.79
16/1 to 28/1 50 197 25.38 +52.46 +26.63
382
33/1 and more 7 40 17.50 -3.25 -8.13
Very interesting that it’s the horses which were sent off at the bigger prices on their
previous run perform better next time out than the horses which were sent off at
short odds.
I think this suggests that if a horse is relatively unfancied and runs a big race to
finish in the first three in a big field handicap (14 runners or more) then the horse
has run above expectations and is probably a little bit ahead of its handicap mark.
Conversely, if a horse is fancied and finishes in the first three, it probably hasn’t run
above expectations (just run to its current mark) and therefore is not ahead of the
handicapper. The final stats we’ll look at is the number of days the qualifying
runners were off the track before their qualifying run…
DAYS OFF
BEFORE LAST RUN WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP%
1-7 days 25 112 22.32 +11.75 +10.49
8-15 days 35 179 19.55 -12.59 -7.03
16-31 days 56 231 24.24 +46.38 +20.08
32-47 days 24 71 33.80 +51.21 +72.13
48-79 days 12 43 27.91 +16.50 +38.37
80-111 days 4 13 30.77 +7.25 +55.77
112-223 days 9 75 12.00 -34.00 -45.33
>224 days 3 28 10.71 -17.75 -63.39
383
Apart from a small loss on the ‘8-15 days’ band, it clearly pays to avoid those
qualifiers who had been off for at least 112 days before their qualifying run. This is
probably because many horses which run a big race after a break are ‘rest-pattern’
types, who often need another rest before they run again – otherwise they bounce
and can’t reproduce their good previous run. So if we add this final rule, we are left
with the following results from the last five seasons…

2001 44 186 23.66 +31.83 +8.20
2002 30 131 22.90 +18.50 +5.01
2003 23 112 20.54 -10.17 -7.65
2004 27 113 23.89 +26.26 +23.24
2005 32 107 29.91 +54.08 +50.54
TOTAL 156 649 24.04 +120.50 +18.57
The rules are….

a) Horse must have last raced in a handicap of at least 14 runners, finishing first, second
or third, at 8/1 or longer
b) Horse must be running in a handicap of at least 14 runners
c) Horse must be SP fav (including joint or co-fav)
d) The horse must have been off the racecourse for no more than 111 days before its last
run
Results from 2004

22/02/05 LIA 4+H SENOR EDUARDO 3 4.5
28/03/05 WAR 3H BADDAM 3 2.5
02/04/05 KEM 3+H SEVEN NO TRUMPS 12 4.5
02/04/05 DON 4+H STREAM OF GOLD 1 5
13/04/05 BEV 4+H POLISH POWER 15 4.5
15/04/05 THI 3H KNOCK BRIDGE 2 3.5
25/04/05 WSR 3H DAVENPORT 1 4.5
384
06/05/05 NOT 3H OAKLEY ABSOLUTE 1 3.33

07/05/05 NMR 3+H KEW GREEN 1 4.5
09/05/05 WSR 3H RAWAABET 12 6
14/05/05 NOT 3+AMH SLING BACK 8 6
17/05/05 RED 3+H TELEPATHIC 10 4
20/05/05 GOO 3+AH ONE WAY TICKET 3 3
24/05/05 LIA 4+BH COMPTON ECLAIRE 3 4
24/05/05 LIN 3H RUMAN 1 2.75
25/05/05 NMR 3H ABIENTOT 8 3.5
26/05/05 AYR 3+H SHIFTY 14 1.88
30/05/05 SAN 4+H DESERT REIGN 4 4.5
03/06/05 THI 3+AH POLAR FORCE 4 4
04/06/05 EPS 4+H CROW WOOD 1 4.5
04/06/05 DON 3+H TOUGH LOVE 2 4
04/06/05 CHP 3+H SIR BLUEBIRD 12 4
06/06/05 PON 3+H KANGARILLA ROAD 6 2.5
07/06/05 SAL 3+H GOLDEN DIXIE 3 5
09/06/05 BRI 3+H CAYMAN BREEZE 1 5.5
09/06/05 BRI 3+H SAXON LIL 3 5.5
13/06/05 WSR 3+H HABANERO 1 5.5
13/06/05 WSR 3H SOUTH O'THE BORDER 3 5.5
13/06/05 WAR 3+H LISTEN TO REASON 5 3.33
15/06/05 YOR 3+H BALLAST 2 5.5
16/06/05 NBY 3+AH ATTORNEY 1 4
22/06/05 SAL 3FH COCONUT SQUEAK 1 4.5
25/06/05 LIA 3H DISOBEY 6 4
02/07/05 LEI 3FH MANIC 4 5
02/07/05 HAY 3+H WINTHORPE 7 6
02/07/05 CAR 4+MH ROUGE ET NOIR 1 4
04/07/05 BAT 3MH MASTER COBBLER 4 5
04/07/05 EDI 3H FOREHAND 11 2.75
04/07/05 WSR 3+H DORCHESTER 11 5
05/07/05 NMJ 3H STETCHWORTH PRINCE 4 5.5
08/07/05 CHE 3H FANTASY DEFENDER 11 5
08/07/05 CHP 3+H MOONLIGHT MAN 1 2.25
385
11/07/05 WSR 3+H DUNN DEAL 5 5

16/07/05 NBY 3+H ACE OF HEARTS 7 3.5
16/07/05 RIP 3+MH PREMIER PROSPECT 2 2
23/07/05 LIN 3+H LISTEN TO REASON 7 5
27/07/05 GOO 3+H AFRAD 1 5
27/07/05 GOO 4+H WANCHAI LAD 9 2.5
29/07/05 GOO 3+H SIERRA VISTA 5 3
29/07/05 NMJ 3+H POKER PLAYER 2 3.5
30/07/05 DON 3H BOWNESS 3 2
30/07/05 LIN 3+H PORTMEIRION 1 5.5
01/08/05 CAR 3H OUTRAGEOUS FLIRT 3 4
03/08/05 BRI 3+H BOUNDLESS PROSPECT 3 5
04/08/05 YAR 3+MH ROWANBERRY 1 3
04/08/05 BRI 3+SH TAIPAN TOMMY 10 5
06/08/05 LIN 3+H WILL THE TILL 9 6
06/08/05 LIN 3+H LABELLED WITH LOVE 1 3.5
11/08/05 CHP 3+AH SHORT CHANGE 8 2.25
11/08/05 CHP 3+H ELIDORE 1 5
12/08/05 FOL 3+FH KALLISTA'S PRIDE 1 2.5
12/08/05 CAT 3+H KALANI STAR 2 3.5
16/08/05 YOR 3+H BRIDGE LOAN 7 5.5
23/08/05 BRI 3+H KENSINGTON(I) 3 6
26/08/05 NCL 3+H PRESS EXPRESS 1 1.75
27/08/05 YOR 3+DBH IDEALISTIC 1 5
27/08/05 YOR 3+DBH TEDSTALE 11 5
27/08/05 YOR 3H TAX FREE 1 2.25
28/08/05 YAR 3+H CHARLIE TANGO 6 6
29/08/05 CHP 3+H GOT TO BE CASH 9 5
29/08/05 CHP 3+H BALLYBUNION 1 4
02/09/05 HAY 3+BH SILVERHAY 12 4.5
04/09/05 YOR 3+H NEON BLUE 1 3.5
05/09/05 NCL 3+H MUSIOTAL 9 6.5
08/09/05 BAT 3+H NIGHT STORM 1 4
11/09/05 GOO 3+AH DEEPER IN DEBT 1 4
12/09/05 RED 3+AH POLAR FORCE 1 6.5
386
16/09/05 AYR 3+H ICE PLANET 15 4

16/09/05 NOT 3+H INTAVAC BOY 8 5.5
17/09/05 WAR 3+H WILLHEGO 1 4
17/09/05 AYR 3+H OUT AFTER DARK 14 8
19/09/05 CAR 3H AZUREE 3 4.5
20/09/05 BEV 3+H LIZARAZU 5 3.33
24/09/05 HAY 3+H INCHNADAMPH 12 5.5
27/09/05 NOT 3+H SUMMER RECLUSE 2 5
30/09/05 NMR 3+H KING'S CAPRICE 8 5.5
30/09/05 NMR 3+H MOAYED 16 5.5
30/09/05 LIA 3H DIG DEEP 4 2.25
01/10/05 NMR 3+H BLUE MONDAY 1 5
01/10/05 NMR 3H SPEAR THISTLE 4 5.5
01/10/05 NMR 3H KARLU 10 5.5
03/10/05 PON 2H CHASE THE ACE 2 5
04/10/05 LEI 3+FH DANCE TO THE BLUES 1 5.5
05/10/05 NOT 3+H SECRETARY GENERAL 5 5
08/10/05 SAL 3+H HIGH BRAY 1 3.5
09/10/05 NCL 3+H EXTRA COVER 11 3.5
10/10/05 WSR 2H BOLD CROSS 2 5
11/10/05 LEI 34SH HOH BLEU DEE 8 5
14/10/05 NMR 3+H NOTNOWCATO 1 2.75
16/10/05 EDI 3+H PURE IMAGINATION 2 6.5
20/10/05 BRI 2H HEAVEN CAN WAIT 10 5
22/10/05 NBY 2H WOVOKA 8 4.5
29/10/05 NMR 3+H COMMANDO SCOTT 6 6
05/11/05 DON 3+AH GAME LAD 6 6.5
05/11/05 DON 3+AH WIGWAM WILLIE 15 6.5
12/11/05 LIA 3+H RAMSGILL 1 2.5
26/11/05 LIA 3+H PRIME POWERED 12 4
387
How the Bookmaker stitches you up
. . . . and how to fight back.

If you want to make a long term profit at horse racing you need to understand some
simple but fundamental principles about "probability" and the way bookmakers compile
their odds.
388
There is a way to overcome the disadvantage you have against bookmakers, which I'll
explain in a moment. First, 'though, let's look at the weapons of the 'enemy'.
The bookies are in business to make a profit every week. Not necessarily on every race
but, over the long term, they know that if they lose money on one event they will quickly
get it back and make their profit on the following races. How do they know that? Simply
because the "playing field" slopes in their favour - directly towards your goal.
If you were playing soccer against the bookmaker then you would be kicking uphill all
the time - and there's no half time when you get the chance to change ends!
Here's what I mean. Imagine a three horse race. A bookmaker's odds for the three horses
may be expressed something like this:
Favourite = 1.8
2nd Favourite = 3.3
Outsider = 4.5
(This is using European digital odds format)

We can express these odds as percentages of the total 'book' by dividing them into 100.
So:
Favourite = 100/1.8 = 55.55%

2nd Favourite = 100/3.3 = 30.30%
Outsider = 100/4.5 = 22.22%
If we add up all these percentages then the total comes to 108.07%.

389
Of course, if the bookmaker's odds represented the REAL chances of the horses winning
(which of course can never be accurately known in advance) then the total probabilities
should add up to 100%.
In other words, that extra 8.07% is all in the bookie's favour and, if all the races were like
this, then he would make a consistent 8% profit over the long term.
In this example the 8% (called the bookmaker's over-round) is quite low. In reality you'll
find over-rounds of 12% or more very often.
If your entire strategy is based on "picking winners" then you can pick winners until the
cows come home but if you keep betting on fancied horses with level stakes you will
eventually lose because the odds are against you. You will always win LESS than the bet
is "worth" in real terms.
Is there an answer for the professional gambler?
Well there are TWO possible ways to fight back against this disadvantage:
The first is to try to find "Value" bets. That is to say you look consistently for individual
horses that have a better real chance of winning than the bookmaker's odds suggest. This,
however, is difficult. Bookmakers know their game very well and trying to find
individual chinks in their armour takes some dedication.
There are many theories about how to identify "value". Finding a method that works
more often than not is well worth the effort. For the value hunter I highly recommend the
Value Horse Method.
Three years of consistent testing of this method has shown it to produce for the punter the
same kind of profits that the bookmaker would normally enjoy.
390
The second weapon to fight back against the bookie is to use a dynamic staking plan that
will recover any losses and boost the value of winning bets. To calculate such a plan on
paper would be quite difficult as there are so many factors to take into account.
Simple ideas such as doubling up after losing bets are a sure fire road to ruin and should
never be resorted to. The Safebet Plan software is a cheap, simple to use, and effective
tool, proven to reverse the edge that bookmakers enjoy. So long as your selection
method is half decent then Safebet Plan will certainly boost your returns and turn short
losing runs back into profits.
How To Spot A Vulnerable Favourite
As the popularity of the betting exchanges grows, so more and more people are looking
to profit from horse racing by laying horses to lose. But what is the best strategy? On the
face of it, one might think that simply betting that the outsider will lose is a quick way to
make easy money. In reality, the best horse to bet against is the race favourite.
391
Betting that the outsider at 20/1 will lose will be fine to start with, and doubtless you will
soon develop a winning run of profits. However, sooner rather than later that 33/1 shot
with ‘absolutely no chance’ will come home in front, and you may well have laid him at a
price of 52.00 (for example) on Betfair. BOOM! There goes all your hard-earned
winnings, and more!
Generally a horse will be the favourite because it has the weight of the market’s money
behind it, which forces the price down. Simple economics. There will be a point however,
where the horse’s price is too low compared to it’s actual chance of winning. Beyond this
‘true’ price is where the layers will start to make a profit.
So we go ahead with this strategy, and we proceed to lay every favourite, right? Wrong.
Horse racing favourites are often priced too low. This is how bookmakers have made
their profit for generations. But they are not priced too low every time – sometimes a
favourite is the most likely horse to win a race for very good reason.
If we took the simplified approach of laying every favourite, after a while betting on the
exchanges we would remain around the break even point, because the exchange markets
are a very efficient barometer of probability. However, after paying commission on our
winnings, we would watch our account slowly draining away like water down a plug-
hole. Not good.
So how do we know which favourites are true favourites, and which are weak or
vulnerable?
One method is to analyse the positive aspects of a horse’s form. It will not surprise you to
learn that more favourites win when they have fewer question marks against them. This is
not rocket science, but taking the time to separate strong contenders from weak favourites
will give you the ‘edge’ to make that all-important profit.
392
Below is a list of form criteria you can apply to the market leader in any given race:
1. Horse and Class: Must have shown the ability or obvious potential to seriously
compete in the class of today's race.
2. Horse and Track: Must have proven ability on either today's track or one with similar
characteristics.
3. Horse and Recent Form: Analysis of general form over the last few weeks.
4. Horse and Race Distance: Must have shown the ability or obvious potential to run
competitively over today's distance.
5. Horse and Draw: Highlight any obvious disadvantage if applicable.
6. Horse and Going: Must have shown an obvious ability to handle today's ground.
7. Trainer and Track: Trainer must have at least a 10% strike rate on today's track.
8. Trainer and Recent Record: Trainer must have had at least two placed or one winning
horse in the last 14 days.
9. Jockey and Track: Jockey must have at least a 10% strike rate on today's track.
Rating a favourite as ‘weak’ or otherwise is entirely subjective, but you may determine
(for example) that a horse with 3 or more question marks or negatives over their form
would be considered a horse worth opposing.
As always the question of price will come into the equation. A horse with several boxes
left to ‘tick’ in the list above may be a favourite in a weak race at 5/1. This may be a fair
price, and you may not want to get involved in laying him to lose.
On the other hand, when a 2yo filly steps hoof onto the track for the first time, and is
offered at odds-on simply because she is ridden by Frankie Dettori on behalf of the
Godolphin training empire, then you may want to consider taking her on.
In summary: race favourites are often a profitable source of potential Lay Bets, as they
393
are often ‘over-bet’ and offered at prices too low compared to their actual chance of
winning. Take the time to analyse key aspects of the horse’s form and judge whether they
are a ‘strong’ or ‘weak’ favourite. If you decide they are vulnerable to defeat and the
price is short enough, then you have identified a good lay bet.
How to spot the winner in the paddock
I believe the punter at the track has an enormous advantage when it comes to the final
selection in a race. Unfortunately you can't learn the art of judging a racehorse's fitness
by appearance overnight. I still feel it is well worth the practice whenever you can get to
the track.
Horses come in all sizes and fitness in a large horse can be harder to judge than in a
smaller one. There are some pointers you can look for, however and these will get you
started. As with everything - practice approaches perfection.
394
General rules
I recommend starting with races where there are only a few runners, say no more than six
or seven. Concentrate, at first, on only the top races of the day's card. The reason being
that you can be pretty sure in the top races of the day the runners will be actually trying to
win !! (Don't they always? If you really need an answer to this question, go back to
square one, do not pass Go and miss two turns whilst you work it out :-) ). In races with
a large field and poor race money many runners will simply be there for an outing.
Here are the basics . . .
1. Sweating
This is not a simple test because, like humans, horses tend to sweat either when they are
very fit or very unfit. However a really fit horse is likely to sweat less than an unfit one.
Still, a light build up of sweat on a horse's coat can be a good sign. It means he's raring to
go and keen to race. A light ring of sweat between a horse's back legs is also a sign of
keeness. Be on your guard, however when you see a heavy sweat build up.
Some horses will sweat heavily regardless of fitness through getting worked up and
nervous - so horses that have worked up a real sweat close to the start of the race should
be avoided. It's unlikely they'll be at their best.
Light sweaters in the paddock, however, frequently dry out once they canter down to the
start. Worth taking some binoculars to check how they're doing as they go down to the
line. Sometimes TV watchers get a good enough view at this point to be able to make
worthwhile decisions.
2. Coat Condition
395
Generally a glossy coat indicates a healthy and fit animal. Dullness tends to indicate the
opposite. Again don't judge on this feature alone as some horses rarely have shiny coats
nomatter what.
3. Muscle Tone
The definition of a horse's muscles is probably the most significant factor. There are
many places to look but, for beginners, concentrate on the following:
First look at the hind quarters (behind the saddle). From a point about a quarter of the
way down the rump through to the top of the rear legs look for a sharply defined line.
This muscle line is quite obvious when it is there and it's a pretty good indication of a
horse's condition. The sharper the line the better.
Second, look at the belly and the rib cage. A hint of the rib cage visible indicates no
excess fat. Of course it shouldn't be too prominent or the horse may be under nourished.
Lastly look over the chest, especially the area just above the forelegs. Well defined
muscles here are a clear sign of fitness.
Over all behaviour
Finally check the horse's over all behaviour and demeanour. A horse walking around the
paddock with its head held low and looking listless is probably not fit. You want to see a
springy step and bright eyes, looking keen and alert. Also a horse with calm appearance
is likely to run better than one that is acting up in a nervous fashion.
Horses that are hurling themselves around and rearing up are wasting vital energy.
No matter how inexperienced about paddock judging you are - sometimes you'll just
know by looking that a horse is supremely fit. That feeling is your instinct and, through
practice, it can be built upon.
396
Remember you can never judge a potential winner by appearance alone. You should first
have narrowed the field with some good prior research or system. If you learn to use this
visual skill as the final 10% of your process then you'll certainly get an extra edge that
other punters are not benefitting from.
Jump Into Profit

A word to the wise - and of course I include all our readers in that category - and that
word is Signposts. What I am suggesting is that the daily feature in the Racing Post
which goes under that name and which has been appearing there for several months now
is of enormous interest and assistance to anyone engaged in trying to make a profit by
backing horses; and isn't that all of us? It truly is a wonderful collection of up to the
minute statistics – some reasonably familiar and available from other sources - but others
less so, and to the best of my knowledge, not to be found elsewhere. To find them all
together, condensed in a couple of pages, is really helpful to all systems enthusiasts. Let's
have a look at some Signposts.
397
Hot trainers and hot jockeys is self-explanatory, but is a signpost that can certainly point
you in the right direction. It provides you with those trainers and jockeys who have the
best win/run % over the past 14 days and should be heeded at all times. Conversely, cold
trainers and cold jockeys should make you think twice about backing their horses. Then
there is the section which gives trainer-jockey combinations with the best % of wins at
the course, with at least three course wins. There are systems based on this single fact,
and I would suggest taking a close look at combinations with a win ratio of 35% or over.
Incidentally, just at random, I'm looking at Signposts for the 29th of July, and a trainer-
jockey combination of 35% or more has indicated a nice 13/2 winner.
There is much, much more in Signposts, all of it I can recall cropping up in systems over
the years. For example, it lists horses dropping to seller class for the first time, horses
wearing blinkers or visor for the first time, horses who ran in the same race in previous
seasons and horses who are out again within seven days of a win. Each of these groups is
worth close scrutiny by itself. But there's more! We're given horses that are racing off a
lower official handicap rating than they have won off last year, the Topspeed horses that
are most points clear in handicaps, the Postmark horses that are most points clear in
handicaps, the horses that have travelled furthest to contest today's race, and a particular
favourite of mine, the information that I am now checking for the 7th of August that has
given 120 winners from 270 selections - a strike rate of over 44% with a profit of more
than £2,360 to a level £100 stake. Not a bad return for looking out something that will
take you less than ten seconds each day to discover. The secret? It's the Most Popular
Nap selection of the day, all worked out for you in Signposts. But even that is not the best
of Signposts in my opinion. However, we've had so much to think about already this time
that I'll leave till next month the system selections it gives which from this random choice
of Racing Post for 29th July included winners at 6/1, 11/1, 5/1, and 13/2. Obviously that
doesn't happen every day, but once you know which Signpost to look for you'll find your
way to some good winners every day. That's for next month then.
A little more on horses' names. I saw one the other day called Seven Shirt, and when I
looked a bit closer I saw why it was so named. It was owned by Mrs Jean Keegan, wife
of the legendary wearer of that shirt. And still on the footballing theme, new England
soccer star Wayne Rooney tried to get two names registered for his horses, but they were
turned down. I think we can see why. The first was Hoof Hearted, and the naming
authorities saw it, not as some kind of anatomical description of a horse, but rather as a
question as to who was causing the bubbles in the team bath! The second was Norfolk
Enchants. Now, I'm sure these same naming bods are aware that parts of East Anglia are
398
very beautiful, but they were not to be taken in. They could recognise the opinion that the
opposing team hadn't a hope of winning! In France, it seems, they are not so particular.
Trainer Ellie Lalouche has just registered a horse with the name Big Tits. I'm sure at
some point it will come in for massive support.
The system this month is around a quarter of a century old (it had a badly done hand-
written presentation), but it is pretty effective I can assure you. I have seen old results for
it, but they are not to hand at the moment. However, as I recall, they showed considerable
profit, as the system name suggests. Finally, the system says it is to be used between
November and March, so that makes it a timely choice for this month.
Jump Into Profit
This system should be operated only during the National Hunt Season proper - i.e. the
period between November and March when there is no Flat racing. The operating rules
are as follows: -
1. Novice races only - hurdles and chases, including novice handicaps and novice sellers.
2. In these selected races only, check the forecast favourite, and it must satisfy the
following conditions. (A) Placed second or third last time out, current season. (B) Beaten
favourite on its last outing. (C) Form rated in the top two (e.g. Daily Mail Formcast,
Mirror Spotform, Express W Factor, etc). (D) It must be running again within 21 days of
its last outing. Providing all the above conditions are satisfied and in the specific type of
race stated, the horse will be a 'Jump Into Profit' selection. There is no restriction on the
number of runners.
This system should continue to do well on a level stake basis, but because of the very
high win ratio and the consequent winning runs, profits can be boosted by the application
of the 10% staking plan.
399
Lingfield AW Favourites System

In Flat racing, SP (starting price) favourites win, on average, 31.28% of all races. This
percentage figure can vary slightly from year to year, but as can be seen from the table below,
it’s a safe bet that this strike rate will continue in the years ahead.

1986 1025 3280 31.25 -330.46 -10.07 -7.46
1987 1114 3347 33.28 -177.93 -5.32 -3.95
1988 1080 3399 31.77 -241.95 -7.12 -4.16
1989 1157 3525 32.82 -279.22 -7.92 -4.45
1990 1390 4085 34.03 -101.47 -2.48 -1.55
1991 1248 4032 30.95 -328.87 -8.16 -6.53
1992 1309 4155 31.50 -398.88 -9.60 -7.12
1993 1320 4250 31.06 -321.79 -7.57 -5.71
1994 1317 4319 30.49 -313.81 -7.27 -6.20
1995 1492 4602 32.42 -215.10 -4.67 -3.90
400
1996 1410 4647 30.34 -416.19 -8.96 -7.06

1997 1399 4613 30.33 -418.39 -9.07 -7.89
1998 1402 4661 30.08 -513.59 -11.02 -7.32
1999 1476 4792 30.80 -326.81 -6.82 -6.21
2000 1479 4750 31.14 -269.34 -5.67 -6.15
2001 1465 4891 29.95 -434.81 -8.89 -7.04
2002 1490 4936 30.19 -426.40 -8.64 -6.76
2003 1681 5244 32.06 -285.06 -5.44 -4.22
24254 77528 31.28 -5800.07 -7.48 -5.75
We will now look more closely at these SP favourites, and see how they perform in relation to
the forecast price of the second favourite. A forecast 2/1 favourite will have a ratio of 2 if the
second favourite is forecast at 4/1 (4 divided by 2), and a ratio of 2.5 if the second favourite is
forecast at 5/1 (5 divided by 2) etc.

ratio = 1 (jt or co favs) 687 2996 22.93 -344.35 -11.49
ratio >1 - <1.1 1389 5834 23.81 -575.80 -9.87
ratio 1.1 - <1.25 4644 18368 25.28 -1323.64 -7.21
ratio 1.25 - <1.5 4843 17907 27.05 -1509.89 -8.43
ratio 1.5 - <2 4603 14691 31.33 -1031.18 -7.02
ratio 2 - <3 3695 9793 37.73 -726.46 -7.42
ratio 3 - <4 1326 2825 46.94 -151.76 -5.37
ratio 4 - <5 801 1515 52.87 -23.52 -1.55
ratio 5 - <7 945 1663 56.83 -58.87 -3.54
ratio >=7 1321 1936 68.23 -54.60 -2.82
Quite clearly, the bigger the difference between the first and second favourites in the betting
forecast, the more chance of victory for the SP favourite. The category groups where the SP
favourites have a ratio of 2 or larger all hit a strike rate bigger than the overall average, so it is
these we will concentrate on. Below is the table of each individual racecourse for these SP
favourites, in strike rate order.
CATEGORY WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP

Catterick 239 464 51.51 -4.56
Redcar 272 531 51.22 18.30
Warwick 175 342 51.17 40.43
Chester 140 276 50.72 10.06
Thirsk 190 377 50.40 -10.33
Beverley 273 546 50.00 2.82
Southwell (turf) 16 32 50.00 0.21
Pontefract 211 424 49.76 -11.11
Hamilton 231 469 49.25 9.04
York 197 402 49.00 17.08
Wolverhampton (turf) 74 153 48.37 -13.64
Leicester 244 510 47.84 1.58
Lingfield (turf) 254 534 47.57 -10.95
401
Ayr 203 430 47.21 -41.44

Yarmouth 253 536 47.20 -30.59
Goodwood 249 533 46.72 -10.28
Brighton 271 581 46.64 -47.60
Carlisle 114 245 46.53 -16.55
Windsor 207 445 46.52 -6.63
Nottingham 254 550 46.18 -10.41
Newcastle 196 425 46.12 -51.32
Chepstow 135 294 45.92 -26.25
Musselburgh 191 420 45.48 -29.05
Newmarket (July) 215 474 45.36 -26.21
Newmarket (Rowley) 209 472 44.28 -17.84
Ripon 181 412 43.93 -59.55
Folkestone 170 390 43.59 -28.03
Wolverhampton (aw) 345 795 43.40 -68.76
Bath 160 369 43.36 -57.54
Haydock 211 493 42.80 -67.13
Lingfield (aw) 423 992 42.64 -72.20
Doncaster 219 514 42.61 -61.87
Southwell (aw) 455 1073 42.40 -81.22
Newbury 176 417 42.21 -48.21
Sandown 199 478 41.63 -47.66
Kempton 158 381 41.47 -32.53
Salisbury 160 388 41.24 -39.19
Epsom 81 198 40.91 -15.11
Ascot 137 367 37.33 -70.94
The average strike rate is 45.61%, and eight tracks showed a LSP from backing these SP
favourites blindly. It’s interesting that the three all-weather (AW) tracks all hit a strike rate lower
than average, suggesting that these clear favourites on the sand don’t perform well as their turf
counterparts in general. This is possibly down to the fact that a lot of horses simply do not
translate their good turf form on to the slower Fibresand, so although a horse may be well
ahead of their rivals in terms of class (and therefore start as a short price favourite), if it doesn’t
take to the different underfoot conditions then it will almost certainly fail to win. But what about
Polytrack? This newer surface is far more similar to turf than the old style Fibresand and
Equitrak, so logically these clear SP favourites should perform better at the Polytrack courses
of Lingfield and Wolverhampton than on the Fibresand at Southwell. If we look at the record of
these horses on the sand, broken down into surface types, we can see that the stats back up
this logic.
SOUTHWELL (Fibresand)
1989 6 12 50.00 0.40 3.33
1990 37 81 45.68 -4.12 -5.09
1991 29 64 45.31 -7.45 -11.64
1992 23 66 34.85 -9.48 -14.36
1993 37 80 46.25 -8.83 -11.04
1994 20 47 42.55 -6.83 -14.53
1995 22 54 40.74 -9.46 -17.52
402
1996 24 61 39.34 -12.06 -19.77

1997 23 61 37.70 -11.93 -19.56
1998 41 82 50.00 11.27 13.74
1999 31 78 39.74 -13.48 -17.28
2000 41 100 41.00 -9.67 -9.67
2001 48 110 43.64 0.20 0.18
2002 39 89 43.82 4.17 4.69
2003 34 88 38.64 -3.95 -4.49
455 1073 42.40 -81.22 -7.57

WOLVES (Fibresand)
1993 0 2 0.00 -2.00 -100.00
1994 27 58 46.55 -5.63 -9.71
1995 26 51 50.98 -3.69 -7.24
1996 24 54 44.44 -3.61 -6.69
1997 22 58 37.93 -8.88 -15.31
1998 32 74 43.24 -6.83 -9.23
1999 37 69 53.62 5.96 8.64
2000 41 91 45.05 -7.66 -8.42
2001 38 103 36.89 -17.52 -17.01
2002 44 121 36.36 -22.26 -18.40
2003 54 114 47.37 3.36 2.95
345 795 43.40 -68.76 -8.65

LINGFIELD (Equitrak)
1989 5 11 45.45 1.06 9.64
1990 12 34 35.29 -10.61 -31.21
1991 27 56 48.21 3.50 6.25
1992 28 59 47.46 -1.10 -1.86
1993 24 58 41.38 -11.92 -20.55
1994 14 52 26.92 -22.18 -42.65
1995 33 67 49.25 -1.86 -2.78
1996 31 73 42.47 -11.26 -15.42
1997 35 76 46.05 -9.33 -12.28
1998 32 77 41.56 -9.02 -11.71
1999 32 90 35.56 -25.40 -28.22
2000 32 73 43.84 -3.27 -4.48
2001 19 41 46.34 4.17 10.17
324 767 42.24 -97.22 -12.68

LINGFIELD (Polytrack)
2001 6 23 26.09 -5.56 -24.17
2002 46 102 45.10 22.11 21.68
2003 47 100 47.00 8.47 8.47
99 225 44.00 25.02 11.12
403
I have no stats for 2004 but could it be just a coincidence that the results on Polytrack have
produced decent profits whereas those on Fibresand and Equitrak have produced losses? The
poor results in 2001 could have been down to the new surface bedding in. As mentioned
earlier, Polytrack is by far the closest match to turf of all the all-weather surfaces, and I’d bet
that these results will continue, not just at Lingfield but also at Wolves, where a new Polytrack
surface has replaced the old Fibresand.
Rules:
a) Horse must be SP favourite
b) The forecast 2nd favourite must be at least twice the forecast price of the forecast favourite
c) Polytrack only (Lingfield and Wolves)
Here are the full results from Lingfield since the Polytrack surface replaced the old Equitrack…

13/11/01 LIA 3+M MERCURY RISING 8 1
15/11/01 LIA 2M AZILLION 1 2.5
15/11/01 LIA 3+AH PULAU PINANG 1 3.33
15/11/01 LIA 3+M KAMA SUTRA 2 0.73
15/11/01 LIA 2S PLAY MISTY 8 3.5
20/11/01 LIA 2I OMEY STRAND 3 1.1
04/12/01 LIA 2M PLAYAPART 1 0.36
04/12/01 LIA 3+N(0 DUNEDIN RASCAL 8 2.5
04/12/01 LIA 3+H PULAU PINANG 1 1.25
04/12/01 LIA 3+BH TUFTY HOPPER 2 2.75
12/12/01 LIA 3+ REEF DIVER 1 1.75
19/12/01 LIA 3+H GASCON 4 3.5
19/12/01 LIA 2H NOBLE ACADEMY 8 1.5
19/12/01 LIA 3+H PORT MORESBY 5 2.25
19/12/01 LIA 3+M BEST BOND 1 2.25
19/12/01 LIA 3+H PURE ELEGANCIA 2 2.75
22/12/01 LIA 3+ CELTIC THATCHER 3 2.25
28/12/01 LIA 3+AH PORT MORESBY 6 3
28/12/01 LIA 2M THUNDERING FALLS 9 2.75
28/12/01 LIA 3+H GERONIMO 7 1.75
29/12/01 LIA 2H STEELY DAN 2 1
29/12/01 LIA 3+M MERSEY SOUND 3 0.57
29/12/01 LIA 3+S UNDER CONSTRUCTION 2 1
03/01/02 LIA 4+M MERSEY SOUND 1 1.63
05/01/02 LIA 4+BH POSITIVE PROFILE 1 1.5
05/01/02 LIA 4+H WHALEEF 2 1.75
08/01/02 LIA 4+AH MUTABASSIR 4 3.5
08/01/02 LIA 3S DISPOL EVITA 1 0.8
09/01/02 LIA 4+M PARAGON OF VIRTUE 1 1.75
12/01/02 LIA 4+I ASCARI 8 4
404
12/01/02 LIA 4+I MYSTERI DANCER 13 4

12/01/02 LIA 3M FRAZZLED 2 2
16/01/02 LIA 4+M DENNIS OUR MENACE 1 2.5
16/01/02 LIA 4+I SOUNDS LUCKY 3 4
16/01/02 LIA 3S BULLFIGHTER 1 1.88
23/01/02 LIA 4+I LAKOTA BRAVE 1 0.91
23/01/02 LIA 3AH TIPTRONIC 1 1.75
23/01/02 LIA 4+I COWBOYS AND ANGELS 1 1.25
23/01/02 LIA 3+M FRAZZLED 2 0.62
23/01/02 LIA 4+H CALLING DOT COM 7 1.38
23/01/02 LIA 4+S URGENT SWIFT 2 2.25
30/01/02 LIA 4+H CALLING DOT COM 1 1.2
30/01/02 LIA 4+MH FLORIAN 2 2
30/01/02 LIA 3+I NINEACRES 7 1.88
30/01/02 LIA 3S FAX TO SOOTY 1 3.5
30/01/02 LIA 3S BATTLE LINE 4 3.5
02/02/02 LIA 3+M PALUA 1 2.25
02/02/02 LIA 3+M LAND OF FANTASY 3 1.75
02/02/02 LIA 4+H PULAU PINANG 3 1.75
06/02/02 LIA 3H LORD MELBOURNE 1 1.2
06/02/02 LIA 46M MY LAST BEAN 8 3.5
06/02/02 LIA 3S HOLLYBELL 1 1.38
09/02/02 LIA 3+M TEXAS GOLD 1 2
09/02/02 LIA 3+M COMPTON DYNAMO 2 2
13/02/02 LIA 4+H SIR FRANCIS 1 2.25
13/02/02 LIA 3M GROOVEJET 3 0.8
16/02/02 LIA 3+M ANNABELLE 1 1.1
20/02/02 LIA 3M ATTLEE 2 1.5
20/02/02 LIA 3+S KATHAKALI 5 1.1
20/02/02 LIA 4+H SIENA STAR 1 1.63
23/02/02 LIA 3M SCULPTOR 2 1
23/02/02 LIA 3+ ADIEMUS 1 3
23/02/02 LIA 3I PLATINUM DUKE 5 1
26/02/02 LIA 3+M PURE MISCHIEF 3 1.25
26/02/02 LIA 3H MR LEAR 3 0.8
27/02/02 LIA 3+M ROYAL PRODIGY 1 0.29
27/02/02 LIA 4+H AMIGO 2 2
02/03/02 LIA 3M BRAZEN 1 1
06/03/02 LIA 4+AH OPEN ARMS 2 2.25
06/03/02 LIA 3+M EAGLES HIGH 1 2.5
06/03/02 LIA 3+M FILLE DE JOIE 3 2.5
06/03/02 LIA 3H COMPTON DYNAMO 6 0.83
06/03/02 LIA 3+S FEAST OF ROMANCE 1 2.5
405
16/03/02 LIA 3+L ADIEMUS 1 1.63

25/03/02 LIA 3H NIGHT CAP 1 2
27/03/02 LIA 3+M FRANKIES DREAM 2 1.63
27/03/02 LIA 3+S FORTUNATE DAVE 1 3
06/04/02 LIA 3H COMPTON DYNAMO 1 1.75
06/04/02 LIA 3 CASTLE GANDOLFO 1 0.4
06/04/02 LIA 2V DUSTY DAZZLER 3 0.44
28/05/02 LIA 3N(0- SHIRLEY COLLINS 6 2.5
29/05/02 LIA 3+I CHEENEY BASIN 1 1.5
01/06/02 LIA 3+H ALAFZAR 12 2.75
01/06/02 LIA 3H SENTINEL 1 0.67
01/06/02 LIA 3M CZARINA WALTZ 2 3
01/06/02 LIA 3+H PURE ELEGANCIA 1 2.75
09/06/02 LIA 2MU XHOSA 2 2.25
03/07/02 LIA 3H NAUGHTY NELL 1 1.25
03/07/02 LIA 3+AH LYGETON LAD 2 4
10/07/02 LIA 34M MANICANI 3 0.91
10/07/02 LIA 3+H CLASSIC MILLENNIUM 1 2.25
10/07/02 LIA 3+S BANK ON HIM 1 1
17/07/02 LIA 3N(0- TALLDARK'N'ANDSOME 2 2.25
20/07/02 LIA 3+S BANK ON HIM 4 1.1
24/07/02 LIA 2M FELLOW SHIP 3 1.25
24/07/02 LIA 3N(0- WIXOE EXPRESS 1 0.8
04/09/02 LIA 3+M SUMMER WINE 2 2
04/10/02 LIA 3+M WELL CHOSEN 1 0.91
09/10/02 LIA 2M DUBAI LIGHTNING 1 0.25
09/10/02 LIA 3+S PANCAKEHILL 1 2.5
09/10/02 LIA 3+M SIKSIKAWA 8 3
16/10/02 LIA 2M GONDOLIN 3 1.5
16/10/02 LIA 3+H LOOK FIRST 3 2.5
31/10/02 LIA 2MF LITTLETON ARWEN 1 0.73
31/10/02 LIA 3+H DISTANT COUSIN 1 3.5
14/11/02 LIA 3+ MURGHEM 7 1.38
14/11/02 LIA 3+H ROS THE BOSS 3 1
23/11/02 LIA 2S DUBAI DREAMS 1 1.75
23/11/02 LIA 3+H MARNIE 2 2.75
27/11/02 LIA 3+I E MINOR 9 0.57
11/12/02 LIA 3+H LYGETON LAD 2 2.25
11/12/02 LIA 3+ LAGUDIN 4 0.67
11/12/02 LIA 3+H GEORGE STUBBS 14 3
14/12/02 LIA 34I MADELINE BASSETT 3 1.88
14/12/02 LIA 2M MADE IN JAPAN 1 3
18/12/02 LIA 2V DOMIRATI 7 1.75
18/12/02 LIA 3+H LINNING WINE 1 3.5
406
21/12/02 LIA 3+H MASTER T 4 4

21/12/02 LIA 3+H BRILLIANT RED 6 3.5
28/12/02 LIA 2M PARK STREET(U) 3 1
28/12/02 LIA 3+H CRISTOFORO 1 1.2
28/12/02 LIA 3+H EYECATCHER 3 1.5
30/12/02 LIA 3+S BANK ON HIM 1 1.38
07/01/03 LIA 3S PRINCESS SHOKA 6 2.75
08/01/03 LIA 4+M WEECANDOO 1 1.75
11/01/03 LIA 4+S BANK ON HIM 4 1.5
15/01/03 LIA 4+M ALCHEMIST MASTER 4 1
15/01/03 LIA 4+H ALTAY 1 1.63
18/01/03 LIA 3M DOWN MEMORY LANE 2 0.4
18/01/03 LIA 3+ J M W TURNER 2 1.5
22/01/03 LIA 4+H KELPIE 2 2
22/01/03 LIA 3+M LITHUANIAN 1 1.1
22/01/03 LIA 4+S RAYIK 3 3.5
25/01/03 LIA 3M RAHAF 2 2.25
29/01/03 LIA 3M LUNDY'S LANE 1 0.91
29/01/03 LIA 3+I PALAWAN 1 1.1
30/01/03 LIA 4+S BANK ON HIM 2 3.33
30/01/03 LIA 4+S BORI MIROV 9 3.33
30/01/03 LIA 4+H SIENA STAR 2 2
30/01/03 LIA 3H PROMISING KING 2 0.83
01/02/03 LIA 3+M MUSICAL GIFT 2 2
01/02/03 LIA 4+N(0 PARACHUTE 1 1.1
01/02/03 LIA 3+N(0 ROY MCAVOY 6 2.5
01/02/03 LIA 3+M LET ME TRY AGAIN 1 1.1
05/02/03 LIA 4+I(0 OUR CHELSEA BLUE 1 2
05/02/03 LIA 46M ORTHODOX 1 1.2
05/02/03 LIA 3M NIGHT WARRIOR(I) 4 3
05/02/03 LIA 4+H GIG HARBOR 1 1.5
08/02/03 LIA 3+M IRISH TYCOON 2 0.62
12/02/03 LIA 3M GOLANO 3 0.53
15/02/03 LIA 3M SHARP BREEZE 1 1
19/02/03 LIA 3M PHANTOM FLAME 2 1.38
19/02/03 LIA 3+M MARBLE ARCH 1 1.5
19/02/03 LIA 3H ROYAL ROBE 2 2.5
19/02/03 LIA 3+S EASTER OGIL 1 0.91
22/02/03 LIA 3H PRETENCE 1 1.63
22/02/03 LIA 4+H GIG HARBOR 3 2
22/02/03 LIA 3I AVENTURA 1 2
22/02/03 LIA 3+M REQUITE 1 0.8
25/02/03 LIA 3+M ISLAND RAPTURE 1 0.57
26/02/03 LIA 3 LUNDY'S LANE 1 0.4
01/03/03 LIA 3M SANTANDO 1 0.73
407
01/03/03 LIA 3M PRIVATE CHARTER 1 0.4

05/03/03 LIA 4+AH BEYOND THE POLE 4 3.33
14/03/03 LIA 3M STRENGTH 'N HONOUR 1 0.83
15/03/03 LIA 2 KURINGAI 4 3
26/03/03 LIA 3+M CHINKARA 1 0.62
26/03/03 LIA 3+N(0 ROYAL PRODIGY 3 1.5
28/03/03 LIA 3+I MAGIC RAINBOW 4 0.5
28/03/03 LIA 2MU ROMANCERO 1 0.67
28/03/03 LIA 3+I PETRUS 4 0.62
05/04/03 LIA 3M FANNY'S FANCY 1 2.25
09/04/03 LIA 3+AH TARAWAN 5 1.5
17/05/03 LIA 3+H HAAFEL 3 4
24/05/03 LIA 3M AMANDUS 2 1.5
28/05/03 LIA 2S RAPHOOLA 1 0.91
28/06/03 LIA 3M SKIBEREEN 2 0.8
09/07/03 LIA 3+H BANNINGHAM BLAZE 7 3.5
23/07/03 LIA 3H TEMPSFORD 1 1.2
28/08/03 LIA 2V LOMMEL 5 0.67
28/08/03 LIA 3+H HARIPUR 1 3
28/08/03 LIA 3+H ROYAL STORM 7 3
03/09/03 LIA 3+M WITTICISM 2 1.75
03/09/03 LIA 3+M PERELANDRA 1 1
03/09/03 LIA 3H HIGH REACH 4 1.5
03/09/03 LIA 3+N(0 FLORIAN 3 0.8
03/09/03 LIA 3+H COMPTON ECLAIRE 6 1.63
09/09/03 LIA 2MF SUNDROP 1 0.91
03/10/03 LIA 2M KHABFAIR 1 0.67
08/10/03 LIA 2M CELTIC HEROINE 1 3
08/10/03 LIA 3+S BURGUNDY 1 2.75
15/10/03 LIA 2M JACK SULLIVAN 1 1.5
15/10/03 LIA 3+H LABRETT 6 3.5
27/10/03 LIA 2MU KABIS BOOIE 4 2.25
30/10/03 LIA 2MF INCHENI 1 0.62
30/10/03 LIA 2MF GRANDALEA 6 0.62
30/10/03 LIA 3+N(0 FLORIAN 3 1.63
02/11/03 LIA 2M FANCY FOXTROT 6 2
02/11/03 LIA 3+N(0 MISSION TO MARS 1 2
12/11/03 LIA 2M DARTING(U) 1 1.63
13/11/03 LIA 2S JOINT DESTINY 7 2.5
18/11/03 LIA 2M KABREET 1 1.25
18/11/03 LIA 3+BH COLD TURKEY 1 1.2
22/11/03 LIA 2S LYRICAL GIRL 3 2.5
22/11/03 LIA 2S ROWAN PURSUIT 1 0.91
26/11/03 LIA 2M BIENVENUE 3 1.75
26/11/03 LIA 3+I COMPTON ECLAIRE 9 2.5
408
26/11/03 LIA 3+H COMPTON DRAKE 1 1.1

26/11/03 LIA 3+N(0 TEXAS GOLD 1 1.1
26/11/03 LIA 3+H MACARONI GOLD 2 2.75
29/11/03 LIA 2M PUKKA 1 0.53
29/11/03 LIA 3+N(0 MR BOUNTIFUL 3 2.25
02/12/03 LIA 2H ANUVASTEEL 1 2
06/12/03 LIA 3+I SMITH N ALLAN OILS 1 2.75
10/12/03 LIA 3+ WINDY BRITAIN 1 0.83
17/12/03 LIA 2V QUEENSTOWN 2 0.67
17/12/03 LIA 3+I FREE OPTION 3 1.63
17/12/03 LIA 3+I LOOKING DOWN 13 1
30/12/03 LIA 3+S ABSOLUTE UTOPIA 1 2
30/12/03 LIA 2H INTRIGUING GLIMPSE 3 2.75
30/12/03 LIA 3M MARGERY DAW 2 2
30/12/03 LIA 3+I TYPE ONE 1 0.91
30/12/03 LIA 3+N(0 STAR OF NORMANDIE 2 1.88
The last-time-out starting price seems significant, although admittedly the sample size of just
over 200 runs is fairly small. As can be seen, the qualifiers which started at odds of 8/1 or
bigger last time performed far better than those that started at shorter odds…

first recorded run in RSB 4 10 40.00 0.41 4.10
<1/2 1 2 50.00 0.00 0.00
1/2-20/21 8 11 72.73 3.90 35.45
evens-11/8 4 10 40.00 1.33 13.30
6/4-15/8 5 13 38.46 -1.30 -10.00
2/1-7/2 18 44 40.91 -0.98 -2.23
4/1-15/2 25 75 33.33 -11.02 -14.69
8/1-15/1 21 38 55.26 14.42 37.95
16/1-31/1 10 18 55.56 13.35 74.17
32/1-63/1 2 3 66.67 2.66 88.67
64/1+ 1 1 100.00 2.25 225.00
15/2 or shorter lto 61 155 39.35 -8.07 -5.21
8/1 or bigger lto 34 60 56.67 +32.68 +54.47
409
NAG 3 LAY SYSTEM
1) Look at the racecards on www.RacingPost.co.uk or in the

printed Racing Post newspaper, and identify the favourite
(includes joint favourites).
2) Check the Topspeed column to see if the paper favourite

has the highest Topspeed rating.
If it doesn't, lay it!
410
New Cert Method

Another Flat season is here again with its traditional big handicap to get us under way -
the Lincolnshire. You realise that you are no longer a novice at this racing game when
you can recall the Lincoln taking place in its original venue, and not in Doncaster as now.
Question. What was special about the Lincoln of 1948? Lots of things maybe, if you were
the winning owner, trainer or jockey or if you had backed the winner at 33/1. But
historically, it was something else. The number of runners who lined up for the flag start
that day was a staggering 58, almost double the maximum allowed today, and I
understand it created a world record. The winner, incidentally, was Commissar, trained
by Arthur Budgett and ridden by Bill Rickaby. He had been bought as a foal for only 270
guineas, and although he was an 8-year old, the Lincoln was his very first attempt at a
mile.
However, enough of looking back; let's look ahead to the new Flat season with two
simple ideas that I think should be profitable. First, the one I mentioned in November,
based on the Signposts feature, the most popular Nap of the day. I'm sure it will be worth
following, especially with these two additional suggestions. Sometimes there is no single
most popular Nap, with perhaps 2, 3 or even 4 or more sharing the honour. When that
happens I'd advise splitting your stake if there are 2, but should there be more than 2 I'd
suggest no bet that day. Obviously, a singular most popular Nap must carry more
confidence than when there are two or more. My second suggestion is simply to use a
modest staking plan since the winning strike rate is so high.
We've given a number of suitable staking plans with our systems over the past months, so
choose whatever one best suits your individual approach. My second idea is also
remarkably simple and profitable, and with fewer selections than the previous one. I have
the complete figures for Flat season 2002, but not for last year. If anyone wishes to
research it for 2003 you might come up with some interesting results. I'd hope it would be
just as profitable as the previous year. In 2002 there were 129 selections and 40 winners,
a strike rate of 31%. It produced a profit of over 40 points. And what is this simple idea?
Back all beaten favourites on their last run that were odds-on for that run. That's it, and
you'd be surprised at some of the big prices you get when you back them. As I write this
I'm looking at Saturday 6th September 2003, where The Persuader, odds-on from his
previous run, won nicely at 11/2. After the serious business of racing, let's turn to the
more trivial matter of politics! I saw something on T.V. the other day that reminded me
of the best political joke I've ever known - a real classic - so I thought I might re-tell it.
411
What I saw on T.V. was Charles Kennedy, the Lib-Dem leader, being interviewed by
Jeremy Paxman or some such interrogator. One question was, "Could you imagine being
married to someone who didn't share your political views?" Kennedy was rather taken
aback and said that he'd never considered such a possibility, but on reflection thought that
he probably couldn't. And that's what reminded me of the joke.
A female Labour M.P. and a male Tory M.P. decided that they would get married despite
their obvious political differences. Everything went well until they arrived at the
honeymoon hotel. They were having a drink in the bar before adjourning to bed to
consummate the political alliance, when someone made a political comment that sparked
a fierce ideological argument, resulting in our honeymoon couple going to bed at each
other's throats, rather than some other part of their anatomies! They lay in the honeymoon
double bed poles and policies apart. But human nature being what it is (even for MPs),
the new wife in the middle of the night spoke wistfully from the back of the bed saying,
"There is a split in the Labour party, and if the Conservative member would like to stand,
I'm sure he would get in." From the front of the bed came her new husband's sad reply,
"The Conservative member has already stood, independently, three times and on each
occasion has lost his deposit." If you're like me there are times in your betting life when
you fancy following a system that gives longer-priced, more speculative selections; but at
other stages you go for the shorter-priced near certainties. That's what we have here. I can
remember following this system when it was called Cert A Day, but then new rules were
added making it even more selective and more profitable, and with a new name - New
Cert Method. Everything is fully and clearly explained with results. Just one other thing
needs to be said. It lists the four Racing Post tipsters to be used - Diomed, Topspeed,
Postmark and Spotlight. Of course Diomed is no longer one of them, so we have the
choice of using the other three only, or adding Postdata as the fourth. My preference
would be to use the four, as this preserves the essence of the system.
New Cert Method
Before outlining the new rules for the Cert Method, I'll give the basic rules first as you'll
need to apply these before you can narrow the selections down.
Basic Rules.
1. The paper required to operate this system is the Racing Post.
2. The meeting to concentrate on is the day's principal meeting. This is usually covered
on the centre pages of the Racing Post.
3. The races to consider are all non-handicap races. All non-handicap races, sellers,
claimers etc, as long as it is a non-handicap race you consider it.
412
4. Taking each non-handicap race in turn, you see what is being selected by the following
four tipsters - Diomed, Topspeed, Postmark and Spotlight. If three of these four advisers
select the same horse in a particular nonhandicap race and it is forecast favourite in the
Racing Post betting forecast, it goes onto the short list. At this stage delete from your
short list any horse that is forecast lower than 2/5, i.e., if quoted at 2/5 or better it stays on
the short list. If quoted at 4/11, 1/3 etc it is deleted from the short list.
5. Once you have been through all the non-handicap races at the principal meeting and
short-listed those horses indicated by the rules above, you will then obtain the day's
selection by backing the horse at the lowest forecast starting price. If two horses are
forecast at the same starting price, then back both.
6. Nine days out of ten you will obtain a selection from the principal meeting.
Occasionally you will not. In these instances apply the above set of rules to the first
meeting covered in the Racing Post and if still no bet, the second meeting and so on until
you arrive at a selection. Very occasionally you will have a no betting day. Note. You
only count the horse as being selected by Postmark if it is clear top rated. Those are the
basic rules of the Cert Method. By using this method over the last four months you would
have obtained the following selections. Although some may consider four months as not
long enough to be conclusive, I would point out that we have covered this method over
the last year or so, and a 50% strike rate is a fair indication of how the system will
perform overall. There were 52 winners from 100 bets, with a L.S.P. of 9.12 points.
Return on outlay 9%.
To make the method even more selective and profitable, you can apply the following.
First of all, apply the basic Cert rules to find the day's selection. Wait for a loser, and then
start backing the Cert selections. For instance, if on day one the selection loses, you back
the Cert selection on day two. If the selection loses on day two, you back the selection on
day three and so on until you have a winner. Once you have a winner you wait until the
Cert Method gives another loser before you start backing again. By operating in this
manner you would have narrowed down the basic selections of the method to - 47 bets
with 29 winners, an L.S.P. of 15.52 points and return on investment of 33%.
The second way of making the Cert Method even more selective is just an extension of
the above rule. Work the basic Cert Method as usual, but wait until the method has given
two consecutive losers before starting to back the Cert selections. Once you have backed
a winner, stop betting until the method again gives two consecutive losers. This would
have given the following results. 18 bets giving 13 winners, with a L.S.P. of 10.23 points
and return on investment of 60%.
413
Taking the idea one stage further and only backing Cert selections after three consecutive
losers would have given four bets and four winners and an investment return of 79%.
This is probably taking the idea too far as few punters would be prepared to wait four
months for only four bets at these prices.
Non-Handicap Draw Analysis

414
It’s a well known fact that winners are easier to find in non-handicap races than in
handicaps – the conditions of the former type of events usually favour just a handful of
runners, whereas in a handicap race each runner is theoretically weighted to hold an equal
chance to all of their rivals.
If we look at the performances of all runners in non-handicap races over the last ten
seasons, as can be expected the strike-rate drops as the SP lengthens….

<1/2 892 1219 73.17 -49.64 -4.07
1/2 - <8/11 1004 1726 58.17 -126.87 -7.35
8/11 - <evens 1201 2255 53.26 -73.37 -3.25
evens - <5/4 942 2039 46.20 -91.50 -4.49
5/4 - <6/4 884 2126 41.58 -84.48 -3.97
6/4 - <7/4 969 2579 37.57 -100.73 -3.91
7/4 - <2/1 1007 2958 34.04 -144.81 -4.90
2/1 - <5/2 1721 5905 29.14 -538.46 -9.12
5/2 - <3/1 1554 5996 25.92 -388.00 -6.47
3/1 - <4/1 2515 11647 21.59 -921.23 -7.91
4/1 - <6/1 3415 21583 15.82 -2236.50 -10.36
6/1 - <8/1 1939 17489 11.09 -2873.50 -16.43
8/1 - <10/1 1114 13345 8.35 -2911.00 -21.81
10/1 - <12/1 842 12400 6.79 -2984.00 -24.06
12/1 - <16/1 998 21282 4.69 -7318.00 -34.39
16/1 - <20/1 453 12114 3.74 -4411.00 -36.41
20/1 - <24/1 385 15151 2.54 -7052.00 -46.54
24/1 - <33/1 271 13789 1.97 -6734.00 -48.84
33/1 - <50/1 278 22696 1.22 -12971.00 -57.15
50/1 and more 96 29785 0.32 -23801.00 -79.91
The LSP% is very similar in all SP groups from odds-on up to the 7/4 - <2/1 group,
before shooting up dramatically as the SP’s increase. For this exercise we’ll concentrate
solely on those horses which were returned with an SP of less than 2/1. An average
strike-rate of 46.3% was returned for this SP group over the 10 year period studied. We
415
can now analyse the stats of this SP group by sorting each racecourse into strike-rate
order….

Warwick 136 255 53.33 34.78 13.64
Chester 122 242 50.41 9.97 4.12
Lingfield (turf) 189 377 50.13 10.46 2.77
York 147 295 49.83 10.64 3.61
Pontefract 174 353 49.29 -11.02 -3.12
Ripon 160 326 49.08 -9.22 -2.83
Hamilton 186 382 48.69 -7.61 -1.99
Redcar 175 360 48.61 -23.46 -6.52
Beverley 221 455 48.57 -1.76 -0.39
Doncaster 216 450 48.00 8.12 1.80
Windsor 177 370 47.84 0.78 0.21
Leicester 204 428 47.66 -6.31 -1.47
Edinburgh (Musselburgh) 149 314 47.45 -12.82 -4.08
Chepstow 110 234 47.01 -0.37 -0.16
Salisbury 171 365 46.85 7.72 2.12
Goodwood 204 436 46.79 -12.38 -2.84
Catterick 154 330 46.67 -19.53 -5.92
Southwell (aw) 406 874 46.45 -19.53 -2.23
Bath 172 371 46.36 -17.44 -4.70
Carlisle 75 162 46.30 -16.11 -9.94
Brighton 206 447 46.09 -23.50 -5.26
Epsom 87 191 45.55 -6.61 -3.46
Newmarket (July) 189 415 45.54 -26.52 -6.39
Nottingham 202 447 45.19 -44.34 -9.92
Yarmouth 225 499 45.09 -41.65 -8.35
Wolverhampton (aw) 472 1048 45.04 -56.25 -5.37
Thirsk 154 344 44.77 -38.28 -11.13
Ayr 151 340 44.41 -43.20 -12.71
Haydock 185 417 44.36 -32.24 -7.73
Lingfield (aw) 454 1034 43.91 -78.25 -7.57
Kempton 135 310 43.55 -26.43 -8.53
416
Newcastle 165 380 43.42 -55.70 -14.66

Sandown 150 350 42.86 -38.63 -11.04
Newbury 155 362 42.82 -36.73 -10.15
Ascot 114 268 42.54 -18.25 -6.81
Folkestone 114 270 42.22 -25.21 -9.34
There is quite a percentage range between top and bottom strike-rates, with Warwick
hitting 53.33% and Folkestone just 42.22%. Logically thinking, if the top tracks from the
above table can produce a profit (albeit a small one) from blindly backing every non-
handicap runner sent off at less that 2/1, then surely adding a draw bias filter should
produce a highly profitable method.
We’ll start at the top and work our way down, looking at each course and how the results
are affected by the draw. On the tracks with both a round and straight course, we have to
separate these and analyse them individually, as the draw bias (if any) may be in
complete contrast to one another.
WARWICK
Warwick 136 255 53.33 34.78 13.64
A 53% strike-rate and a LSP% of +13.64 is incredible considering these runners were
backed blindly, but these excellent results can be improved upon further by analysing the
draw stats….

lowest quintile 31 50 62.00 13.82 27.64
low side quintile 36 57 63.16 20.82 36.53
central quintile 28 53 52.83 6.70 12.64
high side quintile 17 46 36.96 -8.31 -18.07
highest quintile 24 49 48.98 1.75 3.57
Clearly it is an advantage to be drawn low at Warwick, and simply by concentrating on

the lowest 60% of the draw the already impressive results improve to the following….
417

Warwick 95 160 59.38 41.34 25.84
At Warwick, back all runners in non-handicaps sent off at shorter than 2/1 which are
drawn in the lowest 60% of the field.
CHESTER
Chester 122 242 50.41 9.97 4.12
Chester is notorious for having a strong draw bias, with those drawn on the inner (low)
usually holding a strong advantage at all distances. It therefore should come as no real
surprise to find that the above stats can be improved upon significantly by using the draw
to discard those runners disadvantaged by the tracks configuration….

lowest quintile 20 29 68.97 13.31 45.90
central quintile 19 50 38.00 -11.55 -23.10
high side quintile 22 47 46.81 -1.91 -4.06
highest quintile 29 60 48.33 -2.99 -4.98
The lowest 40% of the draw is clearly favoured…

Chester 52 85 61.18 26.42 31.08
At Chester, back all runners in non-handicaps sent off at shorter than 2/1 which are
drawn in the lowest 40% of the field.
LINGFIELD (turf)
Lingfield (turf) 189 377 50.13 10.46 2.77
418
All races on the turf track at Lingfield at distances shorter than 1m take place on the
straight course, with the high drawn runners up against the nearside running rail. On the
round course it’s the lowest drawn horses which have the advantage of the rail. The
straight course stats are as follows….

lowest quintile 22 41 53.66 5.04 12.29
high side quintile 27 51 52.94 6.92 13.57
No apparent draw bias, with every quintile profitable. The round course stats read….

lowest quintile 5 13 38.46 -1.35 -10.38
low side quintile 10 28 35.71 -7.57 -27.04
Disappointing stats, with only two of the quintiles making a profit. Sticking to the straight
course only, a healthy profit can be made…..

Lingfield 150 279 53.76 28.84 10.34
On the turf at Lingfield, on the straight course back all runners in nonhandicaps sent off
at shorter than 2/1.
YORK
York 147 295 49.83 10.64 3.61
419
York’s 5f and 6f trips are run on the straight course, the 7f course is on an extension to
the straight, while the longer distances take place on the round track. The straight
course/extension stats are…..

lowest quintile 8 24 33.33 -8.21 -34.21
low side quintile 10 22 45.45 -0.95 -4.32
central quintile 9 28 32.14 -11.94 -42.64
The highest two quintiles (next to the running rail) clearly hold the advantage here. The
round course stats read…..

lowest quintile 10 15 66.67 6.42 42.80
Only the quintile drawn furthest away from the running rail produce a loss, the others
perform exceptionally well.

York 105 184 57.07 40.01 21.74
At York, back all runners in non-handicaps sent off at shorter than 2/1 which are drawn
in the highest 40% of the field on the straight course/extension (5f – 7f), and in the lowest
80% of the field on the round course.
Following these rules from the four courses would have produced the following results
over the last 10 seasons…
WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP%

402 708 56.78 136.61 19.30
420
Nulli Secundus
The meaning of the word Lore in my dictionary is given as - knowledge of a special or
different kind. I'm going to use Lore as an appropriate acronym for my ratings idea that I
mentioned in July, and which I've been asked to describe further. Here it is then - Less
Obvious Ratings Evaluation - Lore. I would suggest using it in races where there is plenty
of form available, and to the first four or five in the betting forecast, depending on the
number of runners and using your own judgement.
Here, then, is an imaginary race of 8 runners, where 3 of the first 4 in the betting stood
out on form from their last two runs.
Dubai Gold - 11 C and D, 6/4 fav.
Classic Cert - 12 and C, 5/2.
Carbuncle - 34, 6/1.
Now, on most ratings systems Dubai Gold looks a maximum selection, with Classic Cert
a few points behind. Putting normal figures to it - 5 for a win, 3 for a second, 2 for a third
and 1 for a fourth, with a course winner receiving 1 point, distance winner getting 1 point
and C and D getting 3 points - the totals would be Dubai Gold 13 points, Classic Cert 9
points and Carbuncle a miserable 3 points. It looks quite clear-cut - Dubai Gold to win
from Classic Cert; but just let's look a little closer. Remember, back in July I raised the
matter of number of runners in a race and the value of a race. Well, here goes to put my
figures to our above race. Dubai Gold's two wins were in small fields and with fairly
modest prizes. Using L.O.R.E., here's how we rate Dubai Gold.
His two wins were in fields of 5 and 6 runners so we give him 5 points and 6 points for
these. The values of the two races were £3,000 and £4,000 so we award 3 and 4 points for
them. And, as before, 3 points for the C and D win.
That makes Dubai Gold's total points 5+6+3+4+3 = 21. Now let's see Classic Cert. It won
a 7-runner race worth £5,000 and was second in a 6-runner race worth £6,000. For the
win in a field of 7 it gets 7 points and for being second of 6 runners it gets 6 - 2 = 4
points. For race values it gets 5 points and 6 points and a further 1 point for its course
win. So, Classic Cert's total is 7+4+5+6+1 = 23. Contrary to what we might have
expected, Classic Cert is ahead of Dubai Gold by 2 points. Now we come to Carbuncle.
He was third of 12 in a race worth £11,000 and then fourth of 14 in a race of £12,000. For
being third of 12 he gets 12 - 3, 9 points, and for being fourth of 14 he gets 14 - 4, 10
points. The race values add on 11 and 12 points respectively. The total, therefore, is
421
9+10+11+12 = 42. So, the unlikely Carbuncle comes out clearly on top with double the
points of the apparent maximum Dubai Gold. At 6/1, Carbuncle is certainly the horse I
would be backing in that race. Finally, just to make it clear on race values, a race worth
£5,499 would get 5 points but £5,500 or over is rounded up to 6 points. Incidentally, this
is not the end of LORE, just the beginning, with other important ideas still to be
incorporated.
We may return to them later.
And for a bit of fun, what would you suggest was the parentage of our imaginary
selection Carbuncle? I'd say - by Ignition out of Aunty's Favourite! Meantime, how about
a joke? A shy, romantic young man was buying his new girlfriend a birthday present and
enlisted the help of her friend in his choice. Together they went to a smart fashion house
where the friend suggested an elegant pair of white gloves with a furry lining. While the
purchase was being made the friend bought for herself a pair of sexy, white silk panties;
and in the course of the transaction the two small packages became exchanged, leaving
the young man with the panties instead of the gloves. Unaware, he parceled them up and
sent them to his girlfriend with the following note. "I hope you like your present which I
thought might be suitable since I noticed that when we went out last week you weren't
wearing any. Your friend helped me in my choice and at first suggested long, buttoned-up
ones, but then she showed me hers and I liked the look of them so much that I bought
similar ones for you. The lady in the shop agreed that white was best and assured me that
although she had been wearing her white ones for over a fortnight they were still showing
no signs of soiling, despite lots of rough hand contact. My only regret is that other hands
could be touching yours before I see you on Friday.
Please wear them then and I shall be so excited to remove them and kiss the fair form
underneath. Perhaps eventually you might wear my ring there which could link our lives
forever. One last suggestion. I've been told that the latest fashion is to wear them with the
top folded back, showing a little fur underneath. Till Friday, Yours, John."
Let's see if we can come up with a furry good system for this month. The one I've
uncovered has the unusual name Nulli Secundus, and the Latin scholars among you will
know that this translates as - Second to None. From my original circular for it I see that it
is very selective, giving an average of only six bets per month, with selections on both the
Flat and N.H. It quotes the following sequence of 10bets from a 3-month period. W
10/11, W7/1, L, W 9/2, L, W 8/1, W 11/2, W 15/8, W 15/8 and W 9/4. Odds-on
selections are largely avoided and expected annual profits are around 200 points. It would
be too much to expect all winners, and none second.
422
Nulli Secundus
This method concentrates on a horse's last three runs. The only races you can follow are
as follows: -
• Flat - 5f to 2 mile handicaps, inclusive.
• N.H. - any handicap race.
• The only paper suitable is the Racing Post.
Rules
1. Top rated on Topspeed.
2. Placed 1st last time out in a time faster than average, or placed 2nd, beaten under 2
lengths in such a race.
3. Placed in first four in at least one of previous two runs before being placed 1st or 2nd.
Must have been beaten under 4 lengths or the race was run in a time faster than average.
If the horse won one or both of its previous races then it must have been in a time no
slower than 2 seconds above average. Average times can be found at the top right corner
of the horse's form, denoted as - (fst 1.0s) or (slw 1.0s). If there is no bracket of faster or
slower than average times when the horse was placed on its previous runs, there is no bet,
unless the horse was 1st or 2nd last time out in a time faster than average.
4. On the Flat the horse must be a distance winner. In N.H. racing the horse must have
won or ran well over the distance or ran well / won over 2 furlongs more or less.
5. There must be 6 or more runners.
6. Last run must be within 14 days.
7. No bet if favourite for race is forecast at 11/10 or less in Racing Post
forecast.
8. No bet on All weather racing.
9. No bet in Amateur races.
423
ODDS ON CHASER
This particular system has maintained a very healthy average strike rate of 82.62% over
the course of 12 years from 1993 so it is definitely not to be sniffed at.
here is the system in a nutshell:
1. Any chaser forecast shorter than 1/2 in the Racing Post
2. Running in class D or E race only
3. Running over 3m2f or shorter
4. Running on going ranging between soft and firm
5. Must be a maiden, or have won a race within the last 547 days
There have been 290 winners from 351 qualifiers with this particular system since 1993,
roughly averaging 30 bets per season. Of course, for any system to show such a high
strike rate as this it concentrates on short priced favourites. You'll see that the system has
only produced an average of just over 3.5pts profit a season at starting price (Betting
exchange prices generally do significantly better). The risk with this system would be that
you would need to bet in fairly substantial amounts to make any real profit of note.
Because of this you would need a fair degree of nerve to continue following the system
should the first selection not win for whatever reason.
On the plus side this sort of system suits the person who requires a high strike rate and is
not easily un-nerved by suffering the odd heavy reverse of fortune.
You will not become a millionaire by following this system. Indeed the wisest course of
action is to dispel such notions from your mind with any system. Life (in the real world)
isn't like that.
424
Odds On Chasers
Years 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004
Race Type chase
Odds, Forecast Price < 1/2
Race Class D, E
Race Distance
<2 miles 1 furlong
2m 1f - 2m 2f
2m 2.5f - 2m 4f
2m 4.5f - 2m 6f
2m 6.5f - 3m
3m 0.5f - 3m 2f
Race Going
soft
good to soft or yielding
good
good to firm
firm
Winner, Days Since a Win
maiden
last win <4 days ago
last win 4-7 days ago
425


1993 28 33 84.85 4.89 14.82 14.40
1994 23 27 85.19 5.65 20.93 19.84
1995 26 33 78.79 1.95 5.91 3.28
1996 20 26 76.92 0.93 3.58 3.59
1997 30 38 78.95 2.98 7.84 6.43
1998 19 22 86.36 2.42 11.00 15.38
1999 20 26 76.92 1.03 3.96 1.71
2000 17 19 89.47 5.72 30.11 19.48
2001 28 33 84.85 6.32 19.15 12.16
2002 34 40 85.00 6.90 17.25 15.14
2003 34 42 80.95 2.11 5.02 6.19
2004 11 12 91.67 2.43 20.25 17.11
290 351 82.62 43.33 12.34 10.18
426
Owning a Share in a Racehorse – Investment or Indulgence?
Owning a racehorse used to be confined to those fortunate few who were rich and
privileged enough to afford one, which is not surprising when costs of feeding, training,
vets bills etc are all taken into account. But not anymore thanks to the formation of
syndicates. It is now possible to own a share in your very own racehorse, this way you
have all the fun, excitement and possible winnings of ownership with only part of the
cost. Should your chosen horse do well and have considerable winnings and you all agree
to sell then you could make a handsome profit!
I was personally very skeptical about any value in actually owning through a syndicate.
Then my friend Raj Patel related how he made a very tidy profit out of a part ownership
in Miss Assertive through Nick Litmoden's Newmarket stable. There are two ways to join
a syndicate, but for both you will firstly need to contact the British Horseracing Board
(BHB) on 0171 3960011. If you decide to go along the first route of joining an ownership
club, the BHB will provide you with a list of multiple ownership groups as well as
offering advice regarding suitable horses, employment of trainers and jockeys, any
ownership clubs who are seeking members, in fact all you need to know! You can also
attend a special course run by the BHB for new owners.
You have a choice of which ownership club to choose or you could alternatively join the
ownership club at the Royal Ascot course, this has 200 members who have access to a
clubroom and private grandstand. Whatever club you join, you must register with the
Jockey Club and make sure the club is officially recognised and approved by the BHB.
427
Before you hand over any money get as many details as possible about your chosen
syndicate just to make sure it is suitable for you and that there is a good working
relationship between members. The more members in one syndicate then the less costs
incurred however should your horse win then you will receive less prize money. Costs for
just one horse mount up quickly with training fees, feed bills, farrier costs, any vet bills
incurred including inoculations, rugs etc. so don’t be fooled into thinking that racehorses
are cheap to keep, they are finely tuned athletes and need to be treated as such. Syndicate
ownership is an ideal way to own a racehorse with the financial burden being shared.
Hopefully your racehorse will earn enough to pay for its keep and although your return
may not be a lot of cash, the pride at being part owner of a magnificent animal and
watching it race should be more than enough to justify the costs of its keep.
Friends form some syndicates and again there are rules and regulations to abide by. The
Jockey Club will again offer advice on all these necessary rules and regulations. Costs of
a part share can vary enormously, but we are talking thousands rather than hundreds. As
an investment remember it's quite risky too. I would recommend talking with an
accountant to see if you can legitimately structure this as a business investment to claim
tax deductions against the expenses (or losses if the worst should happen).
You will also need to decide if you want a flat racer of jumper. Flat racers usually cost a
bit more than jumpers and the BHB can advise you about buying a horse for investment
potential. Before you buy arrange to meet the horse’s trainer and ask questions about its
age, any past injuries, has it won or been placed in any races, how much roughly does it
cost to keep per month etc. Try and get as much expert advice as you can about the
horse before buying it and keep an open mind.
428
Remember there are no guarantees that your horse will win or you will actually have a
return from your investment. Heeding expert advice on buying and training should start
you off on the right direction and with luck and good fortune you will watch your horse
win its race from the private owner’s stand. Just think how proud you will be then and
your previous worries about costs incurred will pale in comparison.
429
Patience Pays
This month, Patience Pays. Well, I suppose it does every month, but that is the name of
the classic system we'll be looking at this time. We have some results for it from the early
l980s. In the 1983/84 National Hunt season it gave thirty-nine selections of which
twenty-five were winners, with a profit, after tax, of over eleven points. In the 1984 Flat
season there were fifty-three selections and thirty winners, giving a profit, after tax, of
over seventeen points. And in the 1984/85 National Hunt season we had twenty-four bets,
with sixteen winners and a profit of over ten points.
But first, I've been asked if I could find any more horses' names that may bring a smile to
the weary punter's face as he wades through the Form Book! It seems that nowadays you
would need a degree in Arabic to understand, or even pronounce, many of the names
currently in use. And those names that display any kind of wit or originality of thought
are as rare as Bin Laden supporters in the White House! However, I've found a couple
that did the trick for me this month. The first is Wanna Shout by Missed Flight out of
Lulu. And the second, Upstage by Quest For Fame out of Pedestal. Finally, I remember
from a season or two ago a horse that belongs, I believe, to Sir Clement Freud, called Dig
Up St Edmunds. The contradictory idea of that one appealed to me, especially if it won.
You've been patient so far. I hope it pays. Here is the system. As the title implies, this is a
system for those who are prepared to wait for the occasional good investment. The
average is less than two bets a week. If, therefore, this is the only system you intend to
operate, the need for patience must be stressed. Do not be tempted to introduce rules of
your own in order to increase the number of bets.
To find a selection, there are four rules which must all be satisfied. These are:
1. The horse must have won last time out, current season.
2. The forecast price of the horse must be 5/4, 11/8, or 6/4 - NOTHING ELSE.
3. It must be selected by at least one of the two main tipsters of the newspaper you use.
4. It must have run previously within the last twenty-one days.
Comments
I use the Daily Mail and all results quoted are based on the information given in this
newspaper. Rules 2 and 3 mean that occasionally, and only very occasionally, the
selection could be different from the one indicated by the Mail, but having checked other
newspapers, nine times out of ten the selection will be the same and overall results and
profits will be virtually identical.
430
Having decided on which two correspondents to use, stick to them. For instance, if using
the Daily Mirror, you may decide to use Newsboy and Bouverie. Alternatively, you may
prefer to use Spotform as one of your indicators, plus one of the other two, but whichever
you decide, for consistency of results, stay with the same two. I use Robin Goodfellow
and Gimcrack.
Profits quoted are based on level stakes. However, because of the high percentage of
winners and the absence of any serious losing runs, it is feasible to use a fairly simple
staking plan to boost profits. I show three ideas, not particularly new, but each one
suitable for the pattern of results given by the selection method.
A. Increase stakes by one point after each bet, but the next stake should never be more
than one point larger than the last figure in the Arrears column. This Arrears figure is
achieved through adding together your losses and an expected one point win per bet.
Following a winner deduct one point from the profit and then deduct this amount from
the Arrears. Return to the starting stake when the Arrears are completely cleared. The
following example demonstrates the procedure.
RESULT STAKE LOSS PROFIT ARREARS
Lost 1 1 - 2
Lost 2 2 - 5
Lost 3 3 - 9
Won 6/4 4 - 6 4
Lost 5 5 - 10
Lost 6 6 - 17
Won 2/1 7 - 14 4
Lost 5 5 - 10
Won 1/1 6 - 6 5
Won 1/1 6 - 6 -
At this point the Arrears column has been wiped out, and if you add up the profit and loss
columns you will see there was a loss of twenty-two points and a profit of thirty-two
points, making a single point profit on each of the ten bets.
B. Sequence: - 1 - 2 - 2 - 3 - 3 - 4 - 4 - etc, returning to one point after a winner.
C. Start by staking one point on each selection until a winner is backed. Then increase to
two points and continue to stake two points until two winners have been backed, not
necessarily consecutively. Then increase stakes to three points and continue to stake three
points until three winners have been backed, not necessarily consecutively. Then increase
stakes to four points, etc. Continue in this way until a predetermined number of points
431
has been won or lost, and then revert to one point and start all over again. The actual
number of points is a matter of personal choice. However, a suitable compromise might
be to win ten points or lose twenty points. The following table illustrates the procedure.
RESULT STAKE PLAN PROFIT PLAN LOSS
Lost 1 - 1
Won 1/1 1 - -
Won 1/1 2 2 –
Lost 3 - 1
Lost 3 - 4
Lost 3 - 7
Lost 3 - 10
Won 7/1 3 11 -
At this point the coup ends for we have won more than our suggested ten points. The next
stake would revert to one point and the procedure would be repeated. They say that you
must be getting old when you start to reminisce, but anyway here is a personal
reminiscence which takes us back to 1968, and it seems a whole lifetime ago. Another
racing tale told out of school, again concerns the running of a Derby, this time the one of
1968. Remember who won it? I certainly do, with good reason - Sir Ivor. I had heard
about Sir Ivor from Ireland over the winter and had backed it at all prices ante-post right
up to the day of the race. But the day of the race was the problem. I was a fairly new
teacher in 1968, and on the Wednesday of the Derby I had to attend a teachers'
conference where something of vital curricular importance was being discussed - what it
was I have no idea now - and even at the time my mind was more preoccupied with
Epsom than Education. The conference was being held in the Assembly Hall of a large
school, closed for the day because of the meeting, and was attended by all the top
educational brass of the region, including the over-all Director of Education. To me, a
new, young teacher, he was an awesome figure, the fount of all promotion and little short
of God. Halfway through the afternoon session of the conference there was a break for
coffee, and to my delight I noticed that it was around the time of the Derby taking place. I
left the rest of my dedicated colleagues to their coffee and sneaked off, knowing that
somewhere in the empty school I would find an empty room with a T.V. I did. I switched
on, pulled up a desk to sit on and was watching the preliminaries when I heard something
behind me. What I saw when I turned round made me glad I was wearing my brown
trousers! There, coming into the room in his immaculate suit was God.
432
The Director of Education actually apologised for interrupting my viewing, but said that
he had been passing along the corridor, heard the T.V. and thought someone had left it on
by mistake. I decided quickly that it would be best to confess all, to try to explain what I
was doing there. He seemed particularly interested to hear about my bets on Sir Ivor,
although I didn't reveal to him the full extent of them. I soon realised that this idea of
betting on horses to try to make money was something entirely out of his experience, but
which at the same time seemed to fascinate and excite him greatly.
By this time the race had started and long before the field reached Tattenham Corner he
was cheering on Sir Ivor like a madman. I was sitting as quiet as a well-behaved pupil.
As the horses entered the final furlong I could see that Lester on Sir Ivor was moving out
from the rail to pass Connaught and was going to win. I was quite calmly reckoning up
my winnings. My new betting companion, on the other hand, was going utterly berserk as
he drove Sir Ivor home to a length and a half victory over Connaught. He turned to me
and said, "Thanks for letting me share that. It's about the most exciting thing I've ever
been involved in." We returned together, somewhat drained, to the re-started conference.
Just a few months later I got my first step on the promotional ladder.
433
Profiting From Track Pace Bias

Racetrack bias in horse racing has always been an interesting subject, be it the effect of
the draw or the favoured running style. Draw biases are still very much as prevalent today
as they were in the past, but unfortunately they have been studied and analysed to such an
extent in the racing press that any value to be had from backing well drawn runners is
now long gone. You only have to look at the starting prices of the highest drawn runners
in every 5f Beverley handicap to see that finding value using well-known draw biases is
nowadays incredibly difficult.
Pace bias, on the other hand, has had far less media coverage than the effect of the draw,
which means, for the time being at least, that finding an edge using this particular angle
should reap rich rewards, as the starting prices of pace-favoured runners are not driven
down in the same way as they are in the case of a well drawn horse.
Some racecourses are widely known among racing form students to favour a certain
running style. York has, for many years, been a happy hunting ground for front-runners
and those horses that sit in just behind the leaders. Chester racecourse is another venue
that favours those racing prominently – the configuration of both of these racetracks
gives an advantage to this type of early paced runner.
Conversely, on the new All-Weather surface Polytrack, which is in place at Lingfield and
Wolverhampton, front-runners have a dire record due to the elasticated surface allowing
hold-up horses to preserve energy throughout the race and also allowing them to instantly
quicken far more easily than they can on turf, thus the advantage held by those runners
which set their own pace is diminished.
So how can we profit from this? Simply knowing which of our racetracks favour front-
runners and which do not is a handy piece of knowledge to have, but turning this
information into profit is easier said than done. In my experience, trying to pre-judge the
likely pace make-up of any race is nigh on impossible – it’s certainly possible to achieve
a rough idea of the likely pacesetters, the pacechasers and the hold-up runners, but
confidently predicting exactly which horse(s) will lead in every race you examine is just
not feasible.
One major problem is the fact that trainers can and often do change the riding plans of
their horses, for various reasons. For example, a horse may have been held up in every
race of its career to date, yet on this occasion the trainer may decide to tell the jockey to
try and make the running with his charge. And this is just one horse in one race – how
434
could it be possible to guess the plans of each and every trainer? There is simply no way
of knowing and trying to base a system or method around such debatable guesswork is a
risky business. What I decided to do was to examine every single winner from the last 19
flat seasons that had managed to win by making all of the running. I concentrated solely
on those winners that had then gone on to win on their next start too. The following table
shows each racecourse and the strike rate percentage of these winners for their next time
out appearances.
WOLVERHAMPTON (aw) 25.00

LINGFIELD (aw) 23.56
KEMPTON 22.22
LEICESTER 21.54
DONCASTER 20.31
NEWBURY 20.16
HAMILTON 19.47
SOUTHWELL (aw) 18.88
WINDSOR 18.53
WARWICK 18.50
AYR 18.42
HAYDOCK 18.40
THIRSK 17.94
CATTERICK 17.77
BATH 17.38
SANDOWN 17.33
LINGFIELD (turf) 17.22
CARLISLE 17.20
MUSSELBURGH 17.19
NEWMARKET (Rwly) 17.03
ASCOT 16.97
NEWMARKET (July) 16.94
GOODWOOD 16.81
REDCAR 16.71
FOLKESTONE 16.67
RIPON 15.99
YARMOUTH 15.97
435
YORK 15.85
CHEPSTOW 15.50
CHESTER 14.64
NOTTINGHAM 14.60
BEVERLEY 14.47
PONTEFRACT 14.41
SALISBURY 14.41
BRIGHTON 13.96
NEWCASTLE 13.86
EPSOM 12.78
So for example, of all the Wolverhampton (aw) winners that made all of the running to
win their races, 25% of them managed to follow up that victory with another on their
very next outing. 20.16% of Newbury front-running winners managed to win next time
out, and the strike rate from Goodwoods winners was 16.81%.
As you will see, there is quite a varied set of figures here, which is too wide a span for it
to be insignificant. The strike rates from the All-Weather tracks of Lingfield and Wolves
are almost doubled that of Epsom and there is a near 10% strike rate difference between
the highest turf track and the lowest turf track. There has to be a reason why front-
running winners at certain tracks go on to win their next starts far more often than others.
It can’t have anything to do with class, as among the top half a dozen courses on the table
we find top class venues such as Kempton and Newbury alongside lowly Wolverhampton
(aw) and Leicester, and the home of the Derby, Epsom, is at rock bottom on the list.
Careful scrutiny of the table leads me to believe I know the answer. The majority of
courses that favour front-runners can be found towards the bottom of the table, while the
tracks which making all at is a tough task are situated around the top. This makes sense
when you think about it – if a horse can win by making all of the running on a track
which holds a pace bias against front-runners, then it has clearly put in a meritorious
effort and must be capable of winning again – hence the higher next-run strike rates at the
hold-up style favoured courses. On the other hand, if a horse makes all to win on a
racetrack which strongly favours the front-running style then it has possibly been
flattered in doing so and will find it harder to supplement its win with another on its next
outing, especially as it will usually have a tougher task with its official rating being upped
for winning.
436
As mentioned earlier, the Polytrack surface at Lingfield and Wolverhampton All-Weather

tracks does not lend itself to front-runners, so it’s no surprise to find these two tracks at
the top of the table (for the purpose of this analysis I have only included races at these
venues from when the new Polytrack surface was laid). It’s interesting to see that of the
four other courses to have a higher strike rate than 20%, three of them have long,
stamina-demanding straights which are unsuitable for front-running types as there is
nothing to help break up the pace and therefore they are there to be shot at by the late-
running type who needs to come with a long raking run; Leicester has a straight 7f track
and on the round course the run-in is a good 5f, Doncaster has a straight mile course with
a 5.5f run-in on the round course, and Newbury has a similar description to Doncaster.
At the foot of the table, Epsom holds an awful strike rate of just 12.78%, which strongly
suggests that the track hands a strong advantage to horses that make all there. The severe
undulations, tight turns and a short run-in, not to mention the completely downhill 5f
course, make this track a front-runners paradise. No wonder so few winners go on to win
again from here. Many other front-running favouring courses are found near the foot of
the table – Chester, Beverley and Brighton to name a few.
So now that we know which tracks produce the most subsequent wins from their front-
running winners, we can use this information to our advantage. Looking at the last 5
seasons using the top six courses from the table, we get the following collective results….

2000 23 108 21.30 -7.66 -7.09
2001 15 77 19.48 -7.03 -9.13
2002 20 124 16.13 -23.51 -18.96
2003 30 149 44.57 -15.10 -10.13
2004 49 184 26.63 110.88 60.26
TOTAL 137 642 21.34 57.58 8.97
Backing all font-running winners from these six tracks on their next starts has hit a strike
rate of 21.34% with an excellent LSP% of 8.97. Obviously the fantastic results from 2004
have skewed the figures somewhat, but only in 2002 did the strike rate disappoint, and
remember this is backing every single qualifier blindly with no filters.
Most systems can be massively improved by adding a rule which chucks out the big
priced qualifiers – any system which relies on longshots winning at is always going to be
less likely to continue to make a profit due to the odd 33/1 shot skewing the figures.
Breaking down our stats into SP groups we have the following…
437

SP < 4/1 8 0 210 38.10 9.58 0.46
4/1 - <6/1 2 3 103 22.33 24.50 23.79
6/1 - <8/1 1 4 92 15.22 12.50 -13.59
8/1 - <10/1 1 1 65 16.92 35.00 53.85
10/1 - <12/1 5 42 11.90 14.00 33.33
12/1 - <16/1 2 53 3.77 -23.00 -43.40
16/1 or bigger 2 77 2.60 21.00 27.27
Clearly the qualifiers that were sent off at odds of 12/1 or longer are the ones to avoid
here. Although the ‘16/1 and bigger’ group made a good profit, it was clearly due to a
couple of huge priced winners inflating the results. Discarding the runners that were 12/1
or bigger we get the following results….

2000 23 84 27.38 16.34 19.45
2001 15 58 25.86 11.97 20.64
2002 20 100 20.00 0.49 0.49
2003 29 118 24.58 0.90 0.76
2004 46 152 30.26 65.88 43.34
TOTAL 133 512 25.98 95.58 18.67
So with just the one filter, we have a LSP in every year - in fact it has produced a LSP in
14 of the last 16 seasons, which reinforces the thinking that this is a logical sound idea.
Although only a small profit in years 2003 and 2003, this is still highly promising
considering just one basic filter (Starting Price) has been used.
Breaking down the stats further, we can see from the following table that one particular
age group makes a significant loss as compared to the profits made by the other age
groups…

2yo 2 3 90 25.56 -12.31 -13.38
3yo 36 137 26.28 48.28 34.24
4yo 15 63 23.81 5.77 9.16
438
5yo 12 49 24.49 14.26 29.10

6yo 9 21 42.86 13.35 63.57
7yo 0 5 0.00 -5.00 -100.00
8yo-10yo 2 14 14.29 1.00 7.14
The strike rate for the 2yo runners is actually only just below the average of 25.98%, but
clearly these juveniles offer no value in their prices and return a loss of over 12%.
Discarding this 2yo age group leaves us with a profitable system, which is based on logic
and should continue to prove profitable in the years to come. The final results for the
system are…

2000 17 61 27.87 27.70 45.41
2001 11 48 22.92 2.30 4.79
2002 12 46 26.09 17.86 38.83
2003 22 94 23.40 6.50 6.91
2004 40 128 31.25 64.70 50.55
TOTAL 108 415 26.02 106.06 25.56
RULES
a) Horse must have won last time out at one of the following tracks by making all the
running – DONCASTER, NEWBURY, LEICESTER, KEMPTON, LINGFIELD (aw),
WOLVERHAMPTON (aw)
b) Discard any runner which is sent off with an SP of 12/1 or bigger
c) Discard 2yo runners
439
Project A
I've just realised what I've been doing wrong all these years; I've been backing horses to
win and not greyhounds or humans. What am I talking about? Well, during the past year
two events took place that have gobsmacked me completely. One, was the sprint race
between a greyhound and a racehorse. If I'd been present that day I'd have wagered my
last half euro that the horse would have won, easily. But no. The greyhound beat the
horse comprehensively. Then in June '04 came the other event that seriously dented my
confidence in the ability of the racehorse.
But we've got to go back to 1980 for the origins of this event. In Llanwrtyd Wells, Powys
that year there was a pub argument about whether a man could beat a horse and rider over
a gruelling 22-mile race across the roughest terrain that Wales could offer. Hills, valleys,
rivers - the lot. A prize of £1000 was put up for the first runner to beat a horse over the
line. I'm not sure what odds the bookies would have offered on the first runner to do so
on that day, but for me the horse would have been long odds-on, an absolute certainty.
And so it proved. The leading human runner trailed in about three quarters of an hour
behind the first horse. Pub argument was over - horse the winner. You would have
thought so, but not everyone did. It became an annual event in Llanwrtyd Wells (I'm glad
I'm just writing it, and not having to say it), with an extra £1000 being added each year to
the prize for the first runner to beat the horse. Still no runner could do it although the time
lag behind the horse eventually came down to seconds rather than minutes, and that to me
was pretty amazing considering the distance of 22 miles and a total running time of over
2 hours.
And then in June '04 I saw this tiny snippet of a paragraph in the national press that I
could hardly believe. With the prize now at £25000 (courtesy of William Hill) a runner
from London called Huw Lobb beat all the 47 horses in the race across the line to collect
his 25 Grand. In my view he certainly deserved it. The only trouble is that every time I
back a horse now I'm haunted by this recurring vision of a muddy man in singlet and
shorts beating my selection by a short head at the winning post.
These horses that were beaten by Huw Lobb, and the greyhound, might well have
benefited from treatment from Ken Payne. Remember him? If your racing memories go
back to the 60s and 70s you certainly will, for he was one of the most flamboyant,
exciting - and controversial trainers of the period. When eventually everything went
disastrously wrong for him he wrote his life story, telling all up to that point, and then
440
promptly disappeared from the racing scene. The book is called The Coup and is now out
of print and much sought after, but if you can get hold of a copy do so, for it tells a most
entertaining racing story. For those who haven't read it and can't get hold of a copy I'll
give an inkling of what you've missed. His training career was really quite short - from a
glorious day in January 1968 until a horrific one in October 1976 - but in between!
Before training racehorses Ken Payne had done his National Service in Malaya (which
turned out later to be very important) and after coming home set up a windowcleaning
business, starting with a bucket and a ladder. Before long he had built it up to such an
extent that he was employing 700 men, and so he got his nick-name Window Payne. But
he was always short of money and had always been interested in horses, so he got hold of
a pony and trained it for racing on the small flapping tracks, hoping to take the bookies to
the window cleaners! And so he did; because while he'd been in Malaya he'd met a
strange vet known only as Georgie who introduced Ken to the murkier side of horse
training. Basically, he showed Ken how to build up a horse by giving it a course of
special vitamins and also a regime of anabolic steroids injections. Remembering how
successful the treatment in Malaya had been, Ken got in touch with Georgie who, for a
fee, sent on to Ken the necessary materials which were then used on the pony. It won and
Ken collected thousands; that's how it all started.
Strangely enough the horse that launched Payne's training career at Catterick in 1968, the
hurdler Neronton, hadn't had the drug treatment. When it came to Payne in October '67 it
was broken down and could hardly walk. An old horseman friend of Payne discovered
what was wrong with the horse's feet, cured them and they then restored it to its form of
years gone by when it had been a pretty good hurdler. All this was kept quiet and
Neronton was entered in a selling hurdle at Catterick - a broken down old horse trained
by an unknown trainer. Payne got the bulk of the money down at odds of 8/1 to 10/1,
spread over a wide range of betting shops in the New Forest area (where Payne was
based) and elsewhere. Neronton was ridden that day by Brian Fletcher, later to ride three
National winners, but at the fifth hurdle Neronton virtually fell. Payne thought he had and
that he had lost everything, but Fletcher picked him up and went on to win, going away.
Ken Payne had won over £20000, enough to set him off on his training career. At first it
was at Berkeley House, Lambourn and later he moved north to Kingsley House at
Middleham. Eventually he built up there a string of over 100 horses for Flat racing, but
wherever he was he always had money problems because of his extravagant life-style. To
pay the bills and survive he had to keep on landing betting coups, and these were usually
in selling plate races where he would enter a number of runners to confuse the bookies.
441
The coup horse, however, would always be well prepared in Payne's customary way, with
its course of B-12 vitamins and injections of steroids. Payne always reckoned that what
he was doing was not cheating in any way, for he maintained that his treatment just made
the horse stronger but did not make it run faster. At the time the official veterinary view
agreed with him and he was quite open about what he did.
The bookies, naturally, hated him for his coups and did everything in their power to
thwart him. But I'll have to continue with the story next month, including his utter
downfall in October '76. And I've also discovered some details of his life after what's told
in the book and after he disappeared so dramatically from the British racing scene.
Now, though, we must get on with this month's system. It's often pointed out that the
factors which make a system successful in one era may not be so effective at some later
time. But I'm convinced that there are some ideas which should prove to be profitable at
any time, and this month's system is based on such an idea. It's a very simple one - a
trainer's success rate. Also it fits in quite neatly with our fore-going piece about the
trainer Ken Payne and his profitability. The name of the system is quite uninspiring -
Project A – but we'll forgive it that if it comes up with as many coups as were landed by
Window Payne.
PROJECT A
The aim is to find horses that have the quality to win the chosen race. The Trainer holds
the key to success and he is the ONLY PERSON who knows the quality of his horses and
which are laid out to win. All trainers have periods in a season when their horses are at
their best and can be relied on to bring home the bacon. These are the horses you can
pinpoint with this simple formula: You will need a notebook and all you have to do is to
note the trainers who train the winner of each race.
When you find a trainer who has trained two or more winners in a day, or two or more
winners on consecutive days, he is the trainer to note. You then back his next 3 runners
that comply with the following rules:- Must have won a race in the current season.
If in a Handicap race, there must not be more than 12 runners.
If in a Non-handicap race, the maximum runners must be 15.
ELIMINATE: All Sellers and any qualifier NOT in the first 5 in the betting forecast.
SPECIAL NAP SELECTIONS;- Each qualifying horse must have been 1st or 2nd in both
of its previous 2 races.
It must also be quoted forecast favourite in the betting forecast.
442
We do not recommend betting in a race of 3 runners or less, or in the big handicaps

where too many top class horses are competing.
Do not bet in handicaps where the qualifying horse carries more than a 31b penalty on the
Flat, or 61bs over the Jumps.
If avoidable, do not bet Odds-On.
443
QUICK RETURNING STAYERS

Although some racehorses are at their best when they have been off the track for a
lengthy period, generally speaking if a horse is returned to the track quickly after its
previous outing, then it’s worth serious consideration. If we look at the stats from the last
four seasons, we can see how there is a gradual decline in strike-rate (and gradual
increase in level stakes loss) as the lay-off time increases….
LAY-OFF TIME WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP%

Last ran <4 days ago 612 5088 12.03 -335.84 -6.60
Last ran 4-7 days ago 2152 21083 10.21 -5156.35 -24.46
Last ran 8-15 days ago 5455 58333 9.35 -17460.54 -29.93
Last ran 16-31 days ago 5630 60885 9.25 -17775.26 -29.19
Last ran 32-47 days ago 1551 18198 8.52 -4847.79 -26.64
Last ran 48-79 days ago 923 11683 7.90 -3301.37 -28.26
Last ran 80-111 days ago 314 4705 6.67 -1402.06 -29.80
Last ran 112-223 days ago 901 12669 7.11 -4016.91 -31.71
Last ran 224-547 days ago 460 7728 5.95 -3135.28 -40.57
Last ran 548+ days ago 40 1087 3.68 -471.14 -43.34
As can be seen, a gradual but definite drop in performance the longer a horse is away
from the racetrack. For this system we are going to concentrate only on those runners
which had reappeared within seven days of their last outing. Over the last four seasons
the results from backing all horses brought back out within a week of their last run are….

2001 639 6603 9.68 -1944.36 -29.45
2002 665 6376 10.43 -1420.63 -22.28
2003 657 6203 10.59 -1092.89 -17.62
2004 803 6989 11.49 -1034.32 -14.80
TOTAL 2764 26171 10.56 -5492.20 -20.99
Next we’ll examine the results of the starting odds of these runners – obviously the
inclusion of those horses which were sent off at huge odds is going to skew the figures…
444

<4/1 1164 3842 30.30 -153.70 -4.00
4/1 to 11/2 548 3290 16.66 -191.00 -5.81
6/1 to 15/2 325 2754 11.80 -282.00 -10.24
8/1 to 9/1 196 2166 9.05 -336.50 -15.54
10/1 to 11/1 122 1915 6.37 -546.00 -28.51
12/1 to 14/1 189 3182 5.94 -561.00 -17.63
16/1 to 18/1 76 1649 4.61 -355.00 -21.53
20/1 to 22/1 57 1813 3.14 -612.00 -33.76
25/1 to 28/1 40 1556 2.57 -510.00 -32.78
33/1 to 40/1 30 1867 1.61 -805.00 -43.12
50/1 and more 17 2137 0.80 -1140.00 -53.35
The <4/1 price band gives us a 30.30% strike rate with a level stakes loss of only 4%,
therefore it is this price range we will consider. The rundown of these runners for the four
year period under scrutiny is as follows…

2001 267 876 30.48 -16.36 -1.87
2002 278 911 30.52 -31.13 -3.42
2003 280 928 30.17 -51.39 -5.54
2004 339 1127 30.08 -54.82 -4.86
TOTAL 1164 3742 30.30 -153.70 -4.00
A very consistent strike rate and only a small level stakes loss each year – not bad at all
considering the large sample size. Next we’ll look at how these runners perform over
different distances….
DISTANCE WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP%

5 - <6 furlongs 227 725 31.31 -2.20 -0.30
6 - <7 furlongs 184 653 28.18 -54.71 -8.38
7 - <8 furlongs 150 528 28.41 -26.09 -4.94
8 - <9 furlongs 159 584 27.23 -78.95 -13.52
9 - <10 furlongs 72 235 30.64 -18.67 -7.94
445
10 - <11.5 furlongs 108 377 28.65 -13.46 -3.57

11.5 - <12.5 furlongs 142 431 32.95 -20.64 -4.79
12.5 - <13.5 furlongs 21 41 51.22 20.46 49.90
13.5 - <14.5 furlongs 33 91 36.26 13.93 15.31
14.5 - <16 furlongs 16 34 47.06 11.26 33.12
16 - <17 furlongs 44 123 35.77 11.07 9.00
17 furlongs and more 8 20 40.00 4.30 21.50
Undoubtedly a clear cut-off point there at the 12.5 furlong mark. For some reason,
backing horses which are brought out again within 7 days of their last race and which are
sent off at odds of less than 4/1, lose you money at every distance below 12.5 furlongs
yet win you money at this trip or longer. In fact, sticking to these three simple rules, this
system has made a profit in nine of the last ten seasons…

1995 29 77 37.66 +13.31 +17.29
1996 25 59 42.37 +11.13 +18.86
1997 35 90 38.89 +15.91 +17.68
1998 27 79 34.18 +3.23 +4.09
1999 25 72 34.72 +4.11 +5.71
2000 33 90 36.67 +6.42 +7.13
2001 31 72 43.06 +16.61 +23.07
2002 24 77 31.17 -4.86 -6.31
2003 31 70 44.29 +24.25 +34.64
2004 36 90 40.00 +25.02 +27.80
TOTAL 441 1280 34.45 +63.95 +5.00
The rules are….

a) Horse must have last raced less than 8 days ago
b) Horse must be less than 4/1 starting price
c) Only consider races longer than 12f in distance
Results from 2004
06/01/04 SOA 4+H PHANTOM STOCK 2 0.67
446
08/01/04 SOA 4+(0- PADDY MUL 1 2.25

08/01/04 SOA 4+(0- KAGOSHIMA 2 3.5
08/01/04 SOA 4+(0- KYALAMI 4 3.5
09/01/04 WOA 4+BH PHANTOM STOCK 1 1.5
14/01/04 WOA 4+(0- IRELAND'S EYE 4 3
16/01/04 WOA 4+S VINCENT 1 1.38
21/01/04 LIA 4+S MYSTERIUM 4 3
27/01/04 SOA 4+H LAMPOS 2 1.5
31/01/04 LIA 4+N(0 FALL IN LINE 1 0.3
03/02/04 SOA 4+BH ALTITUDE DANCER 2 1.88
05/02/04 SOA 4+H ALTITUDE DANCER 1 2.25
06/02/04 WOA 4+SH THE LAST MOHICAN 2 2.5
12/02/04 SOA 4+H REFLEX BLUE 4 1.75
19/02/04 SOA 4+H BOX BUILDER 2 3
02/03/04 LIA 4+I RADIANT BRIDE 1 3
08/03/04 WOA 4+(0- BUZ KIRI 2 2.25
08/03/04 WOA 4+(0- RADIANT BRIDE 4 2
13/03/04 WOA 4+H PHANTOM STOCK 7 2.5
14/03/04 SOA 4+(0- STRAVMOUR 1 3.33
16/03/04 SOA 4+I(0 ORINOCOVSKY 2 3.33
17/03/04 WOA 4+H AVEIRO 1 1.88
30/03/04 SOA 4+(0- MONSAL DALE 7 3
02/04/04 SOA 4+H FFIFFIFFER 10 3.5
10/04/04 HAY 4+H BENBYAS 1 3.5
23/04/04 WAR 4+(0- MERCURIOUS 5 1.25
29/04/04 LIA 3+(0- LEOPHIN DANCER 3 3.5
29/04/04 LIA 3+(0- SERAPH 9 3.33
02/05/04 SAL 4+H SENTRY 3 3.33
07/05/04 CHE 4+G3 SYSTEMATIC 1 2.5
07/05/04 NOT 3H BILL BENNETT 2 1.75
15/05/04 SOA 4+H MADIBA 2 2.75
20/05/04 GOO 4+H COLD TURKEY 4 2.75
26/05/04 RIP 4+H RED SUN 2 1.88
02/06/04 NOT 3+H MY LEGAL EAGLE 1 3
03/06/04 HAM 4+H PARTY PLOY 1 3.5
447
03/06/04 HAM 4+H TRUSTED MOLE 6 3.5

03/06/04 CHP 3+H QUEDEX 5 2.75
04/06/04 WOA 4+I ROMIL STAR 1 0.83
04/06/04 WOA 4+I AVEIRO 5 1.38
13/06/04 SAL 3H TUDOR BELL 2 3.33
16/06/04 HAM 4+AH MILLENNIUM HALL 1 2.5
18/06/04 AYR 3+AMH MERRYMAKER 1 2.75
19/06/04 WAR 3+H MOONSHINE BEACH 4 3.33
20/06/04 WAR 3+H BAKIRI 4 3.5
24/06/04 HAM 3+DH INCHNADAMPH 1 3
24/06/04 HAM 3+DH LATALOMNE 4 2
26/06/04 DON 4+H GLORY QUEST 1 3.5
02/07/04 WAR 4+BH TRUSTED MOLE 8 2.5
02/07/04 HAY 3H DUNLEA DANCER 6 2.5
08/07/04 FOL 4+H TOM BELL 4 3
08/07/04 WAR 4+H RED RIVER REBEL 2 2.25
08/07/04 WAR 3+H MOONSHINE BEACH 1 2.75
08/07/04 WAR 3+H DARN GOOD 2 2.5
09/07/04 SOA 4+H THE KELT 9 1.63
10/07/04 HAM 3+H ELLWAY HEIGHTS 5 3
11/07/04 HAY 3+H MAGIC COMBINATION 1 2.25
11/07/04 BAT 4+H MOONSHINE BEACH 1 2
12/07/04 SOA 4+H NEXT FLIGHT 6 3
14/07/04 LIN 3+H TUNGSTEN STRIKE 1 1.88
16/07/04 HAM 3+H ELUSIVE DREAM 1 0.44
24/07/04 NOT 4+SH BANNINGHAM BLAZE 1 3
29/07/04 CAR 4+AH VANDENBERGHE 3 3
01/08/04 CHE 4+H HIGH ACTION 1 1.25
04/08/04 NCL 3+H RIYADH 2 3.5
04/08/04 YAR 3+DH BOBSLEIGH 3 2.25
08/08/04 RED 3+H TONI ALCALA 5 3.5
12/08/04 SAL 3+H TILLA 2 2.5
19/08/04 YOR 3H LOST SOLDIER THREE 1 3
27/08/04 NMJ 3+H SENDINTANK 1 1.75
27/08/04 THI 3+H MASTER WELLS 1 3
448
28/08/04 GOO 3+L SWIFT TANGO 2 2.5

30/08/04 NCL 3+H SENDINTANK 1 0.5
06/09/04 WAR 3+AH OOPS 4 3.5
06/09/04 WAR 3+AH SALUT SAINT CLOUD 8 1.63
06/09/04 NCL 3+H TRILEMMA 1 0.57
13/09/04 RED 3+H INCHPAST 1 1.75
13/09/04 EDI 3+H SHARADI 1 2
16/09/04 PON 3+ CORRIB ECLIPSE 1 1.5
29/09/04 SAL 3+H NAWOW 7 2.75
30/09/04 GOO 3+H DARN GOOD 4 2.5
02/10/04 NMR 3H QUARRYMOUNT 1 3.5
04/10/04 PON 3+H RESTART(I) 12 3.5
16/10/04 CAT 3+N(0 SNOW'S RIDE 2 3.5
06/11/04 DON 3+H SENDINTANK 1 0.91
12/11/04 WOA 3+BH ROMIL STAR 3 3.5
17/11/04 SOA 3+H MADIBA 1 3.5
10/12/04 WOA 3+H KING FLYER 6 3
13/12/04 WOA 3+H GARDEN SOCIETY 1 2.5
14/12/04 SOA 3+H MAGIC RED 3 0.91
449
Racereader Plus
Who can remember Van Der Wheil, or the Flying Dutchman as he was also called? He
first made his impact on the British betting scene in the letters page of the old Handicap
Book in 1980, and well do I remember the influence he had on me. If I were more
conscientious I would go up into my loft, remove my old Handicap Books from under
their gathering layer of dust and check the facts of what I am about to write. But I'm not
going to, because some of what he said then has become so engraved on my betting
psyche that it will never be forgotten. His letters continued all through the 80's -
informative, challenging, and also provoking a great deal of heated discussion.
VDW was a great believer in consistent form; nothing very startling in that. He looked
for his winners from the first four or five horses quoted in a reliable betting forecast.
Again not the most revolutionary idea in the betting world. But then he introduced his
method for assessing a horse's ability. As far as I am aware, he was the first to do so -
previously the notion of ability was a matter of personal opinion, but the Dutchman
changed all that. He was able to give ability a numerical value, based on facts not
opinions, and in the intervening years a whole anthology of systems has been spawned
using the VDW factor for ability as the main source of inspiration. And what was this
ability rating? For anyone who may still be in doubt, here is the VDW secret.
He added up the amount of money a horse had won for winning races (not for being
placed), divided this by the number of races won and then knocked off the final two
figures. The resulting number is the horse's ability rating. So, if a horse has won £50,000
in five races, then it has an ability rating of 100, or if another has won £88,000 in eight
races, its rating would be 110, that is ten points superior to the first one. Fortunately, all
the figures required for working out the ratings are supplied in a convenient way in the
Racing Post.
The only races VDW used with his method were high-value ones with medium sized
fields. As I'm writing these notes on the 11th September (a day to remember), I look at
the Doncaster meeting and one race stands out, the Park Hill Stakes with nine runners.
One of the runners has consistent form (it won its last race), it has an ability rating of
over 200, one hundred points clear of the next highest and is trained by probably the top
trainer at the course. Also, I hear it has been laid out for the race. They don't often come
much better than that, and of course it won. It was Alexander Three D, trained by Barry
Hill.
450
Regarding consistent form, taken over a horse's last three runs, VDW simply added the
form figures together, so that 111 gave a rating of 3, the most consistent, and 000 a rating
of 30, the least. Therefore, taking the first five horses in the betting forecast, he would
work out the three most consistent and if one of these had the highest ability rating, then
that was a possible bet. But there was more to it than that. There was always talk of a
'missing link' which caused endless discussion and argument in the Handicap Book's
correspondence page. What the link was I have never been able to work out. Perhaps
there wasn't one, unless it might be the individual temperament of each punter. VDW
once gave his complete formula, as follows: - Consistent Form + Ability + Capability +
Profitability + Hard Work = Winners.
After all that serious betting stuff let's have something on punting that's a bit more light-
hearted. It's a news item that appeared in the press earlier this year, but some of you may
have missed it. Even if not, it's worth another look. We all know that everybody placing a
bet has to be optimistic and a bit crazy, but this jobless punter from Paignton in Devon
takes, not just the biscuit, but the whole bloody packet! He placed a bet with Hills at odds
of 20 million to 1 that Elvis Presley will ride into London on missing racehorse Shergar,
and play tennis against the fugitive Lord Lucan in the Wimbledon Men's Final. Our
punting devotee from Devon wanted to stake £10 on the wager, but Hills limited his stake
to 5p, with potential winnings of £1 million. I'll leave the last word to our peerless punter
from Paignton. He said, "Hills were obviously nervous about my bet." I wonder if the
bookies will be nervous about the selections of this classic system - Racereader Plus. I've
seen lots of systems that are based on its ideas and that must be a recommendation in
itself. It's suitable for both Flat and N.H. racing and is a sound sensible approach to
finding winners. Here it is - Racereader Plus.
The newspaper to be used is the Daily Mail, and we are looking at each nonhandicap race
at each meeting, with the following exceptions: -
• All races for apprentices only.
• All races for amateur riders only.
• All maiden only races.
• All races with less than eight or more than twelve runners.
1. Look at each horse in the qualifying races and award points on the following basis.
Last run 1st - 5 points. 2nd - 3 points. 3rd - 1 point.
2. Previous run 1st - 3 points. 2nd - 2 points. 3rd - 1 point.
3. The horse with the highest score must be rated 75 or above by the Daily Mail
Formcast.
451
4. The horse must be quoted in the first four in the betting forecast of the Daily Mail.
5. If more than one horse qualifies, the selection is the horse with the highest Formcast
rating.
6. For National Hunt racing there is no bet on any horse that has fallen or been pulled up
in either of its last two races.
Staking
Set aside a betting bank of twenty points. For example, if your normal stake is £10, your
bank would be £200. Your first bet is one point and remains that until your bank plus
profits reaches thirty points, at which time your stake increases to 1.5 points. At forty
points your stake becomes two points and so on. Should your bank drop below twenty
points your stake remains at one point.
452
Scrutineer
First this month, a disclaimer. Highlander is as patriotic a Scot as his name suggests, but
at the same time considers himself very much a citizen of the United Kingdom, with the
greatest admiration for all of its members. Now, after getting that off my chest, perhaps I
can tell my joke. God was in the middle of his work of creating the world, and when he
finished one night he had a little chat with the Archangel Gabriel. "Gabe," he said, "I'm
knackered. I've had a hard day, but a good one. I've just created a wonderful country with
beautiful mountains, forests with deer, rivers full of salmon, lochs and beaches."
"Sounds great, boss," said Gabriel. "A fortunate country." "But that's not all," went on the
Big Fellow. "I've also decided to give the people a drink to enjoy called Malt Whisky.
Here, I've brought you a drop to try it. He poured Gabriel a bumper which the Archangel
tossed back in a oner and said, "Whew! That was good. Enough to knock your halo off."
When he got his breath back, Gabriel asked, "And what are you calling this lucky land?"
"Scotland," said God. There was a pause while Gabriel considered his next words. "I
don't want to criticise, but boss, do you not think," he said at last, "that perhaps you've
been over generous to this new creation?" God gave him a strange little smile before
replying. "No," he said, "I haven't. Just wait till you see the neighbours I'm giving them."
O.K., O.K. it's only a joke!
One of the funniest lines in literature concerning horses, I think, (and no doubt many of
you will have others to back against it) is one I came across again the other day and
which raised a smile once more. I thought I might share it with you. Here it is. "He flung
himself from the room, flung himself upon his horse and rode madly off in all directions."
Question. Who was he? And who was the humorist who wrote it? And no, the horseman
wasn't a confused Frankie Dettori getting his silks in a twist and doing a reverse flying
dismount! Real answers later.
Have you ever tried this one on somebody, preferably a mug, or even had it tried on
yourself? It goes like this. Say to somebody (perhaps your same mug) "I'll bet you £5 that
if you give me a tenner, I'll give you £20." It sounds a very good bet, and hopefully your
mug will take it on. He hands over his tenner and awaits his £20 in return. Instead, you
say," O.K. You win the bet. Here's your £5." So, you're £5 up on the transaction.
Depending on the company you can use proportionate stakes to suit.
The system for this month is called Scrutineer, and quite a few factors come under
scrutiny in it in the eternal quest for our elusive winners. But there's one thing about it
453
that slightly bothers me. Look at Rule 4. "The horse must be running in a similar class
race to its last race." Fair enough. Many systems say that and it's perfectly good advice.
But then Rule 4 goes on to turn penalty values into ratings. Again, fair enough for
comparison. And finally at the end of Rule 4 there's a little sum that increases the value
of the last race by 50% and that is the figure that has to be the same as or higher than the
figure of the present race. It's all a bit confusing when the words "similar class" are used
at the start of Rule 4. For myself, I'd be quite happy for "similar class" to mean just that -
the present race to be of the same value or less than the last race. It makes it simpler, and
I believe better.
Finally, race values have obviously increased since the system was published some years
ago, so in Rule 1 for the Flat I'd suggest a figure of £9,000 instead of £6,000, and in Rule
11 for N.H., £6,000 instead of £4,000. Answers. The mad mountie in our question was
called Lord Ronald Nosh, and the humorist was the great Canadian Stephen Leacock.
Scrutineer
This is a method that requires the use of the Racing Post. Minimum number of runners is
5 and the maximum 14. Flat Rules. Only consider: -
1. Races with a penalty value of £6000 or more.
2. Won last time out or was second beaten by 3/4 length or less. For 2 yearolds it can be
2.5 lengths or less.
3. Ridden by one of the current top fifteen jockeys. The jockeys table can be found in the
pages of the Racing Post.
4. The horse must be running in a similar class race to its last race. To work this out the
penalty value for each race is turned into a rating by moving the decimal point twice to
the left of the penalty value. This gives the rating. I.e.£7551 = 76 as the figure is rounded
to the nearest 100. £7550 = 75, £12021 = 120. To work out whether the horse ran in a
similar class race on its last run, divide the penalty value rating by 2 and add that number
to the penalty value rating. I.e.80 divided by 2 = 40 added on to the 80 = 120. If the final
total is the same or higher than the penalty value rating of today's race, then the horse is
still a possible selection.
5. The horse must have been fancied in the market the last time it ran. To work this out
use the following price guide. It gives the number of horses running in its last race and
the maximum odds the horse's starting price could be. For example, if the horse ran in a
six horse race on its last run, the horse must have had a starting price of 7-2 or less.
Price Guide
454
Number of Runners in Last Race Maximum Starting Price

4 or less 3-1
5 or 6 7-2
7 or 8 9-2
9 or 10 6-1
11, 12 or 13 8-1
14 or more 10-1
6. If only one horse in the race being analysed qualifies through rules 1 – 5 then proceed
to the next section. If more than one horse qualifies then that race is no good for betting
purposes and there is no need to proceed further.
Section B
Certain aspects of the horse's form are to be taken into consideration before it can become
a selection.
7. The horse must be able to handle the ground. Use the following chart to determine
whether the horse can handle the ground. Use the reported going in the Racing Post.
Reported Going in Racing Post Going horse has won on or been beaten ¾ length or 2.5
lengths for 2 year-old or N.H. Flat.
Heavy Soft/Heavy
Soft Heavy, soft, good to soft
Good to Soft Soft, Good to Soft
Good Good, good to firm
Good to Firm Good, good to firm, firm
Firm Good to firm, firm
Hard Firm, hard
8. The horse's last run was within 28 days, except for the classics where 56 days is
allowed.
9. Maximum distance for Flat racing is 2 miles. Races of 2 miles and a few yards are
allowable, but races of 2 miles and 1 furlong plus are not.
10. No bet on Flat until May 1st. No bet at Chester. No bet on Bank Holidays.
National Hunt Rules
11. Only consider races with a penalty value of £4000 or more.
12. Won last time out or was second beaten by 2.5 lengths or less.
13. Ridden by one of the top 15 jockeys or a jockey who has ridden the horse at least
twice in the horse's last three runs.
455
14. Same as Rule 4 in Flat rules.

Section B
18. The horse's last run to be within 42 days.
19. The maximum distance is four miles 4 furlongs.
20. No bet in Juvenile Hurdle races. No bet on National Hunt until September 15th.
Foreign jockeys can be used, provided they are amongst the top five in their respective
riding countries. If unsure, do not use.
456
Soccer correct score betting
Okay, it's not horse racing - but here's something to think about with UK soccer correct
score betting.
trading' without real stakes before risking any money. There's good money to be made
out or Correct Score Football Betting and gradually, the big book makers are trying
counter measures in an attempt to reduce their liabilities. Ladbroke and Coral will not
accept Aussie Correct Scores. The remaining Aussie odds-layers, have added the words
"Singles Only" to their coupons. Currently, most U.K. betting shops accept Correct Score
Doubles, Trebles, etc. on U.K. football matches.
The special coupons can be located on most betting shop counters from each Tuesday
onwards. In the event of all the coupons being used or missing a normal betting slip can
be used. Ensure you date your betting slip for the Saturday in question and you'll see the
actual instructions/wording below.
Currently, in even matched games, a score of 2-1 (home or away) is approximately 9/1
and 3-2 (either way) is 25/1 or 28/1. So a 2-1 Treble yields 1000/1 and the worst 3-2
Double pays 625/1.
My approach, in an attempt to snare a 1000/1 Treble, is to select ten matches and to perm
any 3 from 10, in 120 Trebles. Obviously, I avoid all the Manchester United V Barsleys
and I believe 2-1s are easier to find than 1-2s.
The individual match prices are a good guide as to who's going to win 2-1. Seek
marginally (4/5, 8/11 etc.) odds-on home sides. Another good guide is to purchase a
457
weekly Racing and Football Outlook from a good newsagents on a Wednesday. They
devote four tabloid size pages to football.
As said, any 3 from 10 is 120 Trebles and cheaper Perms are 3 from 8 (56) and 3 from 9
(84). There's no very simple way of calculating Trebles, but it is done as follows:
If you wish to know 3 from 16, you draw a horizontal line and below the line you write
1x2x3 and above the line you put 16x15x14. Then devide above the line by below the
line for the answer - 560.
Calulating Doubles is simplicity itself. If you wish to know how many Doubles in, say
20, you take the number below the 20, half the even number and multiply the two
together. So Doubles in 20 is 190 (19x10).
On U.K. football 3-2 is a fairly reasonably common score and at a minimum match price
of 25/1 the Double is a very tasty 625/1. Any 2 from, say 15 is 105 Doubles and the
Doubles can be from 1p upwards - so at 10p the wager would cost £10.50 and at 1p the
stake is £1.05p.
One things for absolute sure, you'll find more 9 and 25/1 football winners, than similarly
priced horse race winners. Each week there will beroughly twenty (out of fifty-odd), 9/1
and 25/1 football winners on the coupon.
Finding the 3-2s is not an impossibility. Seek home sides who average two home-goals
per game, that are marginally odds-on, playing sides that are averaging at least one away
goal per away game.
I shouldn't be telling you this and I hope not too many readers try this approach, or it'll be
Singles only from mid-September. Eliminate all the Home/Away "bankers" and cover the
residue in 3-2 Doubles (any 2 from, say 35) and you'll win money over the season.
458
Now for the instructions. Having decided how many matches you wish to cover in
Doubles or Trebles and at what score, you simply do this:
Find the Correct Score Column and enter 2-1 (for example) in the ten appropriate boxes
(for example). Then turn the coupon sideways and write (for example) "120x10p Win
Trebles" and then enter £12.00p in the Total Stake box.
Should you wish to try 3-2 doubles, then use a different coupon (one wager per coupon)
and write 3-2 in your 20 selected boxes and sideways write (for example) "190x1p (for
example) Win Doubles" and enter £1.90p in the Total Stake box.
Should the coupons be absent, then borrow a duplicate coupon from behind the betting
shop counter (for the match numbers) and then write on a betting slip "Football Correct
Scores 30.08.97 matches 7, 11, 18, 27 etc. (Put a ring around the match numbers) all 3-2
in 120x10p Win Doubles".
Do likewise for your 2-1 Win Trebles. Ask the counter-hand to check you haven't
"under" or "over" staked your wager.
459
Soothsayer
As you read this, the Derby will probably be over for another year with Royal Ascot still
to come. What can we expect at this year's Ascot? Well, as usual, fancy hats, royal
pageantry, high fashion, champagne and, no doubt, surprise results. Just let's hope that it
doesn't turn out like the Royal Ascot of 1930, perhaps the most amazing in its 200 year-
long history. Day one had taken place normally, but then on the second day, just after the
Royal Hunt Cup had been run, it happened. A thunderstorm of exceptional ferocity struck
Ascot with lightning, thunder and torrential rain; and in less time than it took The
Macnab to win the Hunt Cup, the grandiose social splendour of Royal Ascot was turned
into farcical chaos. Rivers of mud claimed not only shoes but hats and even dresses.
Women fainted. But far worse, a bookmaker in Tattersall's was killed when struck by
lightning. Panic took over as terrified race goers rushed to escape the mayhem, all
thoughts of their finery forgotten. Racing, of course, had to be abandoned for the first
time ever in the history of Royal Ascot - altogether a most remarkable day in racing
history.
You would think it a pretty safe bet to say that lightning wouldn't strike in the same place
again. But you'd be on a loser. Against all the odds, something very similar happened
again at Royal Ascot in July 1955, and before you accuse me of having got the month
wrong, let me explain. In 1955 there was a major rail strike in June and this caused the
postponement of the Royal Meeting until the following month. And that's when lightning
struck again. It was Gold Cup day and the time was 4.10pm when the almighty flash cut
its way through the crowd on the Heath side. Bodies were knocked flat or hurled in the
air; people stood dumb-struck in the torrential downpour gazing at the bodies; and then it
was discovered that two were dead, including a pregnant mother. At that point racing was
abandoned - for the second time in Royal Ascot's history.
I wonder how many people attending Royal Ascot this year, mindful of what I have just
described, will lay down their glass of champagne and cast an anxious glance skywards,
should a few storm clouds gather. Before we leave Royal Ascot, one system for it that
could be relied on for winners in years gone by was to follow the mounts of Lester
Piggott. I've actually seen that system for sale at a big price. I wonder what jockey this
year could be put forward for following in the hope of making a profit?
Time for a joke, I think. I was watching Michael Palin crossing the Sahara Desert the
other night when I was reminded of this one. A baby camel says to his mother, "Mummy,
460
why do I have such big flat feet?" "Because, son," she answers, "we have to tramp across
hundreds of miles of desert carrying big loads, and feet like that help us to walk without
sinking into the sand." A little later the baby asks, "Mummy, why do I have such long,
thick eye-lashes?" "Because, son," she replies, "when there are sand storms in the desert
these eye-lashes help to protect your eyes from the blowing sand." Again the baby asks,
"Mummy, why do I have such thick, hairy skin?" "Because, son," she says, "a covering
like that is essential to protect your body from the intense heat of the sun in the middle of
the Sahara." After a pause, the baby speaks again. "In that case, Mummy, what the hell
are we doing in Whipsnade Zoo?" Soothsayer is the name of our system for this month,
and as a slight digression, perhaps I should have had it for the month of March. For if I
remember my Shakespeare correctly, it was the soothsayer who warned Julius Caesar to
"beware the Ides of March". All right. Let's get back to the system. It dates from around
1990, is based on the Racing Post and contains sufficient common-sense rules regarding
short priced selections that should ensure a regular and continuing supply of winners.
From the year's results quoted with the system (which I see no reason to doubt) I would
highlight some interesting facts. The strike rate is 78%, there is a longest winning run of
15 and a longest losing run of only 2. The level stake profit is around 50 points. All very
impressive, and I would have thought a suitable staking plan could be used to very great
advantage.
Soothsayer is based on clear favourites and their obvious chances. The only newspaper
which can be used is the Racing Post, with present season form only.
1. The horse must be forecast favourite in the Post betting at odds of 8/11 to 9/4
inclusive.
2. The horse forecast second favourite in the Post betting must be 4/1 or higher.
3. The horse must be clear top rated by Postmark. No joint top ratings allowed.
4. The horse must have been placed in the first three on its last outing.
5. The horse's last outing must be within 28 days inclusive.
6. Minimum runners 5 and maximum runners 14.
7. The horse must be ridden by a professional or top apprentice.
8. The horse must be able to handle the going. Please read the following rules carefully.
A. Any horse which has had 3 or more runs in its lifetime must have won or been placed
(beaten 3 lengths or less) on going the same or very similar to the reported going. I.e.
Reported going - good to firm, the horse must have handled good, firm or good to firm.
B. Any 3 year-olds with less than 3 runs have probably encountered most kinds of going
on the home gallops, so it is best left to the trainer's discretion about the going, so no
461
going qualifications needed. Older horses with less than 3 runs also qualify under this
group. C. All 2 year-olds with less than 3 runs must have shown they can handle the
going by either winning or being placed (beaten 3 lengths or less) on the exact going
reported in the Post.
9. Do not bet on the following. Selling races. Maiden Chases. Amateur Races. Juvenile
Hurdles. Novice Handicap Hurdles. All National Hunt races until the 1st of September.
462
SPEED ON THE SAND

All-Weather racing in Britain has always been looked upon as the poor cousin of turf
racing, mainly due to the low quality of racehorse it attracts and the dismal prize-money
which is attributed to the majority of the races under this particular code.
Relations are improving, thanks to the emergence of the universally acclaimed Polytrack
surface, which is generally accepted to be a safer and fairer surface than the older sand-
based compositions Equitrak and Fibresand. Prizemoney is considerably higher too,
which means a better class of runner is attracted which, in turn, leads to more interest
from punters and the media, and this has helped raise the profile of racing on artificial
surfaces in this country. From experience of compiling my own speed ratings for many
years, I know that the art of rating performances by the use of the clock can reap rich
rewards, and the one area of speed ratings which stands out from the rest has always been
All-Weather racing.
There seems to be fewer races which develop into tactical affairs on sand than on turf,
possibly due to the general lower class of race on the all-weather courses, with many
races of these events being run at a true gallop right from the off - this results in more
races being available for time analysis which leads to more reliable and accurate speed
figures.
So, if speed ratings are to be presumed more accurate on sand than on turf, this should be
reflected in the results of Topspeed, the Racing Posts very own speed rating compiler. If
we run through the last 18 years of flat season data using the RSB program, searching for
the results of all horses which were toprated by Topspeed, and had an SP of shorter than
4/1 (this is to concentrate on only those horses which were deemed good enough on form
to go close), we arrive at the following results….
SURFACE WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP%
All 10443 27718 37.68 -163.93 -0.59
Turf 8717 22803 38.23 -85.40 -0.37
AW 1726 4915 35.12 -78.52 -1.60
Not exactly the result I was expecting, with the turf results showing a better figure on
both of the important factors, the strike rate and LSP%. This seemed to fly in the face of
logic, so I delved deeper to try and find out why the results had been the opposite of what
I thought they would be.
463
I decided to take a closer look at the all-weather results, and the table below shows the
results from each of the last 16 seasons….

1989 12 30 40.00 4.19 13.97
1990 56 147 38.10 8.46 5.76
1991 65 168 38.69 1.31 0.78
1992 66 183 36.07 0.44 0.24
1993 96 247 38.87 6.66 2.70
1994 71 236 30.08 -12.57 -5.33
1995 103 281 36.65 4.83 1.72
1996 99 303 32.67 -35.91 -11.85
1997 111 296 37.50 18.61 6.29
1998 132 392 33.67 -20.10 -5.13
1999 173 448 38.62 7.68 1.71
2000 198 538 36.80 4.88 0.91
2001 151 424 35.61 8.26 1.95
2002 115 327 35.17 19.35 5.92
2003 121 354 34.18 2.00 0.56
2004 157 541 29.02 -96.61 -17.86
TOTAL 1726 4915 35.12 -78.52 -1.60
For some reason, 2004 resulted in a heavy loss – not only did the strike rate drop from a
supremely consistent mid-30’s figure to a little over 29%, but the LSP loss was almost
100 points. In fact, were it not for this particular season, the total LSP would have been in
profit rather than loss.
Why did the results in 2004 suddenly take such a dramatic downturn? My immediate
theory was targeted towards the arrival of the Polytrack surface at Wolverhampton
racecourse, which replaced the original Fibresand. The old surface had become
dangerously in need of replacement, which resulted in some unreliable results, and when
the new track was laid later in the year the early results were once again untrustworthy
due to Polytrack being a surface which encourages falsely run events. Therefore it’s not
surprising to find that the results from Wolverhampton were largely responsible for the
poor results from 2004. The three all-weather tracks are analysed individually below….
464
WOLVERHAMPTON
1993 0 1 0.00 -1.00 -100.00
1994 29 94 30.85 -4.53 -4.82
1995 41 104 39.42 15.49 14.89
1996 39 99 39.39 7.58 7.66
1997 31 92 33.70 2.35 2.55
1998 39 126 30.95 -19.05 -15.12
1999 56 157 35.67 -12.90 -8.22
2000 75 213 35.21 -11.78 -5.53
2001 66 161 40.99 23.85 14.81
2002 42 128 32.81 -2.43 -1.90
2003 45 128 35.16 -5.14 -4.02
2004 50 202 24.75 -51.43 -25.46
TOTAL 513 1505 34.09 -58.99 -3.92
LINGFIELD
1989 5 15 33.33 -0.82 -5.47
1990 19 52 36.54 3.23 6.21
1991 32 85 37.65 7.68 9.04
1992 33 91 36.26 -3.76 -4.13
1993 35 101 34.65 -11.48 -11.37
1994 17 78 21.79 -21.75 -27.88
1995 41 101 40.59 10.01 9.91
1996 32 115 27.83 -30.56 -26.57
1997 44 108 40.74 17.28 16.00
1998 55 145 37.93 14.44 9.96
1999 68 161 42.24 17.43 10.83
2000 60 166 36.14 4.22 2.54
2001 32 95 33.68 5.94 6.25
2002 33 101 32.67 -1.87 -1.85
2003 33 112 29.46 -14.69 -13.12
2004 43 170 25.29 -48.36 -28.45
TOTAL 582 1696 34.32 -53.06 -3.13
465
SOUTHWELL
1989 7 15 46.67 5.01 33.40
1990 37 95 38.95 5.23 5.51
1991 33 83 39.76 -6.37 -7.67
1992 33 92 35.87 4.20 4.57
1993 61 145 42.07 19.14 13.20
1994 25 64 39.06 13.71 21.42
1995 21 76 27.63 -20.67 -27.20
1996 28 89 31.46 -12.93 -14.53
1997 36 96 37.50 -1.02 -1.06
1998 38 121 31.40 -15.49 -12.80
1999 49 130 37.69 3.15 2.42
2000 63 159 39.62 12.44 7.82
2001 53 168 31.55 -21.53 -12.82
2002 40 98 40.82 23.65 24.13
2003 43 114 37.72 21.83 19.15
2004 64 169 37.87 3.18 1.88
TOTAL 631 1714 36.81 33.53 1.96
Polytrack was introduced to Lingfield in November 2001 and to Wolverhampton in 2004.

It seems perfectly logical to me to assume that the poor recent Topspeed results from
these two tracks is down to this new ‘speed-rating unfriendly’ surface. Southwell, after
all, has continued to produce consistent figures in recent years, as has turf.
So from now in this study, we will consider only those races which took part on non-
Polytrack all-weather surfaces (Equitrack & Fibresand).
Experience has taught me that race distance is very much a key factor in the study and
use of speed ratings; the longer the race, the less likely that a true pace will ensue, leading
to slow times and unreliable form. With this in mind, we’ll now look at the stats from the
last 5 seasons of these Topspeed selections on non-Polytrack all-weather surfaces
(SP<=4/1) broken down by distance…

<=10f 466 1267 36.78 65.04 5.13
10f> 145 441 32.88 -44.55 -10.10
466
TOTAL 611 1708 35.77 20.49 1.20
As can be seen, quite clearly a marked difference of fortunes over long and short
distances. There is only 3.9% between them in terms of strike rate but the considerable
gulf in LSP% shows that the runners over the longer trips are bad value.
Concentrating on the runners which contested races over 10f or less, the yearly
breakdown since 2000 looks like this….

2000 159 416 38.22 18.52 4.45
2001 112 309 36.25 22.73 7.36
2002 59 168 35.12 10.51 6.26
2003 74 174 42.53 40.57 23.32
2004 62 200 31.00 -27.29 -13.65
TOTAL 466 1267 36.78 65.04 5.13
The main thing to notice here is the poor return from 2004, but the vast majority of these
losses came from Wolverhampton in the months leading up to the laying of the new
Polytrack surface. The Fibresand at Wolverhampton was in no fit state for horse racing in
the latter stages of its existence and I’m sure this is the reason for the poor results. The
final filter we are going to add here is field size, and once again it is a logical inclusion –
small fields are far more likely to produce a false pace (and therefore a false and
unreliable result) than larger ones, and the following fieldsize breakdown supports that
theory….
FIELD SIZE WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP%

2-4 runners 9 21 42.86 -2.86 -13.62
5-7 runners 83 231 35.93 -19.26 -8.34
8-10 runners 181 472 38.35 34.25 7.26
11-16 runners 193 543 35.54 52.91 9.74
TOTAL 466 1267 36.78 65.04 5.13
At least eight runners in a race is a must have rule for this method, as speed ratings are
worth less as the field size diminishes. As Lingfield and Wolverhampton have made the
467
transition to Polytrack, Southwell is the only current allweather course to have a non-
Polytrack surface in place, so it is this track which will provide the selections for this
method.
So the final rules and results are as follows…
a) Southwell all-weather races only

b) Horse must be top rated by Topspeed
c) Horse must be sent off at shorter odds than 4/1
d) Only consider races 10f or shorter in distance
e) Only consider races with at least eight runners

2000 123 324 37.96 27.73 8.56
2001 90 261 34.48 11.39 4.36
2002 51 144 35.42 12.76 8.86
2003 67 148 45.27 49.86 33.69
2004 43 139 30.94 -15.58 -11.21
TOTAL 374 1016 36.81 86.16 8.48
468
SPEED RATINGS HURDLE SYSTEM
The use of the clock in National Hunt racing is a far less popular method for searching
for winners than it is in flat racing, simply because of the many discrepancies with which
the jumping code is burdened with (unreliable race distances, ultra-slow run races,
unreliable standard times to name but a few). That is, however, not to say that profits
cannot be made by using time as a guide. In fact, it could be argued that if an edge in this
sphere could be found then it would probably prove profitable to follow for a longer time
span than a similar system devised for flat racing would, due to the popularity of
speedratings amongst punters on the latter code driving prices down taking away any
value to be had.
We’ll start by looking at all races over the last four NH seasons and the results of those
runners rated/not rated by Topspeed (the Racing Post’s very own speed rating figures)…
TOPSPEED WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP%

Top-rated 2917 12701 22.97 -764.14 -6.02
Not top-rated 10101 115876 8.72 -35871.01 -30.96
Immediately this tells us that Topspeed’s top-rated runners should be given respect in
National Hunt races. The LSP% loss of a little over 6% is highly commendable
considering over 12 thousand races were involved, and of course there will undoubtedly
have been plenty of ‘no-hopers’ making up a percentage of the selections.
Concentrating on these Topspeed top-rated horses, we’ll analyse them further by looking
at their starting prices. It’s logical to presume that those towards the head of the market
469
are going to be the ones producing the higher strike rates and higher profits, as many of
the bigger priced selections will probably have been running under unsuitable conditions,
hence their inflated prices…
SP position WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP%

1st fav 1635 4001 40.86 -217.67 -5.44
2nd fav 653 2566 25.45 195.33 7.61
3rd fav 281 1869 15.03 -195.12 -10.44
4th fav 154 1371 11.23 -157.67 -11.50
5th fav 85 934 9.10 -69.50 -7.44
6th fav 51 663 7.69 -3.50 -0.53
7th fav 25 419 5.97 -106.00 -25.30
8th fav 17 310 5.48 -17.00 -5.48
9th fav 4 182 2.20 -92.00 -50.55
10th fav 12 386 3.11 -101.00 -26.17
No surprise then to see a gradual fall in strike rate % as the SP position rises. It’s clear
from the above stats that it’s the front two horses in the betting which we need to be
concentrating, with just a small loss of 22.34 level stake points from over six and a half
thousand bets.
So have our first two rules; top-rated on Topspeed and either favourite or 2nd favourite in
the betting. Next we’ll analyse these qualifiers by examining the results from different race
distances…
470

2m – 2m 2f 834 2427 34.36 -66.81 -2.75
2m 2.5f – 3m 1082 3079 35.14 -9.28 -0.30
> 3m 0.5f 372 1061 35.06 53.75 5.07
There’s no denying over which distances the profit comes from – although the strike rates
are almost identical, clearly the shorter the trip, the more over bet the qualifiers are.
Concentrating solely on those running in races over a distance of further than three miles
returns a healthy 5.07 LSP%.
Finally we’ll look to see whether the race type has any bearing on results, as the pace of
jumping hurdles differs somewhat to that of jumping fences…
OBSTACLE WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP%

Chase 249 776 32.09 -30.21 -3.89
Hurdle 123 285 43.16 83.96 29.46
Pretty conclusive proof there that hurdle races are the ones to concentrate on here. Not
much of a surprise really as the pace in hurdle events is much stronger than in chases, as
the horses can jump the smaller obstacles far more quickly than the bigger fences, and
therefore speed ratings have more of an impact in hurdle races. So the final rules and
results are as follows…
a) Topspeed top-rated horses only

b) Horse must be either first or second SP favourite
471
c) Only consider races longer than 3 miles in distance

d) Hurdle races only

2001 28 77 36.36 18.99 24.66
2002 30 66 45.45 15.53 23.53
2003 40 76 52.63 37.32 49.11
2004 25 66 37.88 12.12 18.36
TOTAL 123 285 43.16 83.96 29.46
472
The Ace
"No, no, stop. Too much information!" How often have we heard that said nowadays
when a friend is imparting to us too many lurid details of some intimate, personal
relationship! That current phrase 'Too much information' sticks in my mind also when
considering, not just systems, but also the whole process of trying to select winners. At
times it seems we really do have too much information at our disposal. But then again,
can we ever have too much? Does success lie in considering all the possibilities available
to us? 1 honestly don't know the answer, if there is one. I'm sure many of us are aware,
however, of the Brimardon service, widely advertised, and costing as I write, about two
and a half grand for six months' selections. It certainly seems to come up with the results,
achieving a profit of 554 points in 2002. I'm not a subscriber myself, but I understand that
these figures are genuine and proofed to the Racing Post. And I further gather from their
advertising material that they consider thousands of positive and negative values in every
race evalued. Yes, thousands. Obviously, it is all done by computer but it puts the manual
efforts of mere mortals (like myself) in some kind of perspective. Do we need to evaluate
thousands of factors in every race to find the winner? Are we wasting our time (and
money) if we are unable to do so? I am simply posing the questions, not answering them.
One thing I will say about Brimardon is this. They have been in operation since 1985, and
I would make an educated guess that the founders then were three guys named Brian,
Martin and Donald!
Before leaving this interesting subject of Brimardon - of course it is interesting if it
makes 554 points of profit in a year - I'd like to make a suggestion. I can remember in the
years since 1985 seeing the Brimardon software programme which supplies their winners
being offered for sale in computer magazines and the national press. If such an offer is
still available from any member I'd be interested to have it, and perhaps conduct a trial to
let you all know how the results are going. Too much information? With 554 points
profit, I think maybe not!
I was sitting at a cremation service the other day having a quiet laugh to myself. Now,
before you accuse me of gross insensitivity, let me explain. I couldn't help but remember
as I sat there a cremation joke I'd heard just some days earlier. But before I tell it may I
mention a great novel that I read some time ago by the Scottish author lan Banks, and it is
called The Crow Road. In the opening chapter the hero's grandmother is being cremated
when there is an almighty explosion. It turns out that she was fitted with a pace-maker
473
which hadn't been removed and that is what caused the blast in the furnace. The story
continues beautifully after that explosive start. Back to our joke. The cremation is taking
place of a famous and flamboyant heart surgeon. He had left instructions that the gates
through which the coffin would disappear into the furnace should be decorated with
flowers in the shape of a heart (as befitted his profession), and it is at this point in the
service that our joke begins. The heart-shaped floral doors had just parted when a
mourner began to laugh quite audibly. His neighbour turned to him angrily and suggested
that he show more respect. The laughing mourner said, "I can't help it. You see, I'm just
considering what could happen at my own cremation when it comes." "And why on earth
should your cremation cause you such amusement?" asked the neighbour.
Remember last month we had the horse's name telling the World War Two story of the
Dambusters. We've another story this time; not a specific one, more a general type - the
western. Like most other young lads of my generation I was an avid reader of westerns,
and looking back now I realize that they were all basically the same story. The hero
would be a tall, tough, slow-spoken cowboy and probably called Tex or Hank. The
villains were the Indians — cunning, ruthless and addicted to scalps and firewater.
Furthermore, they always had to be defeated and Tex or Hank always won. Even more
satisfying, Tex or Hank invariably also won the hand and heart of the beautiful Lois or
Consuela. Simple stuff, I know, but how we enjoyed it then.
Memories of that kind of story all came back to me when I saw this horse's name. It is
Ambushed by Indian Ridge out of Surprise Move. One final horse's name for this month,
not a story, more a witty and accurate comment on modem life. Cash 'N’ Credit is the
horse and it is by Homo Sapien out of Not Enough. That's us, all right! On to our classic
system for August. It is called (not very originally) The Ace System. At a rough count, it
evaluates about ten factors in each race which, I suppose, is manageable if not
exhaustive. It can't compare with the thousands of positive and negative values
mentioned earlier, but nonetheless, maybe The Ace will come up trumps. Finally, next
month marks our second anniversary of contributions, so before then I'll dig deep to try
and unearth something a bit special. I might also try out my new rating system mentioned
last month.
THE ACE SYSTEM

1. USE RACING POST
2. USE MAIN MEETING ONLY (centre pages)
3. CLEAR TOP RATED POSTMARK AND CLEAR TOP RATED TOPSPEED
474
4. SELECTION MUST BE RIDDEN BY A JOCKEY WHO IS IN THE TOP 10 OF

THE JOCKEY TABLES (for the first month of any season use last seasons tables)
5. LAST TIME OUT SELECTION MUST NOT HAVE BEEN 10/1 OR MORE.
6. LAST TIME OUT SELECTION MUST NOT HAVE BEEN BEATEN MORE THAN
THREE LENGTHS FLAT, OR FIVE LENGTHS N H.
7. IN HANDICAP RACES THE SELECTIONS HANDICAP MARK MUST BE NO
MORE THAN 7LBS HIGHER THAN A MARK IT HAS ALREADY WON OFF.
ALTERNATIVELY IT SHOULD BE RUNNING FROM A MARK NO HIGHER
THAN IT HAS BEEN PLACED FROM IN ANY ONE OF ITS LAST FOUR RACES.
8. IN NON HANDICAP RACES A SELECTION MUST HAVE RUN IN MORE
VALUABLE RACE THAN TODAY'S RACE LAST TIME OUT.
9. SELECTION MUST BE FORECAST IN FIRST THREE IN RACING POST
BETTING FORECAST IN RACES WITH TWELVE OR LESS RUNNERS, OR FIRST
FOUR IN BETTING IN RACES WITH 13 OR MORE RUNNERS
10. SELECTION MUST BE ABLE TO HANDLE GOING. A SELECTIONS ABILITY
TO HANDLE GOING WILL BE DETERMINED BY REFERRING TO THE
POSTDATA BOX AND MAKING SURE THE SELECTION HAS A TICK UNDER
GOING.
11. IGNORE ANY RACE WHERE A ODDS,FAVOURITE IS FORECAST.
HANDICAP MARKS
By referring to the form pages where the information is supplied for a selections last two
or three runs you will find details of all races a possible selection has won. Any win in a
handicap will be listed and also the handicap mark the selection won off. For each race
you will find a ratings table which indicates the handicap mark the horse is running off
today. In these rating tables, to the left of the selections name you will find details of the
horses last few races, the mark it ran off and if it was placed off that mark.
475
The Factor 8 System

Over the past months I have written more than once about the Racing Post being a great
source of racing information of all kinds. And so it is. But the ordinary daily national
press is also a rich supplier of data and help for the punter, and I thought that over the
next month or two I would take a look at the different approaches and material they
provide; with, perhaps, some additional personal stuff thrown in. For this month we'll
start with the Daily Express.
My very first recollection of any newspaper is of the Express, differently shaped then,
being in broadsheet format back in those days. Looking back with hindsight I can only
assume that my father took it every day for some reason other than its blatant
Conservative politics which would not have suited him at all. It could well be that he
favoured it because of its racing information. I think it was generally recognised then that
the Express was the best national daily for racing with the Scout (at that time the great
Clive Graham), Peter O'Sullevan, not just a great tipster but later to become the voice of
racing with his marvellous commentaries (and still going strong as I write this) and
Bendex, who then was Charles Benson. They also had a Scottish tipster called Scotia
which completed a really impressive team. As I recall it, the Scout, Peter O'Sullevan and
Scotia gave each day their three main tips indicated by 3 stars, 2 stars and 1 star. Many
were the systems then that relied simply on the number of stars a selection received from
the Express tipsters. And if there was one that received 9 stars, then that was something
to bet on!
Another memory is that in those war-time years when paper was scarce, the Express, in
its large format, consisted of very few pages, sometimes I believe, only four. How
different from nowadays when a paper has so many pages and supplements that a paper
delivery boy is lucky to survive puberty without suffering from round shoulders and a
hernia.
The Express was owned then in the 1940s by the Canadian Lord Beaverbrook, a war-time
friend and colleague of Winston Churchill. Beaverbrook has told a true story I enjoy
about another great war-time Prime Minister, Lloyd George in the First World War.
Lloyd George was returning late one night from campaigning in rural Wales when his car
broke down. His driver decided to search for help and found a big house nearby where he
476
knocked on the door for assistance. It just happened to be the local asylum or mental
hospital. The driver told the night porter who answered the door that he had Lloyd
George outside in the car. "Bring him in," said the porter wearily.
"I've got another seven of him in here already."
I've hardly seen the Express since those far-off days, but bought one the other day to
check up on it now. I was glad to see the Scout and Scotia are still there, though not
tipping in every race, but the new big-name tipsters came as a shock - Computerman and
Rottweiller.
However, I noted that Computerman on the previous day, the 1st November, had napped
a 14/1 winner, Sir Desmond, so that impressed me. There is a section called Gossip From
The Gallops and on that day it gave 4 selections which provided 3 winners at 14/1, 10/11
and 3/1. Again pretty impressive. Another section called Analyser gives details of hot
trainers and jockeys, best races for favourites, outsiders, trainers and jockeys and also
horses with biggest ratings drop from winning mark. Two of these were given and one of
them won at 12-1. These exceptional results on that random day are probably fortuitous,
but I'm tempted to take a further longer look at the Express.
Now, something completely different. Here's a little gag to try in the pub or wherever and
I can assure you it works for I did it the other day to great effect. Choose your subject (I
hesitate to use the word victim) carefully. Success depends on this. He should be
extrovert and not quite Mensa material; then explain that this is a test of intelligence and
acting ability. A dumb man goes into a chemist's shop and wants a toothbrush. How
would he be able to get it? Our subject, after a second's thought, should start to mime
brushing his teeth. You agree and applaud him. Then you ask how a blind man would be
able in the same shop to get a packet of condoms. Again after a second or two he should
start his mime. He gets a packet, opens it and produces something that he begins to apply
in his groin area with a roll-on motion. Just before he is finished you interrupt and say,
"No, the blind man would simply say 'A packet of condoms, please'.
For this month's system I can simply say Factor 8. It has proved successful on both the
Flat and NH with big-priced winners at 20/1, 16/1, 14/1, 12/1, 11/1, 10/1 etc. It has
proven level stake profits on both codes over more than one season, and furthermore it is
extremely easy to operate. There is a popular recent system on the market that I'm sure
you'll know called Factor 4, the brain-child of Colin Davey. Let's hope that Factor 8 turns
out to be twice as good as Davey's.
Factor 8 System
477
The phase "Fit and Fancied” is often used in the racing pages of your morning
newspaper, when allied to winning form it can be used as an important weapon in your
betting armoury. When a horse suddenly hits top form most trainers, barring those foolish
enough not to try, like to strike again whilst the iron is still hot. Many racehorse trainers
have very few purple patches during a season, and not knowing when the going may
change or sickness strike their string, they have to take full advantage of any good spells
that are available. We too can benefit when these horses suddenly "Spring to life" by
using this simple method.
By using the DAILY MAIL (All results are based on this paper) note at the days
principle meeting in any race, barring Foxhunters chases, the sole horse that won a .race
in the last eight days.
Do NOT bet if there is more than one selection in a race. In the Daily Mail, printed
after the horse’s name, is the number of days since a horse last ran and Sundays are
included in this total, so, we are actually looking for the horse that won in seven
racing days. I began checking this system on the first day of the 1984 Flat season
and for that whole period I followed ALL qualifiers at ALL meetings and had these
winners:-
Concert Pitch 14/1 Eastform 16/1 Kiowa 7/1
Highham Grey 8/1 Widd 15/2 Humberside L. 8/1
Hizpah 7/1 Gunfighter 8/1 Leysh 20/1
Free Range 10/1 Bold Realm 11/1 Secret V. 12/1
First Bout 8/1 Mel’s Choice 11/1 Karen’s Star 8/1
Shellman 10/1 Cap D’Azure 12/1 Maumann 9/1
During the course of the season I amassed 109 WINNERS for a level stake profit to
Ł10 of Ł961.13. Like most punters I Iike to keep my bets to a daily minimum and
that is why I now restrict all selections to the main card. Anyone with a reasonable
478
memory though will note that many of the winners listed came from the time when
the selections were in their respective seasons major races. It is unlikely that there
will be more than two bets a day, though the rare case of three selections in a day
will occur.
The 1905 Flat Season did not disappoint either with great winners such as MAYOR
at 20/1 and VERBARIUM at 14/1. Many fine doubles and trebles were also found :-
Incestuous 7/2 Ardrox Lad 13/2 Gunfighter 8/1 Laysh 20/1
Harry H. 3/1 K Battery 4/1 Lucky 0 5/1 Hilton B 9/4
Top That 1/1 Bassenthwait 5/6 Nile E L Free Go 6/5
Lobbit 4/7 Jacks L. L
Video .R. L Rahash L
Mel's C. 11/1 Skyboot 11/2 Chaplins C 7/1 Brampton I 8/1
Karens S . 8/1 Park -Par. 9/4 Nonsense 5/1 Chaplins C 9/2
Mums 6/4 Si Signor 5/2 Sir Bless 1/1
Bay B. L Dee Jay E L
Even better news though was that the system worked just as well under N.H. rules.
1984-85 N.H.
Out Of The Gloom 7/1 WARGAMB 7/1 CELTIC CRACKER 8/1
Edwards Corner 16/1 Coxmore K. 7/1 Grundy Glow 5/1
Amongst many winners from all meetings. And a good each way was had in
the 1985 2000 Guineas supreme Leader 3rd at 50/1.
Latest News:-
479
1985-86 N.H. so far:- I6 WINNERS 30 Losers Level stake profit to £10 stakes £88.79.
This includes three winners from last four bets. On I6th Feb Irish Champion Hurdle
HERBERT TOUTED WON 8/1. This was not included in the profit mentioned. STOP
PRESS. VERY LATEST – BLIND BURN 5/2. INHERIT 9/1. SUPER REGAL 9/2.
480
The Gem
Now, for the special Signpost that I mentioned last month, but before getting down to
details, I'll give some background to the idea. Many, many Flat and N.H. seasons ago,
long before the Racing Post was even thought of, I had this idea (or maybe I picked it up
somewhere - I honestly can't remember) to make a close study of the connection between
certain trainers and tipsters. To put it simply I reckoned that some well-known newspaper
tipsters would have special access to a certain stable or stables. This would be revealed
by the number of winners or winning naps they had from these stables. Once I had
worked this out I was then in a position in the future to pay special heed to naps from
such stables, and back them accordingly. It was quite a laborious task to work out the
profitable connections, but it paid off. It's sad to realize that most of the tipsters and
trainers I worked on then are now all gone. At some point I allowed my plan to lapse, and
then it was always too much work to resurrect it. So, imagine my surprise when one day
recently in Signposts I discovered this self-same idea all worked out for anyone wanting
to take advantage of it. Look for the section in Signposts marked Tipsters'
Trainers. Underneath, it goes on to explain that it lists tipsters from their Racing Post
Naps competition who are showing a profit from at least two wins from the stable of
today's nap. This covers the current and previous year. That may not be exactly how I
worked it out all these years ago, but it is near enough; and it sure saves a helluva lot of
work! Let's have a look now at the example I mentioned last month from the random
choice of the 29th July Racing Post. The first pairing mentioned is Steve Simpson of the
Blackpool Gazette and trainer B.J. Meehan. They have a record of 4 winning naps from 7
and a profit of over 14 points. Today's nap from the connection is Carrizo Creek and it
won at 5/1. Another listed pairing is Tony Lewis of The Star and trainer G.A. Butler.
Their nap today is Nayyir and it won at 6/1. The best combination of the day is the North
Correspondent of the Racing Post and Mark Johnston's stable. Their record is 21 winning
naps from 42 and a profit of over 31 points. Today the nap is Darasim which won at 11/1.
Finally, Garry Owen of the Scottish Daily Record (which I use every day) and trainer Sir
Mark Prescott. Their combined nap is Fritillary and it won at 13/2. Of course there were
unsuccessful combinations on the day, but still the system managed a profit of over 20
points. As I said last month, we can hardly expect this level of success all the time, but I
hope that it's a Signpost that will be a good guide for some time to come.
481
I've come across some strange happenings in betting shops over the years, but I witnessed
one of the most unusual the other day - and I thought I should share it with you. She was
tall, attractive, wearing a long dress, and she was standing right beside me. Suddenly, she
whipped up her ample skirts and started poking about in her pink panties underneath.
Soon she unveiled something that was moist and wrinkled - a betting slip, that is - and
started to smooth it out in front of my startled gaze. I tried hard to make out this hot tip,
this beauty straight from the horse's mouth, so to speak, but she had disappeared to the
counter before my eyes came back into focus. I began to wonder what the horse might
have been called, and looked through a list of the day's runners to see if I could find one
that could be appropriate. Here are some actual ones from that day's cards, honestly, that
I thought might suit. First there was Ball Games, then Forest Queen or Go Between. I
also considered Kinda Cute, maybe Most Saucy or Pure Brief. Finally I went for Peak to
Creek. A sporting joke, this time from the world of boxing. An old grey-haired granny
who was a boxing fanatic all her life decided that she would belie her years, join the
current fashion and have a tattoo done, in fact not one but two. Inside one thigh she
decided on a portrait of Frank Bruno and inside the other Mike Tyson. When they were
complete she was not at all happy with the likenesses and called for the shop manager to
register her dissatisfaction. He examined them and agreed with her that they were not
particularly good, but he added, "Still, that one in the middle of Don King is absolutely
brilliant."
I have to admit that the system I've selected for this month is something of an unknown
quantity to me. It is not ancient because it is based on the Racing Post, but I seem to
recall at some stage in my betting past having had some success with it; there are pleasant
memories associated with it. If I were more organised I should be able to find the records,
but since I can't I'll give it a trial run now and see how it does. I've just checked this
Racing Post for the 29th July that is in front of me, and the system selection is Tahreeb - a
winner at 6/4.
P.S. I've done more checking since then and it gives lots of winners, albeit most of them
at fairly short prices. The staking plan given should be rather effective. Maybe this Gem
is a real sparkler!
The Gem
The rules to be applied in strict order are as follows: -
1. Use Racing Post.
2. For each meeting covered refer to the Selection Box which covers the selections of all
tipsters.
482
3. Make a note of each most tipped horse in each race which is tipped by at least 8
correspondents
4. From this list delete any horse which does not have at least twice as many tips as the
next most popular horse. To clarify the rule, if the most tipped horse has say 8 tips and
the next horse has 4 or less, the horse will at this stage be retained on the list. If the next
horse has 5 or more tips, the horse is deleted from the list.
5. From the horses left, delete any which are not in the top two on the Topspeed ratings.
At this stage the horses left on your list will have at least 8 tips in the selection box and
have at least twice as many tips as the next best tipped horse, and will be in the top two
on Topspeed ratings.
6. From the horses left on your list delete any which are forecast less than evens in the
Racing Post forecast.
Having applied the above six rules you may find that you have no horse left on your list.
In this instance there is no selection for that day. The remaining horses are The Gem
system selections. If you are left with more than one horse and just one bet is required,
narrow down to one using the following rules.
7. From the horses left on your list take the one in the race with the least number of
runners.
8. If still more than one horse left take the one in the race which has the lowest prize
money to the winner.
Staking
This method should show a reasonable profit to level stakes, but if you wish to boost
profits further use this staking plan. Increase stake by one point after each winner, up to a
maximum of three points, and then decrease the stake by one point back to the opening
stake - 1-2-3-2-1. The staking plan is only applied after a winner. Always revert to one
point after any loser and stay on one point until a winner arrives.
483
The Hat Trick Seeker
A method that finds horses with recent winning form and now running over a distance to
suit them.
trading' without real stakes before risking any money. This is an easy to apply system that
uses recent results to qualify a horse.
1. Go through the day's race cards and cross out all handicaps, selling, ladies, apprentice
and amateur riders races.
2. Now disregard any race from those remaining where the forecast favourite is odds on.
3. From the surviving races, look for any horses that have WON their last two races in
the current season and are now running within 18 days of their most recent win.
4. Finally, delete any remaining horse that is NOT a winner at the current distance.
Qualifying horses should have either "D" or "CD" against their name on the racecard.
When you go through this selection method you know that any horses that qualify have
recent winning form and are running over distances to which they are suited.
If you find two qualifiers in a given race you can back them both if they are each over
3/1.
484
If you want to refine it further for say one bet a day then choose the qualifying race that is
run for the most prize money. This is a rough guide to the quality and consistency of the
runners and the jockey's enthusiasm for actually winning.
485
The Holy Grail

A system for selecting winning horses
This is a horse system that has been in production for some time now. It has be fine-tuned
and vetted to make sure everything is working well and genuine profits are made on a
regular basis. This system could actually be described as using a bit of common sense and
mixing it with a little luck. Now as most people are lacking one or the other of these, or
even both if unfortunate enough, this system is certainly good news, especially for those
who regard themselves as professional.
The system should work with any daily newspaper. In fact we actually used the Daily
Mail to obtain our selections. The benefit of this system is that it does not give long-
winded, complicated rules to follow, or even a load of scientific spiel to baffle the reader,
moreover it is a logical approach and should be regarded as a great business opportunity.
There are a few rules to abide by as with any system but these are what we would call
relatively simple and most importantly they are rules that any person can follow and
implement very quickly to find their selections for that day. Below are the rules.
Rules:
1. Only look to the principle race meeting of the day. The Daily Mail always specify
which meeting is the principle one if unsure.*(read following notes).
2. Only horses that have won their last race are to be considered.
3. Only horses that have run this season are to be considered, i.e. they must have the
little dash used on the previous form figures, to the left of the most recent run. If
any symbol rather than a number 1 is next to the horse's name then disregard it.
The actual amount of days it has been since its last race is irrelevant, Sometimes
486
this can actually be quite a high figure. Also if the horse is described as doubtful
where the jockey name should be then it can be disregarded also.
4. Only horses @ 5/ 2 or over are to be considered.
5. If the favourite of the race is shorter than 8/11 then disregard race altogether ie. 4/6
and shorter.
6. If there is more than one qualifier as can happen quite regularly, then you must
stake one point on each horse to a maximum of three horses (three points).
However should there still be more than three qualifiers, then you must choose the
outsider ie the three with the biggest odds. If two share the same odds then this
means you have to cover four. Cover all four but only stake a half point on each
(two points)
7. Fields can be no more than 18 runners.
We would just like to briefly explain the afore-mentioned logic of this system before
giving you the results. The reason we choose the principle meeting is that in our opinion
this is where the truest racing occurs, due to the best horses and the greater prestige of the
prizes. However, there is an important note to go with this rule. If say for example during
the jumps season the paper signals an all weather meeting as the principle meeting then
disregard and look to the jumps meeting that has the main jockeys riding. This is a very
rare situation and has only happened rarely. For us it is the jumps that are priority during
the jumps season and the turf during the flat season. In the winter only the second choice
jockeys are used on the all-weather. Hardly a principle meeting! Of course if there are no
jumps meetings and an all weather meeting is the principle one then fine, its just the other
scenario you should be aware of. If a horse has won its last race then you know you are
not backing a donkey so to speak. At least you know that your horse can win and that it
487
currently is in form. To make a good profit even if you hit bad losing runs then you must
get some decent priced winners. That is why you cannot back anything under 5/ 2. It also
means that if you do back three horses in one race then you cannot fail to make a profit
even if it is the shortest priced one that wins. More than likely though it is a bigger priced
horse that will win and so give an even greater profit margin. Too many runners can
again be a bit of a problem. Problems can arise due to collisions and less chance of
winning if then are more horses etc. And generally if the favourite is a big odds-on, then
generally it is just too reliable to oppose.
As you can see there is a logic to this approach and more importantly it works. Like most
tipsters it will find you some gems with winners so far up to 33/1. Do you know many
tipsters or systems that can boast these kind of prices? We certainly do not. As a note
when our selections were non runners we have just omitted them from the following
results. Also, we never do each way bets, only the horse winning or losing is best. If you
put £100 each way on a 20/1 winner you would actually lose yourself about £1500 profit
as opposed to putting the whole £200 on the nose and what is the sense in that!
Results 18/11/03 – 21/01/04
Bets – 251
Won – 47
Profit – 125.79pts
488
The Omega Plan

A true story. Nothing very dramatic or sensational, but it can still raise a smile with me.
A number of years ago the 'Greatest Jockey', John Francome, was in town to open a new
branch of Ladbrokes. Naturally, I was quite keen to meet a jockey I had greatly admired
during his illustrious jumping career, and my excuse for approaching him was a book I
had recently been given as a present. This was a pictorial record of his life in racing and
contained a number of very interesting photographs of our jockey in lots of his greatest
triumphs - and disasters.
The day of the visit arrived and I turned up at the Ladbrokes' opening armed with my
book. Strangely enough, there were only a few people present for the event and I was
able to walk straight up to the 'Greatest Jockey' with my book and have a chat. He was
accompanied by a really attractive Ladbrokes promotional model wearing the Ladbrokes
uniform and a silk sash over her shoulder. I showed John the book and he was very
intrigued by some of the pictures as, he said, he could scarcely remember the events
being portrayed; others he could recall very clearly and gave a most interesting added
commentary to them. We eventually ended our chat and he signed the book with a
message I still treasure.
At this point our lovely Ladbrokes model called on John to accompany her to their next
engagement, and headed for the shop door two steps ahead of him. Just then, unknown to
her, the silk sash slipped from the girl's shoulder and landed on the floor. The 'Greatest'
called out to her - and I remember distinctly the exact words he used - "Look, dear.
You've just dropped your drawers!"
I refrain from any speculation as to what might have happened to that same garment, later
that day - or night!
Before we get on to this month's system, just time for a silly little thought – we all have
them now and again! It concerns an expression we hear in racing parlance all the time
these days - the hold-up horse. Of course we know what it means; the kind of horse that
doesn't like to be out in front in a race, but instead prefers to make a late run from further
back in the field. That, in simple terms, is the hold-up horse. I know all that, but why then
does the expression 'hold-up horse' create a very different picture in my imagination?
Instead, I'm back in the age of the stagecoach and highwaymen, and I'm present with
Dick Turpin and Black Bess on a dusty track over the heath. While Dick stands idly in
the background, twiddling his thumbs, Black Bess is rearing up on her hind legs by the
489
stage-coach door, pistols held menacingly in her front hooves, while she addresses the
terrified occupants. "Your money or your life!" Now, that's what I call a hold-up horse!
We're going Greek with our system this time. A month or two ago I wrote about the
names given to systems, and the name this month is Omega, the last letter of the Greek
alphabet. I can't quite see the sense in that - if it had been called Alpha, the first letter,
then I could have understood it better, but not the idea of being last. Also, Omega means
a big 'O', which is hardly the most inspiring suggestion of what you are hoping to win
with the system.
Perhaps the inventor was a Roy Orbison fan! It's not a system I've used myself because
basically it's designed for multiple bets which are not my particular favourite. However,
I've included Omega in our collection because of its rather unusual approach to finding
winners, and also for its interesting permutation ideas, where it covers six selections in
doubles, trebles, and accumulators in only eleven bets. Who knows, maybe the last will
be first.
Objective
The purpose in using the Omega Plan is to successfully select a high number of profitable
race winners from any meeting, then, by using the Omega Plan staking permutation, put
into operation the opportunity to achieve multiple payout dividends in the form of
doubles, trebles, and accumulator bets. If previous trends are repeated - and there is no
reason why this shouldn't be the case - selecting medium to high-priced winners and
receiving very good payouts may well become a regular thing.
Source
Any daily newspaper which includes the day's horse racing programme can be used to
good effect. Information may vary slightly from paper to paper but whichever paper you
use, there shouldn't be any major departure from the overall performance of the Omega
Plan.
Meeting
If only one race meeting is scheduled for the day, then you will obviously select from that
particular meeting. Otherwise, focus your attention solely on the day's Principal Meeting.
If this meeting is subsequently abandoned, or if your paper fails to designate the Principal
Meeting, give preference to whichever meeting offers the highest prize money. Selections
Now that you have chosen your particular meeting, operate phase 1 of the Omega Plan in
the following manner. Horses will have the following information listed against them.
a. Weight.
b. Latest finishing positions (5 or 6 races).
490
c. Course and distance information, etc.

d. Jockey.
Taking each runner in turn, add up the total of finishing positions over this season's
outings (usually 5 or 6): - e.g. 1 0 0 2 4 3 = 10. You now check the horse's weight and
rounding up or down the odd pounds, e.g. 8st 9lbs becomes 9st. ADD this figure to the
total of the season's finishing positions, and this will give you a rating number for each
horse. If a horse has two or more zeros (unplaced) in its form, you will add five points to
the rating.
Now in order to successfully rate the winners it is intended to choose the horse with the
LOWEST number of points awarded. So we will deduct one point for each time the horse
has won over today's distance. Also deduct one point if it has run over today's course.
Where a horse has pulled up or fallen against its record, add four points to its rating. A
beaten favourite will have three points deducted from the points already awarded.
As an optional extra, you may deduct points (from one to five) for jockey skill. Finally,
having worked your way down the list of runners you'll have a points rating for each
horse in the race. Check to see which horse has the LOWEST number of points. This is
the race selection. If more than one horse has the same points rating, choose the horse
with the highest quoted starting price. If you still have more than one horse with the same
rating choose whichever has the best weight advantage along with the best 'last finish'
position.
Staking
Apart from using rated selections in single bets, if this is your preference, the aim is to
choose six horses from six races and, using a staking permutation achieve possible
winning doubles, trebles, and accumulators for big winnings.
Having selected your horses you will set out your bet, in full, in the following manner.
Let's assume you have completed the ratings and, having selected six as probable
winners, you are now ready to bet. Betting permutations are quite commonplace in
football and fixed-odds betting
but are less common in horse racing. This is a pity really, because a good racing
permutation can provide extremely good chances to make healthy profits for a
comparatively small outlay. The closest bet to the permutation is that daily favourite - the
Yankee - a four horse bet backed in six doubles and four trebles with an accumulator.
The permutation plan set out here is, I believe, far superior. It can be operated for the
same cost as the Yankee, yet it gives the opportunity to land multiple doubles, trebles,
and accumulators, from six selections, against the four
491
allowed by the Yankee, which is a 50% increase in the selection ratio against the Yankee,
which can only mean more chances to win for no extra cost. For that reason bets should
be made with 'No Limit' bookmakers.
Stakes
The permutation plan can be operated from as little as 55p for win only stakes or £1.10p
with each-way stakes. Stakes can be increased to whatever you wish.
Set out your bet as follows.
* First race Ascot 1.45
* Second race Ascot 2.15
* Third race Ascot 2.45
* Fourth race Ascot 3.15
* Fifth race Ascot 3.45
* Sixth race Ascot 4.15
5 x 5p win doubles (Races 1 & 2, 2 & 3, 3 & 4, 4 & 5, 5 & 6)
4 x 5p win trebles (Races 1 3 & 5, 1 3 & 6, 1 4 & 6, 2 4 & 6)
2 x 5p win accumulators (Races 1 2 5 & 6, 2 3 4 & 5)
11 x 5p win bets = 55p staked.
492
The Punter's Revenge System Plus 6

Last month we promised you something special for the first anniversary of Highlander,
and it's not so much a classic system as a classic con. How about a system where you just
cannot lose - guaranteed? I've seen all that before, I can hear you say. I certainly have, but
this time it's true, absolutely true. There is one snag, however.
Before going on to my shameful story, let's digress to consider a modern source of
guaranteed profit - arbitrage betting. As I understand it, arbitrage betting started life in the
stock exchange, making a profit by dealing in different markets at different prices, and
then expanded into spread betting on a whole variety of sporting markets. Now there are
opportunities for profitable arbitrage betting on the odds offered in all sports. Two things
have contributed to this possibility - the abolition of betting tax, because arbitrage betting
operates on small profit margins which the betting tax could wipe out, and secondly, the
use of the internet which gives the punter access to a very wide range of odds offered by
many different operators, and the chance to take advantage of such odds quickly by
punting on the internet with such operators. Just in case anybody is still wondering what
arbitrage betting is, here is a quick explanation. We'll take a tennis match between
Sampras and Agassi. On the Internet you find a bookie offering these odds - 4/6 Sampras
and 11/10 Agassi. Then you find another firm taking a different view. They go 11/10
Sampras and 4/6 Agassi. You quickly back Agassi with the first at 11/10 and Sampras
with the second at 11/10 also. So, no matter what the result you have made a 5% profit on
your investment. There's no risk, it's quick and it makes your annual interest on your
Building Society account look a bit feeble!
And one final word on the subject; I have given a very conservative example at 5%
profit. Whilst profits may never be huge percentage-wise, it is often possible to achieve
much higher profits than the example I have shown. My own classic con with guaranteed
profit takes me back to 1974 - a year I remember well because then, for once in my life, I
felt wealthy! Looking back, I honestly cannot remember whether I saw the idea for it
somewhere, or whether I worked it out for myself. Whatever, I knew that my plan would
not be acceptable to any reasonably sharp-witted bookie, so perhaps I was fortunate in the
one I approached. Without naming the organisation, it was one of the Big Three, with a
name that would appeal to a Highlander! The shop manager could not have been the
brightest silk in the weighing room, for when I put my plan to him, with nothing
concealed, he said that the bet was perfectly acceptable. I was quite sure that if he'd
493
looked at his company rules displayed on the wall, he would have discovered otherwise.
Anyway, this was the plan.
'Stop at a winner' betting and betting 'down the card' are methods which most
bookmakers will accept. My variation was stop at a winner, betting down the field - and
with one big proviso. First things first. The stop at a winner betting was on one race at a
time. Let's say the 2.30 at Ascot was a five horse race. 1.A 2.B 3.C 4.D 5.E. My bet was
£10 win, down the field, stop at a winner - £50 staked. If horse A won that was it - all the
other stakes were returned and I had the winnings on horse A. But if horse E won, I had
lost the stakes on A, B, C, and D, but won on E. Let's say that horse E was the even-
money favourite, so I had lost £40 and won £10, a loss of £30. That was how I presented
my idea to the manager, and he fell for it - but that was not quite how I put it into
operation. I would only have bet on that 2.30 race at Ascot if the betting on the race was
roughly as follows.
1.A at 2/1, 2.B at 3/1, 3.C at 4/1, 4.D at 5/1, and 5.E at 6/1. That would be a perfectly
normal market of just under 110%. With my same staking of £10 down the field,
stopping at a winner, I would be guaranteed a profit of £20, no matter which horse won.
Obviously, the betting didn't have to be exactly as I have given it, but as long as it
roughly followed that pattern of increasing as it went down the field, then you couldn't
lose. And I can assure you that there are plenty of races where that pattern applies.
When I was using the system I would occasionally choose a race where I was sure to lose
a little, just to make it less obvious what I was up to, and sometimes I would take a
chance on a race where I could win a lot or lose a little. On one or two occasions I had
winners at 100/1! That was a real bonus.
Of course I couldn't expect my good fortune to last forever. After about nine months or so
of continuous winning, I was called aside by the manager one day, and very
apologetically he told me that he had been instructed by Head Office to stop accepting
these bets. In truth, I'd been expecting it for some time. I experimented later, with some
success, on variations of my idea that just could be acceptable, and I might return to them
in a later contribution, but the golden days had gone. However, if anyone out there finds a
bookmaker who'll take the bet, I'd love to hear of your success.
There are other ways, of course, of making money, as our horse's name for this month
would suggest. I'm sure it will ring a bell with some of our readers. The horse is Wait For
The Will by Seeking The Gold out of You'd Be Surprised! Again, I've got to applaud the
cynic who came up with that comic idea.
494
To round off this first anniversary, we have a special system that complements legally
our own classic con. I'll give an idea of what it is all about by quoting from the original
advert. "Select a rock solid banker, then combine this banker with each of a further five
selections from five different races, making five win doubles. If your banker is a winner,
and just one of the other five selections wins you will have a winning double, but strange
as it may seem, you will not have any losing doubles. Your stake is directed on to the
winning double. But how?" It goes on to say that if the banker does not win and you have
just one winner from five, then you recover 90% of your total stake. And if your banker
wins at 7/4 or more, and all the other five lose, you will recover all your stakes plus a
small profit. It all sounds mysteriously good and is called the Punters' Revenge System
Plus Six. It is essential to write your bets out exactly as per the examples, and to ensure
accuracy in this respect it is strongly recommended that you get a good supply of betting
slips so that the betting slips can be made out in the peace and quiet of your own home,
rather than in the hectic atmosphere of the betting shop.
Write down a list of your selections and label them A, B, C, D, E, etc, as per the example.
A. Pebbles
B. Oasis
C. Sheer Gold
D. Plover
E. Ringer
Banker
Fill in the name of each selection on the betting slips which follow, making absolutely
sure that you keep to the same pattern as shown on each slip. The stakes on the doubles
and singles can be varied to suit your own pocket, but try to maintain the same
proportions.
This method of betting gives you a decided advantage, and it has been used very
successfully over many years. The six betting slips are set out as follows:
Stop At A Winner Stop At A Winner
10 p win selection A 10 p win selection E
10 p win selection B 10 p win selection A
10 p win selection C 10 p win selection B
10 p win selection D 10 p win selection C
£5 win Double £5 win Double
Selection E Selection D
And Banker And Banker
495

10 p win selection E 10 p win selection D
10 p win selection A ` 10 p win selection E
£5 win Double £5 win Double
Selection C Selection B
And Banker And Banker
10 p win selection C 10 p win selection B
10 p win selection E 10 p win selection D
£5 win Double 10 p win selection E
Selection A £25 win Banker
And Banker
Footnote. You may care to experiment with different numbers of horses, either more or
less than the example, but you must stick to the same patterns.
496
The System – 3 TIPSTERS
involves using the daily selections from the following 3 tipsters:

Racing Post – Newmarket
Sun – Tempelgate
Times – Rob Wright
My theory behind this is that individually, each tipster has a strike rate of about 25%. By
combining these 3 tipsters and only betting on the horses that they all tip, gives ‘quality’.
Therefore, you only bet on races where the horse is tipped by all 3 tipsters. BUT, it
doesn’t stop there. The tipsters strike rates will include Odds-on favourites, so I avoid
these. Also some horses that are tipped by all 3 tipsters, for some reason or other, drift in
the market.
Therefore, I only backed a horse to win if: -
1. All 3 tipsters tipped the same horse.
2. SP was greater than or equal to 2.25.
3. SP was less than or equal to 5.00.
4. 5 to 19 incl. runners in a race.
5. Bets were placed before the race started.
Stakes
I placed £5 to win bets for SP of 3.00 and above, and £10 to win bets for SP up to 3.00.
Results
During the Period of Running: -
1. I placed bets on 287 races.
497
2. There were 111 winners.

3. Strike Rate was 38.6%.
4. Max. Losing Run was 13 races.
5. Of my £100 ‘pot’, only £85 was the max. ever used. (Max. Outlay)
6. Total Staked during Period of Running was £2,010.
7. Total Gross return during Period of Running was £2,477.
8. Net Return was £467.
Whilst the Net return equated to 549% (Net Return [£467]/Max. Outlay [£85]), you can
see that unless I was prepared to increase the stake sizes and take the plunge and actually
trade, the system was a lot of work for a small monetary return.
I had run a similar system in tandem with the above whereby the Odds range was
narrowed to 2.50 to 3.25 incl., and this system returned a Net profit of 825% over 128
races with 62 winners (strike rate 48.4%), but was only found after all the data I was
collecting was analized .... the wonders of hind-sight!!
Basically, the system was 'selective betting', because certain criteria had to be met before
a stake was made.
498
The Ten Commandments of Good Horse Racing Systems
Part 1
One of the men who has most made a study of Horse Racing Systems is Nick Mordin,
racing journalist and writer. From his studies he came up with this helpful summary of
the features of a good race betting system.
I've split up this advice onto different pages to make it more likely you will think
carefully about each condition when considering the value of systems you are presented
with. I don't have all the answers but I aim to give you a variety of views to help you
make up your own mind.
1) The goal of a system should be not to pick winners but to identify a type of horse that
the betting public consistently underrates.
You can waste a great deal of time studying the form book simply to find rules that
suggest a horse may be a likely winner. Just because you pick a winner does not mean
that betting will be profitable in the long term. If a great proportion of the betting public
can also see that this is a winner then the odds you can obtain will be very low. The
objective of the professional bettor should be to find horses that are UNDERVALUED
by the general public. Betting consistenly on horses whose chances of winning are
greater than their bookmaker odds suggest will bring profits over the medium to longer
term. Only when you have found errors in the thinking of the market as a whole should
you turn to the form book to see if you can profitably exploit this.
2) The best systems are based on facts that defy most punters' expectations.
499
If you remember that you are essentially betting against other punters (both in a bookies
and on betting exchanges) then you should realise that if you bet on the same things that
they do you cannot hope to succeed in the long term.
Try to find facts that defy the expectations of most punters. (For example only: - well
bred horses win less often than poorly bred ones in low class races; horses win less often
in first-time blinkers; etc...)
The reaction of a common punter when you explain your system should not be "That's
clever" but rather "That sounds like rubbish - I can't se that!". Only you should know
different.
3) Be suspicious of a system that is based on information that can easily be gleaned from
any daily newspaper.
It is difficult to base an esoteric system on information that is straight out of the Racing
Post. This info is pinned up on the walls of every betting shop in the country and forms
the basis of most punters' selection processes. Systems based on more difficult to come
by information such as physical appearance, gallop reports, pedigree analysis and trainer
patterns are more likely to bring results.
500
Three Day Placed
Another simple system, guaranteed to find many winners.
Races of up to 10 runners
Selection must have been placed 1, 2, or 3 last time out.
Selection must have last raced within THREE days
501
Trainer Lungo
Rules:
L Lungo trains (UK racing only)
Horse is favourite or joint favourite
Last time out was 14 days ago or less
Totals
Win Win Placed Place Each-Way
Bets Wins Strike %Return (inc Strike %Return
Rate at SP wins) Rate at SP
All Selections 100 56 56.0% 137.8% 79 79.0% 122.9%
As you can see, the average return to SP for all years is £137.80 for every £100.00
invested. The number of bets has been down slightly in the past 2 or 3 years, but the
returns are still very good:
Results broken down by Year

502
2000 23 13 56.5% 154.8% 18 78.3% 132.4%

2001 17 8 47.1% 106.9% 13 76.5% 101.8%
2002 12 7 58.3% 143.6% 8 66.7% 117.6%
2003 16 9 56.3% 103.4% 14 87.5% 106.1%
2004 11 8 72.7% 174.9% 10 90.9% 152.8%
2005 11 6 54.5% 172.1% 10 90.9% 153.8%
2006 8 4 50.0% 116.8% 5 62.5% 103.2%
2007 2 1 50.0% 137.5% 1 50.0% 102.5%
I’m happy enough to run the system as it is, but as you can see, it works best over shorter
trips under 3 miles, so this is an ‘optional rule’ if you feel comfortable adding another
variable:
Results broken down by Race Distance

1m6f to 1m7f 1 1 100.0% 166.7% 1 100.0% 140.0%
2m to 2m1f 33 21 63.6% 143.0% 28 84.8% 126.1%
2m2f to 2m3f 3 1 33.3% 166.7% 3 100.0% 158.4%
503
2m4f to 2m5f 30 20 66.7% 161.8% 25 83.3% 137.1%

2m6f to 2m7f 10 5 50.0% 164.5% 8 80.0% 146.0%
3m to 3m1f 20 7 35.0% 87.0% 13 65.0% 90.3%
3m2f to 3m3f 2 1 50.0% 78.6% 1 50.0% 67.1%
3m4f and more 1 0 0.0% 0.0% 0 0.0% 0.0%
The longest sequence of winners in a row was 8, and the longest sequence of losers in a
row was 6:
Sequences of
Consecutive
Winners
1 Winner 12
2 Winners 2
3 Winners 3
4 Winners 3
5 Winners 1
6 Winners 1
7 Winners 0
8 Winners 1
9 Winners 0
10 Winners 0
504
11 Winners 0
12 Winners 0
13 Winners 0
14 Winners 0
15 Winners 0
16 Winners 0
17 Winners 0
18 Winners 0
19 Winners 0
20 Winners 0
21 Winners 0
22 Winners 0
23 Winners 0
24 Winners 0
25 Winners 0
26 Winners 0
27 Winners 0
28 Winners 0
29 Winners 0
30+ Winners 0
Sequences of
505
Consecutive Losers
1 Loser 9
2 Losers 8
3 Losers 4
4 Losers 0
5 Losers 0
6 Losers 1
7 Losers 0
8 Losers 0
9 Losers 0
10 Losers 0
11 Losers 0
12 Losers 0
13 Losers 0
14 Losers 0
15 Losers 0
16 Losers 0
17 Losers 0
18 Losers 0
19 Losers 0
20 Losers 0
21 Losers 0
506
22 Losers 0
23 Losers 0
24 Losers 0
25 Losers 0
26 Losers 0
27 Losers 0
28 Losers 0
29 Losers 0
30+ Losers 0
Recommended staking plan:
Use 3% of the bank on each selection (So if your staring bank was £100.00, your first
stake would be £3). Update your bank after each qualifying race, and determine the stake
to use for your next bet.
Note that the above system is recorded to starting price. Shopping around for prices
between bookies and exchanges would produce greater profits.
As usual, it comes with a few health warnings:
Always bet with money you can afford to lose

Trends change over time – Don’t blame me if they don’t continue
507
Tricks the bookmakers use to get you to spend more money
Although there are more opportunities these day to bet from home on the Internet, the
High Street betting shop is still a major source of the big bookmaker chain's income.
When you go into a betting shop it is the owner's objective to relieve you of as much
money as possible - and they have many tricks up their sleeves to do that. Here are a few
to be aware of. The knowledge of what you are up against should help to keep your
profits higher.
Profit is the name of the game as far as Betting Shops are concerned. Their aim is to
make as much money as possible and to do this they need the punters to spend. You
should find all you need to spend time comfortably in a Betting Shop including
sustenance by way of food and drink. If you need to leave the shop to buy food and drink
then you might not come back, so it is far better to sell it to you on the premises. Keep
you in and keep you interested is the name of the game.
Newspapers will be displayed where you can easily access them with the tipsters boxes
probably highlighted. The top tips are usually short priced favourites which is what the
Bookmaker wants you to bet on. Favourites lose around 60% of their races so if they do
win their prices will be small as will the payouts. The Bookmakers' profit will of course
be high. The low prices of the favourites mean that more punters will bet on them to win
rather than each way. Again this is to the Bookmakers advantage as win bets are more
profitable than either way bets.
Many of the sporting events are shown on televisions in the shops, it is more thrilling to
bet on a race and to see the result unfold in front of you. Not only you can bet on horse
508
races, the Greyhounds are also very popular now. These races normally start earlier and
finish later that Horseracing and you will probably find that in between horse races there
is a Greyhound race being run. This way you will have plenty of opportunities to place
your bets on whatever you fancy and when you are collecting your winnings at the end of
your day you will also have a chance to have a flutter on the Greyhound Racing before
you leave.
Like all trained sales staff, the staff in the Betting shop will try and tempt you to switch to
bets that are more profitable for the Bookmaker. Examples are often shown on the
whiteboards, these more often than not are the type of bet which will give the Bookmaker
a larger profit. Special offers, bets advertised with bonuses and vouchers on major race
days are all designed to keep your interest and to encourage you to come back and of
course spend more money!
Placing a bet is simplicity itself if you choose a slip for the most profitable bets. These
are usually very colourful with clear instructions printed on them. If you want on the
other hand to place a bet that is more profitable for you then you will probably have to
use a blank slip with no instructions whatsover printed on it! A Clever idea to enhance
the Bookmakers profit. How many people would rather fill in an easy to follow betting
slip than try and figure out a blank one without asking for help.
As you will have gathered everything is geared up with profit in mind. Free competitions
with the customer selecting one horse each day, the winner being the one with
theoretically the most money by the end of the week are common place. To have a
chance to win you must place a bet every day in the shop, once you are in you are more
than likely to place a bet.
509
Greyhound cards will be near the counter where you place your bets. This way you
won’t have to go too far when the hare is running and a race is about to start. Main
meetings of the day are usually placed opposite the television screens so that you can see
the prices then turn round and the race card is directly visible opposite you.
Finally Betting Shops will allow you to collect your winnings before the weigh-in after
the race. This ensures that you will have your winnings in time to place a bet on the next
race. If the result is amended then the money quickly re-bet will far outweigh any
monies lost on the amendment. All are carefully thought out hard sell tactics designed to
encourage you to part with your cash.
510
Two Horse Per Race Method

Nick Mordin is a name that will be familiar to most of us who are interested in systems
and betting, and he is someone for whom I have a great regard. His approach, though, is
highly individual. Roughly speaking, he advocates taking a view that goes against the
crowd as being the best way to obtain value in betting. In the ancient two-runner Aesop
Fable Listed Stakes, he would have been, I'm sure, the only punter there to back the
tortoise against the hare! And at good odds too, while I would have lumped onto the
odds-on favourite. Therein lies the problem - it is easy to get carried away by the known
form of the hare, while that of the tortoise is clearly far less attractive. So what Mordin
would suggest is a kind of lateral thinking; not going for the obvious, but looking for a
profitable angle that might not be apparent to one and all. I once wrote a little verse that
sums this up. I do claim responsibility for the verse, though not for the idea behind it.
Here goes:
"A cannibal and his young son were out in the jungle one day, When there in a clearing
before them, a gorgeous young nude lady lay. Said the son, 'Come on, Father, let's grab
her. Take her home and we all shall be fed.' Said the father, 'Yes, son, we'll take her. But
we'll eat your mother instead!" See what I mean?
Profitable lateral thinking. But to return to racing. A basic rule that I've seen laid down in
countless systems is - avoid like the plague all races confined to apprentices only,
amateurs only, or lady riders only. The thinking behind it is obvious, too obvious.
Thinking laterally, one may come up with an idea that could turn out to be profitable
because of the value available by going against the masses. So, instead, we look very
carefully at such races for the following good reason. Within the ranks of apprentices,
amateurs, and lady riders there is an extremely wide range of ability, particularly perhaps,
in the amateurs and ladies. To put it bluntly, there are a few very good riders among
them, and the majority are well below that standard. Therefore, if we see a second or
third favourite ridden by one of the few good riders and the favourite has one of the rest
on board, then we have a real value bet. You can readily work out for yourself the few
riders to be followed and the others to be avoided. Our little joke today concerns two
ageing jockey friends who wouldn't fit into any of the foregoing categories. These were
retired old pros, Billy and Sam, who were inclined after a drink or three to have
discussions of a distinctly philosophical nature. In particular, they liked to consider the
possibility of a life hereafter, and whether in that heavenly after-life there would exist
511
horse racing, as known to them and enjoyed by them here on earth. They sincerely and
fervently hoped there would. Sadly, Billy died of a heart attack, leaving his friend Sam
grieving and alone. Then, one night in bed, Sam was wakened by a strange sound and a
ghostly light at the foot of his bed. Slowly, the light took the shape of his old friend Billy,
and the sound became Billy's voice talking excitedly. "Sam, there is a heaven and I've
gone there. And there's racing there too. Oh, Sam, and what racing it is! The going is
always perfect and every horse is a real thoroughbred that runs straight and true to form
in every race. There's no Stewards' Enquiries, no bans or suspensions and every jockey is
guaranteed a big win every week or so." "That's fantastic, wonderful, magnificent!"
shouted Sam. "There's just one snag, though," said Billy sombrely. "You're booked for a
ride next Saturday." The system this time is in two parts. The first part gives us two
horses per race, and in part two this is narrowed down to occasional single selections.
The originator suggests using the betting forecast of the Daily Mirror or Daily Mail. I
would strongly advocate that of the Racing Post instead. Having dug it out of my files
recently, I decided to give it a trial in present-day conditions. In the short spell that I
checked it, I was pleasantly surprised by the results. I hope that you will be too.
Two Per Race Method
1. Note the first three horses named in the betting forecast.
2. Delete the one with the worst form figure last time out - current season's form.
3. Horses which have not run during the current season are counted as being unplaced last
time out - except
4. Those making their racecourse debut in a race in which at least 4 horses have run
before (current or previous season). These are counted as having won last time out.
Otherwise, these debutants are counted as having been unplaced.
5. Where two horses have the same form figure, delete the one quoted at the longest odds.
E.g. 3rd in the forecast that won last time out, with both 1st and 2nd in the forecast that
were unplaced last time, the second quoted would be deleted.
6. Where all three have the same placing, then the 3rd quoted is deleted.
7. Whilst forecast prices may vary according to the paper used, there is usually a large
measure of agreement on the names of the first three, which is the basis of this idea. So
you should safely be able to use your usual daily. Even when there are several meetings,
a minute will usually suffice to name the horses selected. However, to avoid any
possibility of confusion, any advertised results will be based upon the Daily Mirror, or if
the Mirror is not published, the Daily Mail. This essentially simple idea combines three
basic statistics. Firstly, around 75% of all winners come from the first three in the betting
512
forecast. Secondly, 1st placings last time out produce more winners than 2nds, which in
turn produce more than 3rds, with 4ths remaining a poor fourth. Thirdly, horses making
their racecourse debut and quoted in the first three in the betting forecast in a race in
which at least four horses have run before produce a steady stream of winners under both
codes. Sometimes they drift from their forecast price and start at longish odds. The other
day, one quoted 2nd in the betting at 100/30 won at 16/1. Whilst day-to-day results will
vary, unless many years' statistics become meaningless, the idea will produce a large
number of winners. However, the best chance of profitability is to be selective. A good
idea would be to confine bets to those races in which at least one of the two qualifiers
won, or counted as won, last time out. On the basis of previous returns this should
approximately halve the number of bets, but retain a high percentage of the winners.
Occasional One Horse Bets - In those Non-Handicaps only where one only of the two
horses indicated by the original rules won or counted as won last time out, and is quoted
in the betting forecast at 3/1 or more, this horse is considered a one horse bet. The
statistics mentioned previously show that, of all the form figures, winners last time out
have the highest success rate. The figure is improved if taking Non-Handicaps only.
Races in which only one of the two original qualifiers won or counted as won last time
out should both further enhance the rate and considerably reduce the number of bets. The
minimum forecast requirement will also considerably reduce the number of bets, as in
most cases where there is only one qualifier, it will be quoted at less than 3/1. The
forecast stipulation also ensures that a relatively small percentage of winners are required
to produce a profit. Some days there will not be a bet, on others usually one or two. Level
stakes is suggested at all times. As with the original method, the Mirror, if absent the
Mail, will be used to determine bets.
513
Understanding Handicapping
Remember: any systems offered are with no guarantees. Test them yourself by 'paper
trading' without real stakes before risking any money. Handicapping in horse racing,
what is it all about and how does it work? Handicapping is so important in this particular
sport that if horse racing didn’t have a handicap system then it would be boring with the
same horses winning all the time and therefore wouldn’t have lasted very long. Quite
simply the abilities of a race horse are so vast that if there wasn’t a way to try and keep
the competition level then it wouldn’t be worthwhile holding a race. Handicapping is a
complex system but a basic understanding of the system is a worthwhile piece of
knowledge to have. Lack of knowledge and understanding will leave you at a
disadvantage and one step behind the bookies and they are very knowledgeable on this
subject! Horses have overall abilities, a range of weights and running speeds, and in a
race the horses are allocated different weights so that in theory they all have an equal
chance of winning. The weight to be carried is determined according to the horses’
perceived level of ability at that time. A generally accepted calculation between weight
and distance is shown below: Distance to weight relationship 5 Furlong Races
Up to Weight
1/2 a length 1 pound
3/4 length 2 pounds
1 length 3 pounds
6 - 8 Furlong Races
514
Up to Weight
1/2 a length 1 pound
3/4 length 2 pounds
1 length 2 pounds
9 Furlong Races and further
Up to Weight
1/2 a length no allowance
3/4 length 1 pound
1 length 1 pound
Jockey Club handicappers are responsible for allocating handicap marks. They fall on a
scale between 0 and 140 with each point on the scale representing the equivalent of one
pound in weight. Horses capable of running in the best races will generally be rated
above 115. The horses rated with the least ability are at the bottom end of the scale
around 40. This is all quite simple and straightforward but I’m afraid does become more
confusing. The weight a horse carries in a handicap race will initially be determined by
the level of that race, and the handicap mark will generally reflect the ability of that
horse. The confusing part is that a horse could carry top weight in one race but on the
same day carry the bottom weight in another. Handicap races are set up for horses of all
different classes and this is calculated through the conditions of entry dictating the
maximum handicap mark that will be accepted into that particular race. Simply a
handicap race for horses rated 0 -75 will attract runners with a lower ability than one
where 0 - 90 is the rated handicap. No horse rated higher than 75 would be eligible to
515
run in the 0 - 75 race while for the second handicap horses would only be eligible to run
with a rating up to 90. If the horse had a handicap rating of 75 it could run in both races
but in the 0 - 75 race it would have to carry the top weight. The top weight is always 10
stone in handicaps. If the horse had a rating of 70 in the 0 - 75 race then it would
obviously carry less weight, 5lbs less which would make the weight 9st 9lbs. Should the
horse rated 75 decide to run in the 0 - 90 race then 90 minus 75 equals 15 so the horse
would carry 15lbs less than 10 stone which would make the weight it would carry 8st
13lbs. It is easily to become confused about how the horse’s handicap mark and the
weight it carries exist. The weight a horse carries is not a guide to its handicap and bears
no relation to this. A common mistake is to think that the horse that carries the lowest
weight stands a better chance of winning. The handicap position is the important point
that should be considered and where the horse is in the overall position in the handicap,
that is where it is in the scale of 0 - 140. The idea is that a horse carrying the top weight
in a low handicap race will have the same chance of winning in a higher quality race
carrying the lowest weight (7st 7lb).
516
WEIGHT EFFECT ON SAND

This month we are going to examine the effect the weight a horse is allocated has on
results on the All Weather. If we study results from Lingfield, Southwell and
Wolverhampton from the seasons 2001 to 2004 (inclusive), we can see from the
following table that as the weight band increases, so does the strike rate….
WEIGHT WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP%
7.8 – 8.0 110 2539 4.33 -1056.84 -41.62
8.1 – 8.7 493 7412 6.65 -3070.20 -41.42
8.8 – 9.0 1807 20549 8.79 -6734.60 -32.77
9.1 – 9.7 1432 14944 9.58 -4154.98 -27.80
9.8 – 10.0 900 8327 10.81 -1744.81 -20.95
This doesn’t really tell us much because more horses towards the head of the betting find
themselves in general allotted more weight than those near the foot of the weights. We
need to narrow our search down to a level playing field before we can start making any
firm opinions. We’ll do this by concentrating solely on SP favourites. Now if we examine
the weight band stats, we see that there seems to be little advantage in any area…
7.8 – 8.0 16 53 30.19 -7.67 -14.47
8.1 – 8.7 111 393 28.24 -82.98 -21.11
8.8 – 9.0 601 1839 32.68 -126.63 -6.89
9.1 – 9.7 453 1662 27.26 -150.24 -9.04
9.8 – 10.0 341 1198 28.46 -55.46 -4.63
Now the table shows a much more balanced view. Clearly the uneven distribution of the
horses with the better chance of victory (i.e. those towards the front of the betting) was
skewing the figures – in reality the strike rate is more or less level across the board.
The next step in trying to create a true reflection of the effect of weight is to narrow the
research down to handicaps only. In these races the runners are allotted weight in
accordance to their official ability – with the better horses carrying more weight than
their lesser rivals – which means that they are more competitive than non-handicaps and
therefore a more reliable guide to statistics.
517
7.8 – 8.0 10 36 27.78 -2.14 -5.94

8.1 – 8.7 29 154 18.83 -57.02 -37.03
8.8 – 9.0 125 507 24.65 -69.44 -13.70
9.1 – 9.7 240 931 25.78 -55.74 -9.76
9.8 – 10.0 212 853 24.85 -70.90 -13.38
Nothing conclusive there – as apart from a dip in the 8.1 – 8.7 range (probably due to the
small sample size) the figures are more or less even across the board. That changes,
however, when we break the results down by track…
LINGFIELD
7.8 – 8.0 2 6 33.33 1.25 9.58
8.1 – 8.7 3 41 7.32 -29.30 -72.69
8.8 – 9.0 37 159 23.27 -26.53 -13.06
9.1 – 9.7 84 307 27.36 5.69 1.80
9.8 – 10.0 83 289 28.72 30.68 12.29
SOUTHWELL
7.8 – 8.0 1 14 7.14 -10.50 -75.00
8.1 – 8.7 17 54 31.48 2.13 3.94
8.8 – 9.0 50 168 29.76 7.70 4.58
9.1 – 9.7 72 271 26.57 -13.70 -5.06
9.8 – 10.0 60 251 23.90 -44.92 -17.90
WOLVES
7.8 – 8.0 7 16 43.75 7.11 44.44
8.1 – 8.7 9 59 15.25 -29.85 -50.59
8.8 – 9.0 38 180 21.11 -50.61 -28.12
9.1 – 9.7 84 353 23.80 -47.73 -13.52
9.8 – 10.0 69 313 22.04 -56.66 -18.10
518
The small sample size of the lower weight bands are creating a false impression of
fluctuating strike rates, so to alleviate this we’ll group together all runners carrying 9-0 or
less…
LINGFIELD
7.8 – 9.0 42 206 20.39 -54.58 -26.50
9.1 – 9.7 84 307 27.36 5.69 1.80
9.8 – 10.0 83 289 28.72 30.68 12.29
SOUTHWELL
7.8 – 9.0 68 236 28.81 -0.67 -0.03
9.1 – 9.7 72 271 26.57 -13.70 -5.06
9.8 – 10.0 60 251 23.90 -44.92 -17.90
WOLVES
7.8 – 9.0 54 255 21.18 -73.35 -28.76
9.1 – 9.7 84 353 23.80 -47.73 -13.52
9.8 – 10.0 69 313 22.04 -56.66 -18.10
This gives a more realistic picture, and throws up an interesting set of results. While
Southwell and Wolves have little difference in their weight bands (Southwell seemingly
slightly favours those in the lower half of the weights), it’s the results from Lingfield that
catch the eye. There is a considerable jump of almost 7% in the strike rate of 20.39% for
those runners carrying 9-0 or less to 27.36% for those carrying between 9-1 and 9-7. The
strike rate increases even further to 28.72% for the 9-8 to 10-0 band. This doesn’t
surprise me in the slightest, as the Polytrack surface that is in place at Lingfield has a
lesser effect on energy distribution than on the Fibresand surfaces at the other two
courses (towards the end of 2004 Wolves replaced their old Fibresand with Polytrack, so
all but a couple of months worth of statistics in this analysis came on the old surface).
The Polytrack surface has a lesser pull on energy output due to the elasticated surface
allowing the horses to ‘bounce’ off the ground, and it’s logical to assume that this is the
reason for the abnormality in the results in the previous table for Lingfield. The less
519
energy-demanding a race is, the less effect weight will have on a horse, so therefore those
allocated larger weights in order to slow them down enough to create a level playing field
(as it the sole purpose of handicaps) will have their disadvantage lessened.
So we can see that SP favourites at Lingfield running in handicaps carrying 9-1 or more
actually make a profit from backing them blindly, with is excellent considering there
have been almost 600 bets during the last 4 seasons. Concentrating on just these
qualifiers that carry 9-1 or more, we can see from further analysis that the effect of the
draw is quite strong…
DRAW QUINTILE WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP%

Lowest quintile 37 115 32.17 27.13 23.59
Lowside quintile 38 125 30.40 19.51 15.61
Middle quintile 39 133 29.32 17.79 13.38
Highside quintile 29 121 23.97 -18.57 -15.35
Highest quintile 24 102 23.53 -9.49 -9.30
Clearly there has been a major disadvantage in being drawn in the highest 40% of the
field, with a clear drop in the strike rate and a level stakes loss. Good profits have been
made from the lowest 60% of the draw, so these are the qualifiers we will continue to
analyse. The final part of the jigsaw is to look at the different results produced by male
and female horses…
SEX WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP%

filly/mare 20 76 26.32 -7.67 -10.09
colt/gelding 94 297 31.65 72.10 24.28
As you can see, there is a ROI loss of over 10% on the females, yet in stark contrast an
impressive ROI profit of almost 25% on the males. As Wolverhampton has now changed
its surface to Polytrack, there is no reason why this system should not work at that venue
as well, as indeed in the future at the various new AW courses being built.
RULES
1. Polytrack only
2. SP favourite only
3. Horse must be allotted (ignore jockey claim) 9-1 or higher (ignore amateur races where
all weights are raised)
520
4. Lowest 60% of the draw only to be considered (this is only applicable to Lingfield, not
enough data at present for Wolves)
5. Male horses only
Polytrack was introduced to Lingfield in November 2001 and to Wolverhampton in 2004.

It seems perfectly logical to me to assume that the poor recent Topspeed results from
these two tracks is down to this new ‘speed-rating unfriendly’ surface. Southwell, after
all, has continued to produce consistent figures in recent years, as has turf.
So from now in this study, we will consider only those races which took part on non-
Polytrack all-weather surfaces (Equitrack & Fibresand). Experience has taught me that
race distance is very much a key factor in the study and use of speed ratings; the longer
the race, the less likely that a true pace will ensue, leading to slow times and unreliable
form. With this in mind, we’ll now look at the stats from the last 5 seasons of these
Topspeed selections on non-Polytrack all-weather surfaces (SP<=4/1) broken down by
distance…

<=10f 466 1267 36.78 65.04 5.13
10f> 145 441 32.88 -44.55 -10.10
TOTAL 611 1708 35.77 20.49 1.20
As can be seen, quite clearly a marked difference of fortunes over long and short
distances. There is only 3.9% between them in terms of strike rate but the considerable
gulf in LSP% shows that the runners over the longer trips are bad value.
Concentrating on the runners which contested races over 10f or less, the yearly
breakdown since 2000 looks like this….

2000 159 416 38.22 18.52 4.45
2001 112 309 36.25 22.73 7.36
2002 59 168 35.12 10.51 6.26
2003 74 174 42.53 40.57 23.32
2004 62 200 31.00 -27.29 -13.65
TOTAL 466 1267 36.78 65.04 5.13
521
The main thing to notice here is the poor return from 2004, but the vast majority of these
losses came from Wolverhampton in the months leading up to the laying of the new
Polytrack surface. The Fibresand at Wolverhampton was in no fit state for horse racing in
the latter stages of its existence and I’m sure this is the reason for the poor results.
The final filter we are going to add here is field size, and once again it is a logical
inclusion – small fields are far more likely to produce a false pace (and therefore a false
and unreliable result) than larger ones, and the following fieldsize breakdown supports
that theory….
FIELD SIZE WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP%

2-4 runners 9 21 42.86 -2.86 -13.62
5-7 runners 83 231 35.93 -19.26 -8.34
8-10 runners 181 472 38.35 34.25 7.26
11-16 runners 193 543 35.54 52.91 9.74
TOTAL 466 1267 36.78 65.04 5.13
At least eight runners in a race is a must have rule for this method, as speed ratings are
worth less as the field size diminishes. As Lingfield and Wolverhampton have made the
transition to Polytrack, Southwell is the only current all-weather course to have a non-
Polytrack surface in place, so it is this track which will provide the selections for this
method.
So the final rules and results are as follows…
a) Southwell all-weather races only
b) Horse must be top rated by Topspeed
c) Horse must be sent off at shorter odds than 4/1
d) Only consider races 10f or shorter in distance
e) Only consider races with at least eight runners
2000 123 324 37.96 27.73 8.56
2001 90 261 34.48 11.39 4.36
2002 51 144 35.42 12.76 8.86
2003 67 148 45.27 49.86 33.69
2004 43 139 30.94 -15.58 -11.21
TOTAL 374 1016 36.81 86.16 8.48
522
Windfall Flat Racing System

Sometimes, rightly or not, we use the term 'classic' to describe the system we are
presenting. Well, we are starting off this month with a system idea that is certainly
entitled to be called 'classic', because it is based on the five classic races; and as the
beginning of next month sees the running of the first two classics of the season, now
seems to be the right time to give it an airing. From fifty years ago I can remember a
racing and football weekly paper called The Winner which published some very good
systems. They also occasionally published books of systems, and it is from one of these
books that this idea comes. I have the book, but at this very moment can't lay my hands
on it. However, it is very easy to remember the simple, basic idea of the system. You
back the un-named favourite in each of the five classics with an increasing stake, and
stopping at a winner. That's it. As far as I can remember, the staking was 5, 5, 10, 10, and
15 points. I've had a look back over a number of years chosen at random to check it, and
it's done quite well. However, the trouble is that a losing year with no favourite winning
would result in the considerable loss of 45 points. Now, a racing puzzle that may exercise
the little grey cells for a minute or less. At certain times of the year Highlander likes to
back 4 year-olds against 3 year-olds. It was that time of the year and it was certainly a
suitable race for it consisted of only four runners, two of them 4 year-olds, and two of
them 3 year-olds. So, Highlander backed the two 4 year-olds to be 1st and 2nd in a
reverse forecast. For various reasons, Highlander wasn't able to hear the result of the race,
but a friend assured him that the 3 year-olds were definitely not 1st and 2nd. That left
Highlander wondering what was the probability now of his reverse forecast being a
winner. Can you help him? I've talked before about my days in teaching, but I'm very
glad to be out of the classroom now, especially with all the newspaper talk of today's
violence in schools. Thinking along those lines reminded me of an incident that made me
smile at the time, and can still raise a chuckle. This particular boy, who was not actually
in my class, was quite un-remarkable except for one thing which made him known
throughout the School. He suffered from severe B.O. Despite friendly advice from pupils
and teachers alike our smelly boy continued to pong, till at last one day it was so bad that
he was sent home from his P.E. class with a note to his mother explaining the problem
and asking for something to be done about it. I knew nothing at all about what was
happening because I was in conference with the Headmaster at the time; he likewise was
quite un-prepared for what was about to happen. Suddenly, the door of his office was
thrown open and in burst this fearsome, big woman, bleary of eye and reeking of alcohol.
523
"How dare you send ma boy home!" she shouted. "He comes to school to be learnt, not to
be smelt. He's not a fucking geranium!" Having delivered herself of this truism, the idea
of flowers had obviously entered her befuddled mind, for she suddenly noticed the vase
on the headmaster's desk. She picked it up and emptied the entire floral contents over his
head. Then, with a stagger she was gone. The headmaster took it all in his stride and was
laughing as he mopped himself dry. I felt I could risk a titter or two myself. And as far as
I can recall, the smelly boy remained rather ripe till the day he left school, and indeed
may still be polluting the atmosphere and causing havoc to the ozone layer to this day.
Time now for the serious matter of our system for this month, the Windfall Flat Racing
System. What can we say about it? It's very simple and straightforward; it’s all ready to
start from the beginning of next month; and it's very selective in the number of horses
you'll be backing. One last thing. I've seen exactly the same rules sold as a system under
various other names over the years. That in itself must be some indication of its merits.
So, let's hope that a Windfall is indeed what we'll be getting. The Windfall Flat Racing
System operates from 1st May through to 31st October. Selections will be found from the
Racing Post daily paper. Claiming races are the only races considered by the Windfall
Flat Racing System. The only horses to consider are those that are forecast favourite in
the Racing Post betting forecast. To become a Windfall selection the horse must be: -
1. Top rated on Topspeed ratings. 2. Must have finished in first three last time out, which
must be a race in the current season. 3. The betting forecast price must be in the range of
1/2 to 5/1 inclusive. Any shorter than 1/2 no bet, and any higher than 5/1 no bet. Staking
Plan. Use a starting bank of 10 points and back to level stakes using one tenth of the
bank. Always stake one tenth of the bank at its highest level. Do not decrease stakes if the
bank falls below the highest point. E.g. If the bank increases from £100 to £150, the bet is
one tenth of £150 which is £15. If the bank falls below £150 remain on £15 stake until
£150 is surpassed. Stakes will then increase to one tenth of the new bank.
524
7 Gambling Truths
1.When betting on football matches back unfashionable teams playing well. You often
get value odds on these matches
“Money won is twice as sweet as money earned!”
2.make sure when backing racehorses the horse acts on the ground. Many professionals
consider this the main point to check when assessing form
“Look high look low, and we see that gamblers actually form most of the worlds
inhabitants”
3.Don’t bet in every race. Make sure you bet only when the odds are in your favour.
Bookmakers have to price up for every race. You don’t have to!
“Luck can often mean simply taking advantage of a situation at the right moment. It is
possible to ‘make’ your luck by being always prepared”
4.Look for value for money bets. Try to find false priced favourites and bet against them
“Fortune brings in some boats that are not steered”
5.Set aside a pool of money just for betting - £200, £500, or £1000 are examples. Stake
5% of your betting bank on each selection. When your bank doubles double your stake to
5% of the new bank
525
“All of us have bad luck and good luck. The man who persists through the bad luck –
who keeps going on – is there when the good luck comes – and is ready to receive it”
6.Following in-form trainers and avoiding out-ofform yards can enhance the success of
your betting considerably. Try to catch trainers as they come out of the doldrums, and be
quickly aware when they are going back in.
“The smarter you play the luckier you will be!”
7. Bet on what you know-Our team of experts on Football Betting make 80% of their
money from English and Australian football matches because they have extended
knowledge of every team and follow every move closely and do their research. The same
can be said for our Horseracing Team who make their money from UK Horseracing and
cover every angle possible to keep the odds in theirs and your favour.
“A mans got to have at least one bet a day, else he could be walking around lucky and not
know it”
526
1326 Staking Plan
The clue to how 1326 Staking Plan works is in the name. It is similar to other
staking plans such as the parlay system. Should be lucky enough to win 4 times in a
row you stand to make large profits. The series continues until you lose. After you
lose the series restarts over at 1 unit. The series also ends after 4 wins.
For example -
• The first bet you make is 1 unit
• The second bet is 3 units
• The third bet is 2 units
• The fourth bet is 6 units.
Let’s look at a working example by setting each unit at £10 and each win at even
odds:
• The first bet is 1 unit which equals £10. Let's say this bet loses. The sequence starts
again. The next bet is still the first bet and is still 1 unit.
• The first bet is still 1 unit which still equals £10. This time the bet wins. This means
the next bet is 3 units.
• The second bet of the current series is 3 units which is £30. Let's say this bet wins
as well. The next bet is 2 units.
• The third bet of the current series is £20. Let’s say this bet loses. The series re-
starts and the next bet reverts back to the start of the series. 1 unit. £10.
527
If you were to win 4 bets in a row you would make a substantial profit. The example
shown uses level odds but in horse racing the odds are usually greater meaning that
profits are often created and banked on each bet.
Percentage Staking Plan

Sometimes known as the 'plateau philosophy', the percentage staking plan says you
should recalculate your stake whenever your betting bank reaches a certain,
predefined level.
Some say that you shouldn't downgrade your stake if you fall back through a level,
on the assumption that if you stick with the higher stake it will speed up your return
to the top.
528
Anticipated Losing Runs

One of the quickest ways to betting disaster is to be unaware about the impact of losing
sequences. They can occur without warning at any time, and can quickly devastate capital
funds if of insufficient size to absorb them.
First of all, how does one know what lengths such losing sequences are likely to be? Well
actually, this is fairly easy to predict, provided one has an accurate idea of the probable
strike rate. For both negative and positive sequences are directly related to strike rate, and
one can mathematically determine the probability of specific sequences appearing,
provided that is, one knows what percentage of the bets in a series are likely to lose or
win. The generally accepted view is that levels of retained capital reserves should
prudently be greater than the longest losing sequence one would expect to encounter
during a series, multiplied by one’s maximum stake. Exactly how much greater would of
course be dependant on one’s attitude to risk though, as a rule of thumb, the lower the
strike rate then the longer losing sequences will be therefore, the more capital cover
would advisably be required.
To illustrate, please see the table below, which can be used to determine possible staking
strategies. Let's say, for example, one’s estimate of a strike rate over a series of 500 bets
would be around 40%. Please note at this stage that there are no good or bad strike rates -
they are all purely relative to the odds range one decides to target. As can be seen from
the table, with a 40% strike rate one can expect to have a losing sequence of 10
somewhere in the series (there is a 75% chance of that happening). However, there is a
50% chance of hitting a losing sequence of 12 and a 25% chance of a run of 14 losers.
That sequence of 14 is less likely to occur, but it will still happen, on average, once in
every four series. On the flip side of the coin, one has a 75% chance of hitting at least one
winning run of 6 during the series. A sequence of 7 is a 50:50 possibility and a successful
run of 8 has a 25% chance of occurring. Such figures can be seen in the 60% row (take a
chosen strike rate, in this case 40%, away from 100 and look in the row for the difference
in order to anticipate winning sequences). Finally, with a less than 1% chance, one is
likely to confront a losing sequence of 20 no more often than once in every hundred
series - this being the base figure that should be used in constructing a ‘betting bank’.
Please don't make the common mistake of thinking these sequences won't happen. They
are mathematically determined by strike rates and will happen as often as they are
entitled to, whether one likes it or not. Nobody can avoid them. When they do occur it
529
certainly doesn't mean that you are 'out of form' or doing anything wrong – it’s just the
mathematics involved being proved accurate. Then provided the averaged price of
winners are compatible with the strike rate and retained capital reserves are at sufficient
levels to absorb such anticipated sequences, one will always be in a sound enough
position to successfully weather such negative run.

Negative / Positive Sequence Chances
Strike Rate
Likely 50:50 Unlikely Rare
(%)
75% chance 50% chance 25% chance 1% chance
3 83 105 132 235
4 69 86 106 185
5 59 73 90 153
6 52 64 78 130
7 46 57 68 113
8 42 51 61 101
9 38 47 56 91
10 35 43 51 82
11 33 40 47 75
12 30 37 44 69
13 29 34 41 64
14 27 32 38 60
15 25 30 36 56
16 24 29 34 53
17 23 27 32 50
18 22 26 30 47
19 21 25 29 45
20 20 24 28 42
21 19 23 26 40
22 18 22 25 39
23 17 21 24 37
24 17 20 23 35
25 16 19 22 34
26 15 19 21 33
530
27 15 18 21 31
28 14 17 20 30
29 14 17 19 29
30 13 16 19 28
31 13 16 18 27
32 12 15 17 26
33 12 15 17 25
34 12 14 16 24
35 11 14 16 24
36 11 13 15 23
37 11 13 15 22
38 10 13 15 21
39 10 12 14 21
40 10 12 14 20
41 9 12 13 20
42 9 11 13 19
43 9 11 13 19
44 9 11 12 18
45 8 11 12 18
46 8 10 12 17
47 8 10 11 17
48 8 10 11 16
49 8 10 11 16
50 7 9 11 15
Negative / Positive Sequence Chances
Strike Rate
Likely 50:50 Unlikely Rare
(%)
75% chance 50% chance 25% chance 1% chance
51 7 9 10 15
52 7 9 10 15
53 7 9 10 14
54 7 8 10 14
55 6 8 9 14
56 6 8 9 13
531
57 6 8 9 13
58 6 8 9 13
59 6 8 9 12
60 6 7 8 12
61 5 7 8 12
62 5 7 8 11
63 5 7 8 11
64 5 7 8 11
65 5 7 7 11
66 5 6 7 10
67 5 6 7 10
68 5 6 7 10
69 4 6 7 10
70 4 6 7 9
71 4 6 6 9
72 4 6 6 9
73 4 5 6 9
74 4 5 6 8
75 4 5 6 8
76 4 5 6 8
77 3 5 6 8
78 3 5 5 8
79 3 5 5 7
80 3 5 5 7
81 3 4 5 7
82 3 4 5 7
83 3 4 5 7
84 3 4 5 6
85 3 4 4 6
86 3 4 4 6
87 2 4 4 6
88 2 4 4 6
89 2 4 4 5
90 2 3 4 5
532
Blinkers
The fitting of blinkers or "the blinds" as they are sometimes referred to, has always been
a matter for debate. While some trainers fit their charges with blinkers with regularity,
others simply refuse to use them. There are some people who associate blinkers with
roguishness or a lack of honesty in a horse, and many punters view the fitting of blinkers
with a degree of suspicion, especially when a runner is fitted with them intermittently,
instead of on a permanent basis. In several countries, once a horse has won a race while
wearing blinkers, the fitting of them becomes mandatory for all future races - and quite
right too.
• The main aim of fitting racehorses with blinkers is to aid concentration by stopping the
horse from looking around and to help them to run in a balanced manner and to a straight
line when brought under pressure. Most animals who wear this device are thoroughly
genuine but do need the correcting influence of the blinkers to bring out the best in them.
A few are indeed un-genuine, but they are in a minority.
• Always take note when a horse is sporting blinkers for the first time. Their application
will sharpen it up and may bring about an improvement in form. It is an especially
important factor to consider in sprint races, where the break from the stalls is vital. If in
previous races an animal was losing ground as the stalls opened, it should, with the aid of
blinkers, show greater alacrity from the gate, and with that, an improved performance. If
a sprinter has been previously missing the break or swerving and becoming unbalanced
on leaving the stalls, and yet is still able to finish the race on the heels of the winner or
placed horses, then a possible win might be the outcome if fitted with the "headgear" for
the first time, and perhaps at good value odds.
• Be more cautious with the middle-distance and staying animal that is wearing blinkers
for the first time. The initial fitting of the device sometimes has the effect of inducing the
horse to pull hard for its head during the early stages of the race, thereby unnecessarily
burning up valuable reserves of energy, and as a consequence will be found wanting at
the business end of the contest. This, of course, would be an unlikely event if the pace of
the race was a fast one throughout, but if, as is so often the case, the early pace was slow,
or even worse, funereal, then the headstrong, hard pulling horse might well exhaust itself
before the race begins in earnest. Watch how the blinkered animal canters to post; if it is
pulling hard here, then it will also be prone to do likewise in the early stages of the race
itself.
533
• Have reservations about backing a horse that is wearing blinkers for the first time after a
disappointing performance which followed several good runs without blinkers. This
horse may not improve for blinkers; its poor last-timeout performance might have been
due merely to having had an "off day".
• Occasionally a horse fitted with the blinds may resent them and run badly. Of course
this aversion will not usually become known until after the race is run and the cause is
lost. Although many horses do improve with the aid of blinkers, there is no guarantee of
it - as is the case with most aspects governing the performance of the thoroughbred
racehorse.
• Take note of the blinkered runners if there is going to be a strong headwind blowing
against the field for much of the race. The wind can swirl around inside the leather cups
that form the eye-shields and unsettle a horse. Watch for any reaction from the blinkered
runners during the preliminaries on a day when such conditions prevail.
• Sometimes a horse that needs to be fitted with blinkers is made nervous or rather uneasy
by the tunnel vision enforced by a full set of blinkers. It is therefore, as an alternative,
usually fitted with a visor, which is a pair of blinkers with an aperture -usually a long slit
cut down each eye-shield – which allows the horse some lateral vision, while at the same
time assisting the animal to concentrate on its running.
• In some instances a horse will be fitted with a hood. This device does not shield the
eyes in any way, but it does cover the ears and most of the head and neck regions. It is
normally fitted to horses which are unsettled by the noise created during the running of a
race, or for those animals which dislike cold and inclement weather conditions.
534
Falling Trees….& Spinning Cats

A clever bloke told me about “Zen & the Art of Falling Trees.”
Imagine the scene: you’re in the woods and you hear a scream….timber!!!
The tree in front of you begins to sway violently.
You can’t tell in which direction it will fall.
Do you run round in a confused panic, eyes half closed waiting for the thump? Or, do
you stand still, observe closely, waiting until the direction of descent is obvious and
then, and only if necessary, move just enough to ensure your safety?
Assuming you realise that staying calm and collected is the best alternative - what of
your betting?
This Buddha of the North no doubt understands instinctively that chasing losses is not
good. That betting wildly, without discipline, is an equally silly idea. He knows that
some you win, but most you lose. As long as your SP’s are good, all will be fine in the
long run. Losing mustn’t worry you, there must be no such thing as emotion….only
thought.
Understand that your gambling stakes shouldn’t represent money, (that stuff you earn
by working), but units of investment.
If you can’t gamble with detachment, (and I don’t mean indifference; enthusiasm for
life is a prerequisite to good health), then you’re operating by emotion rather than
calculated thought…………..if this is the case, stop gambling now!
Sort out your “Betting Bank”, establish a betting strategy. Understand when and how
you will bet….and stick religiously to these parameters…there are never exceptions.
Discipline must be developed. A bet is either inside or out, resist at all costs the
temptation to twist & bend the rules.
Observe closely your betting habits. If you’re afraid to write everything down, (and I
mean every single bet you ever lay?), then, most likely, you’re too embarrassed to
admit, (even to yourself), just how disorganised you are………..how much you lose!?
Ask yourself this: what’s happiness to a gambler?
Answer: a good priced winner.
And what happens between moments of happiness?
You lose money.
If this loss represents a pre-determined fraction of your betting bank, you don’t worry.
You know that if you wait patiently for the next betting opportunity, and the price is
right, you have a good chance of getting back on track.
In other words, stand still, watch the shaking trees, step aside if necessary………..but
535
never, ever, run around in a panic trying desperately to find the safe spot. You need to
be out there, standing confidently amidst the tumbling trees…confident in your ability
to step to one side when necessary. You’ll get side-swiped occasionally, but we all
take a few knocks between here and the winning post. Save your energy for when it’s
needed; save your money for when the price is right, when conditions are in your
favour.
Don’t chase losses…don’t chase bets…don’t chase happiness:
A mother cat comes home to find her kitten running round in circles, desperately
trying to catch onto its own tail.
“What are you doing kitten?”
“Mother, you once told me that happiness for a cat is having a tail……I’m trying to
catch mine, to hold on tight to happiness!”
“Silly kitten…..i also told you to accept its existence, to continue confidently in
life………..to look over your shoulder occasionally and you’ll always find it there,
following behind wherever you go.”
536
Fixed Staking Plan
In some quarters it is widely accepted that fixed profit betting is better value than
level stakes betting. Again this is a matter of personal opinion. With level stakes
betting, you are keeping your accounting on the ‘spend’ side of your book ‘fixed’ by
sticking to one bet size to suit all. The upside here is that you can control your
expenditure and can easily analyse your bank. The down side on the other hand, is
that you are limiting the ‘income’ side of your book in direct proportion to the odds
available on the bet ie, a 2/1 (3.00) shot will return far less than say a 7/2 (4.50) shot
using the same stake amount.
With fixed profit betting, you basically work in the opposite way, in that the ‘spend’
side of your book becomes ‘flexible’ whilst the ‘income’ side of your book will be
‘fixed’. In other words, your bet size will change in direct proportion to the odds on
offer, with the aim of achieving a pre-determined profit. A consequence of this type
of betting is that the longer the odds become, the smaller the stake becomes
conversely, the shorter the odds become the larger the stake becomes. Using this
system therefore, it is advisable not to bet odds on.
With fixed profit betting, you are aiming to achieve a pre-determined profit target
with each bet. It means that long odds require small stakes however; very short
odds can require very large stakes. It is therefore advised especially in this system
not to bet when odds are less than 6/4 (2.50).
537
For example,
• say you set your profit target per race at £40
• odds given for the horse are 4/1 (5.00)
• your stake would be £40 divided by 4 = £10
• therefore, £10 x 5 = £50
• Minus your stake = £40.
However if you had odds say 1.7

• 40 divided by 0.7 = £57
• your stake would have to be £57 to return £40 (not a good idea for odds on betting)
538
Form
If asked what is the most important element to be considered when making selections, it
is likely that the majority of racing people would say, "Form" Some people, however,
including the late Phil Bull (one of the greatest of the professional backers in his early
days), would maintain otherwise. He was once quoted as saying: "The outcome of a race
will be decided by the characteristics of the horse rather than other circumstances'. This
rather categorical statement has much truth in it judging by the constant flow of form
upsets, or "shock results", which are an all too regular feature of modem day competitive
racing. It would be well to remember from time to time that in racing, results which are
seemingly incomprehensible to the student of form occur with great frequency, thus
confirming the almost cynical view that there is no such thing as a shock result. What
cannot be denied, however, is that form is the focal point around which most other factors
revolve. Although bare form by itself is not enough, it is still the foundation on which we
base our considerations when assessing the possible outcome of a race.
There are two types of form: direct and collateral (indirect). The first named, for
example, is when two or more runners in a race have met before, so making a direct form
linkage with today's race tenable. In the case of collateral form; if two runners in a
particular race have never before met, their comparative ability - one against the other -
can be roughly gauged by using "key horses" which have run against both of them,
thereby allowing indirect lines of form to be drawn. For example: if horses A and B have
never before met in a race, but horse C has competed against both in the past, then C will
become the key horse and will be used to create comparisons of ability. Very often there
will be more than one key horse, thereby making comparisons more substantive.
There are a multitude of differing types of races, either mixed or framed specially for the
certain categories of racehorses according to age, sex and ability, including, in order of
merit: Group One, Group Two, Group Three, Listed; Conditions and Rated- Stakes,
Limited Stakes, Auction, Claiming, Maiden, Selling; plus a variety of graded Handicaps.
Because they are the weaker sex, fillies receive either a 3Ibs or 51bs weight allowance
from the colts and geldings, and winners of races, be they handicaps or non-handicaps
are, in nearly all cases, penalized right up to Group Two (inclusive).
The weight a horse has to carry in all-aged non-handicaps is, apart from penalties, based
on the Official Weight-for-Age Scale. It is advisable to get to know this scale well by
referring to it frequently, it is also important to familiarize oneself with the class divisions
539
of the various types of races and to be able to recognize the "class" of a horse while
engaged in the study of a race. Any form student who can classify horses will always be
one step ahead.
• Take note when the form of a particular race is working out well. If, for instance, the
winner of a race at York the previous week defies a penalty in a competitive field at
Newmarket, and the third horse home in that York race has just won well, then obviously
the horse which finished second at York will go into your notebook, and its reappearance
eagerly awaited.
• Always mark a dual winner of consecutive handicaps, and note those runners which
finished close up behind on its first win. They will have run close to a horse which was at
the top of its form, and about to win again under a penalty. First though, satisfy yourself
that the wins were gained in races of a competitive or worthy nature.
• Note the winner of a race which beat a field containing two or more previous recent
winners. This winner was defeating runners which have been at the top of their form, and
may well follow up with another victory.
• Perform a careful study of horses which finished either first or second on their previous
outing and were clear of the third horse. Also note the size of the field: the higher the
field, the more meritorious in the performance.
• It is generally unwise to accept form recorded more than six weeks previously. So much
can happen during a longish period of absence, a horse may lose its edge or it may have
been off the course through injury; so be cagey about supporting a runner which has been
absent for some time until it proves itself on the racecourse again (Good recent form is
the ideal criterion that should be used as evidence when studying a race. The only
exceptions to this rule are when:
a) A particular horse is known to run best.
b) When the trainer is noted for being able to produce his runners either on their debuts or
after a lengthy absence (H. Cecil and J. Berry are two such trainers).
c) Those horses of the highest calibre who are raced infrequently, with lengthy gaps
between their races. Much attendant media publicity is given to the home gallops'
preparations of these horses leading up to the major races.
• In the main, back an animal on the evidence of what it has achieved on the racecourse
and not - according to gossip - what it is going to achieve. If any hapless punter had
backed every "Morning Glory" that had been touted in his direction, he would almost
certainly have ended up showing a hefty financial deficit.
540
• Have reservations concerning runners which have run "with promise". Inexperienced
horses which run promisingly sometimes do justify the tag placed on them by the race
readers and other commentators, but many of them reappear only to disappoint their
connections - and backers too. These animals often start at false odds; so unless one has
indisputable and compelling evidence to justify support, such as a fast time performance
or good form lines, then caution is the watchword.
• Bearing in mind what has been discussed in the previous paragraph, watch for an
opportunity where a horse which made a debut of promise and substance on a mgn grade
track is up against an un-raced "talking horse". Experience and proven ability are plus
factors in just such a case, and these combined may prove too much for the heavily touted
beast to overcome. A value bet is often to be found when such opportunities arise.
• A race which contains a field of newcomers can, on the odd occasion, throw up a
betting opportunity for the shrewd and experienced rails' and paddockside judge. Using
information such as breeding lines, foaling dates and yearling purchase price combined
with observations concerning overall physical appearance and bearing, temperament and
action, one can often narrow the field down to two or three likely candidates for the
winners enclosure which stand out from the rest. One will often find that these are among
the market leaders, but 3 value bet can sometimes be found.
• One should never try to find prospective future winners from the above type of race,
either from the grandstand or the form book. They are notoriously unreliable races from
which to forge any kind of judgement, purely because there is no prior form to fall back
on for inference or confirmation in respect of the abilities of the winner or the placed
horses. Unless a fast timefigure has been recorded. Let these horses prove themselves
again before lending our support.
• Excepting an operation to improve its breathing, which will often bring about an
improvement in performance, a lot of horses which undergo operations often lose some
of their previous form. This seems to apply more especially to those animals which have
received surgery to the legs. Again, let these ones prove themselves first before risking a
bet on them.
• Maiden race winners are notoriously difficult to assess, unless the maiden race win was
recorded in a fast time or one of the runners-up has franked the form next time out. If a
horse wins its maiden from a large-size field in a bunched finish - even on a high grade
track - then it is likely that the race was a moderate affair. However, if it wins
impressively at a high grade course in a fast time with the rest of the field strung out like
a row of beans, then one may be sure that the winner is useful.
541
• That great trainer, the late Captain Ryan Price was brilliant when it came to preparing a
horse for one of the big handicap races, whether Flat or National Hunt. He once said of
these races, "A few pounds either way does not really matter, it is the horse that is right
on the day that wins". The major handicap races are so competitive that a horse needs to
be either a fast improving type, or one that has received a thorough preparation and to be
"spot on" for the day of the race to stand a chance of winning. Those runners that are
"cherry-ripe" will stand out on looks in the paddock: another good reason to go to the
races!
• If a horse is the clear form choice in a race and has all other conditions in its favour, yet
still manages to get beaten, avoid backing the beast in the future - it might well be
ungenuine. In fact, back against it if the circumstances and the odds are right.
542
Fortunes On The Football Pools
Introduction
Although it seems likely that the football pools as we know them are a Swiss invention,
the British system was introduced by one Mr. Jervis, whose business began in a very
small way shortly after World War 1. Week after week, punters in his home city
Birmingham, paid pennies in hopes of winning the princely sum of £2. The first of the
big firms, Littlewoods, arrived in the mid-1920s, followed by Vernons just a few years
later, and Zetters in 1933. Many companies followed, only to find themselves unable to
attract any real share of a rapidly expanding market increasingly dominated by the three
main companies. One by one the challengers were swallowed up by their larger
competitors. Although doing the pools has always promised riches to some lucky
customer, it wasn’t until relatively recently that the opportunity to become an instant
millionaire presented itself, when in 1976 the first million pounds was won by Margaret
Francis of Wiltshire who shared her win. The first outright instant millionaire was a
Bexley housewife who, just a few months later, received her million with a handsome
£32,000 bonus. Today the Treble Chance attracts an estimated 98% of pools entries;
consequently it is the one we focus on here.
Explaining the Treble Chance To be successful the punter must accumulate 24 points
from however many crosses he places on the coupon. Look in any national or regional
mid-week paper and you’ll find that the majority of really big jackpot wins are awarded
for 24 points. But not always, and where a large number of draws (score or no-score)
occur at any one time, one frequently finds many entries sharing a jackpot payout,
543
sometimes reducing individual awards to almost insignificant levels. Conversely, where

draws are few, a major jackpot win might be awarded to a handful of entrants, sometimes
a lone winner who achieves the highest possible number of points that week, frequently
23. It has been lower. Consequently, the lower the number of draws scored and the harder
they are to forecast, the higher the potential awards and the fewer likely recipients. Where
Those 24 Points Come From: Typically, we are aiming to forecast as many score draws
(3 points each) as possible, and maybe a couple of no-score draws (2 points each).
Spotting 8 score draws means scoring 8 x 3 points = the magic figure 24. Where you
forecast 7 jackpot match draws and 1 no-score match draw points are awarded thus: 7 x 3
= 21 1 x 2 = 2 Total = 23. The Treble Chance was introduced to make the job of winning
the jackpot harder and thereby provide higher rewards for a lucky few. It seems to work!
Inflation and the Football Pools The following changes in maximum jackpot prizes
reflect the effects of inflation over the years: 1950 - £100,000 1957 - £200,000 1959 -
£300,000 1971 - £400,000 1972 - £500,000 1979 - £750,000 1986 - £1,000,000 1990 -
£1,500,000 1991 - £2,000,000 Today, in theory, you can win £3,300,000 (including
bonuses). Theories of Pools Forecasting In the early days of the football pools,
mathematical permutations were the usual forecasting method, mostly devised by
statistics experts and guaranteed to win at least one prize every season for anyone using
the formula. Later forecasters followed form, attempting to predict current team and
individual ability, past performance, sometimes taking into account grounds, weather and
pitch conditions, distance the away team travels, and so on. By reasoning, opponents of
this forecasting technique argue that very few major prizes will be awarded to students of
form, simply because too many people having access to the very same information
increases shares in the payout. Forecasting 1990s Style Various forecasting theories are
544
popular today, some adopted exclusively, others blended to give a unique method known
only to their inventors. Here, we can but advise on most popular forecasting methods,
which readers must make their selection from based on time available, inclination and
access to appropriate information. Important Point: Forecasting methods considered here
are not designed to increase your chances of winning but to decrease your chances of not
winning. All will shortly become clear as we highlight the main theories known to have
resulted in major wins over the past few years. Past Performance (Form) Exponents here
attempt to predict patterns and trends which might have a bearing on future results. Most
commonly, individual and team performance records are studied in detail, usually over
the entire season, sometimes several. Books to help you analyse past performance include
the ever-popular News of the World Football Annual, which in over 400 pages lists
everything there is to know about earlier seasons, including players, coaches, matches
played, scores, scorers, even players dates and places of birth for those who work with
horoscopes, biorhythms, lucky numbers. The tabloid and specialist football press,
including Racing and Football Outlook, provide updated information to make forecasting
easier. Past performance can mean analysing recent matches, perhaps just the current
season. Alternatively, it might mean going back over several seasons because, as one
popular pools journalist reports: I am convinced that tradition plays as big a part as recent
form in this fascinating game. Year after year, we find certain teams acting as veritable
bogeys to other teams, even when the latter seems to have the best recent form. Winners
on Form: Britain’s first pools half-millionaire, Cecil Grimes, claimed that his eight
predictions were all based on form. The following week a London syndicate collected
over half a million pounds from carefully targeted predictions by a lady member. Tips:
Study as many published league tables as you can and analyse various aspects, including
545
previous match results for particular opponents, what grounds have been lucky or
otherwise for specific teams, what influence travelling has on a particular away team, and
so on. Look for unusual influences on which you, and only you, can base future
predictions. Shock Factor It is to shock draws that the majority of jackpots owe their
being. Too many bankers - near-certain results - make for numerous winners to share in
the proceeds. Include a few shock draws, for example a weak team drawing with a strong
one on the latter’s home ground, and you could have the jackpot all to yourself. Look for
Shock Draws Among: Teams currently suffering a long losing spell. Underdog teams
currently enjoying a winning spell.
Teams currently suffering a long run of bad luck, of whatever type. Even the worst spell
of bad luck ends one day, usually in a draw. Teams seeking revenge against their
opponents, usually for a humiliating defeat at their last meeting. Numbers Due (The Law
of Averages) Professional tipsters and forecasters, including statisticians, maintain that
several patterns emerge when actual numbers on a football coupon are compared with the
frequency of those numbers achieving draw results (score or no-score). Statistical
research points to a number of factors which regularly determine whether a match will, or
will not, result in a draw. Although averages change, at the time of writing, popular pools
journalists suggest placing your crosses against: Home teams that have not drawn at
home on the previous four or more consecutive occasions Away teams that have not
drawn away on the previous four or more consecutive occasions Any of the first and last
three teams in the league table, where the top three are playing away and the bottom three
are at home All matches where the previous meeting between the two teams resulted in a
draw or one goal difference Any team that lost in its last home match. Consecutive home
defeats are rare Away teams that lost their last match played at home All matches where
546
the home attack is weak and the away defence is strong Coupon numbers that regularly
result in a draw Strong teams playing away and weak teams playing at home. The
Revenge Factor Every dog has its day, or so they say, and its surely no different for
consistently losing and frequently humiliated teams. And should such humiliation arise in
a match played at home, statistically the experts tell us, the chances of that team scoring a
draw or win when it next meets the offending team are greatly enhanced. Pride also
features highly in the increased chances many tipsters place on specific teams achieving a
draw or win in certain matches. Fear of relegation, hints of future relegation, consistently
bad press reviews, all can bring a regularly losing team back to winning form, usually
starting with a draw. Lucky Divisions
Some forecasters maintain that certain league divisions achieve more draws (score and
no-score) than others. Exactly which divisions are involved might change over time and,
as usual, there is no substitute for maintaining an ongoing analysis of those divisions
where draws most frequently occur. The News of The World Football Annual, referred to
several times in this report, will help you here. Using this forecasting method, the entrant
is advised to limit his or her choices to just one or two divisions where the majority of
crosses should be placed. Lucky Grounds Specific grounds prove lucky, and vice versa,
for certain football teams. Luck, in fact, has a big part to play in winning: for the team
and the pools enthusiast. Again, records of past wins, losses, incidents, and so on, will
help you establish a pattern to work from in future games. The News of The World
Football Annual - again - provides all this information for you. Things to watch out for
here include underdog teams playing at grounds which have previously proved lucky for
them, or consistently winning teams playing at grounds where they rarely win or draw.
Lucky Numbers Lucky numbers are, in fact, the factor to which the majority of big wins
547
are due. So says the Man from Littlewoods! So we feel justified in including this winning
tactic in our report. Many winners confess to owing their fortunes simply from placing
crosses against family birthdays, ages, house numbers, lucky numbers, and any other
numbers that have proved lucky or significant for them. Try it, it works! A Few Words
About Syndicate Entries In the end, however, the most likely way to substantially
increase the odds of winning in your favour is by upping your stake and increasing the
number of entries you make. This can be done on individual or syndicate entries.
Syndicates are formed almost exclusively for the purpose of submitting multiple entries,
and syndicate wins feature regularly in the winners lists. As a syndicate member, you’re
never likely to achieve your own jackpot win, but now that we’ve reached a £2,000,000
plus level on the pools, your share of a major win can still reach a staggering six-figure
fortune. Syndicates, in theory, are wonderful inventions. In practice they are fraught with
complications, the most common of which is greed. Additionally, illness and absence
causing participating members to miss a payment might conveniently be viewed as that
person having fallen out of the syndicate, with the effect that the prize might now be
shared between fewer participants. A Few Words About Permutations Tables
Permutations tables aim to predict combinations of coupon numbers likely to result in a
score or no-score draw. They usually take no account of individual or team form, and
most rely purely on numbers and other statistical theories. This isn’t to say that
permutations tables do not occasionally yield major wins. They do, but usually only
where the entrant has covered hundreds of lines on one coupon. Very costly! We do not
recommend you use permutations tables! Neither do the pools companies!
Things You Should Know About The Football Pools Research indicates that around 45%
of pools entrants put their crosses anywhere. Some use a pin, others draw numbers out of
548
a hat, some programme their computers to select numbers at random. And one major
winner reports that her pools coupon got in the way of spilled tea which, when dried, left
tiny marks where the tea leaves had landed. Using another coupon, she entered her
crosses where the tea leaves had fallen, and won! Less than 10% of winners follow form.
My winning contact reveals: Littlewoods told me the majority of winners make their
selection based on birthdays, lucky numbers, even house numbers, ages and important
dates in their lives. Research indicates that long distances to travel to away matches can
have a tremendously adverse effect on most teams, regardless of strength or league
position. A strong team playing a fair distance from home might well be at a major
disadvantage. Most people put their crosses against teams high up in the league table,
many place the majority of crosses at the top of the coupon. Placing yours lower in the
table and towards the bottom half of the entry coupon mean less people to share in the
subsequent payout. Few people study midweek results which can have a great influence
on Saturday’s performance. Make a note of mid-week changes to form, luck, sickness
and injuries. Pointers to Success on the Football Pools Forget about forecasting systems
that promise immediate fortunes. If these plans really worked, their originators would be
far too busy raking in the proceeds to consider selling their secrets to others. Moreover, if
several people gain access to a plan which does work, individual shares will be low. Do
not chance an entry on a spoilt or defaced coupon. You will almost certainly be
disqualified. Always get another coupon and start again. Better still, do a rough entry on
one coupon, check it, and transfer the details carefully to another coupon. A photocopy is
invaluable for this purpose. Make sure your entry arrives on time. Use first class postage
every time. Remember that Australian pools coupons usually have an earlier entry date
than their British counterparts. Remember to include your name and address and your
549
entry fee! Sounds silly, but lots of people forget to include one or the other, sometimes
all! And yes, there have been major wins which have been forfeited this way. Always
look for teams and numbers to eliminate before forecasting from the remainder. Teams to
eliminate include: Consistently winning or losing teams. Remember, however, that these
are likely candidates for shock draws and might be reconsidered once all bankers are
identified. All coupon numbers which rarely result in a draw. All home teams with a
higher league position than the away team. Again, consider these as prime candidates for
shock draws. Don’t try to keep facts and figures, trends and events in your head. Start a
notebook with a separate page for each team. Take notes, enter scores, and so on.
Maintain scores for every team for every match played. Keep a separate sheet where
results can be entered against coupon numbers. Look for draw-prone numbers, analyse
which leagues attract most draws, and so on. Pools Terms Defined Cheques. Pools
companies accept entry fees by cheque subject to conditions printed on the coupon.
Subject to certain conditions payment by credit card or switch card is also permissible.
Claims. The pools companies sometimes ask for claims to be submitted for a 24pt line
where there are 10 jackpot draws or less. Sometimes claims are invited for less than 24
points, depending on what draw results occur on the day. Note however that even if you
fail to claim you will still be paid out. Collectors. These are agents who collect coupons
and entry fees for processing to the pools company. Sometimes newsagents and other
retail outlets double as agency. The system is less costly than paying by cheque or postal
order. But, note that, there have been occasions where agents have not processed money
to pools companies and winners have not been recognised, or paid. Note too that the rules
state that the collector is your agent, not the pools company’s. On the whole, however,
the system works pretty well and saves time, trouble and cost for participants. Dividend.
550
Sometimes Divi. This is the amount due to a winning line. The dividends of all pools
companies are published around 11.00am each Wednesday. The amount of the dividend
is determined by dividing money left in the pool after tax and commission by the number
of winning entries. Draw. A match where both teams score the same number of goals or
both teams fail to score. Eight from Ten. The most common entry on the Treble Chance
where entrants mark ten Xs in a column in the hope that at least 8 will be jackpot draws.
First or Top Dividend. Lines containing eight jackpot draws on the Treble Chance,
thereby scoring 24 points (8 x 3). If no-one has achieved 8 jackpot draws, the first
dividend can be won by a line with fewer points, sometimes 23, 22 or 21. High Score
Draw. Namely where both sides score two or more goals each. High score draws are
worth 2.5 points each (jackpot draws score 3 points each and no-score draws earn 2
points each. No Publicity. Usually applied where entrants mark a X indicating they want
no publicity in the event of winning the jackpot. Their wishes are honoured. And,
contrary to popular opinion, including that X does not make you less likely to win. Perm
or Permutation. This means to combine and is usually applied to fancy tables which
apparently show you exactly where to put those crosses to guarantee a pools win! Stake.
The amount of money gambled on each line in your entry. Syndicate. A group of people
who share the cost of a pools entry and divide any dividends. Tax. Tax is not payable on
a pools win. Tax is, however, deducted from the stake. But the pools company pays, not
you. Third Dividend. Paid to lines worth 23 points on the Treble Chance on weeks where
there is a 24 points winner. Where there is no 24 points winner the First Dividend will
usually go to anyone achieving 23 points.
551
Foxform System
Royal Ascot is with us again, and here are a few things from previous Royal Ascots that I
don't think we'll see this time around. First, and I can remember this as I'm sure many of
you will, the opening race of the meeting, the Queen Anne Stakes in 1974.
Controversially, the first three home in the race that day were all disqualified, leaving the
fourth the winner, Brook at 12/1. And no, I wasn't on it.
Something I can't quite remember happened during the Royal meeting in 1832. A
pensioner from the navy called Collins, for some reason known only to himself, decided
to hurl a lump of rock at the then King, William IV. It missed, but Collins was
nonetheless arrested and ordered to be hanged, beheaded and quartered (just to be sure, I
suppose, in case he might do it again), but some kind of justice eventually prevailed and
instead he was deported.
Slightly less dramatic, but more recent, were the events on Gold Cup day in 1971 and
‘72. The Gold Cup goes back to 1807, but what happened in 1971 and ‘72, I don't think
ever took place in consecutive years before. The horse involved was Rock Roi and in
both years he was first past the post, but in both years he was disqualified. I wonder what
odds you'd have got against that happening.
And finally, with all the current plans for re-building at Ascot and moving meanwhile to
York, it is perhaps worth remembering how it all started there. In 1711 at the personal
orders of Queen Anne, the building of Ascot racecourse was begun. And the initial cost?
A mere £558. Just about the price of lunch for two, I'd say in 2004. With champagne, of
course!
A few months ago I pointed out the wealth of information to be found in the Racing Post
in the Signposts section; and it certainly does cover all kinds of different approaches.
There is one heading called Surviving The Cut which lists all horses that have been
gelded since their last run. The only trouble is, I'm not sure whether we're intended to
back them, avoid them or simply feel sorry for them!
I was telling you last time about being in the pub The Last Drop, and why it was so
named, and at the time I was reminded of a true story concerning a friend of mine which
has a linked idea, as you'll see. There was no space to tell it then, so here it is now. My
friend is a paramedic, and near our town, or city as it now is, there is a very high bridge
over a stretch of water which has become a favoured site for suicide jumpers. (The last
drop).
552
This particular night my friend was on duty when they were called out by police to the
bridge where someone had just jumped. Normally, you can be as sure that the jumper will
be successful as that Fallon will win in a photo finish. But on this occasion Kieren lost
out. The police told the paramedics that the jumper had very fortunately landed in a
shallow part of the firth with soft mud underneath. This had cushioned his landing so that
he was out in the firth, stuck in the mud, quite badly injured but not dead. My paramedic
friend had to make his way out to him in the dark to free him and save his life, at some
obvious risk to his own.
This he eventually did with much effort and had him back in the ambulance, injured but
still alive. The first priority, as he told me later, was to get a line into the man's arm for
the necessary drugs, and so he cut up the sleeve of the jumper's jacket to get the line in as
quickly as possible. As he was slicing it up, the would-be suicide turned on him angrily,
complaining that he was ruining his expensive new jacket.
My friend, naturally exasperated, gave him the perfect reply when he said, "You weren't
thinking too much of your bloody jacket when you jumped off the bridge!"
My information doesn't reveal if the jumper had just suffered a bad losing run on the
horses, and I only hope that following this month's system won't lead to any such drastic
action. It is called The Foxform System, and once more I like it because it takes a slightly
different approach to some others. It uses the Sporting Life Naps table, but as I said
recently we have the exact replacement in the Racing Post. I've checked the column
numbers referred to in the Sporting Life and they are exactly the same as in the Post
today, so no problems there. Everything else is quite straightforward.
I'm looking at the original advert which shows Flat profits of 61 and 58 points for the
previous two seasons. So, let the hunt begin. Tally-ho for Foxform!
Foxform System
The basic aim of the Foxform System is to use professional tipsters, but only when they
are doing well and only in certain races. You will require a copy of the Sporting Life
daily. Now turn to the Naps Table. The object is to find the top TWO tipsters from the
top six in the Naps Table by the following method. Add the tipsters' present sequence of
losses (7th column from left) to the tipsters' losses (2nd column from left), then divide this
total into the level stake profit (last column). The highest figure and the second highest
figure are the two tipsters we use. If both tipsters give different horses in the same race
we use the first. Write down the names of the horses given by the two tipsters and the
forecast starting price, then the type of race they are running in, e.g. Non-handicap, seller,
handicap (0-75), (0-90) etc, maiden. Now we eliminate the following.
553
Flat racing.
No odds-on.
No maiden races.
No selling races.
No 3 year-olds in (0-75) and below handicaps.
No National Hunt races for Flat racing.
Not when a tipster has given 9 consecutive losers or more (column 7).
National Hunt
All races qualify, but horses with more than two runs in present season do not qualify. No
odds-on, or if a tipster has given 9 or more consecutive losers. Starting and Finishing
Times Flat Racing. Start - last Monday in April. End - first Monday in October. N.H.
Racing. Start - 2nd Monday of National Hunt Table (November). End - Start of Flat
racing (March).
So that's it, simple but effective. You may find the use of a pocket calculator of help in
finding the top two tipsters, but with practice it's quite easy.
554
Handicaps
Handicap races are often the subject of debate within the betting fraternity. To bet or not
to bet, that is the question. Many professional backers refuse to bet on handicaps or even
to study this type of race because in their opinion handicaps are just too difficult to solve.
One cannot say they are wrong in that assumption because a study of past records will
show that through the average starting price of the winners of all the different categories
of races run, the winners of handicap races returned (on an average basis) the biggest
starting prices. What makes them so unpredictable and difficult to resolve is the fact that
all the runners in a handicap are weighted on past form to run a dead heat: of course this
never happens. However, there are backers who specialize in handicap races, and are
successful; they know full well that, in percentage terms, they will back fewer winners
than their fellow backers who shun this type of race, but are quite prepared to forego the
more regular returns in exchange for the rewards of bigger prices about the winners and,
in some cases, the attractions of each-way betting. Of course the decision of whether or
not to bet in handicaps is a purely subjective matter, but if one is prepared to put in the
time required to necessitate proper study, then it can be worthwhile and financially
rewarding.
• Basically, handicaps are structured on a "class" basis, which seems at first sight to be
contradictory, given the egalitarian nature of these races. To qualify for entry to a
handicap, a horse must have raced at least three times so that the Official Handicapper
can assess its approximate ability. The Official Handicappers rate horses in terms of
pounds, from around 20lbs for the very poorest animal to 140lbs (10 stone) for an
exceptional one. The lowest grade of handicap is the seller, and the highest is the open
handicap race. The Royal Hunt Cup and the Stewards' Cup are two such examples from
the highest grade. There are many grades in between: 0-70, 0-100 etc.
• Some runners win only in their own particular grade, and for differing reasons, for
instance, a good-sized, robust horse with an official rating of 84 and carrying bottom
weight of 7st 7lbs might be beaten on a regular basis while competing in major handicaps
because it just does not possess the necessary pace, or class, to compete effectively
against the high grade handicappers, even though earning a low weight; yet that same
animal may win a much lower grade contest (0-70) whilst shouldering top weight of 9st
81bs simply because it was up against a lower grade field of runners and was able,
because of its physique, to carry its burden well and "outclass" the opposition. Keen
555
students of handicap form become familiar with the pattern of running of the experienced
handicappers and find good research rewarding.
• One should not attach too much importance to the breeding aspect of the contestants of
most handicap races, particularly as regards to older horses. The trainer will have
discovered the general level of ability of his horse and has concluded that the animal is,
by definition, a handicapper. The breeding side will, however, still come into play with
the two-year-olds and lightly-raced, early-season three-year-old handicappers. Although
the trainer will by now have a fairly good estimation of the horse's optimum trip - and
they are usually correct - never be afraid to differ. Practice at forming your own
judgements.
• A racehorse cannot be fully assessed by the Official Handicapper, nor attain eligibility
to run in a handicap race, until it has run three times. If a horse has run twice and ran
prominently on each occasion without winning, then it is often the case that the
connections will deliberately wish for the animal to be well beaten on its third run in
order to receive a lenient rating and, as a consequence, getting in its first handicap with a
nice low weight: so, have second thoughts when deciding whether to back a maiden of
any age on its third racecourse appearance.
• Special attention should be paid to the going in handicap races. Each runner will have
been allotted a rating which should, in theory, result in the whole field of runners going
across the finishing line as one. However, when looking through past form it will become
apparent that the Official Handicap Rating for many of the runners has been awarded for
performances on varying degrees of going, ranging from very firm to very soft. They may
have dropped a few pounds since achieving their optimum rating, but the principle is
there: always check the Official Rating, the distance, and particularly the state of the
ground when a horse achieved its best performance, and compare them with the same for
today's race. The going will not always have such a major bearing on the outcome of
non-handicap races. Non-handicaps are often much more cut and dried affairs between
just a few chief protagonists, with the other runners fairly well out of contention; and so
although it is bound to have some effect, the going will not have such a marked impact on
the outcome of a race, as would have been the case in a handicap.
• Note three-year-old handicappers that possess scope, and after either winning or going
close in a good handicap, have a long and deliberate break. This allows the animal with
scope to cancel out its penalty, or rise in the Official Ratings, with physical improvement
and maturity. If, for instance, a horse has been raised 7lbs in the Official Ratings for a
victory or a very prominent run during the last week in May over a distance of one mile;
556
it then reappears during the first week in September, and, by using the Official Weight-
For-Age Scale, it can be seen that the rise of 7Ibs has been neutralized by way of more
than three months of physical improvement. Examples of this have been shown in the
section dealing with three-year-olds. Before backing this type of candidate, be sure it has
a preparatory race first. It may have been off the track through injury or a virus, and
might also be the type to need an outing in order to bring it back to concert pitch.
Unfortunately some of these three-year-olds never recover from setbacks, so first let it
prove itself again on the racecourse.
• A number of the major handicaps are won by lightly-raced three-year-olds and four-
year-olds emanating from the bigger, classic winning stables. This type of yard will
always contain well-bred horses which, although possessing ability, do not have
sufficient talent to succeed at Group level. When it is realized that an animal is not up to
winning at Group level in the U.K., Ireland or France, it will either be campaigned at
other European venues - usually Italy or Germany - or will be aimed at one of the major
handicap races at home. Unfortunately, however, they so often finish up at unrealistically
short prices. But good early ante-post odds can sometimes be obtained if one is sharp
enough or well informed. Keep your eyes open and ears flat-to-the-ground for news and
information of these candidates.
• If a progressive handicapper rises to the level whereby it is able to win a high grade
handicap off a high handicap rating, and is then pushed on further into Listed or even
Group Three company, it may yet be able to show still more improvement and defeat
seemingly better class rivals. Listed events are frequently contested by horses which have
either too high a rating, and so will have to carry big weights in handicap races, or do not
have sufficient speed to win in Group Three company. These factors will often allow the
progressive high grade handicapper to step in and win. The bigger the weight carried
when winning or going close in a big handicap, the more meritorious will the
performance be - and even more so if gained on a Group One track. Watch out for this
kind of betting opportunity - it often represents good value.
• Pay particular attention to three-year-olds which perform with distinction against older
horses in handicap races; this is particularly significant during the first half of the season,
and even more so over a distance of ground, as many three-year-olds have not yet
attained sufficient strength to compete effectively against their older opponents over non-
sprint distances during the early stages of the season: the higher the grade of track, then
the more meritorious will the performance be.
557
• It can be significant when a horse with decent, if not high grade handicap form is
competing in lower class, non-handicap events, i.e. Maiden, Selling, etc. Most handicaps
are of a competitive nature, and this horse may be up against decidedly moderate animals.
Check the Official Ratings of the runners and keep a good eye out for good value betting
opportunities when these instances present themselves.
• Pay attention to the number of runners in handicap races. If, for instance, the particular
runner you are studying is competing in an eight-runner handicap race where its rating,
the going, distance, type of track and grade of race is very similar to its last outing where
it finished a close third in a field containing twenty-two runners, then this horse is
noteworthy and deserving of your attention. Today it has just seven opponents as against
twenty-one last time out when it defeated nineteen of them. Of course the reverse is also
true:
if your candidate for study ran well last time up against only seven other runners and now
faces twenty-one opponents, then you would have to have good reason to be confident of
success, with it now facing so many more opponents.
The above guideline may not always work out, but it very often does, and not only finds
value-for-money bets, but just as importantly, helps avoid losers. What no one can deny
is its logic. The same principle also applies to non-handicaps, but only to a certain extent.
It applies to a more imperative degree in handicaps because the form is so tightly knit.
• Over the course of a season, not too many horses are capable of winning a standard
handicap when rated higher than 100 by the Official Handicapper. When allotted a high
rating, it often means the horse has to shoulder a biggish weight in a competitive race,
and to win must be in tip-top form with conditions to suit. Although a few older horses do
perform this feat during the course of a season, the majority of handicap winners rated
100+ tend to be improving three-year-olds who often progress to win Listed Stakes, and
occasionally Group-class races, and perform with great credit.
• When reading through the home gallops' reports from your daily and weekly racing
papers, note any handicapper that is working with higher class horses. It will almost
certainly be the case that it is being used as a lead horse; but this task sometimes brings
about an improvement as it will often try to compete with the better horses.
• Familiarize yourself not only with the previously best winning mark in the ratings and
the overall form of the runners that you are studying from the specialist daily racing
paper, but also turn to the "Today's Ratings" section where each runner's current Official
Rating, together with the last four Official Ratings which each horse "ran off' can be
located. It can quickly be seen by how many pounds each horse has been raised or
558
lowered in the ratings. This is valuable information to the student of handicap form, so
use your racing paper to the full. With the right application there are good priced winners
to be found in handicap races, and there is no reason why one should not specialize in
them - provided one is prepared to put in the time and effort required.
559
HANDY HINTS FOR HANDICAP HUDRLES

Here are some handy hints for those who wish to be in handicap hurdles.
1. First and foremost keep stakes to a minimum if betting in handicap hurdles however
good a horse's chance seems to be. Appearances can be deceptive in races of this kind.
2. In races over shorter distances up to 2m 2f (2 miles is the in-between distance) the
ability to quicken at the end of a hurdle race is an important ability, far more so than in
chasing. Any evidence of such speed in a horse's racing record is a great sign and when it
is combined with either good or improving form last time out, demonstrates that it may
have what it takes to win.
3. There is a significant, statistically favoured weight range in handicap hurdles
beginning somewhere just below top weight. This means that horses near the bottom of
the weights in these races are not likely to win because they are usually outclassed.
4. When a horse is competing against seasoned animals of roughly equal ability, it will
need experience and plenty of it. Few hurdlers, whatever their natural talent, realise their
potential without this prerequisite. The best way to establish whether a horse has such
experience is to check whether it has already won a handicap hurdle race. Irrespective of
how it performed last time out and no matter what the grade of a race, no bet should be
laid on a handicap hurdler which has only won, so far, in novice company.
5. A few horses are able to run up a sequence of wins in handicap hurdles since extra
weight does not easily stop a horse with a measure of hurdling talent at the top of its
form. A winner of a handicap hurdle may survive a quite steep rise in its official rating
and still win again in the not-too-distant future, if not immediately.
6. However weight makes a significant difference in hurdle races over the longer
distances, particularly when the ground is soft or heavy. Therefore, one’s approach to
weight should be modified in races of 2m 6f or more.
560
Kelly Staking Plan
You could now say that matters are going to get just a bit more complex. The Kelly
staking plan is based on using the ‘Kelly Constant’. Kelly Criteria was developed in 1956
by John L. Kelly and the Kelly Criteria is designed to maximize the growth of your bank-
roll over the long term, by determining the optimal stake on a bet. The Kelly Criteria
requires that your percentage-estimations (probabilities) are better than the bookmaker’s
estimations. If you are confident that you can determine value to be in your favor as
opposed to that of the bookie, the following Kelly Criteria formula will tell you the
optimal amount of your bank to bet. There are many ways of writing this formula. For
arguments sake the original format is showed here. One thing you MUST know is your
edge, (probability of winning).
f* = bp - q / b
where f* is the fraction of the current bankroll to wager; b is the current bet
odds(fractional); p is the probability of winning; q is the probability of losing, which is 1
− p.
For example if your start bank = £10,000 and your current decimal odds are 5. You have
done all your research and your edge is 25% or 0.25.
Therefore f* = (((5-1)*0.25) - (1-0.25)) / (5-1) f* = 0.0625
Multiply this fraction by the start bank to find your stake;
Stake = 0.0625 * £10,000 = £625
The Kelly Criteria is popular with many professional bettors, many others prefer not to
use the Kelly Criteria as they deem it too risky, in that it requires a large number of
561
percentage estimations. Even if you are good enough to find a large number of overrated
‘value’ bets, using the Kelly Criteria can still cost you money due to the resultant stake
being too high. In an attempt to offset this problem, many supporters of the Kelly Criteria
principle use a variation to the system called ‘Proportional Kelly’ which divides the
percentage by [say] 2, and which helps minimize the risk.
If you ‘overestimate’ your ability to predict an outcome i.e. you predict a 60% chance,
when the correct prediction should be 52%, you will pay for it by losing money. If on the
other hand, you ‘underestimate’ your ability to predict the outcome i.e. you predict a 55%
chance, when the real chance is 60%, you will win money with the Kelly Criteria. This is
due to the fact that Kelly Criteria formula optimises your stakes providing you are able to
predict with a high degree of accuracy.
With the Kelly Criteria you make money by having only a small advantage on every
game you pick. If you instead have a small disadvantage for every game you pick as a
result of overestimating your predictions, you will lose money with the Kelly Criteria as
compared to flat stake betting.
562
LAYING SYSTEM 1
1. The runners must be 10 or less.

2. Odds must be between 3.0 and 5.8
3. The winning percentage of Trainer and Jockey on that course must not be above 20%.
4. In the race, there must be at least 4 horses within RPR of 10. For example, if a horse
has RPR of 100 then there must be at least 4 horses with minimum RPR 90.
5. The selection must be the racing post 1st or 2nd forecast.
6. At least 1 horse having equal or more ticks for Ability in the post data section.
563
LAYING SYSTEM 2
1. Only take forecast favourites on racing post and the odd must be between 2.0 and
3.5 on betfair.
2. The horse must not have highest RPR. It can have joint highest RPR.
3. Number of runners must be 9 or above.
4. The percentage of tipsters supporting it must be 35% or less.
5. The difference between odds of 1st fav and 2nd fav on betfair must be 3.5 or less.
564
LAYING SYSTEM 3
This system will give you 2 laying bets everyday but solid one. Check Naps table(Full
Naps Table) on racing post. Concentrate on the last 8 tipsters as these tipsters have shown
overall loss and out of these 8 tipsters, simply take the 2 tipsters that have longest losing
sequence. If the season changes from Flat to National Hunt or vice versa then wait for at
least 3 or 4 weeks before you start this method. Also lay the selected horses only if they
have bet fair odds between 2.9 and 5.9.
565
LAYING SYSTEM 4
Race must be a handicap race, and have a minimum of 8 horse running in the race
1) Horse must be the forecast favorite in the racing post, with the forecast favorite having
odds of 5/1 or less
2) The horse must not have no more then 4 tips in the selection box from the newspaper
tipsters
3) The horse must not be napped I.e. have no (*) next to its name in the selection box\
4) Not the post data verdict
5) Start with small stakes, gain control of the system and its rules, and gradually raise
your stakes and increase the size of your betting.
566
LAYING SYSTEM 5
1 ) Find all horses that have not run for 190 days or over
2 ) No odds over 7/1
3 ) remove horses in races less than 1m & 4 furlongs
4 ) no course wins or distance wins
5) No Tipster backing the selection
567
MAKE MONEY ON EXCHANGES
The Exchanges First of all check out the betting exchanges. The most popular one at
present is betfair.com but you may wish to check out the others as well. You'll find
adverts for the competition in the Racing Post. If you are not familiar with the exchanges
you must read the blurb on the respective sites and observe how things work before you
get stuck in. I know that some people don't like to pass banking details over the net but in
my experience the site is very secure. I have done over £50,000 worth of trade using
Betfair without a single problem. A Quick Word About The Bookies To take full
advantage of the many opportunities available you should also consider opening accounts
with all the major bookmakers. When deciding which accounts to open check out the
price guides on a 'Pricewise' page of the Racing Post. Personally I would recommend
Hills, Ladbrokes, Corals, Skybet, Stanley, Blue Square and the Tote. Opening accounts
by telephone isrelatively easy these days. There will be times when you want to 'get on'
selections at the advertised, early morning price. It is reasonably easy to 'get on' these
early prices with Hills, Coral, Ladbrokes, Tote, Stanley and Blue Square but you will
need to beon the phone bang on opening time and be prepared to have your stakes
limited. For example if you are trying to get £100 on a 20/1 shot with Stanleythey may
offer you £25 at 20/1 and the rest at Starting Price. Don't be tempted by the 'rest at SP'.
Ladbrokes and Hills seem to be the most accommodating while Coral will usually offer
you £50's worth. I guess a lot depends on your account history as well as the amount of
business they are expecting but the above details apply to me and several others I have
spoken to. You can also get some cash on with the bookies when the shops open but
again, you will need to get in early and the limited stakes will apply. If you are prepared
to do a bit of running around occasionally you could, say, get £50 on via telephone and
£50 on in a shop. It may also be possible for you toopen a credit account and a debit
account thereby increasing the number of options open to you. Back To The Exchanges
So where do the exchanges fit in? Well, the aim of the exercise is to put you in a 'win-
win' situation, a position where you can't lose, right? (Just in case you are not familiar
with the exchanges they allow you to lay horses as well as backing them. In effect this
allows you to be a bookmaker). If there is anything you are unsure about here please
contact me by email and I’ll get back to you as soon as possible. Just to complicate
568
matters slightly the exchanges will deduct a small percentage from your profits on each
market or event. It's usually around the wins you pocket £1400 less £1320 through
Betfair (£110 x 12). If the horse loses you lose the £100 you had on with Ladbrokes and
win £110 though Betfair. (Remember the commission? They will deduct around £5.50
leaving you with a £4.50 profit on the race. Wow again! If your selection wins YOU
WIN and if your horse loses YOU WIN! In actual fact there is a third way to do business
here. It's not one which I usually put into practice but I'll mention it anyway. Using the
above example let's lay the horse for £150. If the horse wins you pocket £1400 from the
bookie but lose £1560 on the exchange. If the horse loses you lose the £100 with the
bookie but win £150 through Betfair. (Less commission leaves you with £142.50). So,
overall you win £42.50.. Look at this in detail, you stand to lose £160 for the chance to
win £42.50. (So, in your capacity as a bookie you layed a horse at 3.76/1. Not bad going
for a horse which is starting at around 12/1 ! Would your bookie be happy with that
situation? I'll let you be the judge of that! Incidentally, if you had layed the horse for
£200 your effective lay is £1000 to£190 which works out at over 5/1. So you see, it is
important to 'do your homework' thoroughly. It's crucial that you experiment on paper
before you start investing hard cash. Watch how the markets develop on the exchanges
and get a real ‘feel’ for it before you put the money down. 5% mark. I'll use that figure in
my examples to make things as simple as possible. Compare The Prices So, before you
place your bet look at the odds on offer with the bookies and compare them with the odds
on offer with the exchanges. If you find a horse which is available to 'lay' at shorter odds
on the exchange than it is to ‘back’ with the bookies then you have a golden opportunity
to get involved. e.g. let's say that Tamarin Bleu is available to back at 14/1 with
Ladbrokes and available to lay with Betfair at 12/1. You get £100 on at 14's with
Ladbrokes and then lay the horse for £100 on Betfair at 12's. If the horse wins you will
collect £1400 (plus your stake) from Ladbrokes and pay out £1200 through Betfair
leaving you with £200 profit. If the horse loses you willlose your £100 with Ladbrokes
and collect £100 from Betfair. (remember thatslight complication I mentioned earlier?
Betfair will deduct around a £5 commission from you). There are two ways you can deal
with the commission angle. On the one hand look at the situation you've got yourself into.
Your potential winnings are £200 for a possible £5 loss! Wow, effectively 40/1 for a
horse which is around the 12/1 mark. A pretty smart bet I think you'll agree. This is a
situation you can get yourself into time and time again by applying the principles in this
guide. You will find that you are able get into this sort of position on most Saturdays. The
second way to deal with the commission? Ok, you've got your £100 on with Ladbrokes at
569
14/1. Now lay the horse for £110 at 12/1. Now if the horse market and eliminates your
chance of getting into a no-lose position. In caseslike these you have three options open
to you. a) 'Bite the bullet' and take what comes. b) Lay the horse to bigger stakes than you
backed it for in the hope that it loses and you make a small profit. (Sometimes these
'drifters' do go on to win but generally they are drifting for a good reason. For obvious
reasons thebigger the drift the less likely the horse is to win. But please be careful). c) If
you can’t lay a selection before ’the off’ you may be able to lay it in running. Personally I
usually go for the third option but you should ‘play’ in the way you feel most
comfortable. Also, a quick word of caution regarding withdrawn horses. Each market on
the exchanges will provide details of withdrawn horses and the % deduction applicable.
Check these details before you lay your selections. Backing and Laying On The Same
Exchange There are times when there are good opportunities to back and lay on the same
market using an exchange. Take note of the headings above the back and lay sections. A
completely fair market would see the %'s above the columns showing 100%. Bookies
profit margins vary, but it stands to reason that if you are backing when there is a 125%
market you will lose in the long run. A casino may only make a few % on the each
market but do they win? You bet your life they win! So look for opportunities where the
'back' column shows as near to 100% as Excited? I hope so. Just in case you are still
sceptical I backed Rince Ri in last years Grand National for £100 with Ladbrokes at 40/1
and layed it on the exchanges for £200 at average odds of 16/1. Work it out for yourself.
Inside Information? Now that's all very well, I hear you saying, but how did you know
the horse would shorten in price? Well, personally I subscribe to a well known 'advice
service' which provides me with the occasional bit of inside information. I estimate that
around 5% of my betting activity is based on this information so it's no great hardship if
you decide not to go down that route. Pricewise You will notice that the Pricewise
selections in the Racing Post often start at shorter odds than you can back them for in the
morning. But a word of caution here, if you intend to trade on this basis make sure you
back the selections first before you lay them! Learn from my mistakes, In the early stages
I tried to lay selections first, only to find that I couldn't back them at the advertised prices.
It can be an expensive lesson to learn. You have been warned! There are times,
obviously, when a horse which you have backed drifts in the could score and you could
easily end up with egg on your face! Spotting The Right Market I like to concentrate on
markets where there are only 2 or 3 potential outcomes such as match odds or over/under
2.5 goals. Look at the percentages of the market. Often you will find a 'gap' in the
available odds. For example it may be possible to back Arsenal at 2 (evens) or lay them at
570
2.25 (5/4). In a situation like this I will decide whether to back or lay first. I usually
determine this by checking the % book. Whichever is closest to 100 isthe one I will
generally opt for though I will also check out how much money there is in the relative
boxes. (odds will tend to move in the direction of the least available money). So, in this
example let's say I decide to lay Arsenal. I will 'post' a bet to lay Arsenal at odds of 2 (n.b
NOT 2.25!). Now, if that bet is taken by another punter I will then try to back the same
selection at odds of 2.25 (n.b. NOT 2!)If that bet is also taken by another punter that
leaves me sitting pretty. I'll make .25 (a quarter) of my stake if Arsenal win and there is
no risk of losing a penny. (remember that the exchange will only take a commission on
profit and because you layed and backed on the same market with the same exchange
there will be no profit made if Arsenal lose). I could give you hundreds of examples like
this but frankly you will learn best by observing the markets and re-reading this guide.
Bit by bit you will learn to recognise betting opportunities with increasing ease. Betting
In Running Just a quick word about betting in running which allows you to place bets
during the event. These markets do offer some good opportunities to increaseyour profits
though you have to think and act quickly to take full advantage. Again, at the risk of
repeating myself you need to observe the markets and practice to small stakes until you
are confident in what you are doing. It is possible to bet in running on horse racing but
not on the shorter races. You can also get involved in football, golf, darts, etc. It is
fascinating to watch the markets fluctuate according to events on the ‘field of play’ and
I’m sure you will soon start to spot some good opportunities. possible. If a market shows
less than this figure then, in theory at least, it is possible to back every selection and still
win. However, these opportunities are very rare. A similar principle applies to laying
selections. This time if the 'book percentage' figure rises above 100% you could
theoretically lay all of the 'runners' and win but again these opportunities are rare. Be
wary of getting involved in markets where the % book does not accuratelyreflect the
market. For example check out a televised football match. A 'to score' market could show
a 'lay %' of well over 100%. This may, at first glance, appear very attractive but
remember that, in theory all of the players
571
Maria Staking Plan
So called after a username on a forum thread that turned £3000 into £100,000 in only 303
days in real-time. In total there were 3547 wins from 4131 selections = 85.88% strike
rate. Like all staking plans which are essentially mathematical formulas, The Maria
staking plan can be broken down into rules.
1) - There are 3 distinct odds ranges to be aware of. The following is based on a starting
bank of £3000
* Prices below 3.5: lay to 1% of bank - backer's stake £30 (liability is always under
£75 in this price range)
* Prices from 3.6 to 7.4: lay to 0.6% of bank - backer's stake £18 (liability is always
between £46.80 - £115.20 in this price range)
* Prices from 7.5 to 11: lay to 0.4% of bank - backer's stake £12 (liability is always
between £78 - £132 in this price range)
* Anything above 11 or 10/1 is left alone.
2) - If making profits, the stakes are increased on a daily basis in proportion to the betting
bank on a daily basis. For instance, if after day 1 the betting bank is at £3300 then 1%
would now be £33 rather than £30.
Level Staking Plan
This is the most common form of staking plan and is sometimes known by other names
such as flat betting being. This system requires that you bet the same stake at all times.
572
The size of the stake can be determined however you like. One method is to link it to
your starting bank. For example, if your start bank was £200 you would split the bank
into points. £200 = 200 points.
In this case £1 represents 1 point. You would then adjust this up as required to a set stake
of say 5 points or 10 points.
The level staking plan is a very safe low risk staking plan and can be used as a reference
against other staking systems to analyse their performance. Any selection system that
does not produce a profit at level stakes should be looked at very carefully before
continuing with it. Any selection system not in profit using level stakes does not have an
edge. In TSM we have our basic level staking plan and an Advanced Version.
573
Recovery Staking Plan
Recovery Staking PlanThe Back Recovery Plan is identical to the Lay % Recovery in that
it aims to recover your losses over a set number of cycles and bets. The available settings
in TSM are shown in the screenshot.
Using the above settings the intial stake is 2% of 100. Stake = 2 units.
When the bet loses you enter the recovery mode. The above settings allow 2 cycles with
each cycle containing 4 bets. The amount of loss to recover is set at 100%.
In the example below there are 6 bets. The first bet is a loss. The series defecit is
therefore 2 units. The settings tell TSM to try and recover 2 units over 4 bets. Therefore
bets 2,3,4 and 5 are calculated as 2/4 = 0.5 At the bet 6 recovery mode is finished and the
stake is back to 2 units.
Recovery 2
In the next example bet 4 is a loss. The settings tell TSM there are 2 cycles. As the first
cycle was not finished we enter the second cycle and try and recover our losses again. As
bet 4 lost the series defecit is 1.5 units. The next 4 bets (assuming they all win) will be
0.38 units. You can see that by bet 9 the defecit is recovered and recovery mode is
finished. The stake reverts back to 2 units.
Recovery 3
If however cycle 2 is not completed, the staking plan cuts its losses and starts again.
In TSM you can set the amount of bets to recover your losses from 1-100. You can also
select the cycles from 1-25. You can also tell TSM to recover the initial stake aswell.
574
In the example above this would increase our recovery stakes to recover the initial £2 on
every bet. If the bet loses at any point that initial stake is added on to the next cycle.
This works differently to the Lay % Recovery Staking Plan. Essentially instead of
recovering the initial stake over x amounts of bets we are recoverying the initial stake on
each and every bet. You can see the effect of this below.
Recovery 4
A further setting available is the option to link your stake to the cumulative total. When
not in a recovery mode the initial stake is adjusted relative to the cumulative total.
The final setting not yet mentioned is the ability to recover any commission lost during
your winnings. For this to be active commission must be turned on in the TSM software
and the 'Increase Stakes to Recover Commission' must be checked in the staking plan
settings.
The previous examples had commission turned off. In the example below commission is
turned on and set at 5%. The screenshot below shows how the stakes are raised to allow
for commission losses. Recover initial stake is also turned on.
575
Rolling Doubles Staking Plan
Personally i feel this staking plan is similar to the parlay staking plan. However, instead
of putting all your winnings on the next bet, only the winnings from half of your initial
stake is added. This occurs on a rolling basis, creating rolling doubles.
In summary - each selection in a series has two or three bets placed on it, depending on
whether the first leg of the rolling double was successful:
Assume initial stake is 2 units. This initial stake is split in half to give the size of the
stakes in part 1 and part 2 below.
1. Always placed - A single win bet.
Possible Outcomes - take the profit if it wins, or accept loss of 1st Leg stake if it
loses.
2. Always placed - Leg 1 of the rolling double.
Outcomes - carry forward the return if it wins, or accept loss of stake if it loses.
3. Only placed if Leg 1 wins - Leg 2 of the rolling double where the return from the
winning Leg 1 is placed on the selection.
576
Outcomes - take profit from Legs 1 & 2 if it wins. If it loses the only real monetary
loss to be accepted is the original stake placed in Leg 1.
In TSM you can edit the start bank and percentage to bet on the initial stake. There is also
an option to link the initial stake to the cumulative total so that your stakes can increase
overtime.
The final option is to calculate return on investment minus the rolling double 2nd leg
stakes as in essence the 2nd leg rolling double is a non-risk part of the stake.
577
Secure Staking Plan
This plan is simple but often very effective. It is based around the fact that lower
odds on a horse imply that it is more likely to win than a horse with higher odds,
and in this context the stakes are adjusted accordingly. This methodology
theoretically protects your betting bank from staking large amounts on horses that
are less likely to win. As a result, you can change and manipulate the variables to
suit your own style of betting.
Over time this has been quoted by many professionals as being the best of all the
staking plans, but once again, this is purely a matter of opinion as opposed to a
matter of fact. Using a starting bank of say £200.00, the first level of the sequence
would look something like this:
• maximum to be bet = £10% of the bank = £20.00
• the stake is set as a percentage of the maximum bet amount.
• all odds less than 2/1 (3.00) use 100% of the stake = £10
• for odds greater than 2/1 (3.00) a stepped sequence of reducing percentages is used
578
Sports Arbitrage
Introduction
As a member of the bookmaking community for a large part of my life I have known
about sport arbitrage betting for a while now. It is a way of generating free income from
the fact different bookmakers all over the world all have different formula’s to work to,
different clients to cater for and compilers with different opinions on sporting fixtures.
I always thought that it was an incredible hassle to find sport arbs, after all, just type in
the phase into Google and you will find a multitude of web companies all offering to do
all the work for you – and of course take over half the profit!
Now with the information and links in this document and the ‘arb’ calculator you will be
able to quickly find arbs and make guaranteed money from bets.
What is an arb?
There are well over 100 secured totally safe bookmakers all over the world all offering
different odds on betting. This number is steadily increasing. An arb is formed when
different bookies have different prices for different outcomes in a particular sporting
event. The bottom line is that we can place bets to cover both (all) outcomes with
different bookies and get back more than we invested. The best way is to investigate this
is with an example:
During a ladies single game at Wimbledon between Williams and Sharpova the bookies
Tote and Victor Chandler priced the outcomes differently:
Tote - 3/1 Sharpova to win Victor Chandler - 2/5 Williams to win to return £100 with
Victor Chandler above we would have to invest £71.42.
To return £100 with Tote for a Sharpova win we would have to invest £25. Our total
collective investment would be just £96.42 - and whoever won the game our total return
would be £100.
We have just made a guaranteed 3.58% on your money within 2 hours. You can find
plenty of these arbs each and every week. How did we calculate how much investment is
required to return £100 (including our stake)?
A very simple calculation:
With v.c. the odds for a williams win was 2/5. To find out how much you need to invest
to return £100 simply make the following calculation:
(a) 2/5 + 1 = 1.4
(b) 100/1.4 = £71.43
579
2. With tote the odds for a sharpova win was 3/1. To return £100 (including our stake):
(a) 3/1 + 1 = 4
(b) 100/4 = £25 total investment (£71.42 + £25) = £96.42 total return regardless of
outcome £100 total profit (£100 - £96.42) = £3.58 risk free.
Why do arbs occur?

Arbs occur when we use 2 or more bookmakers - and they do so because the odds
compilers of the various bookmakers simply have different opinions. Don't forget you
will be using online bookies from all over the globe in your quest to find arbs - and while
a bookie in the UK may be upto speed about premiership football results, the same is less
than likely true for the bookies in say in America or Australia. And as more and more
online companies are formed, we can expect the number of arbs to increase with time.
Arbs are here to stay, and a source of free and easy cash.
Reading the Odds
This part of the publication will help you understand the way bookies display their odds.
It would be great if all bookies globally just displayed their odds in a uniform way, but
across the world they show them differently:
(a) fractions - e.g. 2/1 3/1 etc a lot of bookies will express odds as fractions (especially in
the UK). The top figure is the profit achieved and the bottom figure is the investment
required to achieve that profit. So 2/1 means £2 profit from an investment of £1. 1/3
means a profit of £1 from an investment of £3 and so on what you need to remember with
this way of writing odds is that the profit does not include your stake which will be
returned to you if you win.
(b) decimals - a lot of European bookies express odds in terms of decimals
e.g. 1.5, 3.4 etc what you have to remember about decimals is that your stake has been
included in the return - so 3.5 means your total return including stake is £3.5. To convert
a decimal into a fraction is to simply deduct 1 from the decimal - so a decimal price of
3.0 isn’t 3/1 it's 2/1. To calculate your returns on a decimal bet just multiply it by your
stake. So a £10 bet on 3.0 odds returns £30.
(c) US odds us odds have a + or - in front of them. If positive it shows your profit for
every 100 staked. Thus £100 at +400 would mean you get a total return of £500 (and a
profit of £400). If it has a negative sign it shows how much you need to stake to achieve a
£100 profit. So -400 means you would need to bet £400 to win £100. As you start to read
and use these odds more frequently you will become a lot quicker at finding arbs.
580
How to spot abs

Now we have a firm understanding of arbs, their causes and the odds system we're going
to see how best to spot them, and how to organise your time for maximum efficiency.
As an arb trader it's vital that you construct a daily checklist of events that you wish to
investigate. It's very handy to buy a diary specifically for your arb trades and jot down the
specific events you'll be hunting for arbs in. Make this a routine - for instance, perhaps on
a particular Saturday you want to check the premiership fixtures, the tennis fixtures and
the one day series between India and England. Do not randomly hunt for arbs without this
sort of plan.
Now that you've identified the list of events you're going to attack today, what do you do
next? Let's start with the tennis fixtures between player a & player
b. To see if any arb opportunities exist construct the below table:
Bet365 Ladbrokes Eurobet Scandi Victor Chandler Player A 2/5 2/6 2/7 2/7 2/6 Player B
2/1 5/2 3/1 5/2 2/1
Here it's obvious that the best 2 prices are 2/9 for Player A (Bet365) and 3/1 for Player B
(Eurobet). Does an arb exist here? Yes: to return a total of say £1000 on player a with
Bet365 we need to invest (2/5+1 = 1.4...then £1000/1.4) £714.28 to return a total of
£1000 on Player B with Eurobet we need to invest (3/1+1 = 4...then £1000/4) £250
Our total investment to return £1000 whichever player wins is just £964. This is a clear
arb opportunity and you would then place £714.28 with Bet365 on Player A and a further
£250 with Eurobet on Player B.
At the end of the match you will pickup a certain profit of £35.72 - finding just 3 arbs a
day of this kind (very achievable) will give you a daily profit of £107.16 - and a tax free
monthly income of over £3000.
Hopefully you are now beginning to realise the magic of arbs. If you take this systematic
approach with each sporting event you have on your checklist your chances of finding an
arb are good. However there are a couple of free websites which will help you identify
even more:
By the time you finish reading this guide, you will have many websites that I recommend
- it's a good idea to open up a new directory in your favourites dedicated to arb trading.
These websites are all free and priceless in helping you make money with arbs.
Calculating arbs
Here we'll go through some more arb examples, including football arbs, which require 3
bets to get your return.
581
1. Let us consider the following arb: Player A - 4/7 Player B - 17/9 to calculate your
return and how much you should stake do the following:
(a) convert fractions into decimals: player a - 4 divided by 7 is 0.5714. Add one to get
your decimal figure of 1.5714. Player b - 17 divided by 9 is 1.8888. Add one to get your
decimal of 2.8888.
(b) divide the decimal figures you have calculated into 1000 and this will tell you how
much you need to invest to return £1000: player a - 1000/1.5714 = £636.37 needed to
return £1000 player b - 1000/2.8888 = £346.16 needed to return £1000
(c) add your total investments required to return £1000: £636.37 + £346.16 = £982.53
Does an arb exist? Yes - were you to invest a total of £982.53 on both players winning
you are certain to get back £1000. That's a £17.47 return in a couple of hours for doing
nothing. This is a low return arb - you will often find arbs returning between 5% and 10%
and sometimes even more.
How to work out investments required for soccer arbs. Let's say Brazil are playing USA
and the bookies have priced it as: Eurobet - brazil win at 11/10 Bet365 - draw at 14/5
Centrebet - USA at 4/1 let's go through the calculation as we did in the first example:
(a) convert fractions into decimals brazil win - 11/10 + 1 = 2.1 draw - 14/5 + 1 = 3.8 USA
win - 4/1 + 1 = 5
(b) find out how much is required to return £1000 in each instance. Brazil win - 1000/2.1
= £476 to return £1000 draw - 1000/3.8 = £263 to return £1000 USA win - 1000/5 = £200
(c) add your total investment required to return £1000: £476 + £263 + £200 = £939
Does an arb exist? Again, yes. Were you to place a total of £939 you are certain to make
a profit of £61 - not bad for 90 minutes work (if you can call it that). Now that you have
identified the arb you would place the bets - £476 with eurobet on a Brazil win, £263
with Bet365 on a draw and £200 with Centrebet on a USA win.
With time and experience you will find that arbs occur not only with sporting events but
with any event where you can place a bet - from politics to music awards. The
opportunities are limitless.
Soccer arbs
the next couple of chapters will help you focus on finding arbs in particular sports, and
the tools, tricks, tips, bookies and websites that you should use for each. The information
is priceless and has taken years to formulate and perfect.
We will start with soccer, where arb opportunities are almost endless thanks to global
coverage of global leagues. The best arbs are to be found in the standard '90 minute
result' category (an example of which we saw in chapter 4).
582
Odds comparison sites such as Betbrain are very useful in finding soccer arbs
- there are so many bookies who offer soccer results - and that's a very good thing for us.
It ensures many opportunities to pickup free cash exist. It's important to note that in the
UK many of the bookies will compile similar odds so you wouldn't find many arbs
between UK bookies. There are however different odds to be found with European
bookmakers which of course leads to arbs. In your quest to hunt down arbs you should
open accounts with as many online bookies across the world as you can. The bookies you
should take special note of with soccer are:
10Bet - 188Bet - 888Sport - AllYouBet - Bet3000 - Bet365 - BetAtHome - BetBoo - BetFred
BetSafe - Betsson - BetWay - BlueSquare - BoDog - Bwin - CanBet - Coral - Dafabet - Expekt
GameBookers - MyBet - PartyBets - PinnacleSports - RedBet - SkyBet - SportingBet - StanJames
TitanBet - ToteSport - VictorChandler - WilliamHill
One of the best soccer tips is to start looking at lower leagues first and work your way up
instead of the other way around - remember there are very few experts on lower league
football so more price differences are likely to exist here, and so more arbs can be found.
Get news before the bookies - remember that with soccer you will find that breaking
news will change odds dramatically. The good news is that some bookies are much less
responsive than others in changing odds to breaking news and this results in arb
opportunities being created.
Probably the most famous example of this was the Israel vs Austria world cup qualifying
match where Israel were at home. Due to fear of terrorism about 9 Austrian players
backed out which of course weakened the team considerably - of course not all bookies
responded to the news quickly - and at one stage the combination of odds included: Israel
win 11/10 draw 5/2 Austria win 4/1 It was possible to pickup a profit of £40 on an
investment of £1000 just for knowing your soccer news. Other soccer markets - there can
be arbs found in other soccer markets such as corners and total goals but these are harder
to find and your main hunt should be in the results after 90 minutes area as we have
talked about.
Final tips - this applies to all your arb bets, you should always round up or down when
you place a bet as it makes you less conspicuous. A bet such as £234.67 looks a little odd
compared with £235. There is nothing illegal about arbs but if a bookie suspects you are
an arb trader he may try and restrict your bets.
583
Another tip that applies to any sport is that you should always secure the best price first
(the one that is out of line with what other bookies are offering) - as this price may not
last.
Tennis arbs
There are always big differences between the compilers of different bookies so tennis
always produces many arbs.
The biggest caution when finding tennis arbs are different bookie rulings when a player
retires from a game. Some bookies will payout in the event of a player having to retire,
and others won’t. When finding tennis arbs it's important to ensure both bookies you
place bets with have the same rules in the event of a retired player.
The below are the bookies of choice for tennis trading. Of course don't count out others -
but the following have been known to be involved in creating arbs:
Tennis is a good sport for finding arbs - and it runs pretty much all through the year so it's
worth getting involved with it as it will get you arbs all-year-round. Just to illustrate, at
the time of writing the draw for the Wimbledon first round had just been made - and as
usual threw up a feast of arb opportunities to pick and choose from. Within minutes the
following matches offered free money for the taking:
Raymond (1.36 with Unibet) vs Fortez (4.5 with Stanbet) giving a return of 4.44%
Mallise (1.33 with Unibet) vs Saulnier (4.5 with Skybet) giving a return of 2.56%
Gimelstob (1.62 with Stanbet) vs Labadze (2.92 with Expekt) giving a return of 4.57%
Boutter (1.45 with Unibet) vs Galvani (3.5 with Stan James) giving a return of 2.45%
Krajan (3.0 with Thegreek) vs Massu (1.57 with Betabet) giving a return of 2.98%
The important point to remember here is that this is not at all unusual - if anything the
results were a little on the low side in producing juicy high % arbs, but even so there
were more arbs than could be used. In fact there were several other arbs produced in that
draw.
584
Cricket arbs
There are plenty of arb opportunities to be found in cricket. But as with tennis it's
important to understand different bookie rules. In county cricket this means knowing how
bookies treat drawn matches - by far most will refund stakes in the event of a draw but a
few firms do not. In the national one day games, again you have to see how bookies will
treat a tie - most will return stakes but again there are a couple of firms that do not. Once
you check the rules once you will be comfortable placing arb bets going forward.
The best bookies for domestic cricket are listed below:
international cricket arbs - the key to finding arbs in international cricket is to have a
large number of foreign betting accounts. Different bookies operate to different profit
margins (and foreign ones often take lower margins which create arbs between them and
the uk). Some of the best bookies for cricket arbs include:
As with hunting for football arbs keep an eye on the cricket news for events that can
change prices (quickly with some bookies and very slowly with others, thus creating a
nice pick of arbs).
Golf arbs
585
Your best place to find golf arbs are in the 2 or 3 ball bets where bookies will pick either
2 or 3 golfers, the object of course is to back the best one. Let's look at a 3 ball example:
player 1 player 2 player 3 bookie a 6/4 2/1 5/4 bookie b 11/4 7/4 5/4 bookie c 7/4 6/4 5/4
bookie d 2/1 7/4 7/4 If you place bets with bookies at 11/4, 2/1 and 7/4 you end up with a
profit of 4%. As always if you are placing 3 bets always secure the most 'odd' one first
and secure the others that are more in line with the industry later. You don’t want to be in
the position where a bet changes halfway through your trade. For example in the above,
you want to secure 7/4 on player 3 first as the other prices 5/4 appears to be standard.
You can try looking for arbs in 2 ball betting but they are less common -always check for
3 balls first.
Some of the best sites for golf arbs are:
As with any form of betting always check the bookie rules in case of exceptional events.
Make this a rule and you will never go wrong.
Other sports & betting events
Snooker - a difficult sport to predict means that opinions among bookies are widely
divided - and this of course creates plentiful arbs for us. Again (and I do not apologise if I
keep mentioning it as its critical) it's important to check the different bookie rules in the
(very) unlikely event of an abandoned match - some bookies will call off bets while
others will regard the player that goes on to the next round as the winner. Where bookie
rules are different do not place bets - no matter how unlikely a match is to be abandoned
we are after risk free profits and should leave nothing to chance. The bookies that often
create arbs in snooker are listed below:
586
Motor Racing - while mr arbs are not as common as those in the sports we've covered so
far, they can produce some high paying ones when they occur.
The 3 categories here are qualification, race and classification.
Qualification - here 2 drivers race against each other but odds can change quite
substantially as the day nears. Some bookies take the drivers practice runs seriously (and
hence modify odds accordingly) while others don’t. This of course can create some very
tasty arbs. The best way to spot arbs here is to create a table of odds before practice - and
check the same odds immediately after to see where arbs have been formed.
Race - bookies select 2 drivers and the driver finishing highest out of the 2 in the race is
the bet winner. There are some big arbs to be had here - again because some bookies
change their odds as they see practice results, and others just leave their original odds
untouched.
Classification - a driver is 'classified' if he finishes 90% of a race, and odd compilers also
have massive differences in opinions here which is great for us. The bookies worth
looking at for motor racing are:
Finding arbs in-running

In-running bets are those which are placed while a game or event is already in progress,
and as can be expected there are plenty of arbs for the take if you act quickly. It's
advisable to move onto in-running arbs only when you're comfortable with the pre-match
arbs. One of the reasons that in-running arbs are so plentiful is that bookies do not have
time to consider all things when placing odds - you can quite literally feast on arbs
587
everyday with in-running bets if you know where to look. We'll look at the plentiful
opportunities sport by sport.
Cricket - if you've ever seen a cricket game you'll know that just one wicket can change
the direction of the game - as well as bookie odds which create a bountiful supply of arbs
as the game develops. With cricket the arbs will tend to form only after an entire innings
has been played out - in the second innings, as the wickets and boundaries begin to
accumulate you will see more and more arbs being formed before your eyes. Arbs can be
found not only in the results category but also in total runs betting. Cricket is certainly
one of the best sports to find arbs, both pre-match as well as in-running - and don’t
forget, bookies sometimes have to price bets with a view to balance their books rather
than setting them realistically based on the probable outcome.
This applies to every sport and is fantastic news for the arb-trader.
Football - steer clear of the result after 90 minutes area for in-running football. The fact is
(and it can be a little surprising) there just aren't enough arbs here to make it worth
looking at. The last corners market is much better if you wish
to find in-running football arbs - a 2 possibility event and plenty of 'out-of-date' prices (as
most bookies see this as a secondary importance market, much to our delight). Wait until
the last quarter of the match, and if the match changes dramatically (e.g. A goal is scored)
you will find out of date prices that you can just secure. Remember that bookies will
close the market with 80 minutes gone on the clock - remember this when placing a late
arb.
Golf - a moderate amount of arbs can be found here but patience is required, and your
best chances are when a tournament is limited to 3 potential winners. Arbs tend to be
found more often in the european tour. Snooker - like cricket, it takes just one moment to
completely change a game. It's worthwhile following the in-running details and odds to
see if there are any easy pickings to be had.
Wherever there's a bet, look for arbs
So far we've looked at a number of different sports that are likely to produce many arbs
for you to feast on. You've already seen how just a couple of ordinary arbs that appear
everyday can make you £100 in daily tax free profit for 10 minutes work! However one
thing you should never forget, is that any bet that the bookies offer, be it in sports,
politics or generally just about anything (e.g. Betting on big brother) is likely to produce
arbs.
You're not in this business because you're interested in the sport or event you're placing
an arb on. No, you're here to make money and maximise your profit whether Man united
588
beat Arsenal or the Green Party win the general elections. You don't care - because you're
going to be taking money from just about every bet that the bookmakers can offer.
Possibly the best thing is that you can start of with as little or as much money as you
want.
Just some of the other events that you can find arbs in are:
Music, film & television awards.
Politics - the wealth of fantastic arbs available in politics betting is best illustrated
through an example:
The number of seats a particular party will win can produce spectacular results. Here is
an actual example of how you could have made easy money on a political arb. During the
last general election here were the odds on the number of seats that Lib Dem would win:
Bookie a: Under 43 - 4/9 43 and over - 13/8 Bookie b: Under 45 - 11/4 45 to 50 - 2/1 50
and over - 10/11 what is immediately obvious (it appears to everyone but the bookies
involved who think they are always correct) is that one bookie is betting 10/11 on more
than 50 seats while the other bets 13/8 on more than 43. The actual polls (which are
usually very close to the actual result) were predicting 54 seats which means Bookie a got
their odds horribly wrong. 13/8 for over 43 seats was unbelievable to arb traders
everywhere.
This is an instance where 'biasing' your arb to take advantage of this situation would be
fully justified. So for example investing £1200 at 13/8 and £436 at 11/4 would have
netted you a profit of £1513.64 - a return of 92%. And this was no exceptional arb - in the
same time seat betting on the labour & conservative parties would have produced over
90% returns too.
The list of bookies you should investigate for these kind of non-sport arbs are listed
below:
Staying ahead of the game - tips, tricks and advice

589
The system - all bookies put their customers into categories. These include the 'loser' tag
(i.e. This guy is completely hopeless at betting and all his bets should be encouraged)
right upto the 'dangerous/unprofitable' tag - a better who tends to win more often than
not. From your point of view, the more loser tags you can get, the better as you don't
want to be labelled as an investor who takes money from the bookies - or they may just
refuse to trade with you! So how do you avoid this from happening? This and other issues
are looked at below.
Don't place bets with decimals - if the 2 sides of your arbs required investments of
£109.87 and £455.18 round them up/down to £110 and £455. This looks much more like
a 'normal' bet, and you're less likely to set off alarm-bells with bookies.
Family - where possible use family and friends to set-up accounts with bookies if you
have been tagged as unprofitable and they refuse to trade with you.
Where you know you have had a series of wins with a particular bookie, make an extra
special effort to try and place the losing end of an arb with him. This should lower your
chances of getting tagged.
If you're refused a certain amount that you're trying to secure an arb for, then try again
after a little while. It's not uncommon to find that your full amount will be accepted just
minutes after initially being refused.
There are certain types of equipment you can invest in to improve your efficiency at
making high % arbs. For a start, a mobile phone is very useful - you probably already
have one, but if not think about getting one. It's very useful as you can place a bet with a
bookie (on their freephone number usually) while placing the other end of the arb at the
same time online.
In the event of a betting dispute check the www.ibas.co.uk website (independent betting
arbitration service) for advice.
Your yearly sports events calendar

It doesn't matter what time of year it is, you will always find plenty of opportunities to
secure arbs. There are numerous major events every month, and these are covered by a
large number of bookies all over the world - this really does result in a steady flow of
arbs all year round. The calendar below will help you plan your arb trading for each
particular month.
January Darts - world championship Golf - kapalua championship Tennis - atp & wta
tours Darts - bdo world championship American football - nfl Golf - honolulu open Golf
- south african open American football - afc/nfc wildcard playoffs Tennis - australian
590
open Golf - bob hope classic Golf - alfred dunhill championship American football - afc
& nfc divisional playoffs Golf - phoenix open Snooker - regal welsh open Golf - perth
classic American football - afc/nfc championship Golf - melbourne classic
February Golf - pebble beach national pro-am Tennis - wta/atp tours American football -
super bowl Snooker - english masters Golf - buick Golf - anz championship Tennis -
davis cup American football - afc/nfc pro bowl Golf - nissan open Golf - world golf
championship
March Snooker - china open Tennis - atp/wta events Golf - genuity championship Golf -
malaysian open F1 - australian grand prix Snooker - thailand masters Golf - coral springs
classic Golf - dubai desert classic Golf - bay hill Golf - quatar masters F1 - malaysian
grand prix Golf - the players championship Snooker - irish masters Golf - madeira island
open Golf - houston open Golf - open de canarias F1 - brazilian grand prix
April Tennis - wta/atp events Golf - sugarloaf classic Golf - algarve open Tennis - davis
cup (rd 2) Snooker - regal scottish open Golf - masters tournament F1 - san marino grand
prix Golf - head island classic Basketball - nba playoffs Snooker - world championship
Golf - greater greensboro classic Golf - the seve trophy Tennis - fed cup F1 - spanish
grand prix
May Golf - new orleans classic Tennis - atp/wta events Golf - french open Golf - byron
nelson classic Golf - international open F1 - austrian grand prix Golf - fort worth colonial
Golf - german open Golf - memorial tournament Golf - pga championship F1 - monaco
grand prix Tennis - french open Golf - victor chandler british masters
June Golf - long valley open Golf - british masters Basketball - nba finals Golf - buick
classic Golf - english open F1 - canadian grand prix Golf - us open Tennis - atp/wta
events Golf - greater hartford open Golf - great north open F1 - european grand prix Golf
- st jude classic Tennis - all england championship Golf - irish open
July Golf - illinois open Golf - dublin open F1 - british grand prix Golf - greater
milwaukee open Tennis - wta/atp events Golf - scottish open Golf - new york open Golf
- british open Tennis - fed cup qf F1 - french grand prix Golf - john deer classic Golf - tnt
open F1 - german grand prix Golf - colorado international
August Golf - qwest int Tennis - atp/wta events Golf - volvo scandinavian masters Golf
- buick open Golf - celtic manor resort wales open Golf - us pga championship Golf -
north west ireland open F1 - hungarian grand prix Golf - nec invitational Golf - reno
tahoe open Golf - washington golf championship Golf - scottish pga championship Golf
- southern england championship Tennis - us open Golf - bmw international open
591
September F1 - belgian grand prix Golf - canadian open Golf - european masters
American football - nfl Golf - pennsylvanian classic Tennis - wta/atp events Golf -
german masters F1 - italian grand prix Golf - tampa bay classic Golf - wgc american
express championship Tennis - davis cup Golf - texas open Golf - ryder cup F1 - usa
grand prix
October Golf - kingsmill championship Tennis - atp/wta events Golf - las vegas classic
Golf - lancome trophy F1 - japanese grand prix Golf - national golf classic Golf - world
match play Golf - buick challenge Golf - spanish open
November Golf - atlanta tour championship Tennis - atp/wta events Golf - southern farm
bureau classic Tennis - fed cup Golf - volvo masters Tennis - masters cup
December Tennis - davis cup final Golf - wgc emc2 world cup
The websites that show you the available arbs everyday
This guide has armed you with the knowledge you need to be a fine sports arbitrage
trader. However finding arbs everyday can be a time consuming process so the websites
given below are absolutely priceless. They show you the available arb opportunities on a
daily basis - in fact they are updated real-time as and when more arbitrage opportunities
develop. There are subscription services providing the same information, this guide gives
you these sites as part of your package. Please ensure you read the guidance tips below -
there are certain situations where you may not be able to use the bets on the website, but
Im willing to bet you will find at least one yield arb right now – Have a go!
Check all the bookies rules in the event of an abandoned game I have included direct
links to this information on my site list. While this may seem unlikely, this sort of thing
can happen in sport. Most bookies have standardised rules in such events but you should
check with each bookie that you place your arb with anyway. For example in some cases
you may find that bookie a will payout depending on who technically won the tie (even if
by default - e.g. Tennis player going through by default because his opponent got
592
injured), while bookie b will call off all bets and return your stake. As mentioned while
such events are rare it is advised that when bookie rules in such instances are different
you do not place the arb. All bookie sites will have contact information and a list of rules
where this information can be discovered if the direct links are not at
Check that any fee’s / tax that the bet may incur with the bookmaker doesn’t outweigh
the profit and you will still make at least 2%.
Check the minimum bet you can place, it may be more than you need to bet to win the
arb.
Check the rules on payout and make sure they are exactly the same for both bookmakers.
(You wont lose money if the game is abandoned etc.)
Get the webpage’s up in your browser, keep them all open at the point just before you are
going to place the bet and quickly check to see if the bookmakers haven’t changed the
odds and you will still make a profit.
You will then be able to place the bets quickly so there is very little chance the odds will
change
You don’t have to join all the websites right now you can join them as and when you spot
an arb, but by joining just one a day you can save yourself valuable time in securing that
hugely out of line price and the resulting large profit!
Once you are a member of all the bookmakers and you have been doing this for a while,
you will get very quick at it and you should only need to spend a couple of hours a day to
make serious money.
list of bookmakers and the relevant details you will need.
The best advice is to start small with a bank account (debit card) or credit card dedicated
to arb trading, as you build up your money you will get faster and more competent at
trading and in a few months you should be inflating your money every day in a couple of
593
hours that you have made from a small investment! Good luck and enjoy all the free
cash!!!!
It is easily achievable to find one 5% arb a day just using the free sources given in part
14. If you where to say start off with staking say £100 unbelievably it would only take 48
days, less than 2 months (using one 5% arb opportunity a day) to turn it into £1000, you
can then make £50 a day from your arb trading!!! Of course if you started with
£1000……….. This opportunity really is not to be missed!
The information in this guide is priceless - it really is a way of making free money. As we
are at the end, my advice if you are interested in becoming an arb trader is to read it
through again and start making some practice arb trades. Once you realise that you're
making profits 100% of the time you will feel much more comfortable investing your real
money.
There are people working a couple of hours a day who are making a full time living from
arb trading - and with what you have learned here along with the quick reference
bookmaker guide and easy to use software, you can trade with the best of them within a
couple of weeks of practice!!!
594
Spread Betting
So What Is Spread Betting?
Spread betting comes in the form of two distinct flavours – sports and financial.
However, the principal of spread betting is the same regardless of the type of market or
bet involved. Spread betting is both innovative and yet traditional also. It has taken the
age-old philosophy of market trading and combined it with modern thinking towards
sports betting and financial indices. Though the bets are very simple to understand the
implications of the bets are often more complex. Some of the terminology also puts off
the average punter. Here we will try and explain the main terms and phrases. Spread
betting broke the mould of fixed-odds betting when it emerged on the betting scene in the
early 90s. Prior to that it had been confined to a limited number of people involved in the
financial markets. Spread betting took-off quickly as it provided the punter with the
opportunity to bet both for or against a particular outcome in a sporting event. Like the
betting exchanges, this created the possibility of betting on horses without having to find
the winner.
How Does it Work?
The spread betting firm quotes a range on the future prospects of a share or index, or the
predicted outcome of a sporting event (which is the area we will look at more closely).
The investor or gambler can then decide as to whether they believe the spread price will
be higher or lower than the range quoted. If this is making little sense please do not
worry, spread betting is most easily explained through an example. For this example we
will use football to avoid any complication. We can then proceed on to horse racing. The
spread firm will make a prediction on a specific aspect of a sporting event such as how
many goals will be scored in a football match or how many corners will be taken.
If we take how many corners in a football match as our example: the spread firm decide
that there will be 10 to 11 corners in the game. If the punter believes there will be less he
would ‘sell’ at 10. If the punter believes there will be more he would ‘buy’ at 11. In our
example the punter believes there will be more than 11 corners so he ‘buys’ at 11, placing
£5 per point. Being a member of Surewin he is a highly informed punter and is accurate
in his assessment – there was a total of 16 corners in the game.
His returns are calculated by multiplying the stake by the difference between the spread
and the punters prediction. So how much did he make? As he placed £5 per point and the
595
difference between the spread firm’s quote (11) and the final total (16) was 5 the well
informed punter has earned £5 x 5 = £25.
So from this example a few important points are made clear. With traditional betting you
stake your money on the outcome of an event at fixed odds (eg 4/1). If your prediction is
correct your stake is multiplied by the odds (eg £2 stake at 4/1 = (2 x 4) £8). If your
prediction is incorrect you lose your stake. The odds are fixed in advance and you are
either completely right or completely wrong.
Spread betting is different as you don’t have to predict the exact result and the odds are
not fixed. You still have to make a sound prediction, but the key is to get your prediction
on the right side of the ‘spread’ offered by the spread betting company.
Horse Race Spread Betting
Horse racing is easily the biggest sector in fixed odds bookmaking. While there is also a
thriving spread world, horse racing is not quite as well suited to the spread format as
football or golf. Compared with other sports, spread betting on horse racing is also
slightly more complex. Although spread betting has brought about a revolution in the
world of sports betting, for horse racing the impact has been less dramatic. The ascent of
spread betting has resulted in an increase in choice for the horse race bettor but will not
replace fixed odds betting.
Fixed odds betting and horse racing go together well and there will always be times when
a straight win bet is the wise option. However, a sound understanding of spread betting is
a valuable weapon in a punter’s armoury. Whether you bet for fun or for profit spread
betting offers many opportunities. Perhaps the most important innovation spread betting
has brought to the racing world is the fact that you can oppose a horse. Fixed odds betting
offers no direct way to do this. Due to this development spread betting has brought about
a dramatic shift in the way punters need to view horse race betting. This is also one
reason why the approach of the Trainers4Courses publication works so well with this
type of betting.
Fixed odds betting is also inferior in the sense that it operates on an all or nothing basis.
Spread betting operates on a sliding scale of returns. The more right you are the more you
win and visa versa. As a result smart punters win a lot of money whereas the ‘mug’
punter will lose heavily. Understanding spread betting also enables punters to isolate
betting opportunities that are potentially more profitable.
A full series of markets on the two top race meetings are available from all spread
companies on a daily basis. You will also find a couple of markets on the minor
meetings. Summer evening cards are covered more thoroughly. Below we describe the
596
more common horse racing spread betting markets. You will find that each spread betting
firm will introduce additional markets, sometimes unique to them, especially for special
sporting events. Rules for each market may vary between spread betting firms, especially
for markets where points are allocated for specific events, so always ensure you fully
understand the rules of a market before placing a bet.
Favourites Index
The spread gives an indication of how the favourites will perform in each race at a
particular meeting. The points allocated may vary from one spread bet firm to another.
For example:
Winning favourite = 25 points
Second place favourite = 10 points
Third place = 5 points
In the event of a race starting with joint favourites, we take the favourite as being the
horse with the lower racecard number. In a six racing meeting the market may work
something like this: The spread firm’s quote is 58-62. A spread firm may base this quote
on the fact that in their estimate from a 6 race meeting two favourites will win and
another will finish as a runner up. The other three will not be placed. Since 25 points are
awarded for each of the two favourites, and 10 points are awarder for the runner up the
total is 60 points. Consequently a spread of 58- 62 is appropriate for the spread firm’s
estimated outcome.
Considering that this is a 6 race meeting your maximum liability is 150 points. How do
we arrive at this figure? It is possible that the favourite wins all six races of the six race
meeting. Because favourites are awarded 25 points the maximum make up can be 25 x 6
= 150 points. The minimum make up could also be zero if no favourites finish in the first
three. One of the benefits of this market is that it is easy for a gambler to calculate his
maximum liability and potential profit. Furthermore he does not have to consider every
horse in a race like with double racecard numbers and instead concentrates on only a
dozen or so horses. However this also has a disadvantage. As there is less to consider one
has to be more accurate to gain an edge. Unfortunately it can often prove difficult to price
up the market before the meeting because it may not be possible to know which horse
will start as a favourite in all of the races. This causes considerable problems for the
horse race bettor. Even the finest of all handicappers will not know when the favourites
market is worth buying if they cannot predict which horse will start as favourite.
597
When dead heats occur points are halved, therefore in a situation whereby the favourite is
in a tie for first and second place 17.5 points are awarded - 25pts (1st) + 10pts (2nd) =
35pts divided by 2 = 17.5pts.
In a situation were a favourite fails to come under starters orders the spread firms will
award a set number of points depending upon the fixed odds price of the horse at the time
of withdrawal. At evens or less 15 points are added, at 5/1 or greater five points are added
and anywhere in between 10 points are awarded.
Now lets have a look at an example of a six race meeting. The Spread is 58- 62. These
are the results….
• Race one 1st
• Race two 10th
• Race three 5th
• Race four 3rd
• Race five 2nd
• Race six 7th
As we can see from the six races we have a 1st, 2nd and a 3rd and the rest are unplaced.
Therefore the favourites market for this meeting settles at 25 (1st) + 10 (2nd) + 5 (3rd) =
40 total make-up.
Remember the spread was 58-62 so if you had sold at 58 for £5 per point you would have
won 18 x £5 = £90. Since the total make-up is 40 and you sold at 58 there is a difference
of 18. You multiply this figure by your unit stake (£5), which gives a return of £90.
If you had bought at 62 for £5 per point you would have lost £110. From were do we
obtain this figure. You bought at 62 and the total make up was 40, the difference being
22. You then multiply this figure by your unit stake of £5. You are left with a loss of
£110.
Racing Post Favourites Index
This is based on the same principle as the Favourites Index but the favourites are those
printed first in the betting section below each race card in the Racing Post.
Again, these horses are awarded points as in a similar manner to above.
Race Card Double Numbers
The make up is double the total race card number of the winners of each race in a
meeting. So, for example, if horse number 6 wins the first race then 12 points are
allocated.
Starting Prices (SPs) of Winning Horses
598
The aggregate sum of the starting prices of the winners at a race meeting. A maximum
starting price is normally set, such as 50/1, even if a horse wins at a greater price.
Stop at a Winner
How many races on a card will elapse before a favourite wins? The make-up will usually
be a multiple of the number of that race.
Winning Distances
The spread represents what the total winning margins will be at a meeting. A maximum
winning distance will normally be set, for example, 15 lengths for a Flat Race and 30
lengths for a National Hunt Race. This also applies should only one horse complete the
race. Distances under a length will be given fractions of a length:
e.g.
Short Head = 0.1 of a length
Head = 0.2 of a length
Neck = 0.3 of a length
Half a length = 0.5 of a length
3/4 of a length = 0.75 of a length
Jockey Index
The spread represents a "Jockey Performance", where selected jockeys are awarded
points based upon their performance. The points allocated may vary from one spread bet
firm to another.
1st = 25 points
2nd = 10 points
3rd = 5 points
Individual Race Index
A bet may be offered about the performance of horses in individual races, awarding
points according to official finishing positions. The points allocated may vary from one
spread bet firm to another. This market gives one an opportunity to back or oppose a
horse, something which traditional fixed odds betting does not offer. The points structure
will vary according to how many runners there are in a race.
For example:
For races with up to 12 runners:
1st = 50 points
2nd = 25 points
3rd = 10 points
599
Races with over 12 runners:

1st = 50 points
2nd = 30 points
3rd = 20 points
4th = 10 points
Match Bets
The distance between two nominated horses in a race at the finish. A maximum distance
will normally be applied, for example, 12 lengths in a Flat race and 15 lengths in a
National Hunt race.
600
Square Root Staking Plan
This simple Staking plan should increase your profits during a winning run and minimise
losses during a losing run and takes little explanation. Whenever your cumulative profit is
positive, the square root of that positive number is added to your initial stake. For
example, let’s say your cumulative profit is £49. Let us also assume your initial stake is
£5. The new calculated stake is the square root of 49 which is 7 plus the initial stake of 5
which equals £12.00.
If you’re cumulative profit is ‘zero’ or ‘negative’ than the initial stake will always be the
initial bet. In essence when you are not in profit the staking plan reverts to level betting.
Retirement Staking Plan
A very popular and quite effective staking plan that can if used correctly, keep your
stakes well under control. The staking plan is quite complex and a good explanation of its
histrory and an explanation is found here. http://www.grandstand.com.au/retirement.html
Interestingly enough, the retirement staking plan is best described using rules. The rules
can be explained so: For the first bet at beginning of every betting sequence the following
applies:
*
Divisor = Average odds x 2
* Stake = Percentage of start bank (normally 1%)
* Target = Stake x Divisor
For all other bets:
601
* Divisor stays as average odds x 2 unless 1) The amount of bets without a reset is
greater than the divisor, in which case the divisor increases by 1 2) The bet sequence is
reset, in which case the divisor starts again at average odds x 2 3)When there is a winning
bet but not enough to reset the sequence the divisor remains the same as the last devisor
used, when the target was at the current target
* Stake = Target / by Divisor
* Target = Current 'Profit and Loss' in bet sequence + original target at start of bet
sequence
The bet sequence is reset when:
* A winning bet is made that causes the target to be less than the original target
* EXTRA RULE: Every time the cumulative bank increases by 200 units the original
target is increased by 10 – this remains a constant and never reduced. Additional Notes -
The average odds to use in The Staking Machine Software is calculated as follows - For
fractional odds of 5/1 the average odds is calculated by using the 5 part of the fraction.
For decimal odds the average odds is calculated by converting to fractional odds and
taking the first part of the fraction. So for decimal odds of 5 the average odds entered in
the Retirement Staking Plan Settings would be 4.
602
STAKING PLAN ONE

Column 1: Always start with a target of 4 for the 1st bet and add 4 for each and every bet
until a profit is made and the coup is closed.
Column 2: The total of column 1 and column 5. Column 5 being the running total of
points lost. Always treat column 5 as a positive value when adding to column 1,
irrespective of whether it is showing a plus or a minus.
Column 3: Stake Indicator. Divide column 2 by 3 (except the first bet), always round up
to next whole pound. Multiply the resulting figure by your chosen point value to find
your next stake.
Column 4. This is the amount won or lost on the bet. i.e. plus or minus. Always include
betting tax at this point.
Column 5. Running total of points won or lost. Column 5 from the previous bet plus or
minus column 4 of current bet. Bet at the indicated stake in column 3 (multiplying this by
your chosen point value) until the value of column 5 EQUALS or EXCEEDS 1. Do not
start a new plan until the coup is closed.
EXAMPLE (10% Betting Tax included)
COLUMN 1 COLUMN 2 COLUMN 3 COLUMN 4 COLUMN 5
4 points + Total of Col 1 Stake Indicator Amount won Running total
4 every bet + Col 5 (5 always Divide Col 2 by 3 or lost on bet of points won negative) &
multiply by your Include tax won or lost chosen point value to find your stake
4 4 2 (lost) -2.20 -2.20
8 10.2 4 (lost) -4.40 -6.60
12 18.60 7 (lost) -7.70 -14.30
16 30.30 11 (lost) -12.10 -26.40
20 46.40 16 (won 2/1) +30.40 +4.00
24 28.00 10 (won 4/1) +39.00 +43.00
Column 5 exceeds column 1 - GAME CLOSES
In the above example, if your chosen point value was 5 (column 3 multiplied by 5) your
stakes would have been £10-£20-£35-£55-£80-£50 and a profit of £215 would have been
made.
STAKING PLAN TWO
• 1st of each month divide your bank by 20 to arrive at an initial monthly stake (5% of
your betting bank)
603
• Continue with this stake until a profit is shown on the month. After an overall monthly
profit has been made, increase your stake to 7.5% of your bank
• Continue using 7.5% of your bank until a new profit is shown on the month Each time a
new profit is made, increase your stake by 2.5% to a maximum 25% of your bank Once a
higher percentage of your bank has been reached, DO NOT REDUCE your stake.
Remain on your current stake until an overall profit has been made.
• Re-calculate your new starting stake on the 1st day of each month by dividing your total
bank by 20 and start again with 5% An accurate record of your monthly Profit/Loss
figures should be kept to operate this staking plan. Ensure that betting tax is included in
your figures.
EXAMPLE
STARTING BANK £2000.00 - Tax @ 10%
1st month 5% bank = £100 (lost) Bank = £1890
2nd month 5% bank = £100 (lost) Bank = £1780
3rd month 5% bank = £100 (Won 3/1) Bank = £2070
5th month 7.5% bank = £155 (lost) Bank = £1899.50
7th month 7.5% bank = £155 (lost) Bank = £1729
12th month 7.5% bank = £155 (Won 3/1) Bank = £2178.50
16th month 10% bank = £218 (Won 9/2) Bank = £3137.70
20th month 12.5% bank = £392 (lost) Bank = £2706.50
22nd month 12.5% bank = £392 (Won 2/1) Bank = £3451.30
25th month 15% bank = £518 (Won 1/1) Bank = £3917.50
26th month 17.5% bank = £686 (Won 7/4) Bank = £5049.40
27th month 20% bank = £1010 (lost) Bank = £3938.40
31st month 20% bank = £1010 (Won 10/11) Bank = £4755.58
BANK @ CLOSE OF MONTH = £4755.58
1st month 5% bank = £238 (lost) Bank = £4493.78
2nd month 5% bank = £238 (Won 15/8) Bank = £4916.23
3rd month 7.5% bank = £369
Etc
STAKING PLAN THREE
Divide your bank by 9 to find your first stake.
If selection loses:
Divide Bank by 9 again to find second stake
Continue dividing by 9 until a winner
604
After a winner:
Divide bank by 5 (always divide by 5 after a winner)
If next selection loses:
Divide bank by 7 to find next stake
If Lose:
Divide by 9 and continue dividing by 9 until a winner
To summarise:-
1/9th of betting bank until a winner
1/5th of betting bank after a winner, until a loser
1/7th of betting bank on next bet
If 1/7th wins, stake 1/5th on next bet.
If 1/7th loses, stake 1/9th on next bet
STAKING PLAN FOUR
To find your stake, multiply the Aim by 1. Decrease the multiplication factor after each
loser as follows:-
Horse 2 = x 0.80
Horse 3 = x 0.60
Horse 4 = x 0.40
Horse 5 = x 0.30 and remain multiplying by 0.30 until a winner.
After a winner restart multiplying the Aim by 1 and repeat. Start with an Aim of 50 for
this example and Arrears of NIL. After each loser add your lost stake to both Aim and
Arrears. Each game closes when the Arrears exceed the Aim by at least 50 (or whatever
your chosen unit Aim.)
Always ensure that your stake is never more than the Aim (except for betting tax).
AIM 50 Arrears Nil Return Stake inc tax
Horse 1 (aim x 1) = £50 = tax (lost) - £55
AIM -150 Arrears - 55
Horse 2 (aim x 0.80) =£84 + tax (lost) - £92.40
AIM -197.40 Arrears -147.40
Horse 3 (aim x 0.60) = £119 + tax (lost) - £130.90
AIM -328.30 Arrears -278.30
Horse 4 (aim x 0.40) = £132 + tax (lost) - £145.20
AIM -473.50 Arrears -423.50
Horse 5 (aim x 0.30) = £143 + tax (W 3/1) £572 £157.30
AIM -58.80 Arrears -8.80
605
Horse 6 (aim x 1) = £59 + tax (W 9/4) £191.75 £64.90

AIM +68.05 PROFIT + £118.05
Each game closes when the arrears exceed the aim by at least 50.
606
Stop at a Winner Staking Plan
Stop at a Winner Staking Plan - The Stop at a Winner Staking Plan is also known as
SAW. From now on it will be referred to as SAW. The staking plan aims to make a fixed
target per session or per day. After a winning bet, the target is made and all betting
finishes for that session/day. In TSM there are several options. You can see that after you
have set your starting bank you then set your target by choosing a percentage of your start
bank to aim for. In the settings above the start bank is £100 and the target is 1% of that.
So the aim per session or per day is £1. Lets see how this works after a few losses.
SAW 2 - You can see that by bet 5 the stake has increased to £6.25. It wins and the target
for the day is reached. You can see by this that SAW stakes can increase dramatically to
make what is a relatively very small profit. To combat this you can decrease your
stoploss - number of losing bets before starting again. One other option is to link the
initial target to the cumulative total. Another option is to recover commission losses so
that you actually make your target AFTER commission is taken into account. In the
example below commission is turned on and set to 5%.
607
The 7 Match Banker Bet
Based on the Yankee, but this transforms the bet. Select seven matches as banker bets,
and clearly mark them on your Betting slip a b c d e f g, seven Yankees, abcf, abde, aceg,
adfg, bcdg, befg, cdef. 5 winners from your seven selections will guarantee a successful
Yankee. Six winners will guarantee three winning yankees, seven winners obviously
guarantees seven winning yankees. Just four winners can give you a winning yankee.
Two or three winners will give us consolation doubles and trebles.
Important - I always add one extra point, writing on my slip, a one point win
accumulator, all seven teams. I have got the bet up on several occasions and the returns
can be enormous. I personally use this bet every weekend, and do the full bet three times.
1. Bankers
2. Mid Range
3. Speculative
Staking accordingly: i.e. Bankers 77 times £3, Mid Range 77 times £2, and Speculative
77 times £1. Stake proportionately 1, 2/3, 1/3, i.e. 77 bets @ 30p, 77 bets @ 20p, 77 bets
@ 10p
608
The `Bottom of the Class` Betting System
Type of racing: National Hunt only. Turf Only.

Type of races Handicap hurdle and Handicap Chases, do not use novice handicaps or
selling handicaps.
Paper Needed Daily Mirror
System Source Check the days handicaps, bet on any horse that has a spot form TOP
rating (indicated by black spot) of 41 or higher and is carrying only TEN STONE (10-
00), also bet on any horse that has a SECOND rating (one away from top rating) of 40 or
higher and is carrying only TEN STONE (10-00).
Staking Level stakes
Recommended Odds 4/6 or better.
609
The `Fit and Fancied` Betting System
Type of racing Flat and National Hunt. Turf and All Weather
Type of races Flat; all handicaps except sellers. National Hunt; all handicaps except
sellers.
System Source Check the days handicaps, bet on any horse that is Strongly Fancied
(indicated by SF), a winner last time out and is carrying a penalty (indicated by 3lb ex,
5lb ex etc.).
610
The Ìnside Info` Betting System
Type of racing Flat Racing only. Turf only.

Type of races All races containing two year olds
System Source Check all 2yo`s, bet on any 2yo that is Strongly Fancied (indicated by
SF), American bred (indicated by USA) and making its debut (first run in public). For
extra selections use Fancied (indicated by F) as well as Strongly Fancied.
611
The Òn the Mark` Betting System
Type of races Flat and National Hunt; all handicaps.
Paper Needed Racing Post (use your bookmakers copy)
System Source Check `Postdata` daily NAP selection, bet on `Postdata NAP only if it is a
winner last time out and carrying a penalty (indicated by 3lb ex, 5lb ex etc.).
612
The Òn the Spot` Betting System
Type of races Flat and National Hunt; all handicaps.
System Source Check the daily `Topspot` selection, bet on Topspot only if it is a last time
out winner and carrying a penalty (indicated by 3lb ex, 5lb ex etc.).
613
The `Seller` Betting System
Type of racing Flat Racing only. Turf only.

Type of races All non handicap sellers, do NOT use handicaps. (Selling races indicated
by (S))
System Source Check the days non handicap sellers, bet on any horse that has a spot form
TOP rating (indicated by a black spot) of 32 or higher.
Recommended Odds 4-6 or better
614
The `Speed form One` Betting System
Type of races Flat; all non handicaps. National hunt; all non handicaps. Do NOT use
handicaps.
System Source Check the daily `Speed horse` selection, bet on the `Speed horse` only if it
is spot form Top rated (indicated by black spot) in a non handicap.
615
The `Speed form Two` Betting System
Type of races Flat; all non handicaps. National hunt; all non handicaps. Do NOT use
handicaps.
Paper Needed Racing Post (use your bookmakers copy)
System Source Check Top speeds daily NAP selection, bet on Top speeds NAP only is
also TOP rated (or joint top) by Postdata in a non handicap.
616
The `Spot-On` Betting System
Type of races Flat racing only. All Weather only.

Type of races All handicaps except sellers.
System Source Check the days handicaps, bet on any horse that is spot form TOP rated
(indicated by black spot) and last time out winners (current season only) and is a course
and distance winner (indicated by CD).
617
The Amazing Two Win Singles Bet
Bookmakers do not promote this bet. In fact, you may, as this has happened to me so
many times, encounter betting shop managers who do not either know of, or how to settle
this bet. But it is legal, and legitimate. Any problems either placing, staking, or settling
this bet, tell the manager to refer to head office. Some managers will not like the bet, as it
will make them look stupid, but who cares. The trick is in how the bet is written and
staked. We use the phrase, ‘ stop at a winner’. It does not matter if you use this bet for
either, football, racing, or even one football match and one horse race. Use a plain betting
slip. This is important.
This is an example of how to write out the bet
Example
Man Utd 1/3 to beat Charlton £100 win
Arsenal 4/6 to beat Newcastle £300 win
‘Stop at a winner’
Total stake £400
That is all you need to write on the slip
Separate Slip
Arsenal 4/6 to beat Newcastle £100 win
Man Utd 1/3 to beat Charlton £300 win
‘Stop at a winner’
Total stake £400
618
So above is an example of how to bet two selections. Two win bet selections, Be it
football, racing, or one football match and one horse race. The key is the instruction,
‘stop at a winner’. Stop at a winner bets are settled in the order that they are written, not
the times of the events so the bet is always, two win singles, with an outlay of eight
betting points. Obviously, unused stakes are returned.
Settlement of the above bet. Let’s look at all outcomes.
1. Arsenal win and Man Utd lose
On the first slip our £l00 on Man Utd is lost, and our £300 on Arsenal wins,
£300 at 4/6 returns £500
On our second slip our £100 on Arsenal at 4/6 wins, returning £166.67, stop at a winner.
Arsenal win so the bet stops. And our £300 stake on Man Utd is returned. Total return
£466.67.
So in this example, we lay out eight betting points, we find one winner at 4/6, and one
loser at 1-3, staking £800 in total. Our total return is £966.67. A profit of £166,67 on the
bet, or a profit of 1.66 betting points, with a 1-3 loser!
Another way of looking at this, is laying out the whole £800 in two £400 win singles on
Man Utd at 1-3 and Arsenal at 4/6, the same stake as the above bet. You would lose £400
on Man Utd, £400 on Arsenal at 4/6 returns £666.66, a loss of £133.34, or a loss of 1.33
betting points. This is how clever staking turns things around.
Lets settle the bet with Man Utd winning at 1-3, and Arsenal losing at 4-6. On our first
slip £100 on Man Utd at 1-3 wins, returning £133.33. Stop at a winner. So the bet stops.
Our £300 on Arsenal is returned. Total Return £433.33.
619
On our second slip £100 on Arsenal at 4-6 loses, £300 on Man Utd at 1-3 wins, returning
£400, so with just one winner at 1/3 from two selections, we still get a return of £833.33,
not a great profit, but a profit £33.33 none the less.
Compare that to having two £400 win singles, at 4-6, and 1-3, and finding just one
winner at 1-3. £400 Arsenal at 4/6 loses, £400 Man Utd at 1-3 wins. Returns £533.33.
You would have laid out £800 to lose £266.67.
As opposed to making a profit of £33.33 staking my way.
Now lets look at what happens if both our selections win.
Bet 1. £100 Man Utd at 1-3 wins, returns £133.33 stop at a winner, so the £300 staked on
Arsenal is returned, total return £433.33
Bet 2. £100 Arsenal at 4-6 wins, returns £166.67, stop at a winner, so the £300 staked on
Man Utd is returned, total return £466.67.
Total return from both bets £433.33, plus £466.67, equals £900. A profit of £100, or one
betting point.
You should have spotted that is less profit than just finding one 4/6 winner. As in the
earlier example, with just Arsenal winning at 4-6, we made a profit of £166.67.
When did you last have a bet on two singles, where having a loser actually makes the bet
more profitable!
Can I make it clear, with this bet the money values I have used are just as an example.
You do not need to bet in hundreds. The bet can be done to what ever you like - the
profits, pro rata, are the same.
It will always be a bet staking 8 betting points, and you can work it to whatever point
value you like. The most important point to understand, and this bet really is simple, once
you understand it, is that it is simply written on two separate plain betting slips, always
620
one point on the first selection, three points on the second selection. And whichever
selections you put on the first betting slip, change them around on the second slip, always
writing clearly.........
‘ stop at a winner’ underneath your instructions.
Remember, the above example is using prices of 1-3, and 4-6. Let’s use an example with
two 2-1 shots.
1. Barnsley 2-1 to beat Wolves £100 win
Millwall 2-1 to beat Coventry £300 win
2. Millwall 2-1 to beat Coventry £100 win
Barnsley 2-l to beat Wolves £300 win
Again, exactly the same instructions, as already explained, two separate slips, with the
instructions ‘ stop at a winner’
In this example, as we have used identical prices. 2/1 for each selection, so if either
Barnsley or Millwall win, the returns for either will be the same. So if we get one 2-l
winner and one 2-1 loser, let’s use Barnsley as an example:
Slip one.
£100 win Barnsley at 2-1 returns £300, stop at a winner. So £300 is returned from the
Millwall bet, total return £600
Slip two.
£100 win Millwall loses, £300 Barnsley at 2-1 returns £900. Returns from both bets are
£900 plus £600, equals a total return from both bets, of £1500, finding just one 2-1
winner, and one 2-1 loser.
We staked 8 betting points, in this case at £100 a point, we staked £800, and got a return
of £1500, a profit of £700.
621
If you had just bet two £400 win singles, staking the same £800, and found one 2-1
winner, and a 2-1 loser, your return would have been only £1200, a profit of £400. But
that is £300 less than my way.
And in this instance, if we find two 2-1 winners, each bet returns £600, a total of £1200,
for a £400 profit, exactly the same as having two £400 win singles. But, can I repeat,
staking my way, if we only find one 2-1 winner, and our other 2-l selection loses, we
make an extra £300, if one loses!!!
622
The CORRECT SCORE football betting system
There's big money to be made out of Correct Score Football Betting and gradually, the
big bookmakers are trying counter measures in an attempt to reduce their liabilities.
Currently, most U.K. betting shops accept Correct Score Doubles, Trebles, etc. on U.K.
football matches.
The special coupons can be located on most betting shop counters from each Tuesday
onwards. In the event of all the coupons being used or missing a normal betting slip can
be used. Ensure you date your betting slip for the Saturday in question and you'll see the
actual instructions/wording below.
Currently, in even matched games, a score of 2-1 (home or away) is approximately 9/1
and 3-2 (either way) is 25/1 or 28/1. So a 2-1 Treble yields 1000/1 and the worst 3-2
Double pays 625/1.
My approach, in an attempt to snare a 1000/1 Treble, is to select ten matches and to perm
any 3 from 10, in 120 Trebles. Obviously, I avoid all the Manchester United V Barnsley's
and I believe 2-1s are easier to find than 1-2s.
The individual match prices are a good guide as to who's going to win 2-1.
Seek marginally (4/5, 8/11 etc.) odds-on home sides. Another good guide is to purchase a
weekly Racing and Football Outlook from a good newsagents on a Wednesday. They
devote four tabloid size pages to football.
As said, any 3 from 10 is 120 Trebles and cheaper Perms are 3 from 8 (56) and 3 from 9
(84). There's no very simple way of calculating Trebles, but it is done as follows:
623
If you wish to know 3 from 16, you draw a horizontal line and below the line you write 1
x 2 x 3 and above the line you put 16 x 15 x 14. Then divide above the line by below the
line for the answer - 560.
Calculating Doubles is simplicity itself. If you wish to know how many Doubles in, say
20, you take the number below the 20, half the even number and multiply the two
together. So Doubles in 20 is 190 (19 x 10).
On U.K. football 3-2 is a fairly reasonably common score and at a minimum match price
of 25/1 the Double is a very tasty 625/1. Any 2 from, say 15 is 105 Doubles and the
Doubles can be from 1p upwards - so at 10p the wager would cost £10.50 and at 1p the
stake is £1.05p.
One thing’s for absolute sure, you'll find more 9 and 25/1 football winners, than similarly
priced horse race winners. Each week there will be roughly twenty (out of fifty-odd), 9/1
and 25/1 football winners on the coupon.
Finding the 3-2s is not an impossibility. Seek home sides who average two home-goals
per game, that are marginally odds-on, playing sides that are averaging at least one away
goal per away game.
I shouldn't be telling you this and I hope not too many readers try this approach, or it'll be
Singles only from mid-September. Eliminate all the Home/Away "bankers" and cover the
residue in 3-2 Doubles (any 2 from, say 35) and you'll win money over the season.
Now for the instructions. Having decided how many matches you wish to cover in
Doubles or Trebles and at what score, you simply do this:
Find the Correct Score Column and enter 2-1 (for example) in the ten appropriate boxes
(for example). Then turn the coupon sideways and write (for example) "Perm any 3 from
10 = 120 x 10p Win Trebles" and then enter £12.00p in the Total Stake box.
624
Should you wish to try 3-2 doubles, then use a different coupon (one wager per coupon)
and write 3-2 in your 20 selected boxes and sideways write (for example) "Perm any 2
from 20 = 190 x 10p (for example) Win Doubles" and enter £19.00p in the Total Stake
box.
Should the coupons be absent, then borrow a duplicate coupon from behind the betting
shop counter (for the match numbers) and then write on a betting slip "Football Correct
Scores 30.08.97 matches 7, 11, 18, 27 etc.
(Put a ring around the match numbers) all 3-2 in 120x10p Win Doubles".
Do likewise for your 2-1 Win Trebles. Ask the counter-hand to check you haven't
"under" or "over" staked your wager.
We have developed some Plans that are a lot more economical than the full cover perms
explained above. Please consider using them. They are more cost effective than full cover
perms, and still have excellent guarantees. If you use these Plans you cannot just mark
your 10 matches with the simple instruction "Perm any 3 from 10 = 120 bets". You will
have to enter each individual bet on the coupon and you may need several coupons. It is
worth the effort, because these Plans give better value for money than a full cover any 3
from 120, or any 5 from 10 etc
Plan 3/4/10
Enter your own 10 match numbers at the side of those below, and then simply replace the
numbers in the plan below with your own numbers.
1= 2= 3= 4= 5= 6= 7= 8= 9= 10=
When completed your coupon will have 45 bets, each one a treble from your chosen 10
matches.
625
This Plan will guarantee you a winning treble if you have 4 correct anywhere in your 10
matches. It takes only 45 lines, a big saving on a full perm of any 3 from 10 which is 120
bets
127
1 2 10
135
136
138
139
145
146
148
149
156
1 7 10
189
234
237
247
258
259
2 5 10
268
269
626
2 6 10
2 8 10
2 9 10
347
348
349
3 4 10
356
3 7 10
389
456
4 7 10
489
567
568
578
579
5 8 10
5 9 10
678
679
6 8 10
6 9 10
789
627
Plan 3/4/11
1= 2= 3= 4= 5= 6= 7= 8= 9= 10= 11=
matches.
This Plan will guarantee you a winning treble if you have 4 correct anywhere in your 11
matches. It takes only 64 lines, a big saving on a full perm of any 3 from 11 which is 165
bets
123
124
126
127
137
139
145
146
149
156
158
159
1 5 10
1 5 11
169
628
179
1 8 10
1 8 11
235
237
245
246
249
256
257
269
289
2 8 10
2 8 11
2 9 10
2 9 11
2 10 11
348
3 4 10
3 4 11
357
359
367
368
629
3 6 10
3 6 11
378
379
3 10 11
456
459
468
469
478
4 7 10
4 7 11
4 10 11
569
579
5 8 10
5 8 11
678
6 7 10
6 7 11
6 10 11
7 10 11
8 9 10
8 9 11
630
9 10 11
Plan 3/4/12
1= 2= 3= 4= 5= 6= 7= 8= 9= 10= 11= 12=
matches.
This Plan has a 96% guarantee that you will have a winning treble if you have 4 correct
anywhere in your 12 matches. It takes only 75 lines, a big saving on a full perm of any 3
from 12 which is 220 bets
123
124
125
126
135
1 3 10
146
1 4 10
1 5 10
1 6 10
178
179
1 7 11
1 7 12
631
1 8 11
1 8 12
1 9 11
1 11 12
235
237
246
247
257
267
2 8 10
2 8 11
2 8 12
2 9 10
2 9 11
2 10 11
2 10 12
2 11 12
348
349
3 4 11
3 4 12
357
3 5 10
632
3 5 11
368
369
3 6 11
3 6 12
3 7 10
389
3 9 12
458
459
4 5 11
4 5 12
467
4 6 10
4 6 11
4 7 10
489
4 9 12
568
569
5 6 11
5 6 12
5 7 10
589
633
5 9 12
6 7 10
689
6 9 12
7 8 11
7 8 12
7 9 11
7 11 12
8 10 11
8 10 12
8 11 12
9 10 11
10 11 12
634
The Draw
Despite the many efforts of the clerks of the courses to mitigate its more extreme effects
on their tracks, the draw continues to play an important role whenever trainers, jockeys
and punters come to assess the chances of their respective charges, mounts and possible
selections in any race where its effects are thought to have a bearing on the outcome.
There are few more galling experiences for the connections of a runner which has been
specially prepared for a specific race than to see its chance of winning scuppered by
being allocated a highly unfavourable draw. The shrewd punter, however, with a
thorough knowledge of the overall effects of the draw bias can turn this to advantage by
being able to cancel out several runners straight away, so turning the percentages in his
favour.
Always remember: the bigger the field, the greater are the effects of the draw – and,
unless there are compelling reasons to do otherwise, never back a badly drawn horse.
• The problems of trying to evenly water a course are manifold. One such problem is a
gusting wind which tends to blow the water spray in a haphazard fashion instead of it
being allowed to fall in the desired uniform pattern. During a dry spell one must be alive
to the possibility of the generally established effects of the draw being altered by uneven
artificial watering in just the same way as the draw bias on some courses changes on a
wet day as the ground softens. The alert backer can turn these changes to his or her
advantage if at the racecourse or watching the screens. It may become apparent quite
early on in the day that a certain strip of ground is riding faster than the rest of the track,
thereby enabling the punter to eliminate a portion of the field in some later race.
• Horses which are drawn towards the inside rail in races of five to eight furlongs on the
round course and on fast ground will have a bigger advantage than those drawn wider
than when the ground rides soft, because they will reach the bend that much quicker on
the fast ground - providing of course that they do not miss the break, and so get "chopped
off" at the turn.
• In a race on the straight course where there is only a slight draw bias, the best horses, if
drawn in close proximity on the less favoured area of the track, may still dominate the
race. Because these form horses will be competing against one another in what may be a
separate race, as it were, they may well pull away from those better drawn but slower
animals in the closing stages of the race.
635
• In a sprint race, two-year-olds and inexperienced three-year-olds benefit from being

drawn against the rails: this allows them to run against the rail, so keeping a straight line,
and therefore less liable to become unbalanced and "roll about" when under pressure -
unlike those rivals drawn nearer the centre of the track.
• When considering any race which is to be run on the round course, always look at the
starting position of the race in relation to the bends and the size of the field; then take into
account any advantages or otherwise which might affect the main contenders of the race:
good jockeyship can be an important factor here.
• Where the draw has an obvious influence in the outcome of a race, not only should one
consider its possible effects before a race is run, but also after the event. For example: a
badly drawn horse finishes on the heels of its better drawn rivals, or a runner has raced
prominently for a long way on a slow strip of ground or has finished close up after being
forced wide round the turns. Make notes of such instances and you will be able to take
them into account when making evaluations in future races where these noteworthy
runners hold engagements.
• On a wet day, take special note of the positioning of the starting stalls just prior to the
races on the straight course. The clerk of the course has been known to move them away
from their advertised position in order to allow the bulk of the field to race along that
section of the course which he deems has the least advantage to any portion of the field
under soft ground conditions. This is an unfair tactic which often harms those backers
who take an early price with regard to prior conceptions of the draw bias being taken into
account - and backed up with hard cash.
• Some jockeys are master tacticians when it comes to realizing any changing effects of
the draw: Michael Roberts is a good example of this. Most riders who have come to
Britain from the old colonial countries have great tactical awareness and appreciate
saving ground on the inside, and are also quick to realize any marked effects of the draw.
• The most intelligent jockeys make for the quickest and fastest route home, be it via the
inside rail or the fastest strip of ground. Having stated this, it has not been unknown for
the jockey on the non-trier to take the longest and/or the slowest path to defeat.
636
THE EASY GREYHOUND RATINGS
Look at the previous finishing times for each dog over the same distance as the current
race. Eliminate the fastest time for each dog and rank the dogs in order of their second
fastest time i.e. in a six dog race each dog has a number with 1 being the fastest and six
being the slowest. Do the same again, this time using the start times. Add together the
two figures for each dog and the dog with the lowest number is our selection. Using the
second fastest times eliminates any fluke so we are looking at a more reliable figure. Both
start and finish times are used so the selected dog should be a reliable overall performer.
All you need to do is use a good staking system and you should have enough winners to
make some money.
637
THE EASY GREYHOUND SYSTEM
A very clever greyhound system that GUARANTEES a return every time!
Take Traps 1, 5 and 6 in reverse forecasts. 6 bets at 50p = £3.00
And Traps 2, 3 and 4 for £1.00 places = £3.00

Total Outlay £6.00
You are guaranteed a Return!
You have a Winning Forecast, Two Place Bets, or One Place Bet correct.
638
The Fixed Odds Insurance Bet
One of the attractions of the Fixed Odds Coupon is the very high returns possible for a
small outlay, using a multiple bet, such as a 5-fold, 6-fold, 7-fold etc. If you correctly
predict the results of 7 matches at average odds of 5/2 you get a 6433-1 win, giving a
£643.39 to a 10p stake.
Of course, getting 7 results correct is not easy – just one wrong and you lose.
There is a very clever Perm which allows you to ‘insure’ against some incorrect results
and you can still get a big win for a small stake.
Suppose you want to pick 7 matches and you are confident of the result of two of them
(let’s call them Match A and Match B). You are not so confident of the remaining five.
To cover these in a full perm, allowing for every possible outcome would take 3 x 3 x 3 x
3 x 3 = 243 lines. Assuming both your bankers result as expected, you are guaranteed a
win, but the return could be less than the stake.
However you can cover these 5 matches in a lot fewer lines by allowing for some errors.
Let’s say you expect the five matches to result as follows:-
Match C – Home, Match D – Draw, Match E – Away, Match F – Home, Match G –
Draw
Suppose you expect to get 3 correct and maybe 2 wrong. Using the Long List on the
Fixed Odds coupon, you would mark your predicted results against the seven matches (1,
2 or X0 and mark Match A and Match B (your bankers) with a ‘B’ to indicate to the
bookmaker your banker bets. And write your perm instructions “Allow for up to 2 errors
in the 5 non-bankers = 51 lines”.
639
Now the bet will win as long as your two bankers result as expected and you get no more
than two wrong in the five non-bankers. If you have three or more correct in the five the
bet wins.
How Does It Work?
When you first see this Plan it can be a little difficult to understand. So here is an
example using just three matches. To cover each match for a single result is of course just
one line.
e.g. Match A – Home, Match B – Draw, Match C – Away
This is your expected result for the three matches.
Suppose you are confident about Match A, and that is your banker bet. But you are not
sure about the other two matches, and expect to get maybe one wrong. So you will need
to cover all these possible outcomes:
Match A – Home Match B – Draw, Match C – Away
Match A – Home Match B – Draw, Match C – Draw
Match A – Home Match B – Draw, Match C – Home
Match A – Home Match B – Home, Match C – Away
Match A – Home Match B – Away, Match C – Away
Match A is your banker and is covered as a Home win in every line. The first line covers
your expected result. So you win if you have none wrong. The remaining 4 lines assume
that you will get one correct and one wrong. So B is covered as a Draw (correct) with C
as a Draw and also C as a Home (both wrong).
And Match C is covered as an Away (correct) with B as a Home and also B as an Away
(both wrong). So you are covered if all three are correct, and also if either B or C are
wrong. So to cover for up to one mistake in the two non-bankers takes 5 lines.
640
You can use the same principle to cover more matches and to allow for more errors in
your non-bankers.
This Table shows you the number of lines needed for these larger Plans.
Non-bankers (allow up to (allow up to (allow up to
1 error) 2 errors) 3 errors)
1 3 lines
259
3 7 19 27
4 9 33 65
5 11 51 131
6 13 73 233
7 15 99 379
Using the Plan
Here’s an example of how you would use the system. Suppose you want to cover eight
matches and you are confident of two matches and make them bankers:
GILLINGHAM - CREWE. 8/13 Home banker
HARTLEPOOL - PLYMOUTH ARG 6/4 Away Banker
Let’s say your other six matches are:
BLACKBURN - SOUTHAMPTON 10/11 Home
DERBY - MIDDLESBORO 9/4 Away
BRADFORD - NORWICH 7/5 Home
CRYSTAL PALACE - BIRMINGHAM 13/10 Away
GRIMSBY - SHEFF WED. 11/5 Draw
WOLVES - MAN CITY 9/4 Draw
641
And you want to cover these six matches so you will win if you have up to two non-
bankers wrong. So you will put 1, 2 or X against the eight matches on the Long List, and
put a B against your two bankers – the Gillingham and Hartlepool matches.
If you refer to the Table you will see that to cover six non-bankers and to allow for up to
2 errors takes 73 lines. At a 10p stake this will cost £7.30.
If all 8 are correct at these odds gives a 1431-1 winner – a return to a 10p stake of
£143.10p. If one or two of your non-bankers are wrong you still have a winning 8-fold,
but the returns may be more or less than £143.10p, depending on the odds of two one or
two matches you got wrong.
Finally, you should be aware that all bookmaker’s staff will be familiar with this kind of
Plan. You may have to explain how it works. They should be happy to accept it once they
understand how it works. The Plan can only be interpreted in only one way. There is
nothing ambiguous about it. Just be certain that have the correct number of lines for the
number of non-bankers and number of allowable errors.
642
The Going
In this section, which concerns the state of the ground, certain principles which govern
the ability of the racehorse to act at full racing pace on different degrees of ground
conditions have been set down. These rules, however, can nevertheless prove invaluable
if adopted into your mode of thinking when assessing a race. The state of the prevailing
ground conditions probably has more influence on the outcome of a race than any other
factor - and there are many.
• A rounded action of the foreleg is usually indicative of a horse with a preference for
some degree of give in the ground which will absorb and neutralize some of the shock to
the joints generated as a result of the action. An exaggeratedly round action, however, is
not a good thing because the horse's feet will spend too long a period in the air, thereby
losing valuable ground in the process: this particularly applies on a downhill gradient,
where the ground "runs away" from the horse, so to speak.
• A big, powerful horse which has big feet can - providing it possesses a suitable knee
action - gallop well at racing pace through soft ground conditions, and may well be suited
to this type of going; in contrast to the animal with small feet that will be slowed to a
greater degree as its feet penetrate deeper into the mud. However, when the ground is
very heavy, sticky or dead a horse that is built in a lighter mould and possesses a fairly
light action may be able to gallop through or "over" this type of going to a less than
average slowing effect because it will not have experienced so much muscular fatigue as
a much heavier horse, who may flounder in such holding conditions. The size of a horse's
feet, its knee action, body weight and distribution are all interdependent factors which,
when combined with the prevailing ground conditions are related to, and greatly affect,
racecourse performance.
Accurate descriptions of the positive physical attributes - or otherwise - of each
racehorse, its stride pattern, action and probable going preferences appear in the best
racing publications.
• Because of their disproportionately large-size bodies, heavy-topped racehorses
generally require a measure of cut in the ground. These types often exert an excess of
pressure to the forelegs, and even more so if possessing a rounded action.
• A one-paced horse will often show "improved" form when the going is soft: this is
merely because wet ground will have a slowing effect on its quicker opponents.
However, when taking betting considerations into account, the one-paced animal is not
643
one with which to entrust one's life savings; they have an awful habit of finishing second,
even when dropped in class.
• Horses which dislike firm ground "feel" it even more when running downhill because
the ground is running away from them, whereas, when racing uphill the ground rises to
meet them, thereby lessening the concussive effect on the foreleg joints and shoulders as
the feet strike the ground. It is the forelegs which have to absorb much of the shock when
a horse is galloping.
• Be cautious about backing a horse whose legs are heavily bandaged and is racing on
very firm or soft ground because:-
a) The horse in question must obviously have had sore shins or some other foot or leg
problem and, when the ground is firm, may not be willing to fully stretch out when asked
to do so at the business end of a race.
b) When the going is very sloshy, the bandages may hold a fair amount of water. In the
racing world there is an old saying: "An ounce on the foot is worth a pound on the back".
These rules apply even more so in the most competitive races. In these affairs, the horse
will need everything in its favour in order to win.
• Always be wary of backing horses which reappear quickly after having experienced a
hard race on their last outing if run on firm or very soft going, particularly younger horses
and fillies: they may need time to recover from the physical excesses of a punishing race
on soft ground - this applies even more so over the longer distances - or they may be
feeling rather sore after having to really stretch out on firm ground. There will, of course,
be exceptions to this rule, but the thoroughbred racehorse is a quite highly strung,
sophisticated and in many ways delicate animal both in the physical and mental sense,
and many will not readily absorb and then recover from the stresses and strains of quickly
successive hard races, particularly under unsuitable conditions.
• Although there are a few horses that like to hear their feet rattle - and these are very
much in a minority - it must be said that few actually like racing on very firm ground
even though they act well enough on fast and good to firm ground. Also, few flat racers
actually enjoy running through very soft conditions unless their physical attributes, knee
action and constitution are suited. Good ground, with a very fine cut in it is the ideal
criterion for the majority of racehorses.
• A horse that acts well on fast ground will still usually run up to its best when there is a
bit of give in the ground: conversely, however, the soft ground specialist will rarely run
up to its best form on a fast surface because:-
644
a) It's action is unsuited and so the animal will be reluctant to let itself fully stretch out: in
other words, it will be "saving" itself.
b) The horse will be beaten for speed by the low, economically-actioned runners.
• On fast ground, note the runners which go to post with a relatively low head carriage
and a low, raking and fluent action: these are the ones that will be stretching out freely
throughout the race.
• When under pressure towards the end of a race, it is not an uncommon sight to see a
horse "hang" to the left or right: this invariably means it is "feeling" the ground, or
possibly that something else is hurting it. Otherwise it-may be ungenuine, or just very
tired and is being asked to do too much. Be cautious about backing any horse which has
run in this manner, on its next outing - particularly if reappearing fairly quickly.
• Sharp-actioned horses usually require fast ground to run up to their best; also they tend
to be sprinters.
• An animal that has been operated on for a wind infirmity will be best served by fast
ground conditions - providing action and conformation suit – because of its restricted
breathing condition. Softer ground conditions make for a harder race which, in turn, will
mean harder work for the respiratory system.
• Often a horse that is not a natural fast-ground performer will run well on its first
encounter with a fast surface; but after this particular run may be unwilling to stretch out
again on fast ground in future races, and so run below form. They are normally from
amongst the younger brigade and can be seen hanging to left or right when being asked to
quicken.
• Although some horses are out-and-out fast-ground performers, many who had
previously shown a distinct preference for a fast surface may want some cut in the ground
as they get older and their joints become worn and arthritic.
645
The Home Win Banker Bet System
Selection procedure: I use the Racing Post TV sport column each day to quickly check
which, if any, matches are being shown live on TV that day. On occasions, but very
rarely, you could have up to four bets a day, when for example there are TV games
kicking off at,12.00 midday, 14.00, 17.00, 20.00, but this is the exception. Usually, from
the Friday evening game, through until the Sunday evening, Scottish/Spanish matches, I
would expect to have three bets over the weekend. I am only interested in games where
the home team is priced to win the match at odds between 2/5 and 13/8, without
exception, and I always use the match with the earliest kick off that meets this criteria.
You only use one match at a time, and that is because of the staking plan that we use.
Once understood, the staking plan is very simple, a line of numbers, called an arbiter,
which sets and adjusts stakes, before and after every bet.
1- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 - 6 - 7 - 8 – 9
We always stake the total of the numbers at either end of the line:
so 1 plus 9, each number at each end equals 10, so at £5 a point, staking 10 points the
first bet would be £50. If our bet loses, we cross out the 1 and 9, and stake our next bet by
adding together the remaining numbers at each end of our line, i.e. 2 and 8. If our first bet
wins, we add the winning stake number to the end of our line, which in this case would
be 10, which would make our new line then read:
1 - 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 - 6 - 7 - 8 - 9 - 10
and our next bet would be 1 plus 10, which is 11, and the next stake £55.
646
Here is exactly how this staking plan works (using 1 point=£5)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 stake 1+9=10 = £50 result won 1-2 - profit 25 +25.00
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 stake 1+10= 1 =£55 result won 4-5 profit 44 +69.00
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 l 1 stake 1+11=12 =£60 result lost 2-5 profit 0 + 9.00
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 stake 2+10=12 =£60 result lost 4-7 profit 0 -51.00
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 stake 3+9= 12 =£60 result won 5-4 profit 75 +24.00
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 12 stake 3+12=15 =£75 result won 2-5 profit 30 +54.00
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 12 15 stake 3+15=18 =£90 result won 4-6 profit 60 +114.00
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 12 15 18 stake 3+18=21 =£105 result lost 1-2 profit 0 + 9.00
4 5 6 7 8 9 12 15 stake 4+ 15=19 =£95 result won 8-11 profit 69 +78.00
4 5 6 7 8 9 12 15 19 stake 4+19=23 =£115 result lost 4-6 profit 0 -37.00
5 6 7 8 9 12 15 stake 5+15=20 =£100 result won even profit 100 +63.00
5 6 7 8 9 12 1 5 20 stake 5+20=25 =£125 result won 11-8 profit 171 +234.00
5 6 7 8 9 12 15 20 25 stake 5=25=30 =£150 result won 10-11 profit 136 +370
5 6 7 8 9 12 15 20 25 30 stake 5+30=35 =£175 result lost 1-2 profit 0 +195.00
6 7 8 9 12 15 20 25 stake 6+25=31 =£l55 result won even profit 155 +350.00
6 7 8 9 12 15 20 25 31 stake 6+3l=37 =£185 result won 10-11 profit 168 +518.00
Stop at this point we stop. Why?
Because the aim with this plan is to make ten times our opening stake. We started with
£50, and in our profit column we are plus £518, so we take our profit out, and restart.
Never ever go beyond your aim, with this plan you only use it to achieve a profit of ten
times your opening stake.
647
648
The MAGNIFICENT 7
For Football or Horse Racing.

To cover all doubles, trebles, 4-folds and 5-folds in 7 selections takes 112 bets. Our
expert has reduced this to just 32 bets, while still giving excellent guarantees!
9 Doubles
Race 1 & Race 2
Race 1 & Race 3
Race 2 & Race 3
Race 4 & Race 5
Race 4 & Race 6
Race 4 & Race 7
Race 5 & Race 6
Race 5 & Race 7
Race 6 & Race 7
12 Trebles
Races: 1,2,3 1,2,7 1,3,7 1,4,5
1,5,6 2,3,5 2,3.7 2,4,6
3,4,6 4,5,7 4,6,7 5,6,7
7 4-folds
Races: 1,2,3,4, 1,2,5,6 1,3,6,7 1,4,5,7
2,3,5,7 2,4,6,7 3,4,5,6
4 5-folds
649
Races: 1,2,3,4,5 1,2,3,6,7 1,4,5,6,7 2,3,4,5,6

An ideal Saturday bet! The guarantees are excellent and the savings in stakes from full
cover (112 bets) is substantial.
Guarantees: 3 winners – at least one double (and maybe a treble)
4 winners – at least one treble, 3 doubles and possibly a 4-fold.
5 winners – at least one 4-fold, 3 trebles and 4 doubles
6 winners – at least one 5-fold, 3 4-folds, 6 trebles, 5 doubles.
You can of course enter only part of the bet if you wish, i.e. trebles only = 12 bets.
650
The Multiple Hit
For Football or Horse Racing: 6 Selections – 11 Bets.

For football you should indicate the match result. Home, Away or Draw.
Two popular multiple bets are the Yankee, covering 4 selections in 11 bets, and the
Canadian covering 5 selections in 26 bets.
For the same outlay as the Yankee covering 4 selections this method covers 6 selections
for the same stake (11 bets) and 15 bets less than Canadian which covers only 5
selections.
Laid out in a chart The Multiple Hit looks like this:
Bookmakers are often suspicious of this type of bet and you should make this bet on the
bookmakers betting slips. Write out the bet in full. Your bets will look like this:
5 Doubles
Match 1 & Result (Home, Away or Draw) with Match 2 Result
Match 2 Result with Match 3 Result
651

4 Trebles
Match 1 & Match 3 & Match 5
4 Fold Accumulator
Match 1 & Match 2 & Match 5 & Match 6
6 Fold Accumulator
All 6 Matches
652
THE PROFESSIONAL HORSE RACING SYSTEM
Shows how the experts make money from two-year-olds on the flat
METHOD OF SELECTION
1. Betting is confined to races for two-year-olds only of all kinds, including nurseries.
2. To qualify a two-year-old must be the outright winner of two consecutive races at any
point in its first season of racing.
3. Qualifiers are backed on their subsequent outings until they lose or record three further
successive wins. In this connection dead heats and disqualifications from first place are
counted as wins.
METHOD OF STAKING
1. There is a maximum possible total of 4 points on each qualifier made up asfollows:
2. There is a 1 point stake on each outing of each horse as long as it remains a qualifier
that is as long as it goes on winning up to three consecutive victories.
3. In addition, there is a 1 point treble on the three system races of each qualifier. A
successful treble only results if a horse wins all three races as a system qualifier.
NOTES FOR OPERATORS
The professional backer makes money from horses in several ways. In the first place, he
is “in the know” to an extent that no average punter can be. In the second, he is prepared
to place big sums in the hope of a percentage return, often supporting several horses in
the same race to take maximum advantage of the differing rates of odds available around
the ring.
This kind of information, fascinating as it is, has little value to the amateur punter, but
there is one trick of the professional trade that every-one can cash in on. I refer to the
notorious liking of these experts for two-year-olds.
It is almost certainly true to say that form in two-year-old races is more reliable than in
any other kind of event. There are several reasons for this. In the first place, a two-year-
old is an enthusiastic animal. It can be depended on to give its best each time it runs –
“not genuine” and “non-trier” are epithets which one only hears applied to experienced
653
horses. Second, most two-year-old races are run over a straight course, and this
uniformity makes for more reliability in running.
Similarly most juvenile events until later in the season are decided over five or six
furlongs – there is no great variation in distance to throw the backer offthe scent. Finally,
weight seems to have little “stopping” effect on a good youngster – penalties in non-
handicaps are a recommendation rather than a warning signal, and even in handicaps, that
is nurseries, well-fancied horses with good form and big weights are more often
successful than not. A good system confined to two-year-olds must be well worth its
keep.
The one I have in mind is based on the fact that good two-year-olds often runup long
winning sequences. There have been instances of youngsters getting into double figures
of wins in their first season’s racing, but obviously these are exceptions, and The
Professional horse racing system sets its sights a lot lower than that. It assumes that a
good two-year-old is capable of running upa maximum sequence of five consecutive
victories.
The number of youngsters that actually achieve this target in the course of a season will
be small, a half a dozen at most, but assuming the backer can be sure of being on all such
youngsters, six of these per season virtually guarantees a big profit, provided that the
losses incurred from the inevitable failures are not too great. If the failures, that is the
horses which fall short of the five-win maximum, but win a number of races nonetheless,
if these can be made to show a profit also, however small, then evidently we have a
system with a very high profit potential.
The problem of course is to locate the two-year-olds capable of achieving the feat of a
five-timer. Selective criteria which aim to isolate those two-year-oldsLIKELY to do so
are worth-less, for quite clearly, however good the criteria employed, complete success
cannot be guaranteed. Indeed, if, from the hundreds in training, I picked say fifty
youngsters I thought capable of winning five races off the reel, I could count myself
lucky if I found even one that actually went on to perform the feat. At the same time, it
would be wholly unprofitable to back every two-year-old on every outing in order to be
sure of being on the tiny minority that do.
Logically the only way of ensuring the inclusion of this minority without the sacrifice of
profitability arising from backing shoals of losers is to select only those horses which are
already some way towards achieving the target. Hence the basic systems rule. Pick out
only those horses which have already won two races and follow them in their next three.
654
This makes it probable that you will have a series of winning trebles in the course of a
season from arelatively small body of selections and that every two-year-old which
eventually wins five in a row is included in it.
Furthermore, a 1 point stake on each qualifier as long as it goes on winning means that
horses which fail to achieve the ultimate goal, yet record sequences of three or four
victories, will at least pay for their keep, and possibly provide sufficient profit to offset
the cost of complete failures which lose their first race as a system qualifier.
Finally, as way of making the operation of the system absolutely
clear, I recall the case several years ago of a high-class animal which later went on to win
a 2000 Guineas. As a two-year-old this horse became a system qualifier after winning
two races in mid-summer. It won its next outing at 3/1. This meant a profit of 3 points
from that race for the 1 point single, with an additional 4 points to go onto its next race,
the second leg of the system treble. This it won, again at 3/1, which produced a further 3
points from the single, and there was now 16 points to be staked on the final race in the
treble. Another victory, this time at 11/2, gave another 5½ points from the single bet. The
total profit accruing from the successful treble was 103 points.Thus that horse alone was
worth 114½ points (3+3+5½+103) to operators of The Professional horse racing system.
Prices in this example were extremely good, and one would be wrong to expect trebles of
more than 100/1 every time, but take it from me, half a dozen trebles, even at lesser odds,
will be quite enough to produce a good seasonal profit, whether the “failures” make the
expected contribution or not.The Professional horse racing system is for serious punters
who look upon horses as a medium of investment and act accordingly.
655
The Seven Match Doubles Bet
Ask any bookmaker how many doubles there are in seven selections, and you will get the
answer twenty one. My way, chose your seven teams for your doubles bet.
Example.
A. Man Utd 6 doubles

B. Arsenal
C. Spurs simply write on your betting slip, your seven selections,
D. Liverpool Put a line under the top four as shown, and write 6 doubles
E. Leeds next to the top four. And three doubles beside the bottom three
F. Newcastle
G. Chelsea 3 doubles
Total nine doubles
If you do find seven winners, obviously you will have nine winning doubles. If you find
just three winners from seven selections, you are guaranteed at least one winning double.
If your three winning selections are in either the top or bottom group, you definitely have
three winning doubles. By only staking nine doubles, instead of the usual 21, lets imagine
we have a bet of simply 9 £3 win doubles, total staked my way £27. As opposed to
usually 21 £3 win doubles, which would require a total stake of £63.
656
If we find just two winners at 2/1 each from our seven selections, and they form just one
winning double, £3 at 2/1 and 2/1 returns £27, our full stake back. If we get for example,
three winning selections at just 6/4, and they fall together to give us three winning
doubles, our return for a stake of just £27 would be £18.75 times three. £18.75 is the
return for one £3 double at 6/4 and 6/4. If we have three doubles that would be a total
return of £56.25. A profit of £29.25, for a stake of £27, by finding three 6/4 winners from
seven selections.
657
The sure Fire Betting System
Type of racing: National Hunt only. Turf Only.

Type of races Handicap hurdles only; do NOT use novice or selling handicaps.
System Source Check the days handicap hurdles, basic bets are spot form top rated
(indicated by black spot) and last time out winners (current season only), best bets are
Strongly Fancied (indicated by SF). Recommended stakes, minimum 1 point, maximum 4
points as follows; add one point for each of the following tipsters; Newsboy, Bouverie,
Northern Correspondent and Strongly Fancied.
Staking Basic bets and best bets to level stakes OR recommended stakes.
658
The Ten Match Trebles Bet
Ask any bookmaker how many trebles there are in ten selections. And you will be told
120 bets. My way covers ten selections, win trebles but we stake only 45 bets, a huge
difference. Choose your ten teams for your trebles - Example
A. Man Utd perm two of A B C and D, with E, F or G

B. Arsenal = 6 times 3 = 18 trebles
C. Newcastle perm two of E F and G with H, I or J
D. Liverpool. = 3 times 3 = 9 trebles
E. Aston Villa Perm two of H, I and J with A, B, C or D = 3 times 4 = 12 trebles
F Leeds Perm three of A, B, C and D = 4 trebles
G. Chelsea Perm E F and G = 1 treble
H. Spurs Perm H I and J = 1 treble
I. Everton
J. Sunderland Total trebles staked = 45 bets
Note. Simply write A B C etc clearly next to your chosen selections
And write the instructions in the same way as above, you can write the instructions
anywhere on your betting slip, they do not have to be in line or anything like that. If you
can find just four winners from your ten selections, you are certain to have at least one
winning treble, and possibly more depending on how they line up. For example using £1
units this bet would cost £45. If we find just one winning treble at 6/4, 3/1, and 7/2, a £1
treble returns our full £45 stake!
659
Winner's Circle System
Another Derby Day with all its excitement and, no doubt, drama has come and gone, and
it is perhaps a suitable time for the Highlander to make a confession. Indeed, the time is
long over-due, for the Derby Day concerned happened in 1942, a lifetime ago. Let me
explain.
I was a very small boy then, quite unaware that the 1942 Derby was taking place that year
in Newmarket instead of Epsom, because of the War. That terrible War had
comparatively little impact on life in the Highlands of Scotland, but the minor events of
the 1942 Derby, the very first that I can remember, had hugely embarrassing
repercussions on one little boy that day.
Our whole family - my father, mother, two elder sisters, and myself – had gathered round
the big cabinet of the old Pye wireless to listen to the Derby commentary given then, I
would guess, by the great Raymond Glendenning. We were not really a betting family,
but we would all make a choice of horse, just for interest's sake, and if anyone happened
to pick the winner, then a small prize might be the reward. I clearly remember my horse
that day, but as to why I picked it I have absolutely no idea. It was called Watling Street.
The race started, and in the way they do on radio, the commentator gave the position of
all the horses in the race, ending with - "and last is Watling Street." The race continued;
the commentary continued - "and last is Watling Street." Approaching Tattenham Corner
- "and last is Watling Street." Going round Tattenham Corner - "and still last is Watling
Street." My sisters were starting to snigger and that was the moment when the young
Highlander's sense of shame could stand it no longer. I burst into tears and ran out of the
house into the garden to find somewhere to hide and die.
I could never remember feeling so miserable, and was even more hurt when, a minute or
two later, I heard my mother's voice calling me; and she was laughing. How could she be
so cruel as to laugh at my discomfiture? I eventually crawled out of the rhododendron
bushes and when she saw me she ran over and picked me up, still laughing.
"You should have waited," she managed to say, "your horse Watling Street won the
Derby."
And so it did. How was I to know then that Watling Street was being ridden that day by
Harry Wragg, universally recognised as the Head Waiter, the master of waiting tactics?
How, too, was I to know then, that in years to come the same exciting miracle of
snatching unexpected victory from certain defeat would happen for me again and again,
660
and keep me hooked on horse racing to this day? Long may that miracle continue to
happen for all of us.
Now, two horses' names I've discovered that appeal greatly for different reasons. The first
is one of the wittiest combinations of ideas and play on words that I've come across. And
the second has a pathos that would bring a tear to a glass eye! Here they are. Bachelor's
Pad by Pursuit of Love out of Note Book. And, the good chaser Celibate by Shy Groom
out of Dance Alone. I'm quite sure that we are meant to think of another word to replace
'Dance'!
The classic system this month is called the Winner's Circle, and it is both ingenious and
profitable. It's been on the market since 1991, and I have in front of me as I write, the
original advert for it. The headline is "Guaranteed Profit", and it goes on to say, "The
Winner's Circle System will make you a net profit on its first day of operation.
Otherwise, I will refund the purchase price." I think we'd better have a look at it without
further delay.
The following system operates from Thursday to Saturday each week. The reason for this
is simply that results tend to be more reliable during this part of the week. Users of this
method of betting must remain patient and appreciate profits however small they may
appear.
The approach taken is a highly professional one and has been developed after serious
study. The main reason that punters fail to make a profit in the long run is that they show
little in the way of patience. Bookies of course love punters to bet haphazardly, betting on
a whim and with little regard or thought to staking strategies. The following system,
therefore, takes into account professional opinion, form and expectation, and also takes
full advantage of winners by adjusting stakes in a most ingenious way.
Here it is then, the Winner's Circle System. Read it carefully, consider the implications,
bet with patience and you too will be a part of the Winner's Circle.
The system, as stated, operates from Thursday to Saturday each week BUT if at any time
during that period a profit is shown, no matter how small that profit may be, then betting
ceases for the week. There is a good reason for this. Most punters generally allow success
to go to their heads and subsequently begin to make risky bets which invariably turn
profits into losses. I know this is true because I used to do it myself. Only with patience
can you hope to make a long-term profit.
The Method
Initially you are looking for just three selections on which to bet each day. Make a note of
potential selections by checking the Selection Box of each of the day's meetings in the
661
Racing Post. Any horse which registers ten votes by the country's leading tipsters is a
potential bet.
Next, check the individual races for more specific information. To qualify further each
horse must: -
1. Be running in a non-handicap race.
2. Be clear favourite in the betting forecast of the Racing Post but not oddson. If, at this
stage, there are less than three selections then there should be no bet for the day. If there
are more than three qualifiers you must eliminate according to the following rules until
you are left with just three selections. Shortest quoted odds. I.e. if there are five possible
qualifiers quoted at Evens, 5/4, 6/4, 6/4 and 7/4 then the first two qualify outright, the 7/4
shot is eliminated and the next deciding factor must be taken into account to split the 6/4
chances. Firstly, take the one with the least number of runners in the race. If still the
same, take the better previous form figure. A disqualification counts as the actual
finishing place. If you still can't separate them take the one with the higher Postmark
figure. If at this stage there are still more than three qualifiers do not bet on that day.
The Staking Strategy
The staking method may sound a little complex at first but with a little practice it will
become quite easy to operate.
You need to write out three separate betting slips, and although it is not essential, it is
advisable to place the bets with different bookmakers so as not to expose the method. The
example below shows how the three bets are made. The order in which the selections are
written is absolutely paramount to the success of the system.
STOP AT A WINNER STOP AT A WINNER STOP AT A WINNER

Selection A 10 points
Selection B 10 points
Selection C 10 points
662
10-point treble
Stake 160 points Stake 160 points Stake 170 points
Study the pattern of bets placed on the examples above. You will soon realize how
incredibly ingenious that pattern is. The total amount staked is four hundred and ninety
points, so for example if you decide to use one pence per point then your total amount
staked will be £4.90.
Let's imagine that we have only one winner at evens. In the example above let's say that it
is selection A. On the first slip we have ten points on A which returns twenty points. The
other bets are stopped.
On the second slip ten points are lost on B and a further fifty points on C. There is a
winning bet of one hundred points on A which returns two hundred points.
On the third slip ten points are lost on C, but fifty points on A returns one hundred points.
Also on the third slip a ten-point treble loses. In total two hundred and fifty points were
unused. So in total two hundred and forty points were staked, and the return was three
hundred and twenty points. O.K, not a huge profit but it is a profit nevertheless. In fact
the profit is around 21% which is perfectly acceptable to a professional investor. Still not
convinced? Then compare it to level stakes!
663
77.7% WINNERS RUN BUSTER
THE BEST BETS HORSE RACING SELECTION SYSTEM

It is an undisputed fact that favorites win a large proportion of all races each and every
season. Indeed, placing a level stake on every favourite at day's principal meeting
throughout the entire 2002 Flat campaign actually generated a profit! Although you can't
always expect to stay in front by betting so indiscriminately, it does serve to illustrate the
potential and scope that this area of speculation has to offer.
Of course, not all favorites are the same - some have a much greater chance of success
than others. Following market leaders in certain circumstances, for instance, is almost
tantamount to throwing money down the drain. The key is to be selective. Using
information gleaned from results stretching back over many seasons, the system's
objective is to highlight the most opportune moment when to get involved.
As the majority of punters already know, favorites have a consistently good record at
certain racecourses but at others the win rate is much poorer. But this phenomenon does
not stop here. By delving deeper it can be seen that specific distances are more preferable
than others, especially at various times of the season. This knowledge by itself is
significant but when combined with other factors which insure only horses with proven
winning credentials are pinpointed, and then we have a formidable ally on our side.
RULES
Operations commence an April 1st and conclude the last day of October each year. Only
Flat racing is covered here.
664
Each day consult the "Key Race Table" as given below, and check to see if there is a
meeting taking place which is listed under the relevant current month. Example, if we
were presently in July, only refers to meetings listed under that month - no other venues
need be considered until the next month arrives.
There will be occasions when nothing is forthcoming but it won't be to long before a
listed racecourse is spotted. Once you have done so the next step is to examine the figures
printed alongside the name of this meeting in the table. These figures represent the
various distances you need to watch for. Therefore if the meeting under review is due to
stage a race (or races) over the same distance, odd yards either way are ignored - as
indicated by the relevant table entry, this event (or events) now become known as a "Key
Race".
Once a Key Race has been correctly identified, the favourite of this contest qualifies as a
selection provided the following stipulations are met, otherwise the race is overlooked.
The first requirement is that the favourite in question must have won its last race of the
current season. The second condition is that the favourite must not only have won on its
most recent outing, but must also have finished at least three lengths ahead of the horse
which was placed second. If it failed to record a winning margin of 3 lengths or more - no
bet. However, a Key Race favourite which meets both requirements automatically
qualifies as a system selection.
The best method of determining the actual favourite in advance is to have access to the
betting market just before the off. This either means being present in the bookmakers or
by telephoning or being on the internet at the appropriate time.
Not everybody will find these options convenient, in which case it is recommended that
the betting forecast printed in your newspaper be used instead. Naturally the horse quoted
665
first in the forecast is the favourite to consider. The sporting newspapers seem to be more
accurate with their forecasts than the regular dailies, so it's worthwhile consulting the
specialist press if possible.
There will be occasions in Key Races when more than one runner ties as market leader. A
joint favourite is allowed to qualify provided the other horses in the race which share the
same odds do not also qualify - no bet if otherwise.
ACTUAL EXAMPLE FROM OCTOBER 2003
On this particular day three Flat meeting were due to be staged - Folkestone, Redcar and
Warwick. A quick glance at the meetings listed in the Key Race Table for October, soon
revealed that Redcar was the only track which warranted further investigation.
The figures printed immediately after Redcar's name told us to look out for any races run
over a distance of 1 mile or over a trip of 1¾ miles. After scanning through the complete
card it was noticed that the 3.15 qualified as a suitable Key Race because it was being run
over 1¾ miles.
As the favourite of the 3.15 happened to won last time out (current season) by a margin
of four lengths, it duly qualified as a selection - IT WON @ 7-4. So as you can see from
this example the system is very simple to operate, requiring just a few minutes daily to
establish if there's a qualifier or not. Be patient and realise there won't be betting
opportunities every single day of the week. But judging from past results, selections are
certainly well worth waiting for!
KEY RACE TABLE
APRIL
BEVERLEY 1¼m - CATTERICK 5f & 1½m - HAMILTON 1m 1f
KEMPTON 6f - NEWBURY 1m 3f - NOTTINGHAM 6f –
666
SANDOWN 5f & 1¼m

MAY
BATH 1¼m - BEVERLEY 2m - KEMPTON 1m - NEWCASTLE 1¼m NEWMARKET
1m - NEWBURY 1½m - REDCAR 1m 1f - RIPON 1½m
SANDOWN 5f & 1¼ & 2m - WARWICK 1m - YORK 6f & 1¼m
Cash Master By Graham Laurie Copyright 2004, 2005 www.grahamlaurie.com
JUNE
ROYAL ASCOT 6f - BEVERLEY 5f - CHEPSTOW 1¼m
HAMILTON 6f & 1½m - NEWBURY 1¼m & 1m 5f - NEWMARKET 5f & 1¼m
NOTTINGHAM 1¼m - PONTEFRACT 6f & 1¼m –
SALISBURY 1¼m & 1¾m - SOUTHWELL 7f - WARWICK 1m
WINDSOR 1¼m - WOLVERHAMPTON 5f - YARMOUTH 5f
JULY
ASCOT 1m & 1½m & 2m - BEVERLEY 7f - CATTERICK 6f - GOODWOOD 5f & 1m
HAMILTON 1m - HAYDOCK 6f & 1½m - LEICESTER 5f –
LINGFIELD 6f & 2m - NEWBURY 5f & 6f - NEWCASTLE 5f –
NEWMARKET 6f - NOTTINGHAM 1m - PONTERFRACT 1m - SOUTHWELL 7f &
1½m WARWICK 7f - YARMOUTH 1¼m
AUGUST
CHESTER 7f & 1m5f - EDINBURGH 7f - GOODWOOD 6f - KEMPTON 1m
NEWMARKET 6f & 7f & 2m - NOTTINGHAM 1¾m - SANDOWN 5f & 1m
WINDSOR 6f - YORK 5f & 1½m
SEPTEMBER
ASCOT 1¼m - AYR 6f - BRIGHTON 1½m - CATTERICK 7f
667
DONCASTER 7f & 1m & 1¾m - GDODWDOD 2m - HAYDOCK 1m

PONTERFRACT 1½m - SANDOWN 5f & 7m & 1¼m - THIRSK 7f
YARMOUTH 5f & 7f & 1¼m
OCTOBER
ASCOT 1¼m & 2m - BRIGHTON 1¼m - DONCASTER 1m - HAYDOCK 5f
LINGFIELD 7f - REDCAR 1m & 1¾m
Cash Master By Graham Laurie Copyright 2004, 2005 www.grahamlaurie.com
EXTRA RULES COVERING NATIONAL HUNT RACING
Although this system was primarily intended for Flat racing only, a number of clients
have requested if the jumps could be covered as well. In order to satisfy these demands,
additional Key Races are given below which specifically deal with the winter game.
Rules remain exactly the same as before, except that candidates must be the ONLY
HORSE in the Key Race to have won last time out during the current season. Also
candidates must have won their previous contest by a margin of 5 lengths or more, no bet
if otherwise.
Operations begin on December 1st and end on the last day of March.
KEY RACE TABLE (NATIONAL HUNT)
DECEMBER
HAYDOCK 2m - LINGFIELD 3m - EXETER 2¼m - NEWCASTLE 2½m -
SANDOWN 2¾m
JANUARY
NEWBURY 2½m - TOWCESTER 2m - HAYDOCK 2¾m - ASCOT 2m - FONTWELI.
2¼m
LUDLOW 2½m - CATTERICK 2m
668
FEBRUARY
LEICESTER 3m - AYR 2½m - PLUMPTON 2m 1f
SEDGEFIELD 2m 5f - NOTTINGHAM 2m – HAYDOCK 2½m KEMPTON 3m
MARCH
HEREFORD 2m 3f - DONCASTER 2½m - SEDGEFIELD 3½m WINCANTON 2m 5f -
AYR 3m 1f - PLUMPTON 2m 1f
669
BANKER BET SYSTEM FOR HORSERACING
This is a simple system you can use on a daily basis and shows a level stake profit every
year.
System Rules
Look at the top black spot in every race of the day;
The Sun – Sunratings
The Mirror – Spotform
The Mail – Formcast
(You may use any newspaper of your choice)
Now find the horse that has the biggest difference between the top rated blackspot horse
and second rated Blackspot. If this horse is forecast favourite in the betting and under 3/1
in the betting forecast in your daily paper we have a bet. The horse must fit both rules
otherwise we have a no bet day. There must be at least two runners with a form rating for
the race to qualify. Don’t be fooled by the simplicity of this system I have personally
used it for the past 4 years and it has always shown me a profit. I personally use the Daily
Mail as I find their Formcast Ratings very accurate. Try it for a week or two without
using real money and I am sure you will see the potential. Finally as I tell all my clients
please only use money that you have set aside for the purpose of backing horses. Set
aside a betting bank and when this doubles you double your stakes. Making a profit from
betting on horses is a long-term process so please be patient.
670
Betting Game – Who’s the Winner
Odds: a ratio that shows you the likelihood of an event occurring rather than it not
occurring. You will need
2 sets of cards (page 2). Set A for the bookie and set B for the students to play the
game with. These can be laminated but it works just as well with paper.
Hat or similar to pull cards out of.
Some kind of currency for the students to play with – for example, Haribo sweets. The
object of the game is to win sweets / score points / whatever reward.
Suggested method
Spread one set of cards face down on desk - students pick a card each for the first game.
Encourage the students to discuss what the odds mean. Do some examples of bets with
the students and discuss what they would pay out, what is a good bet, etc. Students decide
how much they want to ‘bet’ on their horse.
A horse’s name is pulled out of the hat by the bookie (teacher to begin with). Horse
outof-the-hat wins. The winner has to work out the pay out.
Differentiation
Ask other students to volunteer the value of the pay out if the winner is not confident.
If the students are enjoying the game and feel confident they could choose a bookie from
the group, perhaps the one with the most winnings.
Sample lesson plan
1. Warm up – shape challenge (10 mins)
2. Shape worksheets from BBC Skillswise (20 min)
671
3. Look at copies of Racing Post. Find ratios and talk about what they mean (10 min)
4. Betting game – explain the rules, dish out the sweets, write names of horses on the
board, discuss what the odds mean (5/10 min)
5. Play the game – pull out winners and 2nd place from the ‘hat’. Students to work out
what they will win back. Winner (most sweets or points at the end of the games) wins a
box of Malteasers (20 min).
6. Skillswise ratio fact sheets
7. Skillswise ratio work sheets
8. Practice L1 & L2 questions on ratio (available at www.skillsworkshop.org )
9. Update ILPs (5 min)
Willy Wonka 10:1
Mutant 20:1
Hardcore MC 8:1
50 pence 9:1
Milky Bar Kid 6:1
Rockabilly 7:1
Azbo 5:1
Brides Nightie 2:1
Gringo 4:1
Libertine 3:1
Tilly Mint 25:1
Up Sticks 50:1
672
Betting In A Winning Style
I have been making a lot of money by this simple method. I have even made $2000 from
a $30 bet
Basically in this short e-book, by following my simple instructions you will be able to
make some nice profit by betting. If you can’t afford to lose then this is not for you. This
is a proven method and there have been times that I have won but I have also lost. The
main idea is that I have won more times that I lost so you will be in profit.
Before We Start
You must understand that football is a sport played by humans so with this I want to warn
you that matches are “fixed” regularly (for those who don’t understand meaning of fixed ,
matches when big teams like Man UTD or Barcelona lose against small teams homeside
because they sell the match for $$$). Rule number one is never ever bet for the team you
support and any team which has the coefficient under 1.5 (most of the fixed matches are
the ones which are secure matches)
Explaining Why Football Betting is a Black Business

Football Betting is called a black business because of the fixed matches! Every single
week a match or two are always fixed. The biggest betting companies, check regularly
which matches to fix. Lets get the following example
Ac Milan played against Atalanta the previous week. As you know Ac Milan is really a
strong team especially when they play homeside. The coefficient of AC Milan’s win was
1.35 which means if you would bet $100 you would get $135. Now the big bosses around
673
the world which play huge amounts of money are always looking for secure matches like
Milan or other strong teams. So they bet like $10,000 or $100,000 for AC Milan to win
$13,500 or $135,000. Now imagine how many players worldwide bet for Milan win
against Atalanta! There might be over $20 million dollars bets in all the huge betting
companies around the world. So the staff of the betting companies make a small
calculation. If Milan will win against Atalanta, they will have big losses as almost
everyone bet for Milan. In this case, they contact “someone” from AC Milan and they
offer them lets say $5 million to let the match. In this case the Betting Companies profit
$15 million immediately so they don’t have to pay anyone after the match. Now you will
say that’s something impossible BUT don’t forget that most of the biggest teams in
Europe have as their sponsors a betting company (you can see that on their shirts)
How To Bet & Have a Chance To Win
If you love betting and you also like to win , never ever bet for a fixed result (1 x 2).
Almost all the time they are fixed so you better try to find another way of betting and
that’s the way I have experimented and earnt a lot of money.
That method is
“Goal / No Goal”
Goal / No Goal is an interesting type of bet where you choose whether both teams will
score or not. If both of them score , then you win , if one of them scores , you lose.
This is by far the best betting option I have come across and I will explain you how to
choose the proper matches which have the highest ration that both teams will score. First
of all I have always used Bet365.com for my online betting and I strongly recommend
674
them to you. Im not sure whether any other company has this “Goal / No Goal” so to be
sure register at Bet365.com
Choosing The Right Teams
So now that you know what type of betting to play with, its time to know how to pick the
proper teams. Below I’m posting some rules that you must take in consideration before
picking a team
• Never choose two strong teams (Liverpool vs Arsenal or Real Madrid vs Barcelona)
• Always choose a match when a good team is playing Away (especially AC Milan and
Valencia)
• If a team has 2 weeks without conceding a goal , its time to bet for it (so it means both
teams will score)
• If there is only a match at night or lunch time , bet for it that both teams will score
(usually first matches or last matches always score most goals)
• If a team has a coefficient of 1.3 or below , the probability that the other team will score
first is pretty good so you better bet (both teams to score)
• Always check the statistics about the best defense and attack, also top goal scorers and
best goalkeepers.
• From my experiments , almost 75 % of the matches which have a coefficient of 1.65
home win is a good match to bet for both teams to score
• Never bet both teams will score in a final or in Champions League
• Both teams will score is mostly used in Cup Games where strong teams play with their
reserve teams
675
• If a team lost inside 0-1 or 0-2 (any team) then the coming week they will surely score a
goal away so Both teams will score!
So this are some rules you must follow to pick up the right team. At the moment I am
writing this e-book , Bayern Munich vs Bochum is 1 – 1 which means both teams have
scored. The fantastic point of this kind of bet is that if the teams score fast (within 15
minutes) you don’t have to wait 90 minutes
Where does Goal / No Goal best works?
I have worked on different championships and at below im listing the top leagues where
“both teams to score” perfectly works
1. English Premiere League

2. Spanish Primera Divizion
3. Dutch Eredivisie
4. German Bundesliga
In this championships Goal /No Goal really works great but there are also some particular
matches in Italian Serie A or French La Liga you should also follow
How many matches to pick and how to pick them?!
It all depends how much you want to win. Personally I always played with 3 matches
(each match from different league) and it worked great. So I also recommend you to work
with 3 matches. There are some matches when the coefficient of Both teams to score is
more than 2.00. In those cases either one of the team is really weak so the chances for
them to score are low BUT I DO recommend you that sometimes those matches are more
676
sure to be won as all the others thing that they away team wont score but in reality the
match might be fixed and you win!
Use your logic and never make the mistake of betting more than 3 matches (both team to
score). If you lose, don’t lose your hope , in 5 bets , you might lose 2 and win 3 so you
will always be in profit.
That’s it for this simple trick that I have been using for a long time my friends! If you
need help or tips, you can email me at admin@goldposter.net or send me a PM at Digital
Point (0lgi)
Below are some screenshots of my winnings
Have a nice time and enjoy your winnings too
677
678
Betting The Basic
Ok, if you are new to sports betting, here’s a little resume about this lucrative activity. If
you’re already familiar with the terminology, you can go directly to the systems.
First, as you may know, sports betting is simply to place a bet on the result of a specific
game on a specific sport. If your prediction wins, you win your bet. It’s as simple as that!
Your bets must be placed at a sportsbook. This could be made live in a casino, by
telephone and on the internet. I personally use online sportsbook.
Internet sportsbooks are very similar as a sportsbook accessed via telephone or live.
Instead of calling in your bet to a bookie, however, you just fill out an online form. In
most cases, sportsbooks have the same deposit and withdrawal options as online casinos.
Here’s the kind of bet you can place at a sportbook:
Straight Bets:
A straight bet is the most common bet, where you pick a single side to win. It could be
the team to cover the spread or the game total to go over or under. The format of line will
vary depending on the sport that you’re betting on.
Parlays:
A parlays bet is a single wager involving multiple propositions. The bettor must chose the
winner of each proposition in order to win the parlay. Payout odds increase as the number
of included propositions increases.
Teasers:
A teaser, like parlay, involves multiple propositions. When betting a teaser additional
points are either added to the underdog or subtracted from the favourite. Odds are
679
changed in accordance to the number of points the spread is moved and the number of
teams combined to form the teaser.
Pleasers:
Pleaser are similar to a teaser, only you give, versus receive additional points: additional
points are either subtracted from the underdog or added to the favourite (e.g., if the
regular line on your selection is –4 and you select a pleaser, then your line would be –10).
If Bets:
If the first game wins, ties, cancels or is suspended, etc., you have action on the
remaining team or teams. An IF bet is a combination of 2 – 6 teams.
Reverses:
If the first game wins, ties, cancels or is suspended, etc, you have action on the remaining
team or teams. A reverse is a combination of 2 – 8 selections.
Props:
A proposition bet is a bet offered with conditions and odds determined by an oddsmaker.
These bets are usually exotic bets like quaterback will complete the most touchdown
passes, which team will score the last points in a game, or which will complete the
longest fieldgoal. Many prop bets are offered at 11-10 odds, but some will be offered at
better or worse odds, depending on the bet.
Futures:
Futures are single wager on the outcome of an event that will be determined sometime in
the future. For example, picking the winner of the NFL championship, the Stanley Cup,
or the World Series.
Round Robins:
680
A Round Robin is a series of parlay-type wager built from all possible groups or the
specified round robin group size. The selections can be any combination of sides,
over/under, money lines, run lines, or puck lines. Currently, up to 9 teams can be grouped
by either 2’s or 3’s. Each round robin series has the “Grouped by” number of teams in it
and some series can win and other series loss. Each individual series is graded like a
parlay. With 4 selections (A, B, C, D) grouped by 2’s then you would have the following
groups of 2’s: A&B
Half Times:
A line on only the first half, or only the second half scoring of a football or basketball
game. Totals (over/under):
A total wager is a bet on the number of points scored in the game by both teams
combined. You can bet on whether the actual number of total points scored is over or
under the line posted. The total points scored includes points scored in overtime. You can
also bet whether the combined number of points or goals scored by the two teams in the
game will be over or under the total set by the oddsmaker. For example, if the total is 32
and you believe that the combined points scored by the two teams will exceed that
number, you would bet over 32. Point Spread:
The point spread is the number of points that the favored team is expected to win by. For
example, say the New York Knicks are favored to beat the LA Clippers by a point spread
of 7. That means that if you pick the Knicks to win, they have to win by more than 7
points for you to win your bet. If they win by fewer than 7 points or lose the game, you
lose your bet. If they win by exactly 7 points (the point spread), the result is a push or tie.
That means that you don't win or lose, your original bet is refunded.
Money Lines:
681
The difference between a point spread bet and a money line bet is that there are no points
involved. Instead, money odds are wagered on the favorite or underdog. There is a
different money line total for either side on a money line bet, a negative side (the
favorite) and a positive side (the underdog): Dallas -170 Washington +150 What this
means is that Dallas is the favorite and for every $17 you bet on Dallas, you win $10 if
they win. For every $10 you bet on Washington, the underdog, you win $15 if they win.
By offering different odds for each team the sportsbook is able to balance action on both
teams.
Action Points:
When wagering against the point spread, if you think that the spread is low or high you
may wager 11/10 for each point you think the spread or total will go over or under. Buy
Points:
Buy Points means that you can move the pointspread so that you give away less points
with the favorite or get more points with the underdog, for both football and basketball.
To do this you must pay an extra 10% for each ˝ point you buy in your favor. For the
NFL and NCAA football, you will pay an additional 20% to buy on or off of 3, or 10% to
buy on or off of 7 points - also know as Key Points.
Summary:
While the goal of this page is to give you an understanding of the basics in sports
wagering - you should be sure to read through the rules pages posted on any Internet
Sportsbook you may join. Rules do vary and the variance can be the difference between a
winning season and a loosing season.
SPORTSBOOKS
682
When betting on sports, you need a safe and reliable sportsbook to place your bets online.
I personally use these sportsbooks:
Sportsbooks for people in the USA

If you are from the USA, I guess you know that the government adopted a new law about
online gambling in 2007. In fact, I should be honest with you, nothing has really changed
and nothing will change in the near futur.
In fact, the new law has nothing to do with the people who plays online. The only
difference is that right now, credit cards companies and banks cannot process funds from
US people to offshore sportsbooks. So, that is why, many sportsbooks such as
pinnaclesports.com stoped accepting people from the US. However, many reputable
sportsbooks are still accepting people from the US. So, here’s a list of sportsbooks that
will be happy to accept people from the US.
683
Odds Format
There is two ways to view the odds of an event. This could be in USA format or
International odds format.
US Odds Format
When the US odds price is a positive number then the price indicates the value to be won
when $100 is invested. Eg. (+115 indicates $115 would be won on a winning $100 bet).
When the US odds price is a negative number then the price indicates the value required
to be invested to win $100. Eg. (-110 indicates you need to bet $110 to win $100). The
order of display for the team names follows the US tradition of naming the away team
first. International Odds Format
The odds value displayed is the amount returned on winning bets for each $1 invested.
Eg. ($1.90 indicates for a $1 winning bet, $1.90 would be returned being the $1 stake and
$0.90 winnings.) The order of display for the team name follows the European and
Australian convention of naming the home team first.
Odds Conversion
We will always use the International Odds Format to calculate our bets. This is the easiest
way.
Now, if your sportsbook only offers the USA format, here’s how to turn the USA format
into International format.
- When the US odds price is a positive number like +115, you just have to do this:
( US odds / 100 ) + 1
So here, this is ( 115 / 100 ) + 1 = 2.15
So +115 is the same as 2.15
You bet $100 to win $115
684
You bet $100 and the sportsbook gives you $215 if you win. $215 - $100 = $115 profit.
You bet $100 at 2.15. The sportsbook gives you $100 x 2.15. $215 - $100 = $115 profit.
- When the US odds price is a negative number like –110, you just have to do this:
( 100 / US odds ) + 1
So here, this is ( 100 / 110 ) + 1 = 1.91
So –110 is the same as 1.91
You bet $110 to win $100
You bet $110 and the sportsbook gives you $210 if you win. $210 - $110 = $100 profit.
You bet $110 at 1.91. The sportsbook gives you $110 x 1.91. $210 - $110 = $100 profit.
If you use Canbet, you can change the Odds format by clicking on the odds format check
boxes or links under the “Betting Menu”.
Now…Let’s go to the Secret Systems !
Odds Conversion Chart
685
Abbreviations Used
If you plan to handicap your own games by yourself, this is the kind of abbreviations you
need to know.
Major League Baseball

686
Heading
Explanation
W / L $ Ho Aw AF AA O/U BA SLG HR ERA OBP Date Home-Away H Starter A
Starter Line O/U OPS AVG Starter IP Opp Starter H R ER SO BB PIT P/IP G/F OBA
WHIP GB:FB
Won / Loss record Units won or loss. Home Record Away Record Average Runs For
Average Runs Against Over - Under Record Batting Average Slugging Percentage Home
Runs For Earned Run Average On Base Percentage Date of the game Home Score -
Away Score Home Starter in that particular game. Away Starter in that particular game.
Line for the game. Over / Under result. O for over, U for under. Slugging Percentage +
On Base Percentage. Batting Average for that game. Team's starter for that game. Innings
the starter pitched. The opposition's starting pitcher. Hits allowed by the starter. Runs
allowed by the starter Earned runs allowed by the starter. Strikeouts by the starter. Bases
on balls allowed by the starter. Total pitches by the starter. Pitches divided by the number
of innings pitched. Number of ground ball outs divided by the fly ball outs. Opposition
Batting Average Walks and Hits per Inning Pitched
SB CS SB% QS% TW - TL W/L % $ Won $ Loss Vs. R Vs. L Start Rel R/9 K Doub
Trip Slug LOB:R
Ground Ball Fly Ball ratio Stolen Bases Caught Stealing Stolen Base Percentage Quality
Start Percentage Team Win - Team Loss Winning Percentage Units Won Units Lost Vs.
Right-handed pitchers Vs. Left-handed pitchers Starters Relievers Runs per nine innings
Strikeouts Doubles Triples Slugging Percentage Left On Base to Runs ratio.
National Basketball Association
Heading
687
Explanation
W / L ATS H A AF AA O/U FG% 3P% DFG% D3P% RM A/TO FT% H Line Reb
FGM FGA 3PM 3PA FTA % points % minutes % 3PA to FGA AW
Wins / Losses Record Against The Spread Home Away Average Points For Average
Points Against Over / Under record Field Goal Percentage Three Point field goal
Percentage Defensive Field Goal Percentage Defensive Three Point field goal Percentage
Rebounding Margin Assist to Turnover ratio Free Throw Percentage Home Line
Rebounds Field Goals Made Field Goals Attempted Three Point field goals Made Three
Point field goals Attempted Free Throws Attempted Percentage of Points Percentage of
Minutes Percentage of field goals that are three point attempts.
AOW AL AOL AS < 100 AS 100+ AA <100 AA 100+ A500 B500 Days Rest ODR DR
SU <2 DR >2 DR F D Div Conf PPG DD Fav Dog
After a straight up Win After a straight up Win by the Opposition After a straight up Loss
After a straight up Loss by the Opposition After Scoring less than 100 points After
Scoring more than 100 points After Allowing less than 100 points After Allowing more
than 100 points Versus Above .500 teams Versus Below .500 teams Days in between
games. Opposition's Days in between games. Days Rest Straight Up Less than two Days
Rest More the two Days Rest Favorite Underdog Division Conference Points Per Game
Double-digit Favorite Underdog
National Hockey League
Heading
Explanation
W / L ATS Money H A O/U For Aga PP PK SF SA Line As Fav As Dog After W After
L
688
Wins/ Losses Record Against The Spread Money record Home Away Over / Under
Goals For Goals Against Powerplay Penalty kill Shots For Shots Against Home Line As
a Favorite As a Underdog After a straight up win After a straight up loss
Is it possible to predict the outcome of a game ?
Every week, I receive some questions about handicapping. People want to know if it's
possible to get an edge over the sportsbooks at sports betting.
The answer is YES! For every casino game, the casino has an edge. This is how they
make money. The game of luck will always be the same.
There is something that you should now. The random law.
If you flip a coin 1000 times, you will get approximately 500 tails and 500 faces. Not
exactly but it will be around 50% of each. It's a law. This is of course over the long run.
With only 100 outcomes, it could be 60/40. It’s normal.
But when it comes to sports betting, you can bring the winning ratio to 53% and more on
the long run. Just because you can use a lot of information to predict the outcome of a
game. You can't have a winning ratio of 75% on the long run but 53% is very possible.
And it's enough to make some good money.
Here's how you can use mathematics to predict the outcome of a game.
Most of the outcomes of sports can be predict mathematically. There is much debate over
this but the truth is that, with the right information and numbers, you can predict the
outcomes of sporting events well enough to beat the spread.
The problems is more with getting the right information. Most of sports are fully
beatable. Football and hockey are the most difficult, basketball and baseball are
considered to be the easiest to beat.
689
The tough part about math of sports is obtaining historical information. We are lucky in
that many of the necessary statistics are publicly available. Thanks to the internet!
The optimal tool for the prediction is to use multiple regression. Imagine you have a pie
and each slice of the pie is one of the variables you use to predict the outcome of an
event.
In the ideal you would complete the pie and know with 100% certainty the outcome of
the event. However, this never happens. More realistically you have only a limited % of
the correct variables and all you can do is try to improve the % of the 'Pie' in predicting
the outcome. The better the information you have, the more slices of the pie you can fill
up. You will never reach 100% but you can reach up to 50% with nearly perfect
information.
The information you need to know is Wins, Loses, Percentage, home record, road record,
last ten, streak, injuries, team problems, etc...
One of the best place to look for this information is www.tsn.com. You'll find a lot of
good information.
If you use the right information, you will beat the spread over the long run. It's not easy
and it takes some time to develop skills.
But the most important thing to have success at sports betting is to have a good money
management, a good betting system.
The truth about Sports Betting

For many people, sports gambling is primarily entertainment. But for other people, like
pro gamblers, sports betting is simply a kind of investment. It's an easy way to get an
amazing return on your investment. In fact, with a good betting system, you will easily
690
get a 15%-25% return on your investment every month. Think about it. I didn't say 15%-
25% return a year. I said 15%-25% return a month. Yes, absolutely. If you go to the bank
and place your money with them, you'll get maybe 12% interest on your investment for a
year. So if you place $1000, you'll make $120 for a year! What an amazing deal! If you
decide to invest the same $1000 in sports betting, using a good betting system, here's
what you could expect to make.
Let's say that the average return is 20% a month.
You start the year with $1000.
After 1 month you have $1200
After 2 months you have $1440
After 3 months you have $1728
...4 months...$2073
...5 months...$2488
...6 months...$2985
...7 months...$3583
...8 months...$4299
...9 months...$5159
...10 months...$6191
...11 months...$7430
...12 months...$8916
And so on...
That is over 791% interest for only one year! Now, can you see the difference ?
Some people ask me if it is possible to make $25,000 in one day. The answer is yes, you
only have to place a bet of $26,881 at odds 1.93. That's it. But you have 50% chances to
691
lose this $26,000. The truth is that sports betting must be considered as a powerful way to
get an easy return on your investment all over the year. You will not make $1,000,000
this year. You have to go slowly. But there is no bank or other kind of guaranteed
investment that can give you that kind of return. If your bank gives you that kind of
interest, let me know and I will stop betting on sports right away! So, this is exactly what
you can expect to earn with the following systems. You’ll learn the same systems pro
sports gamblers use everyday to make a living at sports betting. It is very easy.
Is there a catch ? Yes...you need at least 15 minutes a day
to apply the system you choose and login to your sportsbook
to place your bet using the betting system.
If you think this is to much effort for you to earn that kind
of easy money, than go to your bank and leave your money there!
The Bankroll
The most important thing when it comes to sports betting is certainly your bankroll. This
is the money you can afford to play with. This is the money you don’t need for anything
else. No matter what system you play, you always have to structure your bankroll in the
same way. First, you will breakdown your entire bankroll into 4 equal blocks. This way,
you will only risk 25% of your entire bankroll and protect the rest of your bankroll if you
hit a very bad losing streak.
Now, let’s take an example:
Let’s say you have a $1000 bankroll.
So, you breakdown the $1000 into 4 X $250.
Now, you start to play a system with your first block of $250.
692
As soon as your first block of $250 is doubled, add it back to your total bankroll.
So now you have $1000 + $250 = $1250.
All you have to do is breakdown the new total into 4 equal blocks. So here it’s 4 X
$312.50. Than, you will be able to raise your betting unit and make more money.
When you have doubled you first block again, start the same process again. Now you will
have 4 blocks of $390.63.
Repeat this process again.
If you experience a long losing streak and you lose all your first block, you just have to
do the opposite. So if you lose the first $250 of your $1000 (Total bankroll), it will leaves
you with 3 X $250. So, it’s $750.
Now breakdown this $750 into 4 blocks of $187.50. You just have to repeat the same
process again. Up as you win, down as you lose.
This is probably the most important thing. This money management is very important and
very powerful. Use it to build a solid bankroll on the long run. You have to start small
and grow your bankroll. Use this
money management with one of the 25 secret systems and you will have a lot of success.
693
Betting The Exacta
In horse race betting, the exacta is the "peoples" wager, and the favorite of the average
player. The amount of money bet into the exacta pool at most tracks equals or exceeds
the win pool - and almost always contains far more money than any other single-race
exotics pool.
What does this tell us right away?
There is always lots of "foolish" money in the exacta pools.
The majority of race bettors play the exacta in a helter-skelter manner at best. Probably
the most common exacta play of all is the worst (almost always) possible bet one could
make - boxing the two lowest odd horses. It's almost a knee-jerk reaction for many
bettors to automatically include the favorite on their exacta ticket.
There are also such time-honored strategies as, "I think I'll box the three horses with each
of my kids' ages," or "I think I'll baseball the horses whose numbers are the last 4 digits
of my social security number," or "I think I'll throw this 99/1 shot in with the favorite and
that good-looking gray horse," etc. etc..
That's where our profits will come from - that's the 'foolish money' we are after.
Betting for "value" in the exacta is as important as it is for win betting. But - whereas in
win betting, estimating value requires having an idea of what fair odds would be on a
horse (i.e. some kind of betting line or acceptable odds parameters for your contenders),
in exacta betting we can also use the tote odds as a guideline.
How does it work?
694
In lieu of making your own betting line, you can use the public's win odds of your two
choices as compared to the projected exacta payouts. There is a mathematical formula
that will tell you what a fair payout would be for each odds-pair combination. That
formula is:
Bet amount (ba) divided by probability of top choice (pt) times probability of 2nd horse
(ps) divided by losing probability of top horse (lpt). In the example I will give a bit later -
the top horse was off at 7/1 and the 2nd horse was off at 5/1. The win probability of the
top horse was 12.5% - the win probability of the second horse was 16.7% - So: ba /
(pt*(ps/lpt)) = $2 / (.125*(.167/.875)) = $84.00
Figure you need at least 10% bonus overlay to that "fair" amount - so $92.00
How would you like to run through those calculations for a half dozen combinations or so
every race!?!
Me neither!
By "useable" I mean - odds at which I'd suggest you consider an exacta combo bettable.
Remember that the lowest odds horses, and the highest odds horses in a race are most
often bet more than they should be (bettors jumping on the favorites band-wagon, and
other people playing big longshots merely hoping for a gift from heaven).
Also, keep in mind that any low-priced favorite is usually an underlay in all exactas
combos.
For various reasons, race bettors are not always able to see the exacta payoffs when they
need them at bet time. Below are some general guidelines for when you are not able to
check the "will-pays." These guidelines will go a long ways towards keeping you off the
over-bet and money-wasting exacta combinations:
Only put horses on top that you consider overlays in their win-odds.
695
Limit the lowest acceptable odds on top to 9/5 or higher.
Unless you've seen something that leads you to believe a particular high odds horse has
good chance to run well - limit high odds on bottom to 40/1 max.
Require 6/1 as a "combined" odds minimum. Examples: if you have a 2/1 horse you're
putting on top - get 4/1 minimum odds on any you put under that one / 7/5 horse on top? -
require 5/1 underneath, etc..
Don't combine the first and second favorite (two lowest odds horses) regardless of their
odds.
The key to making consistent profits with exacta betting is limiting the number of
combinations per race. Each losing bet increases the minimum "fair pay" amount you
need. If you are looking for a payout of $60 as fair on a certain combination - and you are
betting 6 exacta combinations in total ($2.00 wagers) - 5 of those will lose, so now you
need $70 on that combination.
Another result of limiting the number of exacta combos is that (if you are using a fixed
total wager amount per race) you can then redistribute the money saved onto some of the
other combinations that remain.
Of course, we've all experienced (far too many times!) leaving out the winning combo
though we had seriously considered including it. How do you go about limiting the
number of combos while not throwing out the potential winning combo too often?
The best way to automatically limit that number is to have just one "key" horse, and use
only on top. If you then cut off the acceptable max odds on bottom to 40/1, in most fields,
you'll have 8 or fewer exacta combos. Often you will want to wager two horses on top,
and back-wheel one or both of them to a few others. The number of combinations starts
to build again. Again - how can you combos to the most likely?
696
"Modeling" the factors that are most often seen in horses that run second at a particular
track and distance will give you a "profile" of what kind of horse to look for in the place
slot. For example: Maybe at the track you are betting, speed holds well in sprints. One of
the early pace horses usually hangs on, and an off-the-pace type typically runs second. If
you keep good handicapping records and have this kind of information, it will really help
you narrow down your possible exacta bet combinations.
Example race -
Jan. 5th at Golden Gate - 4th race - 1 mile for maiden claimers. The field with morning
line odds and final odds looked like this:
Eliminate horses that are going off at triple or more their morning line and are also at
15/higher.
ml fo
We narrowed down to 2 win contenders; # 1 and # 9. But that would give 16 possible
exacta combinations with those both wheeled on top - and 32 combos if wheeled and
back-wheeled to all others in the field. Obviously, this is not a strategy that can be used
profitably!
You could begin to pare it down like this:
- Using the guideline of cutting off at 40/1 max on bottom eliminates # 2and # 6.
- Eliminating triple overlays (3x ml) got rid of # 4.
- Using the "6/1 combined odds" guideline gets rid of the favorite #7 under # 9.
- Our place model showed place horses most commonly weren't early pace types, but
rather were horses that distributed their running energy evenly - coming from off the
pace. That eliminated the favorite and # 5.
697
(eliminating the favorite in the second slot is great when you can do it, but remember -
the favorite figures in about 55% of all winning exactas combinations - running either
first or second)
So who does that leave now? Our two contenders along with #3,# 8. One of the
contenders, #9, also had a matching place profile, so we used him on top and bottom. The
combos then were 5 in total; 1 with 3,8,9 and 9 with 3,8. The exacta (see chart below)
came - #1 with #3 and paid $91.20.
Fair exacta payout was $93, so we were loosening our demand just a wee bit - as there
were 4 guaranteed losing combos. (actually, we didn't even check the "will pays" – we
feel using the guidelines given in this article are
1 FABULOUS RULER 10/1 7/1
2 SUNDAY SUIT 20/1 68/1
3 STRAW HAT CHARLIE 3/1 5/1
4 PROUD FRIENDLY 6/1 18/1
5 FROSTY NUGGET 12/1 6/1
6 CHEERS O'GLORY 20/1 56/1
7 ELATED WON 2/1 1/1*
8 SIDNEY BY THE C 10/1 16/1
9 I THOUGHT U KNEW 4/1 9/2
sufficient to keep us off of most under-lay combos)
Let's say; however, that a player had a per-race exacta budget of $20. By whittling the
number of combos down in a systematic way as outlined above - that player would now
be able to have this payoff two times rather than once (if he'd found, say, 10 possible
combos).
698
Charts of the race below:
A few final points:
* Studies show that wheeling the favorite on top in the exacta is a 10-20% loser while
back-wheeling the favorite results in a small positive ROI. If you're going to use the
favorite then - use it on the bottom side of other midodds range contenders.
* A back-part/wheel (after throwing out horses that look hopelessly inadequate to today's
conditions) on legitimate contenders is also usually preferable to a place bet on the same
horse.
* If you are using the guidelines we've given in this article - without checking the will-
pays for value - probably best to stay out of small field races in general (true for any
single race exotics).
1 Fabulous Ruler 1-Nose 7.60
3 Straw Hat Charlie 2-2 5.50
5 Frosty Nugget 3-2 6.60
9 I Thought U Knew 4-2 4.90
7 Elated Won 5-3/4 1.10*
8 Sidney by the C 6-Nose 16.30
4 Proud Friendly 7-3 18.90
6 Cheers O'Glory 8-10 56.10
2 Sunday Suit 9 68.80
1 Fabulous Ruler 17.20 8.20 5.00
3 Straw Hat Charlie 7.00 4.00
5 Frosty Nugget 4.20
Wager Type Winning Numbers Payoff $2 Exacta 1-3 $91.20
699
CASH MACHINE SYSTEM
Introduction
This system throws out winners consistently and each horse must be backed each way -
no matter what the price. All you need is the DAILY MIRROR and it takes 2 minutes to
find these winners - sometimes six in one day!
Rules
Look for the TOP SPOTTED HORSE (black dot after the rating) and if it is rated 32
(must only be 32) with the black dot then see if both tipsters select this horse (newsboy
and bouverie) = if they do then 99 TIMES!!! Out of 100 this horse will be placed - if not
win.
I’ve used this system a lot to make fantastic profits and its great for placepot, jackpot, and
scoop 6 punters. You will be amazed though so simple.
Staking Method
Each Way level stakes betting is advised and when your betting bank doubles in size,
double your stakes. You will soon find yourself betting to high stakes and making weekly
profits when using The Daily Mirror Cash Machine System.
Alternative Staking method
If you prefer backing win singles rather than each-way betting then this is no problem.
You can back selections to straight win bets unless the S.P forecast is greater than 5/1 in
which case, I strongly advise you to back them eachway.
Conclusion
700
Try the system over a period of at least 1 month to see the true potential of my system.
You will have some good runs and some bad runs along the way, that is inevitable with
horse racing but overall you will see a steady rise in your betting bank month by month I
sincerely hope that this system is as profitable for you as it has been for me over the
years!
701
Combinatorial Betting
We discuss the design of combinatorial betting mechanisms. We characterize the

computational complexity of several variants of the problem and pose some open
research questions. Categories and Subject Descriptors: J.4 [Computer Applications]:
Social and Behavioral Sciences
– Economics
General Terms: Economics, Theory
Additional Key Words and Phrases: Prediction markets, expressive betting, order
matching, computational complexity, mechanism design
1. INTRODUCTION
Committing to a bet is a credible way to state an opinion. Declaring that Hillary Clinton
will win the 2008 US Presidential election is easy to say; staking real money on her
victory at particular odds offers a quantifiable signal. A prediction market is a betting
intermediary designed to aggregate opinions about events of particular interest or
importance. For example, intrade.com moderates bets on whether avian flu will hit the
US in 2008. The market price reflects a stable consensus of a large number of opinions
about the likelihood of an outbreak. Prediction market forecasts like those on intrade.com
have a track record of remarkable accuracy.
Betting intermediaries abound, from Las Vegas to Wall Street, yet nearly all operate in a
similar manner. Each allowable bet is explicitly listed and tracked; thus, by definition, the
number of allowable bets is limited by available space. Each bet’s outcome space is low
dimensional: for example, “Hillary wins or loses” or “ACME stock price is x”. Each bet
702
type is managed independently, even when the bets are logically related: for example,
stock options with different strike prices Permission to make digital/hard copy of all or
part of this material without fee for personal or classroom use provided that the copies are
not made or distributed for profit or commercial advantage, the ACM copyright/server
notice, the title of the publication, and its date appear, and notice is given that copying is
by permission of the ACM, Inc. To copy otherwise, to republish, to post on servers, or to
redistribute to lists requires prior specific permission and/or a fee.
2 · Y. Chen et al.
are traded in separate streams. Bets are processed either individually by a market maker
or in pairs by a bilateral exchange, but almost never in groups of more than two at a time.
In this letter, we survey our attempts to design combinatorial betting mechanisms that
support many more allowable bets and propagate information appropriately across
logically-related bets. Thus, our mechanisms have the potential to both collect more
information and process that information more fully than standard mechanisms.
In a combinatorial betting system, allowable bets are not explicitly listed, but are rather
implicitly defined on a combinatorial space. For example, the outcome space might be all
n! possible permutations of horses in a horse race, while the allowable bets are properties
of permutations like “horse A finishes 3rd” or “horse A beats horses B and D”. Or the
outcome space might be all 250 possible state-by-state results for the Democratic
candidate in the 2008 US Presidential election, while allowable bets are Boolean
statements like “Democrat wins in Ohio and Florida but not Texas”.
The greater expressiveness comes at a computational cost for the betting intermediary or
auctioneer, who now faces a difficult matching problem to connect up willing traders. In
703
general, the auctioneer must look beyond bilateral matches to consider complex
multilateral matches. Full expressiveness renders the matching problem intractable in
general. However, in some cases we have discovered reasonable restrictions on
expressiveness that admit polynomial-time matching algorithms.
Below we examine two different types of market combinatorics: (1) permutations and (2)
Boolean combinations of binary events. In each case, we characterize the computational
complexity of the auctioneer’s matching problem under various degrees of
expressiveness.
2. PERMUTATION BETTING
Consider wagering on the final ordering of n candidates; for example, the outcome of a
horse race. The outcome space consists of all n! possible permutations of candidates.
Betting directly on complete orderings is both unnatural and intractable. Betting on
properties of orderings (e.g., “candidate A wins”, or “candidate B beats candidate D”) is
more natural though still intractable in most cases. We analyze two restricted betting
languages—pair betting and subset betting—showing that the former remains intractable
while the latter is tractable [Chen et al. 2007].
A pair bet is a bet on one candidate to finish ahead of another (e.g., “candidate A beats
candidate B”).
Subset bets come in two forms: position-subset bets and candidate-subset bets. A
position-subset bet is a bet on a single candidate to finish in a subset of positions
(e.g.,“candidate A finishes in position 1, 2, or 5”). A candidate-subset bet is a bet on a
subset of candidates to finish in a single position (e.g., “candidate A, B, or D finishes in
position 2”).
704
Each bet defines a security that pays off $1 per share if the specified event happens and
$0 otherwise. Participants place buy orders, specifying security, number of shares to buy,
and the maximum price per share at which they are willing to buy.
Combinatorial Betting · 3
After receiving all orders, a centralized auctioneer needs to solve an order matching
problem to risklessly match up orders and decide what orders to accept and reject. Orders
can be indivisible (must be accepted or rejected in full) or divisible (can be accepted
partially). The auctioneer’s matching problem can be formulated as an integer
programming problem for indivisible orders and a linear programming problem for
divisible orders, possibly with exponentially many constraints. We show that the
auctioneer’s matching problem is NP-hard for pair betting with both divisible and
indivisible orders. For subset betting with divisible orders, the corresponding separation
problem of the linear programming formulation can be reduced to a maximum weighted
bipartite matching problem, which has many polynomialtime solutions. Thus, the
auctioneer’s matching problem for subset betting with divisible orders can be solved in
polynomial time using ellipsoid algorithm coupled with a maximum matching oracle.
3. BOOLEAN-STYLE BETTING
Boolean-style betting allows participants to bet on logical combinations of n binary
events. The outcome space consists of all 2n possible combinations of event outcomes.
The allowable bets are Boolean formulas over the events, so there are 22n allowable bets
if we impose no restrictions. For example, events might be “Democrat wins Alabama”,
“Democrat wins Alaska”, etc., for all fifty US states in the 2008 Presidential election.
Allowable bets are logical propositions about the election outcome like “Democrat wins
705
California and either Nevada or New Mexico”. Given a Boolean formula -, the
corresponding security pays off $1 per share iff - is true in the eventual outcome. More
generally, we allow conditional securities S-| based on two formulas - and ; this is
interpreted as, “make a payoff according to -, conditional on being true”. In other words,
the owner of security S-| is paid $1 per share if both - and are true, paid $0 if is true
but - is false, and the security is cancelled (and any money the owner paid for it is
refunded) if is false.
Participants place orders that specify the security, number of shares to buy/sell, and the
maximum/minimum price at which they are willing to buy/sell. As before, the
auctioneer’s matching problem is to determine which orders to accept among all orders
without incurring any risk. Fortnow et al. [2004] analyze the computational complexity of
matching in Boolean-style betting. They show that for divisible orders the matching
problem is computable in polynomial time when there are O(logm) events, but is co-NP-
complete for O(m) events, where m is the description length of all orders. For indivisible
orders, the matching problem is even harder to solve. It’s NP-complete for O(logm)
events and p 2-complete for O(m) events.1 Indivisible order matching is hard even
when bets are restricted to conjunctions of only two events.
4. FUTURE WORK AND OPEN QUESTIONS
We continue to search for useful betting languages that admit polynomial-time matching
algorithms or approximations. In particular, for Boolean-style betting, 1Indivisible order
matching with O(logm) events can be thought of as analogous to the typical
combinatorial auction problem discussed in this special issue, minus the inherent logical
structure of the Boolean space.
4 · Y. Chen et al.
706
we have not found any satisfactory betting language for the most interesting case of
divisible orders and O(m) events. The matching problems discussed here are
combinatorial analogs of traditional call markets. The auctioneer bears no risk.
Combinatorial prediction markets divide participants’ attention among an exponential
number of outcomes, making the likelihood of finding agreeable trades low even with
multilateral matching. This may cause a thin market problem and ultimately a failure of
information aggregation. Moreover, according to the so-called no-trade theorems in
economics, rational traders shouldn’t speculate at all with each other in a call market or
any other zero-sum betting game.
Hence, it may be desirable to have a market maker subsidize trading and induce liquidity
by offering prices for all allowable bets [Hanson 2003]. A number of properties are
desirable for combinatorial market makers including bounded loss, no arbitrage,
tractability, unbounded shares offered, smooth pricing function, and modularity of price
function. We are as yet unsure which properties are most important and which are
achievable in combination under what circumstances. Also unknown is the relationship
between the auctioneer matching problem and the market maker pricing problem.
707
Cream of the Crop Racing System
This is a remarkably effective system that will show a level stakes profit for you most
months. Profits can be enhanced considerably by using the free staking plan provided.
Prices vary from odds-on to 4/1 and the longest losing run since April 2001 has been just
6 on one occasion. Paper: Racing Post - Examine the `selection box` of tipsters for each
race in the Racing Post. For a selection to qualify it must be tipped by the first four
tipsters in the `selection box`. That is, it must be the selection of Postmark, Postdata,
Topspeed and Spotlight. No Bet in handicap races, nurseries, claimers, sellers, amateur or
apprentice races. Rollover Double Staking Plan - You place your usual stake on the
horse, and if it wins, place all of it onto the next runner. Reduce back to your usual stake
whether that selection wins or losses. This system will improve your profits using the
Cream of the Crop System by over 30%. Conclusion - We suggest you try The Cream of
The Crop System for a month or two with small stakes until you can see the capability of
the system. Then you can increase your stakes considerably when you have full
confidence in this very effective system. All the very best with your future Investments
708
Do Your Own Ratings
Does your selection look like a winner? Use this simple checklist to help find out
Category Question Answer Scoring Score

Has your horse won or placed in a Won 3
race of this class or above in the Placed 2
Class last 12 months?
(By 'class', I refer to the grade of Neither 0
the race: 'A', 'B', 'C' etc.)
Has your horse won or placed on Won here 3
this course or one with similar Won on similar 2
characteristics in the last 12
Course months? Placed here 2
(For similar courses please refer to Placed on similar 1
the appropriate track matrix: Flat
or NH). Neither 0
Has your horse won or placed over Won 3

Distance today's distance in the last 12 Placed 1
months?
Neither 0
Has your horse finished within half Yes 2
Recent a length per furlong of the winner
Form in either of its last two runs? (e.g.
if its last race was over 8f answer No 0
'yes' if within 4l).
Has your horse registered an Yes 2
adjusted Topspeed rating for
today's race which is no lower than
Speed 75% of the highest rating for the
race? No 0
(Topspeed is prepared by Dave
Edwards in the Racing Post).
Has your horse won or placed on Won 2
Going today's going in the last 12 Placed 1
months?
Neither 0
Does it look like your horse will be Yes 0
Draw inconvenienced by the draw in
today's race? No 1
Has your horse run within the last Yes 1

Fitness
50 days? No 0
First- Is your horse wearing Yes 0
time aids blinkers/visor for the first time? No 1
709
Has today's jockey won or placed Yes 1

Jockey
on your horse before? No 0
Has the trainer had 3 horses placed Yes 1
Trainer
in the last 14 days? No 0
When you have calculated the score for your horse, multiply by 5 to get a rating out of 100. A horse rating 100 must have an
outstanding chance of winning today. Without being over-scientific, if the rating is not over 50, a bet would look risky. It is also
a good idea to rate the other leading contenders in the race to see how your selection compares. This is by no means a definitive
method, but it will help highlight the areas of study on which to concentrate. With a little practice, you will be able to look at a
horse's form and know instinctively if it is a good bet.
710
Favourite Backer - Horse Racing System
The fundamental aspect of the Favourite Backer system is that we are seeking to back, as
you might have guessed from the title, horses that go off as favourite. But not just any old
favourite - just those which meet the selection process (revealed in the next chapter).
Those horses that do meet the selection criteria are then backed using a "stop at a winner"
staking methodology calculated to return a number of points profit set by the user for
each winning selection and recovering any losses along the way plus the profit target.
What you classify as a "point" and how many points profit per winner to aim for is
entirely a matter for the individual. For our own purposes, we operate a profit target of
2.00 points per winner as per our logo on the front page of this e-book.
You may use £1 as a point with a profit target of £2 or £5 per point and a profit target of
£20 - it really is up to you and what you feel comfortable with. But do remember the
golden rule - never bet with money you can't afford to lose.
As soon as a selected horse wins then we stop betting for that day as the profit target has
been achieved and we start all over again on the next day. If a selected horse is beaten,
then the recover part of the staking methodology kicks in and we recalculate to recover
losses plus achieve the profit target from the next selection with the knowledge that as
soon as a selected horse wins, losses are recovered and the profit target is achieved. Then
the cycle begins again the following day.
A typical betting day might look something like this: Three horses meet the criteria The
first one wins, profit target achieved, stop betting for the day. The first one loses but the
711
second one wins - losses are recovered and profit target achieved If all three lose, then the
idea is to roll over losses and recover from the next days' selections
Don't worry if that sounds a little confusing as we give you examples later in the book.
Naturally, a run of losers can push up the stake considerably so back to the golden rule of
never betting with money you can't afford to lose.
Although you will always be in profit after a winner and our selection finding criteria is
designed to give strongly fancied horses, losing runs are a sad fact of betting on the
horses.
However - as you can apply the selection principles and staking plan to other sports you
may be more comfortable betting on football matches, tennis or anything else if the
horses are not for you. Or even a combination of sports - all outlined in later pages.
The Selection Process
Now you know the fundamentals of the system, it's time to explain the selection process
to you - it's quite straightforward. Pretty much all you need is access to the Racing Post
web site
It's an incredibly in-depth web site offering all the information we need to arrive at
system selections. Now, here's the selection process in simple steps: go to the Racing
Post web site and log-in click on "cards" towards the top left hand side to view the cards
for the days' meetings disregard any selling, claiming and "banded" races - we do not
select from such races from the races that remain at each meeting, work through each one
noting down the forecast prices of the first and second favourites Click on the
"selections" icon underneath the list of runners, which will display a list of newspaper
tipster selections for that race. Note down the number of selections for the forecast
712
favourite repeat the process for each qualifying race (remember - no sellers, claimers or
banded races)
Now you have the bare information you need from which to get the days' system
selections. Now it's just some simple mathematics to arrive at the selected horses on
which to consider placing a bet.
From the information you've gained from the steps above, do the following for each race:
calculate the difference in forecast price between the first and second favourite and
allocate one point to each point of difference (for example if the favourite is 6/4 and
second favourite is 3/1 the difference is 1.50) allocate one point for each tipster from the
"selection box" who thinks the forecast favourite will win add the two figures together
The three horses with the highest combined figures are the selections for that particular
day. You may decide on more or less than three - it's up to you - but we like to use three
horses per day.
Example: 1.30 Doncaster - price difference 1.50, number of tipsters, 9 = total 10.50 2.00
Doncaster - price difference 3.00, number of tipsters 11 = total 14.00 2.30 Doncaster -
price difference 2.75, number of tipsters 8 = total 10.75 3.00 Doncaster - price difference
1.25, number of tipsters 7 = total 8.25
The system selections are the forecast favourites from the Racing Post in the 1.30, 2.00
and 2.30 races at Doncaster. If the actual favourite is different for any reason then we
stick with the horse identified as the selection after going through the process above.
Staking Methodology
Now you know the fundamentals of the system and how to arrive at the system
selections, it's time to explain the staking to you - how to get your profit from each
winning selection, how to stop at a winner, how to recover losses.
713
Remember you read earlier that this system is all about deciding how many points profit
you want per winning selection , stopping at a winner, starting again each day after a
winner and recovering losses as we go - well, the staking plan governs this.
To arrive at the amount to stake on a system selection, the "magic formula" is to divide
the right hand number in the odds by the left hand number and multiply the answer by the
number of points you are attempting to win.
For example - if the available price is 6/4 and you are attempting to win 2.00 points then
the calculation is 4 divided by 6 multiplied by 2. The answer is 1.33. If you are backing at
£1 a point then your stake is £1.33.
Example: On a working assumption of £1 per point and a profit target of 2.00 points, it
looks like this. Using the three Doncaster races from the pervious chapter as an
example.....
Doncaster 1.30 This is the first selection of the day and we are trying to win 2.00 points.
The selection is available to back at odds of 6/4. You know from the above calculation
that your stake is £1.33. If the horse wins, then we stop for the day as the profit target has
been achieved. If the horse loses, then we move on to the second selection seeking to
recover the £1.33 loss plus the 2.00 profit target meaning we're trying to win 3.33 points
from the next selection.
Doncaster 2.00 The selection is available to back at odds of 5/4 and we're trying to win
3.33 points. The staking calculation is 4 divided by 5 multiplied by 3.33. Thus, the
required stake is £2.66. If the horse wins, then we stop for the day as the profit target has
been achieved. If the horse loses then we move on to the next selection seeking to recover
cumulative losses plus the 2.00 profit target. For the sake of this example, the second
selection has lost as well as the first. We have cumulative losses of £1.33 and £2.66 =
714
£3.99 Add to that the 2.00 profit target meaning we're trying to win 5.99 points from the
third selection.
Doncaster 2.30 The selection is available to back at odds of 2/1 and we're trying to win
£5.99. The staking calculation is 1 divided by 2 multiplied by 5.99. Thus, the required
stake is 3.00 (rounded up). If the horse wins then we've recovered losses and achieved the
profit target so that's it for the day. If the horse loses then we carry forward the
cumulative losses of £6.99 meaning we're trying to win 8.99 points from the first
selection on the next day.
The selection methodology should identify strongly fancied runners with the theory being
that because they are "strongly fancied" they should win more often than not and by
covering three each day, one should win meaning the profit target is met.
Now you know all you need to know in order to put the favouritebacker.com system in to
operation. If you do intend to use the system, we suggest that you "paper trade" for a
while first without actually placing a bet until you've got the hang of it and feel confident
enough to leap in for real.
Remember - as you can see from the above example, losing runs mean an increasing
amount to stake on subsequent selections until a winner arrives. This system really does
deliver a profit after each winner but do beware of the increased stakes in the event of
losing runs.
The principles of this system can be applied to just about any sport as explained later in
this e-book and you may feel more comfortable applying it to a sport you feel you know
more about and/or has fewer "uncertainties" than horse racing.
Other Sports
715
As touched on earlier, it's possible to apply the system principles to just about any sport.
Just identify your selections as best suits you, set your profit target and apply the staking
methodology. It's as straightforward as that.
For example in football you might go for three strongly fancied home wins as long as you
knew the result of one game before betting on the other if you needed to.
Similarly you can apply the general system principles to tennis, rugby, cricket or pretty
much any sport you wish - or a combination of them. As long as you set your profit target
and apply the staking methodology then any winning bet on any sport will deliver your
profit target.
716
FAVOURITES BETTING SYSTEM for UK HORSE RACING
1. Introduction
Would you like to be able to generate regular cash flow, tax-free, without leaving your
home? Silly question. Of course you would. And this can be done in just 30 minutes each
day! This is not another ‘money making scheme’ that is going to cost you a fortune
ringing racing tipster lines, charged at premium rates. This is a system that anyone can
follow, using the information contained in my detailed report. I use a simple staking
system to minimise the risk to my investment and in order to build up my investment pot
responsibly.
The aim of my system is to generate a steady stream of profits to provide an end of month
tax free cash return. It has been devised to take no more than 30 minutes each day. There
is no need to sit for hours studying form or to spend all afternoon sitting in front of a
computer monitoring prices with the bookmakers or the betting exchanges. You will need
access to a UK Racing Post newspaper and access to a betting exchange if you want to
follow all parts of the system. You will need to be 18 years of age, or older, to use it.
We do not claim that this system will make you a guaranteed £10,000 within 8 weeks, or
some other large amount within a short space of time. Such guarantees are worthless.
This system has been designed to accumulate profits regularly and consistently, but in
horse racing, as in other sports, nothing is ever guaranteed.
2. Favourites
How do I do it?
717
Some punters frown on acquaintances who back favourites. ‘He only backs favourites’
they say with disdain, as though bets are only worth placing if you are taking a gamble on
a big priced outsider in the race, rather than a favourite. The fact is that a good proportion
of races, between 30% and 40%, are won by favourites. If you look at both 1st and 2nd
favourites, the proportion can go up to 50%-60%, and if you include 1st, 2nd and 3rd
favourites, together they win between 70% and 80% of races. In fact there are some
systems out in the market that only focus on the first 5 horses in the betting in any race,
because horses at higher prices win very few races, especially in non-handicap races.
Having said that, if between 30%-40% of favourites win, that means that between 60%-
70% of favourites lose. (How else would bookmakers make profits?). So how do we
know which favourites to back, and as a corollary, which ones to lay? Imagine what a
strong cashflow we will generate if we achieve both a high strike rate when picking
winning favourites and when laying losing favourites.
This system aims to provide a steady cash stream from favourites. Backing favourites, it
will not generate huge amounts of money in one hit, but generates amounts of profit
consistently. Not every bet placed will be successful, but the weighting of winning bets to
losing bets is consistently in our favour. There will be losing runs, but never for long, and
equally there will be winning runs. The important thing is that the strike-rate is tipped in
our favour!
3. What you need
Don’t worry, you do not need any previous knowledge of horse-racing or raceform to
operate my system. You can operate this system even if you are a complete novice to
horse racing.
To use all parts of this system, you will need to:
718
- be 18 years of age or older

- have a copy of the Racing Post newspaper
- have an account with a betting exchange on the internet, so that you can lay bets (don’t
worry, accounts can be opened via the useful web-sites page.)
- have a basic level of numeracy.
By focussing on favourites that meet my criteria, the system should take no more than 30
minutes each day to make the selections and place the bets. (It can be done in your lunch
break!) If you decide to invest every single day, then that’s 15 hours per month, or the
equivalent of 2 working days for the returns achieved.
4. Staking system
Often punters will place a large bet on a short-priced losing favourite, and a small bet on
a high-priced winner. The result is that they lose a lot of money on the favourite and do
not manage to cover the loss, despite having the high priced winner. It is important to
have a disciplined approach when deciding your stake.
Never gamble more than you can afford. The aim of my betting system, is to place small
bets regularly and consistently to generate a monthly profit.
You must decide at the outset how much you are able to invest in your system and stick
to it. Never invest more than you can afford to lose.
By following a staking plan, the bets grow as our investment grows. At the end of the
month, I withdraw profits for the month and start the new month with a fresh investment
pot. In this way, I can generate a regular cashflow each month.
5. Frequency of bets
The system generally throws up 3 or 4 bets to place each day. These can be either back or
lay bets, or both. On quieter racing days, there may be no bet at all. There may be other
719
days where there are 7 or 8 bets to place. The precise number of bets will depend on the
number of UK horse racing meetings and the types of races.
6. The System
The system consists of evaluating the favourite and deciding whether to bet or not, and
then whether to back the favourite or ‘lay’ the favourite. Many favourites will be
classified as ‘no bet’, but some will be classified as back bets, and others as lay bets.
Precise details of the system and the analysis, complete with examples, are included in
the full report, available from the DucisGold web-site.
7. Summary
The aim is to build up an investment pot by betting successfully on a stream of favourites
until I withdraw profits at month-end.
Starting with a betting stake of just £10 per bet, we were able to generate a profit of £339
in September 2009. I bank profits on the last day of the month. Then I start afresh in the
new month. In that way, the system can generate a regular but variable monthly cash
income stream.
8. Other factors to consider

Non-runners
Recently, trainers have been required to declare their runners a full 2 days before the race
is due to run, rather than just 1 day, as previously. This has led to more runners being
withdrawn after the formal declaration, but before the actual race.
The change in the cut-off time for declaration of race-entries has meant that my bets are
now placed much nearer the race start time.
Bookmakers versus Exchanges when placing back bets
720
Some bookmakers offer an extra incentive to place bets with them, by offering what they
call ‘guaranteed’ odds. What this means is that if the on-course odds of the horse at the
start of the race are higher than the odds offered when you placed the bet, then the
bookmaker will pay out at the higher course starting price. This guarantee is not available
on the betting exchanges.
Another advantage of bookmakers over betting exchanges is that the exchanges charge a
5% commission on the profits of winning bets, whereas bookmakers do NOT charge any
commission.
However, generally if you compare starting prices at the course with the starting price
announced at a betting exchange, for the same race, you will usually find that the
exchange’s prices are higher. i.e. better for ‘backers’.
This can be a major consideration when placing multiple bets.
Preferred style
The Favourites system works for me. It is important that you find a betting system that
works for you and your preferred style of betting. (Remember, all betting systems go
through bad patches occasionally). Make your own judgement before you invest your
money. For example, you might consider the following variants:
If you hate losing at all costs, then you might try backing for a place, not a win. This
could increase your strike rate to as high as 90%, but of course, the return each time will
be much less because you will be paid at place odds. You might want to increase your
Back stake accordingly.
If your ambition is to be a bookie, then you might just place the lay bets. If you are a
gambler at heart and think Laying bets is a travesty, then you might just place back bets.
721
If there are several back bets in a day, you might back them in a double or a treble, so
that you benefit from accumulated odds. Win doubles or win trebles, or even each way
accumulators, are favoured by some of the professional punters.
8. Alternative systems
You might take the view that it would be far easier and quicker just to back all favourites,
or to lay all favourites. I have found that my system returns better results than these
alternative over-simplified systems, and at a managed risk level that I am comfortable
with.
Let’s look at September 2009 as an example. My system’s strike-rate on back bets was
around 70%. This is well ahead of the typical 30-40% strike rate that is achieved when
you bet on all favourites.
9. Record your bets
Professional punters keep a record of their bets. If you open a separate account with a
betting exchange and use it for bets under my system only, placing no other bets, then the
exchange systems will hold all the records that you need. You will be able to download to
a spreadsheet the outcome of all your bets, plus account statements and running profit &
loss accounts.
10. Try the system
If you don’t want to risk any money on a system straight away, then try it out on paper
first, for a week, or even for a whole month. Then if you are happy with it, try it out with
real money. Simulating a system on paper first will also allow you to become familiar
with the Racing Post newspaper racecards, the Racing Post betting edition web-site, and
the system process, so that you are able to complete your bets much more quickly and
confidently when you start for real.
722
Fixed Odds Sports Betting
Fixed odds sports betting is certainly not for the faint-hearted. Evidence suggests that few
actually beat the bookmaker to make a profit over the long term. Nevertheless, the fact
that even a few punters are successful verifies that gaining a betting edge is not simply a
pipe dream. Provided one learns how to gain this edge, and more importantly adheres to a
sensible risk management of his betting strategy, fixed odds sports betting offers a
potential investment opportunity to those seeking a little more excitement than merely
collecting an annual low interest return from their savings.
The theme of this book has been to encourage the fixed odds sports bettor to think more
analytically about his betting strategy, about the markets he invests in, about the type of
wagers he makes, about betting value and numerical approaches to finding it, about ways
of gaining a head start, and most importantly of all perhaps, about money management
and an examination of risk. It is only through such clear thinking and critical appraisal
that a bettor can hope to maximise his chances of success. Without this, the bookmaker
will always maintain the upper hand.
1. Set aside a betting bankroll
Without a proven record of long-term success, any punter should avoid betting more than
he can afford to lose. The most sensible approach to safeguard against this is to set aside
a bankroll for the purposes of betting, the size of which should not encroach on the need
to pay the bills. If this is lost, the punter should consider the possibility that fixed odds
sports betting will not, for him at least, offer a suitable investment opportunity.
2. Research your sport and be selective
723
There are literally thousands of fixed odds sports betting opportunities to be found every
week, and for every one the bookmaker has hoped to stack the odds against you. To
improve your chances of overcoming this disadvantage, it is prudent to concentrate on
one or perhaps two key sporting markets. Research these thoroughly. For the smaller, less
popular markets, like darts, volleyball, cycling, ski jumping or biathlon, the bookmakers
will often know less about the events than a regular follower of such sports, and may only
have one or two odds compilers studying them. Be selective and don’t bet because you
have to, but only when you feel you have identified an edge. After all, the worst you can
do by not betting at all is break even.
3. Keep accurate records
For all your betting, keep accurate records of the selections backed and their prices, the
amounts wagered, and the profits or losses incurred. Keeping a truthful betting history
will help you to analyse your strengths and weaknesses, to assess your profitability and,
most fundamentally of all, to reveal whether you have the talent to gain an edge. For
advisory services, keeping and publishing an honest record goes without saying. Without
one, customers have no idea how meaningful any profit claims will actually be.
4. Value-bet or don’t bet at all
Winning bets are the only ones that make money. True, but you can’t win all the time.
Without winning more often than the bookmaker has priced you to do so, the losers will
ensure that your betting bank will remain in the red. Seek to identify and measure value
in the odds, through a comparison of bookmakers’ prices, quantitative and qualitative
forecasting techniques and a professional’s “feel” for its availability. Find the value and
the winners will take care of themselves.
5. Test your forecasting systems
724
Punters adopt different approaches to forecasting and prediction. Some prefer to study
subjectively, reading up on the news about each event, and making betting judgements on
the basis of information about injuries, morale, motivation and so on. Others prefer to
quantify information about form, and develop rating systems to predict the outcome of
the next contest. For either approach, but more specifically for numerical forecasting, test
and retest your systems, and identify significance. Be wary of spurious relationships,
which may misrepresent the meaningfulness of any significant association
between hypothesised predictors and the actual outcome of events. Remember that if one
looks long and hard enough at a set of data, a relationship of one form or another,
whether meaningful or not, can usually be found. Very few will ultimately turn out to be
profitable in the long run.
6. Identify favourable betting markets
There are all sorts of wagers, from match bets to ante post, scorecast to handicaps. Every
punter will have his favourite type of betting market, but it is shrewd to focus on those
where the bookmaker has limited his overround. These include bets where the number of
possible outcomes is a minimum – 2 – and include Asian handicap betting in football,
American sports wagers and 2-way betting in many other fields. The imposed
disadvantage the punter will face is lower, both because the bookmakers can afford it to
be so, and because there is little room for them to manoeuvre behind less generous prices.
7. Bet singles
For decades, bookmakers imposed preposterous restrictions on the availability of single
bets, where the punter needs only to back the outcome of one event. Since the explosion
of the offshore and Internet fixed odds betting industry, these restrictions have thankfully
all but disappeared. Unfortunately, punters fed on the lure of the bigger payouts from
725
multiples and perms still place these unfavourable bets en masse. For highly successful
bettors, it is true that profits can be enhanced, but the risks in seeking them, through the
larger overrounds and lower strike rates, will always be greater. Singles on their own can
offer quite reasonable rewards without the undue worry of losing the betting bankroll
early. A punter’s greed is so often his downfall. Why try to run before you can walk?
8. Back favourites or short prices
Contentious but undeniably apparent, at least in football betting, is the presence of a
favourite–longshot bias. Demonstrated empirically beyond question in the European
football fixed odds market, it potentially owes its existence to the risk-averse tendencies
of most bookmakers, who would sooner overprice an odds-on selection than expose
themselves to excessive liability by offering value in the longshot. Backing only short
prices will not be enough on its own to secure a betting edge, but for those who choose to
do so, the imposed average disadvantage is significantly smaller to start with. Backing
shorter prices also means you will win more often and expose your bankroll to less risk if
betting level stakes. Don't, however, back a favourite just because it is a favourite. Back it
because you believe it contains real value, and that the bookmaker has made a mistake.
9. Compare bookmakers’ prices
Really this goes without saying. If one bookmaker offers 1/1 whilst another offers 6/5, it
would make little sense to take the less generous price. Perhaps a new betting account
may need to be opened to take advantage of the opportunity, but provided the
bookmaker’s reputation is sound and the transaction costs, if any, are small, this should
not create an unnecessary distraction. Also consider the betting exchanges, where you can
bet against other punters rather than against a traditional bookmaker. Despite commission
payable on winnings – usually 5% – the odds available with exchanges are frequently
726
more favourable since there is technically no overround to overcome. Remember,

however: do not simply bet because your bookmaker offers the highest price. Make sure
the odds contain value.
10. Identify your risk preferences
Are you a risk seeker or a risk avoider? The answer to this question will shape your entire
staking strategy and money management. Risk seekers are happy to back high odds and
large multiples, preferring the thrill of big-win gambling to the mundane grind of “win
some, lose some” betting. Furthermore, some gamblers are prepared to chase lost capital
through ratcheting up the stakes after each losing bet. Be warned: this policy will NOT
guarantee profits, whilst the risks of failure are considerable. If you prefer to play it safe,
a simple level staking plan will suffice, or perhaps a policy of staking to win a fixed
profit each time you bet. Betting a percentage of your bankroll through simple percentage
bank staking or more advanced Kelly staking can yield significant rewards for the proven
bettor, but he must be prepared to wait out potentially longer periods of loss making in
order to secure a greater payday at the end of the line.
11. Always analyse your betting record
Money in the bank from winning bets is a wonderful feeling, particularly if you believe
your skill and judgement has earned you that money. Avoid becoming complacent,
however, and investigate whether your profits could simply have arisen by chance. If this
is the case, they may not come so easily in the future. Even where you have established
significance in a betting history, beware of unexplained factors that may be accounting
for your level of success.
12. Learn how to lose
727
Perhaps the most important lesson a fixed odds sports bettor should learn is how to lose.
Strange as this may sound, it is actually understanding how to manage losses and cope
with losing runs that is so often the key to this business. Having the patience to outlast
such deleterious sequences, and the willpower to resist chasing the losses, is the hardest
part of gambling. Succeed here, and your chances of avoiding outright failure are greatly
enhanced. Simply staying in the game is half the battle. If you aren’t in it, you can’t win
it, regardless of any ability you have at beating the fixed odds bookmaker.
728
Horse Racing Explained
A beginners Guide
Racing is divided into two codes. Flat Racing and National Hunt Racing. Flat Racing as
the term explains does not involve any jumps. National hunt however consists of
steeplechase fences and hurdles (smaller than fences).
Only flat racing can be run on an all weather course.
Types of Races
Flat Racing
A Maiden Race. Nothing to do with virginity. For horses that have not won a flat race. A
Handicap. Horses carry different weights to give each horse the same chance of winning.
A Group Race. Top of the tree including the classics, the Derby being one of them.
Listed Races. Very good races. One step below group races.
Condition & Stake Races. A race where horses may carry different weights depending on
the age,sex and how many races the horse has won. Note this is not the same as a
handicap. Some races can be restricted to single sex runners (not the jockeys).
Selling Races. The winner of these races is put up for public auction in the winners
enclosure. If you are a spectator then don’t wave to a friend or you may have to take the
horse home with you.
Claiming Races. The winner of these races is basically up for sale with a price tag
attached. Often, the horses weights will depend on the amount of money required to
claim (buy) the horse.
Nursery Handicaps. This is nothing to do with child jockeys but is a handicap race for 2
729
year old horses only.

Flat Racing nearly always begins in starting stalls.
National Hunt
A Novice Hurdle. For horses that start the season having not won a hurdle race. The
winner of a novice hurdle will carry a weight penalty next time it runs in a novice hurdle.
A Maiden Hurdle. Only allows horses that have not already won a hurdle race. Both these
type of races can involve horses that could have won a flat race, a steeplechase, a national
hunt flat race or a point to point.
Handicap Hurdle. Horses again carrying different weights. In hurdle races sometimes the
weight can make a big difference especially if the ground is heavy.
Graded Hurdle. Some hurdle races carry certain conditions that affects the weight that
each horse carries. Even at the Champion Hurdle at Cheltenham, a female horse will
carry less weight than a male. (they don’t however hold the stable door open for them).
Steeplechase. The name steeplechase derives from a race that happened many years ago,
when some people held a horse race in between two churches. The horses jumped
anything that appeared to be in the way as they ran from one to steeple to another hence
the name steeplechase.
Novice or Beginners. Chase For horses that start the season having not won a
steeplechase. A Maiden Chase For horses that have never won a steeplechase except a
point to point. However, they may have already won a hurdle or flat race.
Handicap Chases. we all know the most famous Handicap Chase in the world. The Grand
National with horses carrying different weights to give each horse the same chance of
winning.
730
Condition Chases. Horses may carry different weights but not as in a Handicap. The
weights can vary depending on age, sex and previous form.
National Hunt Flat Race. Sometimes called a ‘bumper’. For horses starting out that have
not run in any race except a national hunt flat race or a point to point.
A Hunter Chase. For horses that also have experience of running with a countryside hunt.
Some horses in this category have been successful steeplechasers in their time.
Point to Point. These races are run but not under the ‘rules of racing’. Runners in these
races are often participants of a countryside hunt and these races tend to attract the same
clientèle. Some potential winners are often discovered at a local point to point.
National Hunt races start with a tape across the track or a flag in point to point races.
All races whether flat or national hunt have a class rating (1 being the best races). This is
found at the top of the race card.
Jockeys
Flat Jockeys carry less weight than National Hunt jockeys. The total weight that a horse
carries is made up of the jockey plus weights fitted into the saddle (if required). Which is
why you won’t find many jockeys tucking into steak & kidney pie & chips washed down
with a few pints after racing.
Most seem to live on fresh air.
Apprentice and Conditional Jockeys
Often shown on the race card following the jockeys name is a figure in brackets i.e. (7)
(5) (3). This is the weight allowance that they receive depending on the number of
winners that they have ridden.
Some races are for apprentice and conditional jockeys only.
Amateur Jockeys
731
Some races are for amateur jockeys only. An amateur can ride against professional
jockeys however professional jockeys are not allowed to ride in amateur races.
Weigh in and weigh out
All jockeys must weigh out (including the saddle) before a race. After the race the jockey
must weigh in (again including the saddle). These weights must be the same or an
objection can be lodged from the clerk of the scales. Once you hear ‘weighed in’ the
result of the race is official and you can hopefully collect your winnings.
Other important people involved in racing are:
The Owner. Although the owner of the horse receive the prize money for winning they
also have all the bills involved in racing the horse from the trainer, jockey, vet,
blacksmith, transport and insurance.
The Trainer. Responsible for the training and well being of the horse along with taking
care of all race entries.
The Starter. Person who is responsible for the start of the race including overseeing the
loading of the starting stalls or line up for the start of a National Hunt Race.
Judge. This person decides the finishing order of the race and the distances between the
horses. They do sometimes rely on a photograph to assist with their decision.
Stewards. The team of people that ensure that the race is run fairly and in accordance
with the rules of racing. If they are unhappy about any element of the race then an
enquiry will be held. This can often hold up the final outcome of the race therefore no
winning betting slips can be presented until you hear ‘weighed in’ being announced. A
stewards enquiry may also occur if one jockey objects to the stewards about another
runner.
Helpful Hints
732
· A Male Horse is a Colt until its 5th birthday when it becomes a Horse.
· A Female Horse is a Filly until its 5th birthday when she becomes a Mare.
· A Gelding is a Male Horse that has been castrated.
· All horses born in the Northern Hemisphere have an official birthday on 1st January.
Therefore, if you are a breeder then the sooner the horse is born after the 1st January the
better. (not before as they automatically become a year older).
· Racehorses can race at 2 years old. Often called Juvenile Races.
The Race Card
Main information on the race card is:
· At the top of the page you will find the time that the race starts, the distance and type of
race along with the name of the race which can incorporate the name of the sponsor.
· On the left hand side of the race card you will find the owners colours that the jockey
will be wearing along with the race card number of each horse.
· Moving to the centre you will find the name of the horse along with a number in
brackets.
This is how many days since the horse last ran.
· Below this you will find some of the following abbreviations.
B g = Bay Gelding, Ch c = Chestnut colt,
Gr f = Grey Filly, Br h = Brown Horse
Following these abbreviations the name of the horses sire and dam will be shown.
· The name of the owner of the horse will be shown below this, with the trainers name on
the right.
· Below this the horses form will be shown. This is displayed by letters such as C =
course winner, D = Distance winner, C&D Course & Distance winner. Below this is a
733
record of how the horse ran in previous races. 1 is won, R is refused, whilst F is fell and P
meaning pulled up. 0 means that the horse was not placed in the first four.
· Far right you will find the jockeys name along with some figures above it. The figures
are the weight that the horse is carrying along with the draw number shown in brackets.
· Sometimes after the horses name there could be a weight shown in brackets. (6lb ex)
This means that the horse has a weight penalty to carry since its last run, before being re
handicapped.
Helpful Hints
· If the form does not always inspire you with confidence about the horse then do bear in
mind that the horse may have been running in better quality races and also over different
distances to the one that you are looking at. This also means that the horse may have been
running against better opposition than the horses in this race.
· In some maiden races, all of the horses may have never run before. This means that no
form will be shown. A good guide to follow can be the betting prices or maybe the top
trainer or jockey at the race course. Alternatively, if you have no idea whatsoever then
you might like the colours that the jockey is wearing in the race.
· It is worth taking a look in the parade ring. You can see the horse that you may bet on
and create your own opinion on how well the horse appears. e.g. good walker, looking fit
& well.
· The ‘going’ is the state of the ground on the course. This can be Firm, Good, Soft or
Heavy.
Some horses may show a preference for a particular type of going which is worth bearing
in mind before placing a bet.
734
· Draw advantage. (Flat racing only). On certain racecourses there can be an advantage to
the horse that has a certain draw. Race card information and racing press should inform
you when this is the case.
· Blinkers. Some horses wear blinkers or visa to the side of each eye. This is to help the
horse concentrate and does not mean that it can’t see where it is going.
· Course & Distance Winners. In the UK all race courses vary in terms of running right
handed or left handed, some up & down hills, some have tighter or difficult corners. Due
to this a course and distance winner will have an advantage.
Placing your Bet
Bookmakers are a funny breed with a language of their own. The odds are sometimes
confusing to say the very least. If you remember learning fractions at school then you
might stand a chance.
Some examples.
15/8 is 1 7/8 to 1 13/8 is 1 5/8 to 1
6/4 is 1 ½ to 1 5/4 is 1 ¼ to 1
7/4 is better odds than 13/8.
1/1 or even money gives you £1 back for each £1 stake.
Always compare odds with a few bookmakers before placing you bet.
The favourite (fav) in the race is the shortest odds horse that is running. There can be
joint favourites. The favourite can be ‘odds on’. This means that the return is actually less
than you stake e.g. 2/1 on is shown as 1/2 therefore if you place a £2 bet to win and the
horse wins then your return will be £1. You will receive £3 including your stake.
735
Whilst at the races you may notice people with white gloves waving their arms around.
These are ‘Tic Tac’ people. The reason they wave their arms around is to signal to all the
bookmakers what the odds are around the race course.
Placing your bet with a bookmaker
When placing a bet you will need to quote the horses name or race card number. The
odds will be shown on the bookmakers stand. You will also have to tell the bookmaker
how much money you want to bet with (your stake) and also if you want a win or each
way bet.
Once the transaction has taken place you will be given a ticket with the bookmakers
name and your returns should the horse be successful.
Each way betting
Betting each way gives you the opportunity to have a bet to win whilst also having a bet
to be placed. There are 2 bets involved which is why it costs double the stake. If your
horse wins then you will get winning returns and place returns, however if the horse is
placed then you will get place returns only.
Place terms
Races with 1-4 runners you can place a win bet only
Races with 5-7 runners give a quarter of the odds on 1st & 2nd place.
Races with 8 or more runners give a fifth of the odds on 1st, 2nd & 3rd place. Handicap
races with 12-15 runners give a quarter of the odds on 1st, 2nd & 3rd place. Handicap
races with 16 or more runners gives a quarter of the odds on 1st, 2nd, 3rd & 4th place.
736
Example. Loopy Loo with odds of 5/1 wins in a 8 horse race with a £1.00 each way bet
on . £1.00 each way bet will cost £2.00. Return is £5.00 win plus £1.00 place plus stake
of £2.00 therefore total return is £8.00.
Rule 4
If a horse that is favourite or well fancied in the betting, is then withdrawn or does not
come under starters orders then rule 4 applies. This involves a deduction on returns on the
remaining horses in the race. This will be announced at the race course.
Placing a Bet with the Tote
As a big fan of the Tote (their profits go back into racing). Winnings from the Tote are
worked out including your stake at a £1 unit. It is a pool system therefore the fewer
winning tickets the better the return.
Finding a Tote Window on the race course should not present a problem as they tend to
be around every corner. Like with bookmakers you will give the horses race number and
the amount you wish to bet with. There is quite a lot of information available relating to
the return you will get from betting on each horse. The Tote staff are also very helpful
and will help with any questions. You will receive a ticket with the horses number and
the stake placed. The dividend will be announced after the race.
Each Way & Place Betting
As well as a win bet, you can place an each way or a place only bet on the Tote.
Place only bet
Even if your horse wins you will still get a place return on the bet.
This is one bet instead of two like each way.
Each Way
Two bets which include one to win and one to be placed.
737
There are other bets with the Tote such as an Exacta which involves predicting the
winner and second in the race, a Trifecta which involves predicting the first three in the
race, the Totequadpot involves picking a horse to be placed in each of the four
Totequadpot races, usually races 3,4,5 & 6 of a meeting and finally the Jackpot &
Placepot. These can be great fun, the Jackpot involves picking the winners of the first six
races whereas the Placepot involves picking a horse to be placed in the first six races.
Placing a bet in the Betting Shop
These are the High Street betting shops (Tote included) that we normally all visit at least
once a year to place a bet on the Grand National. These shops can also be found on the
race course. To place a bet involves writing your own betting slip out with the horses
name, the time it runs and how much you would like to bet on it and the type of bet.
Starting Price
The expression starting price or often abbreviated to SP, is the off price. This means that
instead of getting the price shown on the bookmakers stand you get a bet at starting price.
This is the odds that the bookmakers set as an average between themselves just before the
start of the race. This can sometimes prove better or worse than the price shown on the
bookmakers stand at the race course.
738
Horse Racing Gambling System
The most important rule of this system that you should never break is that once you have
reached your goal winnings for that day, YOU QUIT AND WALK AWAY.
The first step in using this system is to set a value of how much you wish to win each
day. As a rough rule, the safest figure is 5% of your total bank.
This is purely down to you. The higher the % the more risk you have of needing to "top
up" your bank with more funds. So for this example we say you have a bank of £1000,
and therefore require our winnings each day to be £50. (Of course it could be just a bank
of £100 and your target winnings be £5, it's up to you and the size of your pocket.
remember your in this only to win!) This system relies on the fact that in all of the days
race meetings that at least 1 favorite will win one of the races. There are usually 3 or 4
race meetings each day 6 of 7 races per meeting. This means across the country there are
in excess of 20 races and if just 1 out of the 20 races the favorite wins, YOU'RE A
WINNER. As you can imagine the chances of not a single favorite winning out of the 20
races is very small. In the last 9 months of using this system, I have never witnessed a
day where that happened. To ensure you always choose the favorite of each race, you will
need to either open an account on line. Such as www.paddypower.com or you must go to
your local bookies and check the odds in the last 15-10minutes before a race. Newspapers
do like to give you their suggested favorite; however these will not always be the
excepted and agreed favorite.
So here it is...
739
1. In the first meeting of the day you currently have a bank of £1000 and you wish to win
£50. Locate the favorite for this race, take its odds "to win" and then calculate how much
stake you need to put down in order to win £50. Let’s say the favorite is 7-4. In order to
win £50.00 you will need to place a bet of £28.57.
This can be worked out by dividing 4 by 7 (7-4 odds) and then multiply it by 50 (£50)
If this horse wins you are now £50.00 up. CONTRATULATIONS, YOU'RE A
WINNER.
Now follow the most important rule of the day and quit for the day!
2. If the horse doesn’t win, don’t despair, go on to the next race, but this time in order to
be £50 up for the day, you need to win back the 28.57 you lost in the last race plus an
additional £50 for your on target winnings. A total of 78.57. Let’s say for the next race,
the favorite is at 4-1. So to win 78.57 you will need to place a bet of 19.64. This can be
worked out by dividing 1 by 4 (4-1 odds) and then multiply it by 78.57 (£) If this horse
wins, you have recovered the £28.57 you lost in the first race, plus the additional £50
target. CONGRATULATIONS YOU ARE A WINNER.
Now quit for the day!
3. If the horse doesn't win, again don’t despair, simply go on to the next race following
the same procedure as in 2. Remembering that in order to be £50 up for the day, you will
need to win back the 28.57 you lost in the first race and the 19.64 in the second race, plus
the additional £50. Target winnings, giving a total of £98.21. The favorite in the next race
is 2-1. So to win £98.21 you will need to place a bet of 49.10.
This can be worked out by dividing 1 by 2 (2-1 odds) and multiplying it by £98.21.
Is this horse wins; you have now recoved the 28.57 you lost in the first race and the 19.64
in the second plus the additional £50. Target.
740
CONGRATULATIONS YOU ARE A WINNER.

Now quit for the day!
If the favorite didn’t win again, simply continue with this method remembering to up
your stake to ensure you win back all your losses as well as your targeted winnings until
the favorite does win. As you can see the more races that take place where the favorite
doesn’t win, your loses become more and more, therefore meaning you need to place a
larger stake on the next race to win back your loses.
This is why it is suggested to only place 5% of your bank.
Of course no system is 100% guaranteed to win every time and we do not give this
guarantee either, but you will agree that the odds of not a single favorite winning any of
the races around the country in one day is as close to impossible as you can imagine.
Our guarantee we give is that if within the first 14 days of you purchasing this system
from us, it fails to win on any day within that 14 day period, providing you follow the
instructions to the letter, we will give you a full refund of the purchase price, no questions
asked. Simply send us the race results from the following day’s national newspaper
showing us that a not a single favorite won and we will refund your money immediately.
Of course you can check out our system by looking at the previous results to see how
good it really is! Just check the results in the national press and you will see that a
favorite will win at least 1 race in 1 of the race meetings, every day!
Try this out for yourself for a few days without actually gambling any money.
Simply put, if a favorite wins, you win!
Ps: this system does work very very well with the premiership football ie, Chelsea and
Arsenal being that they WIN more times than they loose.
741
Lay 1-4 Staking Plan
The idea behind the Lay 1-4 Staking Plan is that you increase the stake by 1 after a
winner (losing lay) to a max of 4 until the deficit on that run is wiped out. The Lay 1-4
Staking Plan is what I would call a gentle loss recovery staking plan. With this staking
plan, you know what your largest stake is going to be before you start. The best way to
understand the lay 1-4 staking plan is by working through an example. We will use a start
bank of £100 and one unit will be £1. The first bet is always one unit so the first stake is
£1. Like with all examples, the bet loses. As the bet loses we move up one unit and the
next stake is therefore £2. Again this bet loses. The next stake is therefore 3. Our luck
changes, we win. The series deficit is now -£13.05 including the commission of 5%. The
stake stays at £3 until the deficit is wiped. You can see at bet 9 the stake reverts back to
£1 as the series deficit is wiped. A fairly simple staking plan that will consistently
produce better profits than level stakes. The largest bet is always 4 units. In this example
this limit is never reached. However if the losing sequence were to continue the
maximum bet would be £4.
742
LAY FOR A PLACE SYSTEM
This system is to be used on Betfair for laying horses to get beaten on the Place Market
It is very easy to follow and if used correctly it will make a healthy profit each month
RULES
1) There must be between 5 and 7 runners only declared (very important)

2) Just before the start lay the 1st 2 horses in the betting (1st & 2nd Fav’s)
3) Lay only on the place market
4) To £100 bets, do not lay if liability on both horses is over £180
5) If there are 2 joint 2nd favourites, lay the one that started 2nd favourite first, if both
had same price lay the shortest one in betting. This will very rarely apply
6) For use on UK Racing Only (Not Irish)
7) Due to any Non Runner’s, at least 4 horse’s must run or no bet applies
8) When checking for selections use the Racing Post, sometimes there may be 8 runners
but one of the horses may have Doubtful next to its name, if so click on the Place Market
on Betfair, then on the right hand side of the page click on Rules, this will tell you how
many places it is paying out on, 95% of the time it will pay out on only 2 places so we
have another selection
Example:~ Authorized 1.35 & Yellowstone 2.15

This would give a total liability of £150
743
If Authorized gets placed and Yellowstone does not you will win £100 on Yellowstone
but lose £35 on Authorized, so a profit of £65
Obviously if Yellowstone gets placed and Authorized does not you will lose £15
Authorized 1.70 & Yellowstone 2.20
Your liability would be £190 so no bet would apply
744
Lay HiPro86 SP4
This Lay HiPro86 SP4 staking plan is a form of a loss recovery staking plan but cuts its
losses before the stakes are excessive. This compromise can produce excellent results.
The staking plan is borrowed from specialist lay betting software.
The Staking Plan can be broken down into 2 steps.
Step 1- When the first loss occurs, the loss is divided into 4 and one unit added to it. So if
we have set one unit as £1 and we lose £10 in the bet the next stake is £3.5
The next 4 bets after the first loser is £3.5. After 4 winners the stake reverts back to the
original 1 unit or £1.
But what happens if we lose any of the four bets. Well, if a loss occurs we simply go to
Step 2, which is the second stage of the loss recovery. The exception is when a loss
occurs in the final bet of the increased stake. So if a loss occurred in bet 5 you would
simply go back to the beginning and bet 1 unit or £1.
Step 2 - (Step 2 can only be reached if a loss has occurred in step1 that causes you to go
to step 2) As in step 1, divide the achieved loss of your previous bet into 4 parts and add
1 original point. Place the new stake amount on the next four bets. The next four bets are
critical in this plan. If we win all 4 bets, we go back to the beginning and use 1 point
staking. If we lose any bet out of the four we always go back to the beginning and revert
to 1 unit staking.
Let’s see this staking plan in action
745
You can see that the loss of £21.7 in bet 4 is divided by 4 and one unit added to make the
next stake 6.42. The profit column shows a commission level of 5%
Now let’s see what happens when the cycle is finished.
You can see in the table above that the loss recovery sequence is finished in bet 9 and one
unit stakes are used once more.
If a loss had occurred in bet 5, 6, 7 or 8 the sequence would have reset back to 1 unit and
you would have to cut your losses.
If you have a bet selection system that you have confidence in not to produce frequent
losing sequences this staking plan could be extremely useful.
In the above example, using level stakes of £1 would have left you - £17.2. That’s a lot to
claw back using £1 stakes.
746
Lay Ladder Staking Plan
The Lay Ladder Staking Plan is probably the most well known loss recovery staking plan
out there. A Lay Ladder is usually used for 3 lays. If the first bet you make loses (i.e. the
horse wins) then the 2nd bet is calculated as usual for a 1 point win plus the losses from
the first bet. This way you still win your 1 point profit. The longer the lay ladder the
higher your stakes can go. In theory the size of stakes can be exponential! Let’s look at an
example. We have set the initial stake as £2. This will be what we are trying to win with
each sequence of bets. The first bet entered loses at odds of 7 which means a loss of -£12
This makes the next stake £14. The bet entered as a loss at odds of 6.5. The second bet is
a loss which means we lose £77. This is added to £12 makes £89. Our initial stake of £2
is added on to that to make the next stake £91. A considerable bet just to win £2!
This is one staking plan that I wouldn’t recommend but I know that everyone is different
and some people could possibly like the idea of the lay ladder.
747
LAYING STAKING PLAN
A Staking Plan is a pre-determined methodology of money management that, when

applied to the process of betting or investing, promotes steady overall growth through
maximised returns. It ensures that the process will continue by ensuring that funds do not
run out, due to the application of protection measures against losses. This is done by
assuming that future results will be similar or related to past events, though this fact can
never be guaranteed.
The first basis of a Staking Plan is that a separate betting fund or 'bank' is used from
which to stake and to which the winnings are added. This means that bets are never
placed randomly without being accounted for to the bank amount, and there is a certain
amount of limitation of liability in managing the money in this way, rather than betting
out of everyday funds. The concept of having a bank and protecting it is fundamental to
Staking Plans and applies the first stage of protection.
A Staking Plan is applied to a system of selection, which may use any criteria to select
the next bet. It is important to note that a Staking Plan will never select a next bet for the
user; it will merely indicate the bet amount.
As a priority, the Betting System used must be assessed in terms of its relative success
and also to estimate the worst-case scenario for a losing sequence, i.e. the maximum
number of consecutive or near-consecutive losses. This eventuality must be allowed for
in selecting the bank start amount and in the type of staking plan used.
Benefits of using a Staking Plan
748
Use of a Staking Plan can prevent many of the common mistakes in betting. A Staking
Plan immediately gives discipline to staking. It establishes a bank amount and imposes
rules to every bet made. This prevents betting due to emotional reactions, positive or
negative. It records every activity to provide a means of checking and crossreferencing a
system. Bets are limited to the amount stipulated by the Staking Plan, which prevents
wild or impulse betting. A Staking Plan is the key to winning by protecting the bank from
the risk that it is exposed to by betting, and encourages slow but steady growth rather
than a 'get rich quick' mentality. Bookmakers want a bettor to chase losses with blind
hope, often counting on luck, and this is what will happen without the use of a disciplined
Staking Plan. The most dangerous time is often at the end of the day when it is tempting
to try to recover all the day's losses in one action. A Staking Plan continues from day to
day, so there is no 'last race' and this will not happen.
A Staking Plan brings about slow growth through planning and encourages serious
betting and sustained profits. The rule of”don't ever bet more than you can afford to lose"
is ensured by the use of a Staking Plan.
Features of a Staking Plan
A Staking Plan will:
1) Maximize ROI
2) Protect the bank
3) Indicate the next bet amount
4) Prevent level stakes or flat betting
5) Reduce and limit exposure
6) Assist in making profits from betting
7) Maximise the benefits of wins, minimise the effect of losses
749
8) Maintain the lowest exposure when recouping after a losing run

9) Position the bettor to gain maximum benefit from a good win
10) Act on the effect of each bet, rather than overall performance or emotion
11) Turn a marginal system into a profitable system
12) Magnify profits in a profitable system
13) Minimise losses during a long losing run
14) Allow the bank to grow slowly and safely
15) Control staking to build profits over time
16) Record the results of every bet
17) Balance to the bank
18) Impose rules for money management
19) Provide an exact bank balance at all times
20) Enable the bettor to know their exact position
21) Monitor and record each bet of a system
22) Provides a full record of transactions for checking and recording purposes
23) Give control over betting and provide a plan to which to bet
24) Help prevent betting blindly or on impulse
A Staking Plan will not:
1) Indicate what to bet on
2) Turn a losing system into a profitable one
3) Predict or guarantee profits
4) Make a 'quick buck', but promote a slow, safe growth process
*ONCE YOU DECIDE ON A STAKING PLAN STICK WITH IT*

750
Level Staking Plan
This is the most common form of plan and is also known by other names, flat betting
being one of them. This system requires that you lay the same stake at all times. The size
of the stake can be determined however you like but it is best practice to link it to your
starting bank. For example, if your starting bank was £2000 you would split the bank into
points, say 2000 points, in this case £1 represents 1 point. You would then ramp this up
as required to a set stake of say 5 points or 10 points. It all depends on how often you
expect to win and the odds at which you would expect to win.
The formula can be written as:
• (X / Y) multiplied by Z.
• X = Start Bank
• Y = Points Ratio
• Z = Amount of points per stake
In the example it would be 2000 / 100 x 5 = 100, so your level stakes would be £100.
This is a very safe staking system and can be used as a reference against other staking
systems to analyse their performance. There are several variations to this system that
other staking systems have incorporated, but in general the base version is used as a
benchmark.
751
MLB Betting System
Here’s the MLB betting system in detail. As long as you strictly follow my betting
guidelines below, you will be winning almost all of your MLB bets. In a nutshell, you
will be betting that one team is going to win at least one game in a series versus an
opposing team that has swept them in their most recent series. This is a bet that you will
win more than 97% of the time. Before I go into detail on how to make the bets, I will go
over the money management system. There are only three bet values you should stick to:
Bet A; Bet B; and Bet C.
Bet A = Your beginning bet. You can, for example, set your beginning bet to win $100
when you first start out Bet B = In case Bet A fails, you make bet B to make up for any
loss you’ve suffered from Bet A, plus any profit you would have achieved from bet A.
So, if your to-win Bet A was $100, your to-win Bet B can be $200
Bet C = In case Bet B fails, you make bet C to make up for any loss you’ve suffered from
Bet A plus Bet B, plus profit you would have achieved from bet A. So, if your to-win
Bet A plus Bet B was $300, your to-win Bet C can be $400 There is no Bet D, or E, or
anything thereafter. If you lose Bet C, you lose the bet. However, do not be concerned,
because losing a Bet C is something that will almost never happen. I’ll talk more about
that later. Here’s the betting system:
1. Check the MLB results and mark down any series where one team goes winless versus
the opposing team (a sweep)
2. For the teams that were swept (winless in those series), mark the schedule for their
upcoming series versus the same team that swept them previously
752
3. On the first day of the rematch between the two teams, make bet A on the team that
was swept previously
4. If you lose bet A, make bet B on the next day for the same team
5. If you lose bet B, make bet C on the next day for the same team
And keep this in mind: ALWAYS bet on the money line if the team you’re betting on is
the favorite to win. ALWAYS bet on the run line (+1.5 runs) if the team you’re betting
on is the underdog. You can check to see which team is the favorite or the underdog by
looking at the run line in the bet lineup. A team showing a +1.5 in the run line means they
are the underdog. A team showing a -1.5 in the run line means they are the favorite.
Finally, if the first or second game of an eligible betting series is postponed due to bad
weather, don’t wager on it. It’s better to be safe than sorry. If you are unfamiliar with
betting, below is a screenshot of what you may see on BetUS:
753
754
The only two columns you’re going to bet on are the Run Line and the Money Line. For
example, if the picks today were Houston, LA Dodgers, Chicago Cubs, and Kansas City,
then you would bet where the X are above by putting an amount you want to win
where the X’s are located. We bet on the run line for Houston because their run line
shows +1.5. We bet on the money line for the LA Dodgers because their run line shows -
1.5. We bet on the run line for the Chicago White Sox because their run line shows +1.5.
We bet on the run line for Kansas City because their run line shows +1.5. Basically, bet
on the run line if the run line shows +1.5 for the team you’re betting on, and bet on the
money line if the run line shows -1.5 for the team you’re betting on. Keep in mind:
Whenever you are betting on the +1.5 run line, you’ll win the bet even if your team loses
by 1 point.
When betting on the money line, bet on the Listed Pitchers box and the bet will not be
counted if the listed pitchers do not start due to injuries. When not betting on the money
line, check up on the injuries before making a bet. If your team’s best hitter or pitcher is
out due to an injury, then you should just pass on that series. Click here for a good place
to check for injuries. Your MLB betting season ends at the end of August. Don’t bet on
any games starting in September because by that time, the playoffs may be decided for a
number of teams, and not all teams will give 100% into their games. In addition, new
rookies will be used as September is a time when teams enlarge their rosters.
I strongly recommend that you should also open up an account at LM by clicking here On
the top left corner, you will notice this button:
Here is an example from the 2005 season. Let’s say that on 7/29, the Detroit Tigers went
0-3 vs the Oakland Athletics in their 3-game series. So, you’ll look at the schedule
755
and see that these two teams will play each other again on 8/23. This means that on 8/23,
you will bet on the Detroit Tigers to beat the Oakland Athletics in the 3-game series
rematch, starting with a $100 bet (or Bet A). On 8/23, Detroit did beat Oakland, therefore
you have won bet A. Stop at this point and do not make any more bets in this series.
Move on to the next one. But what if Detroit lost to Oakland on 8/23? Then, on the next
day (8/24), you’ll make a bet for Detroit again, this time with a $250 (or Bet B) to make
up for the loss you’ve suffered yesterday, as well as to win a profit. If Detroit lost to
Oakland again on 8/24, then on 8/25 bet $650 (or Bet C) to make up for the losses you’ve
suffered on the last 2 days, as well as to win a $100 profit You must be wondering, what
if Detroit loses to Oakland again on 8/25? Well, then that means you lose the bet. I can
assure you, however, you will almost never see this happen. In an entire MLB season, as
long as you follow my guidelines, your chances of losing Bet B in any game is less than
15%. Your chances of losing bet C in any game is close to 0%. Bet under these rules and
you will profit. Whenever you win a bet in any series, stop and move on to the next one.
Have control on yourself, and never bet your entire bankroll on any game. If you have a
huge bankroll, your Bet A can start out higher, provided that you have enough in your
bankroll to make a Bet B and a Bet C if needed. Similarly, if you have a small bankroll,
your Bet A can be smaller. Enjoy!
756
Percentage Liability Staking Plan
The percentage liability staking plan is identical to the fixed liability staking plan except
that the liability is linked to a percentage of your bank. For instance if, your start bank is
£100 and the percentage liability setting is 5% then your liability will be £5. If the bank
increases, so will your liability. If the bank decreases, your liability will also decrease.
Percentage Staking Plan - Sometimes known as the 'plateau philosophy', the percentage
staking plan says you should recalculate your stake whenever your betting bank reaches a
certain predefined level. For instance, whenever your fund increases by 25%. Some say
that you shouldn't downgrade your stake if you fall back through a level, on the
assumption that if you stick with the higher stake it will speed up your return to the top.
However, a losing sequence can sometimes feel like it is never ending and by not
adjusting your stakes when losing, you face bankrupting your bank.
As with any other staking system, the percentage or plateau plan has a number of
variations, for instance, you can increase your stake by 25%
whenever the betting increases by 12.5%. Or as an extreme you could upgrade your
stakes whenever your betting bank grows.
This is essentially identical to the Percentage Staking Plan used with Back bets. There is
one rule that is followed -
The stake used is a % of the cumulative bank. For instance, for a start bank of £2000 you
would maybe use 2% of your bank making the stake £40. Your next bet would be 2% of
whatever the next cumulative, bank total now is.
757
UNDERSTANDING PROGRESSION AND LIABILITY

CONTROL USING THE BISMARX MODEL
(SECOND REVISION)
On coming across the ‘Bismarx’ betting strategy (via the Bank Vault Report, published
by www.Bismarx.co.uk), I decided to do some calculations on certain key factors (partly
because it seemed too good to be true!). Chief among these was the question of liability
control, which I could see would be an important factor for those traders (such as myself)
with relatively limited capital.
The plan works on the basis of a ‘lay ladder’ of five horses, where successive selections
are layed, with a fixed profit for the ladder as a whole, and stakes increasing to cover
additional losses if the earlier selections win (i.e. the lay loses). The first question that
may come to mind is: ‘what happens if all five horses win?’ The calculations and analysis
below are essentially attempts to construct simple models to estimate a) how often this
might happen, b) what the liability might be whenever this does happen. (It being a
sound military strategy to have contingency plans to cope if things do not go according to
plan!).
The first thing to note is that (from the point of view of simple profitability) it is not
necessarily such a disaster if the bank is lost occasionally. Under the Bismarx betting
plan, assuming 1/20th of the bank is bet on each occasion, then the bank renews itself
every 20 days! So, mathematically, as long as the average rate of bank loss is
significantly less than once every 20 days, then the Bismarx plan is highly likely to be
profitable (this assumes fixed stakes, but also applies to ‘progressive’ staking strategies,
where the stake is increased in line with increasing bank size, as long as profits are
indeed begun to be taken out regularly at some point). In fact, I believe the current data is
that there has only been ONE losing Bismarck (i.e. five successive winning horses on a
day) over a period of well over a year (400+ bets?).
How often would one expect a losing Bismarck, statistically? The key factor here is the
average rate of loss of the Bismarck selections. A statistic often quoted is that favourites
758
will win ‘around one third of the time’. The Bismarck selections eliminate horses priced
at either extreme (prices over 2.7 on the strict system, or prices under 1.7 - although in
practise there is a little leeway given here), which mean that the ‘one third’ strike rate is
perhaps a useful first approximation.
From simple probability theory, if each horse has a probability of 0.33 of winning, then
the probability of five successive winners is: 0.335, or 0.0039. This represents an event
which is only likely to occur once in every 255 days! Given that the bank renews itself
every twenty days, then that seems to indicate a quite extraordinary advantage to those
individuals trading via the Bismarx system. Although this calculation is just an estimate,
empirical results seem to indicate it is of the right order of magnitude, with a single
‘losing Bismarck’ in over a year of trading.
It would be interesting to repeat the calculation using the actual percentage figure
showing what proportion of the Bismarck ‘lays’ do in fact win (as this calculation is very
sensitive to small variations in this). If the figure falls to 0.3, then the probability of five
successive winners becomes 0.35, or 0.0024. This would only be expected to happen, on
average, once every 411 days.
If this figure rises to a probability of 0.4, however, then the probability of five successive
winners becomes: 0.45, or about 0.01. This represents an event which would be expected
to happen roughly every hundred days. Given that there has only been one losing
Bismarck in what (I believe) is well over a year’s trading, then statistically it would have
been likely there would have been more than one losing Bismarck, if this was the case.
So the empirical data would seem consistent with this probability falling below 0.4.
However, there does seem to be one slight anomaly, in that Bismarx report that (from
memory) around 80% of lay ladders end by the second leg. This would indicate that
around 20% of the time the first two horses win, implying: (probability of winning
Bismarck selection horse)2 = 0.2. This figure relates to a probability of winning for a
single horse of almost 0.45 (taking the square root of 0.2). If one then extrapolates this
figure to the five legs of the lay ladder, probability in this case of a losing Bismarck lay
ladder, i.e. all five horses winning = 0.455 = 0.0184. This would correspond to a losing
Bismarck, on average, every 54 days. Despite statistical fluctuations, it is extremely
759
unlikely that if this is the case there would only have been one losing Bismarck in well
over a year of selections (one might have expected half a dozen or more).
Possible explanations for this apparent anomaly? Firstly, the “80%” estimate for
Bismarck ladders which don’t go past the ‘second rung’ may not be precise; it may be
rather higher than this. However, if one third of the Bismarck selections represent
winning horses (in line with the earlier assumption), then one would in fact expect as
many as 90% of Bismarck’s to be successful by the second rung (i.e. either the first or the
second horses loses).
The second possibility (which I suspect may be more likely) is that the simplifying
assumption of this model - that all horses are equal - may in fact be over-estimating the
probability of a failing Bismarck. In practise, selections will be made with quite a
variation in price (and hence relative likelihood of winning). There will be a major
difference in strike rate between horses at decimal odds close to 3, than horses priced at
1.7. It may be the case that this unevenness in fact enhances the probability of the
Bismarck being successful, over and above that from the estimates above based on a
simple assumption of horses being equal. To investigate this more thoroughly, the precise
statistics over the entire run of the 400+ Bismarck ladders to date would be very useful.
The key statistics in relation to investigating this particular factor further are:
1) the overall strike rate of all Bismarck horses (i.e. how many do in fact win, irrespective
of whether they are before or after the point on the lay ladder where the first horse loses).
Call this figure W. 1
2) The proportion of Bismarck lay ladders which reach a successful conclusion within the
first two horses.
(The third vital statistic in this respect (the number of Bismarck ladders which are
unsuccessful), is already known, I believe, as just a single ladder. Though it would also
be useful to know the total number of Bismarck ladders run to date - I only know that it is
somewhere between one and two years, whether that represents 300 or closer to 500
ladders would be of interest).
1
Even more valuable would be this strike rate, separated out into figures for horses at different ranges of odds (e.g. strike rate
for horses in range 2.50-2.69, say).
760
It should also be remembered that all probability calculations are just that - probabilities -
and random fluctuations about a mean will always happen. So even if statistics suggest
that the probability of a losing Bismarck should only occur once in every 200 days, that
doesn’t mean there couldn’t be two losing Bismarck’s within a week! (simply that it’s
highly unlikely). “The dice have no memory”, as the phrase goes. There may also be non-
random fluctuations, for example horse-racing in February may throw up a higher
proportion of losing favourites (due to weather disrupting training, and the new Flat
season increasing uncertainty about the true ability of horses). Contrariwise, more settled
periods of racing - April to July, say - may lead to a higher proportion of favourites
winning. It is also possible that these (well known) variations may be already priced into
the market.
The above calculations indicate the great potential profitability in this financial trading
model. Given that losing Bismarck’s (i.e. five losing lays on the run) appear to be
relatively rare (both theoretically and empirically), then the one final factor that the trader
needs to examine is liability.
The whole basis of the Bismarck model of the ‘lay ladder’ is that there must be sufficient
capital in the bank (and nerve on behalf of the novice to the system!) to persevere with
increasing the bets as the ‘ladder is ascended’. In particular, it is clear that one should not
start to ‘climb’ the ladder with a particular level of starting stake, without both the
financial resources and the determination to persevere with increasing stakes as the ladder
is ascended (and bets could rise quite sharply, if the horses tend to be at the upper end of
the prices). The next section will explore liability levels.
Liability Calculations
As with the probability calculations, the model used will simplify the situation by
assuming identical odds for the five horses selected to form the lay ladder.
The five races will be numbered 1 to 5, with L N representing the liability after race
numbered N (i.e. for race 1, N=1, for race 2, N = 2 etc.).
761
The letter P is used to represent the profit that the ladder sets out to achieve. For race 1,
this will simply represent the level staked, e.g. £20 at a particular set of ‘odds to lay’. If
the horse loses, then the layer retains the stake, and the ladder is terminated at race 1.
However if the horses wins, the layer has to pay the backer this stake multiplied by the
odds that the bet was layed at. By ‘odds’ here are meant decimal odds (as used in Betting
exchanges) minus one (as decimal odds, for the person backing the horse, give the total
return, including original stake). Algebraically, we will represent these odds by the
symbol O. So for decimal odds of 2.7 on Betfair, for example, O = 2.7 - 1 = 1.7.
Now we have defined the key symbols, we can represent the liability in terms of these
symbols. The basic Bismarx formula for the liability after race N is deceptively simple:
L N = O ∑(L N-1 + L N-2 + .... L 1 ) + O P
This just means that to work out the liability for a particular race, you add the overall
profit (P) you are aiming to achieve with the ladder to the liability for all the previous
races on the ladder 2 . This is then multiplied by the ‘odds to lay’, O (decimal odds minus
one), to give the liability for the current race.
For the first race on the ladder, there is obviously no previous liability (by definition). So
L 1 simply equals OP, or the odds for race 1 multiplied by P.
However, applying this simple-looking formula produces quite a complex outcome for
race 5 (note difference from earlier versions of this paper, where I made an error in
the calculation):
L 5 = P(O5 + 4O4 + 6O3 + 4O2 + O)
Two key features of this equation. Firstly, the liability (as common sense suggests) is
simply proportional to the original staking level P (which also represents the eventual
profit of the lay ladder, at whichever point it is successful). So liability can be halved by
simply halving the original stake, for example.
2
Note, I got confused about this in the first two versions of this paper, and simply included the liability for the previous race
only. This is of course contrary to the Bismarck system, where you have to add up all the previous liabilities on the ladder.
762
However, far less obvious is the extreme sensitivity of this equation to O, the odds level.
Mathematically, this is indicated by the high indices involved (powers from squares right
up to a fifth power, for a five leg lay ladder). If O is less than 1 (i.e. decimal odds of less
than 2), then this essentially means the liability even after five races has only increased
relatively slowly. However, the sting in the tail is that as O becomes greater than 1
(decimal odds greater than 2), then the liability level starts to increase dramatically, the
more that O becomes greater than 1. This is indicated in the following table, where the
odds this time are given as decimal odds as used on the betting exchanges (as these are
what most of us are most familiar with). The liability for the fifth race of the lay ladder is
given as a multiple of P, where P is the original staking level (representing the profit
aimed at for each lay ladder). Note differences from earlier two versions of this paper,
where the calculations were in error.
Decimal Odds Liability as multiple of profit P for the fifth race of a lay ladder
(rounded to nearest whole number)
3.0 162P
2.7 90P
2.5 59P
2.2 28P
2.0 16P
1.7 6P
Here is a slightly fuller table, which shows the liability (to two significant figures) for
each stage in the ladder, as a multiple of profit P:
Decimal Liability Liability Liability Liability Liability

Odds Leg 1 Leg 2 Leg 3 Leg 4 Leg 5
3.0 2.0 6.0 18 54 162
2.7 1.7 4.6 12 33 90
2.5 1.5 3.7 9.4 23 59
2.2 1.2 2.6 5.8 13 28
2.0 1.0 2.0 4.0 8.0 16
1.7 0.7 1.2 2.0 3.4 5.8
763
It is obvious that as the odds layed at increase, liability will also increase. What is
perhaps not so obvious is how as the decimal odds go above 2 the liability starts to
increase quite dramatically, the more they get closer to 3. To put it in practical terms, if
the profit aimed at for each Bismarck is £50, then the liability for the fifth race (where the
first four horses on the ladder had all won) would be £300 if the horses were all at 1.7.
However, if the horses were all layed at 3.0, then the liability would be over £8,000! If
the trader had a betting capital of say £30,000, then even this might not be terminal
(although the trader might question whether it is worth investing this much for what after
all would only be a £50 profit at the end of the ladder). However, for a trader with much
less than that available, either there would be insufficient capital to lay the bet at all, or
the liability would be such a high proportion of the capital available that the trader could
decide to terminate the ladder and accept the loss.
There is an obvious trade-off here, in that horses at higher odds are also significantly
less likely to win, so it is much less likely that the fifth race would be reached. However,
it does demonstrate the extreme sensitivity of the liability equation to the odds level.
Important addendum: the discussion in the first part of this analysis indicated a possible
anomaly in the figures (in that having only one losing Bismarck in a period of 400 or so
days appears to be inconsistent with the 80% figure quoted for those Bismarck’s losing
within the first two legs; according to the assumptions of this model, this figure should
perhaps be closer to 90%). A possible explanation for this anomaly was that the variation
in the horses selected may be playing a part in producing a greater proportion of winning
Bismarck ladders than may have been expected than via the calculations here which
assume all the horses are equal. It is a strong possibility if this turns out to be true that
those Bismarck selections towards the higher end of the price range do in fact contribute
particularly highly to bringing about successful lay ladders. So despite their much greater
contribution to the liability, this would also explain why it is in fact advisable to include
horses at the upper end of the odds range within the ladder. The original devising of the
Bismarck strategy (and in particular, the vital question of choosing the odds limits of 1.7
to 2.7) presumably undertook extensive empirical investigation of the play-off between
liability and strike rate. As always in science, empirical observations always take
precedence over theoretical calculations! In terms of the Bismarx strategy itself, one
might say, ‘if it ain’t broke, don’t fix it’. Its practical success in running speaks for itself.
764
On the basis of the small number of Bismarck selections I have been exposed to so far,
although the actual level of individual suggested lays fluctuated markedly, according to
what was available in the betting market that day, the average level of odds was typically
somewhere around decimal 2.2 3 - it should be noted that even at that level, according to
this simple model the liability after five races equals twenty-eight times the profit,
indicating that the suggested betting bank might not quite be sufficient if the ladder went
to the fifth leg. (It would be very interesting to know the number of times the fifth leg of
the ladder has actually been reached in practise, over the 400+ Bismarck ladders run so
far.)
Though, of course, most of the time the staking levels wouldn’t get anywhere near this
point, as the ladder will terminate significantly before the fifth race. And it is important to
remember that we are talking about relatively infrequent scenarios here. In addition, the
great strength of a ‘lay ladder’ (as opposed to a win ladder) is that every other horse in
the race apart from the horse you are laying is running on your behalf. While very long
losing sequences when going after ‘winners’ are not that uncommon, the same while
laying is very much less likely. So the trader using the Bismarx principle has the odds on
their side. But this does indicate why a cut-off of 2.7 is indicated on the ‘strict’ Bismarx
selection rules. Even if this is stretched slightly for one or two horses in the ladder, it
would be important to balance this by having other horses in the ladder at significantly
lower odds, to reduce the risk of the staking getting out of control. This is clearly
something which is taken into account in the Bismarx selections I have seen over a
number of days.
Apparently 80% of the time, the ‘ladder’ doesn’t get past the second horse; so why are
these liability calculations important? Because for 20% of the time, the ladder does go
beyond the second horse, and presumably some of the time, even reaches the fifth horse.
The essential principle of the ‘Bismarck’ is to persevere with the ladder until there is a
loser. If there is a lack of capital to put forward the liability for any race, then it is
impossible to stake it on the betting exchanges. So the prospective Bismarck trader needs
to have taken this fully on board, and have both the capital and the trust in the system to
keep going, even at horse five. In principle, continuing onto horse six, on the very rare
occasions when this is necessary. Alternatively, one could simply accept the lost bank
capital of twenty points at such a position and restart the bank at a lower level with a new
3
nb based on just a few Bismarck ladders, so not necessarily typical
765
ladder. As was pointed out earlier, the extraordinary mathematics at the heart of the
Bismarx lay ladder is that a losing sequence of five lays would only be expected to
happen once in some hundreds of days trading this system; however, the bank renews
itself every twenty days (assuming a profit level aimed at of 1/20th of the bank with each
daily ladder).
The one cautionary point is that according to this simple model (i.e every horse at equal
odds), only if average odds are around 2.0 or less for the five horses in the ladder, will a
twenty point bank be adequate to fund the fifth leg on the ladder. Quite a few Bismarck
ladders are somewhat higher than this, on the basis of the limited sample I have seen. The
bold trader could stick to a twenty point bank, accepting the slightly higher risk the bank
wouldn’t sustain a 5th leg Bismarck for the sake of greater returns. The more cautious
trader could operate with smaller stakes, splitting the same bank into up to sixty points, if
one wanted to be reasonably sure the bank could sustain a 5th leg Bismarck even at
average odds up to 2.5 (on the basis of the sample I have seen, I expect very few
Bismarcks would operate at average odds higher than this). The trade-off for the
increased caution, of course, is a rather slower rate of growth of the bank. (It is also
intriguing if the figure of only one ‘losing Bismarck’ to date also means that the ‘twenty
point bank’ has always been sufficient. That would perhaps be slightly surprising (though
pleasing!) in a sequence of 300+ lay ladders, according to the simple model presented
here at any rate).
Conclusion
It should be noted that the mathematical models used for these calculations are simplified
compared with the real situation. In particular, it is assumed that all horses have the
identical odds and prices, which of course is quite different in practise, where there will
be quite a range of values - an assumption which may be producing distorting results as
far as the probability of an unsuccessful Bismarck is concerned (as discussed in relation
to the ‘anomaly’ earlier). However, these calculations should still be indicative of the
general trends at work, particularly in terms of liabilities involved..
In conclusion, the profitability of the Bismarck model has been clearly established
empirically; this short essay has simply tried to explore some of the mathematics behind
it in a little more detail. Clearly, none of this is necessary to operate the system in
766
practise! (Though a good understanding of these principles must have gone into devising
the system in the first place, whether or not it was mathematically formalised in the way
done here). What these calculations do show are three things: firstly, just how profitable
this system is, secondly, the importance of having sufficient capital (and psychological
preparedness) to ‘follow through’ on the lay ladder, if the first few horses represent
losing lays, and thirdly, the need for extreme caution in backing more than one or two
horses in the ladder at levels above 2.7.
767
PRO-METHOD
At first sight this method may seem a little obvious; we're looking for horses that have
dropped in class and racing at a less competitive racecourse. Many selections can be
found by looking beyond the horse's last race - taking form from its second and third to
last race. Because the majority of punters only take the horses last race form into
consideration these system selections often start at a larger price than their winning
chance suggests. A horse lowered in class has merely to repeat its normal level of ability
as shown in the higher class to have a good winning chance.
RULES
1. Using the Racing Post ignore all handicap and selling races and any races where at
least 90% of the runners have not run 3 or more times. The method works best the
better the class of race so no betting in class G and be wary of class F's if a lot of
the horses are from class G in their last race. Ideal races are "Conditions" races and
"Claiming" races. Look out for these words in the race card heading in the paper.
2. From the races left check each horses last 3-4 races in the form pages of the Racing
Post, we want a horse that has ran in a higher class race than today's race.
3. The horse must have had a good run in the higher class race and within; 4¾ lengths
for -1 class 6¼ lengths for -2 classes 8 lengths for -3 classes
768
[From the winner.]
4. Always check the odds of the good run, if over 14/1 (12 runners or less) 16/1 over
12 runners then no bet.
5. Next check that the race with the higher class run was at a higher grade racecourse.
We want a total drop of 3 classes or grades E.G.:
6. -1 class -2 grades or -2 classes -1 grade. Minimum -1 class all bets, but the same
racecourse is OK as long as down 3 classes.
7. Weight Maximum +7lb from higher class race to today's race.
That's the basic system above. The following are some things to look out for.
If the form of the higher class race is from its 2nd or 3rd to last race then check its last
race - is it better off today than its last race? If down in class or from a handicap race etc
it's a bet.
If the horse was already dropped in class for its last race, which is the same as today's but
wasn't a bet because it wasn't dropped enough weight or needed a drop in racecourse
grade and today it is a bet (from its second or third to last race) then how did it get on last
time? If it was a close 2nd or 3rd (within a length or two of the winner) then today it will
be a bet because it's slightly better off today because of the drop in weight, grade or from
a handicap etc.
If today's race is worse off than its last race then it's only a bet if it won its last race. (The
horse would have been a system selection for its last race.
769
Only take form from sellers if the race was at a grade A or B racecourse and the horse
won or was a close second.
Don't take today's claiming jockey weights into consideration.
If today's race at 7 furlong then the horse must be proven at 7. (At least been placed to
within approx. 4 lengths, check the race time also)
If today's race on all weather then the horse must be proven on AW as above.
Only consider higher class form from the present season. At the beginning of the seasons
both flat and national hunt, the selections may get a little thin on the ground, but the end
of the season that we're in should still keep the selections coming regularly.
Be wary of the horse's fitness late in the season after a long campaign, at the back end of
the season horses can fade and lose their form within just a few days. Follow horses that
have ran within days, their fitness is guaranteed.
The best races for selections are usually claimers and normal conditions races. There are
plenty of selections to be found in maiden races but you have to be wary of the
opposition.
Horses that have only ran once or twice are sure to improve, but horses with three or
more runs behind them will have shown their limitation. Selectivity will pay off, when
most of the horses are on their debut or only ran once or twice then leave alone.
770
That is the "class" method in full. It may take some time to fully understand the method,
but once you've got the hang of it you'll never make a bet in the future without referring
to the horses class etc. Over the jumps the method is very successful. Just by betting on
any horse with a good drop in class, regardless of weight, racecourse grades etc.
That is the basic system. When there is just one selection as above in the race then that
is the selection. 90% of all the selections will be found just by following the above. If you
are new to studying form or horseracing then just stick to the above (more than one
selection in same race then leave race alone).
Where to find the figures for the above and an example race selection are on the last
page.
Checking the form in the Racing Post is much easier than trying to follow these rules by
themselves. It is going to be frustrating at first trying to understand the above and trying
to find the form figures in the paper, but please stick with it.
As soon as you know where to look and what to look for it will just "click into place" and
from then on you've got a great money maker that will last you years!
Once you've got fully used to the above after a few weeks (and only then) or if you
already know your way around the form pages of the Racing Post then continue for a
more advanced "fine tuning" of the selection process. Just stay with the above if you
want, it's up to you. But using the "advanced" section will find the extra 10% of
selections and help you spot a few likely losers that will crop up in the above rules.
771
Advanced
[On the flat where times are most important, the last furlong of true run races is
completed in around 12 seconds, thus in 1 second a horse travels approximately 18 yards
or 6 lengths.
Time can therefore be translated to distance beaten. 1 second = 6 lengths. A major factor
affecting race times (fst 0.3) (slw 1.5) etc is the going. Before the value of a time can be
assessed the nature of the going must be known and the time adjusted accordingly.
As a rough guide the following can be used:
Firm Add 0.2 seconds per furlong to recorded time

Good to firm Add 0.1 seconds per furlong
Good No adjustment needed
Good to soft Subtract 0.4 seconds per furlong
Soft Subtract 0.8 seconds per furlong
Now lets dig a little deeper into distances beaten. I've already given the absolute
maximum lengths that a horse can be beaten according to how much class it's dropped.
These distances are for all horses, regardless as to what the going and time of race was.
But now we know the score about race times differing on different going and that 1
second equals roughly 6 lengths, we can also spot good selections that have been beaten,
lets say by 11 lengths on good going but the race time was faster than standard (fst 2.9).
772
Multiply 2.9 seconds by 6 lengths 2.9 x 6 = 17.4 lengths. Because the horse was only
beaten by 11 lengths then the horse had 6.4 lengths in hand over standard. To take the
example further; the horses higher class race was won by a horse 2.9 seconds faster than
the average standard time for that course and distance on good going, so if all the other
horses ran at exactly the standard time from start to finish then our horse would have won
by 6.4 lengths.
So now we can pick horses beaten more than 4¾ lengths for -1 class, 6¼ lengths for -2
classes etc. As long as the horse that won the higher class race recorded a race time that
would have put our horse past the winning post (not just within 4 lengths etc) at standard
time.
Occasionally you will come across horses that have no speed for fst and slw, in these
cases just look at all the horses last two or three runs and compare class, going, odds of
the selections etc. Don't try to force a selection out, if there is an outstanding candidate
you will spot it. Overseas horses come along occasionally also. Just note the class or
prize money to get the feel of if it's worth a bet.] End of advanced.
RACE CLASS
Group 1
GP 2
GP 3 E.G.: Group 1 to a group 3 is down 2 classes
A (Listed) B to an E is down 3 classes

773
G ( no bets in class G )
FLAT RACECOURSE GRADING
A B C D
Ascot Ayr* Bath Carlisle
Goodwood Chester* Beverley Catterick
Kempton Doncastor* Brighton Folkestone
Newbury Epsom* Chepstow Hamilton
Newmarket Haydock Leicester Lingfield (AW)
Sandown Lingfield (turf) Nottingham Musselburgh
York Newcastle* Pontefract Southwell

(T+AW)
774
Salisbury Redcar Wolverhampton
Ripon
Thirsk
Warwick
Windsor
Yarmouth
NATIONAL HUNT RACECOURSE GRADING
A B C D
Aintree Ayr Carlisle Bangor
Ascot Chepstow Exeter Cartmel
Cheltenham Doncastor Hexham Catterick
Haydock Lingfield Huntington Fakenham
Newbury Newcastle Kelso Folkestone
Sandown Uttoxeter Leicester Fontwell
Wetherby Market Rasen Hereford
Kempton Nottingham Ludlow
Perth Musselburgh
775
Stratford Newton Abbott
Towcester Plumpton
Warwick Sedgefield
Wincanton Southwell
Windsor Taunton
Worcester
For jumps I suggest within 10 lengths for down one class, within 13 lengths for down two
classes. Maximum weight up to +10lb
Finding the Figures
Looking at the picture you can see today's race is at 8.35pm and is a class F. Looking at
this form picture you can see that Chorus's last race was at Windsor which is a grade C
course and was a class D race. If today's race was at a grade D course then the horse
would pass the first requirements; down a total of 3 class's/grades. (Dropped from a Class
D race last time to a Class F today & dropped from a Grade C racecourse to a Grade D).
The next thing to check is the odds of its last race, which must be under 14/1 (12 runners
or less) or 16/1 (over 12 runners). As you can see the odds were 10/1 so it passes this
stage. (15 runners in its last race above) So the next things to check would be the
Distance beaten by the winner. In this example you'll see that the horse that came 2nd was
1/2 a length behind the winner (the 1st figure after Dist:) the 3rd horse was a further 3/4 of
a length behind, 4th horse another 1/2 a length, 5th horse a neck and our horse a head
776
behind. Quickly total them up to give us a distance beaten figure of around 2 lengths so it
passes this stage also. So as long as 90% of the horses in the race have all ran at least two
or three times before then we would have a qualifying selection.
777
Risk Free Football
Theory – Trade an In-Running football game with zero risk to make a profit.
Principle – The aim of these two methods is to make several back and lay bets throughout
a football game as you are watching it to ensure that you never have any risk attached to
your current exposure. This is done by never having exposure on the team that is
currently attacking.
Method One:
After the game has started and the In-Running market has resumed normal liquidity
(usually takes about 90 seconds), while the score is still 0-0, lay the underdog (so long as
the odds are not higher than 11.00) while they are not in possession of the ball.
As soon as you have placed your lay bet, you should prepare the betslip with a Back bet
on the same team, to the same stake and the exact same odds. As you are watching the
game, if the underdog puts an attack together that could result in a goal, you simply back
them. The obvious trend of a game is for the odds on both teams to gradually increase
and the draw odds to gradually decrease before a goal is scored, so you will never find
yourself backing at lower odds than you have originally layed.
You may wonder why you enter the exact same odds and not higher odds if higher odds
are available. This is simply to ensure that your full bet is matched because Betfair
automatically gives you the best odds on offer. You just enter the same odds as a safety
net, but you should get higher odds for at least most of your bet.
So what next? Well, if the underdog fails to score, you will have a small profit on the
underdog with zero risk on the other two outcomes. You just need to hedge this profit to
778
create the same profit regardless of the result. I.e. if you have layed the underdog for
Ł1,000 at odds of 7.00, then backed them at 7.40, you will have a profit of Ł400 (less
commission) on the underdog. If you then lay them again at 7.40 with a Ł54 stake, you
will show a profit of Ł54.40 on the underdog and a profit of Ł54 on the draw and the
favourite. You can use a ‘bot’ to calculate this for you with a hedging button (explained
later.) You then place your Ł1,000 lay bet again but at the new odds of around 7.40.
If the underdog do happen to score during the attack, you will still show a Ł400 profit on
them, but their odds will have decreased significantly when the market is reformed
meaning that you can create a higher profit margin. If the odds were 7.40 when you
backed them as they were attacking, the likely odds on the new market will be around
2.80. You simply hedge again with a Ł143 lay bet at 2.80 to show a profit of Ł142.60 on
the underdog and a profit of Ł143 on the draw and original favourite. You stop the first
method after a goal is scored and move onto method two (explained below.)
This method is a way to make small gains as the match progresses and the underdog look
like creating chances; however the ideal situation is for the favourite to score first. In this
scenario, you will have an untouched lay bet on the underdog at odds of 7.00.
You will now have a profit of Ł1,000 on the draw and favourite, but the odds on the
underdog will have drifted out to around 30.00. You simply make a hedging back bet on
the underdog to guarantee a high profit. If you back the underdog with Ł233.33 at odds of
30.00, you will guarantee a profit of Ł739.74 on the underdog, and Ł739.84 on the
favourite and the draw.
Method Two:
Once a goal has been scored (hopefully by the favourite) and you have guaranteed
yourself a profit regardless of the match outcome, you can either just stop trading there if
779
you only want to spend a small amount of time on each game, however you can carry on
with method two to make an even higher profit on each game!
In method one, we made a profit when the match was goalless by laying the underdog as
we knew that the natural progression of the game would see their odds rise (until a goal is
scored), however now that a team is winning, the natural progression will be for the odds
on that team to decrease until either another goal is scored, or they have won the match.
With our starting stake returned and profit guaranteed, you can then back the team that is
in the lead with the entire starting bankroll (Ł6,000 if layed Ł1,000 at 7.00 to begin with),
plus the locked in profit on the draw and other team.
For example, if the favourite scored first, we have a guaranteed profit of Ł739.74, so you
can back the favourite with a stake of Ł6,739.74. You then need to prepare the betslip
with a lay on the favourite to the same stake and the same odds (the odds will be
decreasing as the game goes on, however if you offer the same odds, your lay will be
taken at the lowest odds available.) As the game goes on, only click the lay bet if the
other team looks like scoring an equaliser. As before in method one, you simply hedge
after each back and lay to create a level profit across all three outcomes.
Important Information and Get-Out Times:
Matches to trade – ONLY trade matches that are domestic to your country. I.e. if you live
in Britain, only trade English/Scottish football games. The reason for this is that pictures
are quite badly delayed if they come from a different country. Terrestrial television is the
quickest, closely followed by satellite from your own country.
Method One – You should stop trading when the underdog's odds drift higher than 11.00,
because the exposure will be too high and the profit margin too low. You can still have a
position open if you layed under 11.00 and the odds have drifted above 11.00, however
780
once you trade out, you should accept the profit you have and wait for a goal to be scored
to move onto Method Two.
Method Two – Once the team in the lead’s odds come down as low as 1.12 you should
stop trading and hedge your profit to give the same profit regardless of the outcome. This
is simply because the profit margin is too low.
Equaliser – If you have traded with method one, moved onto method two, but an
equaliser is scored, simply wait for the market to reform, hedge your profit, then revert
back to Method One (providing that the underdog’s odds are no higher than 11.00.)
Alternative Trading Options:
The idea behind laying the underdog to begin with is that statistically speaking, the
favourite usually scores first and you will make a higher profit when the opposite team
that you have layed scores first. Having said that, there is nothing to stop you from laying
the favourite if you don’t think that they will score first (this means that you will have
lower liabilities also as the odds will be lower, but you will probably be more active
throughout the game by trading out every time they create a chance.)
A common pattern that I use is to lay the underdog to begin with, back the favourite if
they score, then either stop if they score a second goal, or if there’s an equaliser and the
odds on the underdog are above 11.00, I’ll lay the favourite instead at lower odds. The
more trades you can make in a game, the more profit you will make.
Another method you can use is to simply lay one of the teams when you think the
opposite team is about to score – if they fail to score, simply trade out. You probably
won’t make any profit on the small trades due to the back and lay bet being so close
together, but as soon as you catch a goal with this method you will make a significant
amount.
781
Betting Bots: You can manually place all the bets mentioned above; however with In-
Running football there is a 5 second delay to place your bets. If you use a bot, the bets are
entered straight into Betfair’s API, which cuts the In-Running delay on football down to
just One second. You can also use preset buttons to enter the stake and odds that you
require to place the bets with one click, rather than having to click submit then confirm.
The best feature though that makes it worthwhile, is a “hedging button”, meaning that
after you’ve closed each trade, instead of having to work out the amount to back or lay to
give an equal profit, you can simply click the “hedging button” which will do this for you
automatically. I would highly recommend using a bot as it makes the whole experience of
trading football games an easier and smoother process.
Conclusion: Thanks for purchasing Risk Free Football and I hope it is as profitable for
you as it has been for us over the last 18 months. If you have any questions or need any
assistance please don’t hesitate to contact us at sales@riskfreefootball.com
782
Royal Ascot - Royal Hunt Cup
data from 1986 to 2006, but excluded the 2005 meeting which was held at York. The
Royal Hunt Cup (1 mile all age handicap) This race usually sees a field of 30 runners
charging down the straight mile at Ascot. A tough race to find the winner, but hopefully
these trends will help you narrow candidates on the day down to a manageable shortlist.
POSITIVE TRENDS
Recent win: Horses that have won at least one race in their last six have won 18 of the 20
races.
Age: Horses aged 4 or 5 have won 18 of the 20 races.
Fitness: Horses that had been off the track for at least 32 days have a very good record
recording 11 wins from 176 runners for a small level stakes profit of £4.50.
Distance LTO: Horses that raced over 7f LTO have 8 of the races from 119 qualifiers for
a profit of £26.00 (ROI +21.9%).
NEGATIVE TRENDS
Age: Horses aged 6 or older have won just 2 races from 132 qualifiers (SR 1.5%) for a
loss of £89.00 (ROI -67.4%).
Fitness: Horses that had been off the track for 15 days or less have won 4 races from 188
qualifiers for a loss of £113.00 (ROI -60.1%).
Distance LTO: Horses that raced further than a mile LTO have a dreadful record with just
1 win from 160 qualifiers.
Weight: Horses in the top 3 of the weights (inc. joints) have provided 1 win from 67
runners.
783
Price: Horses priced 33/1 or bigger have won 2 races from 267 qualifiers. The last winner
at such a price was way back in 1990.
Penalty carriers: 67 horses have run carrying a penalty for their last run, and just 1 has
won (Macadamia in 2003).
Sex: Fillies / mares have won just 1 race from 42 qualifiers.
GENERAL STATS
Favourites (inc. joints): 2 wins from 22 for a small loss of £7.00 (ROI -31.9%). A further
6 favourites have been placed.
Position LTO: LTO winners have won 6 of the races showing a small loss of £7.00 (ROI
-7%).
Some key comparisons:
1) Horses that have won at least once in their last six starts have been 4.6 times more
likely to win than horses that have not.
2) Horses that won LTO have been 2.2 times likely to win than horses that did not win.
3) 5yos have the best record in terms of wins to runners – they have been 3 times more
likely to win than 6yo+.
4) Horses off the track for 32 or more days have been 2.9 times more likely to win than
horses returning within 15 days or less.
5) Horses that raced over 7f LTO have been 10.7 times more likely to win than horses
that ran over distances in excess of 1 mile LTO.
How best to use the trends is a question I’m often asked. What I do is produce a shortlist
of the most likely candidates. How to compile a shortlist I hear you ask? Well, by using
these trends it should be possible to create a manageable shortlist. Few if any horses will
match all the positive trends, and also have no negative trends. What you need to do is
784
find the ones the “best fit” the trends. From here you should be able to produce a shortlist
of the most likely winners from a statistical perspective. Your shortlist will not always
produce the winner, but it will more often than not.
Another option is use a system based selection process. Here is a system for the Royal
Hunt that has produced 70% of the winners from just 23% of the runners. Hence this
system would have improved your winning chances by 3 times. The system is thus:
1. LTO ran over 7f or 1 mile
2. Age 4 or 5
3. Not carrying a penalty
4. Male horses only
5. SP 28/1 or shorter
6. 4th in the weights or lower
Using this approach would have narrowed down the 608 runners to just 139. On average
therefore your system shortlist would have contained just 7 runners. Remember the
average number of runners has been 30. If you had backed all runners in the shortlists
you would have produced the following results:
Bets 139, Wins 14, Profit +£80.50 (to £1 level stakes), ROI +57.9%
14 winning years out of 20 is impressive and there would have been a very healthy profit
to boot. An additional system rule concentrating only on horses that have won at least one
of their last six starts would have increased profits slightly but cut the winners to 12:
Bets 106, Wins 12, Profit +£96.00 (to £1 level stakes), ROI +90.6%
The return on investment (ROI) has improved from a very good 58% to over 90%, while
the profits have gone up £15.50.
785
Sports betting
Sports betting is the activity of predicting sports results and placing a wager on the
outcome.
Types of bets
United States of America
Aside from simple wagers such as betting a friend that one's favorite baseball team will
win its division or buying a football "square" for the Super Bowl, sports betting is
commonly performed through a bookmaker or through various online Internet outlets.
The many types of bets include:
* Proposition bets are wagers made on a very specific outcome of a match. Examples
include guessing the number of goals each team scores in a handball match, betting
whether a player will score in a football game, or wagering that a baseball player on one
team will accumulate more hits than another player on the opposing team.
* Parlays involve multiple bets (usually up to 12) and will reward a successful bettor
with a large payout. For example, a bettor could include four different wagers in a four-
team parlay, whereby he is wagering that all four bets will win. If any of the four bets
fails to cover, the bettor loses the parlay, but if all four bets win, the bettor receives a
substantially higher payout (usually 10-1 in the case of a four-teamer) than if he made the
four wagers separately.
* Progressive parlays. A progressive parlay involves multiple bets (usually up to 12)
and rewards successful bettors with a large payout, though not as large as normal parlays.
786
However in a progressive parlay, unlike a regular parlay, a reduced payout will still be
made even should some of the bets lose.
* Teasers. A teaser allows the bettor to combine his bets on two or more different
games. The bettor can adjust the point spreads for the two games, but realizes a lower
return on the bets in the event of a win.
* If bets. An if bet consists of at least two straight bets joined together by an if clause
which determines the wager process. If the player’s first selection complies with the
condition (clause), then the second selection will have action; if the second selection
complies with the condition, then the third selection will have action and so on.
* Run line, puck line or goal line bets. These are wagers offered as alternatives to
straight-up/moneyline prices in baseball, hockey or soccer, respectively. These bets
feature a fixed point spread that (usually) offers a higher payout for the favorite and a
lower payout for the underdog (both in comparison to the moneyline).
* Future wagers. While all sports wagers are by definition on future events, bets listed
as "futures" generally have a long-term horizon measured in weeks or months; for
example, a bet that a certain NFL team will win the Super Bowl for the upcoming season.
Such a bet must be made before the season starts in September, and winning bets will not
pay off until the conclusion of the Super Bowl in January or February (although many of
the losing bets will be clear well before then and can be closed out by the book). Odds for
such a bet generally are expressed in a ratio of units paid to unit wagered. The team
wagered upon might be 50-1 to win the Super Bowl, which means that the bet will pay 50
times the amount wagered if the team does so.
* Head-to-Head. In these bets, bettor predicts competitors results against each other
and not on the overall result of the event. One example are Formula One races, where you
787
bet on two or three drivers and their placement among the others. Sometimes you can
also bet a “tie”, in which one or both drivers either have the same time, drop out, or get
disqualified.
* Totalizators. In totalizators (sometimes called flexible-rate bets) the odds are
changing in real-time according to the share of total exchange each of the possible
outcomes have received taking into account the return rate of the bookmaker offering the
bet. For example: If the bookmakers return percentage is 90%, 90% of the amount placed
on the winning result will be given back to bettors and 10% goes to the bookmaker.
Naturally the more money bet on a certain result, the smaller the odds on that outcome
become. This is similar to parimutuel wagering in horse racing and dog racing.
* 2nd half bets. A 2nd half(Second half) bet is also sometimes called a halftime bet.
This bet is placed only at halftime of a particular sporting event. This bet can be placed
on the spread(Line) or over/under. The resulting bet that is placed is won or lost only on
the points scored by both teams in the second half only.
bets offered by UK bookmakers
This glossary of bets offered by UK bookmakers is a non-exhaustive list of traditional
and popular bets offered by bookmakers in the United Kingdom. The 'multiple-selection'
bets in particular are most often associated with horse racing selections but since the
advent of fixed-odds betting on football matches some punters use these traditional
combination bets for football selections as well.
Types of bet
Win
788
A bet that produces a return only if the selection comes first in an event (i.e. wins). A
win bet may be placed on a single event or the stake may be placed on two or more
selections in a multiple bet (see below), all of which must win to give a return.
Place
A bet that produces a return only if the selection finishes first or within a
predetermined number of positions (places) of the winner of an event. The return is often
based on a fixed proportion of the win odds of the selection (e.g. \tfrac{1}{5} the odds a
place 1,2,3). It is rare for bookmakers to offer the opportunity to bet solely on a selection
finishing in a place without at least an equal bet on the selection to win (see Each-Way
below). Exceptions include betting at Parimutuel-style odds in pool betting (aka. 'betting
on "The Tote"' in the UK). More recently, some bookmakers have started to introduce
special 'Place Only' markets, in which a punter can place a wager solely on a selection to
finish placed, meaning you are not bound to having an equal or bigger stake to win.
However, the odds are not set in stone as below; they are completely arbitary. Horse
racing offers the following place odds for races with a given number of runners:
All races
Less than 5 runners: all up to win - i.e. the horse must win, but the odds for 1st place
are the same as the win odds.
5-7 runners: \tfrac{1}{4} the odds a place 1,2.
8-11 runners: \tfrac{1}{5} the odds a place 1,2,3.
Non-handicap races
12+ runners: \tfrac{1}{5} the odds a place 1,2,3.
Handicap races
789
12-15 runners: \tfrac{1}{4} the odds a place 1,2,3.

16+ runners: \tfrac{1}{4} the odds a place 1,2,3,4.
Each-Way
A combination of win and place bets of equal size. Each-Way bets may be placed on a
single event or on two or more selections in a multiple bet. Each-Way multiple bets are
settled on a win-to-win and place-to-place basis, i.e. win returns from one selection form
the win stake on the next selection, and the place returns from one selection form the
place stake on the next selection. An alternative way of settling an each-way multiple bet
(although much less common) is for the total return from the first selection to be equally
divided as an each-way bet on the next selection, and so on. This is known as an Each-
Way all Each-Way bet and must be specifically stated as such on the betting slip as the
settling method if the default Win to Win, Place to Place method of settling is not
required.
All the following bets are described as if they were win-only bets for ease of description;
they may however, in almost all instances, be staked as an each-way bet.
Single
A bet on an individual selection.
Multiple bet
A double, treble or accumulator. A linked series of win singles where all the return
from the first selection is automatically staked on the second selection as a win single and
so on until all selections have won, thus giving a return, or until one selection loses in
which case the whole bet is lost.
790
Double
A bet on two selections; both of which must win to gain a return.
Treble
A bet on three selections; all three of which must win to gain a return.
Accumulator
A bet on four or more selections; all of which must win to gain a return. Accumulators
are often named after the number of selections they contain - thus we can get a fourfold,
fivefold or sixfold accumulator (or even higher).
Full cover bet
A wager consisting of all possible doubles, trebles and accumulators across a given
number of selections. These include: Trixie, Yankee, Canadian or Super Yankee, Heinz,
Super Heinz and Goliath. A double may be thought of as a full cover bet with only two
selections.
Trixie
A wager on three selections and consisting of four separate bets: 3 doubles and a
treble. A minimum two selections must win to gain a return.
Yankee
A wager on four selections and consisting of 11 separate bets: 6 doubles, 4 trebles and
a fourfold accumulator. A minimum two selections must win to gain a return.
Canadian or Super Yankee
A wager on five selections and consisting of 26 separate bets: 10 doubles, 10 trebles, 5
fourfolds and a fivefold accumulator. A minimum two selections must win to gain a
return.
791
Heinz
A wager on six selections and consisting of 57 separate bets: 15 doubles, 20 trebles, 15
fourfolds, 6 fivefolds and a sixfold accumulator. A minimum two selections must win to
gain a return. It is named for the '57 varieties' advertising slogan of the H. J. Heinz
Company.
Super Heinz
A wager on seven selections and consisting of 120 separate bets: 21 doubles, 35
trebles, 35 fourfolds, 21 fivefolds, 7 sixfolds and a sevenfold accumulator. A minimum
two selections must win to gain a return.
Goliath
A wager on eight selections and consisting of 247 separate bets: 28 doubles, 56 trebles,
70 fourfolds, 56 fivefolds, 28 sixfolds, 8 sevenfolds and an eightfold accumulator. A
minimum two selections must win to gain a return.
Full cover bets with singles

Patent
A wager on three selections and consisting of 7 separate bets: 3 singles, 3 doubles and
a treble. Equivalent to a Trixie plus 3 singles. One winning selection will guarantee a
return.
Lucky 15
A wager on four selections and consisting of 15 separate bets: 4 singles, 6 doubles, 4
trebles and a fourfold accumulator. Equivalent to a Yankee plus 4 singles. One winning
selection will guarantee a return. The 'Lucky' part of the name of this and other similar
792
bets comes from the bookmaker's practice of offering bonuses for one or more winners;
usually including 'double the odds' for only one winning selection.
Lucky 31
A wager on five selections and consisting of 31 separate bets: 5 singles, 10 doubles, 10
trebles, 5 fourfolds and a fivefold accumulator. Equivalent to a Canadian plus 5 singles.
One winning selection will guarantee a return.
Lucky 63
A wager on six selections and consisting of 63 separate bets: 6 singles, 15 doubles, 20
trebles, 15 fourfolds, 6 fivefolds and a sixfold accumulator. One winning selection will
guarantee a return.
Alphabet
A bet consisting of six selections - 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6, usually on horse racing or
greyhound racing. Selections 1, 2, and 3 form a patent, as described above. Selections 4,
5, and 6 form a second patent. Selections 2, 3, 4, and 5 form a Yankee, as described
above. Selections 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6 form a sixfold accumulator, as described above. The
total number of bets in an alphabet is therefore 26 [2 patents at 7 bets each, plus 1 yankee
at 11 bets, and one accumulator at one bet - (7+7+11+1=26)]. At least one correct
selection guarantees a return.
'Any to Come' (ATC) or 'if cash' bets
Wagers which include conditional bets, i.e. if part of the wager produces a sufficient
return then a predetermined amount may be wagered on one or more of the other
selections. ATC and 'if cash' bets (generally referred to as 'conditional bets') are normally
not accepted on Ante-post selections.
Up-and-Down
793
An example of an 'if cash' or 'any-to-come (ATC)' bet. A wager on two selections and
consisting of two single bets. If one selection wins (hence the phrase 'if cash') then the
original stake is placed as an additional single bet on the second selection. If both
selections win each original stake is placed as a single on the other selection: in effect
giving twice the winnings for just two stake units. The downside of only one winning
selection is that both original stakes are lost.
Usually played for 'single stakes about (SSA)' meaning stakes identical to the original
ones are placed on selections in the case of one or more winners. 'Double stakes about
(DSA)' means twice the original stake is placed on selections in the case of one or more
winners. Note: an odds-on winner will not supply enough money for 'double stakes about'
so the whole amount actually available is used.
Round Robin
A wager on three selections and consisting of 10 separate bets: 3 doubles, 1 treble and
3 up-and-down bets (each of 2 separate bets). It may be considered to be a Trixie to
which 3 up-and-down bets have been added. One winning selection will guarantee a
return.
Flag
A wager on four selections and consisting of 23 separate bets: 6 doubles, 4 trebles, 1
fourfold and 6 up-and-down bets. It may be considered to be a Yankee to which 6 up-
and-down bets have been added. One winning selection will guarantee a return.
Super Flag
A wager on five selections and consisting of 46 separate bets: 10 doubles, 10 trebles, 5
fourfolds, 1 fivefold and 10 up-and-down bets. It may be considered to be a Canadian to
794
which 10 up-and-down bets have been added. One winning selection will guarantee a
return.
Rounder
A wager on three selections A, B and C consisting of 3 singles and 3 any-to-come
(ATC) doubles to the original singles stakes. For example: £1 win A, ATC £1 double BC;
£1 win B, ATC £1 double AC; £1 win C, ATC £1 double AB.
Roundabout
As Rounder (above) except the ATC doubles are to twice the stake, e.g. £1 win A,
ATC £2 double BC etc. Note: In the event of an odds-on winner the complete returns
(less than £2 in this example) from the winning single are bet on the appropriate double.
Speciality bets
Union Jack
A wager on nine selections usually placed in a 3 by 3 grid on a purpose-designed
betting slip and consisting of 8 trebles. If the selections A to I are placed thus:
A B C
D E F
G H I
then the 8 trebles are (horizontally) ABC, DEF, GHI, (vertically) ADG, BEH, CFI,
(diagonally) AEI, CEG. All three selections in a particular treble must win to achieve a
return. It is possible to get five or even six winners from the nine selections and yet still
not achieve any return (e.g. A, B, E, F, G do not give a winning treble in example 1, and
A, B, D, F, H, I do not produce a return in example 2, as shown below).
795
Example 1
A B C
D E F
G H I
Example 2
A B C
D E F
G H I
Note that selection E appears in 4 of the trebles; A, C, G and I appear in 3 trebles; B,

D, F, and H appear in only 2 trebles.
This is considered more of a novelty bet.
Bookmaking
The general role of the bookmaker is to act as a market maker for sports wagers, most of
which have a binary outcome: a team either wins or loses. The bookmaker accepts both
wagers, and maintains a spread (the vigorish) which will ensure a profit regardless of the
outcome of the wager. The Federal Wire Act of 1961 was an attempt by the US
government to prevent illegal bookmaking. However, this Act does not apply to other
types of online gambling. The Supreme Court has not ruled on the meaning of the Federal
Wire Act as it pertains to online gambling.
796
Bookmakers usually hold a 11-10 advantage over his/her customers (for small wagers it
is closer to a 6-5 advantage) so he/she will most likely survive over the long term.
Successful bookmakers must be able to withstand a large short term loss. (Boyd, 1981)
Many of the leading gambling bookmakers from the 1930s to the 1960s got their start
during the prohibition era of the 1920s. They were often times decendents of the influx of
immigrants coming into the USA at this time. Although the common stereotype is that
these bookies were of Italian decent, it has been proven that many of the leading bookies
were of eastern European Jewish Ancestry. (Davies, 2001)
Odds
This section does not cite any references or sources. Please help improve this
section by adding citations to reliable sources. Unsourced material may be challenged
and removed. (September 2010)
Odds for different outcomes in single bet are presented either in European format
(decimal odds), UK format (fractional odds), or American format (moneyline odds).
European format (decimal odds) are favored in continental Europe, Canada, and
Australia. They are the ratio of the full payout to the stake, in a decimal format. Decimal
odds of 2.00 are an even bet. UK format (fractional odds) are favored by British
bookmakers. They are the ratio of the amount won to the stake. Fractional odds of 1/1 are
an even bet. US format odds are favored in the United States. They are the amount won
on a 100 stake when positive and the stake needed to win 100 when negative. US odds of
100 are an even bet.
Decimal Fractional US HongKong Indo Malay
1.50 1/2 -200 0.50 -2.00 0.50
2.00 1/1 +100 1.00 1.00 1.00
797
2.50 3/2 +150 1.50 1.50 -0.67

3.00 2/1 +200 2.00 2.00 -0.50
Conversion formulas x To Do this

Decimal Fractional x-1 , then convert to fraction
Decimal US 100*(x-1) if x>=2; -100/(x-1) if x<2
Fractional Decimal divide fraction, then x+1
Fractional US divide fraction, then 100*x if x>=1; -100/x if x<1
US Decimal (x/100)+1 if x>0; (-100/x)+1 if x<0
US Fractional x/100, then convert to fraction if x>0; -100/x, then convert to fraction
if x<0
Decimal HongKong x-1
HongKong Indo x if x>=1; (1/x)*-1 if x<1
HongKong Malay x if x<=1; (1/x)*-1 if X>1
In Asian betting markets, other frequently used formats for expressing odds include Hong
Kong, Malaysian, and Indonesian-style odds formats. Odds are also quite often expressed
in terms of implied probability, which corresponds to the probability with which the
event in question would need to occur for the bet to be a breakeven proposition (on the
average).
Many online tools also exist for automated conversion between these odds formats.
Legality
In the USA it is illegal to operate a scheme except for in a few states. In many European
nations bookmaking (the profession of accepting sports wagers) is regulated but not
criminalized. The NCAA has threatened to ban all playoff games in Delaware if the state
798
allows betting on college sports. New Jersey, which is also interested, has been similarly
threatened. Interestingly for New Jersey, a Fairleigh Dickinson University PublicMind
poll found in April 2009 that 63% of New Jerseyians supported legalizing sports betting
in Atlantic city and at horse-racing tracks. However, only 48% of New Jersey voters
approved of legalizing betting at off-track betting establishments. A slight majority of
New Jersey voters (53%) also disapproved of legalizing sports betting nationally. In
March of 2010, a national PublicMind poll found that 39% of Americans would support
changing laws so that sports betting would be allowed in all states, whereas 53% reported
that they would not support such measures. Converse to national opinion, a February
2011 PublicMind found that 53% of New Jersey voters supported legalizing betting in all
states while 34% reported they would not support it. Equally, a majority of New Jersey
voters (55%) believed that "lots of people bet anyway, so government should allow it and
tax it." Proponents of legalized sports betting generally regard it as a hobby for sports
fans that increases their interest in particular sporting events, thus benefiting the leagues,
teams and players they bet on through higher attendances and television audiences.
Opponents fear that, over and above the general ramifications of gambling, it threatens
the integrity of amateur and professional sport, the history of which includes numerous
attempts by sports gamblers to fix matches. In the 2009 PublicMind poll, the possibility
of corrupting sports was the main concern of New Jersey voters (54%) that opposed
legalizing sports betting nationally. Similarly, the 2010 PublicMind national poll found
that a majority of Americans shared the views of New Jersey voters in the 2009 poll with
54% of respondents reporting that "legal betting on sports is a bad idea because it
promotes too much gambling and corrupts sports." On the other hand, proponents counter
that legitimate bookmakers will invariably fight corruption just as fiercely as governing
799
bodies and law enforcement do. Most sports bettors are overall losers as the bookmakers
odds are fairly efficient. However, there are professional sports bettors[citation needed]
that make a good income betting sports, many of which utilize sports information
services.
In areas where sports betting is illegal, bettors usually make their sports wagers with
illicit bookmakers (known colloquially as "bookies") and on the Internet, where
thousands of online bookmakers accept wagers on sporting events around the world. The
PublicMind's 2010 national survey found that 67% of Americans did not support the
legalization of Internet betting websites in the United States whereas 21% said they
would support legalization.
Nevada
There are 142 places in Nevada that will take sports bets on professional and amateur
sports. In 1998, close to 2.3 billion dollars was wagered in these places. Out of this 2.3
billion, the casinos that accepted these bets kept 77.4 million dollars as a profit. This is
because the odds are stacked in favor of the casinos. (Thompson, 2001)
Famous Betting Scandals
In 1919, the Chicago White Sox faced the Cincinnati Reds in the World Series. This
series would go down as one of the biggest sports scandals of all time. As the story goes,
professional gambler Joseph Sullivan paid eight members of the White Sox around
10,000 dollars each to fix the World Series. The players involved were Oscar Felsch,
Arnold Gandil, Shoeless Joe Jackson, Fred McMullin, Charles Risberg, George Weaver,
and Claude Williams. All of these players have been banned for life. (Finley, 2008)
Rule #21--It's nailed to every clubhouse door and every ballpark in the country: "Any
player, umpire, or club or league official or employee, who shall bet any sum whatsoever
800
on any baseball game in connection with which the bettor has a duty to perform shall be
declared permanently ineligible." This rule is why Pete Rose was given a lifetime ban
from baseball after being caught for betting on baseball. (Rose, 2004)
Forecasts
Forecasts are bets on a single event that require the correct forecasting of the finishing
order of (usually) the first two or three finishers in the event. Returns on correctly
predicted finishing orders are calculated by industry sources via computer software that
uses the starting price of all participants in the event, and are usually declared to a £1
stake unit on (mainly) horse and greyhound races.
Straight Forecast
A straight forecast (SF) or computer straight forecast (CSF) is a wager requiring the
naming of two selections a and b to finish 1st and 2nd in the correct order in a specified
event. Requires a single unit stake. Usually declared on horse and greyhound races of
three or more runners. Equivalent to the USA exacta or perfecta, or the Canadian exactor.
Reversed Forecast
A reversed forecast (RF) is a wager requiring the naming of two selections to finish 1st
and 2nd in either order in a specified event. It is the same as two straight forecasts on
selections a and b: a 1st, b 2nd and b 1st, a 2nd. Requires two unit stakes. Equivalent to a
"boxed" exacta/perfecta in North America, where the quinella is a similar wager that
requires only one unit stake.
Combination Forecast
A combination forecast is a wager on three or more named selections in order to choose
two of the selections to finish 1st and 2nd in the correct order in a specified event. It is
the same as the number of straight forecasts on selections a, b ... n given by the formula
801
n(n − 1) and therefore requires this number of unit stakes. E.g. 3 selections - 6 bets; 4
selections - 12 bets; 5 selections - 20 bets; etc. Equivalent to boxing an exacta/perfecta
with more than two runners in North America.
Tricast
A tricast is a wager requiring the choosing of three named selections a, b and c to finish
1st, 2nd and 3rd in the correct order in a specified event. Requires a single unit stake.
Accepted on horse races where 8 or more horses are declared and at least 6 run, and on
greyhound races of 5 or more runners that form part of the bookmakers' main service. In
North America, this wager is known as the trifecta (USA) or triactor (Canada).
Combination Tricast
A combination tricast is a wager on three or more named selections in order to choose

three selections to finish 1st, 2nd and 3rd in the correct order in a specified event.
Requires multiple unit stakes given by n(n − 1) (n − 2) where n is the number of
selections. E.g. 3 selections, 6 bets; 4 selections, 24 bets; 5 selections, 60 bets; etc. In
North America, this is a "boxed" trifecta.
Sports betting systems
This article does not cite any references or sources. Please help improve this article
by adding citations to reliable sources. Unsourced material may be challenged and
removed. (November 2009)
Sports betting systems refers to a set of events that when combined for a particular game
for a particular sport represents a profitable betting scenario. Since sports betting involves
humans, there is no deterministic edge to the house or the gambler. Systems supposedly
allow the gambler to have an edge.
802
Sportsbooks use systems in their analysis to set more accurate odds. Therefore the novice
gambler may believe that using a system will always work, it is the general consensus
that at some point, the oddsmakers will have adjusted for the system to make it no longer
profitable. Very short-lived systems are called trends. Any single event that estimates a
selection to have a higher likelihood of winning is called an angle as they are meant to be
used in conjunction with other angles and trends to produce systems.
Betting on systems
Systems can be deceiving. Any sample space can be constrained enough with
meaningless criteria to create the illusion of a profitable betting system. For example, a
coin can be flipped with heads being home teams and tails being road teams. Heads and
tails each have a 50% probability of landing but if the amount of flips is limited to a small
number, it is conceivable to create the illusion of predicting heads will come up 75% of
the time.
That, in conjunction with the fact that sportsbooks adjust their odds according to the
systems makes it difficult to follow systems indefinitely. The sportsbooks are slower to
adjust the odds in some sports versus other sports depending on the number of games
played and the amount of money they take in from bettors.
Determining systems
Determining systems is a matter of using computer analysis tools and extracting all the
possible games that meet a bettor's criteria. Then the bettor analyzes the results of those
games to make a determination if one team is favored over the other.
Two Types of Betting Systems
Multiple regressions
803
The stronger the historical info you have the more accurate your results will be. You will
never be able to call a game within 100% of accuracy because there will always be
undetermined agents, but if you have the right info you are surely able to anticipate the
game like the pros.
Historical data you need to know to apply multiple regressions is: Wins, Losses, Win to
Lose ratio, home game record, away game record, past ten game outcomes, win/loss
streaks, injuries, team changes (new coach, loss of important player, etc.)
Statistical anomalies
These are deviations from the common rule and give you a competitive advantage. You
may be surprised to know that most scores in a football game happen only in the 3 and 7
point markers? Of course there are always missed extra points, safeties and conversions,
but when compared to all points scored, they only account for a minor percentage. This
point statistical distribution factor opens up the possibility of statistical anomalies.
To find anomalies you need to cautiously review players and team statistics. You should
also know significant factors such as: injuries, does the team tend to win more in indoor
or outdoor sports stadiums, weather (for outdoor games), what atmospheric conditions is
the team used to playing in, etc.. You can also look for anomalies based on public
opinion and team psyche.
Factors that are used into determining betting systems are a mix of psychological,
motivational, biological, situational factors that, based on past performances, support one
team over another. It is generally believed that more than one factor pointing towards a
team is needed to have a successful betting system.
804
Sports Betting Guide
Sports Betting History

The first ever recorded sports bets, took place on 10 September 1858, by two spectators
watching a game between the Brooklyn Eckfords and the New York Mutuals, placed a
100$ bet as to whether or not John Holden would hit a home run. Holden himself was
assured 25$ if he hit, he did and after the game all the debts were settled.
In 1865 again, in a match between the same teams, three players from the Mutual’s
agreed to deliberately loose a game in return of $100 each.
After the scandal involving the 1877 Louisville Grays and other fixed games prompted
American League President Ban Johnson to impose a ban on all gambling inside
American League ballparks, beginning 1903. However this ban soon proved ineffective
and betting flourished. Richard Higham was banned in 1882 after officiating games so
that certain outcomes would be produced in return for money. The Giants manger was
tainted after he betted and won 400$ on his teams winning the World Series in 1905. In
1919 eight members of the Chicago White Sox accepted money to loose the World Series
to the Cincinnati Reds. Since 1943 some of the game's biggest names have been tainted
and expelled at some or the time for betting and accepting money for effected
performance. Gambling and players involvement has not been limited to baseball and has
affected other games like German Soccer and Horse racing also. In 2005 25 year old
Robert Hoyzer admitted having accepted money in return for dishonest officiating.
Betting in US dates back a long way, but the real thrust to this industry was with the
legalization of betting in Nevada in 1931. After the mining industry started slowing
805
down, gambling was legalized by the state dry on cash, and soon things started showing
up. Once the big casinos arrived on scene, many small sports betting shops were forced
out of business. Gamblers Anonymous was formed way back in 1957, when two men
started meeting on a monthly basis and discussing their gambling and supporting each
other. After gaining publicity from local media coverage, the first meeting of GA was
held on September 1957 in Los Angeles, California.
Membership requires a commitment to stop gambling. Most of the members consider
themselves compulsive gamblers, feeling that theirs is an illness which shall worsen with
time if not faced. It is not a proactive organization and intervenes only when men or
women feeling they can't help themselves and contact the organization. The organization
helps by giving its members certain guidelines to be strictly followed by them. There are
no membership fees and no outside donations are accepted. It is supported solely by
contributions from its members.
Considering the fact that 2 million or almost 1 percent of all Americans gamble as a \
compulsion the situation is grave and does need aid. Besides GA, there is also the
National Council on Problem Gambling, helping people getting out of their addiction
with gambling.
Hollywood has had its share of movies based on sports betting. The hustler, blue chip,
and White Men Can't Stand were all based on the issue of Sports Betting. Sports Betting:
Betting on sports Betting on sports is perhaps as old as the various games themselves.
Millions of people have made huge money out of betting on sports. Possibly no game is
left virgin of betting. All games have bookies and wages attached to them. Alike is the
case with the countries across the globe. Betting is becoming a universal phenomenon
nowadays. The difference however lies in the fact that some countries have accepted
806
betting and so have legalized it while others still consider it illicit. For instance betting is
taken to be legal nearly in entire Europe whereas Nevada is the only place in United
States of America where wagering is deemed to be lawful. But the geographical scenario
does not bring much variation in the terms and conditions or the rules and style of
betting. The betting policies for a particular game for example cricket remain
approximately the same around the world.
But what differs with the place or country is the sport and the amount of bets placed on it.
Like people in Asian countries are leaders in betting on cricket. Cricket is the favorite
sport in the Asian subcontinent. But in Europe and America games like horse racing,
basketball, hockey, soccer and football etc. receive topmost priority. Thus that sport is
wagered the most, which is relished, by maximum number of people. Australia is one of
the best places in the world to enjoy betting. This is because betting is legal in Australia
and there are ample of sports that are cherished by the Aussies. Australian Football and
Rugby are the two eminent names in this category. Lots of good information and even
betting guidelines or tips about these games and many others like tennis are available on
the Internet due to the legality of sports betting in Australia.
Ireland is the land that gives birth to the most of the English sports action. Irish football
and Hurling are unique English sports. Rugby, cricket, golf and tennis are other English
sports that invite lot many bookmakers and so bets. The English Premier League or one
can say the English Soccer involves tremendous wagering in Europe. Darts are also
famous among the English. Many people love betting on the not so common game of
Darts. But this isn’t all. Punters never leave The National Leagues, the National and
International Cups, the Motor Sports like Formula F1 Racing, the IRL or the Indy Racing
807
League and the NASCAR i.e. the National Association of Speedy Cars and Rednecks,
involves million dollar wages or even more every year.
Human beings have always made good business through animals. Along with the horse
racing the racing of animals like camels, pigs, ponies and dogs invite great amount of
betting in Europe as well as on the land of America.
While betting on any game what should be followed is your knowledge of the game and
what your intuition or common sense says. A bettor should be pretty clear and confident
over the option of his bet. If an individual is making a bet for the first time, don’t bet big.
It can lead to unexpected snags. Remember, it takes time to learn and develop betting
skills.
Novice's Guide to On-line Sports Betting
Sports betting is not a game!
Well, to many people sports betting is first class excitement as well as great
entertainment, but you should always keep in mind that the betting industry is not here to
entertain you - the bookmakers want your money and punters (gamblers) want to beat the
bookies. That is the simple truth of betting; still you can have great fun betting if you
control your stakes in a sensible manor and of course win more than you lose!
Both tasks are easier said than done, but hopefully this guide will increase your chances
of success.
Step 1: Choose your bookmaker(s)
Novices to on-line betting will without a doubt face a number of confusing aspects in
their effort to choose their bookmaker.
First of all, there is the media (computer and internet) which you may not be familiar
with. Surfing a bookie website can actually be somewhat difficult even for experienced
808
internet users; often due to a confusing interface, the mere complexity of information
presented to you and perhaps the many possibilities of taking different actions on the
website. But no need to worry - in time most people familiarize with several website
interfaces.
Secondly, the number of bookies in the on-line betting industry has exploded over the
past few years, and they are not all reliable, which means that you could end up making a
bad choice. To avoid this have a look at our list of reliable bookmakers or if you have
friends who bet on-line ask them for advice. You can also visit some of the many for a
concerned with betting or read through the chapter What is a quality bookmaker?
presented in this guide to get an idea of what characteristics a reliable and fair bookmaker
usually possess. Start your betting experience by choosing only one bookmaker. This will
make you familiar with the different types of odds, games and so forth without having to
deal with two or more interfaces. By the time you feel comfortable with the website of
that bookie and might have become serious about winning money you should definitely
sign up with more bookmakers. The reason for this is simply that you only want to place
your money where it will do you most good; using the bookie with the highest odds on an
event gives you higher profit in case you win.
809
THE BEST BOOKIES
Step 2: Open an account

Naturally there are different ways of doing this depending on the bookmakers, but in
general you need to fill in a standard registration form. At the same time you need to
register payment method for example by credit card. Before you give away sensitive
information of this kind make sure that the bookmaker has a serious security politic.
Approximately 24 hours later the bookmaker will confirm that your credit card has been
accepted. Your username and password will then be sent to you either by email or post
delivery. You are ready to rumble…
Step 3: What type of bet?
Keep it simple in the beginning. Pick the sports, leagues or players that you have
extensive knowledge about. Use oddsDNA.com to find additional up-to-date stats on the
subjects in question, before you buy your ticket (bet slip).
Most people are familiar with 1X2-odds so it is recommendable to stick to this type of
odds until you feel more confident with the on-line betting environment.
Step 4: Place your bets, please!

810
Once you have found an interesting play that you want to back up, just put a little amount
of your deposit at stake - if you have means like the king of Saudi Arabia, then just forget
that last remark. Familiarize yourself to the experience of loosing and winning before you
raise your stakes. When you have placed your bet there is no turning back - for better or
for worse.
Step 5: Loser or winner?
Should you lose on your first bet, then rest assure it has happened too many people before
you. Better luck next time…
Actually, winning the first bet sometimes make people careless, in terms of them thinking
they have a special ability to foresee the outcome of a game without researching for facts
on teams and players first. In the long run, there is only one way to beat the bookie:
Know as much or more about your subject than the bookmaker does.
Step 6: Support the support!
Every serious bookmaker has a support line for you to contact either by phone, email, on-
line help, letter or a combination of the mentioned means of communication. Use it! The
support-staff most likely want to keep their job, so contact them whenever you are in
need of assistance.
Once again, it should be emphasized that you can receive good advice from the thousands
of people writing in the for a and news groups focused on betting.
What is a quality bookmaker?
First of all, it is essential to any punter that the bookmaker they conduct business with is
worthy of trust: We call this the reliability of the bookmaker. Search for information on
the reliability of bookmakers in for a and the like and check our recommendations.
811
Also the general feeling of the bookmaker site should leave you with an impression of
professionalism. This professional touch can be obtained in many ways, by the
bookmaker. Some of the main quality features on a bookmaker site are mentioned below:
* A payment system of considerable dimensions
* Security politic concerning payment and accounts
* Support services preferably by phone or on-line communication and other feedback
options
* A clear and detailed legal politic concerning disputes between punter and bookmaker
* Low or no fees when transferring money from or to bank account
* Quick and smooth money transfer especially from the bookmaker account to bank
account
* A high payback percentage
* Single game options
* Various sports and leagues to choose from including games with big favorites
Sports Betting Tips
812
Before you place any bet on your favorite offshore sportsbook, you must have a strategy,
one that you treat like an investment. There are two questions you must ask yourself
before you gamble.
1) How much you want to win?
2) How much you're willing to lose?
There is no guaranteed way of winning, but if you can be smart about your investment,
you can certainly reduce risk and maximize return. Set a reasonable target to reach using
the amount you're willing to risk, and don't get greedy after you win or lose.
The biggest problems with gamblers are that they don't quit when they're up and will
continue playing when they're down. This is the biggest mistake most gamblers make.
And to be a real winner, you must not fall into this same trap. So before you gamble,
keep in mind how much you want to win, and how much you can afford to lose. And
stick with these numbers, once you reach it, cash in.
So what is a reasonable target? This really depends on how much you want to win and
how much you're online sports betting each game. If you start off with $200 and want to
win $2000 by playing $5 a game, then I would say this is not a reasonable target. You
must also understand the chances of winning for each game in order for you to set a
reasonable target.
I know this may sound a little vague at the moment, but I will go in depth about different
strategies for most of the popular games in my later issues. But for now you must learn to
minimize risk and maximize return. The rule of thumb to follow is to have return on
investment ratio of 2:1. So if you're willing to lose $100, then set a target to quit when
you're up $200. Bet at an amount so that it takes you a maximum of 20 wins to reach the
target. And when you're down, always leave at least half of what you now have to
813
gamble. This way, it takes a lot of games for you to actually go down to $0. Never go
crazy and just bet everything at once, you'll find that if you do that often enough, you'll
always end up losing. Why? Well, if you're down to $50 now, and you bet it all, you may
win and will probably keep online sports betting, but if you lose, then it is game over.
The trick to never lose is to always leave some money for back up.
Making Careful Sports Betting Decisions
There are some many online sportsbooks out there that it’s hard as a recreational bettor to
make a decision where you can bet in the knowledge that you won't be come another
person ripped off by a rogue sportsbook. The fact is that there are less dodgy operators
around than, say, 2 years ago. However, this does not mean you don't have to do your
homework when deciding where to bet. Here are some simple things to look out for when
selecting an online sports betting operator:
Licensing - not enough can be said about this. There are some very questionable places in
the world that grant "gambling licenses". As far as we are concerned, the only places that
offer valid licenses are first world countries, Costa Rica and Antigua. Steer clear from
anything else.
Margin - every sportsbook takes some sort of margin on each bet, although it varies
greatly. If either you can not find information about the margin, or it seems excessively
high, move on. Bonuses and Promotions - If a sportsbook offers a huge sign up bonus, it
is often reason for suspicion. Why would anyone increase your odds by giving you tons
of free cash. Bonuses have their place, but it’s a sweetener and no more.
Payout procedures - Are these clearly published on the website? Even if its is, send them
en email to confirm their process and turnaround time.
814
Blacklisted? - You'd be amazed what pops up if you search for "Sportsbook name" +
blacklisted in Google.
Customer Service - Phone the toll free number listed on the site before making a deposit.
Ask them a simple question like what is their minimum deposit. If you don't get a concise
answer, in proper English, it's time to leave.
Track record - How long have they been in business, or better yet, can you even establish
this from their website.
There are many other things to look out for like ownership and awards won. At the end of
the day, you should trust your gut instincts and do enough research to make you
comfortable. Sports betting should be a fun activity and free of the stresses of wondering
if your money is safe.
The Concept of Value in Sports Betting!
In sports betting you need to make sure that your bets (and trades) are good value in order
to make a profit. If you do not do this you will still win bets but profits may be harder to
achieve.
Let me explain this last statement. I actually lose more bets than I win - but the prices or
odds at which I bet compensate for the losing plays.
If you bet all season long on the NY Yankees (US Baseball) or Arsenal FC (English
Premiership) - to win each game - you will probably end up with a fairly good winning
strike rate - but it is unlikely that you will make any money. The odds will be 'short' and
you may do better to try and predict when these teams might falter - and bet against them
at the over inflated prices being offered on the opposing teams. These opposing teams
will most likely offer the value - as they are not the popular betting choice.
815
When we flip a coin, we know that the true chance of it turning up heads or tails is 50%
or 'evens' (1/1). As an example we set up a 'coin flipping' betting event. A neutral party
begins to flip the coin. With each subsequent flip there is a definite preference for heads
in the betting. The bookmaker or sportsbook takes this in his stride, he has already set the
odds at 10/11 (-110 US) for either outcome which takes into account his commission. He
knows that this trend is fairly usual as heads is often favored in this type of event. He
decides, however, to balance his books a little by reducing his odds on heads to 5/6 and
increasing tails to 1/1.
Heads is now an even shorter price and represents no value. Tails now stands at a slightly
better price but still only represents the 'true odds' or likelihood of winning at 1/1 or 50%
and so is not value. The event continues and still the betting favors heads. Why? Well the
'average bettor' does not really understand 'value', he does not understand that heads
might well be a bad bet or hold no value. He just enjoys betting and since 'heads' is
winning - he wants to bet on heads.
The bookmaker balances his books again with a dramatic shortening of the odds for
heads to 4/9 and a lengthening to 6/4 (+150 US), on tails.
At this point the professional bettor would step in and begin to place bets on tails. He
knows that he has got value at 6/4 for an event where the 'true odds’ of success are 1/1.
Sportsbook Money Lines
The Money Lines, as some may call, are not as complicated as it appears. Unlike point
spreads which represents probability based on game points, money lines represents
probability with money. A simple way to understand money lines is to think of it as an
indication of the amount of money you need to bet to win $110 and the amount of money
you will win if you bet $100. Money lines are preferably explained based on a $100 value
816
since it used in most of the games but it doesn't mean you can only bet a $100 on a game.
You can bet with money lines with any amount of many and it will become proportional
to the money lines odds.
Money lines are used mostly in popular sports like football and basketball. Let me
explain you an example of money lines with a game of NFL where it is widely used.
For example, the Patriots are the favorite against the Steelers on an AFC game. Since the
Patriots are the favorite, the money lines are fixed so they have a money line of -110. The
Steelers being the underdog has a money line of +110. If the Patriots are your preference
and you choose to bet for them, you have to bet $110 to play a chance on winning $100.
If you decide the Steelers are in a come back still not more of a favorite like the Patriots
but you still think they can win the game then you bet $100 to play the chance of winning
$110. This is because the probabilities calculated by the oddsmakers that are made into
money lines are balanced to win less money for betting on a team that has more
probability of winning and winning more money for betting on a team that has less
chance of winning.
It is not necessary to bet a $100 on money lines. You can choose to bet more or less and
your winning will be proportional to the $100 and $110 value. For example if you bet
$55 on the Raiders with a money line of -110 while the Jets have a money line of +110
and they win, you will receive $50. If you plan to bet $50 on the Jets and they win you
get the amount of $55.
Money lines are very easy to understand and explain probability with an approach on
showing who has a better chance to win and who doesn't. Anyway, the easier way to
understand money lines is by wagering. It is by experience of the process that you gain
knowledge and your future betting experience will be really worth full.
817
Betting on Sportsbooks
Successful betting on sportsbooks, or successful handicapping requires a substantial
amount of homework and a systematic approach to gambling and money management.
Profitable gambling on sportsbooks games has its price and you must be willing to put in
the time and research. Top Sportsbooks will show you some of the things you'll need to
know to make better picks and win more money this season.
1. Always approach the sportsbooks games in terms of an entire season.
Don't try to win big on one game and set your goals to win more games than you lose
over the long haul of an entire season. If you are serious about success, you must make a
plan and remain disciplined. You should plan the proper bet size on each play or game.
You should never risk more than 5% of your bankroll on any one play. I would guess that
most of the sportsbooks gamblers are wagering too much on each game and ask you not
fall into that same trap.
2. Narrow your weekly gambling choices down and make quality bets.
Narrow your weekly gambling choices down to no more than seven games per week. It's
a rare week when more than a few games will stand out as good gambling values. Find
these games and you'll better your odds of winning more than you lose. Whatever system
you use for your sportsbook betting remember to keep it simple. You don't want to worry
so much about how much each play is worth and forget to handicap. If you want to be
successful at sports betting remember that money management will be important.
3. Look for the best early moneyline and point spread values in the season.
Take advantage of early season point spread and money line value before the odds
makers have had a chance to catch up with which teams are hot and which teams are not.
During the early part of a season, look for teams that are playing much better or worse
818
than expected to get your best value. Many novice handicappers concentrate on how a
team performed the previous year, but in this era of salary cap constraints and constant
roster turnover, teams never perform at the same level in two consecutive years.
In addition, teams that performed well the previous year are no longer a good value
because you are laying a much higher price with them, especially at the beginning of the
next season. Start your handicapping analysis before the season starts so you'll be ready
to take full advantage of the first few weeks of the season.
4. Find the best odds and gambling lines.
One last place to look for value is in the line itself. With hundreds of online sportsbooks
already in existence, and more springing up every season, handicapping lines and point
spreads will vary from one sportsbook to the next. Having multiple places to shop for the
best lines offer bettors an extra point on many games. A few extra wins that would have
been pushes, and pushes that would have been losses can make a huge difference in a
handicapper's bottom line at the end of a season. A few minutes of shopping around for
one last chance of additional value will make certain that you are getting the best odds for
your gambling dollars.
5. Use research not trends.
The first type of a sportsbook gambling method is where you research as much as
possible about the teams and the games specifically, weigh all the relevant substantive
factors as best you can, and arrive at your best educated guess as to the likely outcome.
The key to this method is a lot of research. The more informed your opinion or intuition
is, the better. The second method involves looking for specific trends that appear to hit at
a greater than chance rate, and then betting the games that fit these trends. The
overwhelming majority of such trends have little or no predictive value whatsoever. One
819
reason I say this is because there are an infinite number of possible trends like this, so of
course you can always go back after the fact and find as many as you want that have hit
at a surprisingly high percentage. But you want to identify the ones that will continue to
hit at that above chance percentage, and that is a very elusive task. For all intents and
purposes, ignore trends and concentrate on trying to figure out who is the better team and
by how much.
Bet on Sports Like a Pro
Sports betting is a challenging form of betting and despite its seeming lack of strategy
and complete reliance on knowledge of the event, good sports betting actually relies on a
great deal of strategy which must be used in order to win. The most important tactics
involve a close analysis of the information upon which a sound judgment must be based
and thereafter the bet must be placed. A winning strategy takes a few salient factors into
account which are:
1. The amount of the bid
2. The kind of bet
3. The odds on offer
Sportsbooks in the US and Bookmakers in UK are entities that accept sports bets. The
bets can be placed predicting the outcome of several sporting events like Baseball,
Snooker, Basketball, Hockey, Soccer, Football, Tennis and hundreds of other sports and
athletic activities. Just to cover some basic definitions:
a sportsbook is the one that accepts the sports bet. An oddsmaker is the one who sets the
odds of betting.
820
Betting the Odds In order to place a bet, you must first select the type of bet and the
amount you will wager. This naturally will depend upon the odds that are being offered.
Before you go ahead and place the bet, carefully scrutinize the range of available odds.
The odds must be in the ratio of at least 2:1 for the bet to be worthwhile. Another factor
that must be taken into account is the amount being given by way of commission to the
sports-book. This ideally should be a minimal percentage of the total value of the odds.
Given below is a list of some common kinds of bets:
1. Single or Straight Bet: This is betting in its most basic form and allows you to bet at
given odds, upon a winner.
2. Point Spread: Under this bet one can bet on one of two selections that have been
equated through the allocation of suitable points. In the Point Spread the number of
allocated points are shown with a + sign for the favorable side and a - sign for the
underdog. In order that the better wins, the favored team must win by more than the Point
Spread. On the flip side, if a bet has been placed on the underdog, that team has to lose by
less than the Point Spread for the better to win.
4. Buy Points: This involves moving the Point Spread positively, by paying a price.
5. The Moneyline: This type of bet is simply on who will win. It establishes the odds for
each side but is the reverse of the Point Spread, with a - sign standing for the favorite and
the + sign for the underdog.
6. Total Bet: This is similar to point spread bets, only in that the better bets on the total
points scored.
7. Over/ Under: This is a bet as per which the number of points scored by the teams in
any game will be beyond/ over OR below/ under the total set by the oddsmaker.
821
8. Parlay of Accumulator: This is a way of betting on multiple sporting events in the hope
that a big payoff
will be made if all win. The picks made are in relation to the point spread. Even if one
event does not win or draw, the better loses the entire bet. Huge amounts can be made
through parlay betting, in the event of a win.
9. Teaser: A teaser is similar to a parlay, however it has the option of adding or taking off
points from one or more than one Spread bets. The odds depend upon the number of
points the spread is moved as well as upon the number of teams that are combined to
form the teaser.
10. Futures: These are bets on who will win the championship in the event that there are
more than two possible teams to bet on. Substantial variations between sportbooks exist
in house edge on futures.
11. Buying Half a Point: In this, the straight bet player gets the option of moving the
point spread half point to his advantage. The most appropriate time to buy a half point is
when one team is favored by 2.5, 3, 6.5 or 7 in football. This is primarily due to the fact
that several games end in a 3 or 7 point difference.
The extra half point may end up turning a loss to a draw or a draw to a win.
Of all these types of bets, three types of bets are prominent and must be used for the
simple reason that they are simple themselves, are easy to win and have a good chance of
winning. These are the Straight bet, the Doubles and the Future.
Here are a few Betting tips that will help you to place the Best Bets and push you towards
a big win, they are:
1. Always make an intelligent analysis of the odds and the offer of the bet.
822
2. For a simple bet, stick to the Straight bet as it is non-complicated and has good
winning prospects.
3. Bet wisely by keeping your selections limited. Also try to limit the influence of bias in
your betting. If you are a fan of a team try to limit the effect of that favoritism when
betting.
4. One of the most rewarding bets is the 'Future' bet but only if you know a lot about the
sport being played and about the players.
5. By betting regularly though systematically and in an analytical manner, one can
improve your judgmental ability.
6. Contain the urge to bet with you winnings immediately. If you do not follow the
standard rule of 50%, at least put some of your winnings back into your pocket.
7. Make sure your sportsbook is a member of a known Gambling Association, makes a
quick payment and is easily accessible. Read in between the lines, about matters
pertaining to disputes.
8. Train yourself to look for value odds - you will master this art soon, with time and
practice.
9. If deciding between two seemingly equivalent choices, trust your judgment and not
that of those who have bet before you. In so doing, choose a selection with a little higher
risk so as to hike up the winnings.
10. Bet on games and leagues where the sportsbook's commission is the least. This is
often in the sport or sports with which that sportsbook does most of its business, as it is
likely the most efficient in that area.
823
NFL Betting
In this article we review and comment upon the basic and exotic types of bets available to
players who want action on the NFL. First, a couple of "warnings"
1) Not all bookies offer all of the bets below.
2) Not all bookies offer the bets at exactly the same odds. The odds listed are what I
perceive to be the industry standard, and rarely should you accept worse. Occasionally
you'll find shops offering more generous odds, be it on a week-in, week-out basis or as a
short-term "special".
OK, for the purposes of explaining the bets we'll assume the following first week lines in
the NFL. For more info on what a line is (and isn't), see the first article in the series.
Patriots 47.5
JETS 6.5
Oakland 45
GREEN BAY 10
Detroit 49
SEATTLE 7.5
Minnesota 48
ATLANTA 3
Pittsburgh 7
CLEVELAND 41.5
Now here we go:
1) SIDES
824
This involves the smaller number listed by each pair of teams. The team beside the
smaller number is favored by that many points. (So the Jets are favored over New
England by 6.5, Green Bay is favored over Oakland by 10, Seattle by 7.5, and so on.)
Pick the team you like to win the game, including the handicap. You risk $11 for every
$10 you want to win from the bookmaker. If you choose Seattle, Seattle must win by
more than 7.5 points (so 8 points or more). If you prefer Detroit, Detroit either has to win
on the field or lose by 7.5 points or less for you to win your bet. So it doesn't only matter,
sometimes, who wins the game, but who wins including the handicap or "spread".
If Detroit wins, Detroit bettors win.
If Seattle wins by 8 or more points, Seattle bettors win.
If Seattle wins on the field by 7 points or less, Detroit bettors win because Seattle "didn't
cover the spread".
Suppose in the Pittsburgh-Cleveland game Pittsburgh wins by exactly 7 points, the line.
In that case all bets are considered off, and risked money is just returned to bettors. This
is called a "push", "wash", "jerk", and other things I can't print here.
This is the most common bet in football. If you're risking $11 to win $10 on each bet, you
must be right 52.4% of the time to break even.
2) TOTALS
This involves the larger number associated with each pair of teams. This is the
"Over/Under" number, and it's listed beside the underdog.
Envision the total final score of both teams in the Pittsburgh-Cleveland game. If you
think it'll be "OVER" 41.5, risk $11 to win $10 from your bookie. If you think it'll be 41
points or less, bet the same amount on the "UNDER". Overtime counts!
825
If the Minnesota-Atlanta game ends 28-20 for a total of 48, that's a push treated the same
way as a side that pushes. Bettors just get their money back.
Another common bet, the "TOTAL" can see the bettor cheering both teams' offenses, or
both teams' defenses. At the dorm one year in university I had the over on the Super
Bowl. More than a few people were confused why I wanted both the Bills AND the
Giants to run it up!
3) PARLAYS (in Europe, "ACCUMULATORS")
Number of Teams .......... Odds
2 ........ 13/5
3 ........ 6/1
4 ........ 11/1
5 ........ 20/1
6 ........ 30/1
7 ........ 50/1
8 ........ 70/1
In a parlay, you pick two or more sides, totals, or a combination of sides and totals, and if
they all win, you win at the odds quoted. If one or more of your picks loses, your bet
loses. A popular bet is one that parlays the side and the total in the same game often
"favorite and over" or "underdog and under". Pushes in Parlays: If one of your picks
pushes, most places use "ties reduce": that one part of your parlay that pushed was
deemed not to have been played and you now have a parlay with one pick less. So if you
played a 5-team parlay and 4 of your picks won and 1 pushed, you would be credited
with a winning, 4- team parlay. Avoid any shop where ties on parlays lose.
826
In general, multiple team parlays are BAD BETS! The true odds of hitting a 2-teamer is
3-1 and a 3- teamer 7-1, so the standard odds above give the bookie a modest edge. The
bookie's cut gets big thereafter though: The true odds on a 4-teamer are 15-1, on a 6-
teamer 63-1, and on an 8-teamer 255-1; the payoffs aren't nearly that good! Some people
say "Well it's like the Lottery...maybe the jackpot should truly be $20 million, but who's
going to complain about winning $7 million?". Take that philosophy if you like, but take
it at your own risk.
4) TEASERS
This bet is so named because it can tease the player into thinking he has the advantage
over the house. We'll discuss 2-team teasers, but teasers of more teams are also available
and work the same way.
2-Team Teaser
6 Points: 10/11
6.5 Points 5/6
7 Points: 10/13
Pick two sides, two totals, or one of each. Like a parlay both must win, but you get to
move the line in your favor by 6, 6.5, or 7 points depending on how much you bet.
If you like Seattle and the over in the Pittsburgh game and you choose a 6-point teaser,
then you lay $11 against your bookie's $10 and you need Seattle to win by (7.5 - 6) only
1.5 points or more and the total in the Pittsburgh game to go over (41.5 - 6) only 35.5.
If you like New England and the under in the Pittsburgh game on a 7-point tease then
New England has to win or lose by (6.5 + 7) at most 13.5 points and the Pittsburgh total
has to go under (41.5 + 7) a score of 48.5.
827
Books treat pushes within teasers differently from place to place. Check out the shop's
rules before you bet. Be sure to avoid a place where "ties lose".
Is the teaser a good bet? A teaser is a lot like a cello recital. Done properly, with attention
to subtleties, it can be beautiful. Done incorrectly, it's the ugliest thing ever. A future
article will be entirely devoted to teasers.
5) MONEY LINES
Some people prefer to bet on which team will win the game without the use of the spread.
This is called "betting on the money line" or "betting straight up".
On the Patriots-Jets game you might see a money line of:
Patriots +$240
Jets -$280
The minus number goes with the favorite. That is how much you must risk on that team
to win $100 of your bookie's dough.
The plus number goes with the underdog. That is how much your bookie would wager
against your $100 if you took that team.
If there is no favorite, each team is listed at -$110. For either side you must risk $110 to
win $100.
Money lines can be parlayed; consult a book on sports betting for how to calculate payoff
odds. (All baseball odds are money lines, so a book on betting baseball would have this
for sure.)
Most shops have a fixed conversion table for spread odds to money line odds. 3-point
favorites are near - $150 on the money line, touchdown favorites near -$300, and 10-
point favorites near -$500. Most shops won't have a money line on a game where the
spread is more than 14 points.
828
Most shops have all the above bets available. The following bets are slightly more
"exotic" and are hit or miss. Some books cover exotics, some don't; those that do may
have some and not others.
6) 1ST HALF and HALFTIME LINES
These are very common now. Before the game the book will offer a line on the first half
side and total. Once again you lay $11 to win $10 and the bet is "finished" at halftime.
Similarly, at the half, bookies will deal a line on the second half of play only (but this
does include overtime, if any).
Many people beat these lines with great frequency. I haven't figured them out yet. Worse,
they can be abused by dummies like a guy I know in town: ESPN's Sunday game comes
on here at 9pm, and this year MNF has unfortunately reverted to its old time slot, 10pm.
If he has a long day ahead of him my friend will just best the first half numbers so he
won't "have to stay up to see if he wins".
7) "IF"S
With apologies to Rudyard Kipling, the "if" bet is more about being a manager of money
than about being a man. You call in two bets at once but the second one only plays "if"
the first one wins. Usually the second bet is on a game that will start before the bet on the
first game is decided. Be very clear with the clerk that you are placing an "if" bet. (Say
"if" a LOT!).
You may decide you like the Jets and Detroit in Week 1, but you want to limit your risk.
So you decide to bet $110 to win $100 on the Jets -6.5, and then instruct your bookie to
put $110 on Detroit +7.5 on the West Coast game, but only if the Jets win for you in the
early game. If both teams win, you win $200...$100 from the Jets and $100 from Detroit.
Nice. If the Jets win but Detroit loses on you, you're out $10: The Jets won you $100 but
829
you lost $110 on Detroit. If the Jets don't win by 7 or more, you lose $110-your Jets bet.
The Detroit bet doesn't happen because the Jets didn't win for you.
So you can win $200, or lose pennies, or lose at most $110.
8) REVERSES (Sometimes called "if-and-reverse")
The reverse is two "if" bets on the same two teams, with each team on the front end once
(and so each team is on the back end once as well). A "Reverse" on the above teams is
simply the addition of a mirror "if" bet: one that puts $110 on Detroit no matter what, and
if Detroit wins, puts $110 back on the Jets.
So if both teams win, you win $400-two times $200, the total winnings on a single "if". If
one team wins, you lose $120. Let’s say the Jets win but Detroit loses. In the "Jets first"
side, you won $100 on the Jets, but you then lost $110 on Detroit. Down $10. On the
"Detroit first" side, Detroit lost, so you lose $110, and the Jets bet never happened. So
you lose $10 plus $110 for $120. If both teams lose, you're out $220. Both front-ends are
losers so both back-ends are thankfully void! Some people like parlays, some prefer
reverses. Get opinions on this in the posting forum. I prefer single bets rather than parlays
or reverses!
9) ACTION POINTS
Somebody once called this "the crack cocaine of wagering". I wish people used more
creative analogies. It's just another intriguing bet!
You not only back a team to cover the right side of the spread, but your payoff depends
on how well they do it. Suppose you like Atlanta -3 over Minnesota. Figure out your unit-
bet. Let's say it's $10. For every point more than three that Atlanta wins by, you win $10.
For every point Atlanta falls short of winning by three by, you lose $11.
830
If Atlanta won by 10, you'd win $70: Take the winning margin (10), subtract the spread
(3), and multiply the result by your unit-bet ($10). If Minnesota won by 3, you're out $66:
Atlanta came up six points short of winning by three, so multiply 6 by your unit bet to
figure out your loss. Most shops "cap" a win or loss at 15 or 20 points, and clients can
usually lower the cap number when the bet is placed. So if Atlanta loses 56-7, you're not
out $520. If they win in a rout, in this example you win a maximum of $200 on a 20-
point cap. Most people who bet action points bet them when they smell a blowout.
Playing Action Points offshore requires a big bankroll because most shops require you to
have in your account enough money to cover an "absolute loss" of the cap number of
unit-bets.
10) SUPREMACY or SPREAD BETTING (European & some Australian Books)
This bet emerged from financial districts in London, Madrid, and likely other stock
exchanges. It's the European version of Action Points.
The term "Spread" here is NOT the traditional spread. In the Atlanta example above,
instead of booking Action points on Atlanta -3 (or Minnesota +3) the bookmaker would
list what he calls the spread here as something like "Atlanta, 1-5".
The good news is that winners earn $10 a point and losers lose $10 a point, not $11/point
per action point loss. The bad news is that it's a split-line: Atlanta-backers have Atlanta at
-5 (the higher spread number goes with the listed team, the favorite), and Minnesota-
backers have Minnesota +1 (the lower spread number). What happens if Atlanta wins by
exactly 2, 3, or 4 points? Everybody loses!
Supremacy, for this reason, is a poor choice for the bettor in comparison to Action Points.
When a game lands splat on the odds-maker's line in Action Points, all bets are off. In
Supremacy, the bookie collects a small sum from everyone. This is particularly poisonous
831
in pro football when the number 3 lies within the spread...a disproportionate number of
games are decided by exactly three points.
11) BUYING POINTS
Suppose you like the Patriots at the quoted line of +6.5, but you "really" like them +7. If
you can't find +7 at another shop, you can move the line half a point ("buy" a half point)
in your favor by laying $12 to win $10 instead of $11 to win $10. On a to-win-$10 bet,
each half-point move will cost you an extra $1 of risk. One exception is moving "onto" or
"off" the number 3, which usually costs $1.50 of risk to move both on and off. (This is
because lots of NFL games are decided by exactly 3 points.) Places that offer point
buying will usually let people buy up to between 3 and 7 points.
This can be useful when the line is around the number 3 in football, but otherwise is of
questionable value. Check out opinions on the subject in our posting rooms.
12) PROPS ("Propositions")
Any other strange bet may be referred to as a prop. You may see something in the Jets
game like "Who will pass for more yards, Testaverde or Bledsoe?" Odds are quoted with
each possible outcome in money line format. These are especially popular for the Super
Bowl.
Play props that interest you, but if you're going to play a lot, look for lines that don't give
the bookmaker too much juice-or you may wind up being squeezed dry.
Online Sports betting Tips
In the past, sports betting was a famous recreational activity. But today it is more than
that. A complete business, an alternative investment. People are minting money through
sports betting. Whether Basketball is being played, or Football, or Baseball, betting is
done on all sports, at a large scale such as Football betting, NHL Betting, Basketball
832
Betting. Although it is not legal in most of the countries, yet it is heavily carried out
around the world. And online sports betting has brought sports betting within every
body's access. Wagering lines are available on all sports and people enjoy sports betting
online, 24*7.
Sports betting, either online or off-line, requires good skills, tactics and luck. If one wants
to beat the odds then one should be the master of game, betting odds and picks. A little
mathematics and knowledge can turn the game in one's favor. The most important tactics
involve a close analysis of the information upon which a sound judgment must be based
and thereafter the bets must be made. A winning sports strategy based on the following
handy sports betting tips:
* Carefully scrutinize the range of available odds because the type of bet and the amount
you will wager depends on odds. The odds must be at least in the ratio of 2:1 for the bet
to be worthwhile. * Be static and quiescent while betting. Keep your likings and
favoritism aside before making a bet. Give a deep and thorough study to the team's
performance before choosing for bet. * If you are betting through internet, always select
trusted sportsbook. The most important factor in choosing an online sportsbook involves
the quality of the sportsbook. There are simply too many cases in which a player
unknowingly joined a sportsbook and when it came to collect the winnings, the company
could not pay. You should find a sportsbook that has good recommendations and
excellent payout policies. * You can find hundreds of sports betting opportunities, but all
these are not the value betting opportunities. Wait for a value betting opportunity so that
you can bet intelligently and win handsome payout. * Learn about the sports to which
you are betting. Read related materials like rules, tips, and secrets. Knowledge of the
game helps in placing wise bets. * Keep your wagering money within limits. * By betting
833
regularly in a systematically and analytical manner, one can improve judgment and logic.
Sports betting is a challenging form of betting and greatly relies on knowledge and skills.
Learn some good sports betting tips and bet on your favorite sports; You will start
doubling your income!
Horse Betting
Horse racing is perhaps one of the oldest sports in America. The charisma and aura of the
game is such that it refreshes and revitalizes your spirits. If taken in the right sense i.e.
not as a gamble with your limited money, horse racing is one of the best and conspicuous
sports to play. Before taking on to this game, one needs to have a very lucid idea of the
entire chemistry of this game. This includes a proper knowledge of different strategies
and rules of the game. Since you will be betting on horses taking part in the race, your
primary knowledge should comprise which horse will take you to victory. The best
means to educate your self about the horses is to pick up two three latest good magazines
on horse racing. The statistics in there reveal which horse is by far the most wanted one
and also the reasons for it. Read the average winnings of different horses and why some
horses fail to make it to the list of favorable ones. Make an appropriate assessment in
your mind about the horses on the basis of your readings.
The best you can do after that is to visit the race course if it is thrown open to public to
attend morning sessions. If not, don't be disheartened. Just try to make it a little early to
the ground on the event day. For that will give an opportunity to read the track and
perceive various horses to make your observations. Try to match your readings with your
perception. Based on a survey of the track (if the track is dry, wet etc.) there are several
parameters to decide the winning chances of the horse on that very day. With a hawk's
834
eye scrutinize the behavior of the horses as they march past to the stands before
commencement of the race. If the horse is sweating, limping, walking with head down, or
seems inattentive, weary and distracted then there are less chances to its win. Bet on the
horse with an adequately sturdy built and fluent gait keeping in mind your analysis of the
track and what your intuition says. The horses are even categorized as- Front Runners,
Closers and Morning Glories. The front runners occupy the front stage throughout the
race. The closers are close chasers since beginning and can be effective winners in the
end. The case is different with morning glories that shine brightly like the sun initially but
die out soon, leaving at an unsatisfactory note. If two horses simultaneously reach the
end, it is a tie case known as dead heat in the language of this sport. A finish is termed as
blanket finish when two horses end up so closely that there is a negligible difference
between them. If you are new to this sport, you are advised not to take any risk of betting
on a horse that has more odds. The more are the odds, the least are the chances of
winning. For instance if the odds are 10:1 then for every 1 dollar you bet in return you
will get 10 dollars back which is not considered to be a good deal. A fair adjudication of
the odds on the basis of kind of field, past record and type of the horse and the jockey
who takes on the horse is made by the odds makers on the field. This calculative
efficiency gradually sweeps in with experience.
But one thing should always be categorically borne in mind that you should wager on the
horse only when the money you bet is the one you can contentedly afford to lose. Never
make it an addiction that makes you bet the money meant for your child's education or
household work i.e. any basic, important necessity of life. An addiction to any thing is
fatal in the end. So let horse racing be a pleasure in leisure.
835
Money Management for Sports Betting Success

A Fundamental Strategy to Grind Out Long Term Profits
Let's face it: the number one goal of anyone who bets on sports is to win money. No one
likes the feeling of wagering on a sporting event and then losing their hard earned money
because their team didn't win the game or cover the point spread. It has been well
discussed in the past that most people who bet on sports lose money in the long run. After
analyzing this trend, one of the biggest problems that most amateur bettors have is a poor,
or nonexistent, money management strategy. While nothing in sports betting is ever for
certain, there are some very important skills that you can learn, and implement today that
will set you apart from a majority of the people that lose money betting on sports. You
can become one of the few who shows a nice profit. This article is by no means all that
there is to know or consider with a money management program, but it will give you a
SOLID foundation from which to build your bankroll month after month, and year after
year.
Establishing Sports Betting Goals
As I said earlier, people bet because they are trying to show a profit. One of the main
questions that you need to consider when developing a winning plan for success is: 1.
How much money do I want to make monthly or yearly from betting on sports, and do I
have enough money to start with to accomplish this goal? It's ok if you don't have a clear
understanding of what the answers to the above two questions should be. Very shortly it
will be perfectly clear. Let's use an example of an unrealistic goal: "I would like to make
$500 per month betting on sports. I have $500 to start with at the beginning of the
football season."
836
FORGET IT, GO FIND A NEW HOBBY, OR GO PLAY THE LOTTERY!

Now let's use an example of a realistic goal: "I would like to make and extra $100 - $300
per month betting on sports. I have $3000 to start with at the beginning of the football
season."
NOW THIS IS MUCH MORE REALISTIC, AND THIS ARTICLE WILL SHOW YOU
HOW TO DO JUST THIS AND MORE BY FOLLOWING SOME BASIC MONEY
MANAGEMENT SKILLS.
Just as with any business, if you treat sports betting as a serious business, money can be
made, if you understand what is involved. Most people have unrealistic expectations that
they can bet $50 a game with a $500 bankroll and be doubling their money in no time. It
just DOES NOT AND WILL NOT work this way. We will now look at how to establish
a proper bankroll for your betting habits, set realistic goals, and run your sports betting
just as you would do with any other business.
Bankroll Size
The first thing you need to do is establish a starting bankroll for your sports betting, and
then decide how much you will be betting on each particular game. Your bankroll should
always determine your betting size, and the size of your bets should correlate with the
size of your current bankroll. Let's define bankroll size as the amount of money available
to place your bets with, and the investment vehicle to build your profits. The main betting
technique that we use, and that we recommend you use for long term success with a
majority of your bets is a basic 2% flat rate of bankroll. What this means is that if you
start with a bankroll of $1000 your first bet would be for $20, or 2% of your bankroll.
Why 2% you may ask? By betting 2% you will have nearly no chance of losing your
entire bankroll during a losing streak, because as your bankroll decreases, a 2% bet will
837
also get smaller as well. When things turn around and you go on a hot streak, and your
bankroll grows to more than your initial $1000, you get to increase your bet size, simply
by being disciplined and sticking with the 2% flat rate of bankroll system. Now you can
see that if you are the type of person who feels comfortable betting $20 a game, you
should start with a bankroll of $1000. You need to use this type of system to minimize
your losses during cold streak and maximize your profits during a hot streak.
How much can I expect to profit?
To look at this we will use a scenario of someone who has a starting bankroll of $1000
and we will examine how much money they can make using the 2% flat rate of bankroll
system with different winning percentages for picking winners. We will track 100 bets.
Scenario #1
Starting bankroll: $1000 Winning percentage: 55% Initial bet size: $22 Number of bets:
100
Results:
55 winners = $1100 45 losers = $990 Rough estimate using 11-10 point spread odds
$1100 - $990 = $110 profit
Scenario #2
100
Results:
$1140 - $946 = $194 profit
838
Scenario #3
100
Results:
$1180 - $902 = $278 profit
If you are getting thoughts that you are interested in making more per 100 bets there are
two ways to make this happen with this system. The first is to pick a higher percentage of
winners, if you pick higher that 60% winners you will make more money than if you only
pick 55% winners. The second way is to increase your bankroll, which will allow you to
increase the size of your bets. As a 2% bet of $1000 was $20, (we used $22 to simplify
the math), 2% of $2000 would be $40. This situation would now allow you to increase
your profits quite nicely over a 100 bet stretch.
The above is a basic fundamental strategy involved in long term sports wagering success.
It is a way to grind out long term profits month after month, and year after year. This
system does not have the excitement factor of hitting a 6 team parlay, but it is a very safe
way to build a bankroll little by little and make you one of the few you can proudly show
a profit at the end of the year.
Basketball Sports Gambling Strategy
Basketball sports' gambling is a game of skill and relies on a great deal of strategy, which
must be used in order to win. The challenge is to gather and analyze as much information
as you can about a game, weigh the probabilities of each team winning, and subsequently
compare your opinion to the odds makers. Make the right judgment and you win. To keep
the sports gambling simple and fun I am only going to cover straight bets. When
839
gambling on a basketball game, there are two ways to place a straight bet within that
same game. You can either bet the line also known to as the side, or how many points
will be scored in the basketball game also known as the total. The Straight Bet is betting
in its most basic form, which allows you to bet at given odds, upon a winner. The Point
Spread can bet on one of two selections that have been equated through the allocation of
suitable points. In the Point Spread the number of allocated points are shown with a +
sign for the favorable side and a - sign for the underdog. In order that the better wins, the
favored team must win by more than the Point Spread. On the flip side, if a bet has been
placed on the underdog, that team has to lose by less than the Point Spread for the better
to win.
Example: Detroit -8.0 Seattle 196
In this example, Seattle is the favored team to win the basketball game by at least 8
points. The underdog team is Detroit, where the listed total for the contest is placed at
196. If you take a straight bet on Seattle, you are betting that Seattle will win by at least
by 8 points. Conversely, if you bet on Detroit, you are betting that even if they do not win
the game, Seattle will not win by as many as 8.0 points. Say the final score was:
Seattle 100 Detroit 98
If you bet on Seattle, you would have lost, because they did not win by at least 8 points.
All of these sports gambling sites offer some sort of bonus for you to do your betting
online with them. They are not the outrageous bonuses that you may hear about, but are
adequate to start you out. You have to be careful about sportsbooks that offer the
unbelievable bonus deals because they may not be able to stay around for the long haul.
In most of the sports gambling sites, if you wagered $100 on Seattle, your loss would be
$100. On the other hand, if you wagered on Detroit, you would have risked the same
840
$110 to win $100. In other words you are laying 11 to win 10. The odds in the
sportsbooks are listed in this manner: 10/11. The left-hand side of the backslash is what
you stand to win and the right-hand side is the number you risk losing.
In this basketball game, there was a total of 198 points scored. This exceeded the total of
196 that was predicted by the lines makers, so the game went Over. If less than 196
combined points was scored in the game, the game will have gone Under. On total points
at most sportsbooks, once again, the odds are 11/10.
The loser pays more than the sportsbook pays to the winner is the net profit that the
sportsbook would make. This is called the juice. When looking for a sports gambling site
you should look for a small juice. A line movement in any direction indicates which team
that the people are betting more on. Sports gambling sites will move the line in either
direction to try and entice a bettor to bet on the side that is needed to even out the amount
wagered on both sides of the game. This is way the sportsbook makes its money on the
juice and do not let movements in the line influence your betting. You do not want to
place your wagers with a sportsbook that does not move its line, because you would then
be dealing with a sportsbook that is gambling and that is poor money management by that
sportsbook.
Internet Sportsbetting Options
Internet Sports Betting
The Internet has grown tremendously over the past decade. From placing sports bets to
buying a car, the Internet has made our lives extremely comfortable. The Internet has
been a great tool for sports bettors. The wealth of information that's readily available has
helped sports bettors make more informed decisions. In the old days, you were limited to
whatever you heard on the street.
841
Understanding your Internet sports betting options

The Internet offers you a choice of hundreds of established online casinos and sports
betting portals that offer superb features and great bonuses. Since they have a lower
overhead than a traditional brick and mortar gambling operation, online gambling
destinations can be very liberal when it comes to a signup bonus and ongoing
promotions. Online sports betting destinations are online 24 hours a day and just a click
away.
The options available through Internet sports betting sites are numerous and varied.
Equipped with the right information, you can enjoy a plethora of betting options. Much
like the stock market, knowing when to bet a moving line can be the key to success. Most
online sports books are simply followers of other lines. Paying attention to line moves is
vital to winning long-term. Thanks to the Internet, it's now possible to watch line moves
from the comfort of your favorite chair.
The Internet today, provides a number of quality sports betting online services. Not only
do sports betting portals offer terrific betting odds for a number of games like horse
racing, baseball, football, basketball, auto racing, golf, hockey, and tennis, some of them
also give you free cash. The good sports books will give you a signup bonus and bonuses
for re-depositing. Some frequently used sports betting terms:
Arbitrage: Betting the same event at separate sports books in order to lock in a profit by
taking advantage of different betting lines.
Bankroll: Total capital available for betting sports.
Bookmaker (or bookie): A person who accepts bets.
Chalk: A favorite (usually, a heavy favorite).
842
Circled game: A game in which the sports book has reduced its betting limits, usually
because of weather or the uncertain status of injured players.
Futures: A type of wager involving the outcome of a season or how a particular team or
player will perform over the course of a season.
Hook: A half-point in the betting spread.
Line (sports betting lines): The point spread or odds on a game or event.
Lock: A bet that cannot lose; a term that is often misused and abused by disreputable
touts.
Match-up proposition: A betting option that pits two players against one another in a
contest or event, often used in golf and auto racing wagering.
Nickel: $500.
Parlay: A bet in which two or more events must happen in order to win; if any one of
them does not happen, the wager loses.
Point spread: The number of points added to or subtracted from a team's actual score for
betting purposes.
Sports book: The part of the casino that accepts bets on athletic contests.
Vigorous (or vig): The commission charged by a bookmaker.
Quick Sports Betting Tips & Strategies
1.Make each bet a small percentage of your overall bankroll. For example, if you had a
$1,000 bankroll and wanted to make each bet 1% of that, your average bet would be $10.
As you win, you bet amount goes up.
2.Don't chase losers. Keep your bets solid and follow your defined sports betting
parameters. Just because you lose three bets in a row does not mean you will win any
843
time soon. If you don't pick winners well, this could go on for some time. Keep to your
guns.
3.Straight bets are better than parlays. Sure, parlay bets offer the chance to win a lot of
money for a small bet, but straight bets will be your consistent winner over time.
Everyone plays parlays, but don't make them the focus of your sports betting activity.
4.In horse racing, don't bet a horse to just show. If you think the horse is good enough to
be a frontrunner, bet the horse to win, place and show. If the horse is not good enough for
this type of bet, in your opinion, the horse is not worth laying any money on to begin
with.
There are four solid sports betting tips & strategies to make you a much better sports
bettor. Your next move is to head over to your favorite sports book and put these sports
betting tips & strategies into practice.
844
STAT ATTACK
This is a straight forward system as all my systems usually are, I don’t like systems with
lots of rules were it takes you hours to find the selections, keep is nice and easy is the
way forward as far as I’m concerned. Stat Attack is a brilliant system as it is 3 systems in
one, you can choose to lay all selections which I would advice or you may decide to just
use 1 or 2 parts of the system, the choice is totally yours but either way you will make a
lot of money following this easy but brilliant system.
RULES
This is a laying system to be used on the betting exchanges, There are 3 parts to this
system which are as follows
‘3 Milers’
‘Winners 2 Losers’
‘Top Of The Pile’
The rules for these 3 steps are as follows
SOMETIMES A SELECTION WILL OCCUR IN 2 PARTS OF THE SYSTEM, IF

SO ONLY LAY THE SELECTION ONCE
‘TOP OF THE PILE’ RULES
845
1) Lay every Top Weight horse (always number 1) We only lay the number 1 horse
even if there are joint top weights in the race
2) Handicaps Only
3) Lay on the Flat, Jumps and A/W
4) No Bet if over 6/1
5) If the Number 1 horse becomes a non-runner there is no bet in that race.
So basically were laying every Top Weight in a handicap that runs on the Flat,
Jumps and A/W at under 6/1
WINNERS 2 LOSERS
1) Lay all horses that have won their last two races
2) To be used on all races, Flat, Jumps and A/W
3) To be used on UK races only (Not Irish)
4) No bet if selection is over 7/2
5) If there are 2 or more horses in the same race that have won their last 2 races or
more, lay them all
3 MILERS
AS THE TITLE STATES WERE LAYING HORSES IN 3 MILE RACES AND

OVER
RULES
846
THIS IS A LAYING SYSTEM IN RACES OF 3 MILES AND OVER: UK RACES

ONLY, (NOT IRISH) LAY EVERY HORSE THAT IS CARRYING 11-10 OR
OVER, MAXIMUM LAY IS 7/1, DO NOT BACK IN HUNTER CHASES, DO NOT
BACK IN GRADE & GROUP RACES AS OFTEN MOST OF THE FIELD
CARRY 11-10 PLUS
847
Statistical association football predictions
Statistical Football prediction is a method used in sports betting, to predict the outcome
of Association football matches by means of statistical tools. The goal of statistical match
prediction is to outperform the predictions of bookmakers, who use them to set odds on
the outcome of football matches.
The most widely-used statistical approach to prediction is ranking. Football ranking

systems assign a rank to each team based on their past game results, so that the highest
rank is assigned to the strongest team. The outcome of the match can be predicted by
comparing the opponents’ ranks. Today, eight different football ranking systems exist:
FIFA World Rankings, World Football Elo Ratings, AQB Sports Ratings, The Roon Ba,
InternationalMark, Rsoccer, Mondfoot and Chance de Gol.
There are three main drawbacks to football match predictions that are based on ranking
systems:
1. Ranks assigned to the teams do not differentiate between their attacking and
defensive strengths.
2. Ranks are accumulated averages which do not account for skill changes in football
teams.
3. The main goal of a ranking system is not to predict the results of football games,
but to sort the teams according to their average strength.
Another approach to football prediction is known as rating systems. While ranking

refers only to team order, rating systems assign to each team a continuously scaled
strength indicator. Moreover, rating can be assigned not only to a team but to its attacking
and defensive strengths, home field advantage or even to the skills of each team player
(according to Stern).
History
Publications about statistical models for football predictions started appearing from the
90s, but the first model was proposed much earlier by Moroney who published his first
848
statistical analysis of soccer match results in 1956. According to his analysis, both
Poisson distribution and negative binomial distribution provided an adequate fit to results
of football games. The series of ball passing between players during football matches was
successfully analyzed using negative binomial distribution by Reep and Benjamin in
1968. They improved this method in 1971, and in 1974 Hill indicated that soccer game
results are to some degree predictable and not simply a matter of chance.
The first model predicting outcomes of football matches between teams with different
skills was proposed by Michael Maher in 1982. According to his model, the goals, which
the opponents score during the game, are drawn from the Poisson distribution. The model
parameters are defined by the difference between attacking and defensive skills, adjusted
by the home field advantage factor. The methods for modeling the home field advantage
factor were summarized in an article by Caurneya and Carron in 1992. Time-dependency
of team strengths was analyzed by Knorr-Held in 1999. He used recursive Bayesian
estimation to rate football teams: this method was more realistic in comparison to soccer
prediction based on common average statistics.
Football Prediction Methods
All the prediction methods can be categorized according to tournament type, time-
dependence and regression algorithm. Football prediction methods vary between Round-
robin tournament and Knockout competition. The methods for Knockout competition are
summarized in an article by Diego Kuonen.
The table below summarizes the methods related to Round-robin tournament.
Regression Time
# Code Prediction Method Performance
Algorithm Dependence
Linear Least
Time Independent
1. TILS Squares No Poor
Least Squares Rating
Regression
Time Independent Maximum
2. TIPR No Medium
Poisson Regression Likelihood
Time Independent Maximum
3. TISR No Medium
Skellam Regression Likelihood
849
Time-Dependent Maximum Time dumping

4. TDPR High
Poisson Regression Likelihood factor
Time-Dependent Markov Chain
5. TDMC Monte-Carlo High
Markov Chain model
Time Independent Least Squares Rating
This method intends to assign to each team in the tournament a continuously scaled rating
value, so that the strongest team will have the highest rating. The method is based on the
assumption that the rating assigned to the rival teams is proportional to the outcome of
each match.
Assume that the teams A, B, C and D are playing in a tournament and the match
outcomes are as follows:
Match # Home Team Score Away Team Y

1 A 3-1 B y1 = 3 − 1
2 C 2-1 D y2 = 2 − 1
3 D 1-4 B y3 = 1 − 4
4 A 3-1 D y4 = 3 − 1
5 B 2-0 C y5 = 2 − 0
Though the ratings r A , r B , r C and r D of teams A, B, C and D respectively are unknown, it

may be assumed that the outcome of match #1 is proportional to the difference between
the ranks of teams A and B: . In this way, y 1 corresponds to the score
difference and is the noise observation. The same assumption can be made for all the
matches in the tournament:
850
By introducing a selection matrix X, the equations above can be rewritten in a compact

form:
Entries of the selection matrix can be either 1, 0 or -1, with 1 corresponding to home
teams and -1 to away teams:
If the matrix has full rank, the algebraic solution of the system may be found via
the Least squares method:
The final rating parameters are In this case, the

strongest team has the highest rating. The advantage of this rating method compared to
the standard ranking systems is that the numbers are continuously scaled, defining the
precise difference between the teams’ strengths.
Time-Independent Poisson Regression
According to this model (Maher), if X i,j and Y i,j are the goals scored in the match where
team i plays against team j, then:
X i,j and Y i,j are independent random variables with means λ and μ. Thus, the joint
probability of the home team scoring x goals and the away team scoring y goals is a
product of the two independent probabilities:
851
while the generalized log-linear model for λ and μ according to Kuonen and Lee is
defined as: and , where a i ,d i ,h >
0 refers to attacking and defensive strengths and to home field advantage respectively.
cλ and cμ are correction factors which represent the means of goals scored during the
season by home and away teams.
Assuming that C signifies the number of teams participating in a season and N stands for
the number of matches played until now, the team strengths can be estimated by
minimizing the negative log-likelihood function with respect to λ and μ:
Given that x n and y n are known, the team attacking and defensive strengths and
home ground advantage that minimize the negative log-likelihood can be estimated by
Expectation Maximization:
Improvements for this model were suggested by Mark Dixon (statistician) and Stuart
Coles. They invented a correlation factor for low scores 0-0, 1-0, 0-1 and 1-1, where the
independent Poisson model doesn't hold. Dimitris Karlis and Ioannis Ntzoufras built a
Time-Independent Skellam distribution model. Unlike the Poisson model that fits the
distribution of scores, the Skellam model fits the difference between home and away
scores.
Time-Dependent Markov Chain Monte Carlo
On the one hand, statistical models require a large number of observations to make an
accurate estimation of its parameters. And when there are not enough observations
852
available during a season (as is usually the situation), working with average statistics
makes sense. On the other hand, it is well-known that team skills change during the
season, making model parameters time-dependent. Mark Dixon (statistician) and Coles
tried to solve this trade-off by assigning a larger weight to the latest match results. Rue
and Salvesen introduced a novel time-dependent rating method using the Markov Chain
model.
They suggested modifying the generalized linear model above for λ and μ:
given that corresponds to the strength difference between

teams i and j. The parameter γ > 0 then represents the psychological effects caused by
underestimation of the opposing teams’ strength.
According to the model, the attacking strength of team A can be described by the
standard equations of Brownian motion, , for time t 1 > t 0 :
where τ and refer to the loss of memory rate and to the prior attack variance
respectively.
This model is based on the assumption that:
Assuming that three teams A, B and C are playing in the tournament and the matches are
played in the following order: t 0 : A-B; t 0 : A-C; t 1 : B-C, the joint probability density can
853
be expressed as:
854
Since analytical estimation of the parameters is difficult in this case, the Monte Carlo
method is applied to estimate the parameters of the model.
854
System #1 Flat Betting
The most popular kind of bet is without a doubt, flat betting. Every Saturday night or
every Monday night, an astronomic number of people place a bet on their favorite team.
Soccer, Hockey, Football, on any sports. They just go for a 10$ bet or higher if they can
afford to do it. They watch the game with some friends and they have a lot of fun.
Sometime they win and sometime they lose. Over a year, they win half of their bets. Of
course, they can make some little money over this period but not a lot of money. Like
almost everybody they think that it is impossible to make a living at sports gambling
especially using flat betting. Well, many people believe professional sports gamblers win
almost all of their bets or at least 80% of their bets to make good money. It's
understandable that people think that, but it's absolutely not true. The fact is, the
difference between the percentage of bets won by professional sports gamblers and the
percentage of bets won by chronic losers is relatively very small. We'll ignore money line
bets here for the sake of clarity, and use only those bets wherein the player risks 107 to
win 100. We’ll use point spreads and over/under bets. Against this type of bet, anyone at
all can expect to win 50 percent. After all, the only thing required is to flip a coin and
pick a side. The bookmakers' profit comes from the difference between what a bettor
must risk and what a bettor expects to win. Every time a player wins, the bookmaker
withholds slightly more than 6.5 percent of the winnings ($7 for every $100 risked).
Consequently, a bettor winning only half his bets will ultimately go broke. Professional
sports gamblers, by comparison, rarely sustain a long term winning percentage higher
than 57 or 58 percent, and it's often as low as 54 or 56 percent. People find that hard to
855
believe, and they understandably get even more skeptical when told that, for a genuine
professional sports gambler, a long term winning expectation of 60% or more is actually
too high and a winning rate of 65% mathematically almost impossible to reach. I know
that it sounds crazy at first, but as crazy as it may seem there is a simple explanation: If a
bettor has five bets on a given day, risking $107 to win $100 on each bet, and wins three
of them, that's a great winning ratio of 60% and a net profit for the day of 86 dollars. (The
bettor wins $300 and loses $214) If another bettor has fourteen bets on that same day,
risking $107 to win $100 on each one, and wins eight of them, that's a much poorer
winning percentage of only 57%, but almost twice as much profit for the day of $158
(The bettor wins $800 and loses $642). The second bettor was not necessarily less skilled
at picking winners than the first bettor. The second bettor may simply have chosen to
apply all his advantages, including those which had less than a 60% chance of winning in
the first place. If the ultimate goal is to make money, it is obvious which of those two
bettors was more successful. The real goal is, of course, to make money. The measure of
success of a sports handicapper is not his percentage of winning bets, but the amount of
profit he made over any given period of time. Although there are, indeed, propositions
that offer more than a 60% expectation of winning, such propositions are relatively few
and far between, and are only a very small part of the overall picture. With the break-
even point at about 51.8%, genuine professional sports gamblers know there is no tenable
excuse to pass up propositions offering expectations of higher than, say, 55 percent. A
small advantage applied over and over is awesomely effective. Mathematicians will
confirm that a profit is more assured from a group of 200 bets with a 55% expectation-
per-bet than from a group of 50 bets with a 60% expectation-per-bet. In other words, the
more bets placed, the more predictable the outcome. This is a fact of life of which pro
856
sports gamblers must be familiar. It's a basic principle of math: the more bets you are able
to place, the more likely it is that your winning percentage will be close to your
expectations. A pro sports gambler must be more concerned with profit than with
establishing a great winning percentage, and those two conditions are not always
compatible. A real pro applies all his advantages as often as possible, not only the best of
his advantages when they occasionally arise. The accompanying illustration (below)
shows the results of different winning percentages over different numbers of bets.
Standard vigorish charges of 4.55 percent are figured into the numbers. (The bookies' net
commission is 4.55 percent of all risked funds. Notice in the illustration that winning
55% of 250 bets is more profitable than winning 65% of only 50 bets, - and remember
that a profit is more assured - that is, more dependable - because of the higher number of
trials. Now, let’s take a look at some numbers.
The regular Joe will place a bet one bet a week on his favorite team. The odds are at 1.93.
This is of course against the spreads or for the total over/under.
Over a year, if he wins 55% of his bets, that would be 29 bets. If he bets $100 a game, he
would end up the year with a clear profit of $397.
29 X 1.93 X $100 = $5597 - $5200 = $397
On the other hand, the pro sports gambler will bet as much as 20 games everyday. He
will bet $100 a game.
Let’s take a look at the numbers if he has a winning rate of only 53%.
20 games X 365 days = 7300 bets
53% of 7300 bets = 3869 wins
3869 wins at odds 1.93 at $100 = $746,717
$746717 – total wagered = $746,717 - $730,000 = $16,717
857
NET PROFIT = $16,717

After a couple of years, pro sports gamblers will bet over $5000 to $10,000 on each
game. After a couple of years, a $1000 bettor will pocket over $167,000 a year in net
profit. Pro sports gamblers tend to have a lot of bets compared to non-professionals. Note
that winning 55% of 500 bets is actually more profitable than winning 65% of only 50
bets. More importantly, a bettor is more assured of achieving his expected win percentage
over a larger total number of bets, and with more bets and smaller bet sizes, the 'ride' is
much smoother, less risky, and more predictable. Generally speaking, non-professional
sports gamblers go wrong by risking too much of their bankroll on individual bets. They
don't spread their risk over enough bets. Professionals use smaller bet sizes in proportion
to their bankroll over larger numbers of bets. As a matter of fact, one good way to spot a
non-pro is that he invariably has less than a half-dozen bets per week, and he risks more
than 20 percent of his bankroll on each bet. Ideally, you must place 8-10 bets a day, and
not risk more than 2.5% of the “first block bankroll” per bet, in order not to exceed 25%
of the net running total and to obtain optimal results.
858
System #2 Straight Bets
Now that we’re talking about straight bets, I will show you a nice system to use when
using straight bet. This simple system will help you to improve your winning ratio when
you experience some bad days. The system is very easy to use and understand. In order to
make a profit, all you have to do is to win only 2 games out of 6. Yes , that’s right, only
33% of your bets. Also, all your bets will be predetermined before you start a new series.
You will know exactly how much to bet on each game. This system works better when
you bet against the spread in football and basketball simply because the amount of your
bets are predetermined. So, for the purpose of the following examples, all odds will be at
1.93 (-107). You can have this low juice at canbet.com. However, the regular odds at
most sporstbooks are 1.90 (-110).
The System
In the 33% straight bet system, you will place a series of up to 6 bets. You will use the
predetermined amount of x, 2x, 4x, 6x, 8x, 12.5x. All you have to do is replace the X by
your unit size. So, if you start with $10, the predetermined series will looks like:
$10, $20, $40, $60, $80, $125.
You will place only one bet at a time. So, one bet a day is the average. When you reach a
profit in the series you collect your winnings and add it to your bankroll. Then, you start
another series.
How it Works
You will only need to win 1 or 2 games within the series (depending where you are in the
series) to make a profit.
859
Now, to clearly understand, let’s see how it works.

Let’s say the first day, you win your bet of $10. You collect your profit and you start
another series. If you lose your first bet, you will bet $20 the second day and you will
continue to bet following the predetermined amounts in the series ( $10, $20 $40, $60,
$80, $125 ). You will do this until you make a profit within your 6 games.
Example 1:
Day(bet#) Amount W/L Profit Net Profit
1 $10 L -$10 -$10
2 $20 W +$18.60 +$8.60
Session is over. Profit: +$8.60
Example 2:
1 $10 L -$10 -$10
2 $20 L -$20 -$30
3 $40 W +$37.20 +$7.20
Example 3:
1 $10 L -$10 -$10
2 $20 L -$20 -$30
3 $40 L -$40 -$70
4 $60 W +$55.80 -$14.20
5 $80 L -$80 -$94.20
860
6 $125 W +$116.25 +$22.05

Example 4:
1 $10 L -$10 -$10
2 $20 L -$20 -$30
3 $40 L -$40 -$70
4 $60 L -$60 -$130
5 $80 W +$74.40 -$55.60
6 $125 W +$116.25 +$60.65
As you can see in example #4, with only 2 wins and 4 loses (33% winning rate), we end
the series with a nice profit of $60.65. Of course, you should understand that the main
goal is to make a profit as fast as possible and not reach the 6th step. However, even if
sometime you reach this 6th step, you know that you will make a good profit.
The Rules
1) Make only one bet a day following the predetermined amount in the series which are
x, 2x, 4x, 6x, 8x, 12.5x. X is your unit value.
2) As soon as you make a profit, collect your winning and start a new series. That means
if you win bet #1 or bet #2 or bet #3, you make a profit and stop the session.
3) When you start to win after bet #3, follow the predetermined amounts in the series
until you show a profit. You will only need to win 2 games within 6.
861
4) If you didn’t win within the first 5 games (0-5), stop the series and accept the losses.
You only have to recoup your losses and split your remaining bankroll in 4 parts. Then,
you can start a new session with a new unit value.
In case of a losing session, the betting series is made to protect your bankroll. If you lose
a series of 5 bets, you’ll lose about 11% of your entire bankroll. This leaves you with
89% of your bankroll.
Now, to see how it works with real result, here’s the results of a daily free picks from a
handicapping service.
1 $10 L -$10 -$10
2 $20 L -$20 -$30
3 $40 L -$40 -$70
4 $60 W +$55.80 -$14.20
5 $80 L -$80 -$94.20
6 $125 W +$116.25 +$22.05
Note that after 6 bets, even if you’ve lost 4 of them (33% W/R), you’re up $22.05. If you
had made 6 straight bets of $10 each, you would be down by -$21.40. This system has
increased your profits by more than 200%.
7 $10 W +$9.30 +$31.35
You win your first bet so, you start a new series with $10.
8 $10 W +$9.30 +$40.65
Again here, you win your first bet. So, you keep betting $10.
9 $10 L -$10 +$30.65
10 $20 L -$20 +$10.65
862
11 $40 W +$37.20 +$47.85

You made a profit. So, you stop the series and start another one.
As you can see, by increasing your bets methodically according to the predetermined
amounts, you save huge losses despite a 1-3 losing streak. Adding $7.20 to your
Bankroll, you’re now up $47.85
12 $10 W +$9.30 +$57.15
13 $10 L -$10 +$47.15
14 $20 W +$18.60 +$65.75
15 $10 L -$10 +$55.75
16 $20 W +$18.60 +$74.35
17 $10 L -$10 +$64.35
18 $20 L -$20 +$44.35
19 $40 L -$40 +$4.35
20 $60 L -$60 -$55.65
21 $80 W +$74.40 +$18.75
22 $125 W +$116.25 +$135
You end the series with a 6th bet. Your total profit for 23 days is $135.
23 $10 L -$10 +$125
24 $20 L -$20 +$105
25 $40 L -$40 +$65
26 $60 W +$55.80 +$120.80
27 $80 L -$80 +$40.80
863
28 $125 W +$116.25 +$157.05

29 $10 L -$10 +$147.05
30 $20 W +$18.60 +$165.65
Even with a disappointing 13-17 finish (that is 43.3% W/R), you end up adding $165.65
into your bankroll. If you would have use straight bet, you would have ended with -
$49.10.
Imagine how much you can win if you have a bigger Personal Betting Bankroll to wager
with, or you follow your favorite sports closely enough to consistently pick over 50%
winners.
You can also use my personal picks everyday. You just have to click on this link:
http://www.golden-systems.com
Now, just to see how much money can be made with a better winning rate (60%), let’s
take a look at one month of my daily pick #1 in 2004.
Let’s see what a $100 bettor would have made.
1 $100 L -$100 -$100
2 $200 L -$200 -$300
3 $400 W +$372 +$72
4 $100 L -$100 -$28
5 $200 L -$200 -$228
6 $400 W +$372 +$144
7 $100 W +$93 +$237
8 $100 W +$93 +$330
9 $100 L -$100 +$230
864
10 $200 W +$186 +$416

11 $100 W +$93 +$509
12 $100 L -$100 +$409
13 $200 W +$186 +$595
14 $100 W +$93 +$688
15 $100 W +$93 +$781
16 $100 W +$93 +$874
17 $100 W +$93 +$967
18 $100 L -$100 +$867
19 $200 W +$186 +$1053
20 $100 W +$93 +$1146
21 $100 L -$100 +$1046
22 $200 W +$186 +$1232
23 $100 L -$100 +$1132
24 $200 W +$186 +$1318
25 $100 W +$93 +$1411
26 $100 W +$93 +$1504
27 $100 L -$100 +$1404
28 $200 L -$200 +$1204
29 $400 W +$372 +$1576
30 $100 L -$100 +$1476
As you can see, we end with a profit of $1476 for a winning rate of 60% (18-12).
However, you’ll notice that with a $10 betting unit, you would have ended with a profit
of $147. Amazingly, you made more money ($165) with a bad winning rate of only 43%.
865
But it’s perfectly normal. As far as you go in the series, bigger is your profit when you
win. However, with a 43% W/R, chances to hit 5 loses in a row and lose the series are
higher.
Important
1) The 33% straight bet system is designed to show a profit when you bet against the
spread with traditional odds of 1.91 or 1.93. However, this system can show even more
profit when you bet on moneylines (favorite or underdog).
2) If you want to use this system with the moneyline (like hockey, baseball, soccer) and
with odds different than 1.91 or 1.93, make sure to calculate your wager to win the
appropriate amount in the series. If you bet on a team and the odds are 1.33, instead of
betting $10 to win $9.30, you must bet $28.18. [9.30 / (1.33-1)].
3) For every bet with odds lower than 1.91 or 1.93 that you lose, you need to ad the
additional losses. So, if you lost the $28.18 bet, you need to ad ($28.18 - $10 = $18.18) to
the amount of what would be your normal series. Here, the next series amount would be
$38.18 ($20 + $18.18). So, if the next odds are 1.93, this win will not only bring back
your losses but you will make a profit.
4) If you can afford to run 2 series or more at the same time, do it! This is how you’ll
reach a nice regular monthly income with this system.
Conclusion
There is no doubt that the 33% straight bet system is a very good system. It helps to limit
your losses and turn them into profit. Again remember:
1) Make only one bet a day following the predetermined amount in the series which are
x, 2x, 4x, 6x, 8x, 12.5x. X is your unit value.
866
2) As soon as you make a profit, collect your winning and start a new series. That means
if you win bet #1 or bet #2 or bet #3, you make a profit and stop the session.
3) When you start to win after bet #3, follow the predetermined amounts in the series
until you show a profit. You will only need to win 2 games within 6.
4) If you didn’t win within the first 5 games (0-5), stop the series and accept the losses.
You only have to recoup your losses and split your remaining bankroll in 4 parts. Then,
you can start a new session with a new unit value.
5) Every month or so, evaluate your Personal Betting Bankroll, and
increase your 4 Betting parts if you feel comfortable doing so.
867
System #3 - THE UNDERDOGS SYSTEM
Well, this system is very simple and it’s one of my favorite. I use this system every year
during the baseball season. Since I use it, I never encountered a losing session. You’ll see
how simple it is to earn a steady weekly profit through out the baseball season.
I developed this system a couple of years ago when I was working on some casino
systems. The power of this system when applied to sports betting is that you can choose
your own games and it could be an underdog!
Fact: The Martingale is the most popular betting system in the world. It is also called the
“doubling-up system” and can be applied to any even money bet. When playing a casino
game, the amount of the first bet is simply doubled after each successive loss, until one
wins. After each win, the bet is reduced to its initial value and remains there until the next
loss.
When one wins, one wins one unit. For example, an 11-step martingale would be : 1, 2, 4,
8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024 = 2047 units. That is a large amount to risk simply to
win one unit !
If you use this strategy for a casino game such as roulette, craps or at sports betting, the
danger is that eventually a long string of losses will keep increasing the amount of your
bet until the table limit or the betting limit is reached.
Yes, The Martingale is the oldest system for casino game. It is also the most dangerous
system to lose all your bankroll.
When playing an even bet, the casino has always an edge over the player.
Let’s look at a roulette table. Let’s see with a French Roulette table.
868
There is 36 numbers plus one 0 for a total of 37 number. But now, for the purpose of this
example, we will imagine a roulette table with only 36 numbers and no 0.
So, when betting on even chances like red and black, you have 50% of chance to win
your bet.
Mathematically, in a perfect world, if you were betting on red, you should have 18 red
(win) and 18 black (lose).
Winning total = 18 units – 18 units = 0
If you use a 5 step martingale, your series would be 1, 2, 4, 8, 16 units. You have to
double up your betting amount every time you lose until you reach the 5th step.
Let’s do some maths.
You have 1 chance out of 32 to lose your series.
˝ X ˝ X ˝ X ˝ X ˝ = 1/32
That means that you have 31 chances out of 32 to win the series and make 1 unit.
So, usually, in a perfect world again, if you play 32 series, you will win 31 of them and
make 31 units profit.
On the other hand, you will lose only one series and of course all your 5 bets for a total of
( 1+2+4+8+16) = 31 units.
Total profit = 31-31 = 0
Got it ?
This was of course without the casino edge! Now, if you ad the 0 or 00, you are
GUARANTEE TO LOSE MONEY ON THE LONG RUN WITH A REGULAR
MARTINGALE.
This is the same thing with the juice at the sportsbook. When you play with odds of 1.90
or –110, you will lose money on the long run with the regular martingale.
869
Ok, now, here’s the good news. I’ll show you how to turn the martingale in your favour
and get an edge over the sportsbook.
What is a martingale ?
I know that you know that. A martingale is a double up system to end a losing series with
1 unit profit. But why are we doubling up our bets ? Simply because in reality, when you
use a martingale, you always bet the sum of all your loses plus one unit.
Remember the series 1-2-4-8-16
You bet 1 and you lose. You bet the sum of all your loses (1) plus 1. So, the next bet is 2.
You bet 2 and you lose. You bet the sum of all your loses (1+2) plus 1. So, the next bet is
4.
You bet 4 and you lose. You bet the sum of all your loses (1+2+4) plus 1. So, the next bet
is 8.
You bet 8 and you lose. You bet the sum of all your loses (1+2+4+8) plus 1. So, the next
bet is 16.
You bet 16 and you win. Profit 16-(1+2+4+8) = 1 unit.
Do you clearly understand how works the martingale ? It is not a double up system, it is a
“total lost plus 1” system!
If you think about it, you’ll realise that you can use a martingale with any kind of bets
and odds. If you want to bet only on the Yankees at 1.50 (-200), here how it works.
You want to win $10. You place a bet of $20 (10/(1.50-1). You lose.
Your next bet is $20+$10 = $30 / (1.50-1) = $60. You lose.
Your next bet is $20+$60+$10 = $90 / (1.50-1) = $180.
Etc…
870
As you can see, your bets will raise very fast and the risk of losing your bankroll is
bigger.
Well, the beauty of this system is that you will get an edge over the sportsbook when
betting on underdogs.
FACT: Over a complete baseball season, 44% of all the games are won by the underdogs.
Yes, it is not a misprint, 44% of all games.
If you do your homework and you select only the good underdogs, you will easily bring
this ratio to 50%. You can also pick an heavy favourite and bet the –1.5 run line. Most of
the time, these odds will be from 2.10 (+110) to 2.85 (+185).
Like I said, if you do your homework, you will reach a 50% winning rate. It means that
you have 1 chance out of 2 to win. However, the
odds will always be over 2.00 (+100). This is why you will win on the long run.
The system
We will use a 8 to 10 step underdog martingale. Everyday, you’ll pick a good underdog.
Day 1
Let’s say the odds are 2.35 and you want to make $10.
You will start a your series and bet $7.41. (10/(2.35-1)
You lose.
Day 2
The odds are 2.60
Your next bet will be the sum of all your loses plus the amount you want to make. In our
case it’s $7.41+$10 = $17.41.
The next bet will be $17.41/(2.60-1) = $10.88
You lose.
871
Day 3
The odds are 2.20
Your next bet will be the sum of all your loses plus $10. $7.41+$10.88+$10 = $28.29
You lose.
Day 4
The odds are 2.75
Your next bet will be the sum of all your loses plus $10. $7.41+$10.88+$23.58+$10 =
$51.87
You win.
Total Profit: $51.87 – (the 3 bets lost $7.41+$10.88+$23.58) =
+$10.
This is only one win out of 4 bets (25% W/R) and you make an easy $10. Also, your
highest bet was under $30. With a normal martingale, your 4th bet would have been $80.
Here’s the proof:
Now, we’ll do some maths because I want you to understand and see how you will make
money on the long run. For the purpose of this example, we’ll assume that the odds are
always 2.50 (+150) and we always want to make $10.
Let’s see what happen on the long run with a 10 step underdog martingale.
Remember, if you do your homework, you’ll easily reach a 50% winning rate.
Number of chance to lose the 10 steps: 1/1024 ( 0.097% )
˝X˝X˝X˝X˝X˝X˝X˝X˝X˝
Number of chance to win the 10 steps: 1023/1024 ( 99.90% )
872
You see that you have less than 1% chance of losing and more than 99% chance of
winning. Now let’s put some money on the table.
With odds of 2.50 (+150 ), your amount lost will look like this:
$6.67+$11.12+$18.53+$30.88+$51.47+$79.12+$138.53+$230.88+$384.80+$641.34
TOTAL = $1593.34
So, if you lose your 10 step underdog martingale, you will lose $1593.34.
However, because you have only 1 chance out of 1024 to reach a losing streak of 10 in a
row, it means that you will win the other 1023 series.
Mathematically, after 1024 series, you will have won 1023 X $10, for a total of $10230
and you will have lost 1 X $1593.34.
GRAND TOTAL = $10230 - $1593.40 = +$8636.66
This is why this system work so well over the long run.
Personally, I use this system during the baseball season. I run 3 series at the same time. I
never had to go over step 6 for the last 3 years. It is very cool.
Also, you’ll see than even if you don’t pick 50% winners, this system will works very
well. The winning ratio if you win at step #10 is only 10% (1-9) but you still make a
profit. Remember that without doing anything, the underdogs win 44% of the games.
The Rules
1) Select the best daily underdog.
2) Start a new series every time you win a game within the 10.
3) When you lose, always make the total of your previous loses and ad the amount you
want to win. Usually, you must keep the same amount a along the series. If you started
with $10, keep adding $10.
873
4) You should always calculate the your next bet by adding all previous loses plus the
amount you want to win and calculate your next bet with the appropriate odds. You only
have to take the total you want to make and divide it by (odds – 1). If you want to win
$100 at odds 2.45 (+145), you will have to bet $68.97.
5) You can run more than 1 series at the same time if you can afford to do it.
6) Every time you win, ad your profit to your bankroll and start a new series with the first
amount you want to win.
7) You can use this system with any underdog and with any sports. However, it works
better during the baseball season simply because there is more than 4500 games through
all the year and baseball is the bookies worst nightmare. It is so unpredictable.
874
System #4 The Up and Down
The up & down system is also a very good system for straight bet. It is similar to the 33%
straight bet system in a way that you only need to win 36% of your bets to make a profit.
This system is very simple. You will simply follow a series of predetermined amount.
These amounts are $X, $2X, $3X, $5X, $8.5X, $14X, $23X, $39X.
The reason why we call this the up & down system is because if you lose your first two
bets, you will start to move up or down into the series depending if you have won or lost.
You will bet only one game a day. If you lose your first 2 bets, you will only need to win
2 games in any 3 games stretch to make a profit and end the series. When this goal is
reached, you start another series.
How it works
For the purpose of this example, we’ll assume that our first bet is $10 and the odds are
always 1.93 (-107).
1) First, you have to place a first bet to the predetermined amount of $10.
2) If you win your first bet, stop the series and start another one.
3) If you lose your first bet and win the second bet with the predetermined amount of $20
in the series, you stop and put the profit into your bankroll. You start another series.
4) If you’ve lost your first 2 bets, you will move up 1 series amount after each loss and
down 1 series amount after each win. So if you lose your second bet, your third bet will
be for $30. If you win your third bet, your fourth bet will be for $20. Your goal now is to
win any games within 3 games.
875
5) Now, you keep moving up one amount after each loss and moving down one amount
after each win until you win 2 bets out of any 3. When you have reached this goal, you
made a profit and you start a new series with the first amount of $10.
Example
Now, to see how it really work, let’s put some numbers to the series and see the result.
You’ll see that with a winning rate of only 40%, you always make some good money.
1 $10 L -$10 -$10
2 $20 L -$20 -$30
3 $30 W +$27.90 -$2.10
4 $20 L -$20 -$22.10
5 $30 W +$27.90 +$5.80
You see that with a poor 40% winning rate, you still make a good profit instead of
loosing money. With flat betting, you would have made -$11.40. Not bad hey?
So, for this series, your goal is reached and you just have to start a new series.
Now, let’s take a look at a series of 20 bets. Let’s assume a very bad winning rate of only
35% (7-13).
#1 $10 L -$10 -$10
#2 $20 L -$20 -$30
#3 $30 W +$27.90 -$2.10
#4 $20 L -$20 -$22.10
#5 $30 L -$30 -$52.10
#6 $50 W +$46.50 -$5.60
876
#7 $30 L -$30 -$35.60

#8 $50 L -$50 -$85.60
#9 $85 W +$79.05 -$6.55
#10 $50 L -$50 -$56.55
#11 $85 L -$85 -$141.55
#12 $140 W +$130.20 -$11.35
#13 $85 L -$85 -$96.35
#14 $140 L -$140 -$236.35
#15 $230 W +$213.90 -$22.45
#16 $140 L -$140 -$162.45
#17 $230 L -$230 -$392.45
#18 $390 W +$362.70 -$29.75
#19 $230 L -$230 -$259.75
#20 $390 W +$362.70 +$102.95
It’s incredible. With only 7 wins out of 20 bets (35%), you end the session with a profit
of $102.75. With flat bet, you would be -$64.90 in the hole!
Now, I want to go further and show you how this system can be so powerful. Let’s say
you have the worst possible series of 2 wins out of 9 bets. That is a winning ratio of
ONLY 22%.
Look how the system perform.
#1 $10 L -$10 -$10
#2 $20 L -$20 -$30
#3 $30 L -$30 -$60
877
#4 $50 L -$50 -$110

#5 $85 L -$85 -$195
#6 $140 L -$140 -$335
#7 $230 L -$230 -$565
#8 $390 W +$362.70 -$202.30
#9 $230 W +$213.90 +$11.60
You may say “I just made $11”, but this is great. How can you make money with a poor
winning rate of only 22%. With flat betting, you would be at -$51.40. So, this great
system will let you make a profit even with this kind of W/R.
Ok, enough for the theory, let’s look at a real month of daily picks just to see how this
system work in the real life.
Let’s take a look a poor month of only 50% W/R (15-15) where you would have lost
money with flat betting. Now, let’s see how the system perform.
Here’s what a $100 bettor would have made with odds at 1.93.
1 $100 L -$100 -$100
2 $200 L -$200 -$300
3 $300 W +$279 -$21
4 $200 L -$200 -$221
5 $300 L -$300 -$521
6 $500 W +$465 -$56
7 $300 L -$300 -$356
8 $500 W +$465 +$109
878
Now, you end this bad session of only 3 wins out of 8 (37.5%) with a clear profit of
+$109.
You start a new session with a first bet of $100.
9 $100 L -$100 +$9
10 $200 W +$186 +$195
End of session #2. Another profit of +$86 right into your bankroll. You start a new
session.
11 $100 W +$93 +$288
End of the session. You start another one.
12 $100 L -$100 +$188
13 $200 W +$186 +$374
14 $100 L -$100 +$274
15 $200 W +$186 +$460
End of the session. After 2 weeks of play, you’ve already made +$460.
16 $100 L -$100 +$360
17 $200 L -$200 +$160
18 $300 L -$300 -$140
19 $500 W +$465 +$325
20 $300 W +$279 +$604
End of the session. You start another one with a $100 bet.
21 $100 L -$100 +$504
22 $200 W +$186 +$690
879
23 $100 L -$100 +$590

24 $200 W +$186 +$776
25 $100 W +$93 +$869
26 $100 W +$93 +$962
27 $100 L -$100 +$862
28 $200 W +$186 +$1048
29 $100 W +$93 +$1141
30 $100 L -$100 +$1041
At the end of the month, you have made a net profit of +$1041 with a low winning rate of
only 50%. Usually, with flat betting, you would be at -$105. That’s the beauty of this
system.
Summary
1) First, you have to place a first bet to the predetermined amount.
These amounts are $X, $2X, $3X, $5X, $8.5X, $14X, $23X, 39X.
2) If you win your first bet, stop the series and start another one.
3) If you lose your first bet and win the second bet with the predetermined amount of
$2X in the series, you stop and put the profit into your bankroll. You start another series.
4) If you’ve lost your first 2 bets, you will move up 1 series amount after each loss and
down 1 series amount after each win. So if you lose your second bet, your third bet will
880
be for $3X. If you win your third bet, your fourth bet will be for $2X. Your goal now is
to win any games within 3 games.
5) Now, you keep moving up one amount after each loss and moving down one amount
after each win until you win 2 bets out of any 3. When you have reached this goal, you
made a profit and you start a new series with the first amount of $10.
As you can see in the examples, you are guaranteed to turn a small profit while hitting
just 36% winners and you can make a really good profit with a very realistic 50%
winning rate.
Remember one thing. Even the best Las Vegas handicapper has bad streaks, so, believe
me, you’ll have some over a long period. However, the up and down straight bet system
protects your bankroll from big loses even when you go with a bad W/R of 36%.
Please note that if you hit a very bad losing streak of 8 loses in a row, you won’t make
any profit and you’ll lose money. I’m talking about this disappointing scenario in the
interest of full disclosure. Even though I can guarantee you’ll make a profit with a low
W/R of 36% with this System, it isn’t going to turn long-term bad picks into cash. Almost
no Program can. Only the unbeatable system can and I’ll show you how it works later.
However, if you do your homework or if you use my daily picks (because I do my
homework!), you will beat the sportsbooks every time!
881
System #5 Parlay in a Ten
This is a betting system that constantly have shown a steady profit for me.
The goal of the system is to win just one parlay in an ten bet series. This is only a 10%
winning rate. So, if you can pick a winner within 10 picks (or more if you have a bigger
bankroll or you use underdogs), you make a profit.
First of all, stay away from parlay of more than 2 games. The more games you have in
your parlay, the lower will be the payout proportionally to your bet. This is normal and
this is how the sportsbooks are making their money.
Lets take a look at the chart for odds of –107 (1.93)
2 Teams - odds are 3-1 - Pays 2.74
So, keep it simple and safe: ALWAYS USE A 2 TEAM PARLAY.
Who are you going to bet on ? Well, 2 strong underdogs whose payout is big or 2 money
line favorite with reasonable odds.
Bankroll:
I can’t tell you exactly what bankroll you need because the odds are changing everyday.
But I think that a bankroll of 100 units would be reasonable
The bet will be calculated with the odds offer by the bookmakers.
The formula is: B = (TL+P) / ((GAME 1 X GAME 2) - 1)
882
B = Your bet
TL= Total lost
P= Profit you want to make
GAME 1= Odds for game 1 (International odds)
Step 1
Decide the amount you want to win.
Let’s say you want to make $25 on day 1 and the odds for the 2 games are –120 (1.83)
and +110 (2.10)
B= (0 + 25) / ((1.83 X 2.10) – 1) = $8.79
Your first bet is $8.79 for the parlay.
If you win, you make $25 profit. $8.79 X 1.83 X 2.1 - $8.79 = $25
You go to step 1
If you lose, you go to step 2
Step 2
Let’s say the odds for the 2 games are –140 (1.71) and +105 (2.05)
B = ($8.79 + $25 ) / ((1.71 X 2.05) – 1) = $13.46
Your next bet is $13.46
If you win, you make $25 profit. $13.46 x 1.71 X 2.05 – ($13.46 + $8.79) = $25
You go to step 1
Step 3
Let’s say the odds for day 3 are +120 (2.20) and –105 (1.95)
B = ($8.79 + $13.46 + $25 ) / ((2.20 X 1.95 ) – 1) = $14.36
883

If you win, you make $25 profit. $14.36 X 2.20 X 1.95 – ($14.36+$13.46+$8.79) = $25
You go to step 1
Step 4
Continue the progression using the betting formula until you hit a parlay. When you’ll hit
a parlay, you’ll make a profit.
Remember the rules to follow:
1- Using the betting formula, make a 2 team parlay.
2- If you lose your first parlay, make another 2 team parlay using the betting formula.
Continue to make 2 team parlay until you win one 2 team parlay.
3- If you win the first parlay, start another series at step 1
4- When you hit a parlay anywhere in the series, you’ll make a profit.
5- If you lose, continue the series up to 10 bets and even more if you can afford.
I highly recommend this system. I use it everyday with my daily picks and it works very
well. I only have to hit just one parlay in the series to show a good profit. I love that!
Here’s an example
For the purpose of this example, we will assume that we’re betting a 2 team parlay
against the spread in basketball or football. The odds will always be 3.86 (2 X 1.93 (-
107)).
Day Wager W/L NET PROFIT
1 8.75 L -8.75
2 11.80 L -20.55
3 15.93 L -36.48
884
4 21.50 L -57.98
5 29.01 L -86.99
6 39.15 L -126.14
7 52.85 L -178.99
8 71.33 L -250.32
9 96.27 L -346.59
10 129.93 W +25
You finish your 10 days of betting with only one win out of 10. A winning ratio of only
10% and you make a profit of $25. Remember, it was with odds of 1.93. Now imagine
with odds of 2.50 for each team during the baseball season.
With a bankroll of 100 units, you can resist a losing streak of at least 25 games in a row.
Not to bad!
IMPORTANT
1) Keep on betting as long as your bankroll allow it to. If you experience a long losing
streak without hitting your win to close the series and you have lost near 50% of your
bankroll, maybe you should accept the lose and start a new series from the beginning.
2) In order to have the best success, use your 2 best picks of the day for your parlay.
3) If you have a big bankroll, you can run more series at the same time.
Conclusion
This powerful betting system allow you to make a good profit even if you have winning
rate as low as 4% during the baseball season if you use underdogs. You have to do your
homework but you will make a good profit.
This system can be used with any sports and with any kind of bets. You just have to
calculate the odds with the provided formula.
885
Again there are the rules to follow:

If you lose, continue the series up to 10 bets and even more if you can afford.
886
System #6 Stress Free
The stress free parlay system is a very funny and powerful system. This system is also
used by pro gamblers because on the long run, it produce very great results.
Why is this a stress free system ? Because you will be able to place your bets on a
particular game and no matter which team wins, there would be a very high probability
for you to make a profit. This will eliminate any stress you may have when you bet on
your favorite team to win.
Here, I’m not talking about the kind of system where you place a bet on opposite team at
different sportsbooks and where you are guarantee to win. I’m talking about a system
where you’ll place your bets at the same sportsbook.
Now, you may ask, is it possible ?
Well, I will show you this little known secret system right now!
First, this system produce best results during the baseball season. Of course, you can use
it with any kind of sports where you have the possibility to bet on the money lines and
against the spread.
Personally, I use this system during the MLB season and I always have a lot of success.
So, here we go…
First, let's first observe a few MLB games. Let's take a look at today's games and lines as
displayed at Canbet – For the purpose of this example, we will ignore the listed pitchers
and the over/under prop.
Wednesday, June 9
Chicago Cubs St Louis Cardinals
887
1.65 2.40
-1.5 2.40 +1.5 1.62
Toronto Blue Jays Los Angeles Dodgers
1.76 2.22
-1.5 2.55 +1.5 1.56
Boston Red Sox San Diego Padres
1.74 2.26
-1.5 2.40 +1.5 1.62
New York Yankees Colorado Rockies
1.42 3.15
-1.5 1.80 +1.5 2.09
Baltimore Orioles Arizona Diamondbacks
1.74 2.25
-1.5 2.55 +1.5 1.56
Cleveland Indians Florida Marlins
2.02 1.89
+1.5 1.64 -1.5 2.35
Detroit Tigers Atlanta Braves
2.20 1.77
+1.5 1.69 -1.5 2.25
Tampa Bay Devil Rays San Francisco Giants
2.80 1.50
+1.5 2.17 -1.5 1.74
Chicago White Sox Philadelphia Phillies
888
1.87 2.05
-1.5 2.70 +1.5 1.51
Minnesota Twins New York Mets
1.75 2.22
-1.5 2.55 +1.5 1.56
Seattle Mariners Houston Astros
1.85 2.07
-1.5 2.75 +1.5 1.49
Oakland Athletics Cincinnati Reds
1.68 2.31
-1.5 2.40 +1.5 1.62
Anaheim Angels Milwaukee Brewers
1.59 2.55
-1.5 2.25 +1.5 1.69
Let's take a look at the odds of the first game: St Louis Cards vs Chicago Cubs
If you pick the favorite Chicago, you are risking 100 to win 65, as the line is 1.65 on the
action or listed bet. If you pick the underdog St Louis Cards, you are risking 100 to make
140, as the line is 2.40.
Let's see what happens if you bet one unit on both sides. If Chicago wins, you lose 35, as
you win 65 from that bet and lose the 100 on St Louis. If St Louis wins, you make 140 on
that bet and lose 100 on Chicago and you end up in a win of 40.
You see that Chicago is a favorite, it has a 1.65 line. However, if you take a look at the
run line type of bet, Chicago's line becomes 2.40. It suddenly becomes an underdog. The
issue is that Chicago has to win with a point spread of 2 for the run line to win.
889
So now if you place one unit on the underdog St Louis with a 2.40 line and one unit on
Chicago's run line with a 2.40 line, you will make a profit, no matter which team wins.
Let’s say you place 100 on each side. If St Louis wins, you make 40 and if Chicago wins
you make 40. If you place $1000 on each side, if St Louis wins, you make $400 and if
Chicago wins, you make $400. The only catch is that if Chicago wins, it has to cover the
1.5 spread
The only time you would be losing 2 units on such a bet is if Chicago wins with only 1
point spread. It may happen, but with low probability.
What you need to do is to check statistics on past games and determine a percentage of
such a thing happening. If this occurs less than 10% of the time, then this method will be
a long run winner. If not, you may end up losing 2 units too often, which will override
your multiple wins of 0.2 to 0.6 units.
You could use today's results as a little test.
What you would be looking for is opportunities to bet on both sides of a game, provided
the run line of a favorite becomes an underdog versus the already underdog team.
Here’s the game you should be able to play for today:
1) Chicago run line –1.5 at 2.40 vs St Louis at 2.40
2) Toronto run line –1.5 at 2.55 vs Los Angeles at 2.22
3) Boston Red Sox run line –1.5 at 2.40 vs San Diego at 2.26
Note that the game between Colorado Rockies vs New York Yankees is not an
opportunity as the run line of the favorite NY 1.42 is still a favorite 1.80. Again, you're
looking for a favorite to become a dog,
when you bet it as a run line bet. This is also not the case with the game: - Tampa Bay
Devil Rays vs San Francisco Giants
890
4) Baltimore run line –1.5 at 2.55 vs Arizona at 2.25

5) Florida run line –1.5 at 2.35 vs Cleveland at 2.02
6) Atlanta run line –1.5 at 2.25 vs Detroit at 2.20
7) Chicago WS run line –1.5 at 2.70 vs Philadelphia at 2.05 8) Minnesota run line –1.5 at
2.55 vs New York Mets at 2.22
9) Seattle run line –1.5 at 2.75 vs Houston at 2.07
10) Oakland run line –1.5 at 2.40 vs Cincinnati at 2.31
11) Anaheim run line –1.5 at 2.25 vs Milwaukee at 2.55
So, for today, we have 11 opportunities, out of which 6 (nos. 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 11) are
designated to be good ones, as the smallest amount to be won is .20 units and 2 very good
ones (nos. 1 and 10), as the smallest amount to be won is .31 units.
Take no. 10 for instance. You bet $100 on Oakland and $100 on Cincinnati. Now, you sit
back, watch the game totally relaxed as you don't care which side wins. If Cincinnati
wins you cash $31. If Oakland wins, you cash $40, provided Oakland wins with more
than 1.5 spread.
OK, want to see the results for the day…just for fun of course!!!
1) Chicago run line –1.5 at 2.40 (4) vs St Louis at 2.40 (12) +$40
2) Toronto run line –1.5 at 2.55 (4) vs Los Angeles at 2.22 (0)
+$55
3) Boston Red Sox run line –1.5 at 2.40 (1) vs San Diego at 2.26 (8) +$26
4) Baltimore run line –1.5 at 2.55 (8) vs Arizona at 2.25 (2) +$55
5) Florida run line –1.5 at 2.35 (1) vs Cleveland at 2.02 (8) +$2
6) Atlanta run line –1.5 at 2.25 (2) vs Detroit at 2.20 (4) +$20
7) Chicago WS run line –1.5 at 2.70 (10) vs Philadelphia at 2.05 (13) +$5
891
8) Minnesota run line –1.5 at 2.55 (5) vs New York Mets at 2.22 (3) + $55
9) Seattle run line –1.5 at 2.75 (0) vs Houston at 2.07 (3) +$7
10) Oakland run line –1.5 at 2.40 (17) vs Cincinnati at 2.31 (8) +$40
11) Anaheim run line –1.5 at 2.25 (2) vs Milwaukee at 2.55 (12) +$55
If you had placed your bets on all 11 opportunities, you would have made $360 profit.
This is of course with $100 betting units.
Had you selected only the good and the very good ones as recommended, you would
have ended up with a profit of $346.
892
System #7 Slot Sports
This system is a bit different than any other system you may have seen. If fact, this
system was initially created for the slot machine. It has been modified to use at sports
betting with great success. The particularity of this system is that you can play for a
couple of years without losing a single session. Yes, the progression is very low but it
keeps your bankroll safe. The concept is very simple. You will use 4 predetermined series
which include another predetermined number of bets in each series.
Here’s the series:
X = Your starting bet
Level #1 X – X – X – X – X – X – X (7 Bets )
Level #2 2X – 2X – 2X – 2X – 2X – 2X (6 Bets)
Level #3 4X – 4X – 4X – 4X – 4X (5 Bets)
Level #4 6X – 6X – 6X – 6X (4 Bets)
So, if your starting bet is $10, the 4 series will look like this:
Level #1 10 – 10 – 10 – 10 – 10 – 10 – 10
Level #2 20 – 20 – 20 – 20 – 20 – 20
Level #3 40 – 40 – 40 – 40 – 40
Level #4 60 – 60 – 60 – 60
Now, here’s how work the 4 series.
As you can see, the first series is:
X–X–X–X–X–X–X
893
In order to use the series, your first bet will be your starting bet. If it’s $10, you bet $10.
If you win your bet, you pocket the profit and you start a new series always at level #1.
If you lose the first bet, you move to the second bet of the series which is again $10.
X–X–X–X–X–X–X
You should always keep on betting the same amount ($10) until you show a profit or you
lose the entire series. You lost the series if your down by 7 units.
In our example, if you lose the series, you will be down by $70.
If you lose the entire series #1, you start betting for series #2. So, for series #2, your bets
will be for $20.
20 – 20 – 20 – 20 – 20 – 20
You keep on betting 2X ($20 here) until you show a profit of at least $70. This is the
amount you lost at level #1. When you reach this, you go back to level one and start a
new series at level one of course.
If you lose the entire series #2, you will move to series #3 and start betting the amount of
series #3.
4X – 4X – 4X – 4X – 4X
The main goal of this system is to always win back the loses from the previous series.
So, if you lost the first 2 series, your goal, when playing series #3 is to win back the loses
from series #2. In series #2, you lost a total of $120. So, your goal is to win back this
$120 in series #3. As soon as you won back the $120, you move down to series #2 and
start playing it until you win back the loses from series #1 which is $70.
When your playing this system, you will always move up and down the levels. However,
the beauty of the system is that when you recover the loses from a previous series, you
will always make a small profit. So, as long as you move up and down the 4 levels, you
894
will always make some money. This system is really a long term winner. It is for the
sports gamblers who wants to keep their bankroll safe even with a long losing streak. Now,
here a little example to show you how it works with real results.
BET# BET W/L +/- TOTAL PROFIT
1 10 L -10 -10
2 10 L -10 -20
3 10 L -10 -30
4 10 W +9.30 -20.70
5 10 L -10 -30.70
6 10 L -10 -40.70
7 10 L -10 -50.70
8 10 W +9.30 -41.40
9 10 L -10 -51.40
10 10 L -10 -61.40
11 10 L -10 -71.40
Now, at this point, your down $71.40, so you start betting with level #2. You will bet
$20. You will do this until you have recovered from loses from level 1 or if you lose the
entire series #2. You lose the entire level #2 if the total lost is over $191.40. Why 191.40
? Simple. You’ve already lost $71.40 with level #1 and level #2 is made of 6 X $20. That
is $120. So if your total lost is over ($71.40 + $120 = $191.40) than you will have lost the
first 2 levels and you move to level #3.
12 20 L -20 -91.40
13 20 L -20 -111.40
14 20 W +18.60 -92.80
895
15 20 L -20 -102.80
16 20 L -20 -122.80
17 20 W +18.60 -104.20
18 20 L -20 -124.20
19 20 L -20 -144.20
20 20 L -20 -164.20
21 20 L -20 -184.20
22 20 W +18.60 -165.60
23 20 W +18.60 -147.00
24 20 L -20 -167.00
25 20 L -20 -187.00
26 20 L -20 -207.00
Here, you’ve lost the entire level #1 and level #2. So, you move down one level and you
start betting $40. You will do this until you have recovered from loses from level 2 or if
you lose the entire series #3.
You lose the entire level #3 if the total lost is over $407. Why $407 ?
Simple. You’ve already lost $207 with level #1 and level #2 and level #3 is made of 5 X
$40. That is $200. So if your total lost is over ($207 + $200 = $407) than you will have
lost the first 3 levels and you move to level #4. You will have recovered from level #2
when your total lost is less than $71.40. That mean you will have won back $135.60
(207-71.40), the amount lost at level #2.
27 40 W +37.20 -169.80
28 40 L -40 -209.80
29 40 W +37.20 -172.60
896
30 40 W +37.20 -135.40
31 40 W +37.20 -98.20
32 40 L -40 -138.20
33 40 W +37.20 -101.00
34 40 L -40 -141.00
35 40 W +37.20 -103.80
36 40 W +37.20 -66.60
Now you will move down one level because you have recovered the loses from level #2.
You will than play level #2 until you make a profit or until you lose the entire level #2. It
will be if your total lost is over $186.60 (66.60+120).
37 20 L -20 -86.60
38 20 W +18.60 -68.00
39 20 W +18.60 -49.40
40 20 L -20 -69.40
41 20 L -20 -89.40
42 20 W +18.60 -70.80
43 20 W +18.60 -52.20
44 20 L -20 -72.20
45 20 W +18.60 -53.60
46 20 W +18.60 -35.00
47 20 W +18.60 -16.40
48 20 L -20 -36.40
49 20 W +18.60 -17.80
50 20 L -20 -37.80
897
51 20 W +18.60 -19.20
52 20 W +18.60 -0.60
53 20 L -20 -20.60
54 20 W +18.60 -2.00
55 20 W +18.60 +16.60
As you can see, you end with a profit of +$16.60 even if you experienced a low winning
rate of only 45.5% and a very bad losing streak at the beginning. This system is very slow
but it is very safe. When you’ve made a good profit, you can increase you betting unit in
each of the 4 series.
Example:
Level #1 20 – 20 – 20 – 20 – 20 – 20 – 20
Level #2 40 – 40 – 40 – 40 – 40 – 40
Level #3 80 – 80 – 80 – 80 – 80
Level #4 120 – 120 – 120 – 120
Use the same process as explained.
898
System #8 Random Handicaps
The magic of this system is that you only need to win 36% of your bet ( 1/3 ) to make a
profit. You can select your own game or you can find free picks from a lot of
handicappers online. Reaching a 50% winning rate is very easy with good free picks. Go
to Google and search for “Free Picks”. You’ll find a lot of handicappers who are offering
daily free picks.
Ok, Now the system.
First, you need to know how to calculate your bet. So the formula is AMOUNT TO BET
/ (INTERNATIONAL ODDS – 1).
Let’s say you want to bet $50 at 2.20. $50 / (2.20-1) = $50 / 1.20 = $41.66
You need to bet $41.66 to win $50. $41.66 X 2.20 = $91.66 – $41.66 = $50
The system is very simple. When you lose a game, you will always bet the total of your
last two bets.
Let’s see what happen with a 37.5% winning rate and a $50 first bet.
L-L-L-W-L-L-W-W
Day 1
Write down the $50 you want to make.
The odds are 1.91
You bet $54.95 to win $50
You lose.
Write down the $54.95 bet next to the $50 you had written down.
It should look like this.
899
$50 + $54.95
Day 2
The odds are 2.15
Your next bet is the total of the last two bets (assuming that $50 was a bet) / (2.15 – 1).
So it’s $104.95 / 1.15 = $91.26
You should bet $91.26
You lose.
Write down the $91.26 bet next to the previous two bets. Now it looks like this.
$50 + $54.95 + $91.26
Day 3
The odds are 1.83
Your next bet is the total of the last two bets / (1.83 – 1). So it’s $146.21 / 0.83 = $176.16
You lose.
Write down the $176.16 bet next to the previous three bets. Now it looks like this.
$50 + $54.95 + $91.26 + $176.16
Day 4
The odds are 2.10
You win.
Cross out the last two bets you have written down. You do this (cross out the last two
bets) only after a win. That leaves you with the $50 bet and the $54.95 bet. Now it looks
like this.
900
$50 + $54.95 + $91.26 + $176.16

Day 5
The odds are 1.99
Your next bet is the total of the two bets we have written down / (1.99 – 1). So in our
case it’s $104.95 / 0.99 = $106.01
Your next bet should be $106.01
You lose.
Write down this bet next to the previous two bets. It looks like this.
$50 + $54.95 + $106.01
Day 6
The odds are 1.75
Your bet should be $214.61
You lose.
Write down this bet next to the previous three bets.
$50 + $54.95 + $106.01 + 214.61
Day 7
The odds are 2.45
Your next bet is the total of the last two bets / (2.45 – 1). So it’s $320.62 / 1.45 =
$221.12.
Your bet should be $221.12.
You win.
Cross out these two bets. That leaves us with…
$50 + $54.95 + $106.01 + $214.61
901
Day 8
The odds are 1.90
Your next bet is the total of the two remaining bets / (1.90 – 1). So it’s $104.95 / 0.90 =
$116.61
You win.
The session is over. You have recovered from all your loses and made a $50 profit.
You won 3 bet and lost 5 bets. Winning rate: 37.5%
Now, here’s a simulation of a real year of betting with a 50% winning rate. 50% winning
rate is just like flipping a coin. This is a simulation showing 4 months (120 days) of
betting.
In this simulation, we’ll assume that the odds are always –110 (1.91). Sometimes the
odds are higher and sometimes odds are lower. So –110 (1.91) is a realistic average.
Remember, 50% winning rates is easy to achieve because if you flip a coin, this is the
W/R you’ll get on the long run.
Let’s say you start with a $2500 bankroll and your first bet is $50.
Day Win/Lose Bet Amount Cash Net
--- ----------- ------------- ------ ----
1 w $55 $50 $2550
2 L $55 -$55 $2495
3 L $115 -$115 $2380
4 w $187 $170 $2550
5 L $55 -$55 $2495
6 w $115 $105 $2600
902
7 w $55 $50 $2650

8 L $55 -$55 $2595
9 L $115 -$115 $2480
10 w $187 $170 $2650
11 L $55 -$50 $2600
12 w $115 $105 $2705
13 w $55 $50 $2755
14 L $55 -$55 $2700
15 w $115 $105 $2805
16 L $55 -$55 $2750
17 L $115 -$115 $2635
18 w $187 $170 $2805
19 L $55 -$55 $2750
20 w $115 $105 $2855
21 w $55 $50 $2905
22 L $55 -$55 $2850
23 L $115 -$115 $2735
24 L $187 -$187 $2548
25 w $332 $302 $2850
26 w $115 $105 $2955
27 L $55 -$55 $2900
28 L $115 -$115 $2785
29 w $187 $170 $2955
30 w $55 $50 $3005
903
After 30 days, with only one bet a day, you’ve made an easy $500 profit.
31 w $55 $50 $3055
32 L $55 -$55 $3000
33 L $115 -$115 $2885
34 w $187 $170 $3055
35 L $55 -$55 $3000
36 w $115 $105 $3105
37 L $55 -$55 $3050
38 w $115 $105 $3155
39 w $55 $50 $3205
40 L $55 -$55 $3150
41 w $115 $105 $3255
42 L $55 -$55 $3200
43 L $115 -$115 $3085
44 L $187 -$187 $2898
45 L $332 -$332 $2566
46 w $571 $519 $3085
47 w $187 $170 $3255
48 w $55 $50 $3305
49 L $55 -$55 $3250
50 L $115 -$115 $3135
51 L $187 -$187 $2948
52 w $332 $302 $3250
53 w $115 $105 $3355
904
54 w $55 $50 $3405

55 L $55 -$55 $3350
56 w $115 $105 $3455
57 w $55 $50 $3505
58 L $55 -$55 $3450
59 w $115 $105 $3555
60 L $55 -$55 $3500
After 2 months, you’ve made $1000 profit.
Now let’s look at the next month with a very bad W/R of 43.3% and some bad losing
streaks
61 L $55 -$55 $3445
62 w $115 $105 $3550
63 w $55 $50 $3600
64 L $55 -$55 $3545
65 L $115 -$115 $3430
66 L $187 -$187 $3243
67 w $332 $302 $3545
68 L $115 -$115 $3430
69 L $187 -$187 $3243
70 w $332 $302 $3545
71 L $115 -$115 $3430
72 w $187 $170 $3600
73 L $55 -$55 $3545
74 L $115 -$115 $3430
905
75 L $187 -$187 $3243

76 L $332 -$332 $2911
77 L $571 -$571 $2340
78 w $993 $903 $3243
79 w $332 $302 $3545
80 L $115 -$115 $3430
81 w $187 $170 $3600
82 w $55 $50 $3650
83 w $55 $50 $3700
84 L $55 -$55 $3645
85 L $115 -$115 $3530
86 L $187 -$187 $3343
87 w $332 $302 $3645
88 w $115 $105 $3750
89 L $55 -$55 $3695
90 w $115 $105 $3800
Now, you see that even with a poor W/R of 43.3%, you’ve made a profit of $300. Not
bad. With flat betting, you would have lost $258.50.
Let’s take a look now at a better month. Lets see if you hit 56% winning rate.
91 w $55 $50 $3850
92 L $55 -$55 $3795
93 w $115 $105 $3900
94 L $55 -$55$ $3845
95 w $115 $105 $3950
906
96 w $55 $50 $4000

97 w $55 $50 $4050
98 w $55 $50 $4100
99 w $55 $50 $4150
100 L $55 -$55$ $4095
101 L $115 -$115 $3980
102 L $187 -$187 $3793
103 w $332 $302 $4095
104 w $115 $105 $4200
105 L $55 -$55 $4145
106 L $115 -$115 $4030
107 w $187 $170 $4200
108 L $55 -$55 $4145
109 L $115 -$115 $4030
110 w $187 $170 $4200
111 w $55 $50 $4250
112 w $55 $50 $4300
113 w $55 $50 $4350
114 L $55 -$55 $4295
115 L $115 -$115 $4180
116 w $187 $170 $4350
117 L $55 -$55 $4295
118 L $115 -$115 $4180
119 w $187 $170 $4350
907
120 w $55 -$50 $4400

You can see that after 4 months, with a winning rate of 50%, a bad month, some losing
streak, you’ve made $1900 in pure profit.
Now, as soon as you doubled you bankroll ($5000 here), you start your session with a
target of $100. That means a bet of $110 at odds –110 (1.91).
You will be able to make an easy $1000 a month.
If you reach a point where your bet size is too high for you and you are reluctant to do so,
then split your bet into two equal numbers or into 3 equal numbers, by writing them
down and bet on the sum of the first two numbers. This will extend a bit the time of the
end of the run, but will avoid reaching a bet size that is too high for you.
908
System #9 Parlay Mod
This system is almost the same system as the parlay system. However, there is a little
difference with system #9. In fact, you will make more money with this parlay system
simply because you’ll add a specific amount after each lost.
Usually, this amount is the target you want to make.
The goal of the system is the that the other parlay. It’s to win just one parlay in a ten bet
series. This is only a 10% winning rate. So, if you can pick a winner within 10 picks (or
more if you have a bigger bankroll or you use underdogs), you make a profit.
First of all, stay away from parlay of more than 2 games. The more games you have in
your parlay, the lower will be the payout proportionally to your bet. This is normal and
this is how the sportsbooks are making their money.
Lets take a look at the chart for odds of –107 (1.93)
So, keep it simple and safe: ALWAYS USE A 2 TEAM PARLAY.
Who are you going to bet on ? Well, 2 strong underdogs whose payout is big or 2 money
line favorite with reasonable odds.
Now, I will explain exactly how the formula works with any kind of odds. It could be
underdogs or favourite. If you want to bet with the money line and different odds, you
909
will need to understand and use this formula. It’s a little bit more work but it works very
well.
However, if you bet on football or basketball using the spreads and all your odds are at
1.93 (-107), I will give you later, a series of 10 predetermined amount that you will be
able to use very easily.
For the moment, let’s see how that formula works.
The bet will be calculated with the odds offer by the bookmakers.
The formula is: B = (TL+(NB X P)) / ((GAME 1 X GAME 2) - 1)
B = Your bet
TL= Total lost
P= Profit you want to make
NB= Number of bet
As you can see, we add a new part to the formula which is NB X P. That mean every time
you calculate your new bet, you will add a new amount.
The result will be that you bet will be higher but when you win, you win a lot more
money. The later you win, the more money you make!
Step 1
Decide the amount you want to win.
Let’s say you want to make $25 on day 1 and the odds for the 2 games are –120 (1.83)
and +110 (2.10)
B= (0 + 25) / ((1.83 X 2.10) – 1) = $8.79
Your first bet is $8.79 for the parlay.
910
If you win, you make $25 profit. $8.79 X 1.83 X 2.1 - $8.79 = $25
You go to step 1
Step 2
Let’s say the odds for the 2 games are –140 (1.71) and +105 (2.05)
Now, you ad NB X P to the formula. NB is 2 because you’re at the second bet and P is
your initial target of $25.
2X25
B = ($8.79 + $50 ) / ((1.71 X 2.05) – 1) = $23.42
If you win, you make $50 profit. $23.42 x 1.71 X 2.05 – ($23.42 + $8.79) = $50
You go to step 1
Step 3
Let’s say the odds for day 3 are +120 (2.20) and –105 (1.95)
Now, you ad NB X P to the formula. NB is 3 because you’re at the third bet and P is your
initial target of $25.
3X25
B = ($8.79 + $23.42 + $75 ) / ((2.20 X 1.95 ) – 1) = $32.59
If you win, you make $75 profit. $32.59 X 2.20 X 1.95 – ($32.59+$23.42+$8.79) = $75
You go to step 1
Step 4
911
Continue the progression using the betting formula until you hit a parlay. When you’ll hit
a parlay, you’ll make a really good profit.
Remember the rules to follow:
4- When you hit a parlay anywhere in the series, you’ll make a very good profit.
5- If you lose, continue the series up to 10 bets and even more if you can afford.
I highly recommend this system. I use it everyday with my daily picks and it works very
well. I only have to hit just one parlay in the series to show a good profit. I love that!
Predetermined amount
If you want to bet against the spread, here the predetermined amount you need to use for
a 10 bet series.
The amounts are:
Bet 1=0.368A
Bet 2=0.871A
Bet 3=1.558A
Bet 4=2.5A
Bet 5=3.786A
Bet 6=5.545A
Bet 7=7.951A
Bet 8=11.242A
Bet 9=15.743A
912
Bet 10=21.898A
A is the first amount you want to win.
Here’s an example
For the purpose of this example, we will assume that we’re betting a 2 team parlay
against the spread in basketball or football. The odds will always be 3.72 (1.93 X 1.93 (-
107)).
We’ll also assume that we want to make $10 as our first parlay.
Day Wager W/L NET PROFIT IF A WIN
1 3.68 L -3.68 +10
2 8.71 L -12.39 +20
3 15.58 L -31.65 +30
4 25 L -52.97 +40
5 37.86 L -90.83 +50
6 55.45 L -146.28 +60
7 79.51 L -225.79 +70
8 112.42 L -338.21 +80
9 157.43 L -495.64 +90
10 218.98 W +100 +100
You finish your 10 days of betting with only one win out of 10. A winning ratio of only
10% and you make a profit of $100. Remember, it was with odds of 1.93. Now imagine
with odds of 2.50 for each team during the baseball season.
IMPORTANT
913
1) Keep on betting as long as your bankroll allow it to. If you experience a long losing
streak without hitting your win to close the series and you have lost near 50% of your
bankroll, maybe you should accept the lose and start a new series from the beginning.
2) In order to have the best success, use your 2 best picks of the day for your parlay.
3) If you have a big bankroll, you can run more series at the same time.
Conclusion - This powerful betting system allow you to make a good profit even if you
have winning rate as low as 4% during the baseball season if you use underdogs. You
have to do your homework but you will make a good profit.
This system can be used with any sports and with any kind of bets. You just have to
calculate the odds with the provided formula.
Again there are the rules to follow:
If you lose, continue the series up to 10 bets and even more if you can afford.
914
System #10 Parlay Reverse
This system is another system where we’ll use parlay. In fact this system is a combination
of parlay and straight bet. It is also called “The Reverse System”. This system is designed
to be used for football and basketball when you bet against the spreads and when the odds
are always 1.91 (-110) or 1.93 (-107).
You can play this system with 3 to 6 games a day. The beauty of this system is that even
if you have a bad day, you can still make money.
As example, if you bet on 3 games a day with flat betting, you need to win at least 2
games to make money. But with this system, even with a poor record of 0-3, you’ll make
money. The only way you can lose money is only if you go 1-2 (1 win out of 3). In any
other situation, you’ll come ahead.
Ok, here’s how it work.
The system is the same for 3, 4, 5, 6 or games. What you will do is simply bet 3 units on
each team you think will win. Than, you will also bet 2 units on a parlay with the other 3
teams.
Got it ?
Ok, here’s how the parlay pays at odds 1.93 (-107)
2 Teams Pays 3.74 3 Teams Pays 7.24 4 Teams Pays 14.01 5 Teams Pays 27.10 6 Teams
Pays 52.42
Now, if you go with a 3 team parlay, you will bet 3 units on each team you think will win
and 2 units on a reverse parlays with the 3 other teams.
3 units at odds 1.93 on team #1
915

2 units at odds 6.24 on the 3 other teams
If you win your 3 games
That means you win 3 games at 3 units X 1.93 and you lose 2 units on your parlay. So
this is:
2.79 + 2.79 + 2.79 – 2 = +6.37 units
If you win 2 games out of 3
That means you win 2 games at 3 units X 1.93 and you lose 3 units on the third game and
2 units on your parlay. So this is:
2.79 + 2.79 – 3 – 2 = +0.58 unit
If you win 1 game out of 3
That means you win 1 game at 3 X 1.93 and you lose 3 units on 2 games and 2 units on
your parlay. So this is:
2.79 – 3 – 3 – 2 = -5.21 units
If you lose your 3 games
That means you lose 3 units on 3 games and you win your 2 units parlay. So this is:
12.48 – 3 – 3 – 3 = +3.48 units
As you know, your chance to hit 2 games out of 3 are better at sports betting than for any
casino game. If you do your homework, you can hit 2 out of 3 very often. And if you
have a very bad day and you go 0-3, you’ll still make a profit.
Of course if you hit the perfection, 3 on 3, you make a good profit.
Remember, if you do your homework or if you use a good handicapper, you’ll hit 2/3
most often than 1/3.
916
Now, here’s the charts about what you can expect to win with different parlays.
3 team parlay
3 wins +6.37
2 wins +0.58
1 win -5.21
0 win +3.48
4 team parlay
4 wins +9.16
3 wins +3.37
2 wins -2.42
1 win -8.21
0 win +14.02
5 team parlay
5 wins +11.95
4 wins +6.16
3 wins +0.37
2 wins -5.42
1 win -11.21
0 win +37.20
6 team parlay
6 wins +14.74
5 wins +8.95
4 wins +3.16
3 wins -2.63
917
2 wins -8.42
1 win -14.21
0 win +84.84
Conclusion
Remember that this system is the same for 3, 4, 5, 6 or games. You will simply bet 3
units on each team you think will win. Also, you will bet 2 units on a parlay with the 3
other teams.
Like I said before, if you do your homework, you’ll hit 2-1 very often and if you hit 0-3
on a bad day, than bingo, you make money!
Good luck with this system.
918
System #11 Parlay Straights
This is a system that I really enjoy every month. This money management allows you to
set a specific amount that you want to win. You can chose to win this amount every
week, every month, 2 months, etc…
You can apply this system with parlay or with straight bet. For the moment, we will use
the parlay.
How does it works ? Well it is very simple.
Let’s say that you want to make $500 profit a month with your bets.
First, all you have to do is to is to create a series of 3 numbers which will total $500.
Also, the first and third number of the series must be the same and must be the double of
the second number. You can use a simple formula to calculate all the number.
This formula is : A = Amount you want to make / 5
Now for the first and the third number, it’s 2 X A
For the second number, it’s A
Example:
For $500, the 3 numbers will be:
A = 500 / 5
A = 100
First and third number = 2 X A = 200
Second number = A = 100
So the series will be:
200 – 100 – 200
919
for a total of 500

If the amount you want to make is $100, the series will be:
40 – 20 – 40
For a total of $100
Ok, now that your series is done, write down this series. So you have:
200 – 100 – 200
The only thing that you have to do is to eliminate the entire series by betting 2 team
parlay.
You will always start by eliminating the first and the third number of the series. To do so,
add these 2 numbers. In our case, that is 200 + 200 = 400.
So, now your target is 400. You have to place a 2 team parlay in order to win 400.
For the purpose of our example, let’s say that the odds are 1.93 (-107). That means a 2
team parlay will pay 3.74 (+274 ).
To calculate the amount you need to bet in order to win 400, use this simple formula:
Amount to bet = Amount to win / ( odds –1 )
So in our example, it’s
Amount to bet = 400 / (3.74 – 1 )
Amount to bet = 400 / 2.74
Amount to bet = 145.99
So, in order to win $400 with this 2 team parlay, you need to bet $145.99.
If you win the parlay, you would have eliminated the first and the third number you have
written down.
If you win the parlay, cross out those two numbers. It will looks like this:
200 – 100 – 200 91
920
This leaves you with:

100
Now the only thing you need to do is win a parlay that would win $100.
Ok, of course this is when everything go well. Now let’s say you lose your bet.
When you lose your bet, you will add your loses to your target.
If your series was:
200 – 100 – 200
And your bet was 145.99 in order to win 400 and you lose this bet, you add 145.99 to
your 500.
So, now you have a total of 645.99
After that, you breakdown this new amount into 3 numbers using the formula that I
showed you.
Your new series will be:
258.40 – 129.20 – 258.40
Again here, you new target will be the sum of the first and the second number.
Your new target will be 516.80
So, using the formula, in order to win 516.80 with a 2 team parlay at odds 1.93, your next
bet will be 188.61. If you win your bet, cross out those 2 numbers and this will leaves
you with:
129.20
Now, all you have to do is win a 2 team parlay that will win 129.20.
If you win this parlay, you would have made a $500 profit. When you’re left with only
one number, you can add your loses to this amount every time you lose and bet a 2 team
921
parlay in order to win this amount. However, if this amount goes to high, simply split this
amount into 3 numbers using the formula and start the process again.
Remember:
1) Chose the amount you want to make
4) When you hit the first parlay, cross out these 2 numbers and bet the amount you need
to bet in order to win the remaining number you have written down
5) When you lose a parlay, add the loses to the target and breakdown this amount into 3
part using the formula
6) When you have just one number left, add the loses the this number and bet a 2 team
parlay in order to win this amount.
7) If this amount goes to high, split this amount into 3 numbers using the formula and
start the process at the beginning.
8) When you hit 2 two team parlay, you will have eliminated the entire series and made
the profit determined by you
2) Use the formula to find create the 3 numbers series
3) Use the formula to find the amount to bet to win the total of the first and third number
of the series
922
System #12 Parlay Straight Bet
How does it works ? Well it is very simple.

Let’s say that you want to make $500 profit a month with your bets.
First, all you have to do is to is to create a series of 3 numbers which will total $500.
Also, the first and third number of the series must be the same and must be the double of
the second number. You can use a simple formula to calculate all the numbers.
This formula is : A = Amount you want to make / 5
Now for the first and the third number, it’s 2 X A
For the second number, it’s A
A = 500 / 5
A = 100
First and third number = 2 X A = 200
Second number = A = 100
So the series will be:
If the amount you want to make is $100, the series will be:
In the last system, I showed you how to set a monthly amount to win and use the system
by betting a 2 team parlay every day.
In system #12, I will show you how to use the same system with the straight bet. Of
course, your bets will be higher but you will win more often.
Example:
For $500, the 3 numbers will be:
200 – 100 – 200
923
for a total of 500

40 – 20 – 40
For a total of $100
Ok, now that your series is done, write down this series. So you have:
200 – 100 – 200
You will always start by eliminating the first and the third number of the series. To do so,
add these 2 numbers. In our case, that is 200 + 200 = 400.
If you win you bet, cross out those two numbers. It will looks like this:
200 – 100 – 200
The only thing that you have to do is to eliminate the entire series by making straight
bets.
So, now your target is 400. You have to place a straight bet in order to win 400.
For the purpose of our example, let’s say that the odds are 1.93 (-107).
To calculate the amount you need to bet in order to win 400, use this simple formula:
Amount to bet = Amount to win / ( odds –1 )
So in our example, it’s…
Amount to bet = 400 / (1.93 – 1 )
Amount to bet = 400 / 0.93
Amount to bet = 430.10
So, in order to win $400 with this straight bet, you need to bet $430.10.
If you win your bet, you would have eliminated the first and the third number you have
written down.
This leave you with:
100
924
Now the only thing you need to do is win a straight bet that would win $100.
Ok, of course this is when everything go well. Now let’s say you lose your bet.
When you lose your bet, you will add your loses to your target.
If your series was:
So, now you have a total of 930.10
After that, you breakdown this new amount into 3 numbers using the formula that I
showed you.
Your new series will be:
372.04 – 186.02 – 372.04
Again here, your new target will be the sum of the first and the second number.
Your new target will be 744.08
186.02
Now, all you have to do is win a straight bet that will win 186.02.
If you win this straight bet, you would have made a $500 profit.
200 – 100 – 200
And you bet was 430.10 in order to win 400 and you lose this bet, you add 430.10 to your
initial 500.
So, using the formula, in order to win 744.08 with a straight bet at odds 1.93, your next
bet will be 800.08.
If you win your bet, cross out those 2 numbers and this will leaves you with:
When you’re left with only one number, you can add your loses to this amount every
time you lose and make a straight bet in order to win this amount.
However, if this amount goes to high, simply split this amount into 3 numbers using the
formula and start the process again.
925
1) Chose the amount you want to make

2) Use the formula to find create the 3 numbers series
3) Use the formula to find the amount to bet to win the total of the first and third number
of the series
4) When you hit the first straight bet, cross out these 2 numbers and bet the amount you
need to bet in order to win the remaining number you have written down
5) When you lose a straight bet, add the loses to the target and breakdown this amount
into 3 part using the formula
6) When you have just one number left, add the loses the this number and make a straight
bet in order to win this amount.
This system works very well when you bet on a good underdog with odds over 2.00
(+100) or with the run line or the points line. It will keeps your bets low.
Also, if you think that your bets goes to high, you just have to breakdown this amount
into 4 or five equal numbers instead of 3. The secret is to always eliminate the first and
the last number.
So, in our last example, if betting $800 is to high, you take the 930.10 and split it into 4
equal part of 232.52.
232.52 – 232.52 – 232.52 – 232.52
Remember:
7) If this amount goes to high, split this amount into 3 numbers using the formula and
start the process at the beginning.
8) When you hit 2 straight bets, you will have eliminated the entire series and made the
profit determined by you.
So, your next target becomes 232.52 + 232.52 = 465.04
926
Your next bet to eliminate the first and last number is 465.04 / 0.93 =
500.04
If you win this straight bet, this leaves you with:
232.52 – 232.52 – 232.52 – 232.52
Now, repeat the same process gain.
927
System #13 Martingale Mod
Well, this system is a very simple, yet effective winning strategy. In fact, this system is
about a very classic money management system, the Martingale double up system, that
most of educated gamblers are convinced that using this method brings to disaster.
Honestly, this is absolutely true. If you use Martingale, it will eventually deteriorate your
bankroll, despite the fact that you have been accumulating steady 1 unit profits over some
time. If you limit the martingale to 3 to 5 steps in favorable situations, you can still make
profits without severely damaging your bankroll. A 3 step Martingale risks 7 units and a
5 step Martingale risks 31 units (1 + 2 + 4 + 8 + 16).
However, there is a way to use the martingale at sports betting in order to perform very
well. The trick is to use a pre-determined series of Win/Lose games.
If you have a pre-determined Win/Lose betting sequence of 5 steps (say W, L, L, W, W)
what are the chances that you will be right on all 5 bets. The answer is 50% (or 1/2)
multiplied 5 times by itself, or 1 in 32.
That means that if you tell yourself that for the next 5 bets you will be betting W, L, L,
W, W regardless of the outcomes of the games, there is 1/32 probability that you will be
hitting all your bets right. This is a very low probability.
However, the opposite is also true, that the probability of hitting all your 5 bets wrong is
also 1 in 32. That means, that if you use a pre-determined sequence of W, L, L, W, W, by
using a 5 step Martingale betting method, you have a 31/32 or 97% chance that one of the
5 bets will hit right. Now this is a very high probability.
928
One important thing that you should know is that it is not unlikely to get the exact
opposite pattern: L, W, W, L, L even if it will happen 3% of the time. The fact is, if you
bet your pattern (W, L, L, W, W) continuously, statistically you should hit the opposite
pattern within the next 32 bets. The result would be the lost of all your winnings. We
don’t want this to happen.
So, the strategy will be to change the pattern after every winning sequence. This way you
will be attacking the next 5 bets, with an equal probability of 97% winning chances from
session to session.
This system works very well for all sports. However, what I like is to use this system
during the baseball season. The reasons are simple. There is a lot of winning and losing
streak in the MLB and with that in mind, most of the time use the simple series of bets
(W, L, W, L, W, L).
So, when you select a team and apply this series to the system, chance are in your favor
because this is a pattern that will not happen very often is the MLB.
Also, another fact is that 44% of all games are won by the underdogs. So, if your bet
must be on the underdog or if you use the run line –1.5 for the favorite, your bet will stay
very low and you will be able to use a 7 – 9 step martingale very comfortably.
Remember that when you use a martingale at sports betting, your next bet is always the
sum of all your loses. Simply because the odds are never always the same. It is not like in
a real casino.
But, you can use this system with any sports.
Now, let me refresh your mind about how works the martingale at sports betting.
Remember the series 1-2-4-8-16
You bet 1 and you lose. You bet the sum of all your loses (1) plus 1. So, the next bet is 2.
929
You bet 2 and you lose. You bet the sum of all your loses (1+2) plus 1. So, the next bet is
4.
You bet 4 and you lose. You bet the sum of all your loses (1+2+4) plus 1. So, the next bet
is 8.
You bet 8 and you lose. You bet the sum of all your loses (1+2+4+8) plus 1. So, the next
bet is 16.
You bet 16 and you win. Profit 16-(1+2+4+8) = 1 unit.
What is a martingale ?
I know that you know that. A martingale is a double up system to end a losing series with
1 unit profit. But why are we doubling up our bets ? Simply because in reality, when you
use a martingale, you always bet the sum of all your loses plus one unit.
Do you clearly understand how works the martingale ? It is not a double up system, it is a
“total lost plus 1” system!
If you think about it, you’ll realise that you can use a martingale with any kind of bets
and odds. If you want to bet only on the Yankees at 1.50 (-200), here how it works.
You want to win $10. You place a bet of $20 (10/(1.50-1). You lose.
Your next bet is $20+$10 = $30 / (1.50-1) = $60. You lose.
Your next bet is $20+$60+$10 = $90 / (1.50-1) = $180.
Etc…
Let’s take the Florida Marlins as example.
We will use this predetermined session: W, L, W, L, W
August 25, 2004
Marlins / Giants
(-1.5) 2.53 / 2.22
930
As for our first bet, we will place a bet on the Marlins because the predetermined series
tell us to do that.
$100 / (2.53 –1 ) = $65.36
We place a bet of $65.36 on the Marlins at (-1.5) 2.53
Result: Marlins (5) / Giants (6)
We lose our bet.
Got it ?
Now, let’s see an example to clearly see how it works. Let’s say we want to win $100
every session.
The bet:
We want to win $100 at odds 2.53
August 26, 2004
So, we will place a bet on the Giants.
The bet will be the sum of all our loses plus the amount we want to make ($100) / odds -
1.
$65.36 + $100 / 2.46 –1
$165.36 / 1.46 = $113.26
So, we will place a bet of $113.26 on the Giants.
Result: Marlins (0) / Giants (5)
Remember
1) Chose a series you wan to use like (W, L, L, L, W) or anything else. Chose the amount
you want to make with this series.
2) Select a team that you will use to place your bets using the predetermined series.
3) Place your bet for or against the team you’ve selected in order to follow the series.
931
4) Use the money line if the odds for “action” are too low.
Marlins / Giants
(-1.5) 2.34 / 2.46
For the second bet, we will place a bet against the Marlins, because the series tell us to do
that. Remember the series is W, L ,W, L, W.
We win our bet. We clear our loses and make a $100 profit.
When you win the session, start another one with the same team or with another team.
You can use the same series or use another one.
5) If you lose a bet, follow the progression by adding all your loses plus the amount you
want to make and calculate your next bet using the formula.
6) If you win your bet, start another session with the same team or another team. Start at
step 1.
932
System #14 Straight Bet Rows
In this system, the goal is very simple. You will follow a predetermined series of 8 or 10
bets and as soon as you win 2 bets in a row, you will make a profit.
We will use straight bet for this system. Depending on where you are in the series, when
you lose a bet, you will move up to the next predetermined amount in the series and you
will bet this amount. If you win this bet, you will parlay the winnings plus the bet. If you
win this second bet, you clear all the loses and end the session with a profit.
There is 2 series that you can use with this system. The first series is a 8 number series
and allows you to make a bigger profit when you hit 2 wins in a row.
10 – 20 – 30 – 40 – 50 – 60 – 90 - 120
10 – 5 – 7 – 10 – 14 – 19 – 25 – 35 – 50 – 70
Now, here what you can expect to win following these 2 series with odds 1.93 (-107).
8 number series:
Bet Number Bet Profit
1 10 9.30 or 27.20
2 20 8.60 or 44.40
3 30 51.74
The second series is a 10 number series and you make a smaller profit but you can resist a
longer losing streak.
The 2 series are:
4 40 48.80
5 50 36.00
933
6 60 13.20
7 90 34.80
8 120 26.40
10 number series:
Bet Number Bet Profit
1 10 9.30 or 27.20
2 5 3.60
3 7 4.04
4 10 5.20
5 14 6.08
6 19 5.68
7 25 3.00
8 35 5.20
9 50 11.00
10 70 15.40
When you hit 2 wins in a row in one of these series, you make a profit.
Now, here’s the rules to follow:
1) Use one of these 2 series:
10 – 20 – 30 – 40 – 50 – 60 – 90 - 120
or
10 – 5 – 7 – 10 – 14 – 19 – 25 – 35 – 50 – 70
2) First of all, place a straight bet using the first number of the series. If this bet wins, you
have two option:
- Take the winnings and start another series.
934
- Parlay your winnings plus the previous bet in order to make more money. It’s your own
choice.
3) If you lose your first bet, move up to the next number in the series and place this bet.
4) If you win this first bet, parlay the winnings and your previous bet. If you win this
second bet, you make a profit. If you lose your first or your second bet, move up to the
next numbers in the series.
5) When you win two bets in a row, you start a new series.
Now, in order to help you understand this system, let’s see how it works.
We’ll use the 8 number series and we’ll assume the odds are 1.93 (-107). (This system
work very well with odds 1.91 (-110)).
Ok….the series is 10 – 20 – 30 – 40 – 50 – 60 – 90 - 120
Day 1
You place a bet of $10. You win.
Now, you have the choice to take the profit and add it to your bankroll or try to parlay
this amount to make a bigger profit.
Let’s say you decide to parlay your winnings plus your initial bet. So, it’s a total of
$19.30.
Day 2
You bet $19.30 and you lose. In reality, you lose only $10 because the $9.30 was the
profit from your first bet. You’re at -$10.
Day 3
You move up to the next number in the series which is 20. You bet $20. You lose. Now
you’re at -$30.
Day 4
935
You move up to the next number in the series which is 30. You bet $30. You win. So you
win $27.90 but you still -$2.10 in the hole!
Day 5
You parlay your winnings plus the previous bet. So the next bet will be $27.90 + $30 =
$57.90. You lose. Now you’ve lost a total of $60.
Day 6
You move up to the next number in the series which is 40. You bet $40. You lose. You’re
at -$100.
Day 7
You move up to the next number in the series which is 50. You bet $50. You win. So,
you win $46.50 but you still -$53.50 in the hole!
Day 8
You parlay your winnings plus the previous bet. So, the next bet will be $46.50 + 50 =
$96.50. You win.
So, you win $186.25 - $96.50 - $53.50 = +$36.25
You make a profit of $36.25.
Now, you can start a new series with the first number in the series.
If you want to make more money with this series, multiply each number by 2 or 3. You
will have a series like:
30 – 60 – 90 – 120 – 150 – 180 – 270 – 360
or if the series is too high, you can use a series like:
2– 4 – 6 – 8 – 10 – 12 – 18 – 24
936
If you want to use the 10 number series, it is the same rules. The only difference is that
you will make a smaller profit but you will be able to resist a longer losing streak and
you’ll also risk a smaller part of your bankroll.
937
System #15 The Grand March
This system was designed for casino games but can be modified for sports betting and
can be very profitable. This system can even make you profit with a low winning rate of
only 15%-20%. The goal of the system is to give you a unit profit even after a bad losing
streak. Here’s how it work.
First, you’ll need to choose a betting units. This is the amount you want to make after
each session. My advise to you is to use a small betting unit in order to resist a long
losing streak and come up with a profit. When your betting units is decided, you can start
to bet using the system. You will start by betting one unit. If you win, you take the profit
and add it to your bankroll and you start another session. If you lose, you increase your
bet by one unit, so you bet 2 units. You will increase your bet by one unit every time you
lose a bet. When you win, you will calculate the amount you need to bet in order to clear
the loses and make a unit profit. So, the next bet is the sum of all the loses plus + unit.
If you lose that second bet, you will have to calculate the unit value you are in the
progression and add 1 unit to it. You place your bet following the same progression.
I know it sounds difficult to understand but we’ll see an example right now to understand
how it work. You’ll see with this example that this system is very easy to understand.
Example:
Let’s assume that all the odds are always 1.93 (-107).
Day #1
You decide that the a unit = $5
You first place a bet of $5. You lose your bet. So, you’re down -$5.
938
Day #2
The second day, you increase your betting unit by 1. So, you’ll place a bet of 2 units. The
next bet will be $10. You lose. You’re down -$15.
Day #3
You increase your betting unit by 1. So, you’ll place a bet of 3 units. The next bet will be
$15. You lose. You’re down -$30.
Day #4
You increase your betting unit by 1. You’ll place a bet of 4 units. The next bet will be
$20. You win. So you win $18.60 but you still -$11.40 in the hole.
Day #5
Now, you will need to calculate the next bet in order to win all your loses plus 1 unit.
So, $11.40 + $5 = $16.40.
You need to win $16.40. So, the next bet is $16.40 / odds – 1
$16.40 / (1.93 –1 ) = $17.63
Your next bet is $17.63. You lose. You’re down -$29.03.
Day #6
Now that you’ve lost the last bet, you need to know at what stage of the progression you
are. To do so, you just have to take all your loses and divided by your betting unit.
So, here it’s 29.03 / 5 = 5.8
The you round it to 6 and you add one unit. So the next bet is 7 units (6+1). Your next bet
is $35. You lose. You’re down -$64.03.
Day #7
You increase your betting unit by 1. So, the next bet will be 8 units. You place a bet of
$40. You lose. You’re down -$104.03.
939
Day #8
You increase your betting unit by 1. So, the next bet will be 9 units. You place a bet of
$45. You win. Now, you’re down -$62.18.
Day #9
Now, you will need to calculate the next bet in order to win all your loses plus 1 unit.
So, $62.18 + $5 = $67.18.
You need to win $67.18. So, the next bet is $67.18 / odds – 1
$67.18 / (1.93 –1 ) = $72.24
Your next bet is $72.24. You win. You clear all your loses and make a unit profit. That is
$5.
Now you see that even with a bad winning rate of 30%, 3 wins out of 9, you still make a
profit.
Here’s a little chart just to illustrate the last example:
Day Unit Bet W/L Total
1 1 5 L -5
2 2 10 L -15
3 3 15 L -30
4 4 20 W -11.40
5 - 17.63 L -29.03
6 7 35 L -64.03
7 8 40 L -104.03
8 9 45 W -62.18
9 - 72.24 W +5.00
Now, remember…
940
1) Chose a betting unit. This is the amount you want to make when you win a session.
The smaller is your betting unit, longer you will resist long losing streaks.
2) Place a first bet of one unit.
3) If you win this first bet, collect the profit and add it to your bankroll. Start another
series.
4) If you lose, increase your bet by 1 unit.
5) If you lose again, keep increasing your bets by 1 unit until a win.
6) When you win, calculate the amount you need to bet in order to clear all your loses
plus 1 unit profit. Place this bet.
7) If you win this bet, you end the session with 1 unit profit and you can start another
one.
8) If you lose that bet, you need to calculate at what stage you are in the progression. You
do so by dividing your total lost by your unit value. The result is the unit you are in the
progression. Round up this number and add 1 unit. This is your next bet.
9) Continue the progression until 2 wins in a row following the previous rules.
Good luck with this system!
941
System #16 Baseball Streaks
The next system is especially designed for baseball. That means that you can’t use this
system with other sports through out the year. However, I can guarantee you that you’ll
be very happy every April of each year when the MLB season will start.
You’ll see that this system is simply amazing. Since I discovered this system, I play it
every baseball season and I always have incredible results. It’s just wonderful.
The concept of this system is very simple but very powerful. A fact that you may know is
that in the MLB, there is a lot of winning streaks and losing streaks for almost every
team. That is what we will use in this system.
What you will do is bet on a team while they’re on a winning streak or bet on a team
while they’re on a losing streak.
All you have to do is pick a team anytime of the year that you think will have a winning
streak or a losing streak. However, my advise to you would be to don’t pick a team that is
a dynasty like the New York Yankees, The Red Sox or The Atlanta Braves. The reason is
very simple. The bookmakers know that people are always betting on these team and the
odds will be against you. Remember that the odds value are all about public perception.
All right…when you picked your team, you’ll wait for a specific signal. As you may
know, there is a lot of casino system that use this kind of notion. You have to wait for a
signal in order to start the system. There is some roulette systems where you have to wait
for a signal like 4 reds in a row or 3 even numbers in a row or a dozen that doesn’t show
for 10 spins in order to make a bet.
942
Well, it is the same thing with this system but in sports betting like in baseball, there is
some facts that are very different than in every casino games. One of these fact is about
the winning streaks and the losing streaks. You can use these facts against the
sportsbooks.
Ok…so, when you have chosen your team, you wait for a signal. If you think that your
team will have a winning streak, you wait for a win of your team. If you think that your
team will suffer a losing streak, you wait for a lose of that team. When this signal occurs,
it’s time to place your bet.
This will allows you to catch your team when they enter in a winning or losing streak.
Your session will be over when a winning team loe a game or when a losing team win a
game.
You will make 1 to 3 bet on this team on the money line in amounts that you need to win
a predetermined amounts in the series. These amounts are X, X, 1/2X (or 0.5X).
IMPORTANT:
The series doesn’t end until you win 3 bets in a row or lose 1 bet. In this case, you pocket
the profit you made and you wait for another signal to occur.
If you’ve selected a team to lose 3 game in a row, the session end when they loses 3 game
in a row or when they win one game.
Ok, now let’s see how this really work.
The formula is very simple, X, X, 0.5X
First of all, you need to know the amount you want to bet. If you want to play with a
$100 unit, the formula will be:
100 – 100 – 50
If you find this amount too high, you can choose any amount you feel comfortable with.
943
Now, here’s how it works:

First, select a team you think will win. You can do the same with a team you think will
lose.
Wait for a signal. If you go with a winning team, wait for a win. If you go with a losing
team, wait for a lose.
When the signal happens, place the necessary bet in order to win your first amount of
$100.
If you first bet wins, place a second bet in order to win the second amount in the series
which is $100.
If you win your second bet, place a third bet in order to win the third predetermined
amount of $50.
If you win your third bet, the session is over. Add your profit to your bankroll and wait
for another signal for the same team or another one.
If you lose your first bet, start a new session by tracking a new signal and start another
series.
In fact, you wait for a signal, you bet following the formula until you win 3 game in a
row or lose one game. Simple as that.
Now to see how it works in the “Real Life”, let’s take a look at the Houston Astros from
August 6th to September 6th 2004.
Game Line Bet Win W/L Profit
1 1.36 - - W -
2 1.80 125 100 L -$125
Run Line
3 1.78 - - L -$125
944
Run Line
4 2.10 - - L -$125
5 1.55 - - W -$125
6 2.20 84 100 L -$209
7 1.51 - - L -$209
8 1.97 - - L -$209
9 2.25 - - W -$209
10 1.78 129 100 W -$109
11 1.68 147 100 W -$9
12 2.08 47 50 W +$41
You start to track the Astros for a win. This happens at game #1. So, you start to bet on
them at game 2 but you lose. Now, you have to accept the lose and wait for another
signal. The second signal happens at game #5. The next game you start to bet but you
lose again. Again, you have to accept the lose and wait for another signal.
The third signal happens at game #9. You start to bet on the Astros at game #10 and you
win 3 game in a row following the formula 100, 100, 50. You end the session with a clear
profit of $41.
13 1.82 - - L +$41
14 2.45 - - W +$41
15 1.83 120 100 L -$79
16 1.57 - - W -$79
17 1.89 113 100 W +$21
18 1.98 102 100 W +$123
945
19 2.80 28 50 L +$95
As you can see, you wait for another signal of one win and this happens at game #14. So,
you start betting at game #15 but you lose. You have to accept the lose and wait for
another signal that happens at game #16. You start to place your bet at game # 17 and
you win 2 in a row. The third bet of $50 is lost but you make a good profit from the
previous bet and end the session with a total profit of $95.
20 2.30 - - W +$95
21 2.26 80 100 W +$195
22 2.19 84 100 W +$295
23 2.65 30 50 W +$345
You wait for the signal and it happens at game #20. You end the session with 3 wins in a
row. So, you wait for another signal.
24 1.83 - - W +$345
25 1.91 110 100 W +$445
26 1.50 200 100 W +$545
27 1.61 82 50 W +$595
Again here you win 3 game in a row and your total profit is $595. You wait for another
signal.
28 1.57 - - W +$595
29 1.55 182 100 W +$695
30 1.56 182 100 W +$795
946
31 1.61 100 50 W +$845

Run Line
As you can see, you end another session with 3 wins in a row and you end one month of
plays with a clear profit of $845. Of course the Astros had a long winning rate of 10
games in a row but this kind of things happens really often in the MLB.
As you can see in the example, you can also use the run line when you place a bet. When
the odds are too low (like 1.30 (-300)) and you back your team 100% that they can win
by at least 2 runs, take the run line. You will have better odds.
Conclusion
1) First, select a team you think will win. You can do the same with a team you think will
lose.
2) Wait for a signal. If you go with a winning team, wait for a win. If you go with a
losing team, wait for a lose.
3) When the signal happens, place the necessary bet in order to win your first amount of
$100.
4) If you first bet wins, place a second bet in order to win the second amount in the series
which is $100.
5) If you win your second bet, place a third bet in order to win the third predetermined
amount of $50.
6) If you win your third bet, the session is over. Add your profit to your bankroll and wait
for another signal for the same team or another one.
7) If you lose your first bet, start a new session by tracking a new signal and start another
series.
947
In fact, you wait for a signal, you bet following the formula until you win 3 games in a
row or lose one game. Simple as that.
Another thing that is important is that even if you win game in a row (your first two bets),
if the odds of you third game are very low like 1.33 (-300), you can end the session right
now. You don’t need to risk $150 to win $50 if you won the 2 previous bet. You have a
chance to lose a big part of your winnings.
948
System #17 Going Streaks
Alright…we’ll still in the MLB streaks for the other system. However, this next system
can be use for any kind of sports but it is perfect for baseball because of the fact that most
of the team have winning and losing streak.
So, in this chapter, I just want to give a little but how much powerful system that every
part time sports gambler should know.
I know that there is a lot of baseball fans so, that’s why the examples will be about
baseball but you can always use this system with any sports. However, baseball offers the
most possibilities.
So…here we go…
Summer is the time to bet on baseball. Of course, in North America, this is the only
sports that we can bet on everyday during the summer. But if you know some little but
very important things, you can make a lot of money with the MLB.
First thing you need to know is that it’s time to bet on underdogs. Yes, absolutely.
During the regular season, each of the 30 team will play 162 games. This is a possibility
of 4860 games to bet on. Of these 4860 games, 44% WILL BE WON BY THE
UNDERDOGS. This is an amazing fact.
Every 100 game, over 40 games are won by an underdog with odds over 2.00 ( +100).
Another fact. Take the MLB stats and you’ll see that most of the time, a team will win
more than one game in a row. You will see a team wins 7 to 10 games in a row many
times a year. This kind of pattern only happen in the MLB. Why ? This is baseball!
Another reason is the number of game.
949
Ok, here’s a little system I use every baseball season and I have a lot of success. We will
use the 2 facts above and a system called “Let It Ride”.
We will simply invest a little amount and if we win, we will use the profit to bet on
another game on the same team. You can do it as many time as you want and snowball
your profit. But I think that 3 to 4 times is perfect.
Does this system works ?
Remember the 2004 season when the Tampa Bay Devil Rays won 12 games in a row as
underdog ?
Well, my friend, if you would be at Las Vegas, you would have turned $10 into over
$500,000 within 2 weeks. Yes. This is money!
Of course it takes some luck because this is gambling but you can be assured that
someone did it for this winning streak.
As for myself, I like to try a 10 game winning streak. Couple of weeks ago, that’s what I
did with the Pittsburgh Pirates. They were hot for a couple of days and they were 3-0
when I started to bet on them. They were always underdog.
You know the results. They won 10 games in a row and for an initial bet of $10, I made
over $3000 in pure profit. Was I lucky ? Yes of course, but if you don’t try it, you’ll
never make it. Simple as that.
However, if you want to make a good profit over the baseball season with this system,
here’s what you should do.
First, never bet “let it ride” for more than 4 games in a row.
Second, bet on the teams with an average between .450 and .550. If you want to bet on
teams that play over .550 like the Yankees or the Red Sox, use the run line of –1.5.
950
Third, always bet the same amount each game until a win. When you win, let it ride for 4
games and collect the profit. Then start again.
There is a lot of possibility every week.
Just look at how many team have a 4 wins streak at
http://msn.foxsports.com/mlb/standings.
Now, here’s how it works.
Instead of buying a lottery ticket every week, take a little $10 and pick a team that can
easily win 4 games in a row. Let’s take the Yankees as example.
Let’s say we take them with the run line of –1.5 because they are always (most of the
time) an heavy favourite.
Let’s say that the odds are in average 2.15
First game, you place a $10 bet at 2.15
You win. Now you have $21.50 to bet.
Game #2, you place your $21.50 bet at 2.15.
Game #3, you place a $46.22 bet at 2.15
Game #4, you place your $99.37 bet at 2.15.
You win.
Total won = $213.64
Not bad for a small $10! And the good thing is that if you lose, you lose only $10!
Of course, you’ll not win every time but you’ll make more money with this system than
taking a lottery ticket! Good luck and have fun!
951
System #18 Underdogs
The next system is a system that use underdogs. This system is especially designed for
betting on baseball. In other words, you will bet on baseball underdogs.
One very important thing that you should remember is that sports gambler loves their
favorites. Oddsmakers know this and they know that the natural tendency of almost every
sports gamblers is to think that the spreads, set by oddsmakers, represents how much a
team is favored to win the game.
Well, the fact is that oddsmakers set the spreads based on public perception with the goal
of getting 50% of bettors to bet on each team (each side). By doing this, sportsbooks are
come out ahead no matter who win the game.
Now, I’ll keep this chapter short and to the point.
One thing you should know is that a lot of pro sports gamblers are using this system to
make thousands of dollars every month with this system.
Fact: In baseball, there is a law of average showing that over an entire season, underdogs
will beat favorites about 4 games out of 9 (44%). Even with money lines of 2.25, 2.35,
2.50.
Example:
If you bet $25 on 9 underdogs with odds of 2.35 (+135), you will make 4 X $25 X 2.35 =
$235 – 9 X $25 = $225. So you end with a profit of $10.
So, in order to help you select the best underdogs and this way, make more money, you
will have to follow 3 simple rules in your selection of underdogs.
3 Rules to follow:
952
1) You must eliminate the game where the underdog has lost 3 or more games in a row or
the favorite has won 3 or more games in a row. Remember that every baseball team face
some long losing streaks as well as long winning streaks.
2) Eliminate games where the money line for the underdog are higher then 2.50 (+150). If
this is the case, there is a reason and you must avoid these games.
3) Eliminate games where the underdog is facing a very good pitcher. If they’re facing a
pitcher who’s in the top 20 of the MLB, move on to another selection. You can use any
newspaper as well as a lot of web sites to have access to this information. www.tsn.com
is a good one. The pitchers standing must be according to earned-run average (ERA).
So, everyday, if you follow these 3 rules on a day with as many as 15 games, you should
be left with between 3 and 9 underdogs team to bet on.
Amount to bet:
It is really up to you. Betting around 1.25% to 2.5% of your bankroll is ok. So, if you
have a $1000 bankroll, 2.5% means that you will bet $25 a game.
Now everyday, all you have to do is check the MLB schedule and eliminate the games
following the 3 rules.
After that, you’re ready to bet !
Now, let’s see an example. We’ll take a look at a real week just to see how it works.
Day 1
Monday September 6, 2004
Atlanta (1.81) vs Philadelphia (2.13)
The underdog Philadelphia had won 3 in a row and the favorite had lost 1. The pitcher
isn’t in the top 20. So, we bet $25 on the Philadelphia. Result: Brave 3, Phillies 1. We
lost $25.
953
Astros (1.56) VS Reds (2.63)

Money line odds on Reds are too high. There is no play.
Pittsburgh (1.67) VS Milwaukee (2.35)
No team is on a streak. The pitcher isn’t in the top 20 and the odds are ok. So, we bet $25
on the Brewers. Result: Pirates 5, Brewers 9. Profit +$33.75
Chicago (1.33) VS Expos (3.70)
Money line odds on the Expos are too high. There is no play.
San Diego (2.42) VS St-Louis (1.64)
The cards won their 9 last games so there is no play.
Yankees (1.30) VS Devil Rays (3.90)
Money line odds on the Devil Rays are too high. There is no play.
Detroit (1.49) VS Kansas city (2.85)
Money line odds on the Royals are too high. There is no play.
Baltimore (1.79) VS Minnesota (2.17)
No team is on a streak and the pitcher is not in the top 20. We bet $25 on the Twins.
Result: Orioles 4, Twins 1. Profit -$25
Texas (1.42) VS Chicago (3.15)
The odds on the White Sox are too high. There is no play.
Seattle (2.22) VS Cleveland (1.76)
The Mariners lost their 5 last game so, there is no play.
Oakland (1.79) VS Boston (2.16)
No team are in a streak and the pitcher is not in the top 20. So, we bet $25 on the Red
Sox. Result: Red Sox 8, Athletics 3. Profit +$29
Record for Day 1
954
WIN LOSE PROFIT TOTAL PROFIT

2 2 +$12.75 +$12.75
Day 2
Tuesday, September 7, 2004
Pirates lost their 5 last game. There is no play.
Florida (1.48) VS New York (2.88)
The odds on the Mets are too high. There is no play.
Atlanta (1.55) VS Philadelphia (2.61)
The odds on the Phillies are too high. There is no play.
Chicago (1.31) VS Montreal (3.85)
The odds on the Expos are too high. There is no play.
Houston (1.30) VS Cincinnati (3.95)
The odds on the Reds are too high. There is no play.
Colorado (2.70) VS San Francisco (1.53)
The odds on the Rockies are too high. There is no play.
San Diego (2.17) VS St Louis (1.79)
The Cards pitcher is in the top 20. There is no play.
Los Angeles (1.49) VS Arizona (2.85)
The odds on the Diamondbacks are too high. There is no play.
New York (1.29) VS Tampa Bay (4.04)
The odds on the Devil Rays are too high. There is no play.
955
The teams are not on a streak. The pitcher is not in the top 20. So, we bet $25 on the
Orioles. Result: Twins 3, Orioles 1. Profit -$25.
Detroit (1.42) VS Kansas City (3.15)
The odds on the Royals are too high. There is no play.
Texas (1.59) VS Chicago (2.55)
The odds on the White Sox are too high. There is no play.
Derek Lowe is in the top 20. There is no play.
Anaheim (1.39) VS Toronto (3.25)
The odds on the Jays are too high. There is no play.
Record for Day 2
0 1 -$25 -$12.25
Day 3
Wednesday, September 8, 2004
Houston (1.29) VS Cincinnati (4.12)
The odds on the Reds are too high. There is no play.
San Diego (2.32) VS St Louis (1.70)
The odds are ok. No team is on a streak. Matt Morris is not in the top 20. We bet $25 on
the Padres. Result: Padres 10, Cards 5. Profit +$33.
Oliver Perez is in the top 20. There is no play.
956
No team are on a streak. Mike Hampton is not in the top 20. We bet $25 on the Phillies.
Result: Phillies 4, Braves 1. Profit +$35.50
Florida (1.33) VS New York (3.70)
The odds on the Mets are too high. No play.
Chicago (1.29) VS Montreal (4.12)
The odds on Montreal are too high. No play.
Colorado (2.03) VS San Francisco (1.88)
No team are on a streak. Kirk Rueter isn’t in the top 20. We bet $25 on the Rockies.
Result: Giants 5, Rockies 3. Profit -$25.
The odds on the Diamondbacks are too high. No play.
New York Yankees (1.40) VS Tampa Bay (3.25)
The odds on the Devil Rays are too high. No play.
The odds on the Twins are too high. No play.
The odds on the Royals are too high. No play.
Texas (1.94) VS Chicago WS (1.96)
No team are on a streak. John Wasdin isn’t in the top 20. We bet $25 on the White Sox.
Result: Rangers 2, White Sox 5. Profit +$24
Seattle (2.15) VS Cleveland (1.80)
No team are on a streak. Lee Cliff isn’t in the top 20. We bet $25 on the Mariners. Result:
Indians 9, Mariners 5. Profit -$25.
957
Pedro Martinez in the top 20. There is no play.

The odds are too high on the Jays. No play.
Record for Day 3
3 2 +$42.50 +$30.25
Day 4
Thursday, September 9, 2004
Pittsburgh (1.94) VS Houston (1.96)
No team are on a streak. Oliver Perez is in the top 20. No play.
No team are on a streak. Tim Redding isn’t in the top 20. We bet $25. Result: Astros 9,
Pirates 2. Profit -$25.
Cincinnati (1.76) VS Milwaukee (2.22)
No team are on a streak. Brandon Clausen isn’t in the top 20. We bet $25 on the Brewers.
Result: Brewers 7, Reds 2. Profit +$30.50.
No team are on a streak. Russ Ortiz isn’t in the top 20. We bet $25 on the Phillies. Result:
Phillies 9, Braves 4. Profit +$38.75
Colorado (1.95) VS San Diego (1.95)
The odds are the same. No play.
958
The odds on the Royals are too high. No play.

Yankees (1.40) VS Tampa Bay (3.25)
The odds on the Devil Rays are too high. No play.
Texas (2.00) VS Chicago WS (1.91)
Mark Buehrle is in the top 20. No play.
Seattle (2.63) VS Boston (1.56)
The Red Sox are on a 4 wins streak. The odds on the Mariners are too high. There is no
play.
The odds on the Jays are too high. No play.
Record for Day 4
2 1 +$44.25 +$74.50
Day 5
Friday, September 10, 2004
No team are on a streak. Peter Munro isn’t in the top 20. We bet $25 on the Pirates.
Result: Pirates 6, Astros 1. Profit +$38.75.
Mets (1.97) VS Philadelphia (1.93)
The Phillies are on a 3 wins streak. No play.
No team are on a streak. Josh Hancock isn’t in the top 20. We bet $25 on the Brewers.
Result: Brewers 4, Reds 6. Profit -$25.
Atlanta (1.38) VS Montreal (3.35)
959

No team are on a streak. Brian Lawrence isn’t in the top 20. We bet $25 on the Rockies.
Result: Rockies 4, Padres 10. Profit -$25.
Arizona (2.00) VS San Francisco (1.91)
The Diamondbacks are on a 7 loses streak. No play.
Los Angeles (2.18) VS St Louis (1.78)
No team are on a streak. Jason Marquis isn’t in the top 20. We bet $25 on the Dodgers.
Result: Dodgers 7, Cards 6. Profit +$29.50.
Detroit (2.00) VS Minnesota (1.91)
No team are on a streak. Carlos Silva isn’t in the top 20. We bet $25 on the Tigers.
Result: Twins 4, Tigers 1. Profit -$25.
Baltimore (2.49) VS Yankees (1.61)
Javier Vazquez is in the top 20. No play.
Texas (1.60) VS Toronto (2.52)
Ryan Drese is in the top 20. No play.
The odds on the Mariners are too high. No play.
Oakland (1.43) VS Cleveland (3.10)
The odds on the Indians are too high. No play.
Anaheim (1.56) VS Chicago WS (2.62)
The odds on the White Sox are too high. No play.
Record for Day 5
960
2 3 -$6.75 +$67.75
Day 6
Saturday, September 11, 2004
New York (2.48) VS Philadelphia (1.61)
The Phillies are on a 4 wins streak. No play.
No team are on a streak. Brandon Backe isn’t in the top 20. We bet $25 on the Pirates.
Result: Pirates 5, Astros 2. Profit +$39.25
Chicago (1.65) VS Florida (2.40)
Carlos Zambrano is in the top 20. No play.
No team are on a streak. Adam Eaton isn’t in the top 20. We bet $25 on the Rockies.
Result: Rockies 13, Padres 2. Profit: +$33.75.
Atlanta (1.48) VS Montreal (2.90)
Cincinnati (1.74) VS Brewers (2.26)
No team are on a streak. Luke Hudson isn’t in the top 20. We bet $25 on the Brewers.
Result: Reds 9, Brewers 0. Profit: -$25.
The odds on the Orioles are too high. No play.
961

The Twins are on a 3wins streak. No play.
Kansas City (1.81) VS Tampa Bay (2.13)
The Devil Rays lost their 12 last games. No play.
The odds on the Jays are too high. No play.
Record for Day 6
2 1 +$48.00 +$115.75
Day 7
Sunday, September 12, 2004
Atlanta (1.48) Vs Montreal (2.90)
New York (2.30) VS Philadelphia (1.71)
Phillies are on a 5 wins streak. No play.
Ben Sheets is in the top 20. No play.
Chicago (2.05) VS Florida (1.87)
A.J. Burnett is in the top 20. No play.
962
No team are on a streak. Jake Peavy isn’t in the top 20. We bet $25 on the Rockies.
Result: Rockies 2, Padres 15. Profit -$25.
Los Angeles (2.42) VS St Louis (1.64)
Chris Carpenter is in the top 20. No play.
The odds on the Pirates are too high. No play.
No team are on a streak. Nate Robertson isn’t in the top 20. We bet $25 on the Twins.
Result: Twins 8, Tigers 5. Profit: +$25.50
Jon Lieber is in the top 20. No play.
The odds on Toronto are too high. No play.
Kansas City (1.93) VS Tampa Bay (1.98)
No team are on a streak. Denny Bautista isn’t in the top 20. We bet $25 on the Devil
Rays. Result: Devil Rays 7, Royals 2. Profit +$24.50
963
Record for Day 7

2 1 +$25 +$140.75
By using the system, you end the week with 13 wins and 11 loses (54.1%). And all for
underdogs. You make a great profit of $140.75.
Fact to remember:
Fact: In baseball, there is a law of average showing that over an entire season, underdogs
will beat favorites about 4 games out of 9 (44%). Even with money lines of 2.25, 2.35,
2.50.
Rules to Remember:
1) You must eliminate the game where the underdog has lost 3 or more games in a row or
the favorite has won 3 or more games in a row. Remember that every baseball team face
some long losing streaks as well as long winning streaks.
2) Eliminate games where the money line for the underdog are higher then 2.50 (+150). If
this is the case, there is a reason and you must avoid these games.
3) Eliminate games where the underdog is facing a very good pitcher. If they’re facing a
pitcher who’s in the top 20 of the MLB, move on to another selection. You can use any
newspaper as well as a lot of web sites to have access to this information. www.tsn.com
is a good one. The pitchers standing must be according to earned-run average (ERA).
964
System #19 Betting Progression
The next system is very simple and is very powerful. In fact, I never lost a session in
three years using this system. This system can be used for any kind of sports but is very
powerful when applying to baseball (MLB). What we will do is simply to use the betting
progression of system #4. The power of martingale applied to the underdogs.
If you didn’t read system #4, please take a close look at it because we’ll use the
progression in the following system. In this chapter, I will tell you how to pick the
underdog to use with this system. How it works: You will simply look at the odds for
each team and you’ll assign a number to each team. The number for each team will be the
difference between the real Pct that a team is playing for compared to the odds that the
lines makers have assigned to the team. Well, it could be difficult to understand right now
but let’s take a look at a real example. You’ll understand soon that it is not very difficult
to apply the system. First, let’s take a look at the standing for today, September 18, 2004.
965
Now, let’s look at the odds for each team. We’ll only use the money line in this system.
966
Here’s the odds for September 18, 2004 from www.canbet.com.
Now, you see that the Rockies are playing for 0.432. We will convert
this number into odds. To convert this percentage into odds, you just
have to follow this formula.
1 / percentage
That means that the odds for the Rockies, following the percentage
should be 2.31.
Live odds – real odds
2.19 - 2.31 = -0.12
Real odds = 1/0.574 = 1.74
Difference = +0.04
Colorado (2.19) VS Los Angeles (1.78)
So, here it’s 1/0.432 = 2.31
In fact, this is the breakeven point for this team. If the team keep playing for 0.432
through all the year, you need to bet every game at 2.31 to break even at the end of the
season.
Now, we see that the line at the sportsbook is 2.19. So, we understand that the live odds is
less than the real value.
So next, we’ll calculate the difference between the real odds and the live odds.
You assign this number to the Rockies.
Now, you do the same thing for their opponent, the Dodgers.
Pct = 0.574
Live odds = 1.78
The last thing you have to do is calculate the difference between the
967
two numbers that you assigned to each team.
Ok, let’s look at the other games.
San Francisco (1.55) VS San Diego (2.61)
Pct = 0.557 0.537
Real Odds = 1.79 1.86
Live odds = 1.55 2.61
Difference = -0.24 +0.75
Difference between both teams = 0.98
So, here the difference between –0.12 and +0.04 is 0.16
This is the most important number you have to remember.
For each game, you will found this number and you will be able to select the teams that
you should use with the system.
St Louis (1.26) VS Arizona (4.40)
Pct = 0.660 0.309
Real odds = 1.51 3.23
Live odds = 1.26 4.40
Florida (1.77) VS Atlanta (2.20)
Pct = 0.531 0.588
Real Odds = 1.88 1.70
Live odds = 1.77 2.20
Philadelphia (1.44) VS Montreal (3.00)
968
Live odds = 1.93 1.97
Cincinnati (2.90) VS Chicago (1.48)
Pct = 0.510 0.419
Real Odds = 1.96 2.38
Live odds = 1.44 3.00
Pittsburgh (1.93) VS New York (1.97)
Pct = 0..452 0.435
Real Odds = 2.21 2.29
Difference = -0.28 -0.32
Houston (1.43) VS Milwaukee (3.05)
Pct = 0.547 0.428
Real Odds = 1.82 2.33
Live odds = 1.43 3.05
Pct = 0.456 0.559
Real Odds = 2.19 1.78
Live odds = 2.90 1.48
Pct = 0.628 0.605
969
Real Odds = 1.59 1.65
Live odds = 1.81 2.14
Difference = +0.21 +0.48
Pct = 0.581 0.473
Real Odds = 1.72 2.11
Toronto (1.62) VS Tampa Bay (2.45)
Real Odds = 2.42 2.31
Live odds = 1.62 2.45
Yankees (1.81) VS Boston (2.14)
Minnesota (1.58) VS Baltimore (2.57)
Live odds = 1.58 2.57
Pct = 0.412 0.432
Seattle (3.20) VS Oakland (1.41)
Pct = 0.378 0.581
Live odds = 3.20 1.41
Difference = +0.55 -0.31
Pct = 0.483 0.363
970
Chicago WS (1.68) VS Detroit (2.31)
Real Odds = 2.02 2.17
Live odds = 1.68 2.31
Anaheim (1.43) VS Texas (3.05)
Live odds = 1.43 3.05
Real Odds = 2.64 1.72
Cleveland (1.50) VS Kansas City (2.80)
Real Odds = 2.07 2.75
Live odds = 1.50 2.80
Pct = 0.493 0.459
Pct = 0.568 0.547
Real Odds = 1.76 1.82
The Expos, Brewers, Reds, Rangers.
Remember that using a martingale with underdogs is very powerful.
First, you only have to win between 5%-10% of your games to end the
session and make profit.
Brewers 3, Astros 4
971
Ok, now the hard work is done. All you have to do is pick the underdog of the games
where the difference is over 1.00.
ATTENTION: My advice to you would be to eliminate the games where the odds on the
underdog is over 3.50.
That leaves us with 4 underdogs.
The Rangers are the best underdog for the day with a difference of 1.55.
Now, you start a series using the progression of system #4.
You can also run 3-4 series at the same time. I usually run 3 series simultaneously.
Second, remember that for the MLB, 44% of the games are won by underdogs. THIS IS
A FACT.
Just for today, the results:
Expos 6, Phillies 5
Cubs 5, Reds 6
Angels 0, Rangers 2
3-1 for today. All underdogs !
Good luck with this system !
972
System #20 Midrange low risk
This system is very easy to use and it is perfect for the sports gambler who want to
achieve a good profit over the long run without risking a large bankroll.
When you start a session, you’ll start your initial amount in a midrange
rather than 1 unit. The advantage is that a win followed by a
loss, will produce a profit. So will a loss followed by a win. If you
start with 1 unit and don't reduce your bet after you win, a loss
followed by a win will break even instead of gaining 1 unit. That's
why, it's advantageous to start with say 10 or 20 units, a parameter
you can change in the spreadsheet. Then you can move to either
direction on a loss or on a win.
Now, to see how it works, we’ll take a look at some example.
We’ll also assume that our betting unit is $5. So, if you have to play
20 units, it’s 20 X $5 = $100.
As you already know, everybody can achieve a 50% winning rates over the long run.
Even if you make your selection by flipping a coin, you’ll reach a 50% winning rate on
the long run. THIS IS A FACT.
The system use a very simple progression that is after a loss, you go up 3 units and after a
win, you go down 2 units. Simple as that. As soon as you are over in your bankroll, you
stop the session and you start another one.
It’s just like the stock exchange. You buy something, you watch the price fluctuate and
you sell when you can make a profit.
973
For every example, we’ll assume that the odds are always 1.93 (-107).
Day Units W/L Profit Tot. Profit
1 20 L -100 -100
2 23 W +106.95 +6.95
You end the session with a profit of $6.95. This is with a 50% winning rate (1-1). With
flat betting you would have been down.
Day Units W/L Profit Tot. Profit
2 23 L -115 -215
4 29 W +134.85 -210.15
8 26 L -130 -205.45
11 30 W +139.50 -62.15
14 29 W +134.85 +76.85
End of the session. You end with a winning rate of 50% and a profit of
$76.85.
With flat betting $100 a game, you would be down by -$49.
Now, here’s a simulation of a bad streak.
1 20 L -100 -100
3 26 L -130 -345
5 27 L -135 -345.15
6 30 W +139.50 -205.65
7 28 W +130.20 -75.45
9 29 L -145 -350.45
10 32 W +148.80 -201.65
12 28 L -140 -202.15
974
13 31 W +144.15 -58
That’s it for this system. As you can see, it’s very easy to apply and it works very well.
You can also assign to the unit the value you feel
comfortable to play with. You can start with $0.50 or $100 and more. It’s up to you.
Good luck with this system !
975
System #21 Spread Under Over
The next system is a system you can use with many sports. Fact, you can use it
with any sports where there are 2 outcomes. However, the best kind of bets is
the spread or the over under total.
Here’s why:
Let’s say we have these 2 games.
Team C vs Team D
So, the possible parlays are:
Team A X Team D
Team B X Team C
Th goal here will be to use only 3 out of 4 parlay. This way, you will cover 3 bets
out of 4 possible bets. The way you select which one of these 3 parlays you will
use is up to you.
What I like is going with patern like using the 2 lowest spread for the home team.
Usually, the home team will win the spread in at least 50% of the games. This is
why I like to use this kind of parlay.
When I say the lowest spread for the home team, here’s an example:
You will have to use the highest odds as possible. When it comes to the highest odds for
spread betting, the best sportsbooks are pinnaclesports where you will usually find odds
of -105 (1.95) and canbet where you will find odds of -107 (1.93).
So, basically, we will select 2 games and we will make 3 parlays with these 2 games.
When you use 2 games, you have 4 possible parlay.
976
Team A vs Team B
Team A X Team C
Team B X Team D
These are the 4 parlay you can make with 2 games. This could be betting againts the
spread or betting the total.
That means you will cover all the possible outcomes of these 2 home teams plus a third
possible outcomes.
In this case, the spread is -4 or +4 depending of the team you choose. So, going
with the patern, we want to use the lowest favorite home team. That means, the
home team with the lowest spread as possible.
If you don’t know yet, pk means pick’em. Pk means a spread of 0 for both team.
So, in our case it will be the games:
Let’s say you have these games. So, the Away team is always the first one and the home
team is the second one. Take a look at game 555-556. You see that Northeastern (+4) is
the away team and they are facing Delaware (-4) which is the home team.
So looking at the screenshot, we see that the 2 games with the lowest spreads for a home
team are games 547-548 at pk and games 549-550 at -1.5.
This is like a bet for a straigh win.
New Orleans (pk) At Florida Atlantic (pk)
And
Tulsa (+1.5) at Marshall (-1.5)
Ok, so, these will be the 2 games we will use in this example. Following the 3 parlays we
have to make, we will make 3 parlays this way:
Parlay 1 New Orleans (pk) X Tulsa (-1.5)
977
Parlay 2 New Orleans (pk) X Marshall (-1.5)
Parlay 3 Florida Atlantic (pk) X Tulsa (-1.5)
Each parlay will give you a return of 3.80. Why ?
Now, something very inportant you need to know. We will use a session for each
specific patern we use. In fact, using this specific patern represent one session.
You can use many kind of paterns but the most important thing is that you need
to stick to your patern everyday. This is the reason why you’ll make money over
the long run.
As you can see, the only time we will lose is if Florida Atlantic (pk) and Tulsa (-1.5) win.
So, most of the time, we will win one of these parlays.
Now let’s look the numbers.
You will place 1 unit on 3 parlays. So, this is 1 X 1.95 X 1.95 = 3.80
Because you will make 3.80 and you have to substract 3 units. These 3 units are the units
you have placed on each parlay. So, every time you win a parlay, you win 0.80 unit.
If you stop or change or mix patern together, this is where you will experience more loses
that you want and you will lose money.
Other patern could be, the 2 highest spread for home team or for the away team.
Or the 2 highest total or lowest total or highest total, etc...It is up to you.
Ok, now, using the patern of the 2 lowest spreads for the home team, here’s the results we
had for November 2007 for NCAA Basketball.
L-W-L-L-W-W-W-W-W-L-W-W-W-W-W-W-W-W-W-L-W-W-W-W-W-W-W
Total Bets: 27
Total Wins: 22
Total Loses: 5
978
Win percentage:81%
So, here, just by following the same rule to pick our team, we end the month with a total
of 81% win and a profit just by flat betting.
In fact, placing 3 parlay at odds 3.80 for each parlay is like placing a single bet at odds
1.26.
With these results for the month of November 2007, we have these results.
22 wins of 0.80 units = 17.6 units
5 loses of 3 units = 15 units
17.6 – 15 = +2.6 units. This is our profit.
However, we we have to understand that the results won’t always be like this but there is
a way to protect our bankroll and make some money.
In fact we will write down the results and we will wait for a lose of our bets. Right
after a losing bet, we will start a slow progression. This slow and small
progression will be:
So, our goal is to win some money after a losing bet. But because you will win
many more bets than you will lose, you won’t have many bets a month. This is
why you can use many sessions at the same time. This is where the money is
made.
So,
Day 1: No bet Lose
Day 3: No bet Lose
Day 6: Bet 4 units on each parlay Win Profit +3.21 units Stop the
X – 2X – 4X
That’s it.
979
Now, let’s see what happen with this progression with the November 2007 results.
So, on a piece of paper, make your 3 parlays followng the rule of your choice. Here, it
was the 2 home teams with the lowest spread.
Day 2: Bet 1 unit on each parlay Win profit +0.80 Stop session
Day 4: Bet 1 unit on each parlay Lose Profit -3 units
Day 5: Bet 2 units on each parlay Win Profit +1.60 units
session
Day 7: No bet Win
Day 8: No bet Wn
Day 10: No bet Lose Start a new session
Day 11: Bet 1 unit on each parlay Win Profit of +0.80
Day 13: No bet Win
Day 14: No bet Win
Day 24: No bet Win
Day 25: No bet Win
Day 27: No bet Win
Total Profit:+4.21 units
Day 9: No bet Win
Day 12: No bet Win
Day 15: No bet Win
Day 16: No bet Win
Day 17: No Bet Win
Day 18: No Bet Win
Day 19: No bet Win
980
Day 20: No bet Lose Start the session
Day 21: Bet 1 unit on each parlay Win Profit +0.80
Day 22: No Bet Win
Day 23: No bet Win
Day 26: No bet Win
So, for sure +4.21 units for the entire month isn’t a big profit but this is a profit. This is
why, when you use other patern to select your games and if you run many sessions at the
same time, you will make more money.
For example, if you use only 10 sessions a day, you will have to place 30 bets everyday
but the result will be a profit of around 35 units every month. This is where the money is.
You can expect this kind of result with any kind of patern as long as you stick to your
patern everyday.
I have many clients that use up to 20 sessions at the same time and they have a
lot of success. They use different kind of sports.
Again, here’s what you have to do:
- Place you 3 parlay only on paper always by covering the same
patern. Example, place your teams this way:
- Always place these 3 parlays:
Team A X Team D
- Place the appropriate amount of unit on each parlay by following the
progression X – 2X – 4X
- First select 2 games following a patern you will use everyday. The choice is up to you.
It could be the 2 lowest spread for the homw favorite or the 2 highest spread for the home
981
favorite, the over / under total etc. The most important point is that you have to follow
this patern everyday.
Team A vs Team B
Team C vs Team D
Team A X Team C
Team B X Team C
- Wait for a lose
- As soon as you make a profit, stop the progression and wait for another lose
- Run as many sessions as you like
982
System #22 Low Risk Favorites
With this system, we will almost flat bet. This is a system that people who don’t like to
place high stakes will be happy to use.
In fact, the highest bet or stake you’ll place is 4 units. That’s it. You’ll have to follow a
simple pattern and some very simple rules.
Statistics show that the heavy favorites win around 71% to 74% of the games.
And to break even at this odd, you would have to get the odd at 1.40 (-250) at least.
This is a big change since the lockout in 2004-2005. There was no season and some
changes were made to raise quality of the show for people who attend these sporting
events and for people watching the games on TV. For the season 2005-2006, the system
earned a total of 28 units and it usually bring around 30 units profits each season.
2005-2006 Results
983
As you can see, the winning percentage is 73% and the average odds for all these games
is 1.39 (-255). At this odd, we need to win 72% to break even so, sure we end up with a
984
small profit of around 2 units. This is of course just by betting the same amount every
game.
Now, here’s how works the system.
The Rules
1. Always wait for a win to start your session
2. When you lose a bet, always wait for another win to start a new session
3. When you start a session, always use the following staking plan of 4 units, 2 units and
1 unit
4. When you have won your 3 bets or stakes, start another session and go back to step 3
starting with 4, 2, 1 unit again
5. Always place your bet or stake on the heaviest favorite (money line)
I recommend a bankroll of at least 100 units to use with this system. So, if you have a
bank of $1000, you’re unit value will be $10.
Now let’s see how it works with our 2005-2006 results. Let’s look at the first 15 days.
Ok, first we have to wait for a first win which is a signal to start our session.
So, on day 1, no bet and we lose.
Day 2
No bet and we win.
Day 3
We start our staking plan and we place a bet of 4 units ($40) at odds 1.67. We win. Total
+$26.80
Day 4
985
We place another bet of 2 units ($20). We win at odds 1.42. Profit +$8.40
Day 5
We place another bet at 1 unit ($10) at odds of 1.53. We lose. Profit -$10
Day 6
We have no bet. We wait for another win.
Day 7
We won at day 7 so, we place a 4 units bet ($40) at odds 1.47. We win. Profit +$18.80
Day 8
We place a 2 units bet ($20) at odds 1.42. We win. Profit +$8.40.
Day 9
We place a bet of 1 unit ($10) at odds of 1.57. We lose. Profit -$10
Day 10
We wait for another win. So, no bet here.
Day 11
We start a new session with a bet of 4 units ($40) at odds 1.43. We win. Profit +$17.20
Day 12
We place a bet of 2 units ($20) at odds 1.40. We win. Profit +$8.
Day 13
Again, here’s the rules to follow:
We place a bet of 1 unit ($10). We lose. Profit -$10.
Day 14
We wait for a win
Day 15
We place a bet of 4 units ($40) at odds 1.63. We lose. Profit -$40.
986
Total Profit is +$17.60.
With a winning rate of 66%, you would have lost 3.1 units with flat betting your $10.
To get the maximum results with this system, you must place a bet everyday. This is why
you will end the season with a nice profit without risking too much of your bankroll.
Again, here’s the rules to follow:
The Rules
1. Always wait for a win to start your session
2. When you lose a bet, always wait for another win to start a new session
3. When you start a session, always use the following staking plan of 4 units,
2 units and 1 unit
4. When you have won your 3 bets or stakes, start another session and go
back to step 3 starting with 4, 2, 1 unit again
5. Always place your bet or stake on the heaviest favorite (money line)
987
Systems 5 Gems
2nd Favourites in Claimers

System: Back 2nd favourites (male horses only) in Claiming races
2002 24 138 17.39 -13.25 -9.6 -14.59
2003 30 125 24 26.58 21.26 9.67
2004 34 125 27.2 21.24 16.99 17.67
2005 40 147 27.21 26.13 17.78 25.79
2006 36 143 25.17 18.37 12.85 14.94
164 678 24.19 79.07 11.66 11.37
Quick Return Favourites

System: Back horses who ran 3 or less days ago, and are favourite today
2002 63 203 31.03 13.96 6.88 8.28
2003 41 156 26.28 -9.92 -6.36 -9.76
2004 73 222 32.88 -12.81 -5.77 7.91
2005 61 216 28.24 1.05 0.49 0.13
2006 77 241 31.95 24.52 10.17 4.52
315 1038 30.35 16.8 1.62 3.39

988
Quick Return Class Droppers

System:Back 4yo+ horses who ran 3 or less days ago, and have dropped 3 classes or
more for today’s race
2002 0 7 0 -7 -100 -100
2003 3 12 25 31.25 260.42 174.32
2004 5 17 29.41 51.75 304.41 137.09
2005 6 14 42.86 13.66 97.57 94.1
2006 3 18 16.67 15 83.33 22.21
17 68 25 104.66 153.91 81.42
Last Time Out Claimer Winners

System:Back last time out claiming race winners who run in a handicap or another
claimer today. Must be male and in the first three in the betting.
2002 29 86 33.72 47.19 54.87 38.83
2003 21 72 29.17 22.24 30.89 26.73
2004 27 89 30.34 29.82 33.51 15.2
2005 21 93 22.58 -10.97 -11.8 -5.12
2006 22 80 27.5 12.62 15.77 16.92
120 420 28.57 100.9 24.02 17.78

989
Maiden To Handicap System

System:Back horses that ran in a maiden between 7f and less than 1m1f last time, and
now run in a handicap over 1m2f or further. Must be in the first three in the betting, and
no more than 13 runners.
2002 6 26 23.08 -0.12 -0.46 -18.21
2003 11 30 36.67 20.69 68.97 42.41
2004 6 20 30 7.75 38.75 66.36
2005 8 32 25 -2.02 -6.31 14.29
2006 16 41 39.02 35.42 86.39 49.52
47 149 31.54 61.72 41.42 29.57
990
Systems Portfolio Rationale
When following systems you should never rely on just one golden goose to lay golden
eggs. Treat horse racing systems like trading on the stock market: keep a portfolio.
No sensible stock market investor would just buy shares in one company, and no sensible
system follower should just rely on one system.
If you just follow one system you are leaving yourself open to bad losing streaks which
can deplete your bank and dent your confidence in a system.
It is far better to run many systems all at the same time. Doing so will iron out any
fluctuations in performance. Just as a share price can go up and down, a systems
performance can go up and down too. If you run various systems (covering different
methods just as a share investor would cover different market sectors) throughout the
year, you should be able to keep on making profits.
991
The Favourites Phenomenon System
CONSISTENT … STRAIGHTFORWARD … PROFITABLE

Finally Setting the record straight on ’stop at a winner’
Introduction
Congratulations on your very wise decision to invest in the Favourites Phenomenon
System. You are now the fortunate owner of one of the very few publicly disclosed
methods which produce consistent long-term profits year after year.
I want to point out that ‘Stop At a Winner’ (or SAW for short) has become a very popular
form of betting in the last few years. There are numerous tipsters and systems around,
many of which, unfortunately, make outrageous and unrealistic claims.
Understandably, many of my professional gambling colleagues frown upon this method
of betting, and I can see why. Allow me therefore to illustrate where most people go
wrong, and more importantly, what you can do to avoid making the same mistakes.
1: People don’t fully understand what they are doing.
It’s all too easy to start following a tipster or method, without being aware of the
implications of what happens when things go wrong. People are often lured into a false
sense of security, because these methods can sometimes work for a few weeks on the trot.
With the majority of Stop At A Winner methods, whether they be systems or tipster
services, what you can be sure of is that eventually (and it usually doesn’t take long), a
losing run will come along which will almost certainly wipe away all your profits in one
fell swoop, and probably your bank as well.
992
The FP System is spacifically designed to completely minimise any such risks, and it is
therefore of the utmost importance that you read this short manual very thoroughly.
2: People try to win too much with a betting bank that is too small.
What happens here is that people don’t bother to do any calculations, or shall I say, they
don’t really want to face the inevitable, so they start betting, and think to themselves
“well, hopefully, that losing day won’t happen to me.”
This is total madness, and the only guarantee with this approach I’m afraid, is failure.
You need to do some homework first, paper trade and then start with small stakes.
3: People don’t have a plan in place for when things go wrong
So, the inevitable losing day comes along, and Pete goes and loses all his profits.
Panic sets in, not to mention frustration and despair at yet another system which just
doesn’t work.
You MUST, under all circumstances, have a plan in place at all times, whether things are
going well or whether they are going badly. It’s far better to be over-prepared, so that you
always remain level-headed. This will allow you to make decisions based on logic rather
than emotion.
4: people lose their nerve
So the difficult day comes along. There’s no plan in place, no well thought-out strategy,
and the stakes are mounting up beyond the comfort zone. Pete starts to get a tight feeling
in his stomach, his hands start to shake and all of a sudden, he can’t think clearly. Pete
places the next bet and prays that the horse will win.
Of course, it loses, and now Pete wishes he hadn’t started this ridiculous SAW betting in
the first place.
Does this sound familiar?
993
This is why I have finally released my system to the public, the same system I have been
using, testing and developing for over two years. You will find below fully documented
results, instructions on how to research and check the results yourself, and a very clear
and simple explanation of how to use the statistics to generate profit. The Favourites
PhenomenonSystem can be operated on 3 levels, with the strike rates consistently being
approximately 87, 94 and 98% respectively.
I have been personally using the FP System as part of my betting portfolio for the last 2
years, and generated 337 points with the Favourites PhenomenonSystem alone in 2007.
The instructions in this manual are incredibly simple, as any good system should be.
You’ll be doing yourself a great favour by paper trading and then building up slowly.
It’s almost a bit too easy to make money with the FP System, but remember that a big
part of making longterm profits, is in keeping losses to an absolute minimum. How To
Succeed With The Favourites Phenomenon
System
1: Read this manual all the way through.
Don’t worry if the occasional thing seems confusing, as it’s good to get a general
overview.
4: Decide whether you are going to start at level 1, 2 or 3.
(all will be explained)
My recommendation is to start at level 1 (stopping after qualifying race 5) as this is very
low risk and will still make you a profit.
4: Decide whether you are going to start at level 1, 2 or 3.
(all will be explained)
994
My recommendation is to start at level 1 (stopping after qualifying race 5) as this is very

low risk and will still make you a profit.
5: Practice doing the calculations, either with the calculator I have provided, or with your
preferred betting software. Speed is of the essence, and the more you practice, the easier
it will become.
6: Paper trade for at least 2 weeks, preferably longer.
This will give you time to get used to the FAVOURITES PHENOMENONSystem in a
live environment, without the risk of losing money due to a mistake.
7: After paper trading, start with small stakes, and increase as your confidence and
experience grows.
Betting with real money is always very different than paper trading.
8: Be patient.
This is not a get rich quick system, but rather one that makes a healthy long-term profit.
You will quickly build up confidence and expertise, but these things usually don’t happen
over night. Remember, it’s persistence not perfection which will get you through the
inevitable difficult moments along the way. Make a commitment to succeed, and then go
for it.
How the Favourites PhenomenonSystem came into existence
I’m sure most of you will be familiar with the commonly (and over-hyped) statistic that
favourites win about 33% of their races. This is absolutely true, but it’s certainly no use
on its own as far as making a profit goes.
Another well-known fact is that a day rarely goes by without at least 1 favourite winning
its race.
Again this is true, but it’s still not much use to us on its own.
995
Given the above information however, I started to see if I could see any patterns that
might help to bring some of these factors together.
After many hours of painstaking research and thought, I stumbled on something quite
amazing. I noticed that the vast majority of the time, a favourite would win a race within
the first 5 races of the day. The figure is approximately 87% in fact, and this is something
which has remained constant for many years.
In looking further however, I discovered some more data and patterns which lessened the
losing days, and ultimately lessened the risks.
Between races 1-5 a favourite will win approximately 87% of the time.
Between races 1-7, the figure goes up to about 94% and between races 1-9 it is a
staggering 98 to 99%.
My research and results clearly show that there is absolutely no point going beyond race
9, in fact doing so could prove to be disastrous.
The last major piece of information is that you will never need to bet at odds lower than
5/6 or 1.85 on Betfair.
Many odds-on favourites lose and their prices are often the subject of manipulation.
This can dramatically increase the stakes for us, and that’s exactly what we don’t want. It
took me a very long time to discover this fact, so please use it to your advantage.
The Mechanics Behind The Favourites Phenomenon
System
I will shortly give you the exact steps which I follow to make a profit 98% of the time,
and there’s absolutely no reason what so ever why you won’t soon be in the same
position.
996
Before this however, we need to walk through how the calculations work, so that we can
then put the FP System into action.
What I am about to show you are purely the mechanics behind the system.
This information is widely available, and I want to be clear that this isn’t what you paid
for.
I even gave an illustration in the sales letter.
So, without further ado, let me introduce you to something known as Profit Per Day, or
PPD for short.
This is a very simple concept once you get your head round it.
Let’s say for example that you want to win £30.
The odds of our horse are 2/1, or 3.0 in decimal odds.
In order to make a profit of £30, we must stake £15.
Here’s how the calculation works:
With fractional odds (2/1, 3/1 etc), we divide our target (£30 in this case) by the top
number in the fraction, and then multiply the result by the bottom number in the fraction.
So, just to be clear, our target is £30, and our odds are 2/1.
£30/2 =£15.
£15 * 1 = £15
Therefore, our required stake is £15.
With decimal odds, the calculation is more straightforward.
You always deduct 1 from the decimal odds.
So, if the odds are 3.0, you take 1 away, to make 2.0.
To work out your stake, you divide your target amount (£30 in this case) by 2.
Here’s the process.
997
Odds = 3.0
3.0 – 1 = 2
Target amount = £30
£30/2 = £15
Therefore, our stake = £15.
If our horse wins, our stake of £15 is returned to us, plus 2 * £15 = £30 profit.
Let’s say however, that our horse loses.
We’ve lost £15.
In the next race, we still want to win £30 (because that’s our PPD, or profit per day), but
we need to add our £15 loss from the previous race.
Therefore, £30 (ppd) + our £15 loss from race 1 = a target in race two of £45.
Let’s say that the odds of our horse in race 2 are 5/2, or 3.5 in decimal.
Here’s the fractional calculation.
Target = £45.
£45/5 (top number in fraction) = 9.
9 * 2 (bottom number in fraction) = £18.
Therefore, our stake is £18.
With decimal odds, the calculation is like this:
Odds = 3.5
3.5 – 1 = 2.5
Target of £45/2.5 = 18.
Therefore, our stake is £18.
If the horse wins, we get our £18 stake back, plus £45.
Because we lost £15 in race 1, we’ve actually made a profit of £30.
998
I cannot stress how important it is to grasp how these calculations work.

If it seems confusing at first, don’t worry, just take your time and understand it step by
step.
I have provided a special calculator which will take care of all this for us, and I will
explain exactly how this works a little later.
The Favourites PhenomenonSystem Rules
The FAVOURITES PHENOMENONSystem is for use on UK racing only and excludes
Irish racing.
The actual rules are incredibly simple. There’s no need to study form, or know anything
about jockey and trainer stats.
As I mentioned earlier, the FAVOURITES PHENOMENON system can be operated on 3
levels. This however, only applies to the number of races you will be betting on, all other
rules remain the same across the board.
There are 4 rules in the FAVOURITES PHENOMENON system:
1: There must be a minimum of 2 daytime UK race meetings taking place.
(Note, 1 daytime meeting and 1 evening meeting doesn’t count, nor does 1 daytime and 2
evening meetings).
2: To qualify as a selection, our horse must be the favourite in the live market, just before
the off.
Personally, I wait until approximately 1 minute before the off before placing the bet.
Some people find however that 1 minute doesn’t give them enough time to work out the
stake, and if that’s the case then place the bet earlier.
It is usually obvious which horse is the favourite, but there will be times when the market
is unsure.
999
3: A favourite only qualifies as a selection if the odds are 5/6 (1.85 decimal) or higher.
5/6 is actually 1.83, but my experience shows that not going below 1.85 is better.
4: This rule is split into 3 parts as it deals with the number of races you will be betting on.
4.1: If a winner is not reached after you have bet on qualifying race 5, then you stop for
the day.
4.2: If a winner is not reached after you have bet on qualifying race 7 then you stop for
the day.
4.3: If a winner is not reached after you have bet on qualifying race 9 then you stop for
the day.
You need to decide therefore whether you are going to stop after 5, 7 or 9 races. The
eventual aim (and most profitable method) is to go to race 9 if necessary. If you are just
starting off however, I recommend stopping after race 5, and build up gradually.
One thing you must absolutely avoid is swapping and changing. Once you make your
decision, stick to it for at least a month.
Staking And Size Of Bank
All figures given below are my recommended minimum.
For level 1 (stopping after race 5) use a 100 point bank.
So, if you have a profit per day of £10, then 10 * 100 = £1000.
For level 2 (stopping after race 7), use a 150 point bank.
So with a profit per day of £10, your bank would be £1500 (10 * 150).
For level 3 (stopping after race 9), use a 200 point bank.
So with a profit per day of £10, you will need a bank of £2000.
1000
I can tell you, both from my own experience and by talking to other people, that the main
reason why most people fail to make a profit with this type of betting is because they try
and win too much with too small a bank.
It is far better (and less stressful) to have a bank that is bigger than it needs to be. The
vast majority of the time, the stakes will not be high however, as with any system, there
will be losing days.
The FAVOURITES PHENOMENON system, along with my extensive research and
experience, is designed to keep losses to a minimum.
The most sensible thing after a losing day is to just carry on as normal. All three levels of
the FAVOURITES PHENOMENONsystem make consistent long-term profits, so there is
no need to make life complicated. If you are using level 1, then you will definitely
encounter more losing days than if you were using level 2 or 3, but the losses are
minimal.
You must treat betting like a business. Learn to be unemotional in what you do, as this
will help you make logical decisions that are ultimately best for your long-term
prosperity.
I can’t stress enough that it is Consistency, not Quantity, which leads to long-term profits,
and you must always think of the big picture.
Important Factors To Consider
There is no substitute for experience, and experience comes through practice and hard
work. There are however some factors to take into consideration, which again I have
included to add to the long-term profitability of the FAVOURITES PHENOMENON
system.
1: How to deal with delays.
1001
Occasionally, there will be a delay at one of the meetings. This usually happens if there
has been an accident, or if a horse breaks loose before the off. This can result in the next
race (at a different meeting) being run prior to the one which is delayed. My advice here
is to just carry on with the sequence as normal, and bet on each race as it comes. You’ve
seen by now that I like to keep things simple, and I’ve found this approach to be the most
effective.
2: Consider avoiding Saturdays and bank holidays
Statistically, Saturdays and bank holidays are just as profitable as any other day. Be
aware however, that there is more racing on these days, and the chances of overlaps are
significantly increased. Sometimes, races are only 5 minutes apart, and I find that this
tends to make the margins too tight. Races often overlap or go off at the same time,
which doesn’t work at all well for the FAVOURITES PHENOMENONsystem. I would
also advise exercising more caution when some of the big racing events are being run
such as, the Cheltenham festival, Royal Ascot and Glorious Goodwood, as the racing is
extremely competitive
3: Pay attention to weather conditions
Arguably the most important factor in the outcome of a horse race is the going (or ground
conditions). Some horses love harder ground, and some love soft. My rule of thumb is
this: If it’s pouring with rain at the racecourse in the morning and going conditions have
changed significantly, then I tend not to bet on that day. This is a personal decision, and
you will develop your own instincts as to what is best suited to your own circumstances.
4: Preparation
1002
About half an hour before the first race of the day, I look at the odds of the favourites for
the first 9 races. If you were using levels 1 or 2, then you would look at the first 5 or 7
races respectively.
This is an essential step, as it gives you a fairly clear idea of how high your stakes could
go in a worst-case scenario.
There are occasions where I consider the odds to be too short in general, and therefore
opt to play it safe and take the day off.
The rough guide I use for myself is this:
Level 1: 8 points maximum loss
I realise that we all have differing thresholds when it comes to risk, so my examples
above are by no means set in stone.
I want to encourage you to put yourself in control of the FAVOURITES
PHENOMENONSystem, and this rule of thumb has helped me out enormously.
Personally, I feel no need whatsoever to bet everyday, and would rather do so when I am
happy with the circumstances and I encourage you to do the same.
For clarity, here is an example of how I go about making this assessment.
As mentioned above, look at the odds for the days card, about half an hour before the first
race is due to start.
Make a note of the odds for the first 5, 7 or 9 races, depending on whether you are using
level 1, 2 or 3.
Next, enter the odds into the calculator I have provided.
Put an L in the Won/Lost column for each race.
1003
This will give you a fairly accurate indication of the level of risk.
Example …
5: What to do in the case of joint favourites
The simplest thing to do is to skip the race if there are 2 or more joint favourites. As you
become more used to the FAVOURITES PHENOMENONSystem however, you may
wish to dutch, and this is the approach I now take.
As far as the results go however, it makes hardly any difference whatsoever, so just
decide what you are comfortable with. Make sure however, that you have your approach
clearly defined in your mind before using the system. During your paper trading, you
may wish to experiment and see what works best for you. 6: Being clear about the
numbering of the races The number of each race refers strictly to the numbering in the
FAVOURITES
PHENOMENONSystem.
I have used the term “qualifying races 1 to 5, 1 to 7 and 1 to 9” as there will be races
which you omit because the odds are too short, or because there are joint favourites and
you don’t want to dutch.
So for example, if the first 2 races of the day don’t qualify but the 3rd one does, then this
is qualifying race 1 in the FAVOURITES PHENOMENONSystem, even though it is
actually race 3 going across the card.
Back-checking the results
If you are not familiar with the fantastic website of Adrian Massey, then I highly
recommend you check it out.
This is the easiest place to back-check the results of the Favourites PhenomenonSystem,
and here’s how you do it.
1004
1: Go to http://www.adrianmassey.com
2: Click on the link that says “Favourites Statistics”.
This will take you to a page that says
“Fate Of The Favourites”
3: Click on the link that says “Custom Report”.
This opens a new window which says
“Favourite Analysis”
You will be presented with a table with 8 columns, which you can check and uncheck,
depending on what you would like to include in your custom report. 4: You need to
decide whether you want to include joint favourites or not. You do this by checking or
un-checking the box in the “Joint/Co Favourites” column. 5: You then need to select the
year you want to look at. It used to be possible to go back as far as the year 2000, but at
the time of writing, you only have the option of going back to 2006.
6: Next you need to select the month. It is best to go month by month as you can only
include up to 2000 results in each search.
7: Check the box that says “Use Estimated Betfair Odds”
8: In the box that says “max Number In Selections List”, set this to the maximum, which
is presently 2000.
9: Click the “Go” button, and you’ll get a list of results.
I have spent literally hundreds of hours doing this for you, but I wanted to give you the
option of verifying the results for yourself.
Methods of placing bets
1005
You can use Betfair or your preferred bookmaker to place the bets for the FAVOURITES
PHENOMENONSystem.
Personally I use Betfair for the following reasons.
1: The odds are generally higher
2: You can bet in running should you miss the start of the race.
3: You can use software which makes placing the bets much faster.
Do remember to take the 5% commission into account if using Betfair, or it will eat into
your profits.
Getting the results after a race
I find that the Sporting Life website is consistently quicker at providing the results after
each race, usually within a minute or so.
Their website is at http://www.sportinglife.co.uk
You can also find live commentary here, provided by Sports Live Radio.
Be aware however, that if you are listening to the commentary over the internet, there is a
time lag of about 30 seconds.
I used to listen to the analysis and commentaries, and have learned a lot from this. I find
however, that I can concentrate better if I just watch the numbers on the screen, but this is
a personal choice.
Final Thoughts
As any good system should be, the Favourites PhenomenonSystem is remarkably simple
and very consistent. Remember however, that we are dealing with the live market, and
that there will be decisions you need to take which are dependent on circumstances.
I have put all my experience and knowledge into this short manual, and I want you to
make this your own. Winning with the Favourites PhenomenonSystem is the easy part.
1006
The more challenging part is to stay disciplined, and not to try and win too much too
quickly. Whether you are using level 1, 2 or 3, there will be losing days, and it is a
question of keeping a distance, and remaining focused on the big picture.
1007
The Football2020 Betting System
Introduction
The Football2020 Betting System will guide you to excellent betting profits on a regular
basis. Use it week in week out and you will reap the rewards. Its very easy to use and to
apply. The Football2020 Betting System allows you to manipulate football results to your
advantage and using clever betting tactics will ensure that you will capitalize on
eventuality.
Getting Started
The Football2020 Betting System is based on the draw results in any available football
betting league. On average a fixture in any league has between 20% - 30% of being a
draw, that's a fact. Check any league table from the last 10 years and you will see this
consistency. As the possibility of a match being drawn is between 20% - 30% we can
take the lower % and make the statement that 1 in 5 games end up as being a draw.
That's the first point, secondly, after in depth research into match odds we have
discovered that the draw in any given fixture in any league will be at least 2/1, however
on the rare occasion you may find that the odds go under the 2/1, this is very rare and can
be combated by using the betting exchanges to get much better odds, where we had found
the rare draw odds being less than 2/1 with a certain bookmaker we have found that the
betting exchanges offer at least 20% better odds for the draw and in many cases up to
30% better odds, This is because not many people like to bet on the draw and the odds
are increased to entice this type of bet. However on average we have found the draw odds
of any given game in any league between 5/2 and 3/1.
1008
From this we can make the statement that we can take the lower average odds of 5/2 of
the odds of any given game.
So far we have established that 1 in 5 games result in a draw, and the average odds of a
draw result is 5/2, and these are the lowest averages simply to demonstrate the power of
the Football2020 Betting System.
Now we need to put these statements into action.
So we are going to start our betting campaign. The key to the betting campaign is to
double up the original stake on losing bets. However you do not need to use double the
stake on the next bet to make a profit, we advise the double bet to maintain the simplicity,
further down you can read about betting to 100% profit with exact staking, the double up
bet creates more than 100% profits but increases the initial bet outlay.
Now we have put this method into the following example of betting on a single team for
an entire season:
Example : Chelsea 2004/5 Season
Remember we have taken the average draw odds of 5/2 on each game. We have started
the first bet of at Ł0.10, however you can reduce this to reduce the risk or raise it to
increase profit margins. (William Hill Online Bookmakers allow you to place bets
starting from Ł0.02)
Fixture Result Draw Odds Bet Placed Bet Returns Profit
Chelsea 1 - 0 Manchester United No Draw 5/2 Ł0.10 Ł0.10 Ł0.10
Birmingham City 0 - 1 Chelsea No Draw 5/2 Ł0.20 Ł0.20 Ł0.30
Crystal Palace 0 - 2 Chelsea No Draw 5/2 Ł0.40 Ł0.40 Ł0.70
Chelsea 1 - 2 Southampton No Draw 5/2 Ł0.80 Ł0.80 Ł1.50
Aston Villa 0 - 0 Chelsea Draw 5/2 Ł1.60 + Ł4.00 +Ł2.50
1009
The first 4 bets lost, however the fifth bet was a winning bet, and achieved a profit and
covered the first four losing bets. As the last bet was a winning bet we start the bet
pattern again, a Ł0.10 draw bet.

Chelsea 0 - 0 Tottenham Hotspur Draw 5/2 Ł0.10 + Ł0.25 +Ł2.75
As the last bet was a winning bet we start the bet pattern again, a Ł0.10 draw bet.
Middlesbrough 0 - 1 Chelsea No Draw 5/2 Ł0.10 Ł0.10 +Ł2.65
Chelsea 1 - 0 Liverpool No Draw 5/2 Ł0.20 Ł0.20 +Ł2.45
Manchester City 1 - 0 Chelsea No Draw 5/2 Ł0.40 Ł0.40 +Ł2.05
Chelsea 4 - 0 Blackburn Rovers No Draw 5/2 Ł0.80 Ł0.80 +Ł1.25
West Bromwich Albion 1 - 4 Chelsea No Draw 5/2 Ł1.60 Ł1.60 - Ł0.35
Chelsea 1 - 0 Everton No Draw 5/2 Ł3.20 Ł3.20 - Ł3.55
Fulham 1 - 4 Chelsea No Draw 5/2 Ł6.40 Ł6.40 - Ł9.95
Chelsea 2 - 2 Bolton Wanderers Draw 5/2 Ł12.80 + Ł32.00 +Ł22.05

Charlton Athletic 0 - 4 Chelsea No Draw 5/2 Ł0.10 Ł0.10 +Ł21.95
Chelsea 4 - 0 Newcastle United No Draw 5/2 Ł0.20 Ł0.20 +Ł21.75
Arsenal 2 - 2 Chelsea Draw 5/2 Ł0.40 + Ł1.00 +Ł22.75
1010
Chelsea 4 - 0 Norwich City No Draw 5/2 Ł0.10 Ł0.10 +Ł22.65
Chelsea 1 - 0 Aston Villa No Draw 5/2 Ł0.20 Ł0.20 +Ł22.45
Portsmouth 0 - 2 Chelsea No Draw 5/2 Ł0.40 Ł0.40 +Ł22.05
Liverpool 0 - 1 Chelsea No Draw 5/2 Ł0.80 Ł0.80 +Ł21.25
Chelsea 2 - 0 Middlesbrough No Draw 5/2 Ł1.60 Ł1.60 +Ł19.65
Tottenham Hotspur 0 - 2 No Draw 5/2 Ł3.20 Ł3.20 +Ł16.25
Chelsea 3 - 0 Portsmouth No Draw 5/2 Ł6.40 Ł6.40 +Ł9.85
Blackburn Rovers 0 - 1 Chelsea No Draw 5/2 Ł12.80 Ł12.80 - Ł2.95
Chelsea 0 - 0 Manchester City Draw 5/2 Ł25.60 Ł64.00 +Ł61.05

Everton 0 - 1 Chelsea No Draw 5/2 Ł0.10 Ł0.10 +Ł60.95
Norwich City 1 - 3 Chelsea No Draw 5/2 Ł0.20 Ł0.20 +Ł60.75
Chelsea 1 - 0 West Bromwich Albion No Draw 5/2 Ł0.40 Ł0.40 +Ł60.35
Chelsea 4 - 1 Crystal Palace No Draw 5/2 Ł0.80 Ł0.80 +Ł59.65
Southampton 0 - 0 Chelsea No Draw 5/2 Ł1.60 Ł1.60 +Ł58.05
Chelsea 1 - 1 Birmingham City Draw 5/2 Ł3.20 Ł8.00 +Ł66.05
1011

Chelsea 1 - 1 Birmingham City Draw 5/2 Ł0.10 Ł0.25 +Ł66.30
Chelsea 3 - 1 Fulham No Draw 5/2 Ł0.10 Ł0.10 +Ł66.20
Bolton Wanderers 0 - 2 Chelsea No Draw 5/2 Ł0.20 Ł0.20 +Ł66.00
Chelsea 1 - 0 Charlton Athletic No Draw 5/2 Ł0.40 Ł0.40 +Ł65.60
Manchester United 3 - 1 Chelsea No Draw 5/2 Ł0.80 Ł0.80 +Ł64.80
Newcastle United 1 - 1 Chelsea Draw 5/2 Ł1.60 + Ł4.00 +Ł68.80
Profit = Ł68.80
After 38 games of the season we achieved Ł68.80 betting profit from a Ł0.10 starting bet.
Considering Chelsea were one of the lowest drawing teams in the league it is a great
profit, especially since the many of the draw bets were actually over 3/1 and we only
used the odds 5/2 for the example.
Now imagine the profits if you used the Football2020 Betting system on every team in
the Premier League, in effect you would get back 20 x Ł68.80 (approx based on above
example) which is over Ł1250.00 for a starting stake of only Ł0.10.
We have also set up a live running example from the start of the current 2005/6 season.
We randomly chose Crystal Palace from the Championship In England,UK to
demonstrate the Football2020 Betting System in action.
Reduce The Risk
1012
If you are concerned that a team may go over a certain number of games without a draw
and you have not the betting funds available to be able to double up each bet, allow the
teams to go a set amount of draws before betting.
For Example:
Wait for a team to go 3, 5 or 7 games without a draw (its up to you) and start the betting
campaign from the next game, this way you have given your selected team a 3 game start.
you can choose the amount of games before initiating the Football2020 Betting System,
however the more you games you allow before betting the less profits are a lot more
likely however the risks will also be very very low.
What If I Hit a Long String Of Fixtures Without A Draw
If the team you are backing have gone a long period of games without a draw and you do
not feel that your budget allows you to double up for a further fixture you can act
accordingly Take the betting loss and start betting that the same team again from your
original betting stakes, by doing this you will eventually get a win and reduce the loss of
the first run of non drawn games. If you are using the Football2020 Betting System on a
number of teams you profits from your other followed teams will cover any unlikely
losses that may occur.
Start Your Campaign
First of all, you will need a couple of betting exchange accounts, and a couple an online
bookmaker accounts. It is vital that you are prepared for your new found betting venture.
We recommend you register with the two main online Betting Exchanges, Bedford and
Betdaq. You really do get great odds on draws on both exchanges. They will significantly
increase your betting profits.
1013
You should also get a couple of online bookmaker accounts, you should definitely get a
William Hill Bookmaker account as their minimum bet value is Ł0.02 which is very
useful to start implementing the Football2020 Betting System and also a Gamebookers
betting account, as they offer by far the best draw betting odds of any online bookmaker.
You can sign up to these accounts here:
Now select some teams you want to and place your first bets, we recommend you start
with a Ł0.10 bet on each fixture, as you gain confidence in the system you can increase
your stakes. Remember you can bet on any team in any league.
Good Luck With Your New Betting Campaign New Developments
Now you have seen the effectiveness of the Football2020 betting system can have on
standard games and fixtures, there has been a new concept added to the Football2020
betting system that allows you to bet any time, any day 364 days a year.
The new development comes in the form of placing bets on virtual football, now your
probably thinking that virtual football is just another gimmick to get punters to lose even
1014
more money, and you would be right, but now you know the Football2020 betting system
you can manipulate this concept into creating betting profits on a regualr basis.
Bet Internet (Online Sportsbook) offer virtual football betting, a whole season of various
actual leagues are simulated in a one hour period and you can bet on every fixture. What's
great about this is that in order to make the simulated seasons more realistic each team is
given a between on average of 6 - 12 draws per season, which is great for Football2020
members as their is a regular supply of draws to take advantage of, not only that draws
odds are way higher than actual fixtures and are reguarly priced at over 3/1. You can also
place bets from little as 5p/10˘. The draws are more guaranteed here than actual football
fixtures.
1015
“The Life System”
INTRODUCTION
When this racing system was first shown to me I felt like a kid at Christmas – it was
bordering on magic, almost unbelievable. I went away and cautiously gave it a try - with
great success. I began researching old racing results to see if I could find a time where it
fell apart – I couldn’t. And I carried on using it, expecting to lose my money – I didn’t.
It was everything I was told it would be – the ultimate racing system. The guy who
showed me how this works used to refer to it as his ‘Life’ system. His theory was that the
business of making money out of horse racing is little different to the pattern and
principles you live by. There are good days and bad days, provided you realise this in
advance and plan for them then the bad days would be no more damaging than a burst
pipe or catching a common cold. Whilst both are inconvenient and uncomfortable they’re
fairly easy to survive because you know they are resolvable problems and you work
around them until things are fixed. The BIG secret, he told me, to winning consistently
from betting is not finding winners; it’s having a definite, disciplined, plan to work
through. Most people who bet have no plan, they just ‘bet’. They win and they increase
their stakes out of greed, they lose and they increase their stakes out of desperation. They
have no idea what the long term implications are of doing either – they just do it. He
likened it to an appointment for a job interview that, in the perfect world, is a one hour
drive away. If your only expectation is to jump in your totally reliable car, full of petrol,
drive unhindered to the interview, have all the perfect answers for the interviewer, and
1016
get offered the job right there – then your chances of being in total control are fairly
limited.
If however you begin to make allowances for traffic problems, needing fuel, perhaps the
car breaking down, parking problems, and the interview going so badly the interviewer
tells you ‘no thanks’ there and then – your chances of being in total control are fairly
high. Obviously you don’t want to have to spend money on car repairs, train fares, and be
told you’re not wanted – but if those possibilities were in your thinking at the beginning
and you planned for them, you’ll survive.
Knowing what to expect and how to handle things whether they are going well, or not so
well, is a minimum requirement before you place a single penny piece on a horse.
This guy also told me something I didn’t believe (probably because I didn’t want to
believe it) and it was only later I realised how true his words were. He told me nobody
would ever become rich using his system, which is why he was happy to tell me about it
and agreed to allow me to write about it. The system would allow anyone to make
respectable amounts of cash but the whole idea of accumulating the kind of cash required
to buy houses,expensive cars, and villas, was totally misconceived.
This puzzled me a fair bit at first and I had a real problem grasping why I wouldn’t be
able to use this system to make hundreds of thousands of pounds – after all it was
unbelievably successful and the money I was prepared to use to ‘up’ the stakes was
bookies money. The risk to me was minimal and I set off to make my millions.
A few weeks later I was back. The system had worked perfectly, I was using bookies
money to bet with, yet I was still making the same amount of money day after day. It was
like having a money-making machine on my kitchen table that only had one speed - £50 a
day! To say I was becoming frustrated was a total understatement.
1017
The crazy thing about the situation was I could see what was happening yet there was
nothing I could do about it. It was then that I received perhaps the most important lesson
about gambling I’d ever had. It’s such an important lesson that I’ve dedicated the first
chapter to it and I urge you to read it well and commit it to memory; it is possibly the
most important part of this booklet.
Some people have what it takes to make money out of gambling, most don’t. When
you’ve finished reading you should have a much better idea which side of things you sit
on. Learn from this information and follow it on paper for a while – see exactly what it
can do if you can apply the principles you’re going to read about.
Thanks to the guy who gave me this I make enough cash each week to make a real
difference to my life, I’m sure if you can take this on board you can do the same BUT -
before you attempt to use the system make sure you read and understand the basic
principles of gambling, there is no short cut, no way around – you must learn these
lessons well or you will NEVER be successful.
Many thanks for buying this booklet and I sincerely hope you have as much fun and
make as much money out of it as I do.
Financial Management
Financial management is about one thing – money. How much money you have and how
you use it. The first thing you are going to have to do in order to follow any kind of
betting strategy or system is set aside a bank. Whilst this is a relatively simple thing to do
there are two very important things to get right. The first thing to get right about your
betting bank is your attitude towards it. Firstly you have to get it firmly placed in your
1018
head that however good a system appears to be it is still gambling – and whatever bank
you set aside you MUST be fully prepared to lose every single penny of it.
The possibility of losing your betting bank is part of the planning and you need to have a
plan to work around it. It could be you’re prepared to start again with a new bank, or it
may be you give up – whatever it is decide now, and stick with it.
You need to place yourself in the position of losing your bank and find out how you feel.
If it’s no more than an acceptable risk of doing what you do then you’re in good shape to
move on. If it scares or worries you, if it means some household bill isn’t going to get
paid or your standard of living is going to be effected then you’re not in such good shape
and it’s time to think long and hard as to whether ‘betting for profit’ is really for you.
Your betting bank is ‘working capital’ for your business of betting. This means it is not
available for dipping into to buy groceries, pay bills, or go to the pub. And as we’ve
already said, it’s not available for the occasional ‘fun’ bet. If it can’t be that way for you
then again – think long and hard if this is really for you.
Betting strategies often fail for the same reasons new businesses fail – lack of capital. In
simple terms that means running out of money.
I like to think in ‘points’ when it comes to the financial side of betting, it means I can
speak in exactly the same words to someone who has £20 to risk or another person who
has £1000. A point is a point, whether its 10p or £10 – you make that decision for
yourself, but make sure you have enough of them. The betting strategy this system uses
requires a fair amount of points to run comfortably. When I first began following it for
real I used just 10p per point and began with a bank of £30 – that’s 300 points. At the end
of the second week I’d built that bank up to £97 (or 970 points). I believe a bank of 300
points is sufficient for flat staking. If you decide to use a staking plan, which will be
1019
released later to members a bank of 1000 points is so comfortable I can almost 99.9%
guarantee you will never go bankrupt.
As yet I’ve never found a time where the system ‘wipes out’ more than 30 points in a
whole day and that is the maximum it can lose so a 300 point bank allows for 10 days of
no winners. It isn’t going to happen, it’s IMPOSSIBLE. Obviously it’s a different story
using a staking plan for non aggressive recovery but the results are based on flat staking.
This is the level of bank you need to be thinking about – 300 points.
A point can be worth whatever you like but I can tell you now, don’t bother going too
high. This system can produce a daily profit of between 1 and 20 points so if you opt for
too big a value you’ll have problems getting bets on.
If you have limited funds minimum stakes on betfair are £2, this means a bank of £600 is
advised, if your bank is less than this I would suggest opening an account with Bet365, I
find this the best online bookie, You can place bets as low as a penny!
Detachment – No Room for Emotion

OK, you’re almost ready to be let loose on how the system works but before that I need
to cover the biggest problem of them all – emotion.
I started with a £30 bank, in fact it had once been a £10 bank and I’d had a string of
successes using each way doubles and built it up to just over £30. In my mind it wasn’t
my money, I’d won it, so I wasn’t attached to it. Also, without meaning to sound
boastful, it was only thirty quid – a take away for two, a night in the pub, six bottles of
Tesco wine, not ‘life changing’ amounts of money here.
1020
So I was happy to follow the plan in a completely disciplined manner. If I lost thirty quid
I lost thirty quid – it was worth that to see if this thing would work for me. I was the
model follower, doing only what the plan told me to do.
As I’ve already said at the end of the second week I’d changed that £30 into £97 and it
was starting to look like ‘my’ money, the kind of money that would pay a bill, buy some
clothes, pay for a weeks shopping, a sit down meal for the whole family. Two weeks
earlier I had no hesitation about losing thirty quid but a hundred pounds (in round
numbers) was beginning to look a lot different.
So it was that I found myself ‘taking my foot of the gas so to speak when I saw the bank
being used – FOR THE PURPOSE IT WAS DESIGNED FOR, working capital. It was
not money to be used for buying food, drink, or nights out, it was money to be used to
finance a betting strategy. But I stopped seeing it that way.
Imagine the feelings when that bank becomes £1000 and it’s nearing Christmas or a
birthday, or some unexpected bill drops through the door? There will come a point where
your bank will reach a level in which you can withdraw a wage for yourself each month,
until that time comes. Be disciplined, The crazy thing was that I can never remember a
time when more than about 10% of my bank was at risk, and yet all I could see was the
potential for zero. I’m sure you too will arrive at a time when you simply can’t place the
proper bet and easing back, and when the winning bet comes up instead of a 10 point
return its finishing -10 points!
And then of course you’re full of regret at not having been able to stick to the plan, and
you become angry with yourself. Sometimes you’ll find yourself taking it into the
evening, even to bed with you – the disappointment of not doing what it is you should
have done. You may even find yourself one day thinking it would have been better to
1021
lose your entire bank than not having won enough through not following the plan.
Strange little demons will sing and dance inside your head telling you all kinds of things
– and you must learn to control them. Unless you are experienced at doing so already you
must learn to detach yourself from the emotion. The bank is no more than working
capital, if you lose it you lose it – you’re prepared for that and will deal with it. Betting is
just a job, some horses win and some lose – it matters not, a loser is no more than an
inevitable part of betting.
One thing I can assure you is that while you follow this on paper as part of your
preparation it’s easy to make all sorts of decisions.
Selecting and Placing the Bets
About the only things you need to get going in addition to the ‘soft’ skills we’ve already
covered is a betting bank, access to The Racing Post ONLINE, somewhere to place the
bets (Internet or shop) and the time it takes to play the system.
Racing Post Free to join here – http://www.racingpost.co.uk – This is where I get all the
proper selections every day I use the system.
I use the Internet and with a bit of practice you can operate the system while you work on
other things, and even find time to make yourself a cup of coffee while it’s all happening.
If you prefer to visit the bookies then to be honest it’s easier but I’m a technology man
and I like sitting at my PC shifting cash around and updating my results list.
Either way I suggest you start with a 1000 point bank if you want to use the staking plan
that will be ready later on and a 300 point bank for flat stakes.
It takes me about 20 minutes to get ready to operate this system and I usually do not use
it on Saturdays or evenings as this is my break, time off. And also if you’re experienced
you will know how hectic Saturdays are with races over lapping others. If you decide to
1022
use it on a Saturday be careful as there can be too many races to make it work. You do
need to be available from the first race onwards until you’ve made the profit we have set
out to make.
I usually stop at a winner or when I have made at least 1 points profit. But as mentioned
earlier this system can make a whole lot more than that. Sometimes that can be no more
than two or three races in; occasionally it goes all the way to the 10th race where we stop.
Finding Selections
You now have to go through the racing cards and list, in order of start time, each race in
order. We may only need the first 10 races, but for races that get filtered out we will take
details for the first 15 races.
The next job is to go to the betting forecast in the RACING POST for each race and find
the horses LISTED third, fourth, and fifth in the betting order. Note I emphasised
LISTED because there could be several horses at the same price – so to make sure you do
get three horses per race you skip the first two, and use the horses listed third, forth, and
fifth, as follows:
Betting Forecast: Johns Luck; Mandy’s Purse; Dave’s Bike, Toms Car; Rogers Van ,
Simons Grass, Wills Whiff, Mikes Pond
Racing Post example:
Your selections are the ones underlined because they appear Third. Fourth, and Fifth, in
the betting order – Sorry to labour this point but it’s the one that causes the most
confusion when there are several horses all priced the same.
When you’ve found the three selections for each race you place them in the table in the
right place under each header, Horse 1 Horse 2 Horse 3
1023
The idea is that you are going to begin betting on the first race of the day, betting on all
three selections per race, until you make a pre determined sum of money for that day –
then you stop. The advised predetermined profit is a minimum of 1 point.
Occasionally you’ll find one of your selections may get backed down to favourite and
what was an 9.00 shot in the morning on betfair turns out to be as short as 4.5. But on the
other side of the coin I’ve had winners that were forecast at 10.00 ends up winning at
much greater odds. If it interests you the average odds winners for this system are 10.00
Whilst it sounds a little ‘hectic’ it’s actually quite easy to operate, the only time you may
have to juggle a race ‘out of place’ is if a race is delayed and runs into the next race. In
this situation, it is just unfortunate and I usually carry on placing my 3 bets on the next
race. But it is personal choice on what to do. This is your business and you have to plan
every aspect.
If you’re a shop customer then you could simply fill out a betting slip for each race
without putting the stake in (because you don’t know it yet) and keep them in
chronological order ready to use. On the Internet I open up 2 browser windows (if you’re
non-technical all that means is I click on Internet Explorer twice and have two open at the
same time) and log one onto The Racing Post website where I can even see a running
commentary on the race and get ‘real time’ results, and the other one is logged onto my
on-line betting account. I just flit between the two to ‘watch’ what’s going on and place
bets. If at the time of betting one of your 3 horses has been withdrawn whether it be 5
minutes before the race or 5 hours before the race you will use the next horse in the
Betting forecast list for example below, if “Toms Car” was withdrawn we would use
“Simons Grass” and if two were withdrawn we would use “wills Whiff” and if all three
1024
are with drawn you would use Mikes pond, so in effect you are using the 6th, 7th and 8th
in the betting forecast LIST, instead of what was the 3rd, 4th and 5th.
Betting Forecast: Johns Luck; Mandy’s Purse; Dave’s Bike, Toms Car; Rogers Van,
Simons Grass, Wills Whiff, Mikes Pond
If the favourite or second favourite are withdrawn nothing changes we still use our same
horses from the forecast.
Check that there are at least 6 runners and a maximum of 20 runners before you place the
bet. Make sure your smallest price selection is above 3.10 on betfair, this guarantees at
least some profit if it wins the race. If it is below, 3.1, Scrap the Race.
Check that the Favourite is not floating around or under 2.00 odds, if it is there has to be
at least 8 runners for the race to qualify. If there isn’t Scrap the race..
I recommend that the system be used with FLAT stakes and STOP AT A WINNER or
WHEN IN PROFIT for the day.
Stop at a winner I refer to as (SAW) and When you hit at least 1 point profit for the day I
call this (FIRST BLOOD) Stopping and taking a loss is referred to as (SL)
If we reach 10 races and still no winner (-30 points) stop betting, and take the loss (SL) If
we have had winners in the first 10 races but we are still to reach a profit (FIRST
BLOOD), then carry on but don’t exceed the 30 points (SL) barrier.
YOUR FIRST BET OF THE DAY CAN BE PLACED EVEN AN HOUR OR MORE
BEFORE RACING STARTS!
We don’t currently use the IRISH or EVENING RACING but if you decide to use these
we cannot see any problems, but we don’t have historical data to confirm it is as
profitable. Also if you do use these meetings use a separate bank and treat it as a separate
business altogether.
1025
System Rules Summary

No Saturdays
No Evening meetings
No IRISH racing
Check that there are at least 6 runners and a maximum of 20 runners before you place the
bet. If there isn’t scrap the race.
Check that the Favourite is not floating around or under 2.00 odds, if it is there has to be
at least 8 runners for the race to qualify. If it isn’t scrap the race. Anything above 2.10 is
ok…
Make sure your smallest price selection is above 3.10 on betfair, this guarantees at least
some profit if it wins the race. If it is below, scrap the Race.
Place your first bet of the day as early as possible, all other bets to be placed as close to
the official off time as possible.
Place a 1 point stake on each of the three selections, regardless of price. Whilst waiting
for your result set your next bet up in betfair market. Use Racing Post commentary to get
the fast result.
REMEMBER
Stop at your first winner, if it leaves you with a profit of at least +1.00 point (SAW) ,
otherwise carry on until you are in profit for the day. (FIRST BLOOD)
If we reach 10 races and still no winner (-30 points) stop betting, take the loss (SL) If we
have had winners in the first 10 races but we are still to reach a profit (FIRST BLOOD),
Then carry on but don’t exceed the 30 points (SL) barrier.
1026
Stop at winner = (SAW)

Carrying on until we make a profit for the day is called (FIRST BLOOD)
Safety Net Stop Loss = -30 points (SL)
What your aim should be is to make 33% profit on your bank, once per month, and as I
have proved to myself this is easily achievable sticking to 1 point on each selection, at the
end of each month you re-assess your bank and find your new 1 point stake amount.
Example;
Month 1 - £600
End of Month 2 - £800
End of Month 5 - £1800 approx
End of Month 6 - £2400 approx
Reassessing your bank at the end of each month and aiming to increase your bank by
33% each month could well make in excess of these amounts, but I am trying not to blow
any bells and whistles they just aren’t needed.
CONCLUSION
First of all you must be comfortable with everything we discussed in the E-book, this
entire system is based on the ‘a winner is due’ theory and whilst it hasn’t let me down
and I’m having a hard time finding a period where it would have – this type of system
requires that your mindset is geared to the idea that you could lose the whole bank, but if
you follow my recommendation I very much doubt that will ever happen but this is
gambling after all! The upside of that is that the rewards are pretty impressive. Unlike
1027
betting on favourites where your profits are small and a couple of losers can easily leave
you at a loss, when your winners turn up at odds of 8/1; 10/1; 12/1; 14/1; 16/1 ; and even
25/1 and 40/1; it’s much easier to reverse a negative position. For some people the
biggest disadvantage is the amount of time needed to operate the system but, business is
usually ‘done and dusted’ within an hour or so each day so it’s not as bad as it might
seem. Most bookies allow a minimum of 10p stake so it is possible to get off and running
on a modest bank (remember, I started on £30) but make sure you have sufficient ‘points’
(even if a point is 5p). If you don’t, and run out of cash after a few bets, don’t check the
results – you’ll be gutted. Don’t forget (or avoid) to follow it on paper until you’re
familiar with it, this really is important. This is a pretty ‘fast moving’ system, you need to
know what you’re doing, and learning ‘on the job’ could end up being expensive.
The attraction of this is that you can win a decent amount of cash fairly quickly. I do very
well out of it and it’s an exciting system to operate but don’t forget this is a ‘winner is
due’ type of system and there’s always the very real chance that one day the winner
won’t come. Don’t bet with money you can’t afford to lose (not just with this, that’s a
GOLDEN RULE) and don’t get carried away – if you build up to a decent bank and pull
down £50 - £100 a day then you’re well ahead of the crowd.
And my final word – enjoy your betting and stay in control, if your betting is taking over
your thoughts at every waking hour – STOP – it’s not worth it.
Many thanks for being with me, the very best of luck, and I sincerely hope you get as
much out of this as I do.
1028
The Mega Buster
I have spent a great deal of time and a fair amount of money over the years researching,
testing, and fine tuning various systems and methods of finding winners in horse racing.
Some have been good, but took up far too much time analysing the form ratings to be of
interest to me. Others took less time, but results were sporadic.
This system takes only about 5-10 minutes a day on the Racing Post website (or with the
paper) to find a qualifying selection. Once you get used to it, you can just scan the
meetings of the day, hone in on ones that meet the initial criteria, and then very quickly
see if those particular meetings have a qualifying selection to use.
In testing I found that the results were excellent, compared with the amount of time
required to find the selections. The strike rate averages at about 40% usually with prices
around 2/1-3/1 but more importantly, I found there were at least 10 selections a month,
making this ideal to use either on it’s own with Cash Master or to use as a Run Buster
should you need to break a losing cycle.
So the first thing you need to do is go to the Racing Post website at:
www.racingpost.co.uk
You need to have an account to access the data, but this is free so just register with the
site and in you go.
Once in you will need to look at the ‘Cards’ so click that link in the left column and you
will be shown all the meetings for the day. Go to each meeting and you will be shown all
the races at that meeting.
For National Hunt Races (Hurdles and Chases)
1029
The first thing you do is EXCLUDE all races that meet the criteria below:
Exclude all races:
With 11 Runners or more
Handicap Races
National Hunt Flat Races
Selling Races
Amateur Races
Mares Only Races
Apprentice Races
Three Year Old Hurdle Races
Hunter Chases
Any race greater than 3 miles, 2 furlongs in distance.
This information will either be written on the name of the race (Handicap, Selling etc) or
can be found by clicking on the race itself (number of runners and distance).
Once you have found a qualifying race or races, you need to look for horses that are top
rated on the RPR (Racing Post Rating) which can be found on the far right next to the
horse details. The horse must also be clear top rated not joint top rated with another
horse.
If you find a clearly top rated horse in a qualifying race you now need to check that it
finished at least 1st or 2nd in it’s last race and that it has raced within the last 45 days, so
you will have to exclude any horse that last raced 46 days ago and over.
Again, just by clicking on the horse in question you will be shown all the details
necessary.
1030
The number of days since it last raced is shown in the list of runners next to the name of
the horse. Click on that horse and its position in the last race it ran is shown under ‘Race
Outcome’ e.g. with the figure 1/9 meaning first out of nine, or 3/11 meaning it came 3rd
(so no good).
Next you need to check that this horse is in the first TWO in the racing post betting
forecast. If you look at the bottom underneath the list of runners you will see the betting
forecast. You can include joint second favourites.
Finally, if the selection or any other runner in the race is odds-on then no bet. You must
not bet if there are any odds-on favourites in the race.
For Flat Turf
Again the first thing you do is EXCLUDE all races that meet the criteria below:
Exclude all races:
With 11 Runners or more
Handicap Races
Maiden Races
Claiming Races
Amateur Races
Selling Races
Any race less than 6 furlongs in distance
Any race greater than 1 mile, 4 furlongs in distance.
As before, look for horses in the remaining races that are top rated on the RPR (racing
post rating). The horse must be clear top rated, not joint top rated.
The top horse must have finished 1st or 2nd in its last race and must have raced within
the last 45 days (exclude 46 days and over).
1031
The top rated horse must be in the first two in the racing post betting forecast, include
joint second favourites.
If the selection or another runner in the races is odds-on then no bet, do not oppose or
back odds-on favourites.
So that’s it. Do not worry if this seems complicated at first (or too simple!). Once you
give it a go you will find it fairly straightforward and you will be honing in on selections
in about 5 minutes. I have done very well using this system and I think you’ll find it an
ideal alternative to using tipsters or for use in combination with tipsters and to clear
losing runs.
1032
Keep Reading for Over $50,000 in Free Bonuses and Bets!!
1033
1039
A bonus for everyone! All tastes and styles…
188bet.com £50 Free Bet 188bet.com

32 Red Bet $32 for every $20 deposited 32 Red Bet
888Sport £50 Free Bet 888Sport
All Slot Casino $200 in free bonuses All Slot Casino
Bet-at-home $20 bonus Bet-at-home
Bet365 £200 Free Bet Bet365
BetEZY $50 Free Bet BetEZY
Betfair £20 Free Bet plus up to £1000 Cashback Betfair
Betfred £50 Free Bet Betfred
BlueSq £25 Free Bet BlueSq
Bodog Live Dealer Casino Promotion Bodog
Bovada $1,000 Poker Bonus Bovada
Boylesports $20 bonus Boylesports
Dafabet 50% First Deposit Bonus Dafabet
Everest Poker $2000 Bonus Everest Poker
Casino
Casino Elegance $100 Bonus Elegance
Casino Fantasy $100 Bonus Casino Fantasy
Casino
Casino Glamour $100 Bonus Glamour
Casino Lux $100 Bonus Casino Lux
Casino
Casino Treasure $100 Bonus Treasure
Everest Casino $200 Bonus Everest Casino
Imperial
Imperial Casino $500 Bonus Casino
Gamebookers £100 Free Bet Gamebookers
IAS Bet Great Odds IAS Bet
Jackpot Joy £20 Free Bet Jackpot Joy
Sun Bingo Free Games Sun Bingo
Ceasers Casino Free Games Ceasers Casino
Heart Bingo Free Games Heart Bingo
Fabulous Bingo Free Games Fabulous Bingo
Ladbrokes £50 Free Bet Ladbrokes
1040
Celtic Casino $100 Bonus Celtic Casino
Fairway Casino $100 Bonus Fairway Casino
Lucky Live
Lucky Live Casino $100 Bonus Casino
Luxbet $500 in free bets Luxbet
PaddyPower £50 Free Bet PaddyPower
Party Bets $20 bonus Party Bets
Binguez $50 In Free Games Binguez
Party Casino £3000 Welcome Bonus Party Casino
Pinnacle
Pinnacle Sports Best Odds For Football - Like Winners Sports
RedBet $50 In Free Games RedBet
Sky Bet £10 No Deposit Free Bet Sky Bet
Sporting Bet £50 Free Bet Sporting Bet
Stan James £10 Free Bet Stan James
TAB Sports Australian Leading Bookmaker TAB Sports
Titan Bet £25 Free Bet Titan Bet
Vegas Red $888 Welcome Bonus Vegas Red
Casino Bellini £200 Free Bet Casino Bellini
Casino Tropez £3000 Welcome Bonus Casino Tropez
Europa Casino £2400 Welcome Bonus Europa Casino
Titan Casino £5000 Welcome Bonus Titan Casino
Jackpot
Jackpot Scratch £250 In Free Games Scratch
Totesport £20 Free Bet Totesport
Unibet 3 Strikes Bet Special Unibet
Victor £500 Welcome Bonus Victor
Windows
Windows Casino £250 In Free Games Casino
King Solomons £300 Welcome Bonus King Solomons
Betway £1000 Welcome Bonus Betway
Caberet Club $150 bonus Caberet Club
William Hill £25 Free Bet William Hill
Casino Club $5000 Welcome Bonus Casino Club
SkyKings $5000 Welcome Bonus SkyKings
Joyland Casino $5000 Welcome Bonus Joyland Casino
Prestige Casino $5000 Welcome Bonus Prestige Casino
Eurogrand
Eurogrand Casino $5000 Welcome Bonus Casino
WPT Poker $100 bonus WPT Poker
1041
Want Even More Free Bets and Bonuses?
Bonus Bagging – Make over $500 per month – RISK FREE
Free Racing and Sports Betting Tips – Every Day
Betfan – Get Free Tips To Your Inbox Every Day
WIN – Winning Tips In Your Inbox Every Day - Free
Premium Racing Tips
Super Tips – Over 900 Points Profit in 2012
Phantom Lays – Over 150 Points Profit, Average Lay price 2.9 to BSP
1042

System Lays Betting Systems Compilationv6 PDF

Încărcat de

Informații document

Titlu original

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

System Lays Betting Systems Compilationv6 PDF

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

www.SystemLays.co.uk - t: Twitter.

SYSTEM LAYS - BETTING

ALL WEATHER BANKER

Amazing Secret System

Channel 4 Yankee Dandy

Claiming Stakes Plan

This is an exceptionally simple plan, but very, very effective.

COLIN DAVEY METHOD

The "Method" is summarised in twelve "rules" as follows:

all selections identified by the above 11 to be backed.

COURSE AND DISTANCE

Cracking The Placepot

How to write your bet

3.10 York Horse A

4.25 Kempton Horse C

2 x 3 = 6 Doubles at £1.00 = £6.00

FOOTBALL SYSTEM `A`

1 - Operate system no less than six weeks into season.

GREYHOUND SUPER SYSTEM

1- Dog must have the fastest recent time.

HANDICAP BANKERS SYSTEM

Handicap of 12 runners or less.

P=MCR Greyhound System

1) Watch the first race at any given meeting.

Each way - 1,2 in 5,6 runner events

SIMILAR II -THE '7G' SYSTEM

Precision Racing Systems - PJ1

THE 10K SYSTEM

THE 500/1 PLAN

The purpose of this plan is to consistently locate winning fourfold accumulators.

This is what I propose doing:

1. Use a race at a meeting of reasonable quality. You do not necessarily have to

The Association Method

HORSE & RATING

These are the rules specific to National Hunt Racing:-

Rule out the following:-

(indicated by a (D)), or placed 4 lengths behind in a race within 1 furlong of todays

These are the specific rules for Flat Racing:-

Rule out the following:-

The Australian Dream Horse Racing System

WINNER RUNNING AGAIN WITHIN 7 DAYS RECEIVES 5 POINTS

LESS WEIGHT THAN PREVIOUS RACE RECEIVES 3 POINTS

PREVIOUS DISTANCE WINNER RECEIVES 3 POINTS

EVENS AND ODDS-ON RECEIVES 15 POINTS

The Bookie Basher

1. Newspaper required is the Racing Post.

The Brown Jack

1. Results are optained by use of the Daily Mail newspaper.

(b) No bet if less than 2 wins or 2 seconds.

The Chevy Chase

This system is based solely on HANDICAP CHASES.

THE CURTIS RATING SYSTEM

The Dream Racing System

Forecast Odds Points Given

If a horse placed 1st in its last race, award 45 points.

45 points if there is one rival which won last time out.

The Fast Form Finder

The Feelgood System

The Festival Method

The Fineform Rating Formula

THE GEORGE WRIGHT HANDICAP SYSTEM

Why is there, I wonder, so much trepidation attached to Handicap races? Can it be

3RD FORECAST FAVOURITE - 2PTS STAKED - LOSS - 2PTS LOSS (MINUS